E53000 1-01-13 Compact Hydraulik WWW

Catalogue: Cooling Systems 5.700 Catalogue: Electronics 180.000 Catalogue: Accessories 61.000 Catalogue: Compact Hydraulics 53.
ccessories 61.000 Catalogue: Compact Hydraulics 53.000 Catalogue: Fluid Service 79.000 Catalogue: Process Technology 77.000 Catalogue: Filtration Technology 70.000 Catalogue: Accumulators 30.000
HYDAC Head Office

HYDAC Subsidiaries
HYDAC Sales and Service Partners
Head Office
Tel:
Fax:
Local Expertise.
www.hydac.com
Internet: www.hydac.com
Justus-von-Liebig-Straße
Global Presence.
E-Mail: flutec@hydac.com
66280 Sulzbach Germany
HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
+49 (0)6897 - 509-01

+49 (0)6897 - 509-598
E 53.000.1/01.13
Compact Hydraulics. Product Catalogue.
2013
Product Catalogue
Compact Hydraulics
E 53.000.1/01.13
HYDAC
COMPACT HYDRAULICS
HYDAC was founded in 1963 in Sulzbach /Neuweiler, where the
Group Headquarters are still located today.
With over 7,000 employees, HYDAC is one of the leading
suppliers of fluid technology, hydraulic and electronic equipment.
The corporation is made up of 15 independent companies.
Furthermore, you can contact HYDAC easily via its network of
10 sales offices in Germany, 50 overseas companies covering all
continents and over 500 service partners worldwide.
Our wide range of cartridge valves ensures the best manifold
configuration. The complete product range encompasses nearly
all functions of hydraulic control technology and covers a range of
up to 600 l/min and 630 bar.
From the early development stage, we optimise our products and
hydraulic control tasks through the use of computer-aided design
technology and simulation tools to convert them into the right
solution for the user. During the development stage, the product is
continuously tested and enhanced in our laboratory. Application-
specific limit tests are just as much a part of the development
programme as service life tests and fatigue tests, in order to attain
the high standards demanded of our products.
The latest machinery and systems enable HYDAC to achieve
cost-effective series production as well as the flexibility to
manufacture to specific customer requirements. The special
manufacturing processes required in hydraulics such as, for
example, high-precision machining, special deburring processes,
online contamination control, etc. are technologically safeguarded
by superior production methods.
The assembly, combined with 100% individual testing, ensures
optimum performance with consistently high quality.
All organisational procedures are subject to an effective quality
management system. HYDAC is certified to DIN ISO 9001,
ISO 14001 and OHSAS 18001.
HYDAC COMPACT HYDRAULICS

COMPONENTS AND SYSTEMS FOR ALMOST
EVERY APPLICATION
The wide range of components as well as the high vertical range
of manufacture for hydraulics and electronics – as individual
components or complete system solutions – provides an almost
endless range of application possibilities.
The following examples are only a small selection of our world-
wide applications:
– agricultural and forestry machines
– construction machinery/ equipment
– lifting/working platforms
– municipal machines
– wind power turbines
– machine tools
– side and tail lifts
– rail vehicles
– ship-building
– plastic injection moulding machines
– heavy duty trucks
– transmissions
– materials handling
Quality assurance and cost-effectiveness, active participation
in research projects together with receptiveness to individual
requirements and the best solutions, are opening up more and
more new applications world-wide.
E 53.000.1/01.13
2
HYDAC
COMPACT HYDRAULICS
Components, modules, sub-systems, drive units and controls
including electronics in both mobile and industrial hydraulics.
zzRange of valves in cartridge technology. Pressure, flow control,
shut-off, directional poppet and spool valves, proportional and
special valves in nominal sizes 3 - 20, with bodies for inline
mounting, manifold mounting and sandwich-plate mounting
zzIndustrial valve range in manifold and sandwich-plate design.
Pressure, flow control, shut-off, directional poppet and spool
valves, proportional and control valves with standard interfaces
in nominal sizes 6 - 32.
zz2-way cartridge valves (logic valves) in nominal sizes 16 - 100
in standard cavities – for industrial applications with high flow-
rates
zzManifolds, modules and subsystems of hydraulic control and
feedback control systems in compact and modular design – for
standard and customized applications
zzManifolds with commercially available standard controls –
convenient and readily available
zzModular manifold systems for almost all hydraulic controls in
the mobile and stationary sector – economic even for small
quantities
zzIndividual manifold systems with accumulators, filters, sensors
and other components from Hydac – as compact and ready-to-
install solutions
zzIntegrated system solutions consisting of hydraulic controls,
energy storage, filtration, sensors and electronics – everything
from one supplier
zzMedium pressure power units in compact design up to 250 bar
in DC or AC versions. Can be selected from a wide catalogue
range or designed for a specific application - can be used in
both mobile and stationary applications.
zzHigh pressure power units up to 500 bar with piston pumps
and oil-immersed AC motors - with flexible options for control
module combinations.
zzDC power units for complex and challenging forklift applications
with built-in pressure filters, proportional and sensor technology
- forward-looking and with high energy efficiency.
E 53.000.1/01.13
3
4
E 53.000.1/01.13
TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE
1. PRODUCT OVERVIEW 7
2. CARTRIDGE VALVES
2.1. Pressure valves 74
2.2. Flow control valves 164
2.3. Check valves 220
2.4. Directional valves 292
2.5. Proportional valves 490
2.6. Hand pump 564
2.7. Solenoid coils 566
2.8. Connection housings for cartridge valves 571

CARTRIDGE MINIVALVES (including pressure,
3. 603
flow control, check, directional valves & coils)
4. INDUSTRIAL VALVES – PLATE-MOUNTED OR SANDWICH Plates 641
4.1. Directional spool valves – plate-mounted, direct-acting 646
4.2. Main stages – plate-mounted, hydraulically pilot-operated 708
4.3. Pressure, flow control & check valves – sandwich plates 740
4.4. Pressure, flow control & check valves – plate-mounted 770
4.5. Proportional valves – plate-mounted 784
4.6. 2-port slip-in cartridge valves and covers 840
4.7 Accessories for industrial valves 858
5. SERIAL Manifolds - VALVE COMBINATIONS 864

6. MODULAR MANIFOLD SYSTEM 873
7. MODULAR STACKING SYSTEM L / ML 925
8. COMPACT POWER UNITS AC / DC 977
9. CARTRIDGE VALVE ACCESSORIES 1030
10. ELECTRONIC CONTROLs FOR PROPORTIONAL VALVES 1053
E 53.000.1/01.13

NOTE Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
The information in this brochure relates to the D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
operating conditions and applications described. Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
For applications or operating conditions not described,
please contact the relevant technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
Subject to technical modifications. E-Mail: flutec@hydac.com
5
6
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13
Compact Hydraulik
Compact Hydraulics
Hydraulique Compacte
Produktübersicht
Product Overview
Gamme de Produits
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13
Stand: 01-2013
Issue: 01-2013
Edition: 01-2013
7
8
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13
Stand 01-2013
Inhaltsverzeichnis Produktübersicht / Table of contents for product

overview / Table des matières pour Tableau de produits Seite / Page
1) Einschraubventile a) Druckventile 10 - 11
Cartridge valves Pressure valves
Valves à cartouche Valves de pression
b) Stromventile 12 - 13
Flow control valves
Valves de débit
c) Sperrventile 14 - 15
Check valves
Clapets anti-retour
d) Wegeventile 16 - 18
Directional valves
Distributeurs
e) Proportionalventile 19 - 20
Proportional valves
Valves proportionnelles
f) Handpumpen 20 - 20
Handpumps
Pompes à main
g) Magnetspulen 21 - 25
Solenoid coils
Bobines
h) Anschlussgehäuse für Einschraubventile 26 - 43
Connection housings for cartridge valves
Blocs de raccordement pour valves à cartouche
2) Industrieventile als Zwischenplatten- und Plattenaufbauventile 44 - 49
Industrial valves plate-mounted and sandwich plates
Valves industrielles forme sandwich et pour montage sur embase
a) Wegeschieberventile Plattenaufbau direktgesteuert
Directional spool valves plate-mounted direct acting
Distributeurs à tiroir montage sur embase à action directe
b) Wegeschieberventile Plattenaufbau hydr. vorgesteuert
Directional function valves plate-mounted hydraulically piloted
Distributeurs à tiroir piloté hydraulique à montage sur embase
c) Druck-, Strom-, Sperrventile Zwischenplatte
Pressure, flow, check valves sandwich plate
Valves de pression, de débit, clapets, à montage sandwich
d) Druck-, Strom-, Sperrventile Plattenaufbau
Pressure, flow, shut-off valves plate-mounted
Valves de pression, de débit, clapets à montage sur embase
e) Proportionalventile Plattenaufbau
Proportional valves plate-mounted
Valves proportionelles à montage sur embase
f) 2-Wege Einbauventile und Deckel
2-port slip-in cartridge logic valves and covers
Élements logiques 2 voies avec couvercle
g) Zubehör / Elektronik für Industrieventile
Accessories / Electronics for industrial valves
Accessoires / Électroniques pour valves proportionelles
3) Standard Steuerblöcke - Ventilkombinationen 50 - 54
Standard manifolds - valve combinations
Blocs de commande standard et combinaisons de valves
4) Modulares Steuerblocksystem 55 - 61
Modular manifold system
Système modulaire de bloc de commande
5) Längsverkettungen L / ML 62 - 65
Modular Stacking Systems L / ML
Modules longitudinaux L / ML
6) Compact Aggregate in Wechselstrom- und Gleichstrom Bauart 66 - 69
Compact Power Units AC / DC
Centrales hydrauliques pour courant alternatif et continu
7) Zubehör / Speicher / Elektronik 70 - 71
Accessories / Accumulators / Electronics
Accessoires / Accumulateurs / Éléctroniques
8) Randbedingungen und Hinweise für Ventile 72 - 73
Conditions and hints regarding valves
Conditions aux limits et indications pour valves
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13
9
Stand 01-2013
Compact Hydraulik
Compact Hydraulics
Hydraulique Compacte
M = ISO/metrischer Einbauraum ISO/metric Cavity Implantation ISO/métrique /
U = UNF Einbauraum UNF Cavity Implantation UNF /
I = Inch (GB) Einbauraum Imperial Cavity Implantation Inch (GB) /
( ) = Max. Regeldruck oder max. Druck an port x
Max. regulated pressure or max. press. at port x Max. pression reglé où max pression à port x
Bezeichnung Symbol Typ Einbauraum Prospekt Nr.

Qmax pmax Seite
Description Symbol Type Cavity Brochure no.
[l/min] [bar] page
Désignation Symbole Type Implantation Fiche technique n
Druckventile
Pressure valves
Valves de pression
Druckbegrenzungs- DB3E 15 350 M 05220 5.165 74
ventil direkt gesteuert DB06A-01 15 350 U FC06-2 5.140.0 606
DB06C-01 20 350 U FC06-2 5.141.0 608
2 DB4E-CE 28 360 M 06020 5.163 78
Pressure relief valve DB4E 30 630 M 06020 5.161 82
direct acting 1 DB4E-25X 30 350 M 06020 5.161.1 86
DB08A-01 38 420 U FC08-2 5.922 90
Limiteur de pression DB10-01 60 350 U FC10-2 cf -
à pilotage direct DB10120A-13X 60 48 M 10120A 5.922.4 92
DB12120A 120 420 M 12120A 5.169.1 94
DB12120A-CE 110 400 M 12120A 5.169 98

Druckbegrenzungs-
DB08P-01 60 350 U FC08-2 5.922.1 102
ventil vorgesteuert
Pressure relief valve pilot
1 DB10P-01 120 420 U FC10-2 5.954 104
operated
Limiteur de pression piloté DB12P-01 200 350 U FC12-2 5.922.2 106
2 DB16P-01 300 350 U FC16-2 5.922.3 108
DB10120A 100 350 M 10120A 5.167 110
Druckbegrenzungs-ventil 1 DB10SPE 120 350 U FC10-S3 5.994.1 114

vorgesteuert -
Vorsteuerölablauf extern DB12121PE 200 350 M 12121 5.996 116
2 3
DB16121PE 300 350 M 16221 cf -
Pressure relief valve pilot 2

DB10SE-12 120 50 (35) U FC10-3 cf -
operated - external vented
Limiteur de pression piloté

1 3
avec drainage des fuites DB16621E-10 300 350 (16) M 16621 5.922.6 118
externe
Druckbegrenzungs- DB12121PF 200 350 M 12121 5.997 120
ventil vorgesteuert
1
fernsteuerbar DB16SPF 300 350 U FC16-S3 5.922.5 122
Pressure relief valve
pilot operated - ventable
Limiteur de pression 2 3
piloté avec orifice pour
pilotage à distance
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13
Produkte mit kursiven hydraulischen Daten befinden sich in Vorbereitung

Products with hydraulic datas in italic letters are in preparation
Les produits avec caractéristiques en italique sont en préparation
10
Einschraubventile
Cartridge valves
Valves à cartouche
Qmax pmax Seite
Désignation Symbole [l/min] [bar] page
Type Implantation Fiche technique n
Druckregelventil direkt
gesteuert DMM10121 30 450 M 10121 5.169.9 124
Pressure reducing
valve direct operated 2 3 DR08-01 15 420 (207) U FC08-3 5.920 126
Régulateur de pression DR10-01 60 420 (131) U FC10-3 5.950 128

1
à pilotage direct DMVE 30 500 (140) M 08030 5.162 130
Druckregelventil
2 3 DR08P-01 60 350 (345) U FC08-3 5.920.1 134
vorgesteuert
Pressure reducing valve DR10P-01 100 350 (345) U FC10-3 5.982 136
pilot operated 1
Régulateur de pression DRM10130P-01 150 350 (350) M 10130 5.950.1 138
1
Druckzuschaltventil DZ5E 20 350 (350) M 06020 5.166 140

2
2
Pressure sequence valve DZM06020-01 30 350 (210) M 06020 5.950.2 144
3
1 1
Valve de séquence 2 4
DZM12131PE 200 350 (350) M 12131 5.950.3 146
Druckschließventil
Pressure sequence valve DSR5E 15 500 (350) M 06020 5.169.8 150
Valve d'isolement
2
B P
Montage auf Lochbild
A6 DIN 24340
Assembly to interface
DLHSD 30 350 5.190.1 152
A6 DIN 24340
Montage sur impact
Speicherladeventil
A6 DIN 24341
Accumulator charging valve T L
Conjoncteur disjoncteur A P
Rohrleitungs-montage
DLHSR 30 350 Inline mounting 5.190.1 152
Montage sur tuyauterie
T
Zulauf Druckwaage DW05830V-01 10 250 M 5830 5.195 156

1
Pressure Compensator
DW10V 57 350 U FC10-S3 cf -
upstream 3
Balance de pression 2
DW16V 114 350 U FC16-S3 cf -
primeur
Prioritäts-Druckwaage
Priority pressure
DW12P-22 100 350 U FC12-4 cf -
compensator Balance de
pression de priorité
2
Umlauf-Druckwaage DWM08130Z 40 250 M 05830 5.196 158
Pressure compensator DWM12130Z 90 250 M 12130 5.191.0 160

1 3
balcance de pression de
DWM12121Z B / H 120 350 M 12121 5.191.2 -
mise à vide
mit integrierter DB
Funktion On/OFF oder 2
Prop. with integrated PR
DWM12121Z D 120 350 M 12121 5.191.1 -
function on/off or prop
avec limiteur de pression
integ. 1 3
mit integrierter DB 2 3
Funktion with integrated
DWM12121Z MD /PD
PR function avec limiteur 120 350 M 12121 cf -
/MDZ / PDZ
de pression integ. On/off 1
ou Prop.
3
Ablauf-Druckwaage 1 DWM12130Y 130 250 M 12130 5.192 162
Pressure compensator 2 DWM10130R 60 250 M 10130 cf -

downstream 1 DWM12130R 150 350 M 12130 cf -
Balance de pression
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13
2
secondaire

11
Einschraubventile
Cartridge valves
Valves à cartouche
Qmax pmax Seite
Stromventile
Flow valves
Valves de débit
Stromteiler ST10-01 45 350 U FC10-4 5.967 164
Flow divider ST16-01 150 350 U FC16-4 5.967.1 166
Diviseur de débit ST12230-01 60 350 M 12230 5.122 168
SD08-01 60 420 U FC08-2 5.928 170
Drosselventile SD10-01 160 420 U FC10-2 5.989 172

Needle valve 1 DV5E 30 350 M 06020 5.113 174
Limiteur de débit DVE08920 50 350 M 08920
2 DVE10920 80 350 M 10920

5.115 178
DVE12920 160 350 M 12920
DVE16920 160 350 M 16920
SD10120 80 350 M 10120 5.114 182
DV-06 20 350
Für Verschraubungen mit
DV-08 50 350 Einschraubzapfen Form
DV-10 60 350 A, B und E nach DIN 3852 5.119 186
Teil 2 und 11
Drosselventile DV-12 90 350 For threaded connections
A B with male thread. Fittings
Needle valve DV-16 180 350
must be Form A, B or E to
Limiteur de débit DV-20 300 350 DIN 3852, Part 2 & 11
DV-25 300 350 Pour raccord avec 5.119.1 190
implantation Form A, B et E
DV-30 300 350 suivant DIN 3852, Partie 2
et 11
DV-40 300 350
Drosselventil
hydr. Gesteuert
Needle valve SDH05330 20 250 M 05330 5.128 194
hydraulically operated
Limiteur de débit
à pilotage hydraulique
DVP-06 20 350
DVP-08 50 350
DVP-10 60 350 Plattenanschluss
Drosselventile DVP-12 90 350 Manifold connection
Needle valve DVP-16 180 350 Valves à flasquer 5.120 196
Limiteur de débit DVP-20 300 350
A B DVP-25 300 350
DVP-30 300 350
DVP-40 300 350
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

12
Einschraubventile
Cartridge valves
Valves à cartouche
Qmax pmax Seite
1 2 SDR10A-01 160 350 U FC10-2 5.988 -
SDR10A-11 100 350 U FC10-2 5.988.1 200
DRV-06 20 350
Für Verschraubungen mit
DRV-08 50 350 Einschraubzapfen Form
A, B und E nach DIN 3852
DRV-10 60 350 5.119 186
A B Teil 2 und 11
DRV-12 90 350 For threaded connections
with male thread. Fittings
Drosselrück- DRV-16 180 350
must be Form A, B or E to
schlagventil DRV-20 300 350 DIN 3852, Part 2 & 11
Pour raccord avec
Needle valve DRV-25 300 350 5.119.1 190
implantation
with reverse flow check DRV-30 300 350 Form A, B et E suivant
DIN 3852, Partie 2 et 11
Limiteur de débit DRV-40 300 350
unidirectionnel DRVP-06 20 350

DRVP-08 50 350
DRVP-10 60 350
DRVP-12 90 350 Plattenanschluss 5.120 196
DRVP-16 180 350 Manifold connection
DRVP-20 300 350 Valves à flasquer
A B
DRVP-25 300 350
DRVP-30 300 350
DRVP-40 300 350
SR06-01 15 350 U FC06-2 5.142.0 610
1 2
2-Wege- SR08-01 30 350 U FC08-2 5.930 202
Stromregelventil SR10-01 38 350 U FC10-2 5.958 204
Flow regulator 2-way SR5E 20 350 M 06020 5.117 206

1 2 SRE1 10 350 I 05520
pressure compensated
Régulateur de débit SRE2 20 350 I 08520 5.118 210
2 voies compensé SRE3 48 350 I 10520
SRE4 97 350 I 12520
SRE1-12 12 350 I 05520 cf -
SRE2-12 20 350 I 08520 cf -
2-Wege- SRVR-08 12 210
Stromregelventil A B SRVR-10 22 210 Rohrleitungsmontage
SRVR-12 55 210 Inline mounting 5.116 214
Flow regulator 2-way SRVR-16 90 210 Montage sur tuyauterie
pressure compensated SRVR-20 160 210
SRVRP-08 12 210 Plattenaufbau
Régulateur de débit SRVRP-10 22 210 Manifold mounting 5.116 214
2 voies compensé SRVRP-12 55 210 Montage sur embase
A B SRVRP-16 90 210
3-Wege-
SRP08-01 30 350 U FC08-3 5.929 218
Stromregelventil 1 3
Flow regulator 3-way SRA10130 100 / 60 250 M 10130 284857 -
Régulateur de débit 2
SRP12 120 / 80 350 U FC12-3 cf -
3 voies
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

13
Einschraubventile
Cartridge valves
Valves à cartouche
Qmax pmax Seite
Sperrventile
Shut-off valves
Valves d'arrêt
RV06A-01 20 350 U FC06-2 5.143 612
RV08A-01 38 420 U FC08-2 5.912 220
Rückschlagventil RV08A-51 38 420 U FC10-2 5.912.1 222

RV10A-01 80 420 U FC10-2 5.953.1 224
RV10A-51 80 350 U FC10-2 cf 226
01 = Kugelsitz RV12A-01 120 420 U FC12-2 5.952 228
51 = Kegelsitz RV16A-01 165 420 U FC16-2 5.951 230
01 = ball type RVM06020-01 /-06 38 350 M 06020 5.193 232
51 = poppet type RVM06020-51 38 350 M 06020 5.197 234
01 = siège avec bille RVM10120-01 100 350 M 10120 5.999 236
51 = siège avec cône RVM10120-51 100 350 M 10120 5.999.1 238

RV-06 20 350
RV-08 40 350
RV-10 70 350 Rohrleitungsmontage
RV-12 160 350 Inline mounting
A B
Check valve RV-16 200 350 Montage sur tuyauterie 5.171 240
RV-20 350 350
RV-25 550 350
RV-30 600 350
RV-40 600 350
RVP-06 20 350
Clapet anti-retour RVP-08 40 350

RVP-10 70 350 Plattenaufbau
RVP-12 160 350 Manifold mounting
RVP-16 200 350 Montage sur embase 5.171 240
RVP-20 350 350
A B
RVP-25 550 350
RVP-30 600 350
RVP-40 600 350
2 RVE-R 1/8 10 350 I 04020

RVE-R 1/4 10 350 I 04220 5.176 244
RVE-R 3/8 30 350 I 06320
1
RVE-R 1/2 60 350 I 08220
RP08A-01 38 420 U FC08-3 5.923 248
Rückschlagventil RP10A-01 60 420 U FC10-3 5.932 250
hydraulisch 2 1 RP16A-01 150 420 U FC16-3 5.931 252
entsperrbar ERVE08021 30 350 I 08021
Pilot operated
3 ERVE16021 150 350 I 16021 5.172 254
check valve ERVE20021 300 350 I 20021
Clapet anti-retour piloté ERVM 30 350 I 08021 283843 -
RP10121 80 350 M 10121 5.932.1 258
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

14
Einschraubventile
Cartridge valves
Valves à cartouche
Qmax pmax Seite
Rückschlagventil
hydraulisch entsperrb.
mit Leckölanschluss RPL10121 80 350 M 10121 5.176.1 260
Pilot operated check valve

with leak-oil-connection
Clapet anti-retour piloté
avec drainage
Zwillings-Rückschlag-
RPDR06 30 350
ventil
hydr. entsperrbar RPDR08 40 210
Pilot operated RPDR10 100 350
check valve double Rohrleitungs-montage

Inline mounting 5.171.2 262
Clapet antiretour piloté

RPDR08 40 350
double
Rohrleitungs-montage
RPER06 30 350 Inline mounting
Rückschlagventil
hydraulisch
entsperrbar 5.171.1 266
Pilot operated check valve
Clapet anti-retour piloté
RPER08 40 350
Senkbrems- 3 RS08-01 38 350 U FC08-3 5.933 268
sperrventil SBVE-R1/2 30 350 I 08021

5.177 272
Counter balance valve SBVE-R1 100 350 I 16021
Valve d'équilibrage 2 1 RSM10121 60 420 M 10121 5.933.1.0 276
RSM12121 120 420 M 12121 cf -
Rohrbruchventil RBE-R 1/4 25 350 I 05520
Hose break valves RBE-R 3/8 50 350 I 08520 5.174 280

2
Soupape parachute 1 RBE-R 1/2 75 350 I 10520
RBE-R 3/4 150 350 I 12520
Wechsel-Ventile A WVE-R 1/8 10 350 I 03030

P1 P2
Shuttle change-over valves WVE-R 1/4 20 350 I 05030 5.173.1 284
Sélecteur de circuit WVE-R 1/2 70 350 I 08730
Sélecteur de circuit WVG-06 50 420 5.173.2 288

Rohrleitungsmontage
Inline mounting
WVT 80 350 (80) Montage sur tuyauterie 5.178 290
Rückschlagventil mit
RV06B-01 15 350 U FC06-3 5.144 614
integr. Begrenzung
Check valve with
integral relief RV06C-01 20 275 U FC06-3 5.145 616
Clapet avec limiteur
Motoranlaufventil
Motor start valve MAV 20 350 I HN28-2 cf -
Valve p. moteur
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

15
Einschraubventile
Cartridge valves
Valves à cartouche
Qmax pmax Seite
Wegeventile - magnetbetätigt
Directional valves - solenoid operated
Electrovalves
2 Z WS08Z-01J 38 350 U FC08-2 5.983 292
2/2-Sitzventil normal
geschlossen 1 WSM06020Z-01J 40 350 M 06020 5943.2 294
mit Schaltstellungs 2
überwachung / with G
WS08Z-01E 40 350 U FC08-2 5.907.2 296
position monitoring / avec 1
surveillance de position
2/2-Poppet valve Z WS06Z-01 20 350 U FC06-2 5.146 618

WS08Z-01 38 350 U FC08-2 5.907 298
normally closed WS10Z-01 75 350 U FC10-2 5.926 300
2
WS12Z-01 110 350 U FC12-2 5.998 302
WS16Z-01 150 350 U FC16-2 5.945 304
Valve à clapet 2/2 NF 1 WSM06020Z 40 350 M 06020 5.943 306
WSM06020Z-70 3 350 M 06020 5.943.3 308
normallement fermé WSM10120Z-01 75 350 M 10120 5.943.1 310
WSM12120Z-01 110 350 M 12120 5.948.3 312
2/2-Sitzventil norm.
geschl. mit Sieb
Z WS08Z-30 30 350 U FC08-2 5.993 314
2
2/2-Poppet valve normal
WS06Z-30 20 350 U FC06-2 cf -
closed with screen filter
Valve à clapet 2/2 NF avec 1
tamis de protect.
2/2-Sitzventil normal 2
ZR WS06ZR-01J 20 350 U FC06-2 cf -
geschlossen mit Not- WS08ZR-01J 38 350 U FC08-2 5.984 316
hand für Drahtzug 1 WSM06020ZR-01J 40 350 M 06020 5.946.2 318
mit Schaltstellungs-
WS08ZR-01E 40 350 U FC08-2 5.984.1 320
überwachung
with position monitoring /
avec surveillance de WS10ZR-01E 75 350 U FC10-2 cf -
position
ZR WS06ZR-01 20 350 U FC06-2 cf -
WS08ZR-01 38 350 U FC08-2 5.911 322
2/2-Poppet valve normally 2 WS10ZR-01 75 350 U FC10-2 5.927 324
closed with reverse flow WS12ZR-01 110 350 U FC12-2 5.998.1 326
WS16ZR-01 150 350 U FC16-2 5.941 328
1
Valve à clapet 2/2 NF WSM06020ZR-01 40 350 M 06020 5.946 330
avec passage inverse WSM10120ZR-01 75 350 M 10120 5.946.1 332
WSM12120ZR-01 110 350 M 12120 5.948.5 334
BR
2
WS08BR-31 40 350 U FC08-2 5.911.1 336

1
2/2-Sitzventil Y WS06Y-01 20 350 U FC06-2 5.147 620

normal offen WS08Y-01 38 350 U FC08-2 5.917 338
WS10Y-01 75 350 U FC10-2 5.914 340
2
2/2-Poppet valve WS12Y-01 110 350 U FC12-2 5.998.2 342
normally open WS16Y-01 150 350 U FC16-2 5.940 344
1 WSM06020Y 40 350 M 06020 5.947 346
Valve à clapet 2/2 WSM06020Y-70 3 350 M 06020 5.943.4 348
normallement ouvert WSM10120Y-01 75 350 M 10120 5.947.1 350
WSM12120Y-01 110 350 M 12120 5.948.2 352
2/2-Sitzventil, offen, mit
Schmutzsieb
Y WS08Y-30 30 350 U FC08-2 5.992 354
2
2/2-Poppet valve norm.
WS06Y-30 20 350 U FC06-2 cf -
open, with screenfilter
Valve à clapet 2/2 NO, 1
avec tamis de protection

2/2-Sitzventil YR WS06YR-01 20 350 U FC06-2 cf -
normal offen WS08YR-01 38 350 U FC08-2 5.908 356
mit Rückfluss 2 WS10YR-01 75 350 U FC10-2 5.921 358
2/2-Poppet valve WS12YR-01 110 350 U FC12-2 5.998.3 360
normally open WS16YR-01 150 350 U FC16-2 5.944 362
1
with reverse flow WSM06020YR-01 40 350 M 06020 5.948 364
Valve à clapet 2/2 NO WSM10120YR-01 75 350 M 10120 5.948.1 366
avec passage inverse WSM12120YR-01 110 350 M 12120 5.948.4 368
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

16
Einschraubventile
Cartridge valves
Valves à cartouche
Qmax pmax Seite
2/2-Sitzventil W WS08W-01 19 250 U FC08-2 5.924 370
normal geschlossen WS10W-01 40 350 U FC10-2 5.965 372
2
beidseitig gesperrt WSM06020W 19 250 M 06020 5.949 374
2/2-Poppet valve WSM06020W-61 25 350 M 06020 5.949.3 376
normally closed 1 WSM10120W 40 350 M 10120 cf -
bidirectional WSM12120W 110 350 M 12120 5.948.7 378
Valve à clapet 2/2 NF WSM16520W 100 210 M 16520 5.949.5 380
bi-étanche WSM20121W 350 420 M 12120 cf -
2
m. Positionsüberwach.
with position monitoring G
WSM12120W-01E 100 350 M 12120 cf -
surveillance de position 1
mit Sieb
2
with screen filter WS08W-30 20 250 U FC08-2 5.994 382
avec tamis de protection 1
2/2-Sitzventil V WS08V-01 20 350 U FC08-2 5.917.1 384

normal offen WS10V-01 40 350 U FC10-2 cf -
2
2/2-Poppet valve WSM06020V 20 350 M 06020 5.949.1 386
normally open WSM10120V 40 350 M 10120 cf -
1
WSM12120V 110 350 M 12120 5.948.6 388
Valve à clapet 2/2 WSM16520V 100 210 M 16520 5.949.4 390
normallement ouvert WSM20121V 350 420 M 20121 cf -
2
m. Positionsüberwach.
with position monitoring G
WSM12120V-01E 100 350 M 12120 cf -
surveillance de position 1
3/2-Sitzventil, C WSM03230C 12 500 M 03230 5.203.1

normal geschlossen 2 WS08C-01 22 350 U FC08-3 cf -
3/2-Poppet valve WSM08130C 22 350 M 08130 5.977.2 392
normally closed 1 3
Valve à clapet 3/2 NF

3/2-Sitzventil, D WSM03230D 12 500 M 03230 5.203.2 -
normal offen 2
WS08D-01 23 350 U FC08-3 5.907.3 394
3/2-Poppet valve WS08D-51 20 280 U FC08-3 5.907.1 396
normally open 1 3 WSM08130D 22 350 M 08130 5.977.1 398
Valve à clapet 2/2 NO
2/2-Schieberventil, W WK06W-01 10 350 U FC06-2 5.148 622
2
normal geschlossen WK08W-01 19 350 U FC08-2 5.925 400
2/2-Spoolvalve WK10W-01 35 350 U FC10-2 5.969 402
1
normally closed
Valve à tiroir 2/2 NF
2/2-Schieberventil,
2
V WK06V-01 15 350 U FC06-2 5.156 624
normal offen WK08V-01 19 350 U FC08-2 5.918 404
2/2-Spoolvalve WK10V-01 35 350 U FC10-2 5.970 406
1
Valve à tiroir 2/2 NO WK081V-11 19 250 U FC081-2 cf
3/2-Schieberventil 2 L WK07L-01 10 350 U FC07-3 5.955 408
3/2-Spoolvalve WK08L-01 17 350 U FC08-3 5.913 410
Valve à tiroir 3/2 3 1 WK10L-01 32 350 U FC10-3 5.959 412
3/2-Schieberventil C WK06C-01 10 350 U FC06-3 5.149.0 626
WK08C-01 19 350 U FC08-3 5.906 414
3/2-Spoolvalve 2 WK08C-13 19 350 U FC08-3 5.906.1 416
WK10C-01 32 350 U FC10-3 5.963 418
Valve à tiroir 3/2 3 1 WK10C-40 32 350 U FC10-3 5.995 420
WKC05S30C 25 60 (10) Compact 05S30 5.955.2 422
WK06430C 20 200 M 06430 cf -
WKM08130C 25 350 M 08130 5.976 424
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

17
Einschraubventile
Cartridge valves
Valves à cartouche
Qmax pmax Seite
3/2-Schieberventil D WK08D-01 19 350 U FC08-3 5.915 426
2
WK10D-13 19 350 U FC10-3 cf -
3/2-Spoolvalve WK10D-01 32 350 U FC10-3 5.964 428
3 1
WKM08130D-01 25 350 M 08130 5.977 430
Valve à tiroir 3/2 WKM08130D-13 25 350 M 08130 cf -
4/2-Schieberventil 2 4 Y WK06Y-01 15 350 U FC06-4 5.150.0 628
4/2-Spoolvalve WK08Y-01 19 350 U FC08-4 5.905 432
3 1 WK10Y-01 32 350 U FC10-4 5.971 434

Valve à tiroir 4/2 WKM08140Y 25 350 M 08140 5.942 436
4/2-Schieberventil 2 4
X WK08X-01 17 350 U FC08-4 5.919 438
4/2-Spoolvalve WK10X-01 32 350 U FC10-4 5.961 440
3 1
Valve à tiroir 4/2 WKM08140X 25 350 M 08140 5.985 442
A WK08A-01 19 350 U FC08-4 5.910 444
4/2-Spoolvalve WK10A-01 32 350 U FC10-4 5.968 446
3 1
Valve à tiroir 4/2
Z WK08Z-01 19 350 U FC08-4 5.916 448
4/2-Spoolvalve WK10Z-01 32 350 U FC10-4 5.960 450
3 1
Valve à tiroir 4/2
EB
4/2-Spoolvalve WKM08140EB 25 350 M 08140 5.981 452
Valve à tiroir 4/2 3 1
K WK08K-01 15 350 U FC08-4 5.904 454
4/2-Spoolvalve WK10K-01 32 350 U FC10-4 5.966 456
Valve à tiroir 4/2 3 4 1
4/2-Schieberventil N WK10N-01 32 350 U FC10-4 5.974 458

4/2-Spoolvalve
Valve à tiroir 4/2
P WK08P-01 15 350 U FC08-4 5.909 460
4/2-Spoolvalve WK10P-01 32 350 U FC10-4 5.972 462
3 1
Valve à tiroir 4/2
R WK08R-01 19 350 U FC08-4 5.973 464
4/2-Spoolvalve WK10R-01 32 350 U FC10-4 5.962 466
3 1
Valve à tiroir 4/2
G WK06G-01 7 350 U FC06-4 5.151.0 632
4/3-Spoolvalve GW WK10G-01 23 350 U FC10-4 5.938 468
E WK06E-01 11 350 U FC06-4 5.152.0 630
4/3-Spoolvalve
WK10E-01 23 350 U FC10-4 5.937 470
H WK06H-01 9 350 U FC06-4 5.153.0 634
4/3-Spoolvalve
3 1
WK10H-01 23 350 U FC10-4 5.936 472
Valve à tiroir 4/3
4/3-Schieberventil 2 4 J WK06J-01 11 350 U FC06-4 5.154.0 636
4/3-Spoolvalve
WK10J-01 350 U FC10-4 5.939 474
Valve à tiroir 4/3 S1 3 1 S2
Wegeventile - hydraulisch betätigt

Directional valves - hydraulic operated
Distributeurs à commande hydraulique
3/2-Schieberventil, hydr.
WKH05330 15 250 M 05330 5.995.1 476
betätigt
3/2-Spoolvalve hydraulically 3
WKH10C-01 10 250 U FC10-4 5.995.4 478
actuated 1
Valve à tiroir 3/2 à commande

hydraulique 2 4
3/3 Schieberventil /
WKH10DC-01 45 350 U FC10-4 5.995.3 480
spoolvalve / valve à tiroir
2 4
WKH10V/14-01 40 350 U FC10-4 5.995.6 482
WKH10W/14-01 40 350 U FC10-4 5.995.5 484
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

18
Einschraubventile
Cartridge valves
Valves à cartouche
Qmax pmax Seite
Wegeventile - manuell betätigt
Directional valves - manual operated
Distributeurs à commande manuelle
2/2-Sitzventil
WS08W…M 20 250 U FC08-2 5.924.1 486
2/2-Poppet valve
Valve à clapet 2/2 WSM06020W...M 20 250 M 06020 5.949.2 488
3/2 Schieberventil
3/2 spool valve WK08C...M 19 350 U FC08-3 cf -
3/2 valve à clapet
Proportionalventile
Proportional valves
Valves proportionnel
Proportional PDR08-01 12 350 (138) U FC08-3 5.990.2 490
Druckregelventil PDR08-02 / -02T 17 350 (138) U FC08-3 5.990.3 494
Proportional pressure PDR08-11 18 350 (228) U FC08-3 cf -
reducing valve PDR08-20 5 350 (40) U FC08-3 cf -
Régulateur de pression PDM08130 10 250 (170) M 08130 5.168 -
proportionnel
Compact PDMC04S30D-01 4 60 (32) Compact 04S30D 5.978.5 498
Compact PDMC05S30A-11 12 60 (35) Compact 05S30A 5.978.2 502
Compact 2 PDMC05S30A-50 20 60 (20) Compact 05S30A 5.978.4 506
PDR08-50 25 50 (18) U FC08-3 3196658 -

3 1
Proportional PDR08P-01 60 350 (350) U FC08-3 5.990.1 510

Druckregelventil
vorgesteuert 1
Proportional
pressure reducing valve PDR10P-01 100 350 (350) U FC10-3 5.990 512
pilot operated 3
2
Régulateur de pression
proportionnel
Compact PDMC10S30P 40 60 (35) Compact 10S30 5.978.3 514
1
inverse PDR10PZ 100 350 (350) U FC10-3 cf -

3 2
Proportional
2 PDBM06020 10 350 M 06020 5.978.1 518
Druckbegrenzungsventil
Proportional pressure relief

valve 1
Limiteur de pression
proportionnel
Proportional 2 PDB08P-01 60 350 U FC08-2 5.991.1 522
Druckbegrenzungs
PDBM10120AP 120 350 M 10120A 5.978 524
ventil vorgesteuert
Proportional PDB10P-01 120 350 U FC10-2 5.991 526
1
pressure relief valve
pilot operated PDB12P-01 200 350 U FC12-2 5.991.2 528
proportionnel PDB16P-01 300 350 U FC16-2 5.991.3 530
1
elektrisch entlastbar
electrically ventable PDBM12120APZ 200 350 M 12120A 5.169.2 -
pilotage à distance
2
Proportional Druck- PDB08PZ-08 60 350 U FC08-2 5.991.5 532

begrenzungsventil 2
PDB10PZ-08 120 350 U FC10-2 5.991.4 536
vorgesteuert invers
Proportional pressure
PDB12PZ-08 200 350 U FC12-2 5.991.6 540
relief valve pilot 1
operated inverse PDB16PZ-08 300 350 U FC16-2 5.991.7 544
proportionnel inversé
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

19
Einschraubventile
Cartridge valves
Valves à cartouche
Qmax pmax Seite
Proportional
Druckbegrenzungs 1 PDB10SPE 120 350 U FC10-S3 cf -
ventil entlastbar
Proportional pressure relief
PDB12121PE 200 350 M 12121 cf -
valve
2 3
PDB16121PE 300 350 M 16221 cf -
proportionnel
Proportional
Druckbegrenzungs
ventil fernsteuerbar PDB12121PF 200 350 M 12121 cf -
1
Proportional
remote controled
2 3
PDB16SPF 300 350 U FC16-S3 cf -
proportionnel à
télécommande
Proportional Stromregler PSRW12-301 55 200 cf -
Rohrleitungsmontage
Proportional flow controller PSRZ12-202 100 250 Inline mounting cf -
Régulateur de débit
PSRZ12-203 130 250 cf -
proportionnel
Proportional Strom- PWK06020W 10 350 M 06020 5.991.11 548
Drosselventil 2 PWK10120W 50 250 M 10120 cf -

Schieberbauweise
Proportional flow controller PWK12120W 70 250 M 12120 5.991.9 550
1
Étrangleur à commande
proportionnelle à tiroir
2
vorgesteuert PWK12120WP 200 280 M 12120 5.991.8 554
pilot operated piloté 1
Proportional Strom- PWK06020V 10 350 M 06020 5.991.10 556

2
Drosselventil
PWK10120V 40 280 M 10120 cf -
Schieberbauweise
Prop. flow control valve 1
Étrangleur à commande
proportionnelle à tiroir
Proportional Strom- PWS10ZR 100 350 U FC10-2 cf -
Drosselventil
Sitzbauweise
Prop. flow control valve PWSM06020W 25 350 M 06020 cf -
poppet type
Étrangleur à commande 1 PWS08Z-01 55 350 U FC08-2 5.127 558
proportionnelle PWS10Z-11 100 350 U FC10-2 5.126 560

2
à clapet PWS16Z-01 200 350 U FC16-2 5.125 562
Verschiedene Ventile
Various valves
Différentes valves
Handpumpe PU10720-01 1,6 30 M 10720
=
(Hub stroke (Hand F 3037142 -
Hand pump 32mm) 190 N)
MP10 0,75 210 U FC10-2
Pompe à main (Hand F = 5.199.6 564
176 Nm)
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

20
Spulen 40 mm lang, Ø36 für Schaltventile
40-1836
Stand 01-2013
Coils 40 mm long, Ø36 for solenoid valves
Bobines 40 mm longue, Ø36 pour électrovalves
Passend für
Prospekt-Nr. Schaltventile Suitable
Bezeichnung Typ Nennspannung Elektrischer Anschluss Brochure No. for solenoid valves
Description Type Nominal voltage Electrical connection No. du Convenant pour Seite
Désignation Type Tension nominale Connection électrique prospectus électrovalves page
Metallspulen für Schaltventile Metallic coils for solenoid valves Bobines en acier pour électrovalves
Anschlussstecker Typ G 12DG-40-1836 12 VDC
Anschlussstecker nach
Connector type G 24DG-40-1836 24 VDC
EN 175301, WSM06020...
Connector EN 175301
Connecteur type G 115AG-40-1836 115 VAC Connecteur EN 175301 WSM10120...
230AG-40-1836 230 VAC

WSM12120...
Anschlussstecker Typ T
Anschluss Junior Timer 2- WSM16120...
12DT-40-1836 12 VDC
polig, radial,
Connector type T
Connector Junior Timer 2 WSM20121…
poles, radial
Connecteur type T Connecteur Junior Timer, 2 WS08...
24DT-40-1836 24 VDC pôles, radial
WS10...(außer WS10W)
Anschlussstecker Typ K
WS12...
12DK-40-1836 12 VDC
Kostal-
Connector type K
SchraubAnschluss, WS16...
Kostal screwed Connector
Connecteur type K Connecteur Kostal 5.207
WK07L... 566
24DK-40-1836 24 VDC
WK08...
Anschlussstecker Typ L
Spule mit 2 freien Litzen, WK10E,F,G,H,J-01
12DL-40-1836 12 VDC
0,75mm²,
Connector type L
Connector 2 free cables WK10L-50...
0,75mm²
Connecteur type L Bobine avec 2 conducteurs WKM08120...
24DL-40-1836 24 VDC 0,75mm²
WKM08130...
Anschlussstecker Typ N
WKM08140...
12DN-40-1836 12 VDC
Connector type N Deutsch-Stecker, PDBM12120APZ...
Connector "Deutsch"
Connecteur type N Connecteur "Deutsch"
24DN-40-1836 24 VDC
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

21
Spulen 50 mm lang, Ø36 für Schaltventile
Coils 50 mm long, Ø36 for solenoid valves 50-1836
Bobines 50 mm longue, Ø36 pour électrovalves
Passend für
Bezeichnung Typ Nennspannung Elektrischer Anschluss Brochure No. for solenoid valves
Anschlussstecker Typ G 12DG-50-1836 12 VDC
Connector type G 24DG-50-1836 24 VDC
EN 175301,
Connector EN 175301
Connecteur type G 115AG-50-1836 115 VAC Connecteur EN 175301
230AG-50-1836 230 VAC
Anschlussstecker Typ T
12DT-50-1836 12 VDC Anschluss Junior Timer 2-
polig, radial,
Connector type T
Connector Junior Timer 2
poles, radial
Connecteur type T Connecteur Junior Timer, 2
24DT-50-1836 24 VDC pôles, radial
WK10A,C,D,K,L,
Anschlussstecker Typ K N,S,V,W,X,Y,Z...

12DK-50-1836 12 VDC
Kostal-
Connector type K WS10W...
SchraubAnschluss,
Kostal screwed Connector
Connecteur type K Connecteur Kostal 5.207 WSM08130... 566
24DK-50-1836 24 VDC
WKM10120...
Anschlussstecker Typ L WKM10130...

12DL-50-1836 12 VDC Spule mit 2 freien Litzen,
0,75mm²,
Connector type L WKM10140...
Connector 2 free cables
0,75mm²
Connecteur type L Bobine avec 2 conducteurs
24DL-50-1836 24 VDC 0,75mm²
12DN-50-1836 12 VDC
Connector type N Deutsch-Stecker,
Connector "Deutsch"
24DN-50-1836 24 VDC
Connecteur type N
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

22
Spulen 40 mm lang, Ø36 für Proportionalventile
Coils 40 mm long, Ø36 for proportional valves 40-1836
Bobines 40 mm longue, Ø36 pour valves proportionelles
Passend für Prop.ventile

Prospekt-Nr. Suitable for solenoid
Bezeichnung Typ Nennspannung Elektrischer Anschluss Brochure No. valves
Metallspulen für Prop-Ventile Metallic coils for prop. valves Bobines en acier pour distributeurs prop.
Anschlussstecker Typ G PDR08P-01...

12PG-2.2-40-1836 12 VDC
Connector type G PDR10P-01...
EN 175301,
Connector EN 175301 PDB08-01…
Connecteur type G Connecteur EN 175301 PDB08P-01…
24PG-8.8-40-1836 24 VDC
PDB10P-01… /SPE…
Anschlussstecker Typ T PDB12P-01..

12PT-40-1836 12 VDC Anschluss Junior Timer 2-
polig, radial,
Connector type T PDB16P-01...
poles, radial
Connecteur type T Connecteur Junior Timer, 2 PDB08PZ-01..
24PT-40-1836 24 VDC pôles, radial
5.215 PDB10PZ-01.. 568
Anschlussstecker Typ L PDB12PZ-01...

12PL-2.2-40-1836 12 VDC Spule mit 2 freien Litzen,
0,75mm²,
Connector type L PDB16PZ-01...
0,75mm²
Connecteur type L Bobine avec 2 conducteurs PDBM10120AP...
24PL-8.8-40-1836 24 VDC 0,75mm²
PDB12121PE… PF…
PDB16221PE…
12PN-2.2-40-1836 12 VDC
Connector type N Deutsch-Stecker, PDR08-01 / -02 / -50
Connector "Deutsch"
Connecteur "Deutsch"
Connecteur type N PDR08-02T...
24PN-8.8-40-1836 24 VDC
Connecteur type N PWK12120WP...
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

23
Spulen 50 mm lang, Ø36 für Proportionalventile
Coils 50 mm long, Ø36 for proportional valves 50-1836
Bobines 50 mm longue, Ø36 pour valves proportionelles
Passend für Prop.ventile

Prospekt-Nr. Suitable for solenoid
Bezeichnung Typ Nennspannung Elektrischer Anschluss Brochure No. valves
Metallspulen für Prop. Ventile Metallic coils für prop. valves Bobines en acier pour valves proportionelles
Anschlussstecker Typ G
12PG-4.1-50-1836 12 VDC
Connector type G
EN 175301,
Connector EN 175301
Connecteur type G Connecteur EN 175301
24PG-18-50-1836 24 VDC
Anschlussstecker Typ T PDR08-11...

12PT-4.1-50-1836 12 VDC Anschluss Junior Timer 2-
polig, radial,
Connector type T PDR08-20...
poles, radial
Connecteur type T Connecteur Junior Timer, 2 PDBM06020...
24PT-18-50-1836 24 VDC pôles, radial
5.215 PWK06020V... 568
Anschlussstecker Typ L PWK06020W...

12PL-4.1-50-1836 12 VDC Spule mit 2 freien Litzen,
0,75mm²,
Connector type L PWK10120...
0,75mm²
Connecteur type L Bobine avec 2 conducteurs PWK12120W...
24PL-18-50-1836 24 VDC 0,75mm²
PWS08Z...
12PN-4.1-50-1836 12 VDC
Connector type N Deutsch-Stecker,
Connector "Deutsch"
24PN-18-50-1836 24 VDC
Connecteur type N
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

24
Spulen 32 mm lang, Ø29
Coils 32 mm long, Ø29 32-1329
Bobines 30 mm longue, Ø29
Passend für
Bezeichnung Typ (Mat.-Nr.) Nennspannung Elektrischer Anschluss Brochure No. for solenoid valves
Description Type (Part No.) Nominal voltage Electrical connection No. du Convenant pour Seite
Désignation Type (no. du pièce) Tension nominale Connection électrique prospectus électrovalves page
Anschlussstecker Typ G 2610160 12 VDC
Connector type G 2610161 24 VDC
Connecteur type G 2610156 105 VDC Anschlussstecker nach für

EN 175301-803
2610159 205 VDC Connector EN 175301-803 Miniventile
Connecteur EN 17530-803
*Leitungsdose mit WS06…
2610156 + 2600582* 120 VAC
Gleichrichter Wk06...
*Connector with rectifier diode

2610159 + 2600582* 230 VAC for
*Connecteur avec diode
Anschlussstecker Typ N 2610149 12 VDC Minivalves

Deutsch-Stecker,
Connector type N 2610150 24 VDC Connector "Deutsch" 638
5.155.0
Connecteur "Deutsch"
Connecteur type N pour programme
Anschlussstecker Typ L 2610151 12 VDC Minivalves

Spule mit 2 freien Litzen,
0,75mm²,
Connector type L 2610162 24 VDC
Bobine avec 2 conducteurs
Connecteur type L
Leitungsdose
Connector 2600570
Stecker nach EN 175301-
Connecteur
803 Form B
Leitungsdose mit Gleichrichter Connector EN 175301-803
with rectifier diode 2600582 Connecteur EN 17530-803
avec diode
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

25
Anschlussgehäuse ISO/metrisch Stand 01-2013
Achtung: Alugehäuse nur bis 210 bar!
Connection Housings ISO/metric Attention: Aluminium housings only up to 210 bar!
Attention: Blocs en Aluminium seulement 210 bar!
Blocs de Raccordement ISO métrique
Prospekt/
Abmessungen Datenblatt-Nr.
Best.-Nr. Typ Anschlussgewinde Ventile
Brochure/ Seite
Order-No. Type Threads Dimensions Valves
Data Sheet-No. page
Code article Type Raccordement Dimensions Valves Cataloque/
Fiche technique n 
Rohranschlussgehäuse
Standard inline bodies 571
Blocs de raccordement sur tuyauterie
277440 R03230-01X-01  G 1/4
WSM03230 5.203 574
 G 1/4
 G 1/4
Masse, weight, poids: 0,67 kg
277372 R05220  G 3/8 Stahl, bis 420 bar DB3E 5.165 -

3364559 R05S30-010-01  G 3/8 Aluminium, bis 60 bar PDMC05S30A cf -
275266 R06020-01X-01  G 3/8 DB4E (-25X)
 G 3/8 DSR5E 5.169.8
DZ5E 5.166
DV5E 5.113
*= bei Einsatz des DB4E SR5E 5.117 574
nur bis 350 bar! RVM06020 5.193
* 350 bar only by WSM06020Z 5.943
using DB4E WSM06020ZR 5.946
* par utilisage du PDBM06020 5.978
DB4E seulement 350 bar! WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3
DZM06020 5.950.2
276842 R06020-10X-01  G 3/8 WSM06020Y 5.947
 G 3/8 WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020W 5.949
WSM06020V 5.949.1
WSM06020ZR-01J 5.946 574
PDBM06020 5.978
WSM06020W-61 5.949.3
WSM06020WM 5.942.2
PWK06020V / W 5.991.11
275033 R08021-01X-01  G 3/8

ERVE08021 5.172
 G 3/8
Anschluss 3 verschließen  G 1/4
SBVE-R 1/2 5.177 574
bei Verwendung ERVM-
G1/2
RPR08021 396487
Port 3 should be plugged
ERVM-G1/2 283843
on use ERVM-G1/2
Obturer l'orifice 3 lors

d'une utilisation ERVM-
G1/2 Masse, weight, poids: 0,77 kg
283841 R08021-10X-01  G 3/8

ERVE08021 5.172
 G 3/8
Anschluss 3 verschließen  G 1/4
SBVE-R 1/2 5.177 574
bei Verwendung ERVM-
G1/2
RPR08021 396487
Port 3 should be plugged
ERVM-G1/2 283843
on use ERVM-G1/2
Obturer l'orifice 3 lors

d'une utilisation ERVM-
G1/2 Masse, weight, poids: 0,76 kg
283025 R08030-01X-01  G 3/8

DMVE-G 1/2 5.162 575
 G 3/8
 G 3/8
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

26
Anschlussgehäuse ISO/metrisch
Connection Housings ISO/metric
Prospekt/
Best.-Nr. Typ Anschlussgewinde Abmessungen Ventile Datenblatt-Nr.
Brochure/ Seite
Dimensions Data Sheet-No. page
Code article Type Raccordement Valves
Cataloque/
394488 R08130-01X-01  G 3/8 WSM08130C 5.977.2
 G 3/8 WSM08130D 5.977.1
 G 3/8 WKM08130C 5.976
WKM08130D… 5.977 575
DWM08130Z 5.196.1
394378 R08130-01X-02  M 14 x 1,5 DWM08130Y 5.194.1
 M 14 x 1,5
 M 14 x 1,5
394473 R08140-01X-01  G 3/8 WKM08140Y 5.942

 G 3/8 WKM08140X 5.985 575
 G 3/8 WKM08140EB 5.981
 G 3/8
393535 R08140-01X-02  M 14 x 1,5

 M 14 x 1,5
 M 14 x 1,5
 M 14 x 1,5
395232 R10120A-01X-01  G 1/2 DB10120A 5.167 575

 G 1/2 DB10120A-13X 5.922.4
395233 R10120A-01X-02  M 22 x 1,5

 M 22 x 1,5
395234 R10120-01X-01  G 1/2 RVM10120 5999.1

 G 1/2 SD10120 5.114
WSM10120Z 5943.1
WSM10120ZR 5946.1
WSM10120Y 5947.1 575
WSM10120YR 5948.1
395235 R10120-01X-02  M 22 x 1,5 PWK10120 V / W
 M 22 x 1,5 WSM10120 V / W
395236 R10121-01X-01  G 1/2

RP10121 5.923.1
 G 1/2
 G 1/4
RPL10121 5.176.1 576
DMM10121 5.169.9
395237 R10121-01X-02  M 22 x 1,5

RSM10121
 M 22 x 1,5
 M 14 x 1,5
395238 R10130-01X-01  G 1/2

DRM10130P 5.950
 G 1/2
 G 1/2
SRA10130 284857 576
DWM10130R
395239 R10130-01X-02  M 22 x 1,5

 M 22 x 1,5
 M 22 x 1,5
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

27
Prospekt/
Brochure/ Seite
Cataloque/
3426652 R10S30-010-01  G 3/8 Stahl, bis 60 bar PDMC10S30P 5.978.3 576
396489 R12120A-01X-01  G 3/4 DB12120A 5.169.1
 G 3/4 PDBM12120APZ 5.169.2
576
PWK12120W 5.991.9
PWK12120WP 5.991.8
396708 R12120-10X-01  G 3/4 WSM12120Z 5.948.3

 G 3/4 WSM12120ZR 5.948.5
WSM12120Y 5.948.2
WSM12120YR 5.948.4 577
WSM12120W (01E) 5.948.7
WSM12120V (01E) 5.948.6
396707 R12120-10X-02  M 27 x 2 PWK12120 V W
 M 27 x 2
3130704 R12121-01X-01  G 3/4 DB12121PE 5.996

 G 3/4 DB12121PF 5.997
 G 3/8 PDB12121PE
PDB12121PF 577
DWM12121Z B/H 5.191.2
DWM12121ZD 5.191.1
DWM12121Z MD…
RSM12121 5.933
560705 R12230-01X-01  G 1/2

ST12230 5.122 578
 G 3/4
 G 1/2
277051 R16021-01X-01  G1
ERVE16021 5.172 578
 G1
 G 1/4
SBVE-R1 5.177 578
275276 R20021-01X-01  G 1 1/4

ERVE20021 5.172 578
 G 1 1/4
 G 1/4

D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

28
Prospekt/
Brochure/ Seite
Cataloque/
Zylinderanschlussgehäuse
Cylinder connection housing
Bloc de Raccordement sur vérin
562795 A06020-04X-01  G 3/8

WSM06020Z 5.943
 G 3/8
WSM06020ZR 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947 579
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3

WSM06020V 5.949.1
WSM06020ZR-J 5.946
PDBM06020 5.978
DB4E* (-25X) 5.161
396774 A06020-14X-01  G 1/2 WSM06020Z 5.943
 G 1/2 WSM06020ZR 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3 579
WSM06020V 5.949.1
WSM06020ZR-J 5.946
WSM06020Z-J 5.943
PDBM06020 5.978
DB4E* (-25X)
3364559 R05S30A-010-01  G 3/4 PDMC05S30 -

 G 3/4
Zylinderanschlussgehäuse mit Hohlschraube und Stromregler

Cylinder connection housings with hollow screw and flow control valve
Bloc de Raccordement sur vérin avec vis creux et régulateur de débit
395364 ASR06020-01X-01/4  G 3/8 WSM06020Z 5.943

Q=4,0-5,0 l/min WSM06020ZR 5.946
Baugruppe ohne WSM06020Y 5.947
Schaltventil WSM06020YR 5.948 -
WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3
WSM06020V 5.949.1
WSM06020ZR-J 5.946
WSM06020Z-J 5.943
561220 ASR06020-11X-01-5 M14 x 1,5 WSM06020Z 5.943
Q=5,0-7,5 l/min WSM06020ZR 5.946
Baugruppe ohne WSM06020Y 5.947
Schaltventil WSM06020YR 5.948 -
WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3
WSM06020V 5.949.1
WSM06020ZR-J 5.946
WSM06020Z-J 5.943
3230559 ASR082-01X-01-1,5 M14 x 1,5 WS08ZR -J 5.984
Q=1,5-2,4 DB08A 5.922
Baugruppe ohne DB08P 5.922.1
Schaltventil RV08A 5.912
SD08 5.928 -
SR08 5.930
WS08Z 5.907
WS08ZR 5.911
WS08Y 5.917
3013989 ASR082-01X-01-5 M14 x 1,5 WS08YR 5.908
Q=5,0-7,5 l/min WS08W 5.924
Baugruppe ohne WK08W 5.925
Schaltventil WK08V 5.918
WS08WM 5.924.1 -
WS08Z-J 5.983
PDB08P 5.991.1
WS08Z 5.993
WS08Y 5.992
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13
WS08W 5.994
WS08W 5.994

29
Prospekt/
Best.-Nr. Typ Anschlußgewinde Abmessungen Ventile Datenblatt-Nr.
Brochure/ Seite
Cataloque/
Leitungsgehäuse
Internal valve housing
Bloc de raccordement
393224 XX05520-01X G 1/4
SRE1 5.118 580
RBE-R 1/4 5.174
M 14x1,5
Auf Anfrage
On request
Sur demande
393226 XX08520-01X G 3/8

SRE2 5.118 580
RBE-R 3/8 5.174
M 18x1,5
Auf Anfrage
On request
Sur demande
393228 XX10520-01X G 1/2

SRE3 5.118 580
RBE-R 1/2 5.174
M 22x1,5
Auf Anfrage
On request
Sur demande
395063 XX12520-01X G 3/4

SRE4 5.118 580
RBE-R 3/4 5.174
M 27x2
Auf Anfrage
On request
Sur demande
393215 XB05520-01X G 1/4

SRE1 5.118 580
RBE-R 1/4 5.174
M 14x1,5
Auf Anfrage
On request
Sur demande
393217 XB08520-01X G 3/8

SRE2 5.118 580
RBE-R 3/8 5.174
M 18x1,5
Auf Anfrage
On request
Sur demande
393219 XB10520-01X G 1/2

SRE3 5.118 580
RBE-R 1/2 5.174
M 22x1,5
Auf Anfrage
On request
Sur demande
395061 XB12520-01X G 3/4 SRE4 5.118

580
RBE-R 3/4 5.174

M 27x2
Auf Anfrage
On request
Sur demande
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

30
Prospekt/
Brochure/ Seite
Cataloque/
Rohranschlussgehäuse
Standard inline bodies
Blocs de raccordement sur tuyauterie
Al: 0,15
3011423 FH082-AB3  3/8"BSP WS08ZR-J 5.984
 3/8"BSP DB08A DB08P 5.922 5.922.1
560919 FH082-SB3 RV08A 5.912

SD08 SR08 5.928 5.930
WS08Z (-01E) 5.907 5.907.2
WS08ZR (-01E) 5911 5.994.1
WS08Y (-30) 5.917 5.992 583
WS08YR (BR) 5908 5.911.1
WS08W (-30) 5.924 5.994
WK08V W 5.925 5.918
WS08WM 5.924.1
WS08Z-J 5.983
WS08V 5.917.1
PDB08P (PZ) 5.991.1 5.991.5
PWS08Z 5.127
Al: 0,25
DR08 5.920
3011427 FH083-AB3  3/8"BSP
RP08A 5.923
 3/8"BSP
RS08 5.933
560922 FH083-SB3  3/8"BSP
SRP08 5.929
WK08L 5.913
WK08C (-13) 5906 5.906.1
WK08D 5.915 583
DR08P 5.920.1
PDR08P 5.990.1
PDR08-01 5.990.2
PDR08-11 / -20
WS08D 5.907.1
3116230 FH083-SM14F  M14x1,5 PDR08-50
 M14x1,5 WS08C WK08C ……. 5.906
 M14x1,5 PDR08-02 5.990.3
Al: 0,31
3011407 FH084-AB3
 3/8"BSP WK08Y 5.905
 3/8"BSP
 3/8"BSP
563383 FH084-SB3
 3/8"BSP WK08X 5.919
WK08A 5.910 583
WK08Z 5.916
WK08K 5.904
WK08P 5.909
WK08R 5.973
Al: 0,20
DB10 DB10P 5.954
3037777 FH102-AB4
 1/2"BSP RV10A RV10A-51 5.953
 1/2"BSP SR10 5.958
3037594 FH102-SB4
SD10 5.989
SDR10A 5.988
WS10Z WS10V 5.926
WS10ZR (-01E) 5.927
WS10Y 5.914 584
WS10YR 5.921
WK10W 5.969
WK10V 5.970
WS10W
PDB10P 5.991
PDB10PZ 5.991.4
PWS10Z /ZR
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

31
Prospekt/
Brochure/ Seite
Cataloque/
Al: 0,26
DR10 5.950
3038092 FH103-AB4  1/2"BSP
RP10A 5.932
 1/2"BSP
 1/2"BSP WK10L 5.957
3037697 FH103-SB4
WK10C (-40) 5.963 5.995 584
WK10D 5.964
DR10P 5.982
WK10C 5.963
PDR10P 5.990
PDR10PZ
DB10SE-12
Al: 0,32
 1/2"BSP ST10 5.967
3038097 FH104-AB4
 1/2"BSP WK10G WK10E 5.938 5.937
 1/2"BSP WK10H WK10J 5.936 5.939
3037784 FH104-SB4
 1/2"BSP WK10Y 5.971
WK10X 5.961
WK10A 5.968
WK10Z 5.960 584
WK10K 5.966
WK10P 5.972
WKH10C 5.995.4
WKH10DC 5.995.3
WK10R 5.962
WK10N
WKH10V/12 W/14
Al:
RV12A 5952
3053843 FH122-AB6
 3/4"BSP WS12Z 5998
 3/4"BSP WS12ZR 5.998.1
3053782 FH122-SB6
WS12Y 5.998.2 585
WS12YR 5.998.3
DB12P 5.922.2
PDB12P 5.991.2
PDB12PZ 5.991.6
Al:
3053872 FH123-AB6 SRP12 585
 3/4"BSP
 3/4"BSP
3053908 FH123-SB6
 3/4"BSP
Al:
 3/4"BSP DW12P-22 585
3054099 FH124-AB6
 3/4"BSP
 3/4"BSP
3054097 FH124-SB6
 3/4"BSP
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

32
Prospekt/
Brochure/ Seite
Cataloque/
Al: 0,56
RV16A 5.951
3037193 FH162-AB8
 1"BSP WS16Z 5.945
 1"BSP WS16ZR 5.941
3032496 FH162-SB8
WS16Y 5.940 585
WS16YR 5.944
DB16P 5.922.3
PDB16P 5.991.3
PDB16PZ 5.991.7
Al: 1,10
3037208 FH163-AB8  1"BSP RP16A 5.931 585
 1"BSP
3036257 FH163-SB8  1"BSP
Al: 1,43
3037213 FH164-AB8  1"BSP ST16 5.967.1 585
 1"BSP
 1"BSP
3032902 FH164-SB8
 1"BSP
3272637 FH10S3-AB4  1/2"BSP DB10SPE 5.594.1 585

 1/2"BSP
DW10V
3310162 FH10S3-SB4  1/4"BSP
3246967 FH16S3-SB8  1"BSP DB16SPF 5.922.5 585

 1"BSP
DW16V
 1/4"BSP
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

33
Zwischenplattengehäuse Stand 01-2013
Sandwich Plate Housings
Plaques pour montage sandwich
Prospekt/
Best.-Nr. Typ Ventile Symbol
Brochure/ Seite
Order-No. Type Dimensions Valves Symbol
Data Sheet-No. page
Code article Type Dimensions Valves Symbole
Cataloque/
Fiche technique no.
395252 ZA06020-01X DSR5E 5.169.8
Einschraubventil in
DZ5E 5.166
Leitung A DZM06020 5.950.2
DV5E 5.113
Cartridge valve DV5E 5.113
in line A SR5E 5.117
RVM06020 5.193
Valve à visser sur A
WSM06020W-61 5.949.3
WSM06020Z 5.943 587
WSM06020ZR (-J) 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020W 5.949
WSM06020V 5.949.1
WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3
Masse: 0,92 kg
395611 ZA06020-10X
Einschraubventil in
DSR5E 5.169.8 cf
Leitung A
DZ5E 5.166
Cartridge valve WSM06020W-61 5.949.3
in line A
Valve à visser sur A

SR5E 5.117
587
RVM06020 5.193
WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3

WSM06020Z 5.943
WSM06020ZR (-J) 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
Masse: 0,92 kg
WSM06020V 5.949.1
395253 ZB06020-01X
Einschraubventil in
DSR5E 5.169.8
Leitung B
DZ5E 5.166
in line B
Valve à visser sur B

DV5E 5.113
588
SR5E 5.117
RVM06020 5.193
WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3

WSM06020Z 5.943
WSM06020ZR (-J) 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
Masse: 0,92 kg
WSM06020V 5.949.1
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

34
Zwischenplattengehäuse
Prospekt/
Brochure/ Seite
Data Sheet-No. page
Cataloque/
Fiche technique no.
395612 ZB06020-10X
Einschraubventil in
DSR5E 5.169.8
Leitung B
DZ5E 5.166
in line B
Valve à visser sur B

SR5E 5.117
588
RVM06020 5.193
WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3

WSM06020Z 5.943
WSM06020ZR (-J) 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
Masse: 0,92 kg
WSM06020V 5.949.1
395254 ZAB06020-01X
Einschraubventil in
DSR5E 5.169.8
Leitung A und B
Cartridge valve in line

A and B DZ5E 5.166
DZM06020 5.950.2
Valve à visser sur WSM06020W-61 5.949.3
A et B
WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3
DV5E 5.113
589
SR5E 5.117
RVM06020 5.193
WSM06020Z 5.943
WSM06020ZR (-J) 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020V 5.949.1
Masse: 0,87 kg
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

35
Prospekt/
Brochure/ Seite
Data Sheet-No. page
Cataloque/
Fiche technique no.
395613 ZAB06020-10X
Einschraubventil in
DSR5E 5.169.8
Leitung A und B

A and B DZ5E 5.166
DZM06020 5.950.2
Valve à visser sur
A et B
SR5E 5.117
589
RVM06020 5.193
WSM06020Z 5.943
WSM06020ZR (-J) 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020W 5.949
WSM06020W-61 5.949.3
WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3
Masse: 0,87 kg
3041122 ZAB08021-02X
Einschraubventil in ERVE08021 5.172 590

Leitung A und B

A and B
SBVE-R1/2 5.177
Valve à visser sur
A et B
Werkstoff : Aluminium
max.Druck : p = 250 bar

max
Masse: 0,69 kg
395263 ZP06020-01X
Einschraubventil in SR5E 5.117 590

Leitung P
Cartridge valve
in line P
RVM06020 /-06 5.193
Valve à visser sur P
Masse: 0,91 kg
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

36
Prospekt/
Brochure/ Seite
Data Sheet-No. page
Cataloque/
Fiche technique no.
395255 ZP06020-10X
Einschraubventil in DV5E 5.113 590

Leitung P
Cartridge valve WSM06020Z 5.943

in line P WSM06020ZR 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947
Valve à visser sur P
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020V 5.949.1
WSM06020W-61 5.949.3
WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3
Masse: 0,91 kg
395265 ZT06020-01X
Einschraubventil in RVM06020 /-06 5.175 591

Leitung T
Cartridge valve
in line T
Valve à visser sur T
Masse: 0,91 kg
395256 ZPT06020-01X
DV5E 5.113
Einschraubventil
zwischen
Leitung P und T
RVM06020 /-06 5.175 591
Cartridge valve
between WSM06020Z 5.943
lines P and T WSM06020ZR 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947
Valve à visser
entre P et T
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020V 5.949.1
WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3
DB4E* 5.161
Masse: 0,91 kg
DB4E (-25X) 5161.1
395264 ZPT06020-10X
Einschraubventil
zwischen
Leitung P und T
Cartridge valve
between
PDBM06020 5.978 591
lines P and T
Valve à visser
entre P et T
*= bei Einsatz des DB4E SR5E 5.117
nur bis 350 bar!
* 350 bar only by
using DB4E
* par utilisage du
Masse: 0,91 kg
DB4E seulement 350 bar!
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

37
Prospekt/
Brochure/ Seite
Data Sheet-No. page
Cataloque/
Fiche technique no.
395260 ZAP06020-01X
WSM06020W 5.949
Einschraubventil
zwischen 592
Leitung A und P
WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3
Cartridge valve
between
lines A and P
Valve à visser entre

A et P
Masse: 1,08 kg
395261 ZAPBT06020-01X
WSM06020V 5.949.1
Einschraubventil
zwischen 592
Leitung A und P
und zwischen WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3
Leitung B und T
Cartridge valve
between
lines A and P
and
lines B and T
Valve à visser entre A

et P et entre B et T Masse: 1,01 kg
395257 ZAT06020-01X DB4E* 5.161

DB4E (-25X) 5161.1
Einschraubventil
zwischen
Leitung A und T
Cartridge valve
PDBM06020 5.978
between
lines A and T
Valve à visser entre DV5E 5.113 592

A et T
*= bei Einsatz des DB4E SR5E 5.117

nur bis 350 bar!
* 350 bar only by WSM06020V 5.949.1
using DB4E WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3
* par utilisage du
Masse: 1,04 kg
395258 ZBT06020-01X DB4E* 5.161
DB4E (-25X) 5.161.1
Einschraubventil
zwischen
PDBM06020 5.978
Leitung B und T
Cartridge valve
between
DV5E 5.113 593
lines B and T

B et T SR5E 5.117
WSM06020V 5.949.1
*= bei Einsatz des DB4E WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3
nur bis 350 bar!
Masse: 1,04 kg
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

38
Prospekt/
Brochure/ Seite
Data Sheet-No. page
Cataloque/
Fiche technique no.
395259 ZABT06020-01X DB4E* 5.161

DB4E (-25X)
Einschraubventil
zwischen
Leitung A und T
und zwischen
Leitung B und T
PDBM06020 5.978
Cartridge valve
between
lines A and T
and
DV5E 5.113 593
lines B and T
Valve à visser entre A SR5E 5.117

et T et entre B et T
WSM06020V 5.949.1
*= bei Einsatz des DB4E WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3

nur bis 350 bar!
* 350 bar only by
using DB4E
* par utilisage du
Masse: 0,99 kg
3065992 ZABT06020-02X WSM06020Z 5.943
WSM06020ZR 5.946
Einschraubventil
zwischen WSM06020Y 5.947
1 2 2 1 594
Leitung A und T WSM06020YR 5.948
und zwischen WSM06020V 5.949.1
Leitung B und T WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3 P A B T
Cartridge valve
between
lines A and T
and
lines B and T
Valve à visser entre A

et T et entre B et T
Masse: 0,98 kg
3578184 ZP10121 DMM10121 5.169.9
594
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

39
Stand 01-2013
Plattenaufbaugehäuse
Subplate bodies
Blocs flasquables
Prospekt/
Datenblatt-Nr.
Best.-Nr. Typ Abmessungen Ventile Symbol
Brochure/ Seite
Data Sheet-No. page
Cataloque/
Fiche technique no.
395420 D03230-01X
WSM03230 5.203 596
*= bei Einsatz des WSE3

nur bis 350 bar!
* 350 bar only by
using WSE3
* par utilisage du
WSE3 seulement 350 bar!
Masse: 0,89 kg
395614 D03230-11X
WSM03230 5.203 596
*= bei Einsatz des WSE3 mit Blende

nur bis 350 bar! with orifice
Achtung: P-Bohrung * 350 bar only by avec jigleur
im Lochbild muß using WSE3
< 6,5mm sein! * par utilisage du
Attention: P-hole WSE3 seulement 350 bar!
in hole-pattern has to
be < 6,5mm!
Attention: P-alesage
dans l'image de percage
Masse: 0,89 kg
doit êetre < 6,5mm!
395615 D03230-30X
WSM03230 5.203 596
*= bei Einsatz des WSE3 mit Rückschlagventil

nur bis 350 bar! with check valve
Achtung: P-Bohrung * 350 bar only by avec clapet anti-retour
im Lochbild muß using WSE3
< 6,5mm sein! * par utilisage du
Attention: P-hole WSE3 seulement 350 bar!
be < 6,5mm!
Masse: 0,90 kg
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

Les produits avec caractéristiques en italique sont en préparation ]
40
Subplate bodies
Blocs flasquables
Prospekt/
Datenblatt-Nr.
Brochure/ Seite
Data Sheet-No. page
Cataloque/
Fiche technique no.
555528 D08130-01X
Masse / weight / poids: 1,00 kg
WSM08130C 5.935
WKM08130C 5.976
WKM08130D 5.977
WSM08130D /-13 5.977.1
597

WSM08130C 5.935
555529 D08130-11X
WKM08130C 5.976
WKM08130D 5.977
WSM08130D /-13 5.977.1 597
Achtung: P-Bohrung
im Lochbild muß
< 6,5mm sein!
Attention: P-hole
be < 6,5mm!
doit êetre < 6,5mm! Einsteckblende
555533 D08130-30X Masse / weight / poids: 1,01 kg

WSM08130C 5.935
WKM08130C 5.976
WKM08130D 5.977
WSM08130D /-13 5.977.1 597
Achtung: P-Bohrung
im Lochbild muß
< 6,5mm sein!
Attention: P-hole
be < 6,5mm!
395266 DA06020-01X Masse / weight / poids: 0,98 kg
WSM06020Z 5.943
WSM06020ZR (-J) 5.946

Einschraubventil zwischen
Leitung A und T WSM06020Y 5.947
mit Rückschlagventil
in Leitung P 598
WSM06020YR 5.948
Cartridge valve between
lines A and T WSM06020V 5.949.1
with check valve
in line P WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3
Valve à visser entre A et T
avec clapet anti-retour sur
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

41
Subplate bodies
Blocs flasquables
Prospekt/
Datenblatt-Nr.
Brochure/ Seite
Data Sheet-No. page
Cataloque/
Fiche technique no.
395267 DB06020-01X
WSM06020Z 5.943
WSM06020ZR (-J) 5.946

Einschraubventil zwischen
Leitung B und T
mit Rückschlagventil WSM06020Y 5.947
in Leitung P 598
WSM06020YR 5.948
lines B and T
WSM06020V 5.949.1
with check valve
in line P WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3
Valve à visser entre B et T
avec clapet anti-retour sur
P
395269 DAB06020-01X
DB4E* 5.161
Einschraubventil DB4E (-25X)
Leitung A und B
lines A and B
Valve à visser DSR5E 393400

entre A et B
*= bei Einsatz des DB4E DZ5E 5.166

nur bis 350 bar! DZM06020 5.950.2
* 350 bar only by 598
using DB4E
* par utilisage du
PDBM06020
DV5E 5.113
SR5E 5.117
RVM06020 5.193
WSM06020Z 5.943
WSM06020ZR (-J) 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020V 5.949.1
WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

42
Subplate bodies
Blocs flasquables
Prospekt/
Datenblatt-Nr.
Brochure/ Seite
Data Sheet-No. page
Cataloque/
Fiche technique no.
558020 DPT06020-01X DB4E* 5.161

Einschraubventil DB4E (-25X)
Leitung P und T
Cartridge valve betw.
lines P and T
Valve à visser
entre P et T
PDBM06020 5.978 600
*= bei Einsatz des DB4E
nur bis 350 bar!
* 350 bar only by
using DB4E
* par utilisage du SR5E 5.117
Masse: 0,90 kg
395270 DPAT06020-01X
WSM06020Z 5.943
Einschraubventil
zwischen WSM06020ZR (-J) 5.946
Leitung P und A
und WSM06020Y 5.947
zwischen A und T
600
Cartridge valve between WSM06020YR 5.948
lines P and A
and WSM06020V 5.949.1
lines A and T
WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3
Valve à visser
entre P et A
et zwischen A und T
entre A et T nur Symb. V und W
between A and T
only symb. V and W
entre A et T symb.
Masse: 1,10 kg
V et W uniquement
395271 DPRAT06020-01X
WSM06020Z 5.943
Einschraubventil
zwischen P und A
WSM06020ZR (-J) 5.946
und zwischen A und T
WSM06020Y 5.947
lines P and A and 600
lines A and T with
WSM06020YR 5.948
check valve in line P
WSM06020V 5.949.1
P et A et entre A et T
clapet anti-retour en P WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3
Achtung: P-Bohrung
im Lochbild muß
zwischen A und T
< 6,5mm sein!
nur Symb. V und W
Attention: P-hole
in hole-pattern has to between A and T
be < 6,5mm! only symb. V and W
entre A et T symb.
dans l'image de percage V et W uniquement
395389 DAT06020-01X
WSM06020Z 5.943
Einschraubventil
zwischen WSM06020ZR (-J) 5.946
Leitung A und T
WSM06020Y 5.947
Cartridge valve between 601
lines A and T
WSM06020YR 5.948
Valve à visser
entre A et T WSM06020V 5.949.1
WSM06020W M 5.949.2 5.943.3

D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

43
Industrieventile Stand 01-2013
Industrial valves
Valve industrielles
Prospekt Nr.
Bezeichnung Symbol Typ Montage
Qmax pmax Brochure no. Seite
Description Symbol Type Assembly
[l/min] [bar] Fiche page
Désignation Symbole Type Montage
technique n
Wegeschieberventile Plattenaufbau direktgesteuert
Directional spool valves plate mounted direct acting
Distributeurs à tiroir montage sur embase action directe
4/2-Wege Schieberventil A6 DIN 24340
A B 4WE6D 80 320
Assembl. to interface A6 5.213 646
Plattenaufbau
Montage sur impact A6
P T A10 DIN 24340
4WE10D 120 320
Assembl. to interface A10
5.219 676
A6 DIN 24340
A B 4WE6D/OF 80 320
P T A10 DIN 24340
4WE10D/OF 120 320
5.243 678
4/2-directional A6 DIN 24340
A B 4WE6EA 80 320 5.214 652
spool valve plate mounted Assembl. to interface A6
P T A10 DIN 24340
4WE10EA 120 320
5.222.1 682
A6 DIN 24340
A B 4WE6GA 60 320
Assembl. to interface A6 5.209.1 656
Valve à tiroir 4/2 P T A10 DIN 24340
4WE10GA 120 320
5.244 686
montage sur embase
A6 DIN 24340
A B 4WE6HA 80 320
P T A10 DIN 24340
4WE10HA 120 320
5.242 690
A6 DIN 24340
A B 4WE6JA 60 320
P T A10 DIN 24340
4WE10JA 120 320
5.224.1 694
A6 DIN 24340
4WE6JB 60 320
A10 DIN 24340
4WE10JB 120 320
5.240.2 696
A6 DIN 24340
A B 4WE6QA 60 320
P T A10 DIN 24340
4WE10QA 120 320
5.241.1 700
A6 DIN 24340
4WE6Y 80 320
A10 DIN 24340
4WE10Y 120 320
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

44
Industrieventile
Industrial valves
Valves industrielles
Prospekt Nr.
technique n
4/3-Wege Schieberventil A6 DIN 24340
4WE6E 80 320 Assembl. to interface A6 5.212 650
Plattenaufbau 2 4
4/3-directional Montage auf Lochbild
3 1
spool valve plate mounted A10 DIN 24340
4WE10E 120 320
5.220 680
Valve à tiroir 4/3 montage A6 DIN 24340
4WE6G 60 320 Assembl. to interface A6 5.209 654
sur embase 2 4
3 1
A10 DIN 24340
4WE10G 120 320 5.222 684
A6 DIN 24340
4WE6H 80 320 Assembl. to interface A6 5.210 658
2 4
3 1
A10 DIN 24340
4WE10H 120 320 Assembl. to interface A10 5.223 688
A6 DIN 24340
4WE6J 60 320 Assembl. to interface A6 5.211 662
2 4
S1 3 1 S2
A10 DIN 24340
4WE10J 120 320
5.224 692
A B Montage auf Lochbild
A6 DIN 24340
4WE6M 80 320 Assembl. to interface A6 5.218.1 668
P T Montage sur impact A6
A6 DIN 24340
A B 4WE6Q 60 320 Assembl. to interface A6 5.239 670
P T
A10 DIN 24340
4WE10Q 120 320 Assembl. to interface A10 5.241 698
Wegeventil mit Handhebel
A10 DIN 24340
Directional valves with 4WMH6 120 320
5.227.4 704
hand lever Montage sur impact A10
A10 DIN 24340
Valve à tiroir à main 4WMH10 120 320
Wegeschieberventile Plattenaufbau vorgesteuert
Directional valves plate mounted piloted
Distributeurs à tiroir piloté montage sur embase
4/3-Wege Schieberventil Montage auf Lochbild
elektrohydr. 4WEHI10 / ISO4401-05
150 320 5.249.13 724
vorgesteuert 4WEHEI10 Assembl. to interface 05
Plattenaufbau Montage sur impact 05
4/3-directional spoolvalve
4WEHI16 / ISO4401-07
electrohydraulically piloted 300 320 5.227.1 728
4WEHEI16 Assembl. to interface 07
plate mounted Montage sur impact 07
Valve à tiroir 4/3 piloté 4WEHI25 / ISO4401-08
600 320 5.227.0 732
éléctrohyraulique 4WEHEI25 Assembl. to interface 08
Montage sur impact 08
4WEHI32 / ISO4401-10
1100 320 5.227.3 736
4WEHEI32 Assembl. to interface 10
4/3-Wege Schieberventil
ISO4401-05
hydr. vorgesteuert 4WHE10 150 320 Assembl. to interface 05 5.249.12 708
Plattenaufbau Montage sur impact 05
4/3-directional spoolvalve
ISO4401-07
hydraulically piloted plate 4WHE16 300 320
Assembl. to interface 07 5.225 712
mounted Montage sur impact 07
Valve à tiroir 4/3 piloté ISO4401-08
4WHE25 600 320
hyraulique
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

ISO4401-10
4WHE32 1100 320 Assembl. to interface 10 5.227 720

45
Industrieventile
Industrial valves
Valve industrielles
Prospekt Nr.
Qmax pmax Brochure no.
[l/min] [bar] Fiche
technique n
Proportional Druck-, Strom-, Wegeventile Plattenaufbau
Proportional pressure, flow, directional valves, plate mounted
Valves proportionelles de pression, de débit, distributeurs, montage sur embase
4/3 Proportional
ISO4401-03
Wegeventil P4WE06 40 350
direktgesteuert Montage sur impact 03
4/3 proportional valve Montage auf Lochbild

direct acting ISO4401-05
P4WE10 90 320 Assembl. to interface 05 5.229 824
4/3 valve proportionelle
opération directe Montage sur impact 05
4/3 Proportional Montage auf Lochbild

Wegeventil ISO4401-03
P4WR06 40 350
direktgesteuert mit
Wegaufnehmer Montage sur impact 03
4/3 prop. valve direct
acting with position
transducer 4/3 valve
prop. opération directe
avec détécteur
Wegeventil ISO4401-03
P4WEE06 40 350
direktgesteuert mit
Elektronik Montage sur impact 03
4/3 proportional directional Montage auf Lochbild

valve with electronics ISO4401-05
P4WEE10 90 320 Assembl. to interface 05 5.231 828
4/3 valve proportionelle
éléctron. Montage sur impact 05

Wegeventil mit ISO4401-03
P4WRE06 80 350
Assembl. to interface 03 5.231.2 818
Elektronik u.
4/3 prop. direct. valve w. Montage auf Lochbild

electronics + position ISO4401-05
P4WRE10 180 320 Assembl. to interface 05 5.231.1 834
transd. / 4/3 valve prop.
éléctron. + détecteur Montage sur impact 05

Proportional
ISO4401-03
Druckbegrenzungs- VP-PDB6 5 350
ventil Montage sur impact 03
ISO6264-06
relief vale Limiteur de VP-PDBP10 200 350
pression proportionnel Montage sur impact 06
Proportional Montage auf Lochbild
Druckregelventil ISO24340-A6
VP-PDRP6 60 350 Assembl. to interface A6 5.249.14.0 788
reducing valve Montage sur impact A6
Proportional
Stromregelventil
ISO6263-03
Proportional flow control VP-P2SRE6 25 250
Regulateur de débit Montage sur impact 03
proportionelle
Proportional
ISO6263-03
Stromregelventil mit VP-P2SRR6 16 250 Assembl. to interface 03 5.249.3 796
Druck-, Strom-, Sperrventile Plattenaufbau
Pressure-, flow-, check valves, plate mounted
Valves de pression, de débit, clapets, à montage sur embase
ISO6263-03
Stromregelventil VP-2SR6 30 250
Flow regulator ISO6263-06
VP-2SR10 70 320 Assembl. to interface 06 5.249.10 780
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

46
Industrieventile
Industrial valves
Valve industrielles
Prospekt Nr.
technique n
Druck-, Strom-, Sperrventile Plattenaufbau
Pressure-, flow-, check valves, plate mounted
Valves de pression, de débit, clapets, à montage sur embase
Rückschlagventil hyd. ISO24340-A6
VP-RP6 60 350
entsperrbar
Checkvalve pilot-to-open ISO24340-A6
VP-RP10 100 320
Clapet antir retour piloté
Druckregelventil ISO24340-A6
VP-DRP6 60 350
vorgesteuert
Pressure reducing valve ISO5781-06 Assembl. to
VP-DRP10 110 250
interface 06
5.249.8 778
Régulateur de pression
Druckbegrenzungs-
ventil vorgesteuert
ISO6264-06
Pressure relief valve VP-DBP10 200 350 Assembl. to interface 06 5.249.16 776
piloted Limiteur de Montage sur impact 06
pression
Zwischenplattenventile (Druck-, Strom-, Sperrventile)
Pressure-, flow-, check valves sandwich plate
Valves de pression, de débit, clapets, à montage sandwich
Druckbegrenzungs- ISO4401-03
ZW-DB06 75 350
ventil vorgesteuert
ISO4401-05
piloted Limiteur de ZW-DB10 100 350
pression Montage sur impact 05
Druckregelventil Montage auf Lochbild
ISO4401-03
direktgesteuert (10er ZW-DM06 50 350 5.169.3 742
Assembl. to interface 03
vorgesteuert) Pressure
reducing valve direct
acting Régulateur de ISO4401-05
pression à pilotage direct ZW-DM10 100 320
(10 size piloted) Montage sur impact 05
ISO4401-03
Druckwaage ZW-DW06 40 350
Pressure Compensator ISO4401-05
ZW-DW10 100 320
Balance de pression
Drosselrückschlag- ISO4401-03
ZW-SDR06 50 350
ventil
Needle valve with reverse
ISO4401-05
flow check Limiteur de ZW-SDR10 100 350 Assembl. to interface 05 5.124 762
débit unidirectionnel Montage sur impact 05
ISO4401-03
Stromregelventil ZW-2SR06 30 250
Flow regulator ISO4401-05
ZW-2SR10 30 250
ISO4401-03
Rückschlagventil ZW-RV06 50 350
Check valve ISO4401-05
ZW-RV10 100 350
Clapet anti-retour
Rückschlagventil hyd. ISO4401-03
ZW-RP06 50 350
entsperrbar
Checkvalve pilot-to-open ISO4401-05
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13
ZW-RP10 100 350 Assembl. to interface 05 5.199.2 768

Clapet antir retour piloté

47
Industrieventile
Industrial valves
Valve industrielles
Verwen- Strömungs- Prospekt Nr.
Bezeichnung Symbol Typ
Qmax pmax dung richtung Brochure no. Seite
Description Symbol Type
[l/min] [bar] Use Flow direction Fiche technique page
Désignation Symbole Type
Usage Direction du débit no
2-Wege Einbauventile und Deckel

2-port slip-in cartridge valves with covers
Élemnts logiques avec plaque de fermeture
Einbauventil mit
Wegefunktion X L-CEE 16 C 130 350 1:1,6 A<-->B
mit Dämpfung L-CEE 25 C 380 350 1:1,6 A<-->B

2-port slip-in cartridge
L-CEE 32 C 840 350 1:1,6 A<-->B 5.234 844
valve with directional
function with damping B L-CEE 40 C 1350 350 1:1,6 A<-->B
Éléments logiques
L-CEE 50 C 2000 350 1:1,6 A<-->B
fonction 2/2
avec amortissement A L-CEE 63 C 2700 350 1:1,6 A<-->B
Einbauventil mit X L-CEE 16 B 280 350 1:1,6 A<-->B
Wegefunktion L-CEE 25 B 600 350 1:1,6 A<-->B

L-CEE 32 B 1080 350 1:1,6 A<-->B 5.233 842
valve with directional
function B L-CEE 40 B 1800 350 1:1,6 A<-->B
Éléments logiques,
L-CEE 50 B 2700 350 1:1,6 A<-->B
fonction
de direction 2/2
A L-CEE 63 B 3600 350 1:1,6 A<-->B
Einbauventil mit Druck- X L-CEE 16 A 300 350 1:1 A-->B
begrenzungsfunktion L-CEE 25 A 850 350 1:1 A-->B

L-CEE 32 A 1200 350 1:1 A-->B 5.232 840
valve with pressure
relief function B L-CEE 40 A 2500 350 1:1 A-->B
Éléments logiques,
L-CEE 50 A 4000 350 1:1 A-->B
fonction
A
limitation de pression L-CEE 63 A 6000 350 1:1 A-->B
Steuerdeckel für Einbauventile
Covers for 2-port slip-in cartridge valves
Couvercles pour valves logiques
Funktion 1D LD-CCE16 350 A<-->B
Function 1D LD-CCE25 350 für Ventile A<-->B

Kegel B
Fonction 1D LD-CCE32 350 und C For A<-->B
valves with
LD-CCE40 350 cone B, C A<-->B 5.235 846
Pour valves
LD-CCE50 350 cône B, C A<-->B
LD-CCE63 350 A<-->B
Funktion 1H LD-CCE16 350 A<-->B
Function 1H LD-CCE25 350 für Ventile A<-->B

Kegel C
Fonction 1H LD-CCE32 350 For valves A<-->B 5.236 848
with cone
LD-CCE40 350 C A<-->B
Pour valves
LD-CCE50 350 cône C A<-->B
LD-CCE63 350 A<-->B

D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

48
Industrieventile
Industrial valves
Valve industrielles
Verwen Strömungs- Prospekt Nr.
Bezeichnung Symbol Typ
pmax dung richtung Flow Brochure no. Seite
Description Symbol Type
[bar] Use direction Fiche technique page
Désignation Symbole Type
Usage Direction du débit no
Steuerdeckel für Einbauventile

Covers for 2-port slip-in cartridge valves
Couvercles pour valves logiques
Funktion RM LD-CCE16 350 A<-->B
Function 1RM LD-CCE25 350 für Ventile A<-->B

Kegel B
Fonction 1RM LD-CCE32 350 und C For A<-->B 5.237 850
valves with
LD-CCE40 350 cone B, C A<-->B
Pour valves
LD-CCE63 350 A<-->B
Funktion 4W LD-CCE16 350 A<-->B
Function 4W LD-CCE25 350 für Ventile A<-->B

Kegel B
Fonction 4W LD-CCE32 350 und C For A<-->B 5.238 852
valves with
LD-CCE40 350 cone B, C A<-->B
Pour valves
LD-CCE63 350 A<-->B
Funktion 2WR LD-CCE16 350 A-->B
Function 2WR LD-CCE25 350 A-->B
Fonction 2WR LD-CCE32 350 A-->B 5.249.18 854

für
Ventile
LD-CCE40 350 Kegel B A-->B
und C
For valves
LD-CCE50 350 A-->B
with cone
B, C
LD-CCE63 350 Pour A-->B
valves
cône B, C
Funktion 2DR LD-CCE16 350 A<-->B
Function 2DR LD-CCE25 350 A<-->B 5.249.17 856
Fonction 2DR LD-CCE32 350 A<-->B
Ansteuerelektroniken für Proportionalventile

Electronic controls for proportional valves
Commandes éléctroniques pour valve proportionelles Volt Watt
Ansteuerelektronik für 22-30

PEK-SRA 20-45 W Europakartenformat 5.249.4.1 1054
Proportionalventile VDC
Electronic control for 22-30

PEK-WAR 45 W Europakartenformat 5.249.1 1058
proportional valves VDC
Contrôle éléctronique 10-30

PEM-XD 20-40 W Einbau nach DIN EN 50022 5.249.2.1 1062
pour valve proportionelles VDC
10-30 Steckerverstärker zum

PES-XD-D 20-40 W 5.249.2.20 1068
VDC Anbau an DIN Spule
Zubehör Industrieventile
Accessories for industrial valves 5.249.19 858
Accessoires pour valves industrielles
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

49
Standard Steuerblöcke Stand 01-2013
Standard manifolds hydraulic integrated circuits
Blocs de commande standard pour vérins
Prospekt Nr.
Bezeichnung Symbol Maße
Description Symbol Measurem. Type
[l/min] [bar] Fiche technique page
Désignation Symbole Mesurem. no.
Hub-Senk-Steuerung
Lift-lowering circuit HSB-Z-010 40 350 5.255.0 868
Bloc de descente
Hub-Senk-Steuerung
Lift-lowering circuit HSB-Z-020 40 350 5.255.0 866
Bloc de descente
Hub-Senk-Steuerung HSB-Z-030
Lift-lowering circuit / 40 350 5.255.0 864
Bloc de descente HSB-Z-040
Hub-Senk-Steuerung A
Proportional S1
Y1
M
Lift-lowering circuit RV
Y2 HSB-P-010 25 250 5.255.0 870
proportional
DB
Bloc de descente S2
proportionnel P T
Vorsteueröleinheit
proportional
Supply unit B-BM-
proportional Z-2x 10 50 3482029 -
Bloc de pilotage PDMC
proportionelle 04S30D
Vorsteueröleinheit
mit 2 Eingängen
Supply unit HPSU-2P 10 250 cf -

with 2 inlet ports
Bloc de pilotage
avec 2 entrées
Vorsteueröleinheit
mit Speicher 3149049
3146033
Supply unit HPSU-1P 4 250 cf -
3464303
Bloc de pilotage
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

50
Standard Steuerblöcke
Prospekt Nr.
Description Symbol Measurem. Type
Steuerblock 2fach
2/2 Wege 06020
Manifold double B-BM 19 250 cf -
2/2 solenoid 06020 555254
Bloc double
2/2 solenoides 06020
Steuerblock 4fach
proportional FC08-3
Manifold 4times prop.

cavity FC08-3 18 50 cf -
Bloc quadruple
proportionnel
FC08-3
Umschaltblock
mit
3/2 Schieberventil
Switch-over manifold USE-1WV 20 210 cf -
with 3/2 spool valve
Bloc d'inversion
avec distributeur 3/2
Umschalteinheit
Switching unit USE-2WV 15 100 cf -
Bloc d`inversion
Lüftersteuerung
Fan control unit

B-BM 50 210 cf -
Bloc de ventilateur
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

51
Prospekt Nr.
Description Symbol Measurem.
2/2 Wege
B-LM Verteiler 6-fach Sitzventile
Blöcke für Zylinder Solenoids 19 210 3435956 -
Stellfunktionen Solenoides
WS08W
(Anwahl über
B-LM distributor 6-times externes
Cylinder function
4/3 Wege-
manifolds
Schieberventil)
(Choice by
B-LM distributeur 6-fois external
Bloque de commande
4/3 solenoid valve
pour vérins
(Choix par 4/3
distributeur externe
W-LM Verteiler 5-fach

Blöcke für Zylinder- 4/3 Wege
Stellfunktionen -
Schieberventile 23 210 cf -
landtechnische
Anwendungen Solenoids
Solenoides
W-LM distributor 5-times WK10J
Cylinder function
Weiter bestellbar
manifold
mit Anzahl Ventilen:
Furthermore to order
W-LM distributeur 5-fois with number of valves:
Bloque de commande
En plus à commander
pour vérins
avec numeró des valves:
4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

52
Prospekt Nr.
Bezeichnung Symbol Ventile
Description Symbol Valves
Désignation Symbole Valves no.
Umschaltung mittels
elektrischem DB12121PF-01
Steuersignal auf
drucklosen Umlauf 200 350
cf -
Solenoid vented relief -
normally closed
By-pass par signal WSM06020Z-01
électrique
Umschaltung mittels
elektrischem
Steuersignal von DB12121PF-01
drucklosen Umlauf auf
Systemdruck 200 350
cf -
Solenoid vented relief -
normally open
Commutation de by-pass á WSM06020Y-01
la pression système par
signal électrique
Proportionaldruckbegr
enzung mit
Maximaldruckbegrenz PDB12121PF-01
ung
Proportional pressure relief 200 350
cf -
with maximum pressure
relief function
Limitation de pression DB4E
proportionelle avec limitation
á une valeur maxi
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

53
Ventil-Kombinationen
Valve combinations
Combinaison de valves
Prospekt Nr.
Bezeichnung Symbol Ventile
Description Symbol Valves
Désignation Symbole Valves no.
1
Umschaltung mittels
elektrischem
Steuersignals von DB12121PF-01
einem höheren
Systemdruck auf einen
niedrigeren
Systemdruck
WSM06020Z-01 200 350
cf -
Combination to switch with a
control signal from a high
system pressure to a lower
system pressure
Commutation par signal
DB4E
électrique d'une haute
pression à une basse
pression
2
1
Umschaltung mittels
elektrischem
Steuersignals von DB12121PF-01
einem niedrigeren
Systemdruck auf einen
höheren Systemdruck
Combination to switch with a WSM06020Y-01 200 350
cf -
control signal from a lower
system pressure to a higher
system pressure
Commutation par signal
électrique d'une basse DB4E
pression à une haute
pression
2
1
Druckbereichs- PDB12121PE-01
P1 : 3 -
wechsel
200
350 cf -
Pressure range change
P2 : 3 -
Commutation entre 2 plages
350
de pression
WK08C-01
2
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

54
Modulares Steuerblocksystem Stand 01-2013
Modular manfold system
Bezeichnung Symbol Abmessungen Prospekt Nr.

Qmax pmax Seite
Description Symbol dimensions Brochure no.
[l/min] [bar] page
Désignation Symbole dimensions Fiche technique no.
Eingangsmodule Pumpenanschluss zur Versorgung von Funktionsmodulen /
Inlet modules Pump connection for the supply of function modules / 873
Modules d'entrée Raccordement de pompe pour modules de fonction
M P T LS
G1/4 G3/4 G3/4 G1/4
Eingangsmodul
Standard
E2-O
Inlet module
standard 100 350 5.256.0 886
Module d'entrée
standard Ta
Tb
Ta
Tb
LS LS
P P
MP/
Eingangsmodul P2 P (G3/4) (G3/4) T LS
1.5
Standard plus
E2-O/O-O
Inlet module
standard plus 1.2 100 350 5.256.0 887
D=0,5
1.6
Module d'entrée
standard plus
Eingangsmodul P
(G1/2)
T
(G1/2)
LS
(G1/4)
mit Druckwaage
E1 BD13/200-O/O-O
Inlet module 1 2
with pressure 3
compensator 100 350 5.256.0 888
Module d'entrée
avec balance de
Ta
Tb
pression
LS
Eingangsmodul MP P LS CF LT T
mit Druckwaage 0
und Prioventil
E2 P2-DD8/200-LV
Inlet module
with pressure compensator 90 350 5.256.0 889
and priority valve Ta Ta
Tb Tb
LS LS
P P
Module d'entrée P Z A B X
MLS1
avec valve de priorité

et balance de pression
Eingangsmodul MP P LS CF LT T2 T1 T A T3
mit Prioventil und

1 Hauptverbraucher
E1 P3-ZD8/0–BD6/200-LV…
Inlet module with priority
2
valve +1 main consumer 90 350 5.256.0 890
Ta
Module d'entrée
Tb
LS
avec valve de prorité P Z A B X
MLS1 MLS2
et 1 recepteur
principale
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

55
Modulares Steuerblocksystem
Eingangsmodule Pumpenanschluss zur Versorgung von Funktionsmodulen /

Inlet modules Pump connection for the supply of function modules /
Modules d'entrée Raccordement de pompe pour modules de fonction
Qmax pmax Seite
[l/min] [bar] page
P1 MP1 T MP2 P2
(G1/2) (G1/4) (G3/4) (G1/4) (G1/2)
Eingangsmodul
für 2 Pumpen/ Prioritäten
2
E2 P2-ZD8/O-DD14/200-O
1
Inlet module
3
for 2 pumps / priorities 1

2
120 350 5.256.0 891
2 1
Module d'entrée Ta Ta
pour 2 pompes / prioritées

Tb Tb
LS LS
P P
MLS1 MLS2
(G1/4) (G1/4)
M P A T LS
(G1/4) (G1) (G3/8) (G1) (G1/4)
Eingangsmodul
mit Druckbegrenzungs-
und Umlaufventil
2
D1 D2
(optional) (optional)
E2-DB-WS-XXDG
Inlet module 100 350 5.256.0 893
1
with pressure relief
and circuit valve Ta
Tb
Ta
Tb
D3
Module d'entrée
LS LS
P P
MP MT P FT T LS
(G1/4) (G1/4) (G1/2) (M10x1) (G1/2) (G1/4)
Eingangsmodul 2
mit Filter 1
E1-DD10/200-FZ
Inlet module
1 2
with filter 3
100 350 5.256.0 894
Module d'entrée
avec filtre Ta
Tb
LS
Eingangsmodul
m. Druckumlaufschaltung
E2-DD14/200-DU-XXDG
Inlet module
with unpressurized flow 100 350 5.256.0 895
Module d'entrée Ta
avec passage sans pression

Tb
LS
P2 P1 M T
P in P out LS T
G 3/4" G 3/4" G 1/4" G 1/2"
Eingangsmodul
mit Vorrangschaltung
D1
E2-DR-ZD8/O-DU 0,3 mm
Inlet module 175 bar
with selectional 100 350 5.256.0 896

1
2
2
100 D2
1
Module d'entrée Ta
bar 0,8
mm Ta
Tb Tb
avec selection LS LS
P P
M
G 1/4"
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

56
Funktionsmodule Direkte Verbraucheransteuerung , Pumpenzulauf über Blende oder Stromregler, proportional / Direct
Function modules consumer control, pump supply over orifice or flow control valve / Controle de recepteur directe, alimentation par
Modules de fonction orifice ou regulateur de débit

Qmax pmax Seite
[l/min] [bar] page
A B
G3/8" G3/8"
Funktionsmodul 2 2
19L mit RPDR 1 1
FS19D-SR-2WK-2RP-XXDG
1
1
2
Function module 2 2
19L flow controls 3 1 3 1 19 250 5.256.0 897
Module de fonction
Ta
19L régulateur de débit Tb
LS
A B
G3/8 G3/8
Funktionsmodul
2 2
2
19L sw mit RPDR und DB 1 1
FS19D-SR-2RP-2DB-XXDG
2
1
1
Function module 2 2
19L sw with RPDR and DB 3 1 3 1 19 250 5.256.0 898
Module de fonction
19L sw avec RPDR et DB
Ta
Tb
LS
A B
G1/4 G1/4
Funktionsmodul
20L sw einseitig
2
FS20D-SR-WS-XXDG
2
Function module
1 3
20L sw single side opt. opt.

20 250 5.256.0 899
1 1
opt.
Module de fonction 2 2
Ta
20L sw Tb
LS
A B
G1/2 G1/2
Funktionsmodul 2
38L sw 1xWS Ventil 1
FS38J-ID-WS-XXDG
Function module 2 4
38L sw 1x solenoid valve S1 3 1 S2

38 250 5.256.0 900
Module de fonction 2
3
Ta
38L sw 1x solenoide Tb
LS
A B
G3/8 G3/8
Funktionsmodul
1
38L sw
2
+ RPDR 3
2
1
FS38J-ID-2RP-XXDG 2 4
Function module S1 3 1 S2
38 250 5.256.0 901
38L sw
1
+ RPDR
2
Module de fonction
Ta
Tb
38L sw
LS
+ RPDR
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

57

Qmax pmax Seite
[l/min] [bar] page
A B
G1/2 G1/2
Funktionsmodul
70L sw J / E
FS70E-BL-O-XXDG
Function module 2 4
70L sw J / E S1 3 1 S2 70 250 5.256.0 903

1
Module de fonction 2
70L sw J / E
A B
G3/8 G3/8
Funktionsmodul
70L sw + Stromregler
FS70J-ID-O-XXDG 3
2
1
Function module 2 4
70L sw + flow control S1 3 1 S2

70 250 5.256.0 902
1
Module de fonction
2
70L sw + regulateur débit Ta
Tb
LS
A B
G1/2 G1/2
Funktionsmodul
35L prop J / E
FP35J-ID-O-XXPG 3
2
1
Function module 2 4
35L prop J / E S1 3 1 S2
35 250 5.256.0 905
Module de fonction
2
35L prop J / E
Ta
Tb
LS
Funktionsmodul
35L prop +Antikav
FP35E-ID-2AK210/210-XXPG
Function module
35L prop + Antikav 35 250 5.256.0 907
Module de fonction
35L prop + Antikav
Funktionsmodul
35L prop +Antikav
+Schwimmstellung
FP35E-ID-2AK210/175-SS-…
Function module 35 250 5.256.0 906
35L prop + Antikav
+ floating position
Module de fonction
35L prop + Antikav
+ position flottante
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

58

Qmax pmax Seite
[l/min] [bar] page
DR BR DS BT
(G1/4) (G1/4) (G1/4) (G1/4)
Funktionsmodul 0,7
Speicherladung
FS38-ID-DL D1= 0,9
2 3
1
Function module
D2= 2,8
accumulator charg. 38 250 5.256.0 909
1
Module de fonction
2
chargeur
Ta
Tb
d'accumulateur
LS
A B
G 3/8 G 3/8
Funktionsmodul
25L prop +Antikav
FP25E-ID-2AK150/100-2WS- 2 2
… 1 1
Function module A B
25L prop + Antikav b P T a 25 250 5.256.0 908

1 3 1
2
3
2
Module de fonction
1
25L prop + Antikav T
T
2
LS
A1 A2 B1 B2
G3/8 G3/8 G3/8 G3/8
Funktionsmodul
32L prop. Umschaltung
FP32J-ID-UV-DB-XXPG
Function module 3
2
1
2 4
32L prop. switch-over 32 250 5.256.0 911
1
S1 3 1 S2
Module de fonction
32L prop. pour commutater Ta
Tb
LS
A B
G3/8 G3/8
Funktionsmodul
1
10L Hubsenk (35 l max)

3
2
FS10J-ID-2SB-XXDG
1
3
Function module 1 3
2
10L lift-lowering 2 4 10 250 5.256.0 912

S1 3 1 S2 (max. 35)
1
Module de fonction
D = 2,5
10L pour éléver / abaisser Ta
Tb
LS
P
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

59
Hauptverbrauchermodule
Main consumer modules
Modules principales
Qmax pmax Seite
[l/min] [bar] page
MA A
G1/4 G3/8
Hauptverbrauchermodul
ohne Druckwaage
H1-PWK-O-XXPG
(D1)
Main consumer module optional
without pressure 60 250 5.256.0 913

compensator 1 (max. 80)
1
Module principale Ta
Tb
sans balance de pression

LS
MA A
G1/4 G3/8
Hauptverbrauchermodul
mit 1 Druckwaage
H1-PWK-RD15-XXPG
(D1)
Main consumer module optional
with 1 pressure compens. 60 250 5.256.0 914

1 (max. 80)
1
Module principale 2
avec 1 balance de
Ta
Tb
pression
LS
MA1 AF BF MA2 AH BH
Hauptverbrauchermodul (G1/4) (G1/2) (G1/2) (G1/4) (G1/2) (G1/2)
zweifach
2 2
3 3
H2-2PWK-2RD15-XXPG
1 1
1 1
Main consumer module 2

P1 2
2
P2 2
double 1 1
2 x 60 250 5.256.0 915
Module principale Ta
double
Tb
LS

Qmax pmax Seite
[l/min] [bar] page
Weichenmodule Zur Ansteuerung der Stellfunktionsmodule /
Pre-Selection modules For the control of cylinder function modules /
Modules de préselection Pour le contrôle des modules de commande pour vérins
A1 B1
(G3/8) (G3/8)
Weichenmodul 2 2
S4 S2
sw 19L mit Stromregler 1 1
WS19D-SR-2WS-XXDG
1 2
Pre-selection module 1 2
sw 19L with flow control 2 2

19 250 5.256.0 916
S3 S1
valve 1 3 1 3
Module de preselection
sw 19L avec
régulateur de débit 2 1
A B
Weichenmodul
sw 70L
WS70J-BL-O-XXDG A
Pre-selection module 2 4
sw 70L S1 3 1 S2
70 250 5.256.0 917
1
Module de preselection 2
sw 70L
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

60

Qmax pmax Seite
[l/min] [bar] page
Stellfunktionsmodule
Cylinder function modules
Modules de commande pour vérins
A B
Stellfunktionsmodul
(G 3/8) (G 3/8)
2-fach, Sonder 2
S02-02-W-XXDG
Cylinder function module 1
A
double, special 19 250 5.256.0 918
B
Module de commande
pour vérins 2
2 fois, spéicale
A B
(G 3/8) (G 3/8)
Stellfunktionsmodul
2-fach einseitig 2
S02-02-W-XXDG
1
Cylinder function module
A
double, single side 19 250 5.256.0 919
B
Module de commande
pour vérins 2
2 fois, une côté
Stellfunktionsmodul
A B A B
4-fach
(G 3/8) (G 3/8) (G 3/8) (G 3/8)
2 2
S04-04-W-XXDG
Cylinder function module 1 1
4 times B 19 250 5.256.0 920

1 1
Module de commande 2 2
pour vérins
4 fois
Stellfunktionsmodul
5-fach
A4 A3 B3 A2 B2
(nur als Endmodul!) (G3/8) (G3/8) (G 3/8) (G3/8) (G3/8)
S05-05-W-XXDG
2 2 2
S9 S8 S6
1 1 1
5 times 19 250 5.256.0 921

2 2
S7 S5
(only as endmodule!) 1 1
Module de commande
pour vérins
5 fois
(Seulement module finale!)
Stellfunktionsmodul
7-fach A
(G 3/8)
B
(G 3/8)
A
(G 3/8)
B
(G 3/8)
A
(G 3/8)
B
(G 3/8)
A
(G 3/8)
B
(G 3/8)
S08-07-W-XXDG 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1
7 times 5.256.0
B
1 1 1 19 250 922
2 2 2
Module de commande
pour vérins
7 fois
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

61
Stand 01-2013
Längsverkettung L
Modular Stacking System L
Modules longitudinaux L
Bezeichnung Symbol Typ Prospekt Nr.
Qmax pmax Seite
Description Symbol Type Brochure no.
[l/min] [bar] page
Désignation Symbole Type Fiche technique n
div. Ausführungen
Grundmodule (verrohrbar)
Diff. Types 5.304.2
Base Module s (for inline mounting)
bis/to/à 500 963
Modules de base Modèles différentes 12,0
(à flasquer )
div. Ausführungen
Funktionsmodule mit 2/2-Wege- (flanschbar)
Sitzventil errohrbar)
5.304.2
Function Modules with 2/2-directional Diff. Types bis/to/à 500 963
valve (flange mounting) 12,0
Modèles différentes
Modules avec distributeur 2/2
(à flasquer )
div. Ausführungen
(flanschbar)
Endmodule errohrbar)
5.304.2
End Modules Diff. Types bis/to/à 500 963
Modules de fermeture (flange mounting) 12,0
Modèles différentes
(à flasquer )
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

62
Stand 01-2013
Längsverkettung ML
Modular Stacking System ML
Modules longitudinaux ML
Qmax pmax Seite
[l/min] [bar] page
5.308.0
Grundmodul ML-MRL...
Base Module (verrohrbar) bis/to/à 350
Module de base (for inline mounting) 20,0
(à tuyauter )
ML-2RV... 5.308.0
(flanschbar an Aggregate
Grundmodul mit Bohrbild 20X)
Base Module (flange mounting to power bis/to/à 350
Module de base units w/ interface 20X) 12,0
(à flasquer sur centrale
avec plan de pose 20X)
ML-ML... 5.308.0
Grundmodul mit Bohrbild 20X)
925
ML-B1/GML 5.308.0 ff.

Grundmodul mit Bohrbild B1)
Module de base units w/ interface B1) 12,0
avec plan de pose B1)
B1/ML-2xSC...
5.308.0
Grundmodul mit Bohrbild B1)
Module de base units w/ interface B1) 15,0
avec plan de pose B1)
ML-GMS (flanschbar
an Aggregate mit Bohrbild
Grundmodul 20X)
Base Module (flange mounting to power bis/to/à 250 5.308.0
Funktionsmodul mit 3/2-Wege-

ML-C... 5.308.0
Ventil
oder/or/ou
Function Module with 3/2-directional ML-D... bis/to/à 350
valve (flanschbar) 12,0
(flange mounting)
Module avec distributeur 3/2
(à flasquer )
ML-E...
M A1 A B
(flanschbar)
Funktionsmodul mit 2 x 2/2- 5.308.0
2 3 (flange mounting)
Wege-Ventil 4
(à flasquer )
5
Function Module with 2 x 2/2-directional unterschiedl. Symbole bis/to/à 350
valve möglich 12,0
1
Module avec 2 x distributeur 2/2 different functions available
différentes symboles
possible
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

63
Längsverkettung ML
Qmax pmax Seite
[l/min] [bar] page
ML-M...
Funktionsmodul mit (flanschbar)
5.308.0
Druckbegrenzungsventil zur (flange mounting)
(à flasquer )
Druckabsicherung unterschiedl. Symbole bis/to/à 350
Function Module for pressure relief möglich 20,0
Module de fonction pour la different functions available
decompression différentes symboles
possible
ML-P...
(flanschbar)
Funktionsmodul für Eil- 5.308.0
(flange mounting)
Schleichgang (gedrosselter (à flasquer )
Zulauf) unterschiedl. Symbole bis/to/à 350
Function Module for dual speed möglich 12,0
different functions available
Module pour vitesse rapide et lente
possible
Funktionsmodul für Eil- 5.308.0

Schleichgang (gedrosselten ML-T...
(flanschbar) bis/to/à
Ablauf) 350
(flange mounting)
Function Module for dual speed 20,0
(à flasquer )
Module pour vitesse rapide et lente

5.308.0 941
Ventil + Druckregelventil ML-DM1 350
Function Module with 2/2-directional (flanschbar)
bis/to/à (W-Symbol =
valve + pressure reducing valve (flange mounting)
12,0 250 bar)
Module avec distributeur 2/2 et (à flasquer )
ff.
régulateur de pression
Funktionsmodul zur
Druckminderung
ML-DM2-S-R...
(flanschbar) bis/to/à 345 5.308.0
Function Module for pressure reducing (flange mounting)
Module de fonction pour la reduction de 12,0
(à flasquer )
pression
Funktionsmodul mit 2 x 2/2- ML-DM3...

(flanschbar) 5.308.0
Wege-Ventilen + 1 x (flange mounting)
Druckminderventil (à flasquer ) 350
Function Module with 2 x 2/2-directional unterschiedl. Symbole bis/to/à (W-Symbol =
valve + 1 x pressure reducing valve möglich 12,0 250 bar)
different functions available
Module avec 2 x distributeur 2/2 + 1 x
réducteur de pression
possible
ML-U...
(flanschbar)
Funktionsmodul mit 4/3 oder 4/2- (flange mounting)
Wege-Ventil (à flasquer )
Function Module with 4/3 or 4/2- unterschiedl. Symbole bis/to/à 350 5.308.0
directional valve möglich 20,0
Module avec distributeur 4/3 ou 4/2 different functions available
possible

Ventil + entsperrb. RV ML-SC...
Function Module with 4/3-directional (flanschbar) bis/to/à 350 5.308.0
valve + pilot op. Check valve (flange mounting) 20,0
Module avec distributeur 4/3 et clapet (à flasquer )
anti-retour piloté
Funktionsmodul mit 2x 4/3-Wege-

Ventil + entsperrb. RV ML-2xSC1...
Function Module with 2x 4/3-directional (flanschbar) bis/to/à 350 5.308.0
valve + pilot op. Check valve (flange mounting) 15,0
Module avec distributeur 2x 4/3 et (à flasquer )
clapet anti-retour piloté
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

64
Längsverkettung ML
Qmax pmax Seite
[l/min] [bar] page
Funktionsmodul mit 4/3 oder 4/2-

Wege-Ventil
ML-MA6...
(flanschbar) 945
Function Module with 4/3 or 4/2- bis/to/à 350 5.308.0
(flange mounting) ff.
directional valve 20,0
(à flasquer )
Module avec distributeur 4/3 ou 4/2

Ventil + 2x entsperrb. RV ML-K...
Function Module with 3/2-directional (flanschbar) bis/to/à 350 5.308.0
valve + 2x pilot op. Check valve (flange mounting) 20,0
Module avec distributeur 3/2 et 2x (à flasquer )
clapet anti-retour piloté
5.308.0
Befestigungsmodul ML-BM
(flanschbar) bis/to/à 350
Fixing Module (flange mounting)
Plaque de fixation 12,0
(à flasquer )
5.308.0
Endmodul ML-EM
End Module
(flange mounting)
Plaque de fermeture 20,0
(à flasquer )
956
5.308.0 ff.
Endmodul mit Anschluss G3/8" ML-EMS
(flanschbar)
End Module with 3/8" port bis/to/à 350
(flange mounting)
Plaque avec continuité avec port 3/8" 20,0
(à flasquer )
5.308.0
Endmodul für Speicheranbau ML-EMD
End Module for accumulator
(flange mounting)
Plaque de fermeture pour accumulateur 20,0
(à flasquer )
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

65
Stand 01-2013
Wechselstromaggregate
Power Units AC
Centrales hydrauliques pour courant alternatif
Betriebsart
Bezeichnung Symbol Typ Tank (l) Prospekt Nr.
Qmax pmax Type of operation Seite
Description Symbol Type Tank Brochure no.
[l/min] [bar] Facteur de page
Désignation Symbole Type Réservoir Fiche technique n
marche
S2 S3
A B T
3,0
2 1
2 7
CO1 - Mitteldruck 1
bis/to/à
2
1,3
Pumpenaggregat 12,0
CO1...
1
bis/to/à 250 x x 5.306.0

1 2
2
Compact Power Unit CO1 Kunststoff

20,0
plastic
M
Centrale moyenne pression CO1
plastique
A B T
CO1 - Aggregat - Steuerung mit 2

3,0
1 x DB + 1 x RV bis/to/à
1
2
1,3
CO1 - Power Unit - control with 12,0
CO1...-M23 bis/to/à 250 x x 5.306.0
1 2
1 2
1x relief valve + 1 check valve Kunststoff

20,0
plastic
M
Centrale hydraulique CO1 avec 1
x lim.de pression + 1 x CAR plastique
A B T
CO1 - Aggregat mit Hub-Senk- 2 1

3,0
Steuerung (Drossel im Ablauf) bis/to/à
2
1,3
1
CO1 - Power Unit with lift-lowering

2
CO1...-M23Z- 12,0
1 2
1
bis/to/à 250 x x 5.306.0 993
DV...+XXX-XX Kunststoff
1 2
circuit (throttle in tank line)

2
20,0
Centrale hydraulique CO1 avec bloc de M plastic
descente (étrangleur sur le retour) plastique
CO1 - Aggregat mit Hub-Senk- A4

A B T
3,0
Steuerung (Stromregelfunktion
bis/to/à
im Rücklauf) 1,3
CO1...-M61W-
2
2
6
12,0
CO1 - Power Unit with lift-lowering
1
bis/to/à 250 x x 5.306.0
M
A4/S...+XXX-XX 20,0
Kunststoff
circuit (flow control valve in tank line) plastic
Centrale hydraulique CO1 avec bloc de plastique
descente (regulatur de Q sur le retour)
CO1 - Aggregat mit Adapterblock

ML 3,0
(weitere siehe Prospekt ML) bis/to/à
A B T
1,3
CO1 - Power Unit with adaptorblock ML CO1...-M61+ 12,0
bis/to/à 250 x x 5.306.0
(more see brochure ML) 6
B1/ML+... 20,0
Kunststoff
Centrale hydraulique CO1 avec 1
2
plastic
1 plastique
adapteur ML M
(dépliant ML)
MP M B A
CO1 - Aggregat mit Adapterblock 3,0

Lochbild A6 nach DIN 24340 1,3
bis/to/à
CO1...-M61+
A B T
CO1 - Power Unit with adaptorblock w/ 12,0

bis/to/à 250 x x 5.306.0
interface A6 DIN 24340 B1/A6+... 20,0
Kunststoff
6 plastic
Centrale hydraulique CO1 avec bloc 1
adapteur A6 DIN 24340 plastique

2
1
M
3,0
CO1 - Aggregat mit Grundblock
bis/to/à
GML CO1...-M21+ 1,3
12,0
CO1 - Power Unit with basic block GML bis/to/à 250 x x 5.306.0
Centrale hydraulique CO1 avec bloc de
B1/GML+... 12,0
Kunststoff
plastic
base GML plastique
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

66
Wechselstromaggregate
Power Units AC
Centrales hydrauliques pour courant alternatif
Betriebsart
Bezeichnung Symbol Typ Tank (l) Prospekt Nr.
Qmax pmax Type of operation
Description Symbol Type Tank Brochure no.
[l/min] [bar] Facteur de
Désignation Symbole Type Réservoir Fiche technique n
marche
S2 S3
CO1 - Aggregat mit SO-
Flansch Klappkeilsteuerung 3,0
bis/to/à
1,3
CO1- Power Unit with special CO1...-99X+ 12,0
bis/to/à 160
Kunststoff
x x 5.306.0 993
flange for tilting lip Klappkeil 8,6
plastic
Centrale hydraulique CO1 avec plastique
bloc spécial pour de rampe de
chargement
CO1 - Aggregat mit SO-
Flansch Vorschubsteuerung 3,0
bis/to/à
1,3
CO1 - Power Unit with special CO1...-99X+ 12,0
bis/to/à 160
Kunststoff
x x 5.306.0 993
flange for sliding lip VS+xxx-xx 8,6
plastic
Centrale hydraulique CO1 avec plastique
bloc spécial pour de rampe de
chargement
A B T
2 1
3,0
bis/to/à
2 7
CO2 - Aggregat 1,3

1
2
12,0
CO2 - Power Unit 1 2
1
2 CO2… bis/to/à 250

Stahl
x x cf -
Centrale hydraulique CO2 20,0
M steel
acier
Cooler not
Leakage line
included
from rotary
20,0
coupler
CO3 - Mitteldruck M
bis/to/à
1,3
Pumpenaggregat 70,0
CO3...- bis/to/à 250 x x 5.310.0 1003
40 bar 50 bar
Compact Power Unit CO3 Aluminium

30,0
Centrale moyenne pression CO3 Q2
Q1
alu
aluminium
Wechselstromaggregate mit Unterölmotor

Power Units AC with oil immersed motor
Centrales hydrauliques pour courant alternatif avec moteur immergé S2 S3
0
HP - Hochdruck 1,1
Pumpenaggregat High bis/to/à
0,3
Pressure Power Unit HP 7,0
HP bis/to/à 500
Stahl
x x 5.301 1015
Centrale hydraulique haute
5,25
pression HP steel
acier
5,0
CA - Mitteldruck 7,0
PumpenaggregatCompact CA 1,3 9,0
Power Unit CA2... bis/to/à 250 12,0 x x 5.305 1007
Centrale hydraulique moyenne 12,6 Stahl
pression CA steel
acier
M A
5
5,0
CA2 - Aggregat mit Hub-Senk-
7,0
Steuerung (Drossel im Ablauf) 1,3 9,0
CA2 - Power Unit with lift-lowering
4
CA2...99X+
1 bis/to/à 250 12,0 x x 5.305 1007
circuit (throttle in tank line) HSDZ+XXX-XX 12,6 Stahl
Centrale hydraulique CA2 avec bloc de steel
descente (étrangleur sur le retour) M
acier
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

67
Gleichstromaggregate Stand 01-2013
DC Power Units
Centrales hydrauliques pour courant continu
Bezeichnung Symbol Typ Tank (l) Betriebsart Prospekt Nr.
Qmax pmax Seite
Description Symbol Type Tank Type of operation Brochure no.
[l/min] [bar] page
Désignation Symbole Type Réservoir Facteur de marche Fiche technique n
S2 S3
A B T
2 1
2 7
3,0
Mitteldruck 1
bis/to/à
2 2,7
Pumpenaggregat DC1 12,0
DC1... 5.307.0
1
bis/to/à 250 x x
1 2
2
Compact Power Unit DC1 Kunststoff

18,4
Centrale moyenne pression DC1 M plastic
plastique
A B T
DC1 - Aggregat - Steuerung mit 3,0

1 x DB + 1 x RV bis/to/à
2
2,7
1
DC1 - Power Unit - control with 12,0

DC1...-M23
2
bis/to/à 250 x x 5.307.0

Kunststoff
1 2
1x relief valve + 1 check valve

1 2
18,4
Centrale hydraulique - DC1 avec M
plastic
1 x lim. de pression + 1 x CAR plastique
A B T
2 1
DC1 - Aggregat mit Hub-Senk- 2

3,0
Steuerung (Drossel im Ablauf) bis/to/à
1
2,7
DC1...-M23Z-
2
DC1 - Power Unit with lift-lowering 1

12,0
bis/to/à 250 x x 5.307.0 981
1 2
1 2 2
circuit (throttle in tank line) DV...+XXX-XX 18,4

Kunststoff
Centrale hydraulique DC1 avec bloc de M plastic
descente (étrangleur sur le retour) plastique
DC1 - Aggregat mit Hub-Senk- A4

A B T
Steuerung (Stromregler im 3,0

Ablauf) 2 bis/to/à
2,7
2
DC1 - Power Unit with lift-lowering

6
DC1...-M61W- 12,0
5.307.0
1
bis/to/à 250 x x
circuit (flow control valve in tank line) M
A4/S...+XXX-XX 18,4
Kunststoff
Centrale hydraulique DC1 avec bloc de plastic
descente (régulateur de Q sur le plastique
retour)
3,0
DC1 - Aggregat mit Adapterblock
bis/to/à
ML 2,7
A B T
DC1...M61+ 12,0
DC1 - Power Unit with adaptorblock ML bis/to/à 250 x x 5.307.0
Centrale hydraulique DC1 avec
B1/ML+... 18,4
Kunststoff
6 plastic
adapteur ML
1
plastique
2
1
M
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

68
Gleichstromaggregate
DC Power Units
Centrales hydrauliques pour courant continu
Bezeichnung Symbol Typ Tank (l) Betriebsart Prospekt Nr.
Qmax pmax Seite
Description Symbol Type Tank Type of operation Brochure no.
[l/min] [bar] page
Désignation Symbole Type Réservoir Facteur de marche Fiche technique n
S2 S3
MP M B A
DC1 - Aggregat mit Adapterblock 3,0

Lochbild A6 nach DIN 24340 A B T 2,7
bis/to/à
DC1 - Power Unit with adaptorblock w/ DC1...M61+ 12
bis/to/à 250 x x 5.307.0
interface A6 DIN 24340 B1/A6 18,4
Kunststoff
Centrale hydraulique DC1 avec bloc plastic
6
adapteur A6 DIN 24340 1 plastique
2
1
M
3,0
DC1 - Aggregat mit Grundblock
bis/to/à
GML DC1...M21 2,7
12,0
DC1 - Power Unit with basic block GML bis/to/à 250 x x 5.307.0 980
Centrale hydraulique DC1 avec bloc de
+B1/GML+... 18,4
Kunststoff
plastic
base GML plastique
DC1 - Aggregat mit Hub-

3,0
Senksteuerung und Handpumpe bis/to/à
DC1 - Power Unit with lift-lowering 2,7
DC1…HB08T ... 12,0
control + handpump bis/to/à 250 x x 5.307.0
Centrale hydraulique DC1 avec
+HPU... 18,4
Kunststoff
plastic
commande pour éléver abaisser avec plastique
pompe à main
DC1 - Aggregat mit 2x 4/3 3,0

Schieber und Handpumpe DC1 - 2,7
bis/to/à
Power Unit with 2x 4/3 spool valve and DC1…HB05L ... 12,0
bis/to/à 250 x x 5.307.0
handpump Centrale +HP... 18,4
Kunststoff
hydraulique DC1 avec 2x 4/3 valves plastic
avec pompe à main plastique
A B T
2 1
2 7
4,0
bis/to/à
1
DCM - Aggregat 2 2,5

7,5
DCM… bis/to/à 250 x x 5.309.0 977
1
DCM - Power Unit

1 2
2
Kunststoff
Centrale hydraulique DCM 5,6
M plastic
plastique
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

69
Stand 01-2013
Zubehör
Equipment
Accessoires
Bezeichnung Symbol Anschlussdaten Prospekt-Nr.
Seite
Description Symbol Connection Data Brochure no.
page
Désignation Symbole Données de raccordement Fiche technique no.
Anschluss
Flüssigkeitsstandanzeige Banjo bolts
Fluid level gauge Raccordement 5.050 -
Indicateur de niveau M10
M12
Anschluss
Flüssigkeitsstandkontrolle Banjo bolts
Fluid level sensor Raccordement 5.050 -
Contrôleur de niveau M10
M12
Anschluss
Thermoschalter
Banjo bolts
Temperature switch 5.050 -
Raccordement
Thermocontacteur
M12
Speicher
Accumulators
Accumulateurs
Bezeichnung Symbol Prospekt-Nr.
Seite
Description Symbol Brochure no.
page
Désignation Symbole Fiche technique no.
Hydro-Blasenspeicher
Bladder accumulators 3.201 -
Accumulateurs hydropneumatiques à vessie
Hydro-Membranspeicher
Diaphragm accumulators 3.100 -
Accumulateurs hydropneumatiques à membrane
Hydro-Kolbenspeicher
Hydraulic piston accumulators 3.301 -
Accumulateurs hydropneumatiques à piston
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

70
Stand 01-2013
Elektronik
Electronics
Éléctroniques
Bezeichnung Symbol Technische Daten Prospekt-Nr.
Seite
Description Symbol Technical Datas Brochure no.
page
Désignation Symbole Données techniques Fiche technique no.
PEK 19'' Einschubsystem zur

Versorgungsspannung: 24V 5.168 -
Ansteuerung von Proportionalventilen
PEK 19'' Euro card system for the control of

Supply Voltage 5.164 -
proportional valves
PEK Carte embrochable 19 pour la controle

Tension d'alimentation
des valves proportionelles
PES Steckerverstärker zum direkten Aufbau
Versorgungsspannung: 12V /24V 5.168 -
auf Ventilmagneten
PES Plug amplifier for fitting directly onto the coil
of proportional valves
PES Connecteur amplificateur de commande pour

montage direct sur valves proportionelles
PEM Verstärkermodul zur Ansteuerung

Versorgungsspannung: 24V 5.168 -
von Proportionalventilen
PEM Amplifier module for the control of

proportional valves
PEM Module amplificateur des commande

pour la controle des valves proportionelles
MPA 1000 Elektronik zur Ansteuerung

Versorgungsspannung: 12 V
von Anbauhydrauliken (kundenspez.)
MPA 1000 Electronics to control extented

Supply Voltage cf -
hydraulics (customer spec.)
MPA 1000 pour commander un appareil

hydraulique additionnel (spec. client)
V22 Elektronik zur Ansteuerung einer

Versorgungsspannung: 24 V
Ladebordwand (kundenspez.)
V22 Electronics to control a tail lift

Supply Voltage cf -
(customer spec.)
V22 pour controller un haillon élévateur

(spec. client)
MVC Elektronik zur Ansteuerurng des
Hubmasts eines Gehstaplers Versorgungsspannung: 12 V
U_bat
Filter
U_zk
Supply
(kundenspez.) Mic rocontroller
MVC Electronics to control the lift hydraulics U

U
Supply Voltage cf -
of a walky stacker (customer spec.) Set point pump
Status output
MVC pour controller l'hydraulique d'un RS232C
8 2 2 8
Digital inputs Analog inputs Proportional valves Switc h valves
gerbeur (spec. client)
UMC 1000 Elektronik zur Ansteuerung

Versorgungsspannung: 12/24 V
von Fahrwerken (kundenspez.)
UMC 1000 Electronics to control the chassis

Supply Voltage cf -
suspension (customer spec.)
UMC 1000 pour controler l'hydraulique d'un

chassis (spec. client)
Amplifiers and Controllers

for proportional valves
see page 1053
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

71
Stand 01-2013
Einsatzbedingungen und Hinweise für Ventile
Conditions and instructions for valves
Conditions et instructions pour valves
Deutsch English Français
Generell gibt es verschiedene In general there are different conditions En genéral il y a des conditions limites
Randbedingungen, unter denen HYDAC existing under which HYDAC valves could be différentes pour lesquelles les valves HYDAC
Ventile in der Hydraulik eingesetzt werden used in hydraulics. peuvent être utilisées.
können.
Im Einzelnen sind diese Bedingungen vom These conditions are depending on the Ces conditions sont spécifiques à chaque
Ventil abhängig und auf dem jeweiligen corresponding valve and described on the valve et sont décrites en détail dans la fiche
Prospektblatt genau beschrieben. depending datasheet in detail. technique correspondante.
Diese Bedingungen sind: These conditions are: Ces conditions sont :

1. Druck 1. Pressure 1. Pression
2. Volumenstrom 2. Flow rate 2. Débit
3. Art der Druckflüssigkeit 3. Type of hydraulic fluid 3. Type de fluide hydraulique
4. Umgebungstemperatur 4. Ambient temperature range 4. Température ambiante
5. Druckflüssigkeitstemperatur 5. Media operating temperature range 5. Température du fluide
6. Viskosität der Druckflüssigkeit 6. Viscosity of the fluid 6. Viscosité du fluide
7. Verschmutzungsgrad (Filtration) der 7. Contamination level (filtration) of the 7. Niveau de contamination du fluide
Druckflüssigkeit operating fluid (filtration)
8. Nennstrom und Nennspannung (bei 8. Nominal current and voltage (proportional 8. Courant et tension nominale (pour
Magnet- und Proportionalventilen) and solenoid operated valves) électrovalves et valves proportionnelles)
1 Druck Pressure Pression
Jedes Ventil ist auf einen bestimmten Each valve is designed for a certain maximum Chaque type de valve est prévu pour
Maximaldruck ausgelegt, bei dem es ohne pressure at which it can be operated without fonctionner sans danger pour l'environnement
Risiko für Umwelt und Leben noch betrieben risk to the environment and life. For this value, et le personnel à une valeur de pression maxi.
werden darf. Für diesen Wert übernehmen wir we assume the warranty, as we have Nous garantissons cette valeur, car elle
eine Gewährleistung, da wir diesen in Tests demonstrated in tests. It varies from valve to résulte de tests que nous avons réalisés.
nachgewiesen haben. Er ist von Ventil zu valve. Cette valeur est différente pour chaque type
Ventil unterschiedlich. de valve.
2 Volumenstrom Flow rate Débit
Jedes Ventil ist aufgrund seiner Nenngröße Each valve is designed for a certain maximum En fonction de sa taille nominale, chaque type
für einen bestimmten maximalen flow - due to its nominal size. At ths flow it is de valve est prévu pour fonctionner à un débit
Volumenstrom ausgelegt, bei dem es noch still reasonable to operate the valve. An maxi pour lequel il est raisonnable de l'utiliser.
sinnvoll ist, es zu betreiben. Ein operation above this value will boost the Pour une utilisation au-delà de cette valeur,
Betrieb über diesem Betriebsparameter würde power dissipation This value also varies from les pertes de charge deviennent très
die Verlustleistung in die Höhe valve to valve. importantes. Cette valeur dépend de chaque
treiben. Er ist ebenfalls von Ventil zu Ventil type de valve.
unterschiedlich.
3 Art der Druckflüssigkeit Type of hydraulic fluid Type de fluide hydraulique
Die Art der verwendeten Druckflüssigkeit ist The type of operating fluid is closely linked to La viscosité dépend du fluide hydraulique
eng mit dessen Viskosität verknüpft. HYDAC its viscosity. HYDAC can only recommend utilisé. Seule l'utilisation de fluides
lässt hier nur Hydraulikflüssigkeiten nach DIN hydraulic fluids according to DIN 51524 Part 1 hydrauliques suivant DIN 51524 partie 1 et 2
51524 Teil 1 und 2 zu und gewährleistet für and 2. For these fluids the function of the est autorisée, et la fonction de la valve est
diese auch die Funktion der Ventile. valves is warranted. garantie par HYDAC.
4 Umgebungstemperatur Ambient temperature range Température ambiante

Die Umgebungstemperatur hat einen direkten The ambient temperature has a direct effect La température ambiante a une influence
Einfluss auf die verwendeten on the used materials in the valve, e.g. their directe sur les matières utilisées dans les
Materialien im Ventil, z.B. auf deren mech. mech. strength. Generally, the maximum valves, p.ex. leur résistance mécanique.
Festigkeit. Generell ist die zulässige temperature depends primarily on the sealing Généralement, la température maximum
Temperatur in erster Linie von den materials. HYDAC defines here: dépend des matériaux des joints. Indications
Dichtmaterialien abhängig. HYDAC definiert NBR: from -30 ° C to +60 ° C (solenoid valves HYDAC :
hier: -20 ° C) NBR : de -30°C à +60°C (electrovalves
NBR: von -30°C bis +60°C (Magnetventile - FPM: -20 ° C to +80 ° C (sometimes up to -20°C)
20°C) +100 ° C) FPM : -20°C à +80°C (+100°C sous certaines
FPM: von -20°C bis +80°C (teilweise bis There are also deep temperature valves (TT), conditions).
+100°C) where the seals are specially designed for low Il existe des valves basse température TT)
Es gibt aber auch Tieftemperaturventile (TT), temperatures. avec des joints adaptés.
bei denen die Dichtungen speziell auf niedrige Other influences of temperature: Autres paramètres sur lesquels la
Temperaturen ausgelegt sind. - brittle fracture of steel at low temperatures température influe :
Weitere Einflüsse der Temperatur: - relaxation of springs made of spring steel at - risque de rupture des aciers en cas de
- Sprödbruchverhalten von Stahl bei higher temperatures températures basses
Niedrigtemperaturen - fusing of coils at continous operation under - relaxation de l'acier des ressorts en cas
- Relaxation von Federn aus Federstahl bei high current and at high temperatures de températures élevées
höheren Temperaturen - risque de destruction des bobines en cas
- Durchbrennen von Spulen bei d'excitation permanente et de
Dauerbestromung und hohen Temperaturen températures élevées.
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

72
Stand 01-2013
Einsatzbedingungen und Hinweise für Ventile
Conditions and instructions for valves
Conditions et instructions pour valves
Deutsch English Français
5 Druckflüssigkeitstemperatur Media operationg temperature range Température du fluide

So wie die Umgebungstemperatur hat die Like the ambient temperature the media temp. La température du fluide a une influence
Druckflüssigkeitstemperatur einen direkten range has a direct effect on the used directe sur les matières utilisées dans les
Einfluss auf die verwendeten materials in the valve, e.g. their mech. valves, en particulier leur résistance
Materialien im Ventil, z.B. auf deren mech. strength. Generally, the maximum mécanique. C'est principalement la résistance
Festigkeit. Generell ist die zulässige temperature depends primarily on the sealing à la température des joints qui limite la
Temperatur in erster Linie von den materials. HYDAC defines here: température maxi du fluide. Indications Hydac
Dichtmaterialien abhängig. HYDAC definiert NBR: from -30 ° C to +100 ° C (solenoid sur ce point : NBR : de
hier: valves -20 ° C) -30°C à +100°C (électrovalves -20°C) FPM: -
NBR: von -30°C bis +100°C (Magnetventile - FPM: -20 ° C to +120 ° C 20°C à +120°C voir paragraphe 4 pour autres
20°C) (all other influences see point 4) paramètres d'influence.
FPM: von -20°C bis +120°C
(alle anderen Einflüsse siehe Punkt 4)
6 Viskosität Viscosity Viscosité
Hydac Ventile dürfen generell nur in Hydac valves may be used generally only in Les valves Hydac ne doivent être utilisées
bestimmten Viskositätsbereichen betrieben specific viscosity ranges, as in too thin or thick que dans des plages de viscosité bien
werden, da bei zu dünn- oder dickflüssigen liquids, the assured features can not be définies. Pour des fluides pas assez ou trop
Medien, die zugesicherten Eigenschaften fulfilled. visqueux, les caractéristiques des valves ne
nicht mehr eingehalten werden können. These viscosities are also different for the sont plus garanties. Ces plages sont
Diese sind ebenfalls bei den einzelnen different valves, but in average in the range of spécifiques à chaque valve. En moyenne elles
Ventilen unterschiedlich, liegen im Mittel aber 10 mm² /s to 420 mm²/ s. vont de 10 mm 2/s à
im Bereich von 10 mm²/s bis 420 mm²/s. 420 mm2/s.
7 Verschmutzungsgrad Contamination level (filtration) Niveau de contamination

Filtration oder die damit verbundene Filtration and the associated particle size ofLa filtration, et par là-même la taille des
Partikelgröße von Verunreinigungen im contaminants in the hydraulic oil is the most particules de contaminant dans l'huile, est le
Hydrauliköl ist der wichtigste Punkt beim important point in the operation of a hydraulic
critère le plus important pour le bon
Betrieb einer Hydraulikanlage. Ein system. Exceeding the specified particle size fonctionnement d'un circuit hydraulique. Un
Überschreiten der angegebenen Partikelgröße in the filtration classes 21/19/16 to 18/16/13dépassement de la taille des particules dans
in den Filtrationsklassen 21/19/16 bis may cause immediate failure of the parts in la classe de filtration 21/19/16 et 18/16/13
18/16/13 kann zum sofortigen Ausfall der the hydraulic system when these particles are peut entraîner une destruction immédiate de
Einzelteile im Hydrauliksystem führen, wenn accumulated in critical areas. certains composants du système si ces
diese Partikel sich in kritischen Bereichen particules ce déposent à des endroits
festsetzen. critiques.
8 Nennstrom- und spannung Nominal tension and voltage Courant et tension nominale
Bei Magnetventilen werden Magnetspulen In solenoid valves coils are used which are Les bobines de nos valves sont prévues pour
benutzt, die so ausgelegt sind, dass sie im designed to operate safely in the voltage fonctionner dans une plage de tension de +/-
Spannungsbereich von +/- 15% der range of + / - 15% of nominal voltage at max. 15% de la tension nominale à 60°C. Le
Nennspannung bei max. 60° 60 ° ambient temperature. The combination of fonctionnement avec surtension permanente
Umgebungstemperatur sicher funktionieren. steady surge and very hot temperatures can combiné avec des températures très élevées
Die Kombination aus stetiger Überspannung result in extreme cases to failure of the risque d'entraîner la destruction des bobines.
und sehr heißen Temperaturen kann im solenoid. Therefore always a good heat Il est important de prévoir une évacuation
Extremfalls zu Ausfällen der Magnetspule dissipation and voltage level has to be suffisante des calories et de contrôler le
führen, daher ist stets für eine gute assured. niveau de la tension.
Wärmeabfuhr und die Spannung auf einem
gewissen Niveau zu sorgen.
9 MTTFd Werte MTTFd values MTTFd valeurs

Wir bestätigen die Verwendung der We confirm the usage of basically and Nous confirmens l'usage des principales de
grundlegenden und bewährten approved safety principals to ISO 13849- sécurité fondamentales et épreuvés après
Sicherheitsprinzipien nach ISO 13849-2:2003; 2:2003; charts C.1 and C.2 for the design of ISO 13849-2:2003; chapitres C.1 et C.2 pour
Tabellen C.1 und C.2 für die Konstruktion our hydraulic valves. (Confirmation in each la construction des valves hydrauliques.
unserer Hydraulikventile. (Bestätigung im datasheet of the valve) (Confirmation à la fiche téchnique de la valve)
Datenblatt des Ventils) The customer is responsible for the Le client est responsable pour
Der Kunde ist verantwortlich für die implementation and the operation of our l'implementation et l' opération des nos valves
Implementierung und den Betrieb der Ventile valves due to th a.m. standard as well as the après les principalees mentionné ci-dessus et
nach o.g. Norm, sowie die Einhaltung der adherence of the operation conditions under l'adherence des conditions de l'operation sous
Betriebsbedingungen unter "Kenngrössen" "Specifications" of each datasheet. "Specifications" des chaque fiche technique.
des jew. Datenblatts.
D/E/F 5.300.9/01.13

73
Pressure Relief Valve
Poppet Type, Direct-Acting
Metric Cartridge – 350 bar
DB3E
Up to 15 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Low hysteresis and accurate pressure control
zz External surfaces zinc-plated and corrosion-proof
zz Hardened and ground internal valve components to ensure minimal wear and
Adjustment extended service life
device
zz Adjustable throughout flow range
Valve body
zz Various pressure ranges up to 350 bar
zz Guided poppet
Spring
Poppet
Valve seat
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure: max. 350 bar
max. 100 bar at port 2 (tank)
Nominal flow: 15 l/min
Operating pressure ranges: 5 to 50 bar
10 to 100 bar
10 to 250 bar
20 to 350 bar
Leakage: leakage-free
Media operating temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. +120 °C
Ambient temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. +120 °C
Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
Viscosity range: min. 7.4 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
cleaner
MTTFd 150 years (see "Conditions and
The pressure relief valve DB3E is a direct-
acting, spring-loaded poppet valve. Its instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
function is to relieve pressure in the system. Installation: No orientation restrictions
The spring exerts a force on the poppet and
presses it on the valve seat. On the opposite Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
side, the system pressure exerts force on Piston: Hardened and ground
port 1 of the valve. If the hydraulic pressure steel
is below the pre-set spring tension, the valve
is closed. Only if the hydraulic force exceeds Seals: FKM (standard)
the pre-set spring tension does the valve NBR (optional, media
open and flow is diverted to tank via port 2. temperature range
Important: Pressures at port 2 are additive to -30 °C to +100 °C)
E 5.165.7/01.13
the opening pressure!

If the connections are incorrect or if the Back-up rings: PTFE
pressure has been set above the operating Cavity: 05220
pressure, the safety function of the valve is
disabled. Weight: 0.053 kg
74
MODEL CODE PERFORMANCE
DB3E – 02 X – 350 V 250
Basic model Pressure range ... 50 bar
Pressure relief valve, metric
Type
02 = standard
Series
Inlet pressure p [bar]
it
(determined by manufacturer)
lim
ing
Pressure setting range
at
er
30 = up to 30 bar
op
100 = up to 100 bar
250 = up to 250 bar
350 = up to 350 bar
Other pressure ranges on request
Type of adjustment
V = Allen head (standard) Q in l/min
F = fixed setting, cannot be adjusted
P = can be lead-sealed, adjustable with tool
Other types of adjustment on request
Opening pressure setting
Pressure range ... 100 bar
No details.= no setting, spring relaxed
250 = opening pressure in bar pre-set by manufacturer
Setting on request

Standard models
Model code Part No.
DB3E-02X-50V 716125
DB3E-02X-100V 716147
DB3E-02X-250V 716146
DB3E-02X-350V 397405
Other models on request
Q in l/min
Standard in-line bodies
Code Part No. Material Ports Pressure
R05220-01X-01 277372 Steel, zinc-plated G3/8 420 bar Pressure range ... 250 bar
Other line bodies on request
Seal kits
Code Part No.
SEAL KIT DB3E...FKM 715797
Q in l/min

E 5.165.7/01.13
Q in l/min
75
DIMENSIONS
Type of adjustment
torque 25+5 Nm
Millimeter
Subject to technical modifications
CAVITY
05220
Form tools
Tool Part No.
Countersink 170040
NOTE HYDACFluidtechnik GmbH
E 5.165.7/01.13
Reamer 1014203 The information in this brochure relates to the Justus-von-Liebig-Str.

Tap 1002605 operating conditions and applications described.
For applications or operating conditions not
D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Plug gauge 172827 described, please contact the relevant technical Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Millimeter department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
Subject to technical modifications Subject to technical modifications. E-Mail: flutec@hydac.com
76
E 5.165.7/01.13
77
DB4E-CE + TÜV Type Approved
Up to 28 l/min
Up to 360 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz CE valve according to Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) 97/23/EC
zz Excellent stability throughout flow range
extended service life
zz Low pressure drop by CFD optimized flow path
Adjustment zz Various pressure ranges up to 360 bar
device
zz TÜV type approved
Valve body
Spring
Spring-plate
with hydrodyn.
lift support
Poppet
with damping
piston
Valve seat
SPECIFICATIONS
Control accuracy: +/- 10%
30 to 250 bar
The pressure relief valve DB4E-CE is a 39 to 360 bar
direct-acting, spring-loaded poppet valve with
CE mark and TÜV SV approval. The spring Leakage: leakage-free
exerts a force on the poppet and presses it (max. 5 drops ≙ 0,25 cm³/min at 350 bar)
on the valve seat. If the hydraulic pressure Media operating temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. +80 °C
is below the pre-set spring tension, the valve
is closed. Only if the hydraulic force exceeds Ambient temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. +80 °C
the pre-set spring tension does the valve Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
open and flow is diverted to tank via port 2. Viscosity range: min. 7.4 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
This continues until the system pressure is
equal to the spring tension and the valve Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406
closes again. or cleaner
Caution: The valve DB4E-CE is classified Installation: No orientation restrictions
as a safety valve according to PED and
AD 2000. Always follow the operating Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
instructions supplied with the valve! Piston: hardened and
The key points are stated below: ground steel
E 5.163.10/01.13
– Tank pressure (port 2) must be Seals: FKM (standard)

p2 max = 0 bar!
– If the connections are incorrect, the safety Back-up rings: PTFE
function of the valve is disabled! Cavity: 06020
– The pressure setting must not be altered!
– The valve must not be tampered with! Weight: 0.14 kg
78
DB4E – 013 – CE1637.ENISO4126.4L. 11. 280
Basic model
with CE mark
Series

Type approval code
t
limi
CE to ENISO 4126.4L
ting
Max. permitted flow rate
ra
Ope
11 = 11 l/min
Rate depends on the pressure range
(see performance curves)
sure
Opening pressure setting g pres
280 = 280 bar, opening pressure in bar, factory-set settin
est
low
(See Application Range chart)
Standard models Q in l/min
Model code Part No.

DB4E-013-CE1637.ENISO4126.4L.13.100 3108508
DB4E-013-CE1637.ENISO4126.4L.15.140 3108511
DB4E-013-CE1637.ENISO4126.4L.18.160 3108513
DB4E-013-CE1637.ENISO4126.4L.24.200 3108517
DB4E-013-CE1637.ENISO4126.4L.20.250 3108519
DB4E-013-CE1637.ENISO4126.4L.16.350 3108568 Inlet pressure p [bar]

R06020-01X-01 275266 Steel, zinc-plated G3/8 420 bar
sure
pres
Seal kits et ting
low est s
Code Part No.
SEAL KIT 06020-FKM 3262477
Q in l/min
Documentation
Each valve is supplied with an Operating Manual in accordance with
the Pressure Equipment Directive. Pressure range ... 360 bar
re
pressu
setting
lowest
Q in l/min
E 5.163.10/01.13
79
DIMENSIONS APPLICATION RANGE
Operating pressure p [bar]

permitted
range
SW 21
torque 25+5 Nm
Flow rate in l/min
Millimeter
CAVITY
06020
fitting depth
Form tools
Tool Part No.
Countersink 170033
E 5.163.10/01.13
NOTE HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH

operating conditions and applications described. D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tap 1002648 For applications or operating conditions not
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
described, please contact the relevant technical
Plug gauge 168840 Millimeter
Subject to technical modifications department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
80
E 5.163.10/01.13
81
DB4E
Up to 30 l/min
Up to 630 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zzExcellent stability throughout the entire flow range
zzLow hysteresis and accurate pressure control
zzExternal surfaces zinc-plated
zzHardened and ground valve components to ensure minimal wear and extended
service life
zzLow pressure drop by CFD optimized flow path
Adjustment
device zzAdjustable throughout flow range
zzVarious pressure ranges up to 630 bar
Valve body
Spring
Spring-plate
with hydrodyn.
lift support
Poppet SPECIFICATIONS
with damping
piston Operating pressure: max. 630 bar
Valve seat
10 to 100 bar
10 to 200 bar
10 to 250 bar
20 to 350 bar
30 to 630 bar
Leakage: Leakage-free
(max. 5 drops ≙ 0,25 cm³/min at 350 bar)
The pressure relief valve DB4E is a direct- cleaner
acting, spring-loaded poppet valve. Its
function is to relieve pressure in the system. MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
The spring exerts a force on the poppet and instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
presses it onto the valve seat. If the hydraulic Installation: No orientation restrictions
pressure is below the pre-set spring tension,
the valve is closed. When the hydraulic force Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
exceeds the pre-set spring tension, the valve Piston: hardened and
opens and allows flow to the tank via port 2
ground steel
Important: Pressures at port 2 are additive
to the opening pressure! If the connections Seals: FKM (standard)
are incorrect or if the pressure has been set NBR (optional, media
above the operating pressure, the safety temperature range
E 5.161.13/01.13
function of the valve is disabled. -30 °C to +100 °C)

To ensure that stable operation is maintained,
the poppet is securely located in the damping Back-up rings: PTFE
piston which produces a damping force, Cavity: 06020
opposing the direction of movement, and this
has a stabilizing effect. Weight: 0.14 kg
82
DB4E – 01 X – 350 F 315
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
inlet pressure p [bar]

Series
(to be determined by manufacturer)
Setting pressure range
30 = to 30 bar
100 = to 100 bar sure
pres
200 = to 200 bar ing
sett
250 = to 250 bar est
low
350 = to 350 bar
630 = to 630 bar
Other pressure ranges on request Q [l/min]
Type of adjustment
V = Allen head (standard)
M = maximum pressure relief, adjustable with tool Pressure range ... 100 bar
S = scaled knob, adjustable by hand
No details = no setting , spring relaxed

315 = opening pressure in bar, factory pre-set,
Setting on request
Standard models
Code Part No. sure
pres
ing
DB4E-01X-30V 716000 sett
est
low
DB4E-01X-100V 716001
DB4E-01X-200V 716002 Q [l/min]
DB4E-01X-250V 716143
DB4E-01X-350V 716003 Pressure range ... 200 bar
DB4E-01X-630V 716004


R06020-01X-01 275266 Steel, zinc-plated G 3/8 420 bar
Seal kits re
essu
g pr
ettin
Code Part No.
low est s
SEAL KIT 06020-FKM 3262477
SEAL KIT 06020-NBR 3119017 Q [l/min]

sure
E 5.161.13/01.13
tting pres
lowest se
Q [l/min]
83
Pressure range ... 350 bar DIMENSIONS
Type of adjustment
ssure
tting pre
lowest se
Q [l/min]
SW21
torque
Pressure range ... 630 bar 25+5Nm
Millimeter
sure
tting pres
lowest se
CAVITY
Q [l/min] 06020
Millimeter
fitting depth
Form tools
Tool Part No.
Countersink 170033
Reamer 1000768
Tap 1002648
NOTE
The information in this brochure relates to
E 5.161.13/01.13

the operating conditions and applications
described. Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
For applications or operating conditions D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
not described, please contact the relevant Tel: 0 68 97 / 509-01
technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 / 509-598
84
E 5.161.13/01.13
85
with Atmospheric Relief
Up to 30 l/min
DB4E-25X
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zzExcellent stability throughout flow range
zzLow hysteresis and accurate pressure control
zzExternal surfaces zinc-plated and corrosion-proof
service life
zzAdjustable throughout flow range
zzPressure-resistant up to 350 bar at port 2
SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure setting ranges: 20 to 350 bar
The pressure relief valve DB4E-25X is a Viscosity range: min. 7.4 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
direct-acting, spring-loaded poppet valve Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
with atmospheric relief.The spring exerts a cleaner
force on the poppet and presses it on the
valve seat. On the opposite side, the system MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
pressure exerts force on port 1 of the valve. instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
If the hydraulic pressure is below the pre-set Installation: No orientation restrictions
spring tension, the valve is closed. When
the hydraulic force exceeds the pre-set Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
spring tension the valve opens and allows Piston: hardened and
flow to tank via port 2. This continues until
the system pressure is equal to the spring ground steel
tension and the valve closes again. Seals: FKM (standard)
The pressures at port 2 have practically no NBR (optional, media
effect on the opening pressure as the valve is temperature range
E 5.161.1.0/01.13
vented to atmosphere in the spring chamber.

-30 °C to +100 °C)
To ensure that stable operation is maintained,
the poppet is securely located in the damping Seal ring: PU
piston which produces a damping force, Cavity: 06020
opposing the direction of movement, and this
has a stabilizing effect. Weight: 0.24 kg
86
DB4E – 25 X – 350 F 315
Basic model po = 100 bar, tank pressure = 100 bar, ν = 33 mm²/s
Type
25 = standard with atmospheric relief
Series
p [bar]
350 = up to 350 bar
Type of adjustment
p/Q
M = maximum pressure relief, adjustable with tool
Q [l/min]
No details = no setting, spring relaxed
315 = opening pressure in bar, factory pre-set,
Setting on request po = 200 bar, tank pressure = 200 bar, ν = 33 mm²/s
p [bar]
Standard models
Code Part No.
DB4E-25X-350V 3475344 p/Q

Code Part No. Material Ports Pressure Q [l/min]
Steel, zinc-
R06020-01X-01 275266
plated
G 3/8 420 bar po = 250 bar, tank pressure = 250 bar, ν = 33 mm²/s
p [bar]
p/Q
Q [l/min]
po = 350 bar, tank pressure = 350 bar, ν = 33 mm²/s

p [bar]
p/Q
E 5.161.1.0/01.13
Q [l/min]
87
DIMENSIONS
Adjustment type F Adjustment type V Adjustment type P Adjustment type M
SW 13
int. hex. SW 4
SW 13 SW 13 SW 13
torque torque torque
8+2 Nm 8+2 Nm 8+2 Nm
max.
max.
max.
max.
SW 21
torque
45+5 Nm
Millimeter
CAVITY
06020
millimeter
subject to technical modifications
fitting depth
Form tools
Tool Part No. NOTE
Countersink
E 5.161.1.0/01.13
170033 The information in this brochure relates to HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH

Reamer 1000768 described. Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
Tap 1002648 Tel: 0 68 97 / 509-01
not described, please contact the relevant
Subject to technical modifications technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 / 509-598
88
E 5.161.1.0/01.13
89
SAE-8 Cartridge – 420 bar
DB08A-01
38 l/min
420 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Max. stroke limiter
zz Optional spring ranges up to 420 bar
zz Quick response
zz Compact design
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal flow: max. 38 l/min
Operating pressure ranges: up to 35 bar
up to 62 bar
up to 124 bar
up to 228 bar
up to 345 bar
up to 420 bar
Leakage: leak-free
The pressure relief valve DB08A is a Filtration: Class 21/19/16 to ISO 4406
direct-acting, spring-loaded poppet or cleaner
valve. Its function is to relieve pressure
Installation: No orientation restrictions
in the system. The spring exerts a force
on the poppet and presses it on the Materials: Valve body: free-cutting steel
valve seat. On the opposite side, the Poppet: hardened and
system pressure exerts force on port 1 ground steel
of the valve. Only if the hydraulic force Seals: NBR (standard)
exceeds the pre-set spring tension does FKM (optional, media
the valve open and flow is diverted to temperature range
E 5.922.2/01.13
tank via port 2. This continues until the -20 °C to +120 °C)
system pressure is equal to the spring Back-up rings: PTFE
tension and the valve closes again.
Cavity: FC08-2
Important: Pressures at port 2 are
additive to the opening pressure! Weight: 0.22 kg
90
Dimensions MODEL CODE
DB08A-01 – C – N – 330 V 300
Basic model
Pressure relief valve, UNF
Body and ports*
C = Cartridge only
SB3 = G3/8 ports, steel body
AB3 = G3/8 ports, aluminium body
Seals
N = NBR
V = FKM
050 = to 35 bar ( 500 PSI)
090 = to 62 bar ( 900 PSI)
180 = to 124 bar (1800 PSI)
hex 1"
Torque 25 +5 Nm 330 = to 228 bar (3300 PSI)
5/32" hex
500 = to 345 bar (5000 PSI)
9/16" hex 600 = to 420 bar (6000 PSI)
Adjustment option
V = Allen head (hex 5/32")
H = Knob adjustment
F = Factory preset, non adjustable
... = opening pressure in bar pre-set by manufacturer
Setting on request
Standard models
Model code Part No.
DB08A-01-C-V-50V 560416
thick DB08A-01-C-V-90V 560417
DB08A-01-C-V-1800V 560418
millimeter (inch) DB08A-01-C-V-330V 560419
DB08A-01-C-V-500V 560420
DB08A-01-C-V-600V 560421
CAVITY
*Standard in-line bodies
FC08-2
FH082-SB3 560919 Steel, zinc-plated G3/8 420 bar
FH082-AB3 3011423 Aluminium, clear anodized G3/8 210 bar
Seal kits
Code Material Part No.
FS082-N Seal Kit NBR 3033920
FS082-V Seal Kit FKM 3051756
PERFORMANCE
Measured at ν = 34 mm²/s, Toil = 46 °C
Inlet pressure
Flow
Form tools
Note HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
E 5.922.2/01.13
Tool Part No. The information in this brochure relates to the Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
Rougher FC08-2 175473 For applications or operating conditions not
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
described, please contact the relevant
Reamer FC08-2 175474 millimeter (inch)
technical department. Subject to technical Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
modifications. E-Mail: flutec@hydac.com
91
Poppet Type, Direct Acting
DB10120A-13X
60 l/min
48 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zzCharacteristics designed for low pressure applications up to max. 50 bar
service life
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure: 0 to max. 48 bar, adjustable
Operating pressure: up to 11 bar
up to 29 bar
up to 34 bar
up to 48 bar
Viscosity range min. 2.8 mm²/s to max. 380 mm²/s
cleaner
MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
Material: Valve body: high tensile steel
Poppet: hardened and
ground steel
Seals: FKM (standard)
The pressure relief valve DB10120A- NBR (optional, media
13X is a direct-acting, spring-loaded
temperature range
E 5.922.4.1/01.13
poppet valve. If the hydraulic pressure

is below the pre-set spring tension, the -30 °C to +100 °C)
valve is closed. If the hydraulic pressure Back-up rings: PTFE
exceeds the pre-set spring tension, the Cavity: 10120A
valve opens and the oil can flow to tank
via port 2 Weight: 0.13 kg
92
DIMENSIONS hex. SW4 MODEL CODE
hex. SW13
DB 10120A – 13 X – 11 V 11
Basic model
hex. SW 27 Pressure relief valve, metric
torque 25+5 Nm
Cavity
according to ISO
Type
13 = direct-acting, zinc-plated
Series
Operating pressure ranges
11 = 0 to 11 bar
29 = 0 to 29 bar
34 = 0 to 34 bar
48 = 0 to 48 bar
Type of adjustment
V = adjustable using tool
No details = No setting, spring relaxed
Other settings on request
Standard models
Model code Part No.
DB10120A-13X-11V 3028008
DB10120A-13X-29V 3028007
DB10120A-13X-34V 560992
DB10120A-13X-48V 561942

Code Part No. Material Ports
thru R10120A-01X-01 395232 Steel, zinc-plated G1/2
R10120A-01X-02 395233 Steel, zinc-plated M 22 x 1.5
Seal kits
thick Code Material Part No.
DB10120A... NBR NBR 3085499
millimeter
subject to technical modifications DN10120A... FKM FKM 560222
cavity PERFORMANCE
10120A
Form tools
Tool Part No.
Countersink HE25
E 5.922.4.1/01.13
166284 Note HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH

Reamer (shank MK2) 166285 The information in this brochure relates to the
operating conditions and applications described.
Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Plug gauge 166286 millimeter
93
DB12120A
Up to 120 l/min
Up to 420 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Excellent stability throughout the entire flow range
SPECIFICATIONS
30 to 55 bar
55 to 90 bar
10 to 150 bar
10 to 250 bar
10 to 350 bar
10 to 420 bar
cleaner
The pressure relief valve DB12120A is a instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
direct-acting, spring-loaded poppet valve. Its
function is to relieve pressure in the system. Installation: No orientation restrictions
It is normally closed. If the pressure at port Materials: Piston: hardened and
1 exceeds the pre-set spring tension, the ground steel
poppet is lifted off the seat and oil flows from
port 1 to port 2. Seals: FKM (standard)
This continues until the system pressure is NBR (optional, media
equal to the spring tension and the valve temperature range
E 5.169.1.1/01.13
closes again. -30 °C to +100 °C)

to the opening pressure! If the connections Back-up rings: PTFE
are incorrect or if the pressure has been set Cavity: 12120A
above the operating pressure, the safety
function of the valve is disabled. Weight: 0.42 kg
94
DIMENSIONS MODEL CODE
Adjustmt type F Adjustmt type V Adjustmt type PP
DB 12120A – 01 X – 250 V 210
int. hex. Basic model
SW 5
SW
16 Cavity to ISO
12120A = 2-way, metric
max.
max.
Type
max.
01 = standard, zinc-plated
Series

max.
30 = 5 to 30 bar
55 = 30 to 55 bar
90 = 55 to 90 bar
150 = 10 to 150 bar
250 = 10 to 250 bar
350 = 10 to 350 bar
420 = 10 to 420 bar
Type of adjustment
V = Allen head
P = can be lead-sealed, adjustable with tool (with plug)
hex. SW 32
max.
torque 50+10Nm Opening pressure setting

210 = opening pressure in bar, factory-set
Other pressure settings on request
Standard models
Model code Part No.
DB12120A-01X-030V 555785
DB12120A-01X-055V 3117096
DB12120A-01X-090V 3494786
thru
thick DB12120A-01X-150V 552805
DB12120A-01X-250V 552806
DB12120A-01X-350V 552807
Millimeter
DB12120A-01X-420V 552836

CAVITY Code Part No. Material Ports Pressure
12120A R12120A-01X-01 396489 Steel, zinc-plated G 3/4 420 bar
Seal kits
SEAL KIT DB12120A-01X-...V FKM 557399
fitting depth
Form tools
E 5.169.1.1/01.13
Tool Part No.

Countersink MK3 173958
Reamer MK2 174874
Tap 1002625 Millimeter
95
PERFORMANCE Measured at ν = 33 mm²/s, Toil = 46 °C
Pressure range ... 30 bar Pressure range ... 250 bar

50
45
40
Inlet pressure [bar]

35
Pressure [bar]
30
25
20
15
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 Flow rate [l/min]
Flow rate [l/min]
70
65
60
55
50
Pressure [bar]
45 Inlet pressure [bar]

40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Flow rate [l/min]
Flow rate [l/min]
100
90
80
70
60
Pressure [bar]
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Flow rate [l/min]

Flow rate [l/min]
NOTE
E 5.169.1.1/01.13
The information in this brochure relates to HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH

Flow rate [l/min] not described, please contact the relevant Tel: 0 68 97 / 509-01
96
E 5.169.1.1/01.13
97
DB12120A-CE + TÜV Type Approved
Up to 110 l/min
Up to 400 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz CE valve according to Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) 97/23/EC
zz External surfaces zinc-plated
zz Hardened and ground valve components to ensure minimal wear and extended
service life
zz TÜV type approved
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal flow: max. 110 l/min (depending on the
pressure range - see flow curves)
The pressure relief valve DB12120A-CE is a 20 to 250 bar
direct-acting, spring-loaded poppet valve with 30 to 350 bar
CE mark and TÜV SV. 40 to 400 bar
Its function is to relieve pressure in the
system. The spring exerts a force on the Leakage: Leakage-free
poppet and presses it on the valve seat. If (max. 5 drops ≙ 0,25 cm³/min at 350 bar)
the hydraulic pressure is below the pre-set Media operating temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. +80 °C
spring tension, the valve is closed. Only
if the hydraulic force exceeds the pre-set Ambient temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. +80 °C
spring tension does the valve open and flow Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
is diverted to tank via port 2. To ensure that
stable operation is maintained, the poppet Viscosity range: min. 7.4 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
is securely located in the damping piston Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
which produces a damping force, opposing cleaner
the direction of movement, and this has a
stabilizing effect. MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
Caution: instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
The valve DB12120A-CE is classified as a Installation: No orientation restrictions
safety valve according to PED. Always follow
the operating instructions supplied with the Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
valve! Piston: hardened and
The key points are stated below: ground steel
– Tank pressure (port 2) must be
E 5.169.4/01.13
p2 max = 0 bar! Seals: FKM (standard)

– If the connections are incorrect, the safety Back-up rings: PTFE
function of the valve is disabled! Cavity: 12120A
– The pressure setting must not be altered!
– The valve must not be tampered with! Weight: 0.42 kg
98
DB12120A – 01 1 – CExxxx.ENISO4126.6L. xxx. xxx
Basic model
Type
Pressure drop [bar]

Series
Type approval code

xxx stands for the identification number of the notified body
and CE to EN ISO 4126
Max. permitted flow rate

065 = 65 l/min
Rate depends on the pressure range
(see performance curves)
Opening pressure setting Flow rate [l/min]

030 = 30 bar, opening pressure in bar, factory-set
(See Application Range chart)
TYPE APPROVAL CODE
Pressure drop [bar]

TÜV.SV.XX-981.6.F. XXX. XXX
Type approval code
Year of type approval test
Flow rate (l/min)
Opening pressure setting, bar
Standard models
Model code Part No. Flow rate [l/min]
DB12120A-011-CExxxx.ENISO4126.6L.065.030 3109740
Pressure drop [bar]

R12120A-01X-01 396489 Steel, zinc-plated G 3/4 420 bar
Seal kits
SEAL KIT DB12120A-01X-...V FKM 557399 Flow rate [l/min]
DOCUMENTATION
Each valve is supplied with an Operating Manual in accordance with
the Pressure Equipment Directive.
Pressure drop [bar]
E 5.169.4/01.13
Flow rate [l/min]
99
APPLICATION RANGE
Operating pressure p [bar] DIMENSIONS
permitted
range hex. SW 32
torque 50+10Nm
Flow rate Q [l/min]
Millimeter
CAVITY
12120A
fitting depth
Form tools
Tool Part No.
E 5.169.4/01.13

Countersink 173958 The information in this brochure relates to the Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
Reamer 174874 For applications or operating conditions not
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
100
E 5.169.4/01.13
101
Spool Type, Pilot-Operated
DB08P
60 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Low pressure drop due to CFD optimized flow path
zz Screen protected metering orifice enhances safety
zz Quick response
zz Compact design
SPECIFICATIONS
Setting pressure ranges: up to 35 bar
up to 60 bar
up to 125 bar
up to 230 bar
up to 345 bar
Internal leakage: less than 0.5 l/min at 350 bar
Filtration: Class 21/19/16 to ISO 4406
or cleaner
Materials: Valve body: free-cutting steel
The DB08P is a pilot-operated, spool Spool: hardened and
type pressure relief valve. If the pressure ground steel
at port 1 exceeds the pressure setting, Seals: NBR (standard)
the pilot poppet opens, creating a small FKM (optional, media
E 5.922.1.2/01.13
flow over the orifice of the pilot stage to temperature range

the tank. The pressure drop across the -20 °C to 120 °C)
orifice lifts the main spool against a light
spring, opening the connection between Cavity: FC08-2
port 1 and port 2. Weight: 0.14 kg
102
DB08P-01 – C – N – 180 V 100
Basic model
Body and ports*
C = Cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR
V = FKM
050 = to 35 bar
090 = to 62 bar
SW 4 180 = to 124 bar
hex. 5/32" 330 = to 228 bar
SW 13 500 = to 345 bar
hex. 1/2" Other pressure ranges on request
Type of adjustment
V = Allen head (hex. 5/32")
H = Knob adjustment
hex. SW7/8"
torque
25 – 30 Nm K = Allen head (hex. 5/32") with protective cap
Pressure value = customer-specific opening pressure on
request
Standard models
thick
Model code Part No.
DB08P-01-C-N-090V 3141198
millimeter (inch)
DB08P-01-C-N-330V 3141200
DB08P-01-C-N-500V 3141201

FC08-2 FH082-SB3 560919 Steel, zinc-plated G3/8 420 bar
FH082-AB3 3011423 Aluminium, anodized G3/8 210 bar
Seal kits
FH082-N NBR 3033920
FH082-V FKM 3051756
PERFORMANCE
Relieving pressure [bar]
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.922.1.2/01.13

Countersink FC08-2 175473 For applications or operating conditions not
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
103
Spool Type
Pilot-Operated
120 l/min
DB10P
420 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Guided pilot poppet
zz Quick response
SPECIFICATIONS
5 to 62 bar
5 to 124 bar
5 to 228 bar
5 to 345 bar
5 to 420 bar
Internal leakage: < 500 ml/min
from 1 to 2 at 80% of pnom
or cleaner
MTTfd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
Spool: hardened and
The DB10P is a pilot-operated, spool ground steel
type pressure relief valve. If pressure Seals: NBR (standard)
at port 1 exceeds the pressure setting, FKM (optional, media
the pilot poppet opens and oil flows temperature range
E 5.954.2/01.13
from behind the main spool to tank port -20 °C to +120 °C)
2. The resulting pressure differential Back-up rings: PTFE
causes the main spool to lift against the
Cavity: FC10-2
return spring and allows flow from port 1
to port 2. Weight: 0.20 kg
104
DB10P-01 – C – N – 180 V 100
Basic model
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
050 = up to 35 bar ( 500 PSI)
090 = up to 62 bar ( 900 PSI)
180 = up to 124 bar (1800 PSI)
SW 4 330 = up to 228 bar (3300 PSI)
hex. 5/32"
500 = up to 345 bar (5000 PSI)
600 = up to 420 bar (6000 PSI)
SW 9/16" Other pressure ranges on request
hex. 9/16"
Adjustment option
V = Allen head (SW 4)
H = Knob adjustment
hex. SW 1"
torque 40 - 50 Nm K = Allen head (SW 4) with protective cap
No details = no setting
100 = customer-specific opening pressure on request
Standard models
Model code Part No.
DB10P-01-C-N-050V 3010838
DB10P-01-C-N-090V 3010839
millimeter (inch) DB10P-01-C-N-180V 3010843
DB10P-01-C-N-330V 3010842
DB10P-01-C-N-500V 3010840
CAVITY *Standard in-line bodies

FC10-2 Code Part No. Material Ports Pressure
Seal kits
FS102-N SEAL KIT NBR 3033872
FS102-V SEAL KIT FKM 3051757
PERFORMANCE
Measured at ν = 34 mm²/s
TÖl = 46 °C
Pressure rise
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.954.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
105
DB12P
200 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Quick response
zz Compact design
SPECIFICATIONS
Setting pressure ranges: up to 35 bar
up to 63 bar
up to 125 bar
up to 230 bar
up to 345 bar
or cleaner
The DB12P is a pilot-operated, spool Spool: hardened and
type pressure relief valve. If the pressure ground steel
at port 1 exceeds the pressure setting, Seals: NBR (standard)
the pilot poppet opens, creating a small FKM (optional, media
E 5.922.2.1/01.13
flow over the orifice of the pilot stage to temperature range

the tank. The pressure drop across the -20 °C to +120 °C)
Cavity: FC12-2
spring, opening the connection between
106
DB12P-01 – C – N – 180 V 100
Basic model
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR
V = FKM
050 = to 35 bar
090 = to 62 bar
180 = to 125 bar
int. hex.
SW 4
330 = to 230 bar
5/32" int. hex. 500 = to 345 bar
SW 13 Other pressure ranges on request
1/2"
Type of adjustment
hex. SW 1" H = Knob adjustment
torque
50 – 60 Nm
K = Allen head (hex. 5/32") with protective cap
Pressure value = customer-specific opening pressure on
request
thick
Standard models
Model code Part No.
DB12P-01-C-N-090V 3047311
millimeter (inch)
DB12P-01-C-N-330V 3047313
DB12P-01-C-N-500V 3047314

Seal kits
FH122-N Seal kit NBR 3071298
FH122-F Seal Kit FKM 3071299
PERFORMANCE
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.922.2.1/01.13
NOTE HYDACFluidtechnik GmbH

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
107
DB16P
300 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Quick response
SPECIFICATIONS
5 to 60 bar
5 to 125 bar
5 to 230 bar
5 to 345 bar
Internal leakage: max. 1300 ml/min at 80 % of pNom. pressure
or cleaner
Spool: hardened and
The DB16P is a pilot-operated, spool ground steel
type pressure relief valve. If the pressure Seals: NBR (standard)
at port 1 exceeds the pressure setting, FKM (optional, media
the pilot poppet opens, creating a small temperature range
E 5.922.3.1/01.13
flow over the orifice of the pilot stage to -20 °C to +120 °C)
the tank. The pressure drop across the Support rings PTFE
Cavity: FC16-2
spring, opening the connection between
108
DB16P-01 – C – N – 180 V 100
Basic model
Body and Ports*
C = Cartridge only
SB8 = G1 ports, steel body
AB8 = G1 ports, aluminium body
Seals
N = NBR
V = FKM
050 = 5 to 35 bar
090 = 5 to 62 bar
SW 4
5/32" hex
180 = 5 to 124 bar
330 = 5 to 228 bar
SW 13
1/2" hex 500 = 5 to 345 bar
Type of adjustment
hex. SW1 1/2"
torque
130 -180 Nm H = Knob adjustment
100 = customer-specific opening pressure on request
thick
Standard models
Model code Part No.
DB16P-01-C-N-090V 3010799
millimeter (inch)
DB16P-01-C-N-330V 3010800
DB16P-01-C-N-500V 3010794

FC16-2 FH162-SB8 3032496 Steel, zinc-plated G1 420 bar
FH162-AB8 3037193 Aluminium, anodized G1 210 bar
Seal kits
FH162-V Seal kit FKM 3051758
PERFORMANCE
Measured at ν = 34 mm²/s, TOil = 46 °C
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.922.3.1/01.13

described, please contact the relevant Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
109
Poppet Type, Pilot-Operated
DB10120A
Up to 100 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure: min. 5 to max. 350 bar
5 to 250 bar
5 to 350 bar
The pressure relief valve DB10120A is a cleaner
pilot-operated, spring-loaded poppet valve.
Its function is to relieve pressure in the MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
system. It is normally closed. If the pressure instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
at port 1 exceeds the pre-set spring tension, Installation: No orientation restrictions
the pilot stage opens and oil flows from
behind the main piston to tank port 2. The Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
resulting pressure differential causes the Piston: hardened and ground steel
main piston to move against the return spring
and allows oil to flow from port 1 to port 2. Seals: FKM (standard)
This continues until the system pressure is NBR (optional, media
equal to the spring tension and the valve temperature range
E 5.167.5/01.13
closes again. -30 °C to +100 °C)

to the opening pressure! If the connections Back-up rings: PTFE
are incorrect or if the pressure has been set Cavity: 10120A
above the operating pressure, the safety
function of the valve is disabled. Weight: 0.13 kg
110
Measured at ν= 36 mm²/s, Toil = 50 °C
DB 10120A – 02 X – 250 V 210
Basic model 350 V
Cavity to ISO
10120A = 2-way, metric
Type
02 = standard, zinc-plated
Series
Pressure drop [bar]

100 = 5 to 100 bar
250 = 5 to 250 bar
350 = 5 to 350 bar
Type of adjustment
V = Allen head

No details.= no setting, spring relaxed
210 = opening pressure in bar, factory-set
(Pre-set versions are factory-set at a flow rate of 6 l/min)
Standard models Flow rate [l/min]

Model code Part No.
DB10120A-02X-100V 561040 250 V
DB10120A-02X-250V 561041
DB10120A-02X-350V 561076

Pressure drop [bar]
R10120A-01X-01 395232 Steel, zinc-plated G1/2 420 bar

R10120A-01X-02 395233 Steel, zinc-plated M 22 x 1.5 420 bar
Seal kits
SEAL KIT DB10120A NBR 3085499
SEAL KIT DB10120A FKM 560222
Flow rate [l/min]
100 V
Pressure drop [bar]
E 5.167.5/01.13
Flow rate [l/min]
111
DIMENSIONS CAVITY
10120A
max.
fitting depth
int. hex.
SW 2.5
SW 8
SW 27
max.
torque 25+5 Nm
thru
Form tools
thick Tool Part No.
Countersink HE25 166284
Reamer MK2 166285
Tap 1002627
Millimeter
NOTE
E 5.167.5/01.13

112
E 5.167.5/01.13
113
With Pilot Drain
120 l/min
DB10SPE
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Additional tank connection to drain the pilot stage
zz Additional use as a pilot operated pressure compensator
zz Quick response
zz Good stability across the whole pressure and flow range
zz Hardened and ground control piston to ensure minimal wear and extended
service life
zz Different pressure ranges up to 350 bar available
zz Flat p-Q curve achieved by having separate line for pilot oil (port 3)
SPECIFICATIONS
Setting pressure range: 5 to 35 bar
5 to 60 bar
5 to 125 bar
5 to 230 bar
5 to 345 bar
Leakage: max. 500 ml/min at 80 % of pNom. pressure
Viscosity range: min. 10 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
or cleaner
The pressure relief valve DB10SPE is a instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
pilot operated, spring loaded spool valve Installation: No orientation restrictions
with pilot drain at port 3. This means that Materials: Valve body: free-cutting steel
any pressure at port 2 has no influence Spool: hardened and ground
on pressure adjustment. steel
If the pressure across port 1 rises and Seals: NBR (standard)
exceeds the pre-set value, the pilot- FKM (optional, media
stage opens and oil flows from behind temperature range
E 5.954.1.1/01.13
the main spool to the tank port 3. The -20 °C to 120 °C)
resulting pressure differential causes the Back-up rings: PTFE
main spool to move against the reset-
Cavity: FC10-S3
spring and allows oil to flow from port 1
114
DB10 SPE - 01 - C - N - 050 V 029
Basic model
Function
PE = pilot-operated with pilot drain
Type
01 = standard
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Pressure ranges
050 = 5 to 35 bar ( 500 PSI)
090 = 5 to 62 bar ( 900 PSI)
180 = 5 to 124 bar (1800 PSI)
SW 4
5/32" hex
330 = 5 to 228 bar (3300 PSI)
SW 12.7
500 = 5 to 345 bar (5000 PSI)
hex. 1/2" Other pressure ranges on request
Type of adjustment
SW 25.4
V = Allen head
torque 40+5 Nm
Other adjustment types on request
Setting
029 = 20 bar, specific opening pressure on request
Standard models
thick Model code Part No.
DB10SPE-01-C-N-050V 3408654
DB10SPE-01-C-N-090V 3433849
millimeter (inch) DB10SPE-01-C-N-180V 3433850
DB10SPE-01-C-N-330V 3433851
DB10SPE-01-C-N-500V 3408666
Cavity
FC10-S3 *Standard in-line bodies
FH10S3-AB4 3272637 Aluminium, anodized G1/2 210 bar
FH10S3-SB4 3310162 Steel, zinc-plated G1/2 350 bar
Seal kits
FS10S3-N NBR 3468413
PERFORMANCE
Toil = 46 °C
Spring range
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.954.1.1/01.13

Countersink 177906 For applications or operating conditions not
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Reamer 177907 millimeter (inch)
subject to technical modifications department. Fax. 0 68 97 /509-598
115
With Pilot Drain
Up to 200 l/min
DB12121PE-01
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Hardened and ground control spool to ensure minimal wear and extended service
life
zz Quick response
zz Increased operating reliability due to protective strainer
zz Low hysteresis and excellent stability throughout the flow range
zz Compact design enables space-saving installation in connection housings and
control blocks
zz Additional tank connection to drain the pilot stage
SPECIFICATIONS
5 to 60 bar
5 to 125 bar
5 to 230 bar
5 to 350 bar
Internal leakage: max. 320 cm³/min at 350 bar
cleaner
The DB12121PE is a pilot-operated, Materials: Valve body: free-cutting steel
spring-loaded spool valve with a pilot Spool: hardened and
drain at port 3. This means that any ground steel
pressure at port 2 has no influence on Seals: NBR (standard)
pressure adjustment. If the pressure FKM (optional, media
at port 1 exceeds the pre-set spring
tension, the pilot-stage opens and oil temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
E 5.996.1/01.13
flows from behind the main spool to tank

port 3. The resulting pressure differential Back-up rings: PTFE
causes the main spool to move against Cavity: 12121
the reset-spring and allows oil to flow
from port 1 to port 2. Weight: 0.26 kg
116
DB 12121 - PE - 01 - C - N - 350 V 230
Basic model
Pressure relief valve,
metric
Cavity
12121 = 3-way cavity
Function
PE = pilot-operated
with pilot drain
Type
01 = standard
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
int. hex. Pressure range
SW 4
035 = 5 to 35 bar
060 = 5 to 60 bar
SW 13
125 = 5 to 125 bar
230 = 5 to 230 bar
SW 32 350 = 5 to 350 bar
torque 50+10 Nm
Type of adjustment
V = Allen head
H = knob adjustment
F = factory preset, non adjustable
K = Allen head, with protective cap
through Pressure value = opening pressure specified by customer (on request)
thick Standard models

Model code Part No.
millimeter (inch) DB12121PE-01-C-N-035V 3132639
DB12121PE-01-C-N-060V 3132640
DB12121PE-01-C-N-125V 3132641
DB12121PE-01-C-N-230V 3132642
CAVITY DB12121PE-01-C-N-350V 3132643
12121
R12121-01X-01 3130704 Steel, zinc-plated G3/4, G3/8 420 bar
min. fitting depth
Seal kits
min. fitting depth
SEAL KIT 12121-NBR NBR 3269389

SEAL KIT 12121-FKM FKM 3269390
PERFORMANCE
Set pressure
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.996.1/01.13
Form tool 162128 For applications or operating conditions not
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Reamer 175021 millimeter
subject to technical modifications department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
117
Spool Type, Direct Acting
with Spring Chamber Venting
DB16621E-10
Up to 300 l/min
Up to 350 bar
Function FEATURES
zzPressure relief function with external venting of spring chamber
zzGood, flat curve characteristics throughout the flow range
zzHardened and ground internal valve components to ensure minimal wear and
zzLow pressure drop due to CFD optimized flow path
zzCan also be used as a logic element or unloader valve
zzSpool orifice available as an option
SPECIFICATIONS
Spring force: max. 16 bar
Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406
or cleaner
Installation: No orientation restrictions, preferably
horizontal
Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
The DB16621E is a direct acting, spool
Spool: hardened steel
type pressure relief valve with additional
spring-chamber venting. When the Seals: FKM (standard)
pressure at port 1 exceeds the pre-set NBR (optional, media
value, the spool opens and oil flows from temperature range
E 5.922.6.1/01.13
port 1 to tank port 2. When the valve to -30 °C)

opens, the leakage bore to port 2 is shut- Back-up rings: PTFE
off. The additional spring chamber venting Cavity: 16621
at port 3 to tank ensures that the valve is
independent of pressures at port 2. Weight: 0.386 kg
118
DB 16621E – 10 – C – V – 16 F
hex. SW38
Basic model
torque 130 +20 Nm
Pressure relief valve,
metric
Cavity to ISO
Type
10 = standard
Body and ports
C = cartridge only
*Combinations with body on request
Seals
V = FKM (standard)
N = NBR (optional)
16 = up to 16 bar
Type of adjustment
Standard models
Model code Part No.
DB16621E-01-C-V-16F 3147711
R16621-01X-01 3477778 Steel G1, G1/4 420 bar
Seal kits
Code Part No.
Millimeter
SEAL KIT 16621-FKM 3178282
SEAL KIT 16621-NBR 3506920
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
Measured at n = 33 mm²/s , Toil = 46 °C
Metric 16621
fitting depth

fitting depth
Flow rate [l/min]

E 5.922.6.1/01.13

Form tools The information in this brochure relates to Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
Tool Part No. described. For applications and operating D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
conditions not described, please contact Tel: 0 68 97 / 509-01
In preparation Millimeter
Subject to technical modifications the proper HYDAC department. Subject to Fax: 0 68 97 / 509-598
technical modifications. E-Mail: flutec@hydac.com
119
With Remote Control Option
Up to 200 l/min
DB12121PF-01
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
life
zz Quick response
control blocks
zz Valve can be operated via its remote control line in combination with a directional
valve
SPECIFICATIONS
up to 60 bar
up to 125 bar
up to 230 bar
up to 345 bar
Required remote control flow rate: 0.2 l/min to 0.6 l/min
(depending on pressure and flow rate)
Internal leakage: 320 cm³/min at 350 bar
Ambient temperature range: min. -20 °C to +80 °C
cleaner
The pressure relief valve DB12121PF Installation: No orientation restrictions
is a pilot operated, spool valve with a
remote control option via the additional Material Valve body: high tensile steel
port 3. Spool: hardened and
ground steel
If the pressure across port 1 exceeds
the pre-set value, the pilot-stage opens Seals: NBR (standard)
and oil flows from behind the main spool FKM (optional, media
to the tank port 2. The resulting pressure temperature range
differential allows the main spool to lift -20 °C to +120 °C)
E 5.997.1/01.13
against the reset-spring and allows oil Back-up rings: PTFE

to flow from port 1 to port 2. Additionally Coil: steel / polyamide
the valve may switch the system to
Cavity: 12121
unpressurized flow by draining a flow
over port 3. Weight: 0.26 kg
120
DB 12121 - PF - 01 - C - N - 350 V 230
Basic model
metric
Cavity
Function
PF = pilot operated,
with remote control option
Type
01 = standard
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
int. hex. N = NBR (standard)
SW 4
V = FKM
SW 13 Pressure range
035 = up to 35 bar
060 = up to 60 bar
SW 32
torque 50+10 Nm
125 = up to 125 bar
230 = up to 230 bar
350 = up to 350 bar
Type of adjustment
H = knob adjustment
F = fixed setting
through Other adjustment types on request
thick Pressure value = opening pressure specified by customer
millimeter (inch)
Standard models
Model code Mat.-Nr.
CAVITY DB12121PF-01-C-N-060V 3126912
DB12121PF-01-C-N-230V 3126914
12121
DB12121PF-01-C-N-350V 3126915

min. fitting depth
Seal kits
min. fitting depth

PERFORMANCE
Measured at
ν = 34 mm²/s,
Toil = 46 °C
Pressure
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.997.1/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
121
With Remote Control Option
SAE-16 Cartridge Valve – 350 bar
300 l/min
DB16SPF
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Additional port for remote control option, e.g. in combination with a solenoid valve
the system may be switched to unloaded flow
zz Quick response
service life
zz Different pressure ranges up to 350 bar available
SPECIFICATIONS
5 to 60 bar
5 to 125 bar
5 to 230 bar
5 to 345 bar
Internal leakage: max. 1800 ml/min at 80 % pNom.
cleaner
The pressure relief valve DB16SPF is a Installation: No orientation restrictions
pilot operated, spool valve with a remote Material: Valve body: free-cutting steel
control
If option via
the pressure the additional
across port 3.
port 1 exceeds Spool: hardened and
the pre-set value, the pilot-stage opens ground steel
and oil flows from behind the main spool Seals: NBR (standard)
to the tank port 2. The resulting pressure FKM (optional, media
differential allows the main spool to lift temperature range
E 5.922.5.1/01.13
against the reset-spring and allows oil -20 °C to +120 °C)

to flow from port 1 to port 2. Additionally Back-up rings: PTFE
the valve may switch the system to Cavity: UNF FC16S-3
unpressurized flow by draining a flow
over port 3. Weight: 0.5 kg
122
DB16S PF – 01 – C – N – 500 V 327
Basic model
Function
PF = pilot operated, with remote control option
Type
01 = standard
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
050 = 5 to 35 bar
SW 4
5/32" hex. 090 = 5 to 62 bar
SW 13
1/2" hex. 180 = 5 to 125 bar
330 = 5 to 230 bar
500 = 5 to 345 bar
SW 31
1 1/4" hex.
Ma = 150+30 Nm
Type of adjustment
V = Allen head
327 = 210 bar (3270 psi)
Customer-specific opening pressure on request
thick
Standard models
Model code Part No.
DB16SPF-01-C-N-050V 3476292
DB16SPF-01-C-N-090V 3476291
millimeter (inch) DB16SPF-01-C-N-180V 3476290
DB16SPF-01-C-N-330V 3476289
DB16SPF-01-C-N-500V 3476288
Cavity
UNF FC16S-3 *Standard in-line bodies
FH163S3-SB8 3246967 Steel, zinc-plated G1 420 bar
Seal kits
min. fitting depth

min. fitting depth
PERFORMANCE
psi bar
5801.6 400
5076.4 350 500
4351.2 300
Pressure range
Pressure drop
3626 250 330
2900.8 200
2175.6 150
180
1450.4 100
725.2 090
50
050
Spring released
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 l/min
0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2 US gpm
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.922.5.1/01.13
Tool Part No. NOTE HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
123
Pressure Reducing Valve
Poppet Type, Direct-Acting,
Normally Open,
with Spring Chamber Relief
Up to 30 l/min
Up to 450 bar DMM10121
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Automatic readjustment if there is a pressure drop in the cylinder
service life
SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure setting ranges: Up to 110, 250, 50 - 410 bar, 50 - 450 bar
cleaner
The pressure reducing valve DMM10121 instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
is a direct-acting, spring-loaded poppet Installation: No orientation restrictions
valve which is leakage-free. Its function Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
is to control the pressure at port 2. In
Piston: hardened and
the normal position, the main piston
ground steel
pushes the ball off the seat and there is
free flow from port 1 to port 2. When the Seals: FKM (standard)
pre-set pressure is achieved at port 2, NBR (optional, media
the pressure increase forces the main temperature range
E 5.169.9.1/01.13
piston up, the ball moves with it and seals -30 °C to +100 °C)
leakage-free. When the pressure at port Back-up rings: PTFE
1 falls below the pressure at port 2, the Cavity: 10121 (port 3 not used)
poppet valve opens and oil can flow from
port 2 to port 1. Weight: 0.9 kg
124
DMM 10121 – 01 – C – V – 450 V 420
Basic model
2-way pressure reducing valve
110 bar Pressure range 410 bar Pressure range Cavity
250 bar Pressure range 450 bar Pressure range 10121 = 3-way cavity, metric
Type
01 = standard
int. hex.
SW 8 02 = increased sealing
(special requirement)
Body and ports
int. hex.
SW 16 C = cartridge only
SW 8
Seals
V = FKM (standard)
N = NBR (optional)
SW 16
max.
110 = 0 – 110 bar

250 = 0 – 250 bar
max.
max.
410 = 50 – 410 bar

450 = 50 – 450 bar
max.
Type of adjustment
Cracking pressure setting
SW 31.8 (1.25") SW 31.8 (1.25")
Pressure value = customer-specific cracking pressure
max.
max.
Standard models
Model code Part No.
DMM10121–01–C–V–110V 3479985
DMM10121–01–C–V–250V 3479986
DMM10121–01–C–V–410V 3480034
DMM10121–01–C–V–450V 3465581
Inline connection housings
R10121 395236 Steel G1/2 420 bar
Millimeter (Inch) Seal kits

Code Part No.
In preparation
CAVITY
PERFORMANCE ν = 33 mm²/s, Toil = 46 °C
10121
∆p [bar]
Pump pressure at 1
Control pressure at 2
fitting depth
*
t [s]
fitting depth
ν = 44 mm²/s, Toil = 40 °C
∆p [bar]
* Note:
Port 3 is
not used!
Q [l/min]
Form tools NOTE

E 5.169.9.1/01.13

Tool Part No. the operating conditions and applications
Countersink MK4 163910 For applications or operating conditions D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Reamer MK2 163911 Millimeter (Inch)
125
DR08-01
15 l/min
420 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
with integral maximum stroke limitation
zz Hydrodynamic damping
zz Quick response
zz Compact design
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure ranges: to 35 bar
to 83 bar
to 152 bar
to 207 bar
The DR08 is a direct-acting, spring-
loaded, spool type pressure reducing Ambient temperature range: min. -30 °C to max. +100 °C
valve. Its function is to maintain a Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
constant pressure at the consumer. Viscosity range: min. 7.4 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
In the normal position, the pressure port Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
2 is connected to the consumer port 1. cleaner
The pressure building at the consumer
acts on the face of the control spool
and moves it upwards against the set
spring force. Therefore the flow at port Installation: No orientation restrictions
2 is restricted enough to satisfy the Material Valve body: free-cutting steel
consumer's demand without increasing Spool: hardened and ground
the pressure. steel
In addition the valve has a pressure Seals: NBR (standard)
relieving function: If the pressure across FKM (optional, media
E 5.920.2/01.13
consumer port 1 rises above the control temperature range

pressure due to external force, the -20 °C to 120 °C)
control piston is pushed further against
Cavity: FC08-3
the spring and relieves the consumer to
tank port 3. Weight: 0.24 kg
126
DR08-01 – C – N – 220 V 180
Basic model
Pressure reducing valve UNF
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR
V = FKM
027 = 2 to 19 bar
050 = 3 to 35 bar
120 = 11 to 83 bar
220 = 15 to 152 bar
hex. 5/32" 300 = 20 to 207 bar
hex. 9/16"
Adjustment option
V = Allen head (HEX 5/32")
H = knob adjustment
F = factory preset, non adjustable
hex. 1"
Torque 25+5Nm
K = with protective cap
Pressure setting
Pressure value = setting specified by customer
Standard models
Model code Part No.
thick DR08-01-C-N-027V 3107709
DR08-01-C-N-050V 560752
DR08-01-C-N-120V 560456
millimeter (inch) DR08-01-C-N-220V 560454
DR08-01-C-N-300V 3022444

Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure rise
(Relieving) (Reducing)
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.920.2/01.13
Countersink FC08-3 175644 operating conditions and applications described. D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Reamer FC08-3 175645 described, please contact the relevant Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
millimeter (inch)
127
Spool Type, Direct-Acting
DR10-01
60 l/min
420 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
service life
zz Quick response
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure ranges: Up to 20 bar
Up to 48 bar
Up to 96 bar
Up to 131 bar
The DR10 is a direct-acting, spring- Media operating temperature range: min. -30 °C to max. +100 °C
loaded, spool type pressure reducing
valve. Its function is to maintain a
constant pressure at the consumer. Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
In the normal position, the pressure port Viscosity range: min. 7.4 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
2 is connected to the consumer port 1. Filtration: Class 21/19/16 to ISO 4406
The pressure building at the consumer or cleaner
acts on the face of the control spool MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
and moves it upwards against the set instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
spring force. Therefore the flow at port
2 is restricted enough to satisfy the
consumer's demand without increasing Material Valve body: free-cutting steel
the pressure. Spool: hardened and ground
In addition the valve has a pressure steel
relieving function: If the pressure across Seals: NBR (standard)
consumer port 1 rises above the control FKM (optional, media
pressure due to external force, the temperature range
E 5.950.2/01.13
control spool is pushed further against -20 °C to +120 °C)

the spring and vents the consumer to Support rings PTFE
tank port 3.
Cavity: FC10-3
Any pressure at port 3 is additive to the
spring setting. Weight: 0.26 kg
128
DR10-01 – C – N – 070 V 050
Basic model
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR
V = FKM
030 = up to 20 bar
070 = up to 48 bar
140 = up to 96 bar
190 = up to 131 bar
SW 5/32"
SW 9/16" Type of adjustment

H = Handwheel
hex. SW 1"
torque 40 - 50 Nm
Pressure setting
Pressure value = setting specified by customer
Standard models
Model code Part No.
DR10-01-C-N-030V 3140403
DR10-01-C-N-070V 3026815
thick DR10-01-C-N-140V 3026816
DR10-01-C-N-190V 3026817
millimeter (inch) *Standard in-line bodies

cavity
FC10-3 Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure rise
Relieving Reducing
NOTE
Form tools The information in this brochure relates to HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
E 5.950.2/01.13
the operating conditions and applications Justus-von-Liebig-Str.

Tool Part No. described. D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Countersink FC10-3 176282 For applications or operating conditions
not described, please contact the relevant Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Finisher FC10-3 176283 millimeter (inch)
subject to technical modifications technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
129
DMVE
Up to 30 l/min
Up to 500 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Excellent dynamic performance
service life
Adjustment device zz Low pressure drop by CFD optimized flow path
Spring
Valve body
Control piston
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure: max. 500 bar (port 2)
Nominal flow: 30 l/min (pressure-dependent -
> 350 bar = 6 l/min)
Pressure ranges: 50 bar
140 bar
The pressure reducing valve DMVE is a Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
direct-acting, spring-loaded spool valve. Its cleaner
function is to maintain a constant pressure
at the consumer. MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
In the normal position, pressure port 2 instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
is connected to consumer port 1. The Installation: no orientation restrictions
pressure build-up at the consumer acts on Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
the face of the control piston and moves it Piston: hardened and
upwards against the set spring force.
ground steel
Therefore the inflow is throttled at port
2 just enough to satisfy the consumer's Seals: FKM (standard)
demand - without pressure increase. NBR (optional, media
There is an additional function of outlet temperature range
E 5.162.6/01.13
pressure relief: if the pressure across -30 °C to +100 °C)

consumer port 1 rises above the control Back-up rings: PTFE
pressure due to external force, the control Cavity: 08030
piston is pushed further against the spring
and relieves the consumer to tank port 3. Weight: 0.23 to 0.45 kg, depending on model
130
DMVE – G1/2 – 01 X – 140 V 40
Basic model Pressure drop, dependent on flow rate
Pressure reducing valve
Size

G 1/2
Type
01 = standard
Series
50 = to 50 bar
140 = to 140 bar
Type of adjustment
V = Allen head
Other adjustment types on request Q [l/min]
Outlet pressure setting
No details = valve not set, spring relaxed
40 = factory pre-set cracking pressure in bar Permitted flow rate from 1 to 2
Setting on request (free return flow)
p1 = outlet pressure setting
Standard models p1 > 50 bar... 30 l/min
p1 ≤ 50 bar... see curve
Model code Part No.
DMVE-G1/2-01X-50V 710254
DMVE-G1/2-01X-140V 710250 DMVE-G1/2-01X-50

permitted
Seal kits
Code Material Part No. not permitted
SEAL KIT DMVE-G1/2-... FKM 715873
DMVE-G1/2-01X-140
permitted
not permitted
E 5.162.6/01.13
131
DMVE-G1/2-01X-50 DIMENSIONS
SW 1
SW 2
(relieving) (reducing)
SW 24
torque
20+5 Nm
DMVE-G1/2-01X-140
Millimeter
Type Amax Bmax SW 1 SW 2

(relieving) (reducing) DMVE-G1/2-01X–50 80 99 5 8
DMVE-G1/2-01X–140 110 134 10 17
CAVITY
08030
fitting depth
fitting depth
Form tools
Tool Part No. NOTE HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
E 5.162.6/01.13

Reamer 169962 For applications or operating conditions not
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
132
E 5.162.6/01.13
133
DR08P-01
60 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Quick response
zz Compact design
SPECIFICATIONS
up to 60 bar
up to 125 bar
up to 230 bar
up to 345 bar
Internal leakage: < 0.5 l/min at 350 bar
The DR08P is a pilot operated, spring-
loaded, spool type pressure reducing
valve. It maintains a constant outlet Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
pressure at port 1 regardless of pressure Viscosity range: min. 7.4 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
variations at the inlet port 2. Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
If the pressure across port 1 rises and cleaner
exceeds the pre-set value, the pilot- MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
stage opens and oil flows from behind instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
the main spool to the tank port 3. The
resulting pressure differential causes the
main spool to move against the reset- Material Valve body: free-cutting steel
spring and allows oil to flow from port 2 Spool: hardened and ground
to port 1. This continues until the system steel
pressure is equal to the spring tension Seals: NBR (standard)
and the valve closes again. FKM (optional, media
If the pressure at port 1 suddenly temperature range
E 5.920.1.1/01.13
rises due to external force the valve -20 °C to +120 °C)

is relieved to tank port 3 (maximum Support rings: PTFE
pressure relief).
Cavity: FC08-3
Any pressure at port 3 is directly additive
to the valve pressure setting. Weight: 0.17 kg
134
DR08P-01 – C – N – 180 V 100
Basic model
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR
V = FKM
050 = 6 to 35 bar
090 = 6 to 62 bar
180 = 6 to 125 bar
330 = 6 to 228 bar
SW 4
hex. G5/32
SW 13 500 = 6 to 345 bar
hex. G1/2 Other pressure ranges on request
Adjustment option
hex. SW7/8"
V = Allen head (HEX 5/32")
torque H = Knob adjustment
25 - 30 Nm F = Factory preset, non adjustable
K = Allen head (HEX 5/32") with protective cap
Pressure value = customer-specific cracking pressure on
request
thick
Standard models
Model Code Part No.
DR08P-01-C-N-090V 3120532
millimeter (inch)
DR08P-01-C-N-330V 3120534
DR08P-01-C-N-500V 3120535

cavity Code Part No. Material Ports Pressure
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Measured at ν = 34 mm²/s,Toil = 46 °C
500
330
180
90
50
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.920.1.1/01.13

135
DR10P-01
100 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Excellent stability across the whole flow range
zz Screen-protected metering orifice enhances safety
zz Optional pressure ranges up to 345 bar
zz Quick response
zz Compact design
SPECIFICATIONS
up to 62 bar
up to 124 bar
up to 228 bar
up to 345 bar
The DR10P is a pilot-operated, spring-
loaded, spool type pressure reducing Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
valve. Viscosity range: min. 7.4 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
If the pressure across port 1 exceeds Filtration: Class 21/19/16 to ISO 4406 or cleaner
the pre-set spring tension, the pilot- MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
stage opens and oil flows from behind instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
resulting pressure differential causes the
main spool to move against the reset- Material Valve body: free-cutting steel
spring and allows oil to flow from port 2 Spool: hardened and ground
to port 1. This continues until the system steel
pressure is equal to the spring tension Seals: NBR (standard)
and the valve closes again. FKM (optional, media
If the pressure at port 1 suddenly temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
E 5.982.1/01.13
rises due to external force the valve

is relieved to tank port 3 (maximum Back-up rings: PTFE
pressure relief).
Cavity: FC10-3
valve pressure setting. Weight: 0.2 kg
136
DR10P-01 – C – N – 180 V 100
Basic model
Pressure reducing valve, UNF
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Pressure range
050 = to 35 bar
090 = to 62 bar
180 = to 124 bar
330 = to 228 bar
500 = to 345 bar
Type of adjustment
torque
40 - 50 Nm H = Knob adjustment
100 = 100 PSI customer-specific cracking pressure, on request
thick
Standard models
Model code Part No.
DR10P-01-C-N-050V 3024308
DR10P-01-C-N-090V 3024309
millimeter (inch)
subject to technical modifications DR10P-01-C-N-180V 3024310
DR10P-01-C-N-330V 3024311
DR10P-01-C-N-500V 3024333
CAVITY
FC10-3
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Measured at
ν = 34 mm²/s, TOil = 46 °C
PSI bar
450.0
6000
400.0
Control pressure
5000 350.0
300.0
4000
250.0
3000 200.0
150.0
2000
100.0
1000
50.0
0 0.0
-100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 l/min
Flow rate
Form tools HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH

NOTE
E 5.982.1/01.13
described, please contact the relevant technical Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Reamer FC10-3 176283 millimeter (inch) department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
137
Spool Type, Pilot Operated
Metric Cartridge Valve – 350 bar
DRM10130P-01
Up to 150 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION GENERAL
SPECIFICATIONS
4 to 60 bar
4 to 125 bar
4 to 230 bar
4 to 350 bar
Pilot flow: < 500 cm³/min at 350 bar
The pressure reducing valve Ambient temperature range: min. -30 °C to max. +100 °C
DRM10130P is a pilot-operated, 3-way Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
spool-type valve. Viscosity range: min. 10 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
If the pressure across port 1 exceeds Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
the pre-set value, the pilot-stage opens cleaner
and oil flows from behind the main spool MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
to the tank port 3. The resulting pressure instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
differential causes the main spool to
move against the reset-spring and
allows oil to flow from port 2 to port 1. Materials: Valve body: free-cutting steel
This continues until the system pressure Spool: hardened and
is equal to the spring tension and the ground steel
valve closes again. Seals: NBR (standard)
If the pressure at port 1 suddenly FKM (optional, media
temperature range
E 5.950.1.1/01.13
rises due to external force the valve -20 °C to +120 °C)

is relieved to tank port 3 (maximum
Coil: steel / polyamide
pressure relief).
Cavity: 10130
pressure setting. Weight: 0.25 kg
138
DRM10130P – 01 – C – N – 350 – V 230
Basic model
Pressure reducing valve, metric
Type
01 = standard
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Combinations with body on request
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
035 = 4 to 35 bar
060 = 4 to 60 bar
125 = 4 to 125 bar
230 = 4 to 230 bar
350 = 4 to 350 bar
Type of adjustment
H = Knob adjustment
hex. SW 4
hex. SW 15.88 No details = no setting, spring relaxed
Pressure value = cracking pressure specified by customer (on request)
hex. SW 27 Standard models

torque value 40-50 Nm
Model code Part No.
DRM10130P-01-C-N-060V 3124335
DRM10130P-01-C-N-230V 3124337
DRM10130P-01-C-N-350V 3124348

R10130-01X-01 395239 Steel, zinc-plated M 22 x 1.5 420 bar
Seal kits
thick thru Code Material Part No.
Seal kit 10130 NBR 3231327
millimeter
subject to technical modifications Seal kit 10130 FKM 3506050
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
10130 Measured at ν = 34 mm²/s, Toil = 46 °C
Control pressure
fitting depth
fitting depth
Flow rate
E 5.950.1.1/01.13
Form tools NOTE HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
139
Pressure Sequence Valve
DZ5E
Up to 20 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz To connect additional consumers once certain pressures are reached
Adjustment
device zz To connect cylinders in sequence circuits
zz As a pressure relief valve if free flow is required in the opposite direction
Valve body
service life
Spring zz Adjustable throughout flow range
zz Optional zinc-plated version available
Spring plate
Piston
Poppet
SPECIFICATIONS
Spring Nominal flow: max. 20 l/min
Pressure setting ranges: 100 / 200 / 250 / 350 bar
Sequence pressure tolerance: ± 5 bar below 100 bar,
above 100 bar ±5%
Cracking pressure from 2→1: 0.5 bar
The pressure sequence valve DZ5E is a Ambient temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. +120 °C
direct-acting, spring-loaded poppet valve Operating fluid: hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
with built-in check valve. In the normal Viscosity range: min. 7.4 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
position, the path from port 1 to port 2 is Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
blocked. cleaner
If the pressure exceeds the pre-set MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
spring tension, the piston and poppet instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
move together in a closed condition
to the upper limit of the poppet. If Installation: No orientation restrictions, preferably
the pressure continues to rise, the horizontal
piston unblocks the path from 1 to 2 Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
(consumer) so that oil can flow. Piston: hardened and
This opens the connection to the ground steel
additional consumers from port 2. In the Seals: FKM (standard)
return direction from port 2 to 1, the main NBR (optional, media
piston is pushed back by the spring into temperature range
E 5.166.5/01.13
its initial position and the poppet opens -30 °C to +100 °C)
against the corresponding spring and Back-up rings: PTFE
allows free flow from port 2 to port 1.
The spring chamber pressure is vented Cavity: 06020
to atmosphere. Weight: 0.22 kg
140
DZ5E – 01X – 200 V 180 Pressure drop, dependent on flow rate
Basic model Measured at n = 36 mm²/s and Toil = 50 °C,
Pressure sequence valve, metric Flow direction 2→1
Type
01 = standard
Pressure drop Dp [bar]

100 = to 100 bar
200 = to 200 bar
250 = to 250 bar
350 = to 350 bar
Type of adjustment
Flow rate Q [l/min]
Sequence pressure setting
180 = 180 bar
Other sequence pressures on request
Sequence pressure, dependent on flow rate
Measured at n = 36 mm²/s and Toil = 50 °C,
Flow direction 1→2
Sequence pressure p [bar]
Standard models
Model code Part No.
DZ5E-01X-100V 710297
DZ5E-01X-200V 710298
DZ5E-01X-250V 710296 Flow rate Q [l/min]
DZ5E-01X-350V 710299 Pressure range ... 100 bar
250
225
200
175
150
125
100
Seal kits
75
Code Part No.
50
SEAL KIT 06020-NBR 3119017
25
SEAL KIT 06020-FKM 3262477
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Flow rate Q [l/min]

Flow rate Q [l/min]

E 5.166.5/01.13
Flow rate Q [l/min]
141
DIMENSIONS
Type of adjustment
SW 6 metric
SW 13 metric
SW 24
torque 20+5 Nm
thick
Millimeter
CAVITY
06020
Form tools
Tool Part No. NOTE
Countersink 170033 The information in this brochure relates to HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
E 5.166.5/01.13

Reamer 1000768 Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
described.
Tap 1002648 Tel: 0 68 97 / 509-01
142
E 5.166.5/01.13
143
DZM06020-01
up to 30 l/min
up to 350 bar
FEATURES
FUNCTION
service life
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure: max. 350 bar, can be set up to 210 bar
Internal leakage: leakage-free
Setting pressure ranges: min. 10 bar - 100 / 210 bar
Sequence pressure tolerance: +/- 5 bar
or cleaner
ground steel
Seals: NBR (standard)
The pressure sequence valve FKM (optional, media
DZM06020 is a direct-acting, spring-
temperature range
E 5.950.2.1/01.13
loaded poppet valve. If the hydraulic

pressure exceeds the pre-set spring -20 °C to +120 °C)
tension, the valve opens and the Back-up rings: PTFE
oil flows to port 2 (consumer). If the Cavity: 06020
consumer reaches the pre-set pressure,
the valve remains open. Weight: 0.18 kg
144
DZM 06020 – 01 – C – N – 100 V
Basic model
Pressure sequence valve, metric
Cavity
Type
01 = standard
Body and ports

C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)

100 = up to 100 bar
SW6 (metric) 210 = up to 210 bar
SW13 (metric)
Type of adjustment
Standard models
hex SW 24 Model code Part No.
torque
DZM06020-01-C-N-100V 3361011
35+5 Nm (Steel)
30+5 Nm (Aluminium) DZM06020-01-C-N-210V 3376262

R06020-01X-01 275266 Steel, zinc-plated G3/8 max. 420 bar
thru
thick
Seal kits
millimeter
subject to technical modifications SEAL KIT 06020-FKM FKM 3262477
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
Flow direction 1 → 2 measured at: 33 mm²/s, Toil = 46 °C
06020
Pressure range... 210 bar
fitting depth
Flow rate
Q [l/min]
Pressure range... 100 bar
Flow rate
Q [l/min]
Form tools
Tool Part No.
NOTE
E 5.950.2.1/01.13
Countersink 170033 The information in this brochure relates to HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
Reamer 1000768 the operating conditions and applications Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
described. D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tap 1002648 For applications or operating conditions Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
145
with Pilot Drain
DZM12131PE
Up to 200 l/min
Up to 350 bar
Function FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure setting ranges: 35 bar / 60 bar / 125 bar / 230 bar / 350 bar
Sequence pressure tolerance: +/- 5 bar
cleaner
The pressure sequence valve Installation: No orientation restrictions
DZM12131PE is a pilot-operated, spring-
Materials: Valve body: steel
loaded spool valve with a pilot drain at port
4. This means that pressures across port 3 Spool: hardened and ground steel
have no influence on the pressure setting. Seals: NBR (standard)
If the pressure at port 1 exceeds the pre- FKM (optional, media
set spring tension, the pilot stage opens temperature range
E 5.950.3.1/01.13
and oil flows from behind the main piston -20 °C to +120 °C)
to tank port 4. The resulting pressure Back-up rings: PTFE
differential causes the main piston to move
against the reset spring and allows oil to Cavity: 12131
flow from port 2 to port 3 or vice versa. Weight: 0.3 kg
146
DZM 12131 PE – 01 – C – N – 230 V 060 Measured at Toil = 46 °C, n = 34 mm²/s
Basic model
Pressure sequence valve, 35 bar
metric
Cavity
Differential pressure 1 → 4 [bar]

Function
PE = pilot-operated
with pilot drain
Type
01 = standard
Body and ports
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
Flow 2 → 3 [l/min]
V = FKM (optional)
Pressure range
035 = up to 35 bar 230 bar
060 = up to 60 bar
125 = up to 125 bar

230 = up to 230 bar
350 = up to 350 bar
Type of adjustment
060 = specific cracking pressure
Other cracking pressures on request
Flow 2 → 3 [l/min]
350 bar
Standard models
Model code Part No.
DZM12131PE-01-C-N-035V019 3194780
DZM12131PE-01-C-N-230V060 3363310
DZM12131PE-01-C-N-230V175 3309451
DZM12131PE-01-C-N-230V 3586934
*Standard in-line bodies Flow 2 → 3 [l/min]

R12131-01X-01 3195406 steel 3/4, 3/8 420 bar
Other bodies on request
Seal kits
Code Part No.
On request
E 5.950.3.1/01.13
147
DIMENSIONS CAVITY
12131
+1 fitting depth
+1 fitting depth
+1 fitting depth
Form tools
Tool Part No.
Countersink 178364
Reamer In preparation
Tap In preparation
Millimeter Millimeter
Subject to technical modifications.
Plug gauge In preparation Subject to technical modifications.
NOTE
E 5.950.3.1/01.13

For applications and operating conditions D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
148
E 5.950.3.1/01.13
149
Overpressure Protection Valve
DSR5E
Up to 15 l/min
Up to 500 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz To shut off consumers when certain pressures are reached
service life
zz Adjustable up to 350 bar
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure: max. 500 bar, can be set up to 350 bar
Pressure setting ranges: 100 / 250 / 350 bar
Cut-out pressure tolerance: +/- 5 bar
Internal leakage: Leakage-free
cleaner
horizontal
ground steel
NBR (optional, media
The overpressure protection valve DSR5E temperature range
E 5.169.8.1/01.13
is a direct-acting, spring-loaded poppet -30 °C to +100 °C)

valve. When the pressure rises above the Back-up rings: PTFE
pre-set spring tension, the valve closes Cavity: 06020
and the oil flow to the consumer port 2 is
Weight: 0.38 kg
blocked.
150
DSR5 E – 01X / 250 V 110
Basic model
Overpressure protection valve, metric
Body and ports
E = cartridge
Type
01 = standard
100 = 0 to 100 bar
250 = 0 to 250 bar
350 = 0 to 350 bar
Type of adjustment
V = adjustable
Pre-set cut-out pressure
110 = 110 bar
int. hex. Other settings on request
SW 4 metric
SW 13 metric
Standard models
Model code Part No.
DSR5E-010/100V 710280
DSR5E-010/250V 710281
DSR5E-010/350V 710282
SW 30 metric Other models on request
torque 25+5 Nm

Seal kits
Code Part No.
Millimeter
SEAL KIT 06020-NBR 3119017
Subject to technical modifications SEAL KIT 06020-FKM 3262477
CAVITY ∆p-Q GRAPH

Pressure drop ∆p [bar]
fitting depth
Flow rate Q [l/min]
Form tools
Tool Part No.
Countersink 170033
E 5.169.8.1/01.13

department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
151
DLHSD DLHSR Accumulator Charging Valve
Spool Type
Pilot-Operated – 350 bar
DLHSD (Manifold Mounting)
DLHSR (Inline Mounting)
Up to 30 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FEATURES
FUNCTION zz Re-charging of the accumulator is dependent on the switch-on pressure, resulting
in full accumulator capacity for emergency function in pump intermittent duty
mode.
zz Switch-off pressures within the pressure ranges 100, 250 and 350 bar freely
adjustable
zz Very low discharge of the accumulator due to pilot stage with minimal leakage
zz Compact design enables space-saving installation in control blocks and power
units
zz Optimal system adaptation due to valves with different, fixed switching pressure
differentials (12, 16, 21%),
zz Built-in check valve means no additional installation cost
zz Low ∆p characteristics
zz Simple commissioning by setting the switch-off pressure
SPECIFICATIONS
max. 10 bar across tank port T
The accumulator charging valve DLHS Nominal flow: max. 30 l/min
D / R is a pilot-operated, spring-loaded
spool valve mounted in a manifold or Media operating temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. +100 °C
inline housing. Its function is to control Ambient temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. +100 °C
the charging of the accumulator within a Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
pre-set switching range. A pilot stage with
defined hysteresis, a main piston and a Viscosity range: min. 8 mm²/s to max. 320 mm²/s
check valve are integrated into the circuit. Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
The accumulator is charged at port A from cleaner
pump port P across the check valve. If the Installation: No orientation restrictions
pressure in the accumulator exceeds the Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
pre-set value of the pilot stage, the main
piston opens and the pump is relieved to
ground steel
tank. If the pressure in the accumulator
decreases by the value of the switching Seals: FKM (standard)
pressure differential, the pilot stage closes Back-up rings: PTFE
again and the accumulator is re-charged. Weight: DLHSD: 2.1 kg
Caution: DLHSR: 1.5 kg
–– Switching pressures are affected by the Line length: From port A to the accumulator:
pressure at port T! max. 200 mm; T (tank) or L (drain) lines
E 5.190.1.0/10.11
–– Select the largest possible switching to the tank must be sized for minimal
pressure differential! back-pressure
–– Ensure that switch-off pressure + Switching pressure differential: 12%, 16%, 21%
accumulator size to pump flow achieves (switching pressures are affected by the
a charging time of >1s! pressure across port T)
152
Measured at:
DLHSR – 01 X – 21 / 250 n = 46 mm²/s, Toil = 40 °C
Accumulator charging valve - hydraulic DLHSD-01X-12/100 P→B
Controlled by switching pressure differential
DLHSD = manifold housing
DLHSR = inline housing
Type
01 = standard (with check valve)
Series
∆p [bar]
Switching pressure differential
12 = minus 12% of switch-off press. = switch-on pressure
Max. switch-off pressure
100 = 30 to 100 bar
250 = 60 to 250 bar Q [l/min]
350 = 100 to 350 bar
DLHSD-01X-12/100 P→T
Standard models
Model code Part No.
DLHSD-01X-12/100 561894
DLHSD-01X-12/250 558260
DLHSD-01X-16/100 3345531
∆p [bar]
DLHSD-01X-16/250 3034027
DLHSD-01X-21/100 3107800
DLHSD-01X-21/250 562729
DLHSD-01X-21/350 3228872
DLHSR-01X-12/100 3192646
DLHSR-01X-12/250 3526092
DLHSR-01X-12/350 3227535
DLHSR-01X-16/100 3069194 Q [l/min]
DLHSR-01X-16/250 396811
DLHSR-01X-12/350 P→A
DLHSR-01X-16/350 3195654
DLHSR-01X-21/100 561385
DLHSR-01X-21/250 3126516
∆p [bar]
Q [l/min]
DLHSR-01X-12/350 P→T
∆p [bar]
E 5.190.1.0/10.11
Q [l/min]
153
DIMENSIONS DIMENSIONS
DLHSD DLHSR
thru
SW 8 SW 2.5
max.
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM EXAMPLE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM EXAMPLE

DLHSD DLHSR
Consumer
Consumer
Millimeter (Inch)
Interface A6 DIN 24340

and CETOP R 35 H-4.2-4-03
NOTE
E 5.190.1.0/10.11

Millimeter (Inch)
Subject to technical modifications. Email: flutec@hydac.com
154
E 5.190.1.0/10.11
155
Pressure Compensator,
Upstream, Spool Type,
Direct-Acting
Normally Open
Up to 10 l/min
Up to 250 bar DW05830V
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Used to control the flow rate of consumers independently of the load pressure
zz Excellent stability throughout pressure and flow range
service life
zz Reliable operation due to integral stroke limitation
SPECIFICATIONS
The pressure compensator DW05830V
is a normally open, direct-acting, spring- Nominal flow: max. 10 l/min
loaded flow control valve which operates Media operating temperature range: min. -30 °C to max. +100 °C
smoothly. Ambient temperature range: min. -30 °C to max. +100 °C
By maintaining a constant differential Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
pressure between inlet and outlet of an Viscosity range: min. 10 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
orifice (ports 1 and 3 of the pressure
compensator), a constant flow rate is
cleaner
maintained (independently of the load
pressure). As soon as the pressure MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
differential exceeds the value pre-set by instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
the spring force, the control piston reduces Installation: No orientation restrictions
an orifice cross-section. Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
The pressure compensator can, for Closing element:hardened and
example, be used when raising variable ground steel
loads at the same velocity. Together with Seals: NBR (standard)
a proportional flow control valve it can FKM (optional, media
be used as a 2-way proportional flow temperature range
E 5.195.2/01.13
regulator. -20 °C to +120 °C)

Back-up rings: PTFE
In a load sensing system in which several
consumers are operated, the speed of Cavity: 05830
each individual circuit can be controlled. Weight: 0.065 kg
156
DIMENSIONS hex. SW 32
Model code
torque 25+5 Nm
DW 05830 V – 21 – C – N – 10
Basic model
Pressure compensator
Cavity
Function symbol
V = upstream pressure compensator
Type
21 = without damping, without venting
22 = with damping, without venting
Body and ports

C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Control pressure differential

10 = 10 bar differential pressure
Standard models
Model code Part No.
DW05830V-21-C-N-05 3152308
DW05830V-21-C-N-10 3031531
millimeter Other models on request
Line bodies and seal kits on request
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
05830
10
8
Flow [l/min] from 2→1
fitting depth
fitting depth
0
0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5
Orifice diameter [mm]
Form tools
E 5.195.2/01.13
Countersink In preparation For applications or operating conditions not
Reamer In preparation millimeter
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
157
Bypass Spool Type,
Direct-Acting, Normally Closed
Up to 40 l/min DWM08130Z
Up to 250 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Used as a load sensing valve to control the flow rate of consumers independently
of the pressure
zz Versions available for different control pressure differentials
service life
zz Internal venting of the load sensing line when valve is open
SPECIFICATIONS
The pressure compensator DWM08130Z Nominal flow: max. 40 l/min
is a normally closed, direct-acting, Media operating temperature range: min. -30 °C to max. +100 °C
spring-loaded flow control valve which Ambient temperature range: min. -30 °C to max. +100 °C
operates smoothly.
By maintaining a constant differential Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
between inlet and outlet pressure of an Viscosity range: min. 10 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
orifice (ports 1 and 3 of the pressure Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
maintained (independently of the load cleaner
pressure). As soon as the pressure MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
differential exceeds the value pre-set by instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
the spring force, the control piston opens Installation: No orientation restrictions
an orifice cross-section and diverts the
surplus flow which is not required by the Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
consumer, through a third port. Closing element: hardened and
The pressure compensator can, for ground steel
example, be used when raising variable Seals: NBR (standard)
loads at the same velocity. Together with FKM (optional, media
a proportional flow control valve it can
E 5.196.2/01.13
regulator. In load sensing circuits with a -20 °C to +120 °C)

fixed displacement pump, if there is no Back-up rings: PTFE
demand from the consumer, the valve Cavity: Metric 08130
allows the oil to flow back to tank and
therefore vents the whole system. Weight: 0.15 kg
158
DWM 08130 Z – 32 – C – N – 10
hex. SW 24 Basic model
torque 25+5 Nm
Pressure compensator
Cavity to ISO
Function symbol
Z = pressure compensator, normally closed
Type
21 = without damping, without venting from 3 → 2
22 = with damping, without venting from 3 → 2
31 = without damping, with venting from 3 → 2
32 = with damping, with venting from 3 → 2
Body and ports

C = cartridge only
Versions with bodies on request
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)

Standard models
Model code Part No.
DWM08130Z-21-C-N-15 3036651
DWM08130Z-22-C-N-15 3036882
DWM08130Z-31-C-N-15 555147
DWM08130Z-32-C-N-15 3036877

millimeter R08130-01X-01 394488 Steel, zinc-plated G 3/8 420 bar
R08130-01X-02 394378 Steel, zinc-plated M14 x 1.5 420 bar
Seal kits
CAVITY Code Material Part No.
Metric 08130 Seal kit 08120 NBR 3164596
Seal kit 08120 FKM 3183746
PERFORMANCE
DWM08130Z-..-C-N-15
50
fitting depth
fitting depth
40
Q [l/min] 1→2
30
20
10
0
1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5

E 5.196.2/01.13
Countersink (shank MK3) 169265 For applications or operating conditions not
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Reamer (shank MK2) 163639 millimeter
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
159
Bypass Spool Type,
Direct-Acting, Normally Closed
Up to 90 l/min
DWM12130Z
Up to 250 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Used as a load sensing valve to control the flow rate of consumers independently of
the pressure
zz Versions available for two different control pressure differentials
zz All surfaces zinc-plated and corrosion-proof
service life
zz Internal venting of the load sensing line
SPECIFICATIONS
The pressure compensator DWM12130Z Nominal flow: max. 90 l/min
is a normally closed, direct-acting, spring-
loaded flow control valve.
By maintaining a constant differential Media operating temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. +120 °C
between inlet and outlet pressure of an Ambient temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. +120 °C
orifice (ports 1 and 3 of the pressure Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
compensator), a constant flow rate is Viscosity range: min. 10 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
maintained (independently of the load Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
pressure). As soon as the pressure cleaner
differential exceeds the value pre-set by
the spring force, the control piston opens
an orifice cross-section and diverts the
surplus flow which is not required at the Installation: No orientation restrictions
consumer, through a third port. Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
The pressure compensator can, for Piston: hardened and
example, be used when raising variable ground steel
loads at the same velocity. Together with Seals: FKM (standard)
a proportional flow control valve it can NBR (optional, media
regulator. In load sensing circuits with a
E 5.191.2/01.13
-30 °C to +100 °C)

fixed displacement pump, if there is no Back-up rings: PTFE
demand from the consumer, the valve
Cavity: 12130
allows the oil to flow back to tank and
therefore vents the whole system. Weight: 0.25 kg
160
DIMENSIONS Model code
DWM 12130 Z – 0 – C – V – 06
Basic model
hex. SW 32 Pressure compensator
torque 70+10Nm Cavity to ISO
Function symbol
Z = normally closed pressure compensator
Type
31 = without damping, with venting from 3 to 2
32 = with damping, with venting from 3 to 2
Body and ports
C = cartridge only
Seals
V = FKM (standard)
N = NBR
Standard models
Model code Mat.-Nr.
DWM12130Z-32-C-V-15 562816
DWM12130Z-22-C-V-15 3308547
DWM12130Z-31-C-V-06 3396757

R12130 3305489 Steel, zinc-plated G 3/4 420 bar
Seal kits
Seal kit 12130 NBR 3506022
Seal kit 12130 FKM 3506021
PERFORMANCE
Millimeter
DWM12130Z-...-C-V-06
CAVITY
Q [l/min] 1→2
Metric 12130
fitting depth

fitting depth
DWM12130Z-...-C-V-15
Q [l/min] 1→2

E 5.191.2/01.13
Countersink In preparation For applications or operating conditions not
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Reamer In preparation Millimeter
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
161
Pressure Compensator,
Downstream, Spool Type,
Direct-Acting, Normally Open
Up to 130 l/min
DWM12130Y
Up to 250 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Used to control the flow rate of consumers independently of the load pressure
zz Versions for two different control pressure differentials and for flow rates up to
max. 130 l/min
service life
SPECIFICATIONS
The pressure compensator DWM12130Y Ambient temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. +120 °C
is a normally open, direct-acting, spring- Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
loaded flow control valve. Viscosity range: min. 10 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
By maintaining a constant differential Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
between inlet and outlet pressure of an cleaner
orifice (ports 1 and 3 of the pressure
maintained (independently of the load
pressure). As soon as the pressure Installation: No orientation restrictions
differential exceeds the value pre-set by Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
the spring force, the control piston reduces Piston: hardened and
an orifice cross-section. The pressure ground steel
compensator can, for example, be used Seals: FKM
when lowering variable loads at the same NBR (optional, media
velocity. Together with a proportional flow temperature range
control valve it can be used as a 2-way
E 5.192.3/01.13
-30 °C to +100 °C
proportional flow regulator. Back-up rings: PTFE
In a load sensing system in which several
Cavity: Metric 12130
consumers are operated, the speed of
each individual circuit can be controlled. Weight: 0.35 kg
162
DWM 12130 Y – 21 – C – V – 15
hex. SW 32 Basic model
torque 70+10 NM Pressure compensator
Cavity to ISO
Function symbol
Y = downstream pressure compensator
Type
Body and ports
C = cartridge only
Seals
V = FKM (standard)
N = NBR
15 = 15 bar differential pressure, up to 90 l/min
22 = 22 bar differential pressure, up to 130 l/min
Standard models
Model code Part No.
DWM12130Y-21-C-V-15 554334
DWM12130Y-21-C-V-22 557576

R12130 3305489 Steel, zinc-plated G 3/4 420 bar
Seal kits
Seal kit 12130 NBR 3506022
Seal kit 12130 FKM 3506021
PERFORMANCE
Millimeter
Subject to technical modifications DWM12130Y-...-C-V-15
CAVITY
Metric 12130
Q [l/min] from 3→2
fitting depth
fitting depth
DWM12130Y-...-C-V-22
Q [l/min] from 3 to 2

E 5.192.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Reamer (shank MK2) 175021 Millimeter
163
Flow Divider / Combiner
ST10-01
45 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz External surfaces corrosion-proof
zz Excellent dividing and combining accuracy
zz Wide flow range down to 25% of nominal flow rating
zz Low pressure drop throughout flow range
zz Can be used for differential locks in drive applications
zz Synchronizing flow in both operating modes
zz Compact design
SPECIFICATIONS
Inlet flow: 7.6 l/min Code 11
15.2 l/min Code 22
22.8 l/min Code 33
30.4 l/min Code 44
37.8 l/min Code 55
45.6 l/min Code 66
Accuracy: See performance graphs
or cleaner
Note: MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
Port 1 is not used instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
The ST10 flow divider is a spring-loaded Spool: hardened and ground
pressure compensated spool type valve. steel
It divides a flow in two and keeps both Seals: NBR (standard)
flows constant. The division is made FKM (optional, media
according to the specified ratio - from temperature range
port 3 to ports 2 and 4. -20 °C to +120 °C)
E 5.967.2/01.13
As a flow combiner it combines two Back-up rings: PTFE

partial flows together – from ports 2 and
Cavity: FC10-4 (port 1 not used)
4 to port 3.
Port 1 is not used. Weight: 0.122 kg
164
ST10-01 – C – N – 33
Basic model
Flow divider / Combiner, UNF
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Flow rate code & flow range
Code Ratio Ratio Max. Balance flow rate
Port 2 Port 4 inlet Combining Dividing
[%] [%] flow [l/min] [l/min]
[l/min] 2-4 2-4
at 100 bar at 100 bar
11 50 50 7.6 0.7 0.7
22 50 50 15.2 1.3 1.1
33 50 50 22.8 2.3 2.1
44 50 50 30.4 2.6 2.8
55 50 50 37.8 3 3.4
66 50 50 45.6 5.2 3.1
hex. 1"
torque 50 - 110 Nm Standard models
Model code Part No.
ST10-01-C-N-11 562884
ST10-01-C-N-22 562885
ST10-01-C-N-33 562886
ST10-01-C-N-44 562887
ST10-01-C-N-55 562888
ST10-01-C-N-66 562889

Seal kits
hex. 10"
torque 60 Nm Code Material Part No.
millimeter (inch)
FH104-N SEAL KIT NBR 3051912
FH104-V SEAL KIT FKM 3071275
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
Measured at n = 34 mm²/s TOil = 46 °C
FC10-4
psi bar
11 22 33 44 55 66
250
16
Pressure drop
200
12
150
8
100
4
50
0 0
0 20 40 60 l/min
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 US gpm
Flow rate at port 3

%
11 , 22 , 33
10 44
55
66
5
Accuracy
-5
-10
0 20 40 60 80 100 %
Flow rate

NOTE
E 5.967.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
165
Flow Divider / Combiner
ST16-01
150 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Can be used for differential locks in drive applications
zz Synchronizing flow in both operating modes
zz Compact design
SPECIFICATIONS
Inlet flow: max. 90 l/min Code 1212
max. 115 l/min Code 1515
max. 150 l/min Code 2020
Accuracy: See performance graph
or cleaner
* Note:
Port 1 is MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
not used instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
The ST16 flow divider is a pressure Spool: hardened and ground
compensated spring-loaded spool type steel
valve. It divides a flow in two and keeps Seals: NBR (standard)
both flows constant. The division is FKM (optional, media
made according to the specified ratio - temperature range
E 5.967.1.1/01.13
from port 3 to ports 2 and 4. -20 °C to +120 °C)

As a flow combiner it combines two Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC16-4 (port 1 not used)
4 to port 3.
Port 1 is not used. Weight: 0.45 kg
166
ST16-01 – C – N – 1212
Basic model
Flow divider / Combiner, UNF
Body and Ports*

C = cartridge only
Versions with line bodies on request
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Flow rate code & flow range

Code Ratio Ratio Max. inlet Balance flow
Port 2 Port 4 flow rate
[%] [%] [l/min] [l/min]
1212 50 50 90 6.7
1515 50 50 115 8.3
SW 1 1/2"
Torque value 150±20 Nm (110±15 ft-lbs) 2020 50 50 150 9.8
Standard models
Model code Part No.
ST16-01-C-N-1212 3012922
ST16-01-C-N-1515 3115421
ST16-01-C-N-2020 3012973

Code Part No. Materials: Ports Pressure
FH164-SB8 3032902 Steel, zinc-plated G1 420 bar
thick
Seal kits
millimeter (inch) FS164-V SEAL KIT FKM 3181675
Port 1 is not required and should be closed with threaded plug
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
FC16-4 Measured at ν = 34 mm²/s, Toil = 46 °C
Pressure drop
Flow rate at port 3

Accuracy
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.967.1.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
subject to technical modifications Subject to technical modifications. E-Mail: flutec@hydac.com
167
Flow Divider /Combiner
Spool Type
ST12230
Up to 60 bar
Up to 350 l/min
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Main use is as a differential lock in drive applications or for the synchronisation of
two cylinders
zz Synchronising flow in both operating modes
service life
control blocks
zz Various flow rates up to max. 60 l/min input flow rate
SPECIFICATIONS
Inlet flow: 20 l/min Model code 20
60 l/min Model code 60
Accuracy: See performance curve
Ambient temperature range: min. -30 °C bis max. +100 °C
Filtration: Class 21/19/16 to ISO 4406 or cleaner
Material: Valve body: high tensile steel
The ST12230-01 flow divider is a spring- ground steel
loaded pressure-compensated spool Seals: NBR (standard)
type valve. It divides a flow in two and FKM (optional, media
keeps both flows constant. The division temperature range
is made according to the specified ratio - -20 °C to +120 °C)
E 5.122.1/01.13
from port 2 to ports 1 and 3. Back-up rings: PTFE

As a flow combiner it combines two
Cavity: 12230 metric
1 to port 2. Weight: 0.27 kg
168
ST12230 – 01 X – 20
Basic model
Flow divider, metric
Type
01 = standard
04 = zinc-plated
Series
Flow rate range

20 = up to 20 l/min
60 = up to 60 l/min
SW 32
torque 70+5 Nm Code Ratio Ratio Max. inlet Synchronization
Port 1 Port 3 flow flow rate
thick [%] [%] [l/min] [l/min]
20 50 50 20 0.5
60 50 50 60 2.2
Standard models
Model code Part No.
thro
ST12230 - 01 X - -20 560637
ugh
ST12230 - 04 X - -60 560638

gh R12230-01X-01 560705 Steel G1/2, G3/4
r ou
th
Seal kits
Millimeter
Seal kit ST12230 FKM 3419571
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
12230 Measured at ν = 34 mm²/s
T Oil = 46 °C
∆p [bar]
Pressure drop
fitting depth
fitting depth
Q [l/min]
Flow rate
[%]
Accuracy
pre-drill
[%]
Nominal flow rate

E 5.122.1/01.13
NOTE
Countersink 175019 For applications or operating conditions not Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Reamer 175021 Millimeter
169
Needle Valve
SD08-01
60 l/min
420 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz External surfaces zinc-plated and corrosion proof
zz Complete shut-off function
SPECIFICATIONS
The SD08 is a flow restrictor valve which Materials: Valve body: free-cutting steel
controls the flow rate by means of an Control spindle: hardened and
adjustable cross section. The flow rate ground steel
is therefore dependent on the pressure Seals: NBR (standard)
differential and viscosity. Starting with FKM (optional, media
the throttle spindle in the fully closed
E 5.928.2/01.13
temperature range
position, the flow rate increases in -20 °C to +120 °C)
accordance with the appropriate curve
Cavity: FC08-2
as the control knob is turned. The flow is
controlled in both directions. Weight: 0.11 kg
170
SD08-01 C – N – V
Basic model
Needle valve UNF
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR
V = FKM
Type of adjustment
H = knob adjustment
hex. 7/8" torque 25+5 Nm
hex. 5/32"
hex. 9/16"
Standard models
Model code Part No.
SD08-01-C-N-V 3009792
SD08-01-C-V-H 3033838

Model code Part No. Material Ports Pressure
thick Seal kits

millimeter (inch)
subject to technical modifications FS102-V SEAL KIT FKM 3051757
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
US gpm
l/min
Flow rate

NOTE
E 5.928.2/01.13
171
Needle Valve
SD10-01
160 l/min
420 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz For regulating the speed of loads
zz Flow adjustable from full flow to complete shut-off
zz Compact design
SPECIFICATIONS
The SD10 is a flow control valve which
controls the flow rate by adjusting the
cross section. The flow rate is therefore Installation: No orientation restrictions
dependent on the pressure differential Materials: Valve body: free-cutting steel
and viscosity. Starting with the throttle Control spindle: hardened and
spindle in the fully closed position, the ground steel
flow rate increases in accordance with Seals: NBR (standard)
the appropriate curve as the control FKM (optional, media
knob is turned. The flow is controlled in
E 5.989.1/01.13
temperature range
both directions. -20 °C to +120 °C)
Control knob option: The coloured rings
Cavity: FC10-2
on the top of the control knob enable
accurate repeat setting. Weight: 0.15 kg
172
SD10-01 C – N – V
Basic model
Needle valve UNF
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Type of adjustment
V = Allen head (int. hex. 5/32")
H = knob adjustment
hex. 1"
torque 40 - 50 Nm
(29.5 - 37 ft-lbs)
Standard models
Model code Part No.
SD10-01-C-N-V 3017145
SD10-01-C-N-H 3054472

thick FH102-SB4 3037594 Steel, zinc-plated G1/2 420 bar
Seal kits
millimeter
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate
Form tools Note HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH

E 5.989.1/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Reamer FC10-2 165706 millimeter
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
173
Needle Valve
Direct-Acting
DV5E
Up to 30 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz For fine adjustment and shut-off of the flow
zz For system-related damping in hydraulic circuits
zz High level of safety provided by patented spindle safety mechanism
zz A set-screw locks the setting
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
The DV5E is a flow control valve which instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
controls the flow rate by adjusting the Installation: No orientation restrictions, preferably
cross section. The flow rate is dependent horizontal
on the pressure differential and the Materials: Valve body: steel
viscosity.
Piston: steel
Starting with the control spindle in the fully
closed position, the flow rate increases Seals: FKM (standard)
according to the relevant curve as the NBR (optional, media
number of turns of the control knob is temperature range
increased. -30 °C to +80 °C)
E 5.113.5/01.13
The flow is controlled in both directions. Back-up rings: PTFE

The scale and coloured rings on the top of Cavity: 06020
the control knob enable accurate repeat
setting. Weight: 0.11 kg
174
DV5E – 01 X Opening characteristics
Basic model
Needle valve, metric
Type
01 = standard (phosphated, seals FKM)
02 = zinc-plated, seals NBR
04 = zinc-plated, seals FKM
11 = fine throttle spindle (phosphated, seals FKM)
Dp [bar]
Series
Throttle opening in turns

Dp = 10 bar = constant
Standard models
Model code Part No. Pressure drop, dependent on flow rate
DV5E-01X 710300
DV5E-01X
DV5E-02X 3139707 Measured at n = 36 mm²/s
DV5E-04X 3094196 Toil = 45 °C Throttle opening in turns
DV5E-11X 710302

R06020-01X-01 275266 Steel, zinc- G3/8 350 bar
plated
Pressure [bar]
R06020-10X-01 276842 Steel, zinc- G3/8 350 bar

plated
Seal kits
Code Part No.
SEAL KIT 06020-NBR 3119017
SEAL KIT 06020-FKM 3262477
Flow rate [l/min]

E 5.113.5/01.13
175
DIMENSIONS CAVITY
06020
hex. SW24
torque
30+5Nm
Form tools
Tool Part No.
Countersink 170033
Reamer 1000768
Tap 1002648
Millimeter
Subject to technical modifications Plug gauge 168840 Millimeter

E 5.113.5/01.13
The information in this brochure relates to the Justus-von-Liebig-Str.

department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
176
E 5.113.5/01.13
177
Needle Valve
Direct-Acting
Cartridge – 350 bar
DVE 08920 to 16920
Up to 160 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zzFor regulating the speed of loads
zzFor fine adjustment and shut-off of the flow
zzFor system-related damping in hydraulic circuits
zzHigh level of safety provided by patented spindle safety mechanism
zzA set-screw locks the setting
zzChoice of four sizes for optimum adaptability to the system
zzOptional zinc-plated version available
Control knob zzOptional version with UNF thread available
Set-screw
Control spindle
Valve body
SPECIFICATIONS
Throttle Nominal flow: DVE 08920 max. 50 l/min
opening DVE 10920 max. 80 l/min
DVE 12920 max. 160 l/min
DVE 16920 max. 160 l/min
Media operating temperature range: -20 °C to +80 °C
Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to to ISO 4406
or cleaner
horizontal
The DVE is a flow control valve which
controls the flow rate by adjusting the Seals: FKM (standard)
cross section. It is available in four NBR (optional, media
sizes. The flow rate is dependent on the temperature range
pressure differential and the viscosity. -30 °C to +80 °C)
Starting with the throttle spindle in the fully Back-up rings: PTFE
closed position, the flow rate increases Cavity: 08920, 10920, 12920, 16920
in accordance with the appropriate curve
E 5.115.6/01.13
as the control knob is turned. The flow is Weight: DVE 08920 = 0.15 kg
controlled in both directions. The scale and DVE 10920 = 0.25 kg
coloured rings on the top of the control DVE 12920 = 0.50 kg
knob enable accurate repeat setting. DVE 16920 = 0.70 kg
178
Pressure drop, dependent on flow rate
DVE 08920 – 01 – C – V
Pressure differential ∆p measured against flow rate Q,
Basic model measured at constant flow setting, ν = 34 mm²/s and Toil = 46 °C
Needle valve, metric (UNF optional)
Cavity
08920, 10920, 12920, 16920 DVE08920
Type flow setting in turns
11 = zinc-plated, stainless steel spindle 0.3 mm
12 = valve body nickel-plated, fine throttle spindle,
protective dome nut – adjustment with tool
Other types on request
∆p [bar]
Body and ports
C = cartridge only
Seals
V = FKM (standard)
N = NBR
Standard models Q [l/min]

Model code Part No.
DVE08920-01-C-V 705426
DVE10920
DVE10920-01-C-V 705430 flow setting in turns
DVE12920-01-C-V 705434
DVE16920-01-C-V 705438
Other models with metric or UNF thread on request

∆p [bar]
On request
Seal kits
Code Part No.
SEAL KIT 08FKM DV/P DRV/P DVE RVP SRVR/P 555090
SEAL KIT 12FKM DV/P DRV/P DVE RVP SRVR/P 555092 Q [l/min]
DVE12920
flow setting in turns
∆p [bar]
Q [l/min]
DVE16920
∆p [bar]
E 5.115.6/01.13
Q [l/min]
179
DIMENSIONS
Type:
SW1 metric
SW2 metric
millimeter
A B C D E F G H SW SW1 SW2 X Torque

26 47 40 12 5 14 29 G½A 27 4 13 44 30 + 5
30 64 54 12.5 8 16 38 G½A 27 5 17 58 40 + 5
40 65 54 13.5 9.5 19 38 G¾A 32 6 19 64 50 + 5
43.5 65 55 17.5 11 27 38 G1A 41 6 19 64.5 75 + 5
E 5.115.6/01.13
180
CAVITY
08920 fitting depth 12920
fitting depth
10920 16920
fitting depth
fitting depth
millimeter millimeter
subject to technical modifications subject to technical modifications
Form tools
Tool Cavity / Part No.
08920 10920 12920 16920
Countersink 170854 170863 170862 170861
E 5.115.6/01.13
Forming tool 169169 169169 170844 170843 The information in this brochure relates to the Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
Reamer 1014205 1000772 1000778 1014208 operating conditions and applications described. D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tap 1002667 1002667 1002663 1002661 described, please contact the relevant technical Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
Plug gauge 173839 173840 173841 – Subject to technical modifications. E-Mail: flutec@hydac.com
181
Needle Valve
Direct-Acting
SD10120
Up to 80 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz For system-related damping in hydraulic circuits
service life
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
horizontal
The SD10120 is a flow control valve which Materials: Valve body: steel
controls the flow rate by adjusting the
Piston: steel
cross section. The flow rate depends on
the pressure differential and the viscosity. Seals: FKM (standard)
Starting with the throttle spindle in the fully NBR (optional, media
closed position, the flow rate increases temperature range
in accordance with the appropriate curve -30 °C to +100 °C)
E 5.114.5/01.13
as the control knob is turned. The flow is Back-up rings: PTFE

controlled in both directions. The scale and Cavity: 10120
coloured rings on the top of the control
knob enable accurate repeat setting. Weight: 0.17 kg
182
SD10120 - 01 X
Opening characteristics
Basic model
Needle valve, metric
Type
01 = standard (phosphated, seals FKM and PTFE)
Series
Dp [bar]
Throttle opening in turns
Dp = 10 bar = constant
Standard models
Model code Part No.
Pressure drop,
SD10120-01X 710390 dependent on flow rate
TÖl = 45 °C Throttle opening in turns

Seal kits
Code Part No.
Dp [bar]
SEAL KIT 10120-NBR 3382346

SEAL KIT 10120-FKM 3178281
Q [l/min] E 5.114.5/01.13
183
DIMENSIONS CAVITY
10120
hex. SW27
torque
30+5Nm
Form tools
Tool Part No.
Countersink 170418
Reamer 1014206
Tap 1002627
millimeter (inch)
Plug gauge 169394 millimeter (inch)

E 5.114.5/01.13

department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
184
E 5.114.5/01.13
185
Needle Valves
with and without
Reverse Flow Check
Direct-Acting
Inline Mounted - 350 bar
Up to 180 l/min
Up to 350 bar DV, DRV 06 to 16
FUNCTION FEATURES
DV zz For system-related damping in hydraulic circuits
zz To release pressure from accumulator systems
zz As an emergency drain for lowering a load without a dead man's circuit
zz A set-screw locks the setting by allen screw
zz Choice of five sizes ensures best possible adaptability to the system
DRV
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal flow: DV, DRV-06 max. 20 l/min
DV, DRV-08 max. 50 l/min
Cracking pressure (on DRV): 0.5 bar
The DV is an inline mounted flow
control valve which controls the flow by Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
adjusting the cross-section. The flow rate cleaner
is therefore dependent on the pressure MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
differential and viscosity. Starting with the instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
throttle spindle in the fully closed position, Installation: no orientation restrictions, preferably
the flow rate increases in accordance with horizontal
the appropriate curve as the control knob
is turned. The flow is controlled in both
directions. Piston: hardened and ground steel
The scale on the lower edge of the control Seals: FKM (standard)
knob enables accurate repeat setting. The Back-up rings: PTFE
DRV is a flow control valve in the same
design which also allows the same fine Weight: DV 06 = 0.10 kg DRV 06 = 0.10 kg
E 5.119.6/01.13
flow adjustment, but in one direction only. DV 08 = 0.26 kg DRV 08 = 0.28 kg

Unrestricted flow in the reverse direction DV 10 = 0.38 kg DRV 10 = 0.41 kg
is via the built-in check valve (cracking DV 12 = 0.62 kg DRV 12 = 0.65 kg
pressure 0.5 bar). DV 16 = 1.04 kg DRV 16 = 1.14 kg
186
Standard models
MODEL CODE
Model code Part No.
DRV – 08 – 01 . X / 0 DV-06-01.3/0 705002
Basic model DV-08-01.3/0 705014
DV = Needle valve DV-10-01.3/0 705026
DRV = Needle valve with reverse flow check
DV-12-01.3/0 705038
Nominal size DV-16-01.3/0 705050
06, 08, 10, 12, 16
DRV-06-01.3/0 705502
Type DRV-08-01.3/0 705514
01 = standard, housing phosphated DRV-10-01.3/0 705526
11 = housing zinc-plated, fine throttle spindle
DRV-12-01.3/0 705538
in stainless steel
12 = housing zinc-nickel coated (seawater-resistant), DRV-16-01.3/0 705550
fine throttle spindle in steel, Other models on request
with protective dome nut
- adjustment with tool Accessories
30 = housing stainless steel Panel mounting sets, nickel-plated, consisting of locking washer,
Other types on request disc and hex. nut
Series Size Part No.
(to be determined by manufacturer) 06 705309
Threaded connection 08 705310
0 = Whitworth thread, 10 705310
threaded connection Form X to DIN 3852 Part 2 12 705311
5 = NPT thread 16 705311
12 = UNF thread
E 5.119.6/01.13
187
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop, dependent on flow rate DV-12-01.3/0 A → B
DV→=→flow direction A → B and B → A
DRV→=→flow direction A → B
1 2 3 4 5
Pressure differential ∆p measured against flow rate Q, 100
measured at constant flow setting, ν = 53 mm²/s and Toil = 36 °C 90
80
Pressure differential ∆p [bar]

70
DV-06-01.3/0 A → B
60
6
50
0,5 1 1,5 2 2,5 3
100 7
40
8
90
30
80
20
70
3,5 10
60
0
50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Flow rate [l/min]
40 4
4,5
30 5
20 DV-16-01.3/0 A → B
10 flow setting in turns
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 100
Flow rate [l/min] 90
80
8
70
DV-08-01.3/0 A → B
60 9
50 10
1 2 3
100
40
90
4 30
80
5 20
70
6 10
60 7
0
50 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
Flow rate [l/min]
40
30
20
10
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
DRV-06-16 B → A
Flow rate [l/min]
10
DV-10-01.3/0 A → B
12
8
10

DR
DRV 08
DRV
1 2 3 4
100
DRV 06
6
90
80
5 4
70 16
DRV
60
2
50
6
40
0
7
30 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Flow rate [l/min]
20
10
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
E 5.119.6/01.13
Flow rate [l/min]
188
DIMENSIONS
DV DRV
Type 01 30 11 12 Type 01 30 11 12
open
open
closed
closed
Size Threaded A B C SW E Size Threaded A B C SW E

connection connection
06 G⅛ 57 52.9 9 16 19 06 G⅛ 57 52.9 9 16 28.8
08 G¼ 70.4 64.3 14.2 25 24 08 G¼ 70.4 64.3 14.2 25 34
10 G⅜ 76.6 70.8 17.7 30 29 10 G⅜ 76.6 70.8 17.7 30 42
12 G½ 89.2 82.3 20 35 34 12 G½ 89.2 82.3 20 35 44
16 G¾ 106.2 97.3 25.7 45 39 16 G¾ 106.2 97.3 25.7 45 57
F G J SW1 SW2 X Weight [kg] F G J SW1 SW2 X Weight [kg]

38 25.2 Pg7 3 10 58.6 0.094 45 25.2 Pg7 3 10 58.6 0.103
48 30.5 Pg11 4 13 72.3 0.257 55 30.5 Pg11 4 13 72.3 0.277
58 30.5 Pg11 4 13 78.8 0.378 58 30.5 Pg11 4 13 78.8 0.407
68 38 Pg16 5 17 89.3 0.618 73 38 Pg16 5 17 89.3 0.644
78 38 Pg16 6 19 111.3 1.038 88 38 Pg16 6 19 111.3 1.139
NOTE
E 5.119.6/01.13

For applications or operating conditions not D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
described, please contact the relevant Tel: 0 68 97 / 509-01
189
Needle Valves
with and without
Reverse Flow Check
Direct-Acting
Inline Mounted - 350 bar
Up to 300 l/min
Up to 350 bar DV, DRV 20 to 40
FUNCTION FEATURES
DV zz For system-related damping in hydraulic circuits
zz To release pressure from accumulator systems
zz As an emergency drain for lowering a load without a dead man's circuit
zz Choice of four sizes for optimum adaptability to the system
zz Nickel-plated version available as an option
DRV
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal flow: DV, DRV-20 max. 300 l/min
Cracking pressure (on DRV): 0.5 bar
The DV is an inline mounted flow control Viscosity range: min. 2.8 mm²/s to max. 800 mm²/s
valve which controls the flow by adjusting
the cross-section. The flow rate is therefore Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
dependent on the pressure differential cleaner
and viscosity. Starting with the throttle MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
spindle in the fully closed position, the instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
flow rate increases in accordance with Installation: no orientation restrictions, preferably
the appropriate curve as the control knob horizontal
is turned. The flow is controlled in both
directions.
The scale and coloured rings on the top of Piston: hardened and ground steel
the control knob enable accurate repeat Seals: FKM (standard)
setting. The DRV is a flow control valve Back-up rings: PTFE
E 5.119.1.1/01.13
in the same design which also allows the

same fine flow adjustment, but in one Weight: DV 20 = 2.1 kg DRV 20 = 2.4 kg
direction only. Unrestricted flow in the DV 25 = 2.8 kg DRV 25 = 3.5 kg
reverse direction is via the built-in check DV 30 = 3.5 kg DRV 30 = 4.6 kg
valve (cracking pressure 0.5 bar). DV 40 = 5.5 kg DRV 40 = 7.7 kg
190
DRV – 20 – 01 . X / 0 Pressure drop, dependent on flow rate
Basic model DV = flow direction A → B and B → A
DV = Needle valve DRV = flow direction A → B
DRV = Needle valve with reverse flow check Pressure differential ∆p measured against flow rate Q,
measured at constant flow setting, ν = 54 mm²/s and Toil = 36 °C
Size
20, 25, 30, 40
Type
01 = standard, housing phosphated
12 = housing zinc-nickel coated (seawater-resistant),
fine throttle spindle in steel,
Pressure differential [bar]

with protective dome nut
- adjustment with tool (not for size 40)
17 = housing zinc-plated (not for size 40)
30 = housing stainless steel (only size 20)
Series
Threaded connection
0 = BSP thread,
threaded connection Form X to DIN 3852 Part 2
5 = NPT thread Flow rate [l/min]
12 = UNF thread
Standard models
Model code Part No. DRV Flow direction B→A
DV-20-01.1/0 705062
DV-25-01.1/0 705074
DV-30-01.1/0 705086
DV-40-01.1/0 705098
DRV-20-01.1/0 705562
DRV-25-01.1/0 705574
DRV-30-01.1/0 705586
DRV-40-01.1/0 705598
Seal kits
Code Part No.
SEAL KIT 20FKM DV/P DRV/P RVP SRV 555094
SEAL KIT 25FKM DV/P DRV/P RVP 555095 Flow rate [l/min]
SEAL KIT 30FKM DV/P DRV/P RVP 555096
E 5.119.1.1/01.13
191
DIMENSIONS
DV DRV
Type 01 30 11 12 Type 01 30 11 12
millimeter(inch) millimeter (inch)

Nominal Threaded A B C D E Nominal Threaded A B C D E

size connection size connection
20 G1 145 128 25 50 54 20 G1 145 128 25 50 77
25 G1¼ 150 133 30 60 54 25 G1¼ 150 133 30 60 93
30 G1½ 155 138 35 70 54 30 G1½ 155 138 35 70 108
40 G2 165 148 45 90 65 40 G2 165 148 45 90 130
F G J SW1 SW2 X Weight [kg] F G J SW1 SW2 X Weight [kg]

108 49 Pg29 8 24 129 2.10 127 49 Pg29 8 24 129 2.40
108 49 Pg29 8 24 134 2.80 143 49 Pg29 8 24 134 3.50
108 49 Pg29 8 24 139 3.50 143 49 Pg29 8 24 139 4.60
130 49 Pg29 – – – 5.50 165 49 Pg29 – – – 7.70
NOTE
E 5.119.1.1/01.13

192
E 5.119.1.1/01.13
193
Needle Valve
Spool Type,
Hydraulically Operated
SDH05330
Up to 20 l/min
Up to 250 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Flow control is dependent on the viscosity of the oil and the system pressure
zz A lock-nut locks the setting
zz Hardened and ground control piston to ensure minimal wear and extended service life
zz Compact design
SPECIFICATIONS
Control pressure: min = P at Port 2 + 5 bar,
max. 250 bar
The SDH05330 is a hydraulically operated, Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
spring-loaded, adjustable spool valve. In Viscosity range: min. 10 mm²/s to max. 380 mm²/s
the normal position, the valve is open and
there is flow from port 3 to port 2. When Filtration: Class 21/19/16 to ISO 4406 or cleaner
control pressure is applied to port 1, the MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
valve switches into the flow control position instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
and the flow is reduced. Installation: No orientation restrictions
The flow setting can be adjusted using
the set screw (clockwise to increase flow,
counter-clockwise to decrease flow) Piston: Hardened and ground steel
Caution: the control pressure must Seals: FKM (standard)
generally be greater than the pressure at NBR (optional, media
port 2, otherwise the valve will not function. temperature range
-30 °C to +120 °C)
E 5.128.1/01.13
In order that the valve switches back from

the flow control position to the fully open Back-up rings: PTFE
position, port 1 must be vented and (at this Cavity: 05330
moment) there must be no flow through
the valve. Weight: 0.075 kg
194
SDH 05330 – 01 X
int. hex.
SW 2.5 Basic model
Flow control valve, hydraulically operated
hex. Cavity
SW 8 05330 = 2-way cavity
Type
01 = standard
hex. SW 22 Series
torque 24+14 Nm (determined by manufacturer)
Standard models
Code Part No.
SDH05330-01X 394746
Seal kits
Millimeter
Code Part No.
SEAL KIT WKH05330-XXX FKM 3006592
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
05330 TOil = 46 °C
Set screw turned clockwise as far as stop.

Number of turns indicated, counter-clockwise,
starting from this setting
fitting depth
fitting depth
Pressure drop [bar]
2 turns
1.5 turns 1 turn
0.5 turn
Flow rate [l/min]
Form tools NOTE

E 5.128.1/01.13

Reamer MK1 161079 Millimeter
195
Needle Valves
with and without
Reverse Flow Check
Direct-Acting
Up to 300 l/min
Manifold Mounted – 350 bar
Up to 350 bar DVP, DRVP 06 to 40
FEATURES
FUNCTION
zzFor regulating the speed of loads
zzFor fine adjustment and shut-off of the flow
DVP zzFor system-related damping in hydraulic circuits
zzTo release pressure from accumulator systems
Control knob
zzAs an emergency drain for lowering a load
Set-screw zzHigh level of safety provided by patented spindle safety mechanism
zzA set-screw locks the setting
Control spindle
zzChoice of nine sizes ensures best possible adaptability to the system
zzHardened and ground valve components to ensure minimal wear and extended service life
Housing
zzOptional nickel-plated version available (up to size 12)
Throttle opening
SPECIFICATIONS
DRVP Nominal flow: DVP, DRVP-06 max. 20 l/min

DVP, DRVP-08 max. 50 l/min
Control knob
Set-screw DVP, DRVP-12 max. 90 l/min
Control spindle
Throttle opening
DRVP-40 max. 300 l/min
Cracking pressure (on DRVP): 0.5 bar
Housing Valve seat Closing cone Spring
cleaner
The DVP is a manifold mounted flow Installation: No orientation restrictions, preferably
control valve which controls the flow horizontal
rate by adjusting the cross-section. Materials: Valve body: steel
The flow rate is therefore dependent on Piston: hardened and
the pressure differential and viscosity.
Starting with the throttle spindle in the fully ground steel
closed position, the flow rate increases Seals: FKM (standard)
in accordance with the appropriate curve Back-up rings: PTFE
as the control knob is turned. The flow is Weight: DVP 06 = 0.2 kg DRVP 06 = 0.3 kg
controlled in both directions.
The scale and coloured rings on the top of DVP 08 = 0.4 kg DRVP 10 = 0.8 kg
the control knob enable accurate repeat DVP 10 = 0.6 kg DRVP 12 = 1.1 kg
setting. The DRVP is a manifold mounted DVP 12 = 1.0 kg DRVP 16 = 2.5 kg
E 5.120.5/01.13
flow control valve which allows the same DVP 16 = 1.7 kg DRVP 25 = 6.7 kg
fine flow adjustment, but in one direction DVP 20 = 3.6 kg DRVP 30 = 3.9 kg
only. Unrestricted flow in the reverse DVP 25 = 5.5 kg DRVP 40 = 17.5 kg
direction is via the built-in check valve
(cracking pressure 0.5 bar). DVP 30 = 7.5 kg
196
MODEL CODE Standard models
Code Part No.
DRVP – 08 – 01 . X
DVP-06-01.X 705351
Basic model
Needle valve DVP DVP-08-01.X 705353
Needle valve with check valve DRVP DVP-10-01.X 705355
DVP-12-01.X 705357
Nominal size
06, 08, 10, 12, 16, 20, 25, 30 DVP-16-01.X 705359
DVP-20-01.X 705361
Type DVP-25-01.X 705363
01 = standard
DVP-30-01.X 705365
(housing phosphated, seals FKM)
12 = housing nickel-plated, fine throttle spindle in steel, DRVP-06-01.X 705777
with protective dome nut - adjustment with tool DRVP-08-01.X 705779
(not for size 40)
Other types on request DRVP-10-01.X 705781
DRVP-12-01.X 705783
Series DRVP-16-01.X 705785
DRVP-20-01.X 705787
DRVP-25-01.X 705789
DRVP-30-01.X 705791
DRVP-40-01.X 705792
Seal kits
Code Part No.
SEAL KIT 20FKM DV/P DRV/P RVP SRVR 555094
E 5.120.5/01.13
197
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop, dependent on flow rate DVP/DRVP-16-01.X
DVP = flow direction A → B and B → A flow setting in turns
DRVP = flow direction A → B

Pressure differential ∆p measured against flow rate
Measured at constant flow setting, ν = 54 mm²/s
and Toil = 36 °C
∆p [bar]
DVP/DRVP-06-01.X
∆p [bar]
Q [l/min]
DVP/DRVP-20 to 40-01.X
∆p [bar]
Q [l/min]
DVP-DRVP-08-01.X
∆p [bar]
Q [l/min]
Q [l/min]
DVP/DRVP-10-01.X DRVP-06 to DRVP-40-01.X

∆p [bar]
∆p [bar]
Q [l/min]
Q [l/min]
DVP/DRVP-12-01.X
∆p [bar]
E 5.120.5/01.13
Q [l/min]
198
DIMENSIONS DIMENSIONS
DVP DRVP
SW1 SW1
metric metric
SW2 SW2
metric metric
open
open
closed
closed SW19 metric
SW19 metric
View X
View X
control knob with

hex. is standard
control knob with
for size 20 and
hex. is standard
above
for size 20 and
above
required surface finish on required surface finish on

interface area interface area
millimeter (inch) millimeter (inch)

Size A B D E F G H J K M Size A B D E F G H J K L M N
06 63 58 11 6.6 16 24 – 19.0 35.0 28.5 06 63 58 11 6.6 16 24 – 19.0 41.5 46.0 28.5 41.5
08 79 72 11 6.6 20 29 – 35.0 47.5 33.5 08 79 72 11 6.6 20 29 – 35.0 63.5 67.0 33.5 46.0
10 84 77 11 6.6 25 29 – 33.5 51.0 38.0 10 84 77 11 6.6 25 29 – 33.5 70.0 74.0 38.0 51.0
12 99 89 11 6.6 25 38 – 38.0 75.0 44.5 12 106 96 11 6.6 32 38 – 38.0 80.0 84.5 44.5 57.5
16 113 103 14 9.0 30 38 38.0 76.0 93.5 54.0 16 128 118 14 9.0 45 38 38.0 76.0 104.0 109.5 54.0 70.0
20 165 148 14 9.0 45 49 47.5 95.0 111.0 60.0 20 170 153 14 9.0 50 49 47.5 95.0 127.0 133.0 60.0 76.5
25 165 148 18 11.5 45 49 60.0 120.5 143.0 76.0 25 175 158 18 11.5 55 49 60.0 120.5 165.0 172.0 76.0 100.0
30 170 153 20 14.0 50 49 71.5 143.0 171.0 92.0 30 195 178 20 14.0 75 49 71.5 143.0 186.0 196.0 92.0 115.0
40 170 153 20 14.0 50 49 67.0 133.5 192.0 111.0 40 220 203 20 14.0 100 49 67.0 133.5 192.0 201.0 111.0 140.0
Size N O P R S T U V W Weight Size O P R S T U V W SW1 SW2 X Weight

[kg] [kg]
06 41.5 1.5 16.0 5.0 9.7 8.0 9 9.5 PG 7 0.20 06 1.6 16.0 5.0 9.7 6.4 9 13.5 PG 7 – – – 0.26
08 46.0 4.5 25.5 7.0 12.7 6.5 13 12.0 PG 11 0.40 08 4.8 25.5 7.0 12.7 14.2 13 31.0 PG 11 – – – 0.50
10 51.0 4.2 25.5 10.0 15.6 8.5 18 14.0 PG 11 0.60 10 4.0 25.5 10.0 15.6 18.0 18 29.5 PG 11 6 13 81 0.80
12 57.5 4.0 30.0 13.0 18.6 18.5 18 22.5 PG 16 1.00 12 4.0 30.0 13.0 18.6 21.0 25 36.5 PG 16 6 17 100 1.10
16 70.0 11.0 54.0 17.0 24.5 8.5 21 19.5 PG 16 1.70 16 11.0 54.0 17.0 24.5 14.0 36 49.0 PG 16 8 19 127 2.50
20 76.5 19.1 57.0 22.0 30.5 8.0 36 31.5 PG 29 3.60 20 19.0 57.0 22.0 30.5 16.0 41 49.0 PG 29 – – – 3.90
25 100.0 20.8 79.5 28.5 37.4 11.0 34 46.0 PG 29 5.50 25 20.6 79.5 28.5 37.4 15.0 44 77.0 PG 29 – – – 6.70
30 112.0 23.8 95.0 35.0 43.4 15.0 37 39.0 PG 29 7.50 30 23.8 95.0 35.0 43.4 15.0 62 85.0 PG 29 – – – 11.00
40 140.0 25.5 89.0 47.5 57.5 16.0 37 58.0 PG 29 8.20 40 25.5 89.0 47.5 57.5 16.0 87 64.0 PG 29 – – – 17.50
NOTE
E 5.120.5/01.13

described.
199
Needle Valve
with Reverse Flow Check
Precision Control Function
Up to 100 l/min SDR10A-11
Up to 350 bar
FEATURES
FUNCTION
zz Precision flow control function up to 40 l/min from port 2 to 1
zz The flow is controlled subject to the viscosity of the oil and the pressure drop
zz Excellent stability across the whole flow range
zz Reverse flow possible (flushing function)
SPECIFICATIONS
Internal leakage: max. 0.5 l/min at 350 bar
or cleaner
The needle valve SDR10A-11 with Installation: No orientation restrictions
reverse flow check is an adjustable, Materials: Valve body: steel
hydraulically operated, spring-loaded Control spindle: hardened and
spool valve. Depending on the throttle ground steel
setting, the valve controls the flow Seals: NBR (standard)
rate from port 2 to 1. There is free flow FKM (optional, media
from port 1 to 2. Flow is not pressure- temperature range
E 5.988.1.1/01.13
compensated, i.e. the flow rate is -20 °C to +120 °C)

dependent on the viscosity and the
pressure drop. Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-2
The valve is used for precision flow
control from 0 to 40 l/min. Weight: 0.15 kg
200
SDR 10A – 11 – C – N – 15 V
Basic model
Needle valve,
with reverse flow check, UNF
Cavity
FC10-2 = UNF cavity 2-way
Type
11 = precision flow control
(standard)
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
hex. SW 1"
V = FKM (optional)
torque 40 - 50 Nm
Pressure setting
15 = 1 bar (15 PSI)
Type of adjustment
V = Allen head
Standard models
Model code Part No.
SDR10A-11-C-N-15V 3360939

thick
Seal kits
millimeter (inch)
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
∆p-Q graph, flow direction 2->1
bar
Pressure drop [bar]
l/min
Flow rate [l/min]
∆p-Q graph, valve completely open

bar
Pressure drop [bar]
l/min
Flow rate [l/min]
Form tools NOTE

E 5.988.1.1/01.13
The information in this brochure HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH

Tool Part No. relates to the operating conditions and Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
applications described. D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Countersink FC10-2 176379 For applications or operating conditions Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
not described, please contact the
subject to technical modifications relevant technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
201
2-Way Flow Regulator,
Pressure Compensated,
Restrictive Style
30 l/min SR08-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Optional flow ranges up to 30 l/min
zz Flow rate can be adjusted within a limited range
The SR08 is a 2-way flow regulator SPECIFICATIONS

which maintains a constant flow rate Operating pressure: max. 350 bar
by means of a control function. The Nominal flow: max. 30 l/min
flow rate is largely independent of the
Flow ranges: 0.95 to 1.50 l/min
pressure and viscosity.
1.15 to 2.00 l/min
The valve has a fixed orifice with
2.00 to 3.60 l/min
pressure compensator spool. The
3.30 to 6.30 l/min
measuring orifice determines the setting
5.40 to 9.70 l/min
range for the flow rate and can be
8.80 to 16.70 l/min
adjusted within a limited range. If oil
14.00 to 27.00 l/min
is flowing from 1 to 2, a pressure drop
occurs at the measuring orifice. The Media operating temperature range: min. -30 °C to max. +100 °C
pressure compensator moves into the Ambient temperature range: min. -30 °C to max. +100 °C
control position which corresponds to Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
the force equilibrium. This is created by Viscosity range: min. 7.4 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
the pressure drop acting on the control
piston area overcoming the spring force.
cleaner
As the flow rate increases (increasing
pressure drop), the diameter of the MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
control orifice is reduced until the forces instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
are equal again. A constant flow rate Materials: Valve body: free-cutting steel
is therefore achieved. In the reverse Piston: hardened and
direction there is free flow through the ground steel
valve. Seals: NBR (standard)
Important: if the required control FKM (optional, media
pressure differential is not reached, the
E 5.930.3/01.13
temperature range
valve operates as a throttle. -20 °C to +120 °C)
Cavity: FC08-2
Weight: 0.113 kg
202
SR08-01 – C – N – 1.0 V 1.8
Basic model
Flow regulator UNF
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR
V = FKM
Flow rate code and flow range
0.5: 0.95 to 1.50 l/min
0.6: 1.15 to 2.00 l/min
1.0: 2.00 to 3.60 l/min
1.8: 3.30 to 6.30 l/min
2.8: 5.40 to 9.70 l/min
torque 4.8: 8.80 to 16.70 l/min
25 - 30 Nm 7.9: 14.00 to 27.00 l/min
Type of adjustment
H = knob adjustment
Setting
No details = set to lowest value of flow range
1.8 = 3.3 l/min as per customer requirement, on request
Standard models
Model code Part No.
SR08-01-C-N-0.5V 3009246
SR08-01-C-N-1.0V 3015411
SR08-01-C-N-1.8V 3015412
SR08-01-C-N-4.8V 3015474
SR08-01-C-N-7.9V 3015475
thick
Other housings on request
millimeter (inch)
subject to technical modifications Seal kits
CAVITY FS082-V SEAL KIT FKM 3051756
FC08-2
PERFORMANCE
US gpm
Flow rate
Pressure drop
Pressure drop
US gpm
Flow rate
NOTE
E 5.930.3/01.13

Tool Part No. described.
Countersink FC08-2 175473 Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
203
2-Way Flow Regulator
Pressure Compensated
Restrictive Style,
38 l/min
SR10-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz The flow rate can still be adjusted within a limited range.
The SR10 is a pressure compensated

flow control valve which maintains a
constant outlet flow by means of a
control function. The flow rate is largely SPECIFICATIONS
independent of the pressure and Operating pressure: max. 350 bar
viscosity. (210 bar from port 2 to 1)
The valve has a fixed orifice with
pressure compensator spool. The
metering orifice determines the setting Flow ranges and accuracy: 4.0 – 13.0 l/min ±10%
range for the flow rate and can be 13.0 – 38.0 l/min ±10%
adjusted within a limited range. If oil Media operating temperature range: min. -30 °C to max. +120 °C
is flowing from 1 to 2, a pressure drop Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
occurs at the metering orifice. The Viscosity: min. 7.4 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
pressure compensator moves into the
control position which corresponds to
or cleaner
the force equilibrium. This is created by
the pressure drop acting on the control MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
piston area overcoming the spring force. instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
As the flow rate increases (increasing Material Valve body: free-cutting steel
pressure drop), the diameter of the Spool: hardened and ground steel
control orifice is reduced until the forces Seals: NBR (standard)
are equal again. A constant flow rate FKM (optional, media
is therefore achieved. In the reverse
E 5.958.2/01.13
temperature range
direction there is free flow through the -20 °C to +120 °C)
valve. Important: if the required control
Cavity: FC10-2
pressure differential is not reached, the
valve operates as a throttle valve. Weight: 0.16 kg
204
SR10-01 – C – N – 10.5 V 9.2
Basic model
Flow regulator UNF
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR
V = FKM
3.5 = 4.0 – 13.0 l/min ± 10%
10.5 = 13.0 – 38.0 l/min ± 10%
Type of adjustment
hex. 1" H = Knob adjustment
torque 40 - 50 Nm F = Factory preset, non adjustable
Opening flow rate setting
9.2 = 9.2 l/min customer-specific flow setting on request
Standard models
Model code Part No.
thick SR10-01-C-N-3.5V 3053635
SR10-01-C-N-10.5V 3053636

millimeter
subject to technical modifications FH102-AB4 3037777 Aluminium, clear anodized G1/2 210 bar
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
Flow rate
Pressure drop
psi bar
flow path 2→1

300
20
Pressure drop
15
200
3.5
10
10.5
100
5
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 l/min
0 2 4 6 8 10 US gpm
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.958.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
205
Direct-Acting
Up to 20 l/min
SR5E
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zzFor regulating the speed of loads independently of the pressure
zzFor limiting the max. speed of lifting gear (in compliance with accident prevention
regulations)
zzFor limiting the flow rate for control oil circuits in the main circuit and offline
service life
zzOptional zinc-plated version available
SPECIFICATIONS
The SR5E is a pressure compensated flow Operating pressure: max. 350 bar
control valve which maintains a constant
outlet flow by means of a control function.
The flow rate is largely independent of the Media operating temperature range: min. -30 °C to max. +100 °C
pressure and viscosity. Ambient temperature range: min. -30 °C to max. +100 °C
The valve has a fixed orifice with pressure Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
compensator spool. The measuring Viscosity range: min. 2.8 mm²/s to max. 380 mm²/s
orifice determines the setting range for
the flow rate which can be adjusted over
a small range. If oil is flowing from 1 to 2, cleaner
a pressure drop occurs at the measuring MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
orifice. The pressure compensator moves instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
into the control position which corresponds Installation: No orientation restrictions, preferably
to the force equilibrium. This is created horizontal
by the pressure drop acting on the control
As the flow rate increases (greater
ground steel
pressure drop), the diameter of the control
orifice is reduced until the forces are equal Seals: NBR (standard)
again. A constant flow rate is therefore FKM (optional, media
achieved. In the reverse direction there is temperature range
free flow through the valve. -20 °C to +120 °C)
E 5.117.6/01.13
Important: if the required control pressure Back-up rings: PTFE

differential is not reached, the valve Cavity: 06020
operates as a non-compensated flow
control valve. Weight: 0.07 kg
206
MODEL CODE FLOW RATE CURVES
SR5E – 01 X / 2.5 – 2.8
Flow rate, pressure-dependent
Basic model
Flow regulator, metric Q-Dp curve,
measured at n = 72mm²/s and TÖl = 30°C
Type
Series
Flow rate code
(see separate flow rate table)
Flow rate setting value
no details = valve is not set
(but the flow rate is within the setting range)
2.8 = setting value as per customer requirements
Q in l/min
Flow rate and operating pressure ranges
Flow rate code Flow rate Required control
(VK) setting range pressure differential
(l/min) Dp = p1 - p2 (bar)
0.5 0.5 – 0.6 10 – 15
1.0 1.0 – 1.2 10 – 18
1.6 1.6 – 2.1 10 – 18
2.5 2.5 – 3.2 10 – 18
4.0 4.0 – 5.2 10 – 18
6.5 6.5 – 7.8 10 – 18
Dp in bar
10 10.0 – 12.5 12 – 20
16 16.0 – 20.0 12 – 20
Important: Q-Dp curve
– if the required control pressure differential is not reached, Pressure differential Dp against flow rate Q,
the valve operates as a non-compensated throttle valve. measured at ν = 72 mm²/s and Toil = 30 °C
– different settings are available as an option VK = Flow rate code
(standard manufacturer's setting at ∆p= 100 bar)
Standard models
Model code Part No.
SR5E-01X/0.3 Q=0.3-0.4 710335
SR5E-01X/0.5 Q=0.5-0.6 710321
SR5E-01X/0.7 Q=0.7-0.9 710347
Dp in bar
SR5E-01X/1 Q=1.0-1.2 710337

SR5E-01X/1.6 Q=1.6-2.1 710338
SR5E-01X/2.5 Q=2.5-3.2 710339
SR5E-01X/3.5 Q=3.5-3.9 717832
SR5E-01X/4 Q=4.0-5.2 710340
SR5E-01X/6.5 Q=6.5-7.8 710341
SR5E-01X/7.9 Q=7.9-8.9 710342
SR5E-01X/10 Q=10.0-12.5 710343
SR5E-01X/12.6 Q=12.6-15.9 710313
SR5E-01X/16 Q=16.0-20.0 710344
Q in l/min

E 5.117.6/01.13
Seal kits
Code Part No.
SEAL KIT 06020-NBR 3119017
SEAL KIT 06020-FKM 3262477
207
DIMENSIONS CAVITY
06020
Int. hex. SW4
metric
SW13 metric
hex. SW24
torque
40+5Nm
Form tools
Tool Part No.
Countersink 170033
Reamer 1000768
Tap 1002648
Millimeter Plug gauge 168840 Millimeter
Subject to technical modifications Subject to technical modifications

E 5.117.6/01.13

department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
208
E 5.117.6/01.13
209
2-Way Flow Regulator
Direct-Acting
Up to 97 l/min
SRE 1 to 4
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz For regulating the speed of loads independently of the pressure
zz For limiting the max. speed of lifting gear (in compliance with accident prevention
regulations)
zz For limiting the flow rate for control oil circuits in the main circuit and offline
service life
zz Space-saving installation
zz Unauthorized adjustment not possible since not accessible once fitted
The SRE is a pressure compensated flow

control valve which maintains a constant
outlet flow by means of a control function.
The flow rate is largely independent of the SPECIFICATIONS
pressure and viscosity. Operating pressure: max. 350 bar
The valve has a fixed orifice with pressure Nominal flow: SRE1 0.6 to max. 10 l/min
compensator spool. The measuring SRE2 1.0 to max. 20 l/min
orifice determines the setting range for SRE3 1.7 to max. 48 l/min
the flow rate which can be adjusted over SRE4 27 to max. 97 l/min
a small range. If oil is flowing from 1 to 2, Media operating temperature range: min. -30 °C to max. +100 °C
a pressure drop occurs at the measuring
orifice. The pressure compensator moves Ambient temperature range: min. -30 °C to max. +100 °C
into the control position which corresponds Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
to the force equilibrium. This is created Viscosity range: min. 2.8 mm²/s to max. 380 mm²/s
by the pressure drop acting on the control
cleaner
As the flow rate increases (greater
pressure drop), the diameter of the control
orifice is reduced until the forces are equal
again. A constant flow rate is therefore Installation: No orientation restrictions, preferably
achieved. In the reverse direction there is horizontal
free flow through the valve.
E 5.118.7/01.13

Important: if the required control pressure Cavity: 05520, 08520, 10520, 12520
differential is not reached, the valve
operates as a non-compensated flow Weight: SRE1= 0.013 kg SRE2= 0.025 kg
control valve. SRE3= 0.049 kg SRE4= 0.112 kg
210
MODEL CODE FLOW RATE CURVES
SRE 1 – G 1/4 – 01 X / 2.3 – 2.8 Q-Dp curve
Basic model Pressure differential Dp against flow rate Q,
Flow regulator measured at n = 72mm²/s and TÖl = 30°C
Cartridge thread size VK = Flow rate code
G 1/4 = SRE1
G 3/8 = SRE2
G 1/2 = SRE3
G 3/4 = SRE4
Type
01 = standard (phosphated)
Series
Flow rate code
(see separate flow rate table)
Flow rate setting value
no details = valve is not set
(but the flow rate is within the setting range)
2.8 = setting value as per customer requirements (tolerance ± 10
%)
Flow rate and operating pressure ranges

Flow rate code Flow rate Required
setting range control pressure
(VK) (l/min) differential
∆p = p1 - p2 [bar]
0.6 0.6 – 0.7 10 – 12
1 1.0 – 1.3 10 – 12 Standard models
1.6 1.6 – 2.1 10 – 12 Model code Part No.
SRE 1
2.3 2.3 – 3.0 10 – 12 SRE1-G1/4-01X/1.6 717583
3.8 3.8 – 4.8 10 – 15 SRE1-G1/4-01X/3.8 710355
6.6 6.6 – 8.6 10 – 15 SRE1-G1/4-01X/6.6 710351
1 1.0 – 1.5 8 – 15 SRE2-G3/8-01X/2.9 717586
1.5 1.5 – 2.4 8 – 15 SRE2-G3/8-01X/9.0 717588
2.9 2.9 – 4.6 8 – 15 SRE2-G3/8-01X/15 717590
SRE 2
5 5.0 – 7.5 10 – 15 SRE3-G1/2-01X/7.0 717689
9 9.0 – 13.0 12 – 18 SRE3-G1/2-01X/15.5 717691
15 15.0 – 23.0 12 – 18 SRE3-G1/2-01X/26 717693
1.7 1.7 – 2.1 8 – 12 SRE4-G3/4-01X/70 717825
2.8 2.8 – 3.8 8 – 12 SRE4-G3/4-01X/88 479390
4.5 4.5 – 5.5 8 – 15 Other models on request
7 7.0 – 9.2 8 – 15
10 10.0 – 12.5 8 – 15 SRE 3
15.5 15.0 – 18.0 8 – 15
26 25.5 – 30.0 8 – 15
Port: 1x female thread, 1x male thread
35 35.0 – 42.0 10 – 18
XB05520-01X 393215 Steel G1/4 350 bar
42 41.0 – 48.0 10 – 18
XB08520-01X 393217 Steel G3/8 350 bar
27 27.0 – 29.4 12 – 15
XB10520-01X 393219 Steel G1/2 350 bar
40 40.0 – 42.9 12 – 15
XB12520-01X 395061 Steel G3/4 350 bar
46 46.0 – 49.9 12 – 15
SRE 4 Port: 2x female thread
55 55.0 – 59.9 13 – 17
XX05520-01X 393224 Steel G1/4 350 bar
70 70.0 – 78.9 15 – 18
XX08520-01X 393226 Steel G3/8 350 bar
88 88.0 – 97.0 18 – 21
XX10520-01X 393228 Steel G1/2 350 bar
Important: XX12520-01X 395063 Steel G3/4 350 bar
– if the required control pressure differential is not reached,
the valve operates as a non-compensated throttle valve.
– different settings are available as an option
(standard manufacturer's setting at ∆p= 100 bar)
E 5.118.7/01.13
211
PERFORMANCE DIMENSIONS
Flow rate, pressure-dependent
Q-Dp curve,
measured at n = 72mm²/s and TÖl = 30°C
Dpmax2 →: 250 bar
Torque
SRE1 3 - 5 Nm
SRE2 5 - 8 Nm
SRE3 8-1 2 Nm
SRE4 12 - 1
8 Nm
Size A øB øC D E F G H
SRE1 G 1/4 11.0 10.0 26.0 14.0 6.5 1.5 1.5
SRE2 G 3/8 14.0 13.0 30.0 14.5 9.5 1.5 1.5
SRE3 G 1/2 18.0 16.0 37.0 16.0 13.0 2.0 2.0
SRE4 G 3/4 23.0 20.0 51.0 21.0 20.0 4.0 2.0
E 5.118.7/01.13
212
CAVITY CAVITY
05520 08520
CAVITY CAVITY
10520 12520
Form tools
Tool Part No. / Cavity
05520 08520 10520 12520
Tap 1002670 1002668 1002667 1002663

E 5.118.7/01.13

department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
213
Pressure Compensated, Direct-
Acting
Inline and Manifold Mounted –
Up to 160 bar
210 bar
Up to 210 l/min SRVR / SRVRP 08 to 20
FUNCTION FEATURES
zzFor regulating the speed of loads independently of the pressure
zzFor limiting the max. speed of lifting gear
zzFor limiting the flow rate for control oil circuits in the main circuit and offline
zzHardened and ground valve components to ensure minimal wear and extended service
Control life
knob
Set- zzChoice of five sizes for optimum adaptability to the system
screw
zzSpace-saving installation
zzOptional nickel-plated version available (SRVR-10 to 16, SRVRP-10 and 12)
Control orifice Spindle
Housing
Variable
orifice
Control Check Spring

piston valve
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal flow: SRVR / SRVRP08 up to max. 12 l/min
The SRVR / SRVRP is a pressure- SRVR / SRVRP10 up to max. 22 l/min
compensated flow control valve which SRVR / SRVRP12 up to max. 55 l/min
maintains a constant outlet flow by SRVR / SRVRP16 up to max. 90 l/min
means of a control function. The flow rate SRVR 20 up to max. 160 l/min
is largely independent of the pressure Media operating temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. +80 °C
and viscosity. The valve has a variable
orifice with pressure compensator spool. Ambient temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. +80 °C
The variable orifice determines the flow Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
cross section. If oil is flowing from A to
B, a pressure drop occurs at the variable
orifice. The pressure compensator moves Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
into the control position which corresponds cleaner
to the force equilibrium. This is created MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
by the pressure drop acting on the control instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
piston area and overcoming the spring Installation: No orientation restrictions, preferably
force. horizontal
As the flow rate increases (increasing Materials: Valve body: steel
pressure drop), the diameter of the control Piston: hardened and
orifice is reduced until the forces are equal ground steel
again. A constant flow rate from A to B is Seals: FKM
therefore achieved. In the reverse direction
there is free flow via a built-in check valve. Weight: SRVR-08 = 0.6 kg SRVRP-08 = 0.9 kg
E 5.116.3/01.13
Important: if the required control pressure SRVR-10 = 0.9 kg SRVRP-10 = 1.4 kg

differential is not reached, the valve SRVR-12 = 1.7 kg SRVRP-12 = 2.3 kg
operates as a non-compensated throttle SRVR-16 = 2.2 kg SRVRP-16 = 3.3 kg
valve. SRVR-20 = 4.0 kg
214
SRVR – 10 – 01 . X / 0 Flow rate, pressure-dependent
Basic model Flow direction A to B
SRVR = flow control valve for inline mounting Q–∆p curve measured at n = 34 mm²/s and toil = 46 °C
with bypass check valve
SRVRP = flow control valve for manifold mounting SRVR / SRVRP–08–01.X
with bypass check valve approx. 4.5 turns
Nominal size
08, 10, 12, 16,
approx. 4 turns
20 (SRVR only)
approx. 3 turns
Type
Q [l/min]
01 = standard, housing phosphated approx. 2 turns
12 = housing nickel-plated, seals FKM
with protective dome nut – adjustment with tool
(only SRVR-10 to 16 and SRVRP-10 and 12) approx. 1 turn
Series
∆p [bar]
Threaded connection (SRVR only)
0 = BSP thread,
threaded connection Form X to DIN 3852 Part 2 SRVR / SRVRP–10–01.X
5 = NPTF thread approx. 6.5 turns
approx. 6 turns
approx. 5 turns
Q [l/min]
approx. 4 turns
Standard models
Model code Part No. approx. 3 turns
SRVR-08-01.X/0 706067
SRVR-10-01.X/0 706075 approx. 2 turns
SRVR-12-01.X/0 706083 approx. 1 turn

SRVR-16-01.X/0 706091
∆p [bar]
SRVR-20-01.X/0 706115
SRVRP-08-01.X 706151 SRVR / SRVRP–12–01.X
SRVRP-10-01.X 706153
approx. 9 turns
SRVRP-12-01.X 706155
SRVRP-16-01.X 706157
approx. 8 turns

approx. 7 turns
Q [l/min]
approx. 6 turns
Seal kits
approx. 5 turns
Code Part No.
approx. 4 turns
SEAL KIT 10FKM DV/P DRV/P DVE RVP SRVR/P 555091 approx. 3 turns
SEAL KIT 12FKM DV/P DRV/P DVE RVP SRVR/P 555092 approx. 2 turns
approx. 1 turn
SEAL KIT 20FKM DV/P DRV/P RVP SRVR 555094 ∆p [bar]
SRVR / SRVRP–16–01.X
approx. 8 turns
approx. 7 turns
approx. 6 turns
approx. 5 turns
Q [l/min]
approx. 4 turns
approx. 3 turns
E 5.116.3/01.13
approx. 2 turns
∆p [bar]
215
DIMENSIONS
SRVR–20–01.X SRVR
approx.
9 turns
approx. 8
turns SW1 metric
approx. 7 turns
approx. 6 turns SW2 metric
approx. 5 turns
approx. 4 turns
approx. 3 turns
Q [l/min]
open
approx. 2 turns
closed
approx. 1 turn
∆p [bar]
SW19 metric
Pressure drops, dependent on flow rate

Flow direction from B to A
Pressure differential ∆p dependent on flow rate Q
via variable orifice and check valve (SRVR / SRVRP)
with fully open spindle
measured at n = 34 mm²/s and toil = 46 °C
SRVR/SRVRP, Nominal sizes 8–16 control knob with

hex. is standard
on size 20
∆p [bar]
Size Threaded A B C D E F G
connection
08 G 1/4 76 68 15 30 17.5 92 29
10 G 3/8 91 81.5 17.5 35 18 105 38
12 G 1/2 106.5 96.5 22.5 45 21 125 38
16 G 3/4 109 100 25 50 26 140 38
Q [l/min] 20 G1 150 134 30 60 33 175 49
SRVR, Nominal size 20 W SW SW1 SW2 X Weight (kg)

PG11 24 – – – 0.60
PG16 27 5 17 85.5 0.90
PG16 32 6 19 104.5 1.70
PG16 41 6 19 107 2.20
∆p [bar]
PG29 50 – – – 4.00
Q [l/min]
Flow rate / Operating pressure ranges

Nominal size Flow rate Required control
pressure differential
(l/min) ∆p = p1 - p2 (bar)
08 12 7
10 22 7
12 55 7
16 90 7
20 160 12
E 5.116.3/01.13
216
NOTE
DIMENSIONS The information in this brochure relates to the operating
SRVRP conditions and applications described. For applications and
Type: 01 operating conditions not described, please contact the relevant
technical department. Subject to technical modifications.
SW1 metric
SW2 metric
open
closed
required surface finish on

interface area
Size A B D E F G H J K L
08 91 83 11 6.6 30 29 – 73 86 89
10 108.5 99 11 6.6 35 38 – 89 105 107.5
12 129 119 11 6.6 45 38 – 105 118 121.5
16 134 125 15 9 50 38 62 124 145 145.5
M N O P R S T U V W SW1 SW2 X Weight

[kg]
33.5 45 9.5 54 7.5 12.7 6.5 23 22.5 PG11 – – – 0.85
38 51 10.2 68 10 15.6 6.4 28 30 PG16 5 17 103 1.40
44.5 60 12.5 79 13 18.6 6.5 38 29.5 PG16 6 19 127 2.30
54 70 16 92 17 24.5 10.5 41 39 PG16 – – – 3.30

E 5.116.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
217
Priority Style,
30 l/min
SRP08
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Flow rate can be adjusted within a limited range
zz Excess flow at the bypass can be used to supply other consumers
SPECIFICATIONS
Inlet flow Q1: max. 50 l/min
Flow rate Q3: max. 30 l/min
Flow ranges and accuracy: 1.3 – 1.8 l/min
1.6 – 2.5 l/min
2.0 – 3.7 l/min
3.5 – 6.5 l/min
6.0 – 12.5 l/min
8.8 – 20.8 l/min
13.5 – 30.0 l/min
cleaner
The flow regulator SRP08 is a 3-way
spool-type flow regulating valve, with
a measuring orifice for controlling flow Materials: Valve body: free-cutting steel
rate independently of the pressure. The Piston: hardened and ground
excess flow is made available on the steel
bypass line at port 2. If port 2 is closed Seals: NBR (standard)
the valve acts as a 2-way restrictive flow FKM (optional, media
regulator. If port 3 is closed the valve temperature range
will stay closed because there is no -20 °C to +120 °C)
E 5.929.3/01.13
pressure differential over the piston. Back-up rings PTFE

Cavity: FC08-3
Weight: 0.126 kg
218
SRP08-01 – C – N – 1.0 V 0.8
Basic model
Flow regulator, UNF
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR
V = FKM
0.4 = 1.3 – 1.8 l/min
0.5 = 1.6 – 2.5 l/min
0.9 = 2.0 – 3.7 l/min
1.6 = 3.5 – 6.5 l/min
3.0 = 6.0 – 12.5 l/min
5.5 = 8.8 – 20.8 l/min
torque 7.9 = 13.5 – 30.0 l/min
25 - 30 Nm
Type of adjustment
H = knob adjustment
Setting
No details = set to lowest value of flow range
Standard models
Model code Part No.
SRP08-01-C-N-0.5V 3020780
SRP08-01-C-N-0.9V 3020781
SRP08-01-C-N-3.0V 3020823
thick SRP08-01-C-N-5.5V 3020824
millimeter (inch) FH083-SB3 560922 Steel, zinc-plated G 3/8 420 bar
Seal kits
FC08-03 FH083-N NBR 3054795
FH083-V FKM 2591059
PERFORMANCE
l/min gpm
30 8
20
5
Flow rate
3
10
2
0 0
-6000 -4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 psi
Bypass-pressure higher than priority Priority pressure higher than bypass
-400 -300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 bar
∆p P3→P2

NOTE
E 5.929.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
219
Check Valve
Ball Poppet Type, Direct Acting
RV08A-01
38 l/min
420 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Main application is to prevent uncontrolled movement or creeping of loaded
cylinders and also to shut-off sections of the system
SPECIFICATIONS
Internal leakage: 0.1 cm³/min at 420 bar
Cracking pressure: 0.35 bar
1.00 bar
2.00 bar
5.00 bar
cleaner
The check valve RV08A-01 is a direct- Ball: roller bearing steel
acting, spring-loaded ball poppet valve. Seals: NBR (standard)
When there is no flow through the valve, FKM (optional, media
the spring holds the ball in the closed temperature range
position and therefore shuts off port -20 °C to +120 °C)
E 5.912.3/01.13
2 from port 1. The valve opens when Back-up rings: PTFE

the pressure at port 1 is higher than
Cavity: FC08-2
the pressure at port 2, including the
pressure created by the spring force. Weight: 0.06 kg
220
RV08A-01 – C – N – 05
Basic model
Check valve UNF
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Cracking pressure
hex. SW 7/8"
05 = 0.35 bar (5 PSI)
torque 25 - 30 Nm 15 = 1.00 bar (15 PSI)
30 = 2.00 bar (30 PSI)
70 = 5.00 bar (70 PSI)
Standard models
Model code Part No.
RV08A-01-C-N-05 560084
RV08A-01-C-N-15 560085
RV08A-01-C-N-30 560086
RV08A-01-C-N-70 560087
thick * Standard in-line bodies

millimeter (inch)
subject to technical modifications FH082-AB3 3011423 Aluminium, anodized G3/8 210 bar
Seal kits
FC08-2 FH082-N Seal kit NBR 3033920
PERFORMANCE
PSI)
ar (70
Pressure drop
ressu re: 5 b
cracking p
SI)
ar (5 P
sure: 0.35 b
g pres
crackin
Flow rate

E 5.912.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
221
Check Valve
Cone Poppet Type
Direct Acting
Up to 38 l/min RV08A-51
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz High performance version for high cycle rate
zz Improved abrasion resistance achieved by a guided and damped piston
SPECIFICATIONS
Internal leakage: 0.05 cm³ at 350 bar
Opening pressure: 0.35 bar (others on request)
Ambient temp. range: min. -30 °C to max. +100 °C
cleaner
Material: Valve body: steel
The check valve RV08A-51 is a direct Piston: ground steel
acting cone poppet type valve. Seals: NBR (standard)
the spring holds the cone in the closed temperature range
E 5.912.1.1/01.13
position and therefore shuts off port 2 -20 °C to +120 °C)

from port 1. The valve opens when the Back-up rings: PTFE
pressure across port 1 is higher than
Cavity: FC08-2
the pressure across port 2, including the
222
RV08A – 51 – C – N – 05
Basic model
Check valve UNF
Type
51 = poppet type, optimized for high cycle rate
Body and ports*

C = Cartridge only
3/4"-
16 UNF - 2A Seals
hex. SW 7/8" N = NBR (standard)
torque 25+5 Nm V = FKM (optional)
Cracking pressure
0.5 = 0.35 bar (5 psi)
Others on request
Standard models
Model code Part No.
RV08A-51-C-N-05 3347912
RV08A-51-C-N-70 560087
thick
* Standard in-line bodies
millimeter (inch)
subject to technical modifications FH082-AB3 3011423 Aluminium G3/8 210 bar
Seal kits
FC08-2 Seal kit FS082-N NBR 3033920
Seal kit FS082-V FKM 3051756
PERFORMANCE
bar psi
50
3
40
Pressure drop
2 30
20
si
5p
1 su re =
res
gp
10 ckin
cra
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10
US gpm
0 8 16 24 32 l/min
Flow rate
E 5.912.1.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
223
Check Valve
Ball Poppet Type
Direct Acting
80 l/min RV10A-01
420 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Hardened closing element
zz Low leakage design
zz Compact design
SPECIFICATIONS
Internal leakage: max. 0.1 cm³/min at 420 bar
1.00 bar
2.00 bar
5.00 bar
cleaner
The check valve RV10A is a direct- Ball poppet: hardened and ground
acting, spring-loaded poppet valve. steel
When there is no flow through the valve, Seals: NBR (standard)
the spring holds the ball in the closed FKM (optional, media
position and therefore shuts off port
E 5.953.2/01.13
temperature range
2 from port 1. The valve opens when -20 °C to +120 °C)
the pressure at port 1 is higher than Cavity: FC10-2
224
RV10A-01 – C – N – 05
Basic model
Check valve UNF
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Cracking pressure
05 = 0.35 bar ( 5 PSI)
hex. SW 1"
torque 80 - 90 Nm 15 = 1.00 bar (15 PSI)
30 = 2.00 bar (30 PSI)
70 = 5.00 bar (70 PSI)
Standard models
Model code Part No.
RV10A-01-C-N-05 3014052
RV10A-01-C-N-15 3014103
RV10A-01-C-N-30 3014104
thick
RV10A-01-C-N-70 3014105

millimeter (inch)
Seal kits
cavity Code Material Part No.
PERFORMANCE
psi bar
12
150 70 psi
Pressure drop
8
100
30 psi
4
50
15 psi
05 psi
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 l/min
0 5 10 15 20 US gpm
Flow rate

E 5.953.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
225
Check valve
Poppet Type
RV10A-51
Up to 80 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
cylinders and also to shut off sections of the system
SPECIFICATIONS
Cracking pressure: 0.5 bar (others on request)
or cleaner
Poppet: hardened and ground
The RV10A-51 is a direct acting, spring- steel
loaded, poppet type check valve. Seals: NBR (standard)
the spring holds the cone poppet in temperature range
E 5.953.1.0/01.13
the closed position and therefore shuts -20 °C to +120 °C)

off port 2 from port 1. The valve opens Back-up rings: PTFE
when the pressure at port 1 is higher
Cavity: FC10-2
than the pressure at port 2, including the
226
RV 10A – 51 – C – N – 05
max.
Basic model
Check valve UNF
Cavity
10A = 2-way cavity
Type
51 = poppet, optimized for high cycle rate
(zinc-plated)
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
hex. SW 1" Cracking pressure
Torque 80+10 Nm 05 = 0.35 bar
(others on request)
Standard models
max.
Model code Part No.

RV10A-51-C-N-05 3357644

Seal kits
millimeter (inch)
cavity PERFORMANCE
FC10-2
psi bar
10
140
9
120
8
Pressure drop
100 7
6
80
5
60 4
3
40
2
20
1
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 l/min
gpm
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Flow rate
E 5.953.1.0/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
227
Check Valve
Poppet Type
Direct Acting
120 l/min RV12A-01
420 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Consumer is held in position leak-free
zz Compact design
service life
SPECIFICATIONS
Internal leakage: max. 0.1 cm³/min at 420 bar
0.80 bar
1.70 bar
3.40 bar
Ambient temperature range min. -30 °C to max. +100 °C
cleaner
The check valve RV12A-01 is a direct Installation: No orientation restrictions
acting cone poppet type valve which Materials: Valve body: free-cutting steel
allows flow in one direction and shuts Poppet: hardened and
off flow in the opposite direction. When ground steel
there is no flow through the valve, the Seals: NBR (standard)
spring holds the poppet in the closed FKM (optional, media
E 5.952.2/01.13
temperature range
2 from port 1. The valve opens when -20 °C to +120 °C)
the pressure at port 2, including the Cavity: FC12-2
228
RV12A-01 – C – N – 05
Basic model
Check valve UNF
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR
V = FKM
Cracking pressure
hex. SW 1 1/4" 05 = 0.35 bar (5 PSI)
torque 170 Nm
12 = 0.80 bar (12 PSI)
25 = 1.70 bar (25 PSI)
50 = 3.40 bar (50 PSI)
Standard models
Model code Part No.
RV12A-01-C-N-05 3047039
RV12A-01-C-N-12 3047040
RV12A-01-C-N-25 3047041
thick
RV12A-01-C-N-50 3047042

millimeter (inch)
subject to technical modifications FH122-AB6 3053843 Aluminium, anodized G3/4 210 bar
Seal kits
cavity Code Material Part No.
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
US gpm
Flow rate

E 5.952.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
229
Check Valve
Poppet Type
Direct Acting
RV16A-01
Up to 165 l/min
Up to 420 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Main application is to prevent uncontrolled movement or creeping of loaded cylinders
and also to shut off sections of the system
service life
SPECIFICATIONS
Leakage: max. 0.1 cm³/min at 420 bar
Standard cracking pressures: 05 = 0.35 bar
15 = 1.0 bar
30 = 2.0 bar
70 = 5.0 bar
100 = 7.0 bar
cleaner
The check valve RV16A is a direct-acting, ground steel
spring-loaded poppet valve. Seals: NBR (standard)
the spring holds the cone poppet in the temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
E 5.951.2/01.13
closed position and therefore shuts off

port 2 from port 1. The valve opens when Back-up rings: PTFE
the pressure at port 1 is higher than the Cavity: FC16-2
pressure at port 2, including the pressure
created by the spring force. Weight: 0.345 kg
230
RV16A – 01 C – N – 05
Basic model
Check valve, poppet type, NG16
SW 1/2"
Type
01 = standard
Body and Ports*
C = Cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Cracking pressure
hex. SW 1 1/2" 05 = 0.35 bar ( 5 psi)
torque 220 Nm 15 = 1.0 bar ( 15 psi)
30 = 2.0 bar ( 30 psi)
70 = 5.0 bar ( 70 psi)
100 = 7.0 bar (100 psi)
Standard models
RV16A-01-C-N-05 3015349
RV16A-01-C-N-15 3015350
RV16A-01-C-N-30 3015351
RV16A-01-C-N-70 3015352
RV16A-01-C-N-100 3555397

millimeter (inch)
CAVITY Seal kits
FC16-2 Code Material Part No.
PERFORMANCE
5 bar / 70 psi
Pressure drop [bar]
2 bar / 30 psi
1 bar / 15 psi
0.35 bar / 5 psi
l(min)
US gpm
Flow rate [l/min]
Form tools
E 5.951.2/01.13
231
Check Valve
Ball Seat Type
RVM06020
Up to 38 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Optional version with hardened and ground seat
SPECIFICATIONS
Internal leakage: Leak-free
cleaner
The check valve RVM06020 is a direct- Closing element: hardened and
acting, spring-loaded ball poppet valve. ground steel
When there is no flow through the valve, Seals: NBR (standard)
FKM (optional, media
the spring holds the ball in the closed temperature range
E 5.193.2/01.13
-20 °C to +120 °C)

2 from port 1. The valve opens when Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 06020
232
RVM 06020 – 01 – C – N – 0.5
Basic model
Check valve, metric
Cavity
Type
01 = standard model
(surface zinc-plated)
06 = hardened seat version
∅15
Body and ports
C = cartridge
∅23.6
hex. SW24 Seals

torque 30+5 Nm N = NBR
V = FKM
Cracking pressure
0.5 = 0.5 bar
Others on request
∅6.6 thru
Standard models
Model code Part No.
RVM06020-01-C-N-0.5 3196992
30 thick

R06020-01X-01 275266 Steel, zinc-plated G 3/8
Seal kits
millimeter
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
06020 Measured at:
n = 34 mm²/s, Toil = 46 °C
fitting depth
Pressure drop
Flow rate
Form tools
Tool Part No.
Countersink MK3 170033 NOTE HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
E 5.193.2/01.13
Reamer MK2 1000768 The information in this brochure relates to the Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
233
Check Valve
Poppet Type
RVM06020-51
38 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zzHigh performance version for high cycle rate
zzMain application is to prevent uncontrolled movement or creeping of loaded
service life
zzImproved wear resistance, achieved by a guided and dampened piston
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure: 350 bar
cleaner
The check valve RVM06020-51 is a Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
direct-acting, spring-loaded poppet Piston: hardened and ground steel
valve. Seals: NBR (standard)
When there is no flow through the FKM (optional, media
valve, the spring holds the poppet in temperature range
the closed position and therefore shuts -20 °C to +120 °C)
E 5.197.1/01.13
off port 2 from port 1. The valve opens Back-up rings: PTFE
234
DIMENSIONS Model code
RVM 06020 – 51 – C – N – 0.5
Basic model
Check valve, metric
Cavity
Type
51 = poppet type, optimized for high cycle rate
Body and ports

C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Cracking pressure
0.5 = 0.5 bar
Others on request
hex. SW 24
Standard models
thru
Model code Part No.
RVM06020-51-C-N-0.5 3347965
thick
Seal kits
Code Part No.
millimeter SEAL KIT 06020-NBR 3119017
SEAL KIT 06020-FKM 3262477
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
fitting depth
Pressure drop [bar]
ar
.5 b
ure: 0
press
ng
cki
cra
Flow rate Q [l/min]
Form tools
Tool Part No.
Countersink MK3 170033 NOTE HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
E 5.197.1/01.13
Reamer MK2 1000768 The information in this brochure relates to the Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
235
Check Valve
Ball Poppet Type
RVM10120-01
Up to 100 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
control blocks
SPECIFICATIONS
Others on request
cleaner
Ball poppet: roller bearing steel
When there is no flow through the valve,
the spring holds the ball in the closed Seals: NBR (standard)
position and therefore shuts off port 2 FKM (optional, media
from port 1. temperature range
E 5.999.1/01.13
-20 °C to +120 °C)

The valve opens when the pressure at Back-up rings: PTFE
port 1 is higher than the pressure at port
Cavity: 10120
2, including the pressure created by the
spring force. Weight: 0.11 kg
236
RVM 10120 – 01 – C – N – 0.5
Basic model
Check valve, metric
Cavity
Type
01 = standard
Body and ports*

C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Cracking pressure
0.5 = 0.5 bar
hex. SW 27 Others on request
torque
80-90 Nm
40 thick
through
Standard models
Model code Part No.
RVM10120-01-C-N-0.5 3058962

R10120A-01X-02 395235 Steel, zinc-plated M 22 x 1.5 420 bar
Seal kits
millimeter SEAL KIT 10120-NBR NBR 3382346
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
fitting depth
Pressure drop
Flow rate
Form tools
Tool Part No.
Countersink 170418 NOTE HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
E 5.999.1/01.13

department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
237
Check Valve
Poppet Type
RVM10120-51
Up to 100 bar
Up to 350 l/min
FUNCTION FEATURES
service life
zz Improved wear resistance, achieved by a guided and dampened piston
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
Material: Valve body: free-cutting steel
The RVM06020-51 is a direct-acting, ground steel
spring-loaded, poppet check valve.
the spring holds the cone poppet in the temperature range
E 5.999.1.1/01.13
closed position and therefore shuts off -20 °C to +120 °C)

port 2 from port 1. The valve opens Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 10120
238
RVM 10120 – 51 – C – N – 0.5
Basic model
Check valve, metric
Cavity
Type
51 = poppet, optimized for high cycle rate
Body and ports

C = cartridge
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
hex. SW 27
MA = 80+10 Nm Cracking pressure
0.5 = 0.5 bar
Others on request
thru
Standard models
Model code Part No.
RVM10120-51-C-N-0.5 3420466
40 thick
R10120-01X-02 395235 Steel, zinc-plated M22x1.5 420 bar
Seal kits
millimeter SEAL KIT 10120-NBR NBR 3382346
cavity PERFORMANCE
10120 Measured at ν = 34 mm2/s, Toil = 46 °C
Pressure drop [bar]
fitting depth
bar
0.5
ure:
press
king
crac
Flow rate l/min
Form tools
Tool Part No.
Countersink 170418
E 5.999.1.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
239
Check Valves,
Direct-Acting,
Cone Poppet Valve for Inline and
Manifold Mounting – 350 bar
Up to 600 l/min
RV, RVP 06 - 40
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zzCheck valves for mounting directly inline and directly onto control blocks
zzChoice of nine sizes ensures best possible adaptability to the system
zzLeak-free poppet design for complete shut-off
zzOptional zinc-plated version (RVP) available
Housing Valve seat Piston Spring
zzCracking pressures other than 0.5 bar are available as an option
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal flow: RV, RVP-06 max. 20 l/min
RV, RVP-08 max. 40 l/min
Housing Valve seat Piston Spring
Cracking pressure 0.5 bar
cleaner
MTTF d: 150 years (see "Conditions and
ground steel
Weight: RV 06 = 0.1 kg RVP 06 = 0.2 kg
RV 08 = 0.2 kg RVP 08 = 0.4 kg
RV 10 = 0.2 kg RVP 10 = 0.5 kg
RV 12 = 0.3 kg RVP 12 = 1.0 kg
RV and RVP are check valves which allow RV 16 = 0.5 kg RVP 16 = 2.1 kg
E 5.171.12/01.13
flow in one direction (port B → port A) RV 20 = 1.1 kg RVP 25 = 5.8 kg

while the other direction is shut off. RV 25 = 1.8 kg RVP 30 = 3.3 kg
The shut-off function is provided by RV 30 = 2.6 kg RVP 30 = 10.3 kg
the spring-loaded cone poppet and the
standard cracking pressure is 0.5 bar. RV 40 = 4.4 kg RVP 40 = 17.9 kg
240
RVP – 08 – 01 . X / 0 – 1 BAR
Basic model Pressure drops, dependent on flow rate
RV = Check valve for inline mounting RV = Flow direction B → A, measured at
RVP = Check valve for manifold mounting n = 72 mm²/s and Toil = 30°C
RVP = Flow direction B → A, measured at
Size n = 38 mm²/s and Toil = 43°C
06, 08, 10, 12, 16, 20, 25, 30, 40 Pressure differential Dp against flow rate Q!
Type
01 = standard (RVP = housing phosphated) RV-06-01.X bis RV-16-01.X
(RV = housing zinc-plated)
30 = housing in stainless steel (for RV only)
Series
Dp in bar
Threaded connection (for RV only)

0 = Whitworth thread, threaded bore Form X to
DIN 3852 Part 2
5 = NPT thread
12 = UNF thread
Specific cracking pressure Q in l/min

On request
RV-20-01.X bis RV-40-01.X
Standard models Dp [bar]

Model code Part No.
RV-06-01.1/0 705826
RV-08-01.1/0 705829
RV-10-01.1/0 705832
RV-12-01.1/0 705835
RV-16-01.1/0 705838
RV-20-01.1/0 705841 Q [l/min]
RV-25-01.1/0 705844
RV-30-01.1/0 705847 RVP-06-01.X to RVP-16-01.X
RV-40-01.1/0 705850
RVP-06-01.1 705927
RVP-08-01.1 705929
RVP-10-01.1 705931
RVP-12-01.1 705933
Dp [bar]
RVP-16-01.1 705935
RVP-20-01.1 705937
RVP-25-01.1 705939
RVP-30-01.1 705941
RVP-40-01.1 705943
(Mounting screws are not supplied with the valve)
Code Part No.
SEAL KIT 06FKM DV/P DRV/P RVP 555089 Q [l/min]
SEAL KIT 10FKM DV/P DRV/P DVE RVP SRVR/P 555091 RVP-20-01.X to RVP-40-01.X
SEAL KIT 20FKM DV/P DRV/P RVP SRV 555094
Dp [bar]

E 5.171.12/01.13
Q [l/min]
241
DIMENSIONS
RV
Nominal size Threaded connection SW L Weight [kg]

06 G1/8 17 45 0.1
08 G1/4 19 55 0.2
10 G3/8 24 65 0.2
12 G1/2 30 73 0.3
16 G3/4 36 88 0.5
20 G1 46 127 1.1
25 G1 1/4 60 143 1.8
30 G1 1/2 65 143 2.6
40 G2 80 165 4.4
RVP
Size A B C D E F G H J K L M N O R Weight
[kg]
06 41.5 28.5 46 41.5 19 – 6.4 1.6 16 9.7 5 11 9 16 6.6 0.2
08 46 33.5 67 63.5 35 – 14.2 4.8 25.5 12.7 7 11 13 20 6.6 0.4
10 51 38 74 70 33.5 – 18 4 25.5 15.6 10 11 18 25 6.6 0.5
12 57.5 44.5 84.5 80 38 – 21 4 30 18.6 13 11 25 32 6.6 1.0
16 70 54 109.5 104 76 38 14 11 54 24.5 17 14 36 45 9 2.1
20 76.5 60 133 127 95 47.5 16 19 57 30.5 22 14 41 50 9 3.3
25 100 76 172 165 120.5 60 15 20.6 79.5 37.4 28.5 18 44 55 11.5 5.8
30 115 92 196 186 143 71.5 15 23.8 95 43.4 35 20 62 75 14 10.3
40 140 111 201 192 133.5 67 16 25.5 89 57.2 47 20 87 100 14 17.9
E 5.171.12/01.13

The information in this brochure relates to the operating conditions and Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
applications described. D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
For applications or operating conditions not described, please contact the Tel: 0 68 97 / 509-01
relevant technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 / 509-598
242
E 5.171.12/01.13
243
Check Valve
Direct-Acting
RVE-R 1/8 to 1/2
Up to 60 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Check valves for mounting directly into control blocks
zz Both axial and radial flow direction
zz Leakage-free poppet design for complete shut-off
zz Cracking pressures other than 0.5 bar are available as an option
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal flow: RVE-R1/8 to max. 10 l/min
RVE-R1/4 to max. 10 l/min
cleaner
Seals: FKM
Cavity: 04020, 04220, 06320, 08220
E 5.176.12/01.13
The RVE is a check valve which allows

Weight: RVE-R1/8 = 0.003 kg
flow in one direction (port 1 → 2) and shuts
off flow in the other direction. The design RVE-R1/4 = 0.005 kg
is a spring-loaded ball with a standard RVE-R3/8 = 0.010 kg
cracking pressure of 0.5 bar. RVE-R1/2 = 0.024 kg
244
RVE – R1/2 – X – 0.5
Basic model Pressure drops, dependent on flow rate
Check valve Measured at n = 34 mm²/s
Size of connection and Toil = 46°C
R1/8 = RVE-1/8
R1/4 = RVE-1/4
R3/8 = RVE-3/8
RVE - R 1/8
R1/2 = RVE-1/2
Series
Cracking pressure
Dp [bar]
0.5 = 0.5 bar
Others on request
Standard models
Model code Part No.
RVE-R1/8-X-0.5 710150
RVE-R1/4-X-0.5 710151 Q [l/min]
RVE-R3/8-X-0.5 710152
RVE-R1/2-X-0.5 710153 RVE - R 1/4
On request
Dp [bar]
Q [l/min]
DIMENSIONS
RVE - R 3/8
inserted depth D
Dp [bar]
Q [l/min]
RVE - R 1/2
min. width of assembly tool

Dp [bar]
Valves must be screwed in to the inserted depth D (see below) and

secured appropriately. Securing by closing screw or calk thread!
If screwed in too far, leaks may occur!
Description A B C D E
E 5.176.12/01.13
RVE-R1/8-X G 1/8 1.5 13 10 7

RVE-R1/4-X G 1/4 1.5 13 14.5 8.5
RVE-R3/8-X G 3/8 2 18 15 13.5
Q [l/min]
RVE-R1/2-X G 1/2 2 23 17 12
245
CAVITY CAVITY
04020 (RVE-R 1/8) 04220 (RVE-R 1/4)
CAVITY CAVITY
06320 (RVE-R 3/8) 08220 (RVE-R 1/2)
Form tools
Tool Part No./Cavity
04020 04220 06320 08220
Countersink MK1 169549 169563 169550 158735
Reamer MK1 1000747 1000747 1014203 1000768
Tap 1002671 1002670 1002668 1002667
Plug gauge 174850 172742 172826 158736
NOTE
E 5.176.12/01.13

246
E 5.176.12/01.13
247
Check Valve
Pilot-to-Open
38 l/min RP08A-01
420 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Corrosion protection of external surfaces through blue zinc-plating or
thermochemical Nitrotec coating (black)
zz Spring return in the pilot stage for safe valve operation
zz Quick response
zz Optional pilot piston seal
SPECIFICATIONS
Leakage 2→3: < 5 l/min at 420 bar (40 °C HLP 46)
For versions without O-ring on pilot piston
Cracking pressure 1.00 bar
Pilot ratio: 3:1 ; 4:1
Ambient temperature range: -30 °C to +100 °C
Viscosity range: 7.4 to 420 mm²/s
cleaner
The pilot-to-open check valve RP08A MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
is a direct-acting, spring-loaded poppet instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
valve. Installation: No orientation restrictions
The valve allows flow from port 2 to 1. Material: Valve body: steel
In the opposite direction, the poppet is Pilot: steel
pressed onto the seat and blocks flow.
If a sufficiently high control pressure is Poppet: hardened and
applied at port 3, the poppet is lifted from ground steel
the valve seat and oil flows from 1 to 2. Seals: NBR (standard)
The necessary pilot pressure at port 3 is FKM (optional, media
E 5.923.2/01.13
dependent on the pressures across port temperature range

1 and 2. -20 °C to +120 °C)
The following pport 1 - pport 2 Cavity: FC08-3
+ pport 2
applies: pcontrol = ϕ Weight: 0.088 kg
248
RP08A-01 - C - NS - 15- 4
Basic model
Check valve, pilot-to-open UNF
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR
NS = NBR with piston seal
V = FKM
VS = FKM with piston seal
Cracking pressure
15 = 1 bar (15 PSI)
hex. 7/8" Pilot ratio
torque 34+7 Nm 3 = 3:1
4 = 4:1
Standard models
Model code Part No.
RP08A-01-C-N-15-3 561916
RP08A-01-C-N-15-4 561918
RP08A-01-C-NS-15-3 561917
RP08A-01-C-NS-15-4 561919
thick FH083-AB3 3011427 Aluminium, anodized G3/8 210 bar
Seal kits
Code Part No.
millimeter (inch) Seal kit FS083-N 3054795
Seal kit FS083-V 2591059
PERFORMANCE
CAVITY phi=3:1 Measured at ν = 34 mm²/s,Toil = 46 °C
FC08-3
Pressure
free flow
pilot open
Flow rate
phi=4:1 Measured at ν = 34 mm²/s,Toil = 46 °C

Pressure
free flow
pilot open
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.923.2/01.13
Countersink FC08-3 175644 operating conditions and applications described. D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Reamer FC08-3 175645 described, please contact the relevant Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
millimeter (inch)
249
Check Valve
Poppet Type, Pilot-to-Open
Direct-Acting
60 l/min
RP10A-01
420 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Hardened and ground internal valve components to ensure minimal wear and to
extend service life
zz Spring return at pilot stage for safe valve operation
zz Quick response
zz Optional sealed pilot
SPECIFICATIONS
Internal leakage: 0.1 cm³/min at 420 bar
Pilot ratio: 3 = 3:1
4 = 4:1
cleaner
MTTFd 150 years (see "Conditions and
The pilot-to-open check valve RP10A instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
is a direct-acting, spring-loaded poppet Installation: No orientation restrictions
valve. There is free flow from port 2 to Materials: Valve body: free-cutting steel
port 1. In the opposite direction, the Piston: hardened and ground
poppet is pressed onto the seat and steel
blocks flow. If a sufficiently high control
pressure builds at port 3, the poppet
is lifted from the valve seat and oil
temperature range
flows from 1 to 2. The necessary pilot
-20 °C to +120 °C)
E 5.932.3/01.13
pressure at port 3 is dependent on the

pressure across port 1 and 2. Back-up rings: PTFE
+ pport 2
250
RP10A-01 – C – NS – 15 – 3
Basic model
Check valve UNF
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR
V = FKM
Cracking pressure
1 bar (15 PSI)
hex. 1"
torque
Pilot ratio
47 - 54 Nm 3 = 3:1
4 = 4:1
Standard models
Model code Part No.
RP10A-01-C-N-15-3 561206
RP10A-01-C-N-15-4 561208
RP10A-01-C-NS-15-3 561207
RP10A-01-C-NS-15-4 561209
Seal kits
millimeter (inch) FS103-N Seal kit NBR 3071274
FS103-V Seal kit FKM 3049443
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
phi=3:1
Pressure
Flow rate
phi=4:1
Pressure
Flow rate

E 5.932.3/01.13
Tool Part No. The information in this brochure relates to Justus-von-Liebig-Str.

the operating conditions and applications D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Countersink FC10-3 176282 described. For applications or operating
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
conditions not described, please contact the
relevant technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
251
Check Valve
Pilot-to-Open
150 l/min
RP16A-01
420 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Spring return in the pilot stage for safe valve operation
zz Quick response
zz Optional pilot piston seal
SPECIFICATIONS
Internal leakage: max. 0.1 cm³/min at 420 bar (Version N/V)
4 = 4:1
cleaner
The pilot-to-open check valve RP16A MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
is a direct-acting, spring-loaded poppet instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
valve. Installation: No orientation restrictions
The valve allows flow from port 2 to 1. Materials: Valve body: steel
In the opposite direction, the poppet is
pressed onto the seat and blocks flow.
steel
If a sufficiently high control pressure is
applied to port 3, the poppet is lifted from Seals: NBR (standard)
the valve seat and oil flows from 1 to 2. FKM (optional, media
The necessary pilot pressure at port 3 is temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
E 5.931.3/01.13
dependent on the pressures across port

1 and 2. Back-up rings: PTFE
+ pport 2
252
RP16-A01 – C – NS – 15 – 3
Basic model
Check valve, pilot-to-open UNF
Body and Ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR
V = FKM
Cracking pressure
1.00 bar (15 PSI)
hex. 1 1/2" Pilot ratio
torque 176 - 190 Nm 3 = 3:1
4 = 4:1
Standard models
Model code Part No.
RP16A-01-C-N-15-3 561996
RP16A-01-C-N-15-4 561998
RP16A-01-C-NS-15-3 561997
RP16A-01-C-NS-15-4 561999

thick
Seal kits
Code Part No.
millimeter (inch) FS163-N seal kit 3071303
FS163-V seal kit 3071304
cavity PERFORMANCE
phi=3:1
Pressure rise
US
Flow rate
phi=4:1
Pressure rise
US
Flow rate

E 5.931.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
253
Check valve
Poppet Type, Pilot-to-Open
ERVE 08021, ERVE 16021 and
ERVE 20021
Up to 300 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz To prevent creeping of loaded cylinders which are controlled by spool valves
zz To prevent uncontrolled movement of loaded consumers
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal flow: ERVE 08021 max. 30 l/min
ERVE 16021 max. 150 l/min
ERVE 20021 max. 300 l/min
Cracking pressure: 1 bar (from port 2 to port 1)
Control volume: ERVE 08021 0.3 cm³
ERVE 16021 1.55 cm³
(direct-operated) (two-stage)
ERVE 20021 3.3 cm³
Pilot ratio ϕ: A3
ϕ=
A1
ERVE 08021-01X ϕ = 3.4
ERVE 16021-01X ϕ = 13.0
ERVE 20021-01X ϕ = 13.4
Control pressure pctrl: Pressure required to cancel shut-off function of the
valve across port 3 (flow from 1 to 2)
p2 = pressure across port 2
p1 = pressure across port 1
∆p = pressure differential from performance
curves
The pilot-to-open check valve ERVE 08021
is a direct-acting poppet valve. Its function Cancellation Cancellation Keep open
main stage first stage
is to hold the consumer in position leak- ERVE 08021-01X pctrl = 0.3 x p1 + 2.5 bar not available pctrl = p2 + ∆p + 4.5 bar
free (5 drops per minute). The valve allows ERVE 16021-01X pctrl = 0.55 x p1 + 2.5 bar pctrl = 0.08 x p1+ 3 bar pctrl = p2 + ∆p + 5.0 bar
flow from port 2 to port 1. In the opposite ERVE 20021 01X pctrl = p1 + 3.5 bar pctrl = 0.08 x p1+ 4 bar pctrl = p2 + ∆p + 6.0 bar
direction, the ball is pressed onto the seat
by the closing spring and the pressure Ambient temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. +120 °C
at port 1, and blocks flow from 1 to 2. Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
If a sufficiently high control pressure is Viscosity range: min. 2.8 mm²/s to max. 380 mm²/s
introduced at port 3, the ball is pressed Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
against the closing spring and oil flows cleaner
from 1 to 2. In this case port 2 must not be MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and instructions for
pressurized. valves" in brochure 5.300)
The check valves ERVE 16021 and Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
ERVE 20021 function according to Piston: hardened and
the same principle but with first stage ground steel
decompression. The first stage only opens Seals: FKM (standard)
E 5.172.9/01.13
when the control pressure is introduced Back-up rings: PTFE

providing damped relief of the pressurized Cavity: 08021, 16021, 20021
fluid. A further stroke of the control piston Weight: ERVE 08021 0.1 kg
then causes the main stage to open, ERVE 16021 0.45 kg
permitting flow from 1 to 2. ERVE 20021 1.4 kg
254
ERVE – R½ – 01 X Measured at n = 36 mm²/s, To il = 50 °C
Basic model
Pilot-to-open check valve ERVE 08021
Size
R½, R1 and R1½
Type
01 = standard pilot ratio ϕ 3.4 (08021) and
13.0 (16021) and 13.4 (20021) - phosphated
06 = pilot ratio ϕ 2.7 for (08021), hardened seat, zinc-plated
∆p in bar
11 = pilot ratio ϕ 6 for (08021), phosphated
18 = pilot ratio ϕ 3.4 for (08021), nickel-plated,
cracking pressure po = 11 bar
Series
Standard models
Model code Part No.
ERVE 08021-01X 710000 Q in l/min
ERVE 16021-01X 710001

ERVE 20021 -01X 710002

ERVE 16021
R16021-01X-01 277051 Steel, zinc-plated G1, G1/4 420 bar
Seal kits
Code Part No.
∆p in bar
SEAL KIT ERVE 08021...FKM 715394

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM EXAMPLE
Q in l/min
ERVE 20021
∆p in bar
E 5.172.9/01.13
Q in l/min
255
DIMENSIONS CAVITY
16021 (ERVE 16021)
fitting depth
fitting depth
Millimeter
Subject to technical modifications Form tools 16021
Tool Part No.
Nom. size d3 A B C ØM SW Torque Countersink 170035
ERVE 08021 G½ 8 56 2 24 24 25+ 5 Nm Reamer 169965
ERVE 16021 G1 16 100 3 40 41 150+10 Nm Tap 1002661
Millimeter
ERVE 20021 G 1½ 20 125 3 54 55 150+10 Nm Plug gauge 174879 Subject to technical modifications
CAVITY CAVITY
08021 (ERVE 08021) 20021 (ERVE 20021)
fitting depth
fitting depth
fitting depth
fitting depth
Form tools 08021 Form tools 20021

Tool Part No. Tool Part No.
E 5.172.9/01.13
Countersink 170031 Countersink 170034

Reamer 169962 Reamer 169966
Tap 1002667 Tap 1002524
Plug gauge 169939 Subject to technical modifications Plug gauge 174880 Subject to technical modifications
256
E 5.172.9/01.13

department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
257
Check Valve, Pilot-to-Open
RP10121
up to 80 l/min
up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
and also to isolate sections of the system
zz Hardened and ground internal valve components to ensure minimal wear and to
extend service life
zz Consumer is held in position with minimum leakage
SPECIFICATIONS
Pilot ratio: ϕ = 3.5
cleaner
The pilot-to-open check valve RP10121 instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
is a direct-acting, spring-loaded poppet
valve. There is free flow from port 2 to port
1. In the opposite direction, the poppet Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
is pressed onto the seat and blocks flow. Piston: hardened and
If a sufficiently high control pressure ground steel
builds at port 3, the poppet is lifted from Seals: FKM (standard)
the valve seat and oil flows from 1 to 2. NBR (optional, media
The necessary pilot pressure at port 3 is temperature range
dependent on the pressures across port 1
E 5.932.1.1/01.13
-30 °C to +120 °C)

and 2.
Back-up rings: PTFE
The following applies:
Pport1 - Pport2 Cavity: 10121
Ppilot = + Pport2
ϕ Weight: 0.145 kg
258
RP 10121 – 01 X
Basic model
hex. SW27 Check valve, pilot-to-open
torque
25+5 Nm Cavity
10121 = 3-way, metric
Type
01 = standard, surface phosphated,
seals FKM
10 = surface phosphated, seals NBR,
with O-ring on control piston
12 = with pilot and drain bores
20 = surface phosphated, seals NBR,
with O-ring on control piston,
cracking pressure 2 bar
Series
Standard models
Model code Part No.
RP10121-01X 710006
RP10121-10X 717571
RP10121-12X 3011826
RP10121-20X 3075560
CAVITY Standard in-line bodies

10121 Code Part No. Material Ports Pressure
Steel, G1/2
R10121-01X-01 395236 420 bar
zinc-plated G1/4
Steel, M 22x1.5
R10121-01X-02 395237 420 bar
zinc-plated M 14x1.5
Seal kits
fitting depth
Code Part No.

SEAL KIT RP10121-XX0...FKM 560835
fitting depth
PERFORMANCE
∆p [bar]
Q [l/min]
Form tools
Tool Part No. NOTE
E 5.932.1.1/01.13

Countersink MK4 163910 the operating conditions and applications Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
Reamer MK2 163911 For applications or operating conditions
Plug gauge 169466 technical department. Fax.: 0 68 97 /509-598
259
Check Valve, Pilot-to-Open
with Drain Port
Metric Cartridge - 350 bar
RPL10121
Up to 80 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
and also to shut-off sections of the system
SPECIFICATIONS
Pilot ratio: φ = 3.5
Media operating temperature range: min. –20 °C to max. +100 °C
Ambient temperature range: min. –20 °C to max. +100 °C
The pilot-to-open check valve RPL10121 is
a direct-acting, spring-loaded poppet valve
with drain port at port 3 and pilot line at Viscosity range: min. 10 mm²/s to max. 380 mm²/s
port 4 (external). Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
When there is no flow through the valve, cleaner
the spring holds the poppet in the closed MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
position. The valve allows flow from port instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
2 to port 1. In the opposite direction, the Installation: No orientation restrictions
poppet is pressed onto the seat and blocks
flow. If a sufficiently high control pressure Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
is introduced at port 4, the poppet is lifted Piston: hardened and
from the valve seat and oil can also flow ground steel
from port 1 to 2. In this case port 3 must Seals: FKM (standard)
not be pressurized. NBR (optional, media
The following applies: temperature range
E 5.176.1.1/01.13
When P3 and P2 = atmospheric pressure -30 °C to +120 °C)

Back-up rings: PTFE
Pport 1
Ppilot = _________ Cavity: 10121
φ Weight: 0.175 kg

260
RPL10121 – 01 X
Basic model
Check valve, pilot-to-open
with separate drain port
Cavity
10121 = 3-way, metric
SW27 Type
torque
25 + 5 Nm 01 = standard, surface phosphated,
seals FKM
with O-ring on control piston
Series
Standard models
Model code Part No.
RPL10121-010 717778
Steel, G½/
R10121-01X-01 395236 420 bar
zinc-plated G¼
Steel, M 22x1.5 /
R10121-01X-02 395237 420 bar
zinc-plated M 14x1.5
Seal kits
Millimeter
Code Part No.
Subject to technical modifications. SEAL KIT RP10121-XX0...FKM 560835
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
10121 Toil = 30 °C, n = 72 mm²/s
30
Differential pressure ∆p [bar]
fitting depth
2 -> 1
fitting depth
+1
20
1 -> 2
+1
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Flow rate Q [l/min]
Form tools NOTE

E 5.176.1.1/01.13
Tool Part No. The information in this brochure relates to HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
Countersink MK4 163910 described.
Reamer MK2 163911 not described, please contact the relevant Tel: 0 68 97 / 509-01
Millimeter
Plug gauge 169466 Subject to technical modifications. technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 / 509-598
261
Double Check Valve,
Pilot-to-Open, Direct-Acting
Inline Mounted
RPDR 06 / 08 / 10
Up to 100 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Main application is to prevent uncontrolled movement or creeping of loaded cylinders,
RPDR 06-01X to isolate sections of the system and to control double-acting cylinders
zz Consumer is held in position with minimum leakage (A and B must be vented to T)
RPDR 06-03X
RPDR 08-01X
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure: RPDR06 = max. 350 bar
RPDR08 = max. 210 bar
RPDR10 = max. 350 bar
Nominal flow: RPDR06 = max. 30 l/min
RPDR08 = max. 40 l/min
RPDR 10-01X RPDR10 = max. 100 l/min
Pilot ratio: φ = 1 : 4 for RPDR06
φ = 1 : 4 for RPDR08
φ = 1 : 3.5 for RPDR10
Leakage: Leak-free
cleaner
The pilot-to-open double check valve Installation: No orientation restrictions
RPDR is inline mounted with two oppo-
sing, direct-acting, spring-loaded poppet
valves. In the normal position, the closing Piston: hardened and
element is pressed onto the valve seat by ground steel
the spring and pressure at port C or D, and Seals: FKM (standard)
blocks flow from C to A or from D to B leak-
E 5.171.2.1/01.13
Back-up rings: PTFE

free. If a sufficiently high control pressure
is introduced at port A or B, the control Weight: RPDR06-01 0.61 kg
piston moves, lifting the closing element off RPDR06-03 0.78 kg
the valve seat. The valve is opened and oil RPDR08 1.15 kg
flows from D to B or from C to A. RPDR10 2.47 kg
262
DIMENSIONS
RPDR 06-01X RPDR 08-01X
Ø 5.5; thru
SW / HEX 22
Ø 6.5; thru
all ports
G1/4
all ports
G3/8
RPDR 06-03X
RPDR 10-01X
Ø 5.5; thru
all ports
G1/2
SW / HEX 22
all ports
G1/4
Ø 6.5; thru
E 5.171.2.1/01.13
Subject to technical modifications. Subject to technical modifications.
263
RPDR 06 – 01 X – 0.5 RPDR 06
Basic model Measured at Toil = 46 °C, n = 38 mm²/s
Double check valve,

pilot-to-open
Size
06 = size 6
08 = size 8
10 = size 10
Type
01 = standard (line body: zinc-plated,
seals: Viton, inline ports: Flow rate [l/min]
size 10: G 1/2, size 06: G 1/4)
02 = (only size 10) line body: zinc-plated,
seals: Viton, inline ports:
radial M18x1.5 RPDR 10
G 1/4 Measured at Toil = 27 °C, n = 84 mm²/s
seals: Viton, inline ports:
ports XGE with threaded pipe connections

Other types on request pilot-to-open
Series
Cracking pressure
0.5 = 0.5 bar
Flow rate [l/min]
Standard models
Model code Part No.
RPDR06-01X-0.5 552421
RPDR06-01X-5 554094
RPDR06-03X-0.5 3059561
RPDR08-01X-0.5 3128981
RPDR10-01X-1 395769
RPDR10-02X-1 3081412
RPDR10-10X-1 557868
NOTE
E 5.171.2.1/01.13

264
E 5.171.2.1/01.13
265
Single Check Valve,
Pilot-to-Open
Direct-Acting
Inline Mounted
RPER 06
Up to 30 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION GENERAL
zz Main application is to prevent uncontrolled movement or creeping of loaded cylinders,
to isolate sections of the system and to control double-acting cylinders
zz Consumer is held in position with minimum leakage
SPECIFICATIONS
Pilot ratio: φ = 1: 4
Leakage: Leakage-free (max. 5 drops ≙ 0,25 cm³/min
at 350 bar, C to A)
The pilot-to-open check valve RPER is
an inline mounted, direct-acting, spring- Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
loaded poppet valv. Its function is to hold cleaner
the consumer in position and the valve is MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
leak-free. The valve allows flow from port instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
A to port C. In the opposite direction, the Installation: No orientation restrictions
ball is pressed onto the seat by the closing
spring and the pressure at port C, and
blocks flow from C to A. If a sufficiently Piston: hardened and
E 5.171.1.1/01.13
high control pressure is introduced at port ground steel

B or D, the control piston moves, lifting the Seals: FKM (standard)
ball from the poppet and allows flow from Back-up rings: PTFE
C to A. In this case port A (tank) must not
be pressurized. Weight: 0.51 kg
266
RPER 06 – 01 X – 0.5
Basic model
Check valve,
pilot-to-open
Size
06 = size 6
Type
01 = standard
(line body, zinc-plated,
seals FKM)
Series
Cracking pressure
0.5 = 0.5 bar
Standard models
Model code Part No.
Millimeter RPER06-011-0.5 3165890
NOTE
E 5.171.1.1/01.13

267
Counterbalance Valve
RS08-01
38 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Sealing between port 2 and port 3 prevents leakage between the ports
zz Quick response
SPECIFICATIONS
Setting pressure: up to 350 bar
Cracking pressure: 3 bar
Internal leakage: max. 0.25 cm³/min at 80% nominal
pressure
4 = 4:1
cleaner
The counterbalance valve RS08 is a ground steel
direct-acting poppet valve. Its function Seals: NBR (standard)
is to control the speed of a consumer FKM (optional, media
according to the inlet flow. It also temperature range
E 5.933.2/01.13
prevents the consumer from overrunning -20 °C to +120 °C)

if there are retracting loads and ensures Back-up rings: PTFE
smooth action in consumers. In load-
Cavity: FC08-3
holding applications, it can be used as a
hose-break valve. Weight: 0.27 kg
268
RS08-01 – C – N – 3 500 V 300
Basic model Measured at ν = 34 mm²/s,Toil = 46 °C
Counterbalance valve UNF phi = 3:1
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Pressure rise
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Pilot ratio
3 = 3:1
4 = 4:1
500 = 350 bar (5000 psi)
Type of adjustment Flow rate
H = Knob adjustment
F = Factory preset, non adjustable Measured at ν = 34 mm²/s,Toil = 46 °C
phi = 4:1
300 = 210 bar (3000 psi)
Customer-specific opening pressure on request
Pressure rise
Standard models
Model code Part No.
RS08-01-C-N-3-500V 562797
RS08-01-C-N-4-500V 562798

Flow rate
Seal kits
Code Material Part No. Measured at ν = 34 mm²/s,Toil = 46 °C
FS083-N SEAL KIT NBR 3054795 phi = 3:1
Pressure rise
Flow rate
phi = 4:1
Pressure rise
E 5.933.2/01.13
Flow rate
269
Dimensions CAVITY
FC08-3
5/32" hex
9/16" hex
hex. 1"
torque 40 - 50 Nm
Form tools
thick Tool Part No.
Countersink FC08-3 175644
millimeter (inch)
To raise a load, flow is permitted from pump port 2 to

consumer port 1 via the built-in check valve.
To hold the load, the check valve piston is pressed against
its seat by the load pressure at port 1 and seals leakage-free
(control port 3 must be at zero pressure!).
To lower the load, pressure is applied to control port 3 which
controls the valve. Flow is now permitted from port 1 to port
2. The load cannot therefore overrun because the load flow
rate is controlled at the metering edge of the control piston
according to the consumer's inlet pressure.
An additional restriction of the load pressure is provided in
that the consumer pressure (load pressure) at port 1 acts
on a control piston within the valve and therefore against
the force of the adjustment spring. When the spring tension
is exceeded, the control piston moves away from the check
valve piston, and this opens the flow path from port 1 to port
2 – the resulting flow limits the load pressure to the pre-set
value.
Speed is controlled when lowering the consumer. For
overrunning loads, the valve must be installed in the return line
of the consumer.

E 5.933.2/01.13

270
E 5.933.2/01.13
271
SBVE-R1 and SBVE-R1/2
Up to 100 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
service life
zz Speed of consumer controlled in accordance with the inlet flow
zz Consumer prevented from speeding ahead where there are retracting loads
zz Consumer pressure is restricted to the relevant pre-set pressure
zz Acts as a hose-break valve for safety purposes if there is a break in the control
line, consumer supply line or drain line
zz All exposed surfaces can be zinc-plated as an option (version 04) for better
protection from corrosion
SPECIFICATIONS
Setting pressure: max. 420 bar
Nominal flow: max. 100 l/min (30 l/min for SBVE-R1/2)
Cracking pressure: 1 bar (from port 2 to port 1)
Control volume: SBVE-R1/2 0.05 cm³
SBVE-R1 0.20 cm³
Pilot ratio: A1
j=
A2
SBVE-R1/2-01X j = 4.6
SBVE-R1/2-11X j = 7.5
HYDAC counterbalance valves are direct- SBVE-R1/2-18X j = 3.3
acting poppet valves with integrated SBVE-R1-01X j = 4.8
check valve which enable smooth action Media operating temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. +120 °C
in consumers if there are retracting and
extending loads. In load-holding applications, it
can be used as a hose-break valve. Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
To raise a load, flow is permitted from pump Viscosity range: min. 2.8 mm²/s to max. 380 mm²/s
port 2 to consumer port 1 via the built-in check Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
valve.
cleaner
To hold the load, the check valve piston is
pressed against its seat by the load pressure MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and instructions
at port 1 and seals leakage-free (control port 3 for valves" in brochure 5.300)
must be released of pressure!). Installation: No orientation restrictions
To lower the load, pressure is applied to
control port 3 which controls the valve. The Material: Valve body: free-cutting steel
load cannot therefore speed ahead because Piston: hardened and
the load flow rate is controlled at the metering ground steel
edge of the control piston according to the Seals: FKM (standard)
consumer's inlet pressure. NBR (optional, media
An additional restriction of the load pressure is temperature range
provided in that the consumer pressure (load -30 °C to +100 °C)
pressure) at port 1 acts on a control piston
E 5.177.6/01.13
within the valve and therefore against the force Back-up rings: PTFE
of the adjustment spring. When the spring Cavity: 08021 and 16021
tension is exceeded, the control piston moves Weight: SBVE-R1/2 0.20 kg
away from the check valve piston, and this
opens the flow path from port 1 to port 2. SBVE-R1 0.77 kg
272
SBVE – R1/2 – 01 X – 200 V
SBVE-R 1/2
Designation
Counterbalance valve
Size
R1/2 and R1
Type
01 = standard pilot ratio ϕ 4.6 (R1/2) and 4.8 (R1),
Dp in bar
phosphated
11 = pilot ratio ϕ 7.5 for (R1/2), phosphated
18 = pilot ratio ϕ 3.3 for (R1/2), zinc-plated
Series
Setting pressure
No details = valve not pre-set
200 = pre-set to 200 bar by manufacturer (optional)
Q in l/min
Type of adjustment
V = Allen head
Other types of adjustment on request SBVE-R1
Standard models
Model code Part No.
Dp in bar
SBVE-R1-01X-XXXV 710101
SBVE-R1/2-01X-XXXV 710100
R16021-01X-01 277051 Steel, zinc-plated G1 420 bar
Seal kits Q in l/min
Code Part No.
Seal kit SBVE-R1/2-1...FKM 715787
Seal kit SBVE-R1-0...FKM 715878
Setting pressure Pe: The adjustment spring must be set to a

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM EXAMPLE
value at least 1.2 times higher than the
load pressure (Pe > P1 x 1.2)
P1 = load pressure (max. pressure
required to move the load)
max. 350 bar
Pe = setting pressure (max. 420 bar)
Control pressure Pctrl: Control pressure across port 3 required
to cancel the shut-off function of the
valve (flow from 1 to 2)
P2 = pressure across port 2
Pe - P1
Pctrl= +P2
j
E 5.177.6/01.13
273
DIMENSIONS
Nominal size A (ISO 228) ØB C D Emax SW1 SW2 SW3 Torque

SBVE-R1/2 G 1/2 24 4 56.5 56 4 13 24 30+5 Nm
SBVE-R1 G1 40 3 82 94 6 19 41 150+10 Nm
CAVITY
SBVE-R 1/2
08021
fitting depth
fitting depth
Form tools
Tool Part No.
Countersink 170031
Reamer 169962
Tap 1002667
Millimeter
Subject to technical modifications Plug gauge 169939
SBVE-R1
16021
fitting depth
fitting depth
Form tools
Tool Part No.
Countersink 170035
Reamer 169965
Tap 1002661
Millimeter
Subject to technical modifications Plug gauge 174879

E 5.177.6/01.13

For applications or operating conditions Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
274
E 5.177.6/01.13
275
2 Poppet Type, Direct-Acting
3
RSM10121
1
Up to 60 l/min
Up to 420 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Primarily used in lift-lowering applications
zz Low hysteresis over the entire pressure and flow range
zz Consumer is held in position leakage-free
zz Prevents overrunning of pulling loads
zz Speed of consumer controlled in accordance with the inlet flow
zz Hardened and ground valve components to ensure minimal wear and extend service life
zz Acts as a hose-break valve to hold load if there is a leak in the control or feed line
zz Restricts the load pressure to preset value (overload protection)
zz Option: Model with control function which is independent of load pressure (version 0)
zz Option: Model with control pressure which is independent of tank pressure (Version E can be
vented to atmosphere in cavity 10121 or separately to tank in cavity 10122)
zz Option: Different versions of precision control of the lowering function
SPECIFICATIONS
Cracking pressure of check valve: 2 bar
Pressure setting range: 30 to 240 bar
240 to 420 bar
Load pressure (at port 1): p = 0 - 350 bar (Max. pressure adjust 420 bar)
Pressure at port 2 (pump / tank): p = 0 - 350bar
Warning!
Pressures at port 2 are additive to the cracking
pressure! Solution: Vented version (E) of the valve
Control pressure (port 3): p = 0 - 420 bar
Tank pressure (port 4): p = 0 - 30 bar
Note:
This port is only required if a vented version (E)
of the valve is used, and the trapped oil, which
collects in the spring chamber, is to be drained
separately via a 4th port to the tank (cavity 10122!)
Pressure drop from port 2 to 1: approx. 14 bar at 60 l/min
(check function)
Pressure drop from port 1 to 2: see curve
(dependent on fine control sleeve)
Pilot ratio ϕ: 1:1, 2:1, 3:1, 5:1, 10:1, 0 (without pressure relief
function)
Leakage: leak-free
cleaner
MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and instructions for
valves" in brochure 5.300)
Materials: Valve body: Steel
The counterbalance valve RSM10121 is Poppet: hardened and ground steel
a direct-acting poppet valve. Its function Seals: NBR (standard)
is to control the speed of a consumer
E 5.933.1.0/01.13
temperature range
according to the inlet flow. It also prevents -20 °C to +120 °C)
the consumer from overrunning if there are PTFE
pulling loads and ensures smooth action in Back-up rings: PTSM
consumers. In addition it fulfils the function Cavity: 10121 and 10122
of a hose-break valve. Weight: 0.275 kg
276
RSM 10121 E - 01 - C - N - 3 - M 240 V 210 Measured at ν = 36 mm²/s,Toil = 46 °C, with sleeve, ϕ = 3:1
Pressure relief curve:
Basic model Pressure at port 1 against flow rate from port 1 to 2, p3 = 0 bar
Counterbalance valve Pressure relief function protects the system in the event of overload on the consumer.
Metric psi bar
400
Cavity
5000 350
Additional code 300

None = without venting
Pressure drop
4000
(standard) 250
E = Version E - 3000 200
control pressure 150

independent of 2000
tank pressure 100

1000
50
Type
01 = standard 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 l/min
Body and ports* 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 gpm

C = cartridge only Flow rate
Versions with bodies Control curve: (Pressure at port 3 against flow rate from port 1 to 2)
on request The control function shows the lowering speed against the control pressure.
Setting pressure: 200 bar; Load pressure: 25, 50, 85 % of set pressure
Seals gpm l/min
N = NBR (standard) 15
60
V = FKM (optional) 55
50
Pilot ratio ϕ 12 45
1 = 1 : 1 Flow rate 40
2 = 2 : 1 9 35
30
3 = 3 : 1 25
5 = 5 : 1 6
20
10 = 10 : 1 15
0 = Version 0 – 3
10
control independent of load pressure 5
0 0
Resolution (fine control due to sleeve) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 bar
(Q from 1 to 2 at max. control and ∆p = 30 bar) 0 150 300 450 600 750 900 1050 psi
H = 20 l/min Control pressure
M = 40 l/min Throttle curve: ∆p-Q from port 2→1
L = 60 l/min The throttle curve shows the back-pressure against flow rate from port 2→1.
psi bar
Pressure range 20
240 = 30 to 240 bar 18
420 = 240 to 420 bar 250
16
Type of adjustment 14
Pressure drop
200
2→1
V = Allen head 12
F = fixed setting, cannot be adjusted 150 10
Pressure setting 100

8
Pressure in bar 6
4
50
Standard models 2
0 0
Model code Part No. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 l/min
RSM10121-01-C-N-3-M240F 3487868
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 gpm
RSM10121-01-C-N-3-M240V 3435438
Flow rate
RSM10121E-01-C-N-3-M240V 3487816
Throttle curve: ∆p-Q from port 1→2 maximum control
The throttle curve shows the back-pressure against flow rate from port 1→2.
(for different settings)
*Standard in-line bodies psi bar
Code Part No. Material Ports Pressure 100
R10121-01X-01 395236 Steel, zinc-plated G1/2, G1/4 420 bar 90

1250 H
80
Seal kits
1000 70
Pressure drop

60
SEAL KIT RSM10121...NBR DE 3638115
750 50
SEAL KIT RSM10121...FKM DE 3638116
40 M
500
30
Calculation of control pressure: 20
L
250
pe - p1 pe - p1
+Kƒ×p2
10
standard: pctrl = vented: pctrl =
ϕ ϕ 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 l/min
pe = Setting pressure Kƒ (φ = 1) = 2
E 5.933.1.0/01.13
Kƒ (φ = 2) = 1.5
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 gpm
pst = Control pressure Flow rate
p1 = Load pressure Kƒ (φ = 3) = 1.3 Important!
The differential pressure from port 1→2 on a fully controlled valve is dependent
p2 = Tank pressure Kƒ (φ = 5) = 1.2 on the resolution of the fine control sleeve.
φ = Pilot ratio Kƒ (φ =10) = 1.1 When the resolution of the pilot function is higher, the back pressure increases.
277
Dimensions Cavity
10121
RSM10121-01-V RSM10121-01-F
hex.
SW4
SW13
SW24
fitting depth
torque
Ma = 60+5 Nm
fitting depth
Version E
10122
millimeter
fitting depth
Function principle
min.
With the counterbalance valve RSM 10121, to raise a load, flow

is permitted from pump port 2 to consumer port 1 via the built-in
check valve.
To hold the load, the check valve piston is pressed against its
min. fitting depth
seat by the load pressure at port 1 and seals leakage-free (control

port 3 must be released of pressure!).
min. fitting depth
To lower the load, a combination of load- and control pressure is

applied to control port 3 which controls the valve. The higher the
load pressure, the lower the necessary control pressure. Flow is
now permitted from consumer port 1 to port 2. The load cannot
therefore overrun because the load flow rate is controlled at the
metering edge of the control piston according to the inlet pressure
of the consumer (control port 3 must be connected directly to the
cylinder – not externally).
An additional restriction of the load pressure is provided in that
the consumer pressure (load pressure) at port 1 acts on a control
piston within the valve and therefore against the force of the
adjustment spring. When the spring tension is exceeded, the
control piston moves away from the check valve piston, and this
opens the flow path from port 1 to port 2 – the resulting flow limits
the load pressure to the pre-set value.
Form tools
Tool Part No.
Countersink MK4 163910
Reamer MK2 163911 millimeter
E 5.933.1.0/01.13

278
E 5.933.1.0/01.13
279
Hose Burst Valve
Direct-Acting
Flat Seat Valve,
Up to 150 l/min
RBE 1/4 to 3/4
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Hose burst valves for direct installation in cylinders, lines and control blocks
zz Highly reliable thanks to fast response
zz Unauthorized adjustment not possible once installed
zz Different flow rate settings available as an option
Consumer
Closing being protected
element
Valve seat
Spring
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal flow: RBE1/4 up to max. 25 l/min
RBE3/8 up to max. 50 l/min
The hose burst valve RBE is a flow
operated flat seat valve which prevents Ambient temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. +100 °C
uncontrolled movement in the consumer in Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
the event of a hose burst. The hose burst
valve is open in the normal position and
allows flow in both directions. If the pre-set Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
actuating flow rate is exceeded as a result cleaner
of a hose burst, for example, the valve MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
quickly closes and blocks the flow from instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
port 1 to port 2. Installation: No orientation restrictions, preferably
Caution: horizontal
The actuating flow rate should be at least Materials: Valve body: steel
E 5.174.11/01.13
20% higher than the highest flow rate in the

system, to prevent the valve reacting too Weight: RBE1/4 = 0.009 kg
sensitively! Due to the effects of acceleration RBE3/8 = 0.016 kg
and inertia, the valve should be replaced RBE1/2 = 0.031 kg
after a hose burst. RBE3/4 = 0.057 kg
280
RBE – R 1/2 – X – 75 Pressure drops, dependent on flow rate at various setting
Basic model values, measured at ν = 34 mm²/s and Toil = 46 °C
Hose burst valve
Size of connection RBE–R1/4
R 1/4 = RBE R1/4
R 3/8 = RBE R3/8
R 1/2 = RBE R1/2
R 3/4 = RBE R3/4
Series
∆p [bar]
Actuating flow rate
3 – 25 l/min = RBE R1/4
6 – 50 l/min = RBE R3/8
12 – 75 l/min = RBE R1/2
25 – 150 l/min = RBE R3/4
Setting value = max. flow rate
Other pre-set flow rates on request
Q [l/min]
Standard models RBE–R3/8

Model code Part No.
RBE-R1/4-X-25 710025
RBE-R3/8-X-50 710026
RBE-R1/2-X-75 710028
∆p [bar]
RBE-R3/4-X-150 710029

Ports: 1x female thread, 1x male thread
Q [l/min]
XB05520-01X 393215 Steel G1/4 350 bar
XB08520-01X 393217 Steel G3/8 350 bar RBE–R1/2
XB10520-01X 393219 Steel G1/2 350 bar
XB12520-01X 395061 Steel G3/4 350 bar
Ports: 2x female thread:
∆p [bar]
XX05520-01X 393224 Steel G1/4 350 bar

XX08520-01X 393226 Steel G3/8 350 bar
XX10520-01X 393228 Steel G1/2 350 bar
XX12520-01X 395063 Steel G3/4 350 bar
Q [l/min]
RBE–R3/4
∆p [bar]
E 5.174.11/01.13
Q [l/min]
281
DIMENSIONS Note
The valves are set to the max. actuating flow rate as standard
Cartridge and can be adjusted by the user. Equally, valves with fixed
settings are also available. The valve is set according to the
setting curves by varying the gap "h" (see diagrams).
setting gauge
setting dimension "h"
Millimeter
RBE-R1/4 and 3/8:

Type D A B C ∅d SW ∅ Dw ∅dw
adjustment nut Torque 0.8 Nm
RBE R1/4–X–... R1/4” 21 11.5 3.5 9.5 5 8 2.5/5
RBE-R1/2 and 3/4:
RBE R3/8–X–... R3/8” 23.5 13.5 5 12 5.5 10 3.5/6
lock nut Torque 1.8 nM
RBE R1/2–X–... R1/2” 30.5 17 5.5 14 7 12 4.5/8
RBE R3/4–X–... R3/4” 38 23.5 6.5 18 7 16 6.5/9
To change the setting, loosen the lock nut, measure the gap
using setting gauges, or similar, and then re-tighten lock nut.
Cavity
Setting curves
measured at n = 34 mm²/s
setting dimension "h"
in mm
Q [l/min]
Form tools
Tool Part No. / Cavity
Millimeter
Subject to technical modifications 05520 08520 10520 12520
Tap 1002670 1002668 1002667 1002663
Type D E t1 ±0.5 t2 min. Assembly tool 161421 160561 160560 164180
RBE R1/4–X–... R1/4” 20.5 32 38
RBE R3/8–X–... R3/8” 22.5 36 44
RBE R1/2–X–... R1/2” 27 44 53 Assembly tool
RBE R3/4–X–... R3/4” 27.5 51 61
The installation dimensions (in mm) shown in the tables are minimum values for
threaded pipe connections and male adapters to DIN 3852.
Type Da max. Dw Di Ds L1min. L2max.

RBE R1/4–X–... 11.5 8 5.8 2 9 5
RBE R3/8–X–... 15 10 6.5 3 9 6
RBE R1/2–X–... 18 12 8.2 3.5 11 8
RBE R3/4–X–... 24 16 8.5 6 12 8
All dimensions in mm.
E 5.174.11/01.13
282
CAVITY
05520 10520
08520 12520
NOTE
E 5.174.11/01.13

For applications or operating conditions
283
Shuttle Valve
3-Way
WVE-R1/8 to R1/2
Up to 70 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz For safe and leak-free shut-off
zz Choice of three sizes for optimum adaptability to the system
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal flow: Type R1/8 = max. 10 l/min
Type R1/4 = max. 20 l/min
Type R1/2 = max. 70 l/min
cleaner
The shuttle valve WVE is a ball poppet horizontal
shut-off valve. Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
It has two inlets (port 1 and 3) and one Ball: roller bearing steel
outlet (port 2). The inlet with the higher Seal: FKM
E 5.173.1.1/01.13
pressure pushes the closing element Cavity: 03030, 05030, 08730

towards the other inlet. The inlet with
the higher pressure is therefore always Weight: WVE-R1/8 = 0.005 kg
automatically connected to the outlet, and WVE-R1/4 = 0.012 kg
the other inlet is shut off. WVE-R1/2 = 0.045 kg
284
WVE – R1/4 – 01 X Pressure differential ∆p against flow rate Q, measured at
Basic model constant flow setting n = 36 mm²/s and Toil = 40 °C
Shuttle valve WVE-R1/8 WVE-R1/4
Cartridge size
R1/8 = 1/8"
R1/4 = 1/4"
R1/2 = 1/2"

Other thread sizes on request
Type
01 = standard (phosphated)
Series
Flow rate [l/min]
Pressure differential ∆p against flow rate Q, measured at

constant flow setting n = 33 mm²/s and Toil = 46 °C
WVE-R1/2
Flow rate [l/min]
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WVE-R1/8-010 710125
WVE-R1/4-010 710126
WVE-R1/2-010 3467544
Seal kits
Code Part No.
SEAL KIT FOR WVE-R1/8-VITON 715879
SEAL KIT FOR WVE-R1/4-VITON 715880
E 5.173.1.1/01.13
285
DIMENSIONS
WVE-R1/8 WVE-R1/2
WVE-R1/4
E 5.173.1.1/01.13
Millimeter
286
CAVITY
03030 08730
fitting depth
+1
fitting depth
+1
fitting depth
+1
pre-drilled
Form tools
Tool Cavity / Part No.
05030 03030 05030 08730
Countersink 171856 171857 179632
Reamer 1000747 1000754 In preparation
Tap 1002671 1002670 In preparation
Plug gauge – 159565 In preparation
fitting depth
+1
fitting depth
+1
E 5.173.1.1/01.13

pre-drilled For applications or operating conditions not
Millimeter
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
287
Shuttle Valve
3-Way
Manifold Mounted – 420 bar
WVG-06
Up to 50 l/min
Up to 420 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz For control circuits with pilot-operated and remote-controlled directional valves,
variable and control pumps and logic elements
zz Housing designed for port adapters according to EN ISO 8434
zz Negative switching overlap
SPECIFICATIONS
The shuttle valve WVG is a ball poppet
cleaner
shut-off valve.
MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and instructions
It has two inlets (port 1 and 3) and one
for valves" in brochure 5.300)
outlet (port 2). The inlet with the higher
E 5.173.2.0/01.13
pressure pushes the closing element Installation: No orientation restrictions

towards the other inlet. The inlet with Materials: Valve body: high tensile steel
the higher pressure is therefore always Ball: roller bearing steel
automatically connected to the outlet, and
the other inlet is shut off. Weight: 0.55 kg
288
WVG – 06 – 01
Basic model
Shuttle valve
Port adapters to EN ISO 8434 Size of connection
(not supplied) 06 = G 1/4
Series
max.
Torque
35+5 Nm
Standard models
Model code Part No.
Millimeter WVG-06-01 3520977
PERFORMANCE
Measured at ν = 40 mm²/s and Toil = 42 °C
20
18
16
14
Pressure [bar]
1→2
12
3→2
10
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Flow rate [l/min]

E 5.173.2.0/01.13

department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
289
Shuttle Valve
3-Way
Inline Mounted – 350 bar
WVT 6S / 8S / 10S / 12S
Up to 80 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz For control circuits with pilot-operated and remote-controlled directional valves,
variable & control pumps and logic elements
zz Various sizes for optimum adaptability to the system
Inlet zz Inline body with compression fittings
zz Negative switching overlap
Outlet
SPECIFICATIONS
Inlet
Type 6S = 12 l/min
Type 8S = 25 l/min
Type 10S = 45 l/min
Type 12S = 80 l/min
cleaner
The shuttle valve WVT is a ball poppet Installation: No orientation restrictions
shut-off valve. It has two inlets (port P1
and P2) and one outlet (port A). The
Ball: roller bearing steel
inlet with the higher pressure pushes
E 5.178.6/01.13
the closing element towards the other Weight: WVT-6S = 0.135 kg

inlet. The inlet with the higher pressure is WVT-8S = 0.155 kg
therefore always automatically connected WVT-10S = 0.22 kg
to the outlet, and the other inlet is shut off. WVT-12S = 0.29 kg
290
WVT – 10S – 1
Basic model
Shuttle valve
Connection size
6S = M 14 x 1.5
8S = M 16 x 1.5 compression fitting to
10S = M 18 x 1.5 DIN 3861 with coupling nut
12S = M 20 x 1.5 to DIN 3870
Series
Valve body to DIN EN ISO 8434-1

Coupling nut DIN 3870 supplied loose with the
Compression fittings to DIN 3861 valve
Standard models
Type G L D AD IDmax. S1 S2 Model code Part No.
WVT-06 S-X M14x1.5 62 46 6 4 14 17 WVT-6S-1-ZINC-PLATED 710133
WVT-08 S-X M16x1.5 64 48 8 5 17 19
WVT-8S-1-ZINC-PLATED 710134
WVT-10 S-X M18x1.5 68 50 10 7 19 22
WVT-10S-1-ZINC-PLATED 710140
WVT-12 S-X M20x1.5 76 58 12 8 22 24
Millimeter WVT-12S-1-ZINC-PLATED 710132
Subject to technical modifications Other models on request
PERFORMANCE
Pressure differential ∆p against flow rate Q,
measured at n = 40 mm²/s and Toil = 42 °C
WVT-06S WVT-08S WVT-10S

Pressure drop [bar]
WVT-12S
Flow rate [l/min]

E 5.178.6/01.13

department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
291
2/2 Solenoid Directional Valve
Spring-Return Manual Override
Normally Closed
38 l/min WS08Z-01J
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Excellent switching performance by high power HYDAC solenoid
zz Solenoid coil available with wide variety of connectors
zz Wide variety of connectors available
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-2
Weight: Valve complete 0.36 kg
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the
nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient
temperature
Current draw at 20 °C: 1.5 A at 12 V DC
0.8 A at 24 V DC
Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
Manual override: The pull-force required is dependent on
the operating pressure max. approx. 150
When the solenoid coil is not energized,
N.
the valve is closed from port 2 to port 1.
E 5.983.1/01.13
The max. permitted pull-force is 180 N

Flow is permitted from port 1 to port 2.
Response time: Energized: De- approx. 35 ms
When energized, there is free flow through
energized: approx. 50 ms
the valve from port 2 to port 1.
Return flow from port 1 to 2 is prevented. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
292
DIMENSIONS torque
5+2 Nm
MODEL CODE
Operating stroke After loosening the mounting WS08Z – 01 J – C – N – 24 DG
nut, the coil can be rotated
through 360 ° and removed. Basic model
Directional poppet valve UNF
Type
through
01 = standard
Manual override
J = pull-and-hold,
spring-return manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
hex. 7/8" SB3 = G3/8 ports, steel body
torque 25+5 Nm AB3 = G3/8 ports, aluminium body
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Nominal voltage for actuating solenoid
DC:
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
Hand-knob Manual override,
spring return,
AC voltages (bridge rectifier built into the coil)
Part No. 6019472 115 = 115 V AC
ordered separately pull and hold to operate
230 = 230 V AC
Other voltages on request
man. override
max. without
Coil connectors (type 40-1836)

DC: DG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803
DK = KOSTAL threaded connection M27x1
DL = 2 flying leads, 457 mm long, 0.75 mm²
DN = Deutsch connector, 2-pole, axial
DT = AMP Junior Timer, 2-pole, radial
AC: AG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803
Other connectors on request
Standard models
thick
Model code Part No.
millimeter (inch) WS08Z-01J-C-N-24DG 3122463
WS08Z-01J-C-N-230AG 3122464

Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
2 -> 1 energized
1 -> 2 de-energized
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.983.1/01.13
Countersink FC08-2 175473 operating conditions and applications described.
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
293
Poppet Type, Pilot Operated
Normally Closed
Up to 40 l/min WSM06020Z-01J
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz With spring return manual override e.g. for cable-pull
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 06020
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
Type of voltage: DC solenoid, AC voltage is rectified
using a bridge rectifier built into the coil
0.8 A at 24 V DC
Voltage tolerance: ± -15% of the nominal voltage
When the solenoid coil is not energized, temperature
the valve is closed from port 2 to port 1. Manual override: The pull-force required is dependent on
Flow is permitted from port 1 to port 2. the operating pressure – max. approx. 150
E 5.943.2.1/01.13
The valve piston opens at a differential N.

pressure of approx. 1.5 bar (check The max. permitted pull-force is 180 N.
function). When energized, there is free Response time: Energized: approx. 35 ms
flow through the valve from port 2 to 1. De-energized: approx. 50 ms
Flow from port 1 to 2 is prevented. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
294
WSM06020Z – 01 J – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Directional poppet valve, metric
Manual override
spring-return Type
pull and hold to operate 01 = standard
Knob, Manual override
Part No. 6019472,
must be ordered separately
J = pull-type,
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
torque 5+2 Nm
After loosening mounting nut, coil can
N = NBR (standard)
be rotated through 360° and removed V = FKM
Man. override
Coil voltage
thru DC voltages
version
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
hex. SW24 DK = KOSTAL threaded connection M27x1
torque: 25+5 Nm

Standard models
Model code Part No.
millimeter
WSM06020Z-01J-C-N-24DG 3123455
WSM06020Z-01J-C-N-230AG 3123456

06020 R06020-01X-01 275266 Steel, zinc-plated G 3/8 420 bar
For other connection housings, see brochure no. E 5.252.
Seal kits
fitting depth
PERFORMANCE
Measured at ν = 34 mm2/s, Toil = 46 °C
Pressure drop [bar]
energized
de-energized
Flow rate [l/min]

E 5.943.2.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
295
Normally Closed
With Electronic Switch Position
Monitoring
Up to 40 l/min SAE-08 Cartridge – 350 bar
Up to 350 bar
WS08Z-01E
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz With integrated electronic switch position monitoring
zz Hardened and ground internal valve components ensure minimal wear and extended service life
zz Wide variety of connections available
SPECIFICATIONS
Leckage: leakage-free
Media operating temperature range. min. -20 °C to max. +100 °C
Fluids: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 + 2
Viscosity: min. 10 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
or cleaner
Installation: Optional
Material: Valve body: hardened steel
Piston: hardened and ground steel
FPM (optional, media
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings:PTFE
Cavity: FC08-2
Weights: 0.5 kg
Electric data:
Type of voltage: DC solenoid, AC voltage is rectified using
a bridge rectifier built into the coil
Current draw at 20 °C 1,5 A for 12 V DC
0,8 A for 24 V DC
Pull-in voltage: ± 15% of nominal
Coil duty rating: Continuous up to 115% of nominal voltage
at 60 °C ambient temperature
Response time: Energized: approx. 30 ms
De-energized: approx. 70 ms
Coil type Coil…-40-1836
Sensor specifications
Supply voltage 20 up to 32 V DC with reverse polarity
The directional valve WS08Z-01E is a protection of supply
pilot-operated poppet valve with Outputs: 2 with change-over function PNP
electronic switch position monitoring. positive switching
When de-energized the valve is closed Output load: ≤ 400 mA, 100% continuous
from port 2 to port 1. Short-circuit protection: Provided
Connector: Male connector M12 x 1, round
Flow is possible in the opposite
Type of protection: IP65 to DIN 40050
direction. The valve piston opens at a
CE conformity: 93/68/EEC2004/108/EC
differential pressure of approx. 1.8 bar
EMV: DIN EN6100-6-1-2-3-4
E 5.907.2.1/01.13
(check function).
Humidity range: 0-95 % rel. (to DIN 40040)
When energized, there is free flow Diagram:
through the valve from port 2 to port 1.
Flow in the reverse direction is
prevented.
296
WS08Z – 01E – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Directional poppet valve, UNF
After loosening mounting nut, coil Type
can be rotated through 360° and 01E = with electronic
removed.
switch position monitoring
SW 23
Torque 4+2 Nm Body and ports*
Caution! C = cartridge only
If the solenoid coil is replaced, the
switch position sensor will require
re-adjustment by the manufacturer. Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage
hex. SW 7/8" DC
torque 12 = 12 V DC
25+5 Nm
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
connector 4 pole 230 = 230 V AC
DC: DG = DIN connector to EN175301-803
DK = Kostal threaded connection M27 x 1
AC: AG = DIN Connector (EN 175301-803)
other connectors on request
Standard models
Code Part No.
WS08Z-01E-C-N-12DG 3368894
thick WS08Z-01E-C-N-24DG 3361705
WS08Z-01E-C-N-230AG 3368916
millimeter (inch)
cavity
FC08-2 Other models on request
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
psi bar
9
120
8
2→1
100 7
1→2 de-energized
6
Pressure drop
80
5
60 4
3
40
2
20
1
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 l/min
0 2 4 6 8 10 US gpm
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.907.2.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
297
Normally Closed
38 l/min
WS08Z-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Coil seals protect the solenoid system
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
Closing hardened and ground
elements: steel
temperature range
-20 °C to 120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
Switching time: energized: approx. 35 ms
de-energized: approx. 50 ms
0.8 A at 24 V DC
the valve is closed from port 2 to port 1. Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
E 5.907.3/01.13
There is free flow from port 1 to 2. Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the
When energized, there is free flow through
temperature
the valve from port 2 to port 1.
298
torque 5+2 Nm
After loosening knurled WS08Z – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
nut, coil can be rotated
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
No details = without manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
hex. 7/8"
C = Cartridge only
torque 25+5 Nm SB3 = G3/8 ports, steel body
Seals
V = NBR (standard)
N = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage
After loosening knurled DC voltages
nut, manual operation
is possible by twisting 12 = 12 V DC
button anticlockwise. 24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
torque 4+2 Nm 230 = 230 V AC
man. override
max. without

Standard models
WS08Z-01-C-N-24DG 561579
millimeter (inch)
subject to technical modifications WS08Z-01-C-N-230AG 3043403
CAVITY * Standard in-line bodies

FC08-2
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
2 → 1 energized
1 → 2 de-energized
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.907.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
299
Poppet Type - Pilot Operated,
Normally Closed
75 l/min WS10Z-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Ambient temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. + 60 °C
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-2
Weight: Valve complete: 0.37 kg
Coil only: 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
non-energized: approx. 60 ms
Nominal voltage at 20 °C: 1.5 A at 12 V DC
When the solenoid coil is not energized, 0.8 A at 24 V DC
the valve is closed from port 2 to port Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
1. There is free flow from port 1 to port
E 5.926.2 /01.13

2. When energized, there is free flow nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient
through the valve from port 2 to port temperature
1. Flow in the reverse direction is not
possible. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
300
DIMENSIONS torque 4+2 Nm MODEL CODE
After loosening mounting
nut, coil can be rotated WS10Z-01 M – C – N – 24 DG
through 360° and
removed. Basic Model
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
hex. 1" AB4 = G1/2 ports, aluminium body
torque 45+10 Nm
Seals
N = NBR
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
Manual override, Option 'M'
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
After removing mounting nut,
manual operation is possible by Coil connectors (type 40-1836)
twisting button anticlockwise.
torque 4+2 Nm DK = KOSTAL-threaded connection M27x1
without M.O.
DL = 2 flying leads, 457 mm long; 0.75 mm²

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WS10Z-01-C-N-24DG 3030560
WS10Z-01-C-N-230AG 3043793
thick
millimeter (inch) Code Part No. Material Ports Pressure
CAVITY
FC10-2 Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
energized
non-energized
Pressure drop
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.926.2 /01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
301
Normally Closed
110 l/min
WS12Z-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Leakage: Leak-free
Ambient temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. 60 °C
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC12-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
temperature
E 5.998.1/01.13
There is free flow from port 1 to port 2. Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
When energized, there is free flow
through the valve from port 2 to 1.
Flow from port 1 to 2 is not permitted. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
302
torque 4+2 Nm WS12Z – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
After loosening the mounting
nut, the coil can be rotated Basic model
through 360 ° and removed. Directional poppet valve, UNF
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
hex. 1 1/4" M = manual override
torque 100+8 Nm Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
Nothandausführung, Option M 12 = 12 V DC
After removing the mounting 24 = 24 V DC
nut, manual operation is
possible by twisting button AC voltages (bridge rectifier built into the coil)
anticlockwise. 115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
without man.
override
torque 4+2 Nm Coil connectors (type 40-1836)

Standard models
Model code Part No.
thick
WS12Z-01-C-N-24DG 3157866
WS12Z-01-C-N-230AG 3157865

CAVITY
FC12-2 Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate

NOTE
E 5.998.1/01.13
303
Normally Closed
WS16Z-01
150 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal flow: max. 150 l/min up to 280 bar
max. 100 l/min from 280 to 350 bar
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to 120 °C)
Coil: Steel/Polyamide
Cavity: FC16-2
Coil only: 0.19 kg
Electrical data
0.8 A at 24 V DC
the valve is closed from port 2 to port 1. Voltage tolerance: ± 15 % of nominal voltage
E 5.945.3/01.13
Flow is permitted from port 1 to port 2. Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
of nominal voltage at
max. 60° C ambient temperature
304
DIMENSIONS hex. 1" torque MODEL CODE
5+2 Nm
After loosening WS16Z – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
mounting nut, coil
can be rotated Basic model
through 360° and
removed Directional poppet valve, UNF
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and Ports*
C = Cartridge only
hex. 1 1/2" SB8 = G1 ports, steel body
torque AB8 = G1 ports, aluminium body
130+50 Nm
depending on Seals
operating pressure N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
1 5/16 - 12UN - 2A 12 = 12 V DC
Manual override, Option 'M' 24 = 24 V DC
After loosening knurled
is possible by twisting
button anticlockwise. 115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
torque 4+2 Nm
man override

without

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WS16Z-01-C-N-12DG 3049464
WS16Z-01-C-N-24DG 3049480
WS16Z-01-C-N-230AG 3049517
thick
millimeter (inch)
subject to technical modifications *Standard in-line bodies
CAVITY FH162-AB8 3037193 Aluminium, anodized G1 250 bar
FC16-2
Seal kits
FH162-N NBR 3052427
FS162-V FKM 3051758
PERFORMANCE
psi bar
12
150 2 → 1 energized
Pressure drop
100
4
50
0 0
0 40 80 120 160 l/min
0 10 20 30 40 US gpm
Flow rate

E 5.945.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
305
Normally Closed
Up to 40 l/min WSM06020Z-01
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
service life
control blocks
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 06020
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
When the solenoid coil is not energized, Current draw at 20 °C: 1.5 A at 12 V DC
the valve is closed from port 2 to port 1. 0.8 A at 24 V DC
In the reverse direction there is free
flow through the valve. The valve piston Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
opens at a differential pressure of of the nominal voltage at
E 5.943.2/01.13
60 °C ambient temperature
approx. 1.5 bar (check function).
306
WSM06020Z – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Manual override
hex. 1" torque 5+2 Nm
Basic model
After loosening knurled nut, manual operation Directional poppet valve, metric
nut, coil can be rotated through 360 ° is possible by twisting
and removed. button anticlockwise. Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports
C = cartridge only
Seals
Torque
N = NBR (standard)
4+2 Nm
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
DL = 2 flying leads 475 mm long, 0.75 mm²
hex. SW 24 DN = Deutsch connector, axial
torque 25+5 Nm AC: AG = DIN connector to EN175301-803
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM06020Z-01-C-N-24DG 3055428
WSM06020Z-01-C-N-230AG 3055416

millimeter
subject to technical modifications R06020-01X-01 275266 Steel, zinc-plated G3/8 420 bar
"Connection Housings for Cartridge Valves".
cavity Seal kits

06020 Code Material Part No.
PERFORMANCE
Measured at n = 34 mm²/s, TOil = 46 °C
26+1 fitting depth
Pressure drop
2 → 1 energized
Flow rate

E 5.943.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
307
Normally Closed
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Version -70 for particularly low flow rates
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 06020
Weight: Complete valve: 0.33 kg
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
The WSM06020Z-70 is suitable for
particularly low flow rates and is
specially designed for use as a pilot Current draw at 20 °C: 1.5 A at 12 V DC
valve. 0.8 A at 24 V DC
the valve is closed from port 2 to port
E 5.943.3.0/01.13
1. In the opposite direction, the valve

temperature
opens at a pressure differential of
approx. 60 bar. When the solenoid coil is Response time: On: approx. 20 ms
energized, the valve allows flow in both Off: approx. 30 ms
directions. Coil type: Coil …-40-1836
308
WSM06020Z – 70 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Ausführung
70 = Standard
(for particularly low flow rates)
Manual override
Manual override no details = without manual override
torque 4+2 Nm
After loosening knurled M = manual override
After loosening knurled nut, manual operation is
nut, coil can be rotated through possible by twisting button Body and ports
360 ° and removed. anticlockwise. C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
max. DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
max.
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
max.
hex. SW 24 DC: DG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803

Torque 25+5 Nm
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM06020Z-70-C-N-12DG 3581216
WSM06020W-70-C-N-24DG 3534256
millimeter WSM06020Z-70-C-N-230AG 3534257

Seal kits
fitting depth
PERFORMANCE
320 32
1→2 energized / 2→1 ∆p [bar]
1→2 energized
1→2 de-energized ∆p [bar]
280 28
2→1 de-energized
240 24
200 20
160 16
120 12
80 8
40 4
0 0
0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.25 2.5 2.75 3
Q [l/min]
Form tools
E 5.943.3.0/01.13

Countersink MK3 170033 For applications or operating conditions not
Reamer MK2 1000768 millimeter technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
309
Normally Closed
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
Mounting position: No orientation restrictions
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 10120
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data
0.8 A at 24 V DC
When the solenoid coil is not energized, Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
the valve is closed from port 2 to port 1. Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the
E 5.943.1.1/01.13
Flow is permitted from port 1 to port 2. nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient

temperature
through the valve from port 2 to Response time: Energized: approx. 35 ms
1. Reverse flow from port 1 to 2 is De-energized: approx. 80 ms
prevented. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
310
WSM10120Z – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
torque 5+2 Nm Manual override
After loosening mounting nut, coil can nut, manual operation is No details = without manual override
be rotated through 360° and removed possible by twisting button
anticlockwise. M = manual override
Body and ports
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
torque 4+2 Nm
Coil voltage
DC voltages:
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
hex. SW27 DK = KOSTAL-threaded connection M27x1
torque 45+10 Nm
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM10120Z-01-C-N-24DG 3179153
WSM10120Z-01-C-N-230AG 3179152

millimeter
subject to technical modifications For other connection housings, see brochure no. E 5.252.4
"Connection Housings for Cartridge Valves".
Seal kits
10120 SEAL KIT 10120-NBR NBR 3382346
PERFORMANCE
fitting depth
2→1
energized
Pressure drop [bar]
1→2
de-energized
Flow rate [l/min]
Form tools
E 5.943.1.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
311
Normally Closed
Up to 110 l/min WSM12120Z
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
service life
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to 120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 12120
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
When the solenoid coil is not energized, using a bridge rectifier built into the coil
the valve is closed from port 2 to 1. Current draw at 20 °C: 1.5 A at 12 V DC
In the opposite direction, oil can flow 0.8 A at 24 V DC
freely through the valve. The valve Response time: energized: approx. 35 ms
piston opens at a differential pressure of de-energized: approx. 70 ms
E 5.948.3.1/01.13
approx. 1.5 bar (check function). When Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
energized, there is free flow through the Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the
valve from port 2 to port 1. nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient
Return flow from port 1 to 2 is not temperature
possible. Coil type: Coil...-40-1836
312
WSM12120Z – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
torque 4+2 Nm Directional poppet valve, metric
After loosening the mounting nut, Type
the coil 01 = standard
can be rotated through 360° and
removed
Manual override
Manual override No details = without manual override
To operate manually,
M = manual override
remove mounting Body and ports
nut and twist button C = cartridge only
counterclockwise
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
torque DC: DG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803
70+10 Nm
DK = KOSTAL-threaded connection M27x1
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM12120Z-01-C-N-12DG 3230865
WSM12120Z-01-C-N-24DG 3230870
WSM12120Z-01-C-N-230AG 3230869
millimeter Standard in-line bodies

R10120-01X-01 396707 Steel, zinc-plated M 27 x 2 420 bar
CAVITY
12120 Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
fitting depth
energized
Pressure drop
de-energized
Flow rate
E 5.948.3.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
313
Normally Closed
Screen Filter
30 l/min
350 bar WS08Z-30
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz In flow direction 2 to 1 internal valve parts protected against coarse contamination by
screen filter
SPECIFICATIONS
Leakage: Leak-free
cleaner
Screen filter: 300 µm mesh size
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
temperature
E 5.993.1/01.13

Flow is permitted from port 1 to port 2.
through the valve from port 2 to 1. De-energized: approx. 50 ms
314
After loosening the WS08Z – 30 M – C – N – 24 DG
mounting nut,
the coil can be rotated Basic model
through 360 ° and Directional poppet valve, UNF,
removed.
with screen filter
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
torque AB3 = G3/8 ports, aluminium body
25+5 Nm Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
Manual override
24 = 24 V DC
After removing the
mounting nut, manual AC voltages (bridge rectifier built into the coil)
operation is possible
by twisting button 115 = 115 V AC
torque
without manual override
4+2 Nm Coil connectors (type 40-1836)

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WS08Z-30-C-N-24DG 3132859
WS08Z-30-C-N-230AG 3132860
thick

subject to technical modifications Code Part No. Material Ports Pressure
CAVITY Other line bodies on request
FC08-2
Seal kits
FS082-V SEAL KIT NBR 3051756
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
energized
de-energized
Flow rate

NOTE
E 5.993.1/01.13
315
Normally Closed (Reverse Flow)
38 l/min WS08ZR-01J
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
the operating pressure max. approx. 150 N
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.984.1/01.13
Flow is permitted from port 1 to port 2. Response time: Energized: approx. 35 ms
When energized the valve allows flow in De-energized: approx. 50 ms
both directions. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
316
DIMENSIONS torque
5+2 Nm
MODEL CODE
Operating stroke After loosening the mounting WS08ZR – 01 J – C – N – 24 DG
Type
through 01 = standard
Manual override
J = pull-and-hold,
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
hex. 7/8" AB3 = G3/8 ports, aluminium body
torque 25+5 Nm
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
DC voltages:
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
Hand-knob Manual override, 115 = 115 V AC
spring return,
Part No. 6019472 230 = 230 V AC
ordered separately pull and hold to operate
man. override

max. without

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WS08ZR-01J-C-N-24DG 3122604
thick WS08ZR-01J-C-N-230AG 3122605
millimeter (inch)
CAVITY FH082-AB3 3011423 Aluminium, anodized G3/8 210 bar
FC08-2 Other bodies on request
Seal kits
FS082-N SEAL NBR DE 3033920
FS082-V SEAL FKM DE 3051756
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
2 → 1 energized
1 → 2 energized
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.984.1/01.13
317
Up to 40 l/min WSM06020ZR-01J
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
service life
SPECIFICATIONS
the operating pressure max. approx. 150 N
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 06020
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data
0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.946.2.1/01.13
When the solenoid coil is not energized, nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient

the valve is closed from port 2 to port 1. temperature
318
WSM06020ZR - 01 J - C - N - 24 DG
Basic model
Type
Manual override, pull and hold to reset 01 = standard
Manual override
Knob, J = pull-type,
Part No. 6019472, spring-return manual override
must be ordered separately
Body and ports
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
torque 5+2 Nm
V = FKM
nut, coil can be rotated Coil voltage
through 360 ° and removed. DC voltages
Manual override
thru 12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
hex. SW 24
torque
25+5 Nm AC: AG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803
Standard models
Model code Part No.
millimeter WSM06020ZR-01J-C-N-24DG 3123457
WSM06020ZR-01J-C-N-230AG 3123561

Seal kits
fitting depth
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
energized
deenergized
energized
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.946.2.1/01.13

319
With Electronic Switch Position
Monitoring
Up to 40 l/min
Up to 350 bar WS08ZR-01E
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Hardened and ground internal valve components to ensure minimal wear and extended service life
zz With integrated electronic switch position monitoring
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-2
Weight: 0.5 kg
Electrical data:
0.8 A at 24 V DC
Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of nominal voltage
Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the nominal
voltage at 60 °C ambient temperature
Sensor data:
Supply voltage: 20 to 32 V DC, with reverse polarity protection
Outputs: 2 with change-over function PNP
The directional valve WS08ZR-01E is a positive switching
pilot-operated poppet valve with Output load: ≤ 400 mA, 100% duty
electronic switch position monitoring. Short circuit protection: Provided
When de-energized the valve is closed Connector: Male connector M12 x 1, round
from port 2 to port 1. Protection class IP65 to DIN 40050
CE-Conformity: 93/68/EEC 2004/108/EC
Flow is possible in the opposite
EMC: DIN EN 6100-6-1-2-3-4
E 5.984.1.1/01.13
direction. The valve poppet opens at a

Humidity requirements: 0 - 95 % rel. (to DIN 40040)
differential pressure of approx. 1.8 bar Sensor connections:
(check function).
When energized the valve allows flow in
both directions.
320
WS08ZR – 01E – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
After loosening the mounting nut, Directional poppet valve, UNF
the coil can be rotated through 360 °
and removed.
Type
SW 23 01E = with electronic switch
torque 4+2 Nm position monitoring
IMPORTANT!
If the solenoid coil is replaced, Body and ports*
the switch position sensor will
require re-adjustment by the C = cartridge only
manufacturer.
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage
DC voltages
hex. SW 7/8"
torque 25+ 5 Nm
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
connector 4 pole
AC: AG = DIN Connector to EN 175301-803
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WS08ZR-01E-C-N-12DG 3368892
WS08ZR-01E-C-N-24DG 3352882
thick WS08ZR-01E-C-N-230AG 3368893
millimeter (inch)
FC08-2 Other bodiess on request
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
psi bar
9
120
8 2→1
7
1 → 2 energized
100
Pressure drop
6
80
5
60 4
3
40
2
20
1
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 l/min
0 2 4 6 8 10 US gpm
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.984.1.1/01.13

Reamer 175474 millimeter (inch) department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
321
38 l/min WS08ZR-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
CHARACTERISTICS
cleaner
Material Valve body: free-cutting steel
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.911.3/01.13
Flow is permitted from port 1 to port 2. Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the nominal
322
nut, coil can be rotated WS08ZR-01 M – C – N – 24 DG
through 360 ° and removed.
Basic model
Manual override
no details = without manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports
C = cartridge only
hex. 7/8"
Seals
torque 25+5 Nm
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
After loosening knurled AC voltages (bridge rectifier built into the coil)
nut, manual operation is possible 115 = 115 V AC
by twisting button anticlockwise.
230 = 230 V AC
Torque
4+2 Nm
manual override
max. without

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WS08ZR-01-C-N-12DG 558859
WS08ZR-01-C-N-24DG 562806
thick WS08ZR-01-C-N-230AG 3043419
millimeter (inch) Other models on request

CAVITY FH082-SB3 560919 Steel, zinc-plated G3/8 420 bar
FC08-2
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
2 → 1 energized
Flow rate

E 5.911.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
323
Poppet Type
75 l/min WS10ZR-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.927.3/01.13

the valve is closed from port 2 to port 1. Coil duty rating: Continuous up to
There is free flow from port 1 to port 2. max. 115% of the nominal voltage at
When energized, the valve allows flow in 60 °C ambient temperature
324
hex. 1"
nut, coil can be rotated WS10ZR – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
through 360° and
removed. Basic Model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
hex. 1"
C = cartridge only
torque 45+10 Nm
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
After removing mounting AC voltages (bridge rectifier built into the coil)
nut, manual operation is 115 = 115 V AC
possible by twisting button
without M.O.
torque 4+2 Nm Other voltages on request

Standard models
Model code Part No.
thick
WS10ZR-01-C-N-24DG 3030604
WS10ZR-01-C-N-230AG 3043820

FC10-2 FH102-AB4 3037777 Aluminium, clear anodized G1/2 210 bar
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
energized
energized
Pressure drop
non-energized
Flow rate

NOTE
E 5.927.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
325
110 l/min WS12ZR-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Leakage: Leak-free
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC12-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
temperature
0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.998.1.1/01.13
There is free flow from port 1 to port 2.
326
torque 4+2 Nm WS12ZR – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
nut, the coil can be rotated Basic model
through 360 ° and removed. Directional poppet valve, UNF
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
torque Body and ports*
100+8 Nm
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
Manual override, option 'M' 12 = 12 V DC
After removing the 24 = 24 V DC
mounting nut, manual
operation is possible AC voltages (bridge rectifier built into the coil)
by twisting button 115 = 115 V AC
anticlockwise.
30 = 230 V AC
without man.
torque Coil connectors (type 40-1836)

override
4+2 Nm
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WS12ZR-01-C-N-24DG 3157869
thick WS12ZR-01-C-N-230AG 3157867

CAVITY
FC12-2 Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
energized
Pressure drop
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.998.1.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
327
150 l/min WS16ZR-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal flow: max. 150 l/min up to 280 bar
max. 100 l/min, from 280 to 350 bar
temperature
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC16-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.941.2/01.13

328
Torque 5+2 Nm
DIMENSIONS After loosening
MODEL CODE
mounting nut, coil can
be rotated through 360° WS16ZR – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
and removed
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and Ports*
hex. 1 1/2" C = Cartridge only
Torque 130+50 Nm
depending on operating pressure SB8 = G1 ports, steel body
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
Manual override
DC voltages
Option "M" 12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
anticlockwise.
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
Torque value
max. without man.
4+2 Nm
override

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WS16ZR-01-C-N-24DG 3049536
thick WS16ZR-01-C-N-230AG 3049568
millimeter (inch)
FC16-2 Other housings on request
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
psi bar
12
2 → 1 energized
150 1 → 2 energized
Pressure drop
100
4
50
0 0
0 40 80 120 160 l/min
0 10 20 30 40 US gpm
Flow rate

Note
E 5.941.2/01.13
Reamer FC16-2 176219 millimeter (inch) technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
329
Up to 40 l/min WSM06020ZR-01
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Compact design enables space-saving installation in connection housings and control
blocks
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 06020
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
In the reverse direction there is free Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
flow through the valve. The valve piston of the nominal voltage at
E 5.946.2/01.13
opens at a differential pressure of 60 °C ambient temperature

approx. 1.5 bar (check function). Response time: Energized: approx. 35 ms
330
WSM06020ZR - 01 M - C - N - 24 DG
Manual override
hex. 1" torque 5+2 Nm
Basic model
After loosening knurled nut, manual operation Directional poppet valve, metric
nut, coil can be rotated through is possible by twisting
360 ° and removed. button anticlockwise. Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
torque 4+2 Nm
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
DT = AMP Junior Timer, 2 pole, radial
DL = 2 flying leads, 475 mm long
DN = Deutsch connector, axial
hex. SW 24
AC: AG = DIN connector to EN175301-803
Torque 25+5 Nm
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM06020ZR-01-C-N-24DG 3055535
WSM06020ZR-01-C-N-230AG 3055533

millimeter R06020-01X-01 275266 Steel, zinc-plated G 3/8
Seal kits
Cavity: Code Material Part No.
06020 SEAL KIT 06020-NBR NBR 3119017
PERFORMANCE
fitting depth
Pressure drop [bar]
2 → 1 energized
1 → 2 energized
Flow rate [l/min]

Note
E 5.946.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
331
Up to 75 l/min WSM10120ZR-01
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to 120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 10120
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data
0.8 A at 24 V DC
Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
of the nominal voltage at
E 5.946.1.1/01.13

332
WSM10120ZR – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
Manual override 01 = standard
torque 5+2 Nm
After loosening the mounting nut, the coil can nut, manual operation is Manual override
be rotated through 360° and removed possible by twisting button no details = without manual override
anticlockwise.
M = manual override
Body and ports *
C = cartridge only
Seals
torque 4+2 Nm
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
hex. SW32
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM10120ZR-01-C-N-24DG 3179188
WSM10120ZR-01-C-N-230AG 3179187
millimeter *Standard in-line bodies

cavity
10120 Seal kits
Code Part No.
SEAL KIT 10120-NBR 3382346
SEAL KIT 10120-FKM 3178281
PERFORMANCE
fitting depth
2  1 energized
1  2 de-energized
Pressure drop
1  2 energized
Flow rate
E 5.946.1.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
333
Up to 110 l/min WSM12120ZR
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Filtration Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406 or
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Coil: Steel / Polyamide
Coil only: 0.19 kg
Electrical data
0.8 A at 24 V DC
When the solenoid coil is de-energized, Response time: Energized: approx. 30 ms
the valve is closed from port 2 to port 1. De-energized: approx. 70 ms
In the reverse direction there is free flow typical 24 V DC-coil
E 5.948.5.1/01.13
through the valve. The valve poppet Voltage tolerance: ± 15 % of nominal voltage
opens at a differential pressure of Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
approx. 1.5 bar (check function). of nominal voltage at
When energized the valve allows flow in max. 60° C ambient temperature
both directions. Coil type: Coil...-40-1836
334
WSM12120ZR – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
torque 4+2 Nm
After loosening the mounting nut,
Basic model
the coil can be rotated through Directional poppet valve, metric
360° and removed Type
01 = standard
Manual override Manual override
To operate manually, no details = without manual override
remove mounting M = manual override
nut and twist button
counterclockwise
Body and ports *
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
Torque
4+2 Nm
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
Torque
70+10 Nm DK = KOSTAL-threaded connection M27x1
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM12120ZR-01-C-N-12DG 3230893
WSM12120ZR-01-C-N-24DG 3230898
WSM12120ZR-01-C-N-230AG 3230897

millimeter Code Part No. Material Ports Pressure
R12120-10X-01 396708 Steel, zinc-plated G 3/4 max. 420 bar
R12120-10X-02 396707 Steel, zinc-plated M27 x 2 max. 420 bar
Cavity:
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
fitting depth
energized
deenergized
Pressure drop
energized
Flow rate
E 5.948.5.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
335
Poppet Type, Pilot Operated,
Normally Closed
WS08BR-31
Up to 40 l/min
Up to 350 bar
Function FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
ground steel
FKM (optional)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
Current draw at 20 °C: 1.5 A at 12 V DC; 0.8 A at 24 V DC
Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of nominal
The directional poppet valve WS08BR is Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
a pilot-operated, normally closed, spring- of nominal voltage at
E 5.911.1.1/01.13
loaded valve. When the solenoid is de- max. 60° C ambient temperature
energized, the valve blocks flow from port Response time: On: approx. 20 ms
1 to 2 and acts as a check allowing flow Off: approx. 80 ms
from port 2 to 1. When energized the valve
allows flow in both directions. Coil type: Coil... –40-1836
336
WS08BR – 31 M – C – N – 24 DG
After loosening mounting nut, Basic model
coil can be rotated through Directional poppet valve, metric
360° and removed.
Type
31 = standard
(spanner width 24 metric)
Manual override
M = manual override
hex. SW 24 Body and ports
torque 25+5 Nm C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage
DC: 12 = 12 Volt DC
24 = 24 Volt DC
AC: 115 = 115 Volt AC
(bridge rectifier built into coil)
Torque 230 = 230 Volt AC
(bridge rectifier built into coil)
4+2 Nm
Manual override Coil connections 40-1836
After loosening knurled DC: DG = DIN connection to EN175301-803
nut, manual operation is possible DT = AMP Junior Timer, 2 pole, radial
by twisting button anticlockwise. DK = Kostal threaded connection M27 x 1
DL = leadwires (2), 475mm long
DN = Deutsch connection, axial
AC: AG = DIN connection to EN175301-803
Other connections on request
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WS08BR-31-C-N-24DG 3554847
WS08BR-31-C-N-230AG 3554848
thick
FH082-SB3 560919 Steel, zinc-plated 3/8 BSP 420 bar
FH082-AB3 3011423 Aluminium, clear anodized 3/8 BSP 210 bar
CAVITY
3/4-16UNF-2B Seal kits
FC08-2
Model code Material Part No.
PERFORMANCE
2 to 1 energized
2 to 1
1 to 2 energized
Pressure drop [bar]
Flow rate [l/min]
Form tools NOTE

E 5.911.1.1/01.13

subject to technical modifications technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 / 509-598
337
Normally Open
38 l/min WS08Y-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
When de-energized, there is free flow Switching time: energized: approx. 50 ms
through the valve from port 2 to de-energized: approx. 35 ms
port 1. Flow is not possible in the Type of voltage: DC solenoid, AC voltage is rectified
reverse direction. using a bridge rectifier built into the coil
When the solenoid coil is energized, the
0.8 A at 24 V DC
valve is closed from port 2 to
port 1. In the reverse direction from port Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
E 5.917.3/01.13
1 to 2 there is free flow through the valve Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
when the hydraulic force on the piston of the nominal voltage at
overcomes the solenoid force 60 °C ambient temperature
(approx. 9 to 20 bar). Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
338
nut, coil can be rotated WS08Y – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
hex. 7/8" AB3 = G3/8 ports, aluminium body
torque 25+5 Nm
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC, 24 = 24 V DC
Manual override, with
HNBR-rubber cap.
115 = 115 V AC, 230 = 230 V AC
torque 4+2 Nm
without man.

override

Standard models
Model Code Part No.
WS08Y-01-C-N-24DG 563048
WS08Y-01-C-N-230AG 3043372
thick Other models on request
millimeter (inch)
CAVITY Other line bodies on request
FC08-2
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.917.3/01.13
Reamer FC08-2 175474 millimeter (inch) technical department. Subject to technical Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
339
Normally Open
75 l/min WS10Y-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
When de-energized, there is free flow Type of voltage: DC solenoid, AC voltage is rectified
through the valve from port 2 to using a bridge rectifier built into the coil
port 1. Flow is not possible in the reverse
direction. When the solenoid coil is
0.8 A at 24 V DC
energized, the valve is closed from port
2 to port 1. In the reverse direction the Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
E 5.914.3/01.13
valve will allow flow from port 1 to 2 Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
when the hydraulic force on the piston of the nominal voltage at
overcomes the solenoid force (approx. 60 °C ambient temperature
2.5 to 10 bar). Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
340
WS10Y – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
hex. 1"
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
HNBR-rubber cap. Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
After loosening knurled nut, coil 24 = 24 V DC
removed.
115 = 115 V AC
Torque 230 = 230 V AC
without man.
4+2 Nm Other voltages on request

override

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WS10Y-01-C-N-24DG 3030653
thick
WS10Y-01-C-N-230AG 3043826
millimeter (inch)
FH102-SB4 3037594 Steel, zinc-plated G1/2
CAVITY 350 bar
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
deenergized
Pressure drop
Flow rate

Note
E 5.914.3/01.13
341
Normally Open
110 l/min
WS12Y-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Leakage: Leak-free
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC12-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
When de-energized, there is free flow nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient
through the valve from port 2 to 1. Flow temperature
is not permitted in the reverse direction. Current draw at 20 °C: 1.5 A at 12 V DC
When the solenoid coil is energized, the 0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.998.2.1/01.13
valve is closed from port 2 to port 1. In the Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
reverse direction the valve will allow flow Response time: Energized: approx. 90 ms
from port 1 to 2 when the hydraulic force
on the poppet overcomes the solenoid
force (approx. 1.5 to 6.5 bar). Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
342
DIMENSIONS After loosening the mounting MODEL CODE
through 360 ° and removed. WS12Y – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
torque 4+2 Nm Directional poppet valve, UNF
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
hex. 1 1/4"
torque 100±8 Nm
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
Manual override, with DC voltages
HNBR-rubber cap.
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
man. override
max. without

Standard models
thick
Model code Part No.
millimeter (inch)
WS12Y-01-C-N-24DG 3157829
WS12Y-01-C-N-230AG 3157828

Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.998.2.1/01.13

343
Normally Open
150 l/min WS16Y-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Flow rate max. 150 l/min up to 280 bar
Viscosity range: min. 7.4 mm²/s to 420 mm²/s
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC16-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
When de-energized, there is free flow
through the valve from port 2 to 1. Flow Current draw at 20 °C: 1.5 A at 12 V DC
is not possible in the reverse direction. 0.8 A at 24 V DC
When the solenoid coil is energized, the of the nominal voltage at
valve is closed from port 2 to port 1. In
E 5.940.2/01.13
the reverse direction the valve will allow
flow from port 1 to 2 when the hydraulic
force on the piston overcomes the De-energized: approx. 35 ms
solenoid force (approx. 9 to 20 bar). Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
344
WS16Y – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
hex. 1½"
Torque 130+50 Nm
M = manual override
depending on operating pressure
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Manual override with Coil voltage
HNBR-rubber cap DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
After loosening knurled nut, 24 = 24 V DC
coil can be rotated through
360° and removed. AC voltages (bridge rectifier built into the coil)
115 = 115 V AC
man. override
4+2 Nm
max. without

Standard models
Model code Part No.
thick
WS16Y-01-C-N-24DG 3049587
WS16Y-01-C-N-230AG 3049612
millimeter (inch)
FC16-2 Other line bodies on request
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate

E 5.940.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
345
Normally Open
Up to 40 l/min WSM06020Y-01
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
service life
control blocks
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 06020
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
When de-energized, there is free flow Current draw at 20 °C: 1.5 A at 12 V DC
through the valve from port 2 to 1. Flow 0.8 A at 24 V DC
in the reverse direction is not permitted. Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
When the solenoid coil is energized, the Coil duty rating: Continuous up to
valve is closed from port 2 to port 1. max. 115% of the nominal voltage at
E 5.947.2/01.13
In the reverse direction there is free flow
Response time: energized: approx. 50 ms
through the valve when the hydraulic
force on the piston exceeds the solenoid
force (approx. 9 to 20 bar). Coil type: Coil...-40-1836
346
Manual override
WSM06020Y – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
HNBR-rubber cap. Basic model
After loosening the
mounting nut, the coil can Directional poppet valve, metric
be rotated through 360°
and removed Type
01 = standard
torque 4+2 Nm
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
hex. SW 24 DN = Deutsch connector, 2 pole, axial
torque 25+5 Nm DT = AMP Junior Timer, 2 pole, radial
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM06020Y-01-C-N-24DG 3056077
WSM06020Y-01-C-N-230AG 3056075

Cavity:
06020 Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
26 +1 fitting depth
Pressure drop
Flow rate

E 5.947.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
347
Normally Open
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Version -70 for particularly low flow rates
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
Poppet: Hardened and ground
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 06020
Weight: Complete valve 0.33 kg
Coil only 0.19 kg
The WSM06020Y-70 is suitable for Electrical data:
particularly low flow rates and is
specially designed for use as a pilot
valve.
When the solenoid coil is de-energized, 0.8 A at 24 V DC
the valve is open in both directions. Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
E 5.943.4.0/01.13
the reverse direction the valve will allow

temperature
flow when the hydraulic force exceeds
the solenoid force (from approx. 300 bar Response time: On: approx. 30 ms
depending on operating voltage and coil Off: approx. 20 ms
temperature). Coil type: Coil …-40-1836
348
WSM06020Y – 70 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
70 = standard
(for particularly low flow rates)
Manual override
torque 4+2 Nm no details = without manual override
After loosening knurled nut, coil
Manual override, with M = manual override
HNBR-rubber cap
can be rotated through 360° and Body and ports
removed. C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
max. DC voltages
max.
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
max.
hex. SW 24
Torque 25+5 Nm DC: DG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM06020Y-70-C-N-12DG 3581218
WSM06020Y-70-C-N-24DG 3534259
millimeter WSM06020Y-70-C-N-230AG 3534260

Seal kits
fitting depth
PERFORMANCE
32
28 1⇔2
24
20
∆p [bar]
16
12
0
0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.25 2.5 2.75 3
Q [l/min]
Form tools
E 5.943.4.0/01.13

Reamer MK2 1000768 millimeter technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
349
Normally Open
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 10120
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data
When de-energized, there is free flow 0.8 A at 24 V DC
through the valve from port 2 to 1. Flow is
not possible in the reverse direction. When
the solenoid coil is energized, the valve is
E 5.947.1.1/01.13

closed from port 2 to port 1. In the reverse
temperature
direction the valve will allow flow from
port 1 to 2 when the hydraulic force on Response time: Energized: approx. 60 ms
the piston overcomes the solenoid force De-energized: approx. 20 ms
(approx. 2.5 to 10 bar). Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
350
WSM10120Y – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
After loosening knurled Manual override, with HNBR-rubber cap.
nut, coil can be rotated through 360° Type
and removed. 01 = standard
Manual override
torque 4+2 Nm no details = without manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
hex SW27 DC: DG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803
Torque DK = KOSTAL threaded connection M27x1
45+10 Nm DL = 2 flying leads, 457 mm long, 0.75 mm²
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM10120Y-01-C-N-24DG 3178525
WSM10120Y-01-C-N-230AG 3178524

CAVITY
10120 Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
fitting depth
2 → 1 de-
energized
Pressure drop
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.947.1.1/01.13

Reamer (shank MK2) 1014206 millimeter technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
351
2 Poppet Type, Pilot-Operated
Normally Open
Up to 110 l/min
1 WSM12120Y
Up to 350 bar
Functioning FEATURES
service life
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 12120
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
When de-energized, there is free flow Current draw at 20 °C: 1.5 A at 12 V DC
through the valve from port 2 to 1. Flow 0.8 A at 24 V DC
in the opposite direction is not permitted. Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
When energized, the valve is closed Response time: energized: approx. 90 ms
E 5.948.2.1/01.13
from port 2 to port 1. de-energized: approx. 25 ms

In the reverse direction there is free flow Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
through the valve when the hydraulic of the nominal voltage at
force on the poppet exceeds the 60 °C ambient temperature
solenoid force (approx. 9 to 20 bar). Coil type: Coil..-40-1836
352
WSM12120Y – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
After loosening the mounting nut, the coil
01 = standard
can be rotated through 360° and removed Manual override
Manual override with
M = manual override
HNBR-rubber cap
Body and ports
C = cartridge only
torque 4+2 Nm Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
hex. SW 32 Other voltages on request
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM12120Y-01-C-N-12DG 3230826
WSM12120Y-01-C-N-24DG 3230834
WSM12120Y-01-C-N-230AG 3230833
millimeter
R12120-01X-01 396707 Steel, zinc-plated M 27 x 2 max. 420 bar
Cavity
12120 Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
fitting depth
2→1
de-energized
Pressure drop
Flow rate
E 5.948.2.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
353
Normally Open
Screen Filter
30 l/min
350 bar WS08Y-30
FUNCTION FEATURES
screen filter
SPECIFICATIONS
Leakage: Leak-free
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
When de-energized, there is free flow nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient
through the valve from port 2 to 1. temperature
Flow from port 1 to 2 is is not permitted. Current draw at 20 °C: 1.5 A at 12 V DC
E 5.992.1/01.13

the reverse direction the valve will allow Response time: Energized: approx. 50 ms
force on the poppet overcomes the
354
DIMENSIONS After loosening the mounting
MODEL CODE
nut, the coil can be rotated WS08Y – 30 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Directional poppet valve with screen filter
Type
30 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
hex. 7/8"
torque Seals
25+5 Nm N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
Manual override AC voltages (bridge rectifier built into the coil)
with HNBR-rubber cap 115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
torque Other voltages on request
man. override
max. without

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WS08Y-30-C-N-24DG 3132862
WS08Y-30-C-N-230AG 3132863
thick

millimeter (inch)
subject to technical modifications FH082-SB3 560919 Steel, zinc-plated G3/8 420 bar
CAVITY
Seal kits
FC08-2
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
de-energized
Flow rate

NOTE
E 5.992.1/01.13
355
Normally Open (Reverse Flow)
38 l/min
WS08YR-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
Switching time: Energized: approx. 50 ms
When the solenoid coil is not energized, using a bridge rectifier built into the coil
the valve is open in both directions. Current draw at 20 °C: 1.5 A at 12 V DC
0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.908.3/01.13

the reverse direction from port 1 to 2 Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the
there is free flow through the valve when nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient
the pressure force on the piston exceeds temperature
the solenoid force (approx. 9 to 20 bar). Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
356
nut, coil can be rotated WS08YR – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic Model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and Ports*
C = Cartridge only
SB3 = G3/8 BSP ports, steel body
hex. 7/8" torque AB3 = G3/8 BSP ports, aluminium body
25+5 Nm
Seals
N = NBR
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages:
12 = 12 V DC
Manual override,
with HNBR-rubber cap. 24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
torque 4+2 Nm 230 = 230 V AC
without man.

override

Standard models
Model code Part No.
thick WS08YR-01-C-N-24DG 562805
WS08YR-01-C-N-230AG 3043387
millimeter (inch)

Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.908.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
357
75 l/min WS10YR
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
When the solenoid coil is de-energized,
the valve is open in both directions.
0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.921.3/01.13

the reverse direction the valve will allow Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the
flow from port 1 to 2 when the hydraulic nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient
force on the piston overcomes the temperature
358
WS10YR-01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Directional spool valve, UNF
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
1" hex. SB4 = G1/2 ports, steel body
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
Manual override, with 12 = 12 V DC
HNBR-rubber cap. 24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
After loosening knurled nut,
230 = 230 V AC
coil can be rotated through 360°
and removed. Other voltages on request
without man. override
Torque Coil connectors (type 40-1836)

4+2 Nm DC: DG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WS10YR-01-C-N-24DG 3030758
WS10YR-01-C-N-230AG 3043833

cavity Other housings on request
FC10-2
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
de-energized
de-energized
Pressure drop
Flow rate

NOTE
E 5.921.3/01.13
Reamer FC10-2 165706 millimeter (inch) technical department. Subject to technical Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
359
110 l/min
WS12YR-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Leakage: Leak-free
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC12-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
When the solenoid coil is de-energized, of the nominal voltage at
there is free flow through the valve in 60 °C ambient temperature
both directions. Current draw at 20 °C: 1.5 A at 12 V DC
E 5.998.3.1/01.13
valve is closed from port 2 to port 1. In the Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
reverse direction the valve will allow flow Response time: Energized: approx. 90 ms
from port 1 to 2 when the hydraulic force
on the poppet overcomes the solenoid
force (approx. 1.5 to 6.5 bar). Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
360
DIMENSIONS After loosening the mounting MODEL CODE
through 360 ° and removed. WS12YR – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
torque 4+2 Nm Directional poppet valve, UNF
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
torque 100±8 Nm
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Manual override, with HNBR-
rubber cap. Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
man. override
max. without
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
thick
millimeter (inch)
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WS12YR-01-C-N-24DG 3157876
WS12YR-01-C-N-230AG 3157875
CAVITY
FC12-2 *Standard in-line bodies
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.998.3.1/01.13

361
150 l/min WS16YR-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal flow: max. 150 l/min, up to 280 bar
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC16-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
When the solenoid coil is de-energized, temperature
E 5.944.2/01.13

the reverse direction the valve will allow Response time: Energized: approx. 150 ms
force on the piston overcomes the
362
WS16YR – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
hex. 1½"
M = manual override
Torque 130+50 Nm
depending on operating pressure Body and Ports*
C = Cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Manual override with Coil voltage
HNBR-rubber cap DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
After loosening knurled 24 = 24 V DC
nut, coil can be rotated through
360° and removed. AC voltages (bridge rectifier built into the coil)
115 = 115 V AC
man. override
4+2 Nm
max. without

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WS16YR-01-C-N-24DG 3049625
thick
WS16YR-01-C-N-230AG 3049650
millimeter (inch)
FC16-2
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
psi bar
12
150 2 → 1 de-energized
Pressure drop
100
4
50
0 0
0 40 80 120 160 l/min
0 10 20 30 40 US gpm
Flow rate

NOTE
E 5.944.2/01.13
363
Up to 40 l/min WSM06020YR-01
Up to 350 bar
FUNcTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 06020
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
When the solenoid coil is energized, the Coil duty rating: Continuous up to
valve is closed from port 2 to port 1. max. 115% of the nominal voltage at
E 5.948.2/01.13
In the reverse direction there is free flow 60 °C ambient temperature

through the valve when the hydraulic Response time: energized: approx. 50 ms
force on the piston exceeds the solenoid de-energized: approx. 35 ms
force (approx. 9 to 20 bar). Coil type: Coil...-40-1836
364
WSM06020YR - 01 M - C - N - 24 DG
Basic model
Manual override with Type
HNBR-rubber cap
01 = standard
After loosening knurled Manual override
nut, coil can be rotated through No details = without manual override
360 ° and removed.
M = manual override
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
hex. SW 24 DK = Kostal threaded connection M27 x 1
torque 25+5 Nm DL = 2 flying leads 475 mm long, 0.75 mm²
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM06020YR-01-C-N-24DG 3056228
WSM06020YR-01-C-N-230AG 3056226

Subject to R06020-01X-01 275266 Steel, zinc-plated G 3/8 max. 420 bar
technical modifications.
For other line bodies, see brochure no. E 5.252.
Seal kits
06020 SEAL KIT 06020-NBR NBR 3119017
PERFORMANCE
Measured at n = 34 mm²/s, TOil = 46 °C
fitting depth
Pressure drop [bar]
de-energized
de-energized
Flow rate [l/min]

E 5.948.2/01.13
Reamer (shank MK2) 1000768 Subject to
365
Up to 75 l/min WSM10120YR-01
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data
When the solenoid coil is energized, the Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the
E 5.948.1.1/01.13
valve is closed from port 2 to port 1. In nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient

the reverse direction the valve will allow temperature
flow from port 1 to 2 when the hydraulic Response time: Energized: approx. 60 ms
force on the piston overcomes the De-energized: approx. 20 ms
solenoid force (approx. 2.5 to 10 bar). Coil type: Coil...-40-1836
366
WSM10120YR – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Manual override, with HNBR-rubber cap.
After loosening mounting nut, coil can be Type
rotated through 360° and removed
01 = standard
Manual override
torque 4+2 Nm
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
hex. SW 27 Other voltages on request
Torque 45+10Nm Coil connectors (type 40-1836)
Standard models
Model code Part No.
millimeter
WSM10120YR-01-C-N-24DG 3179040
WSM10120YR-01-C-N-230AG 3576069

10120 R10120-01X-01 395234 Steel, zinc-plated G 1/2 max. 420 bar
Seal kits
fitting depth
PERFORMANCE
2 → 1 de-
energized
Pressure drop [bar]
1 → 2 de-
energized
Flow rate [l/min]

E 5.948.1.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
367
2 Poppet Type, Pilot Operated
Up to 110 l/min
1 WSM12120YR
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
service life
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 12120
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data
When the solenoid coil is de-energized, using a bridge rectifier built into the coil
E 5.948.4.1/01.13
valve is closed from port 2 to port 1. In Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
the reverse direction there is free flow Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
through the valve when the hydraulic of the nominal voltage at
force on the piston exceeds the solenoid 60 °C ambient temperature
force (approx. 9 to 20 bar). Coil type: Coil ...-40-1836
368
WSM12120YR – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
the coil can be rotated through 360° 01 = standard
and removed
Manual override
Manual override, with M = manual override
HNBR-rubber cap
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
torque 4+2 Nm N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
hex. SW 32
torque 70+10 Nm
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM12120YR-01-C-N-12DG 3230846
WSM12120YR-01-C-N-24DG 3230852
WSM12120YR-01-C-N-230AG 3179093

millimeter R12120-10X-02 396707 Steel, zinc-plated M 27 x 2 max. 420 bar
Seal kits
12120 SEAL KIT 12120-NBR NBR 3454001
PERFORMANCE
2→1
fitting depth
1 → 2 de-
energized
Pressure drop
Flow rate
E 5.948.4.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
369
Normally Closed
WS08W-01
19 l/min
250 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.924.3/01.13
In the de-energized mode, the valve Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
blocks flow in both directions. of the nominal voltage at
370
DIMENSIONS After loosening mounting nut, MODEL CODE
and removed. WS08W – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and Ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
HNBR-rubber cap 24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
torque 4+2 Nm
230 = 230 V AC
without man.
override

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WS08W-01-C-N-24DG 3011913
thick
WS08W-01-C-N-230AG 3043358
millimeter (inch)
CAVITY FH082-AB3 3011423 Aluminium, clear anodized G3/8 210 bar
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.924.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
371
Normally Closed
40 l/min WS10W
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Viscosity range: min. 7.4 to max. 420 mm²/s
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-2
Coil only: 0.23 kg
Electrical data:
1.13 A at 24 V DC
Voltage tolerance: ± 15 % of nominal voltage
E 5.965.2/01.13
In the de-energized mode the valve Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
blocks flow in both directions. of nominal voltage at
372
DIMENSIONS MODEL CODE WS10W - 01 M – C – N - 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
hex. 1" Seals
torque 45+10 Nm
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
Manual override, with HNBR-rubber cap 230 = 230 V AC
After loosening mounting nut, coil Coil connectors (type 50-1836)
removed.
torque 4+2 Nm DT = AMP Junior Timer, 2-pole, radial
without man.

override
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WS10W-01-C-N-12DG 3105542
WS10W-01-C-N-24DG 3105385
WS10W-01-C-N-230AG 3105386

thick FH102-AB4 3037777 Aluminium, clear anodized G1/2 210 bar
Seal kits
Code Part No. Material
millimeter (inch) Seal kit FS102-N 3033872 NBR
Seal kit FS102-N 3051757 FKM
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
FC10-2 Measured at ν = 34 mm²/s,Toil = 46 °C
PRESSURE DROP
Pressure drop
Flow rate
OPERATING LIMITS
Pressure
Flow rate

E 5.965.2/01.13
Note
Countersink FC10-2 176379 For applications or operating conditions not Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
373
Normally Closed
Up to 19 l/min WSM06020W-01
Up to 250 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
service life
control blocks
SPECIFICATIONS
Viscosity range: 10 to 420 mm²/s
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 06020
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
Nominal voltage: 1.5 A at 12 V DC
0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.949.2/01.13
When the solenoid coil is de-energized, 60 °C ambient temperature

the valve blocks flow in both directions. Response time: Energized: approx. 35 ms
374
WSM06020W – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
After loosening the mounting nut, the coil can Type
be rotated through 360° and removed Manual override 01 = standard
with HNBR-rubber cap
Manual override
torque 4+2 Nm M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
DC voltages:
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
hex. SW 24
torque 25+5 Nm
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM06020W-01-C-N-24DG 3055971
WSM06020W-01-C-N-230AG 3055969

Seal kits
Cavity: Code Material Part No.
06020 SEAL KIT 06020 NBR 3119017
SEAL KIT 06020 FKM 3262477
PERFORMANCE
bar
fitting depth
Pressure drop
l/min
Flow rate

E 5.949.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
375
Normally Closed
Up to 25 l/min
WSM06020W-61
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz High performance version for high pressures and long service life
service life
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to 120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 06020
Weight: Complete valve: 0.42 kg
Coil: 0.23 kg
The WSM06020W-61 is the high Electrical data:
performance version of the standard Type of voltage: DC solenoid, AC voltage is rectified
WSM06020W-01. Owing to its larger coil using a bridge rectifier built into the coil
and modified design, the valve switches Current draw (at 20 °C): 2.22 A at 12 V DC
up to 350 bar and permits a flow rate of 1.13 A at 24 V DC
25 l/min. Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
When the solenoid coil is de-energized, Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
E 5.949.3.1/01.13
the valve blocks flow in both directions. of the nominal voltage at

When energized the valve allows flow in 60 °C ambient temperature
both directions. Response time: Energized: approx. 30 ms
Caution: No orifice is permitted just De-energized: approx. 40 ms
before port 1. Coil type: Coil ...-50-1836
376
WSM06020W – 61 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
61 = standard
Manual override
Manual override, with No details = without manual override
After loosening knurled HNBR-rubber cap M = manual override
nut, coil can be rotated through Body and ports*
360 ° and removed.
Torque C = cartridge
4+2 Nm Seals
N = NBR (standard)
F = FPM (optional)
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
hex. SW24
torque
25+5Nm
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM06020W-61-C-N-24DG 3531890
WSM06020W-61-C-N-230AG 3531891

millimeter (inch) R06020-01X-01 275266 Steel, zinc-plated G 3/8
Seal kits
Cavity Code Part No.
06020 SEAL KIT 06020-NBR 3119017
SEAL KIT 06020-FKM 3262477
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate
E 5.949.3.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Reamer (shank MK2) 1000768 millimeter (inch)
377
Normally Closed
Up to 110 l/min WSM12120W
Up to 350 bar
FEATURES
FUNCTION
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 12120
Coil only: 0.19 kg
Electrical data
0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.948.7.1/01.13
the valve blocks flow in both directions. of the nominal voltage at
both directions. Coil type: Coil...-40-1836
378
WSM12120W – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
To operate manually,
remove mounting no details = without manual override
the coil can be rotated through 360° nut and twist button M = manual override
and removed counterclockwise
Body and ports *
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage
DC voltages
torque 4+2 Nm 12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
SW 32
torque 70+10 Nm
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM12120W-01-C-N-12DG 3354399
WSM12120W-01-C-N-24DG 3354400

Millimeter R12120-10X-01 396708 Steel, zinc-plated G 3/4 max. 420 bar
Seal kits
Cavity Code Material Part No.
12120 SEAL KIT 12120-NBR NBR 3454001
PERFORMANCE
fitting depth
psi bar
13
180
12
160 11
2 => 1
140
10 1 => 2
Pressure drop
9
120
8
100 7
6
80
5
60 4
40 3
2
20
1
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 l/min
0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 US gpm
Flow rate
E 5.948.7.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
379
Normally Closed
up to 100 l/min
WSM16520W
up to 210 bar
Function FEATURES
zzMain application is in fast-switching applications e.g. in
injection moulding machines
zzHigh flow with low ∆p
zzExcellent dynamic performance
zzCoil seals protect the solenoid system
SPECIFICATIONS
or cleaner
Materials: Valve body: hardened steel
ground steel
FKM (optional)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Coil only 1.05 kg
Electrical data:
Type of voltage: DC solenoid, AC voltage can be rectified
using a bridge rectifier, e.g. Z4
(not supplied)
The WSM16520W is a direct acting Current draw at 20 °C: 2.9 A at 12 V DC; 1.45 A at 24 V DC
directional poppet valve – in the normal Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of nominal
position, the valve is closed in both Coil duty rating: Continuous up to
directions. When the solenoid is energized, max. 115% of the nominal voltage at
E 5.949.5.1/01.13
the valve opens and allows flow in both 50 °C ambient temperature

directions.
Response time: On: approx. 70 ms
Caution: No orifice is permitted just before Off: approx. 50 ms
port 1. Only "diffuser orifices" may be
used. Coil type: Coil... –75-3164
380
WSM 16520 W – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Cavity
Function symbol
Torque Type
6+2 Nm
01 = standard
After loosening the Manual override

mounting nut, the coil can no details = without manual override
be rotated through 360° M = manual override
and removed
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
hex SW41 N = NBR (standard)
Coil voltage
DC: 12 = 12 Volt DC
24 = 24 Volt DC
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM16520W-01-C-N-12DG 3432838
millimeter (inch)
WSM16520W-01-C-N-24DG 3134104

Metric 16520
R16520-01X-01 3132532 Steel, zinc-plated 1 BSP 350 bar
Seal kits
Code Part No.
SEAL KIT WSM16520 -NBR 3286856
fitting depth
fitting depth
PERFORMANCE
Dp [bar]
Q [l/min]
Form tools NOTE

E 5.949.5.1/01.13

Tool Part No. relates to the operating conditions and
applications described. For applications Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
Countersink 177669 and operating conditions not described, D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
please contact the proper HYDAC Tel: 0 68 97 / 509-01
subject to technical modifications department. Fax: 0 68 97 / 509-598
381
Normally Closed, Double-Blocking
Screen Filter
20 l/min
250 bar WS08W-30
FUNCTION FEATURES
screen filter
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the nominal
0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.994.1/01.13

the valve blocks flow in both directions. Response time: Energized: approx. 35 ms
382
DIMENSIONS After loosening the mounting nut, the coil MODEL CODE
can be rotated through 360 ° and removed.
WS08W-30 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Directional poppet valve, UNF, with screen filter
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
hex. 7/8"
N = NBR (standard)
torque 25+5 Nm
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
Manual override, with 115 = 115 V AC
HNBR-rubber cap. 230 = 230 V AC
torque 4+2 Nm
max. without man.

override

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WS08W-30-C-N-24DG 3132864
WS08W-30-C-N-230AG 3132865

thick Code Part No. Material Ports Pressure
millimeter FH082-AB3 3011423 Aluminium, anodized G3/8 210 bar
Seal kits
FC08-2 FS082-N SEAL KIT NBR 3033920
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate

NOTE
E 5.994.1/01.13
Reamer FC08-2 175474 millimeter department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
383
3/2-Solenoid Directional Valve
Normally Open
20 l/min WS08V-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
temperature
Voltage tolerance ± 15 % of nominal voltage
0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.917.1.1/01.13

the valve is open in both directions. Switching time: Energized: approx. 35 ms
When the solenoid coil is energized, the De-energized: approx. 70 ms
valve is closed in both directions. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
384
After loosening knurled nut, coil
WS08V – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
removed. Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
hex. 7/8" N = NBR (standard)
torque 25+5 Nm V = FKM
DC:
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
HNBR-rubber cap.
Torque DC: DG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803
4+2 Nm DK = KOSTAL threaded connection M27x1
max. without man.

override

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WS08V-01-C-N-24DG 3138653
WS08V-01-C-N-230AG 3138654

thick
millimeter (inch) FH082-AB3 3011423 Aluminium, clear anodized G3/8 210 bar
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.917.1.1/01.13

385
Normally Open
Up to 20 l/min WSM06020V-01
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Viscosity range: 10 to 420 mm²/s
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 06020
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data
0.8 A at 24 V DC
Voltage tolerance: ± -15% of the nominal voltage
E 5.949.1.1/01.13

When the solenoid coil is de-energized, temperature
the valve is open in both directions. Response time: Energized: approx. 40 ms
When the solenoid coil is energized, the De-energized: approx. 60 ms
386
WSM06020V – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override, with Manual override
After loosening knurled HNBR-rubber cap no details = without manual override
nut, coil can be rotated through 360 ° and M = manual override
removed.
Body and ports *
torque 4+2 Nm
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
hex. SW 24 DK = KOSTAL threaded connection M27x1
Torque 25+5 Nm
Standard models
Model code Part No.
millimeter
WSM06020V-01-C-N-24DG 3135462
WSM06020V-01-C-N-230AG 3135461

Seal kits
fitting depth
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.949.1.1/01.13

Reamer 1000768 millimeter technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
387
Normally Open
Up to 110 l/min WSM12120V-01
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 12120
Coil only: 0.19 kg
Electrical data
typical 24 V DC-coil
0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.948.6.1/01.13

When the solenoid coil is de-energized, Coil duty rating: Continuous up to
the valve is open in both directions. max. 115% of the nominal voltage at
When the solenoid coil is energized, the 60 °C ambient temperature
valve is closed in both directions. Coil type: Coil...-40-1836
388
WSM12120V – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
HNBR-rubber cap Manual override
the coil can be rotated through 360° no details = without manual override
and removed M = manual override
torque 4+2 Nm Body and ports *
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
hex. SW 32 DC: DG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803
torque 70+10 Nm DK = KOSTAL threaded connection M27x1
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM12120V-01-C-N-12DG 3350065
WSM12120V-01-C-N-24DG 3350066

Cavity Seal kits

Metric 12120 Code Material Part No.
PERFORMANCE
fitting depth
Pressure drop
Flow rate
E 5.948.6.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
389
Normally Open
up to 100 l/min
WSM16520V
up to 210 bar
Functioning FEATURES
zzMain application is in fast-switching applications e.g. in injection moulding machines
zzHigh flow with low ∆p
SPECIFICATIONS
Media operating temperature range:: min. -20 °C to max. +100 °C
cleaner
ground steel
FKM (optional)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 16520
Coil only 1.05 kg
Electrical data:
Type of voltage: DC solenoid, AC voltage can be rectified
using a bridge rectifier, e.g. Z4
(not supplied)
Current draw at 20 °C: 2.9 A at 12 V DC; 1.45 A at 24 V DC
The WSM16520V is a direct acting Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of nominal
directional poppet valve – in the normal Coil duty rating: Continuous up to
position, the valve is open in both max. 115% of the nominal voltage at
E 5.949.4.0/01.13
directions. When the solenoid is energized, 50 °C ambient temperature

the valve closes in both directions.
Response time: On: approx. 80 ms
Caution: No orifice is permitted just before Off: approx. 80 ms
port 1. Only "diffuser orifices" may be
used. Coil type: Coil... –75-3164
390
WSM 16520 V – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Cavity
Function symbol
Torque
6 +2 Nm Type
After loosening the 01 = standard
mounting nut, the coil
can be rotated through Manual override
360° and removed no details = without manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports
C = cartridge only
Seals
hex SW41 N = NBR (standard)
torque 150 +20 Nm V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage
DC: 12 = 12 Volt DC
24 = 24 Volt DC
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM16520V-01-C-N-12DG 3432835
Millimeter WSM16520V-01-C-N-24DG 3134213

CAVITY
Metric 16520 Code Part No. Material Ports Pressure
R16520-01X-01 3132532 Steel, zinc-plated 1 BSP 420 bar
Seal kits
Code Part No.
SEAL KIT WSM16520 -NBR 3286856
fitting depth
fitting depth
PERFORMANCE
Measured at 33 mm²/s, Toil = 46 °C
Dp [bar]
Q [l/min]
Form tools NOTE

E 5.949.4.0/01.13

Tool Part No. relates to the operating conditions and Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
applications described. For applications
Countersink 177669 and operating conditions not described, D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
please contact the proper HYDAC Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
391
WSM08130C-01
Up to 22 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Ambient temperature range: min. -20 °C to max.+60 °C
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Coil only: 0.23 kg
Electrical data:
1.13 A at 24 V DC
E 5.977.2.1/01.13
through the valve from port 2 to 3. Port 1

is closed. Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the
nominal voltage at max. 60° C ambient
When energized, there is free flow temperature
through the valve from port 1 to 2. Port 3
is closed. Coil type: Coil…-50-1836
392
WSM08130C – 01 – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
torque 4+2 Nm
Seals
After loosening the N = NBR (standard)
mounting nut, the V = FKM (optional)
coil can be rotated Coil voltage
through 360 ° and DC voltages
removed. 12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
hex. SW 24 Coil connectors (type 50-1836)
torque DK = KOSTAL threaded connection M27x1
25+5 Nm DL = 2 flying leads, 457 mm long, 0.75 mm²
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM08130C-01-C-N-12DG 3374096
WSM08130C-01-C-N-24DG 3374097
WSM08130C-01-C-N-230AG 3374098

Seal kits
CAVITY
Code Part No.
Metric 08130 SEAL KIT 08130-NBR 3164596
SEAL KIT 08130-FKM 3183746
PERFORMANCE
fitting depth
fitting depth
Pressure drop
Flow rate
E 5.977.2.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
393
WS08D-01
23 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Fluids: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part 1 and 2
Viscosity: Min. 10 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to
ISO 4406 or cleaner
Installation: no orientation restrictions
Spool: hardened and ground
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-3
Weights: Valve complete: 0.45 kg
Coil only: 0.23 kg
Electrical data:
Reponse time: Energized: approx. 30 ms
Type of voltage: DC solenoid, AC voltage is rectified using
a bridge rectifier built into the coil
Current draw at 20 °C: 2.22 amps at 12 V DC
1.13 amps at 24 V DC
Voltage tolerance: ±15% of nominal
E 5.907.3.1/01.13

through the valve from port 1 to port 2. Coil duty rating: Continuous up to 115%
of nominal voltage at max 60 °C ambient
Port 3 is closed. When energized, the
temperature
valve allows flow from port 2 to 3, while
blocking flow at port 1. Coil type Coil…-50-1836
394
DIMENSIONS After loosening knurled MODEL CODE
through 360 ° and WS08D – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
removed.
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports
hex. 7/8"
C = cartridge only
torque 25+5 Nm Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
HNBR-rubber cap.
torque
max. without man.

override
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WS08D-01-C-N-12DG 3229015
WS08D-01-C-N-24DG 3229020
WS08D-01-C-N-230AG 3229019
thick * Standard in-line bodies

Seal kits
FC08-3 FS083-N seal kit NBR 3054795
FS083-V seal kit FKM 2591059
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Orifice not
permitted here! Flow rate
E 5.907.3.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
395
WS08D-51
20 l/min
280 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Excellent switching performance due to high power HYDAC solenoid
zz Smaller dimensions by shorter coil in comparison to WS08D-01
(Limited switching performance)
SPECIFICATIONS
Leakage: Leak-free
Ambient temp. range: min. -20 °C to max. + 60 °C
cleaner
Materials: Valve body: Free-cutting steel
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-3
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
When de-energized, there is free flow 0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.907.1.1/01.13
through the valve from port 1 to port 2. Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
Port 3 is closed.
When energized, the valve allows flow
from port 2 to port 3, while blocking flow
at port 1. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
396
DIMENSIONS MODEL CODE WS08D - 51 M - C - N - 24 DG
After loosening knurled Basic model
nut, coil can be rotated Directional poppet valve UNF
Type
01 = standard
M = manual override
Body and ports*
hex. 7/8" C = cartridge only
torque 25+ 5 Nm SB3 = G3/8 ports, steel body
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
HNBR-rubber cap. Coil connectors (type 40-1836)
max. without man.

override

Standard models
Code Part No.
WS08D-51-C-N-24DG 3079445
WS08D-51-C-N-230AG 3092948

Code Part No. Material Connections Pressure
Seal kits
millimeter (inch) FS083-N SEAL KIT NBR 3054795
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Pressure drop
Flow rate
OPERATING LIMITS
Operating pressure
Orifice not
permitted here!
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.907.1.1/01.13

397
3/2-Solenoid Directional Valve
Poppet Type - Direct-Acting
Normally Open
up to 22 l/min WSM08130D-01
up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Coil only: 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
1.13 A at 24 V DC
Voltage tolerance: ±15% of nominal voltage
E 5.977.1.1/01.13
there is free flow through the valve from

port 1 to port 2. Port 3 is closed. Coil duty rating: Continuous up to
max. 115% of the nominal voltage at
When energized, there is free flow 60 °C ambient temperature
Coil type: Coil…-50-1836
Port 1 is closed.
398
WSM08130D - 01 M - C - N - 24 DG
Basic model
Type
After loosening mounting Manual override, with 01 = standard
HNBR-rubber cap.
nut, coil can be rotated Manual override
through 360° and
removed. no details = without manual override
M = manual override
torque 4+2 Nm
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
hex. SW24 DK = Kostal threaded connection M27 x 1
torque 25+5 Nm DL = 2 flying leads, 0.75 mm²
DN = Deutsch connector, axial, 2-pole
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM08130D-01-C-N-12DG 3229147
WSM08130D-01-C-N-24DG 3229152
WSM08130D-01-C-N-230AG 3229151

Millimeter Code Part No. Material Ports Pressure
CAVITY
Metric 08130 Seal kits
Code Part No.
SEAL KIT 08130 NBR 3164596
SEAL KIT 08130-FKM 3183746
PERFORMANCE
fitting depth
fitting depth
Pressure drop
Flow rate
E 5.977.1.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
399
WK08W-01
19 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Mounting position No orientation restrictions
Cavity: FC08-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.925.3/01.13
In the de-energized mode, the valve Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the
blocks flow in both directions. When nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient
energized the valve allows flow in both temperature
directions. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
400
DIMENSIONS torque 4+2 Nm
After loosening
MODEL CODE
knurled nut, coil can
be rotated through
WK08W – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
360° and removed. Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
For termination no details = without manual override
see Model code M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
Manual override 12 = 12 V DC
After loosening knurled 24 = 24 V DC
nut, manual operation is possible
by twisting button anticlockwise.
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
man. override
max. without

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK08W-01-C-N-24DG 3018585
thick WK08W-01-C-N-230AG 3044038

Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate

NOTE
E 5.925.3/01.13
401
Spool Type, Direct-Acting,
WK10W-01
35 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Internal leakage: max. 150 cm³/min at 250 bar and 34 mm²/s
cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-2
Coil only 0.23 kg
Electrical data:
1.13 A at 24 V DC
E 5.969.2/01.13
When the solenoid coil is de-energized, Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the
the valve blocks flow in both directions. nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient
temperature
402
hex. 1"
DIMENSIONS torque 5+2 Nm

After loosening the
MODEL CODE
mounting nut, the coil can
be rotated through 360 °
WK10W-01 M - C - N - 24 DG
and removed. Basic model
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
hex. 1"
torque 45+10 Nm
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
After loosening knurled nut, 115 = 115 V AC
manual operation is possible by
twisting button anticlockwise.
230 = 230 V AC
torque 4+2 Nm
Standard models
Model code Part No.
thick WK10W-01-C-N-24DG 3079726
WK10W-01-C-N-230AG 3094629
millimeter (inch)
FC10-2
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.969.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
403
WK08V-01
19 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Internal leakage: 90 cm³/min at 250 bar and 34 mm²/s
cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-2
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.918.3/01.13

the valve is open in both directions.
temperature
404
DIMENSIONS After loosening knurled
MODEL CODE
through 360 ° and
WK08V – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
hex. 7/8"
torque 25+5 Nm
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages:
HNBR-rubber cap.
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
torque 4+2 Nm
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
man. override

max. without

thick
Standard models
Model Code Part No.
WK08V-01-C-N-24DG 3020235
WK08V-01-C-N-230AG 3044018

cavity FH082-SB3 560919 Steel, zinc-plated G3/8 420 bar
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate

E 5.918.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
405
WK10V-01
35 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Internal leakage: max. 190 cm³/min at 250 bar and 34
mm²/s
or cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-2
Coil only 0.23 kg
Electrical data:
1.13 A at 24 V DC
E 5.970.2/01.13
the valve is open in both directions. of the nominal voltage at
406
WK10V – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
hex. 1"
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
HNBR-rubber cap
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
After loosening the mounting 24 = 24 V DC
through 360 ° and removed. AC voltages (bridge rectifier built into the coil)
115 = 115 V AC
torque 230 = 230 V AC
4+2 Nm
Standard models
WK10V-01-C-N-24DG 3094516
WK10V-01-C-N-230AG 3094517
millimeter (inch)
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.970.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
407
WK07L-01
10 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Ambient temperature range: -20 °C to + 60 °C
Viscosity: min. 7.4 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC07-3
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
0.8 A at 24 V DC
When the solenoid coil is de-energized, Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
the valve allows flow from port 1 to 2 or
E 5.955.3/01.13

from port 2 to 1, while blocking flow at
port 3. When energized, the valve allows
temperature
flow from port 3 to 1 or from port 1 to 3,
while blocking flow at port 2. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
408
WK07L – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Manual override Type
torque 4+2 Nm
After loosening knurled 01 = standard
After loosening knurled nut, manual operation
nut, coil can be rotated Manual override
through 360 ° and removed. button anticlockwise. no details = without manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports
C = cartridge only
Seals
torque 4+2 Nm
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
hex. SW22 230 = 230 V AC
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK07L-01-C-N-24DG 3034324
WK07L-01-C-N-230AG 3091310
millimeter (inch) Standard in-line bodies

On request
Seal kits
CAVITY FS073-N SEAL KIT NBR 3086946
FC07-3
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate

E 5.955.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
409
Spool Type - Direct-Acting
WK08L-01
17 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION GENERAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Consult HYDAC for flow ratings
above 207 bar
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-3
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
0.8 A at 24 V DC
When de-energized, the valve allows Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
flow from port 1 to 2 or from port 2 to
E 5.913.3/01.13

1, while blocking flow at port 3. When of the nominal voltage at
energized, the valve allows flow from 60 °C ambient temperature
port 3 to 1 or from port 1 to 3, while
blocking flow at port 2. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
410
nut, coil can be rotated WK08L – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
through 360 ° and
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
hex. 7/8"
torque 25+5 Nm
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
HNBR-rubber cap.
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
torque 4+2 Nm

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK08L-01-C-N-24DG 3021475
thick
WK08L-01-C-N-230AG 3043947
millimeter (inch)
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate

NOTE
E 5.913.3/01.13
Code Part No. The information in this brochure relates to the Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
411
WK10L-01
32 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-3
Coil only 0.23 kg
Electrical data:
1.13 A at 24 V DC
the valve allows flow from port 1 to 2
E 5.959.1/01.13

or from port 2 to 1, while blocking flow
at port 3. When energized, the valve
temperature
allows flow from port 3 to 1 or from port
1 to 3, while blocking flow at port 2. Coil type: Coil…-50-1836 (2 pieces)
412
WK10L – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = Standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
torque Seals
45+10 Nm
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
Manual override, with HNBR- Other voltages on request
rubber cap
After loosening the Coil connectors (type 50-1836)
mounting nut, the coil can DC: DG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803
be rotated through 360° DK = KOSTAL threaded connection M27x1
and removed
torque DT = AMP Junior Timer, 2-pole, radial
4+2 Nm
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK10L-01-C-N-24DG 3096315
WK10L-01-C-N-230AG 3096316
thick
Seal kits
millimeter (inch)
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
FC10-3
Pressure drop
Flow rate
OPERATING LIMITS
Operating pressure
Flow rate

E 5.959.1/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
413
SAE08 Cartridge – 350 bar
WK08C-01
19 l/min
350 bar
FEATURES
FUNCTION
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
Material Valve body: free-cutting steel
Piston: hardened and ground
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Coil: steel/polyamide
Cavity: FC08-3
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
Switching time: Energized: approx. 20 - 85 ms
De-energized: approx. 40 - 80 ms
0.8 A at 24 V DC
flow from port 1 to 2 or from port 2 to
E 5.906.3/01.13
1, while blocking flow at port 3. When Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
energized, the valve allows flow from
port 3 to 2 or from port 2 to 3, while
blocking flow at port 1. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
414
DIMENSIONS After loosening mounting
MODEL CODE
through 360° and removed.
WK08C – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
hex. 7/8"
C = cartridge only
torque Seals
25+5 Nm
N = NBR
V = FKM
Coil Voltage
DC voltages:
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
Manual override, with HNBR-rubber cap. AC voltages (bridge rectifier built into the coil)
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
Torque
max. without man.
4+2 Nm
override

Standard models
Code Part No.
WK08C-01-C-N-12DG 3020375
WK08C-01-C-N-24DG 3020388
thick
WK08C-01-C-N-230AG 3043889
millimeter (inch)
subject to technical modifications *Standard line body
Code Part No. Material Connections Pressure
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.906.3/01.13
Countersink FC08-3 175 6443 For applications or operating conditions not
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Reamer FC08-3 175 645 millimeter (inch)
415
WK08C-13
19 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Δp optimized, for lower pressure drop from port 2 to port 1
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-3
Coil only: 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
0.8 A at 24 V DC
When de-energized, the valve allows Voltage tolerance: ± 15 % of nominal voltage
E 5.906.1.1/01.13
flow from port 2 to 1, while blocking flow

at port 3. Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
When energized, the valve allows flow max. 60° C ambient temperature
from port 3 to 2 or from port 2 to 3, while
blocking flow at port 1.
416
WK08C – 13 M – C – N – 24 DG
After loosening knurled Basic model
through 360 ° and
removed.
Type
13 = standard, with less pressure drop
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
hex. 7/8" N = NBR (standard)
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
HNBR-rubber cap.
230 = 230 V AC
without man.

override

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK08C-13-C-N-12DG 3381283
WK08C-13-C-N-24DG 3257855

thick Code Part No. Material Connections Pressure
FH083 560922 Steel, zinc-plated G3/8 420 bar
millimeter (inch) FH083 3011427 Aluminium, clear anodized G3/8 210 bar
subject to technical modifications Other models on request
Seal kits
CAVITY Seal kit FS083-N NBR 3054795
FC08-3 Seal kit FS083-V FKM 2591059
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate
E 5.906.1.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
417
WK10C-01
32 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-3
Coil only 0.23 kg
Electrical data:
When the solenoid coil is de-energized, nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient
the valve allows flow in both directions temperature
between ports 2 and 1, while blocking
E 5.963.2/01.13
flow at port 3. Current draw at 20 °C: 2.22 A at 12 V DC

1.13 A at 24 V DC
When energized, the valve allows flow in
both directions between ports 3 and 2,
418
WK10C – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and Ports*
hex. 1"
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
Manual override, with HNBR-rubber cap AC voltages (bridge rectifier built into the coil)
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
After loosening mounting Other voltages on request
through 360 ° and removed. Coil connectors (type 50-1836)
torque 4+2 Nm
man. override

max. without

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK10C-01-C-N-24DG 3079848
WK10C-01-C-N-230AG 3094630
thick
Millimeter (Inch) FH103-SB4 3037697 Steel, zinc-plated G1/2 420 bar
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate

NOTE
E 5.963.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Reamer FC10-3 176283 Millimeter (Inch)
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
419
WK10C-40
32 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-3
Coil only 0.23 kg
Electrical data:
temperature
When de-energized, the valve allows
1.13 A at 24 V DC
flow in both directions between ports 2
E 5.995.1/01.13
to 1, while blocking flow at port 3. Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
When energized, the valve allows flow in Type of voltage: DC solenoid, AC voltage is rectified
both directions between ports 3 and 2, using a bridge rectifier built into the coil
420
WK10C – 40 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Manual override, with Type
HNBR-rubber cap. 40 = standard
the coil can be rotated through 360 ° Manual override
and removed. No details = without manual override
M = manual override
4+2 Nm C = cartridge only
man. override
max. without

Seals
N = NBR (standard)
hex. SW1"
V = FKM
torque
45+10 Nm Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
thick AC voltages (bridge rectifier built into the coil)
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
millimeter
OPERATING LIMITS ν = 34 mm²/s, Toil = 46 °C

Standard models
Operating pressure
Model code Part No.

WK10C-40-C-N-24DG 3129698
WK10C-40-C-N-230AG 3129699

Flow rate
CAVITY Seal kits

PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate

E 5.995.1/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
421
Spool Type
Direct Acting
Normally Open
Slip-In – 60 bar
Up to 25 l/min
Up to 60 bar WKC05S30C
Function FEATURES
zzCompact design (slip-in valve)
zzExternal surfaces corrosion-proof
zzHigh switching capacity with compact design
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure: Max. 60 bar at port 2 and 3
Tank pressure at port 1: Max. 10 bar dynamic
(Should be piped separately to tank)
Internal leakage: 60 ml/min (to the tank port 1)
at maximum pressure
Pressure drop: ≈ 6 bar at 25 l/min
cleaner
Spool: hardened and ground steel
temperature ranges
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Cavity 05S30 Slip-In
Weight: 0.27 kg
Electrical data:
Coil duty rating: Continuous
The solenoid directional valve
WKC05S30C is a direct-acting, spool type Type of voltage: DC solenoid
E 5.955.2.1/01.13
valve. When de-energized there is flow Current draw at 20 °C: 2.3 A 5.2 Ohm (12 V DC)
from port 2 (consumer) to port 1 (tank). 1.1 A 21.2 Ohm (24 V DC)
Port 3 (pump) is closed. When energized, Voltage tolerance: ± 15 % of nominal voltage
there is flow from port 3 to port 2. Port 1 is
closed. Response time: On: approx. 30 ms, Off: approx. 30 ms
422
WKC 05S30 C – 01 – C – N – 12 DU01
Basic model
Directional spool valve, compact
Cavity
78 Deutsch connector 05S30 = slip-in
68.9 AMP connector
Function code
C = symbol C
Type
01 = standard
M5 -8.8
torque Body and ports
M = 4.5 ± 0.2 Nm
C = slip-in only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
Others on request
Coil voltage
DC: 12 = 12 Volt (5.2 Ohm)
24 = 24 Volt (21.2 Ohm)
Coil connectors
DU = AMP Junior Timer, 2-pole, axial
DU01 = AMP Junior Timer, 2-pole, axial, with anti-surge diode
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WKC05S30C-01-C-N-12DU 3376841
WKC05S30C-01-C-N-24DU 3376842
WKC05S30C-01-C-N-12DN 3490508
WKC05S30C-01-C-N-24DN 3490476
Millimeter
In preparation
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
05S30 Measured at
n = 33 mm²/s,
Toil = 46 C
fitting depth
fitting depth
Pressure drop
fitting depth
Flow rate
E 5.955.2.1/01.13
Form tools
Tool Part No. the operating conditions and applications Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
described. For applications and operating D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Countersink 178202 Tel: 0 68 97 / 509-01
conditions not described, please contact
the proper HYDAC department.
Millimeter
Reamer 178203 Subject to technical modifications Fax: 0 68 97 / 509-598
423
WKM08130C-01
Up to 25 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
service life
blocks
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 08130
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
Current draw: 1.5 A at 12 V DC
0.8 A at 24 V DC
When de-energized, the valve allows Coil duty rating: 100% (continuous) up to max. 115% of
flow from port 2 to 1 or from 1 to 2, while
E 5.976.1/01.13
the nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient

port 3 is closed. temperature
When energized, the valve allows flow Response time: Energized: approx. 40 ms
from port 2 to 3 or from 3 to 2, while port De-energized: approx. 30 ms
1 is closed. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
424
DIMENSIONS Manual override, with
MODEL CODE
HNBR-rubber cap WKM08130C - 01 M - C - N - 24 DG
the coil can be rotated through 360° Basic model
and removed.
Directional spool valve, metric
torque 4+2 Nm
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
hex. SW 24 Coil voltage
torque 25+5 Nm DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
millimeter
subject to technical modifications DK = Kostal threaded connection M27 x 1
OPERATING LIMITS Measured at ν = 34 mm²/s, Toil = 46 °C
Operating pressure
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WKM08130C-01-C-N-24DG 3115602
WKM08130C-01-C-N-230AG 3115603

Flow rate Code Part No. Material Ports Pressure
CAVITY Other bodies on request
08130 Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
fitting depth
fitting depth
Pressure drop
Flow rate

E 5.976.1/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
425
WK08D-01
19 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal flow: max. 19 l/min (Consult HYDAC for flow
rates above 207 bar)
cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-3
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data
0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.915.3/01.13

port 2 to 3 or from 3 to 2, while port 1
is closed. When energized, the valve
allows flow from port 1 to 2 or from port
2 to 1, while blocking flow at port 3. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
426
DIMENSIONS After loosening mounting
MODEL CODE
through 360° and removed. WK08D – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
hex. 7/8" torque
25+5 Nm SB3 = G3/8 ports, steel body
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
HNBR-rubber cap.
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
torque 4+2 Nm 230 = 230 V AC
Standard models
thick
Code Part No.
WK08D-01-C-N-24DG 3020504
WK08D-01-C-N-230AG 3043904
millimeter (inch)

Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate

E 5.915.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
427
WK10D-01
max. 32 l/min
max. 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-3
Coil only 0.23 kg
Electrical data:
When de-energized, the valve allows temperature
E 5.964.2/01.13
and 2, while blocking flow at port 1. Current draw at 20 °C: 2.22 A at 12 V DC

1.13 A at 24 V DC
When energized, the valve allows flow in
both directions between ports 1 and 2,
428
torque 4+2 Nm

mounting nut, coil
MODEL CODE
can be rotated
through 360 ° and WK10D – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
removed.
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
hex. 1"
torque 45+10 Nm
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages:
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
Manual override, Option 'M' Other voltages on request
After loosening mounting Coil connectors (type 50-1836)
nut, manual operation is DC: DG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803
anticlockwise.
torque 4+2 Nm
without man.
override
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK10D-01-C-N-24DG 3095107
WK10D-01-C-N-230AG 3095105

thick Seal kits
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
PRESSURE DROP
Pressure drop
Flow rate
OPERATING LIMITS
Operating pressure
Flow rate

E 5.964.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
429
WKM08130D-01
up to 25 l/min
up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
blocks
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 08130
Coil only: 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
there is free flow through the valve from Voltage tolerance: ± 15 % of nominal voltage
port 3 to 2 or from 2 to 3, while port 1 is Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the
closed. nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient
E 5.977.1/01.13
temperature
When the solenoid coil is energized,
there is free flow through the valve from Switching time: energized: approx. 40 ms
port 2 to 1 or from 1 to 2, while port 3 is de-energized: approx. 30 ms
closed. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
430
hex. SW 1", torque 5 Nm +2 WKM08130D – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Manual override
After loosening mounting Basic model
nut, coil can be rotated After removing mounting
through 360 ° and nut, manual operation is Directional spool valve, metric
removed. possible by twisting button
anticlockwise. Type
01 = standard
Manual override
torque 4+2 Nm M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge valve only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
hex. SW24
DC voltages
torque 25+5 Nm 12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
Millimeter DN = Deutsch connector, axial

Standard models
Operating pressure
Model code Part No.

WKM08130D-01-C-N-24DG 3112956
WKM08130D-01-C-N-230AG 3112957

Flow rate
CAVITY Seal kits

SEAL KIT 08130 NBR 3164596
SEAL KIT 08130 FKM 3183746
PERFORMANCE
measured at ν = 34 mm²/s,Toil = 46 °C
fitting depth
fitting depth
Pressure drop
Flow rate

NOTE
E 5.977.1/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
431
WK08Y-01
19 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal flow: 19 l/min (Consult HYDAC for flow ratings
above 207 bar)
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to 120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Coil: steel, polyamide
Cavity: FC08-4
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
In the de-energized mode, the valve 0.8 A at 24 V DC
allows flow from port 3 to 4 & port 4 to 3 Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
and from port 2 to 1 & port 1 to 2.
E 5.905.3/01.13
Coil duty rating: Continuous up to

max. 115% of the nominal voltage at
the valve allows flow in both directions
between ports 3 and 2 and also between
ports 4 and 1. Coil type: Coil…40-1836
432
After loosening
mounting nut, coil can WK08Y – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
and removed. Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
hex. 7/8" Body and ports*
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages:
HNBR-rubber cap.
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
torque 4+2 Nm
230 = 230 V AC
thick
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK08Y-01-C-N-24DG 3020645
WK08Y-01-C-N-230AG 3044084

Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate

NOTE
E 5.905.3/01.13
433
WK10Y-01
32 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-4
Coil only 0.23 kg
Electrical data:
1.13 A at 24 V DC
flow from port 3 to 4 or from 4 to 3 and Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
E 5.971.2/01.13
from port 1 to 2 or 2 to 1. Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the

temperature
from port 2 to 3 or from 3 to 2 and from
port 1 to 4 or 4 to 1. Coil type: Coil…-50-1836
434
DIMENSIONS MODEL CODE WK10Y - 01 M - C - N - 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
hex. 1"
torque 45+10 Nm
Seals
N = NBR
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
HNBR-rubber cap Coil connectors (type 50-1836)
After loosening the mounting nut, DK = KOSTAL-threaded connection M27x1
the coil can be rotated through
360° and removed.
without man.override

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK10Y-01-C-N-12DG 3095462
WK10Y-01-C-N-24DG 3094514
WK10Y-01-C-N-230AG 3094515
thick
Seal kits
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
FC10-4 Measured at ν = 34 mm²/s, TOil = 46 °C
PRESSURE DROP
Pressure drop
Flow rate
OPERATING LIMITS
Pressure
Flow rate

E 5.971.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
435
WKM08140Y-01
up to 25 l/min
up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 08140
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
there is free flow through the valve from Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
port 3 to 4 or 4 to 3 and also from 2 to 1 Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the
or 1 to 2. nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient
E 5.942.2/01.13
temperature
there is free flow through the valve from Switching time: energized: approx. 40ms
port 3 to 2 or from 2 to 3 and also from de-energized: approx. 30ms
port 4 to 1 or from 1 to 4. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
436
DIMENSIONS Manual override, with
HNBR rubber cap.
MODEL CODE
WKM08140Y – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
After loosening the
mounting nut, the coil can Basic model
be rotated through 360° Directional spool valve, metric
and removed torque 4+2 Nm
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
hex. SW24 24 = 24 V DC
torque 25+5 Nm AC voltages (bridge rectifier built into the coil)
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
Millimeter DN = Deutsch connector, axial
PERFORMANCE ν = 34 mm²/s, Toil = 46 °C

Standard models
Operating pressure
Model code Part No.

WKM08140Y-01-C-N-24DG 3086566
WKM08140Y-01-C-N-230AG 3091791

Flow rate R08140-01X-01 393535 Steel, zinc-plated M 14 x 1.5 420 bar
Seal kits
08140 SEAL KIT WKM08140.-..-C-N NBR 3098029
PERFORMANCE
fitting depth
psi bar
fitting depth
12
fitting depth
1=>4 , 4=>1
150
2=>3 , 3=>2 ; 3=>4 , 4=>3
2=>1 , 1=>2
Pressure drop
8
100
4
50
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 l/min
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 US gpm
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.942.2/01.13
Countersink (shank HE25) 163463 For applications or operating conditions not
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
437
WK08X-01
17 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Consult HYDAC for flow ratings
above 207 bar
cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-4
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
Type of voltage: DC solenoid,
AC voltage is rectified using a bridge
rectifier built into the coil
When de-energized, the valve allows 0.8 A at 24 V DC
flow from port 3 to 2 or from 2 to 3 and
from port 4 to 1 or 1 to 4. When the Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
E 5.919.3/01.13
solenoid coil is energized, there is free Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the
flow through the valve from port 3 to 4 or nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient
from 4 to 3 and also from port 2 to 1 or temperature
from 1 to 2. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
438
torque 4+2 Nm
MODEL CODE
nut, coil can be rotated WK08X – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
See coil
connectors Manual override
M = manual override
torque 25+5 Nm
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
Manual override
24 = 24 V DC
After removing mounting
button anticlockwise. 115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
torque Other voltages on request
without man.

override

Standard models
Model Code Part No.
thick
WK08X-01-C-N-24DG 3021149
WK08X-01-C-N-230AG 3044054
millimeter (inch) Other housings on request

FC08-4 FH084-AB3 3011407 Aluminium, anodized G3/8 210 bar
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate

E 5.919.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
439
WK10X-01
32 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-4
Coil only 0.23 kg
Electrical data:
1.13 A at 24 V DC
When the solenoid coil is de-energised, Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
the valve allows flow in both directions Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the
between ports 3 and 2 and in both nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient
E 5.961.2/01.13
directions between ports 4 and 1. When temperature

the solenoid coil is energized, there
is free flow through the valve in both
directions between ports 3 and 4 and
also between ports 1 and 2. Coil type: Coil…-50-1836
440
torque 4+2 Nm
DIMENSIONS After loosening mounting nut,
MODEL CODE WK10X - 01 M - C - N - 24 DG
coil can be rotated through Basic model
360° and removed.
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
nut, manual operation is Coil connectors (type 40-1836)
possible by twisting button DC: DG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803
anticlockwise. DK = KOSTAL threaded connection M27x1

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK10X-01-C-N-24DG 3079851
WK10X-01-C-N-230AG 3096314
thick
Seal kits
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
FC10-4
Pressure drop
Flow rate
OPERATING LIMITS
Operating pressure
Flow rate

E 5.961.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
441
WKM08140X-01
Up to 25 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Hardened and ground control spool to ensure minimal wear and extended service life
blocks
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 08140
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
0.8 A at 24 V DC
When the solenoid coil is de-energised,
the valve allows flow from port 3 to 2 or Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
E 5.985.1/01.13
2 to 3 and from port 4 to 1 and 1 to 4. Coil duty rating: 100% (continuous) up to max. 115% of
the nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient
When energised, the valve allows flow
temperature
from port 3 to 4 or 4 to 3 and from port 2
to 1 and 1 to 2. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
442
After removing mounting
WKM08140X – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
nut, the coil can be rotated nut, manual operation is Basic model
through 360 ° and removed. possible by twisting button
anticlockwise. Directional spool valve, metric
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
torque 4+2 Nm No details = without manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
hex. SW 24
torque 25+5 Nm
DC voltages:
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
millimeter
subject to technical modifications DL = 2 flying leads, 475 mm long; 0.75 mm²
OPERATING LIMITS ν = 34 mm²/s, Toil = 46 °C Other connectors on request
Operating pressure
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WKM08140X-01-C-N-24DG 3121197
WKM08140X-01-C-N-230AG 3121258

Flow rate
CAVITY
Seal kits
08140
SEAL KIT WKM08140.-..-C-N- NBR 3098029
PERFORMANCE
fitting depth
fitting depth
fitting depth
Pressure drop
Flow rate

E 5.985.1/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
443
WK08A-01
19 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal flow: 19 l/min (Consult HYDAC for flow rates
above 207 bar)
Ambient temp. range: min. -20 °C to max. + 60 °C
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-4
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data
0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.910.3/01.13
port 3 to 4 or from 4 to 3 and also from Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
port 2 to 1 or from 1 to 2.
In the energized mode, the valve blocks
flow in all directions. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
444
MODEL CODE
through 360 ° and WK08A – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
removed.
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
hex. 7/8" C = cartridge only
torque 25+5 Nm
Seals
N = NBR
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
Manual override, with HNBR-
rubber cap.
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
torque 4+2 Nm 230 = 230 V AC
max. without man.

override

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK08A-01-C-N-24DG 3022017
thick WK08A-01-C-N-230AG 3043866
millimeter (inch)
Cavity FH084-AB3 3011407 Aluminium, clear anodized G3/8 210 bar
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate

NOTE
E 5.910.3/01.13
445
WK10A-01
32 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Internal leakage: max. 160 cm³/min at 250 bar and 34
mm²/s
cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-3
Coil only 0.23 kg
Electrical data:
1.13 A at 24 V DC
flow in both directions between ports Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
E 5.968.2/01.13
3 and 4 and also in both directions Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the
between ports 1 and 2. nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient
temperature
446
DIMENSIONS MODEL CODE WK10A - 01 M - C - N - 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
hex. 1" SB4 = G1/2 ports, steel body
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
Manual override, with HNBR-rubber cap 115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
After loosening mounting nut, Other voltages on request
360° and removed.
torque 4+2 Nm DK = KOSTAL threaded connection M27x1

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK10A-01-C-N-24DG 3098530
WK10A-01-C-N-230AG 3098531
Seal kits
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
FC10-4 Measured at n = 34 mm²/s TOil = 46 °C
PRESSURE DROP
Pressure drop
Flow rate
OPERATING LIMITS
Pressure
Flow rate

NOTE
E 5.968.2/01.13
Countersink FC10-4 176174 For applications or operating conditions not Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
447
WK08Z-01
19 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
rates
above 207 bar)
cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-4
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data
0.8 A at 24 V DC
E 5.916.3/01.13
all ports are closed. When the solenoid

coil is energized, there is free flow Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
through the valve from port 1 to 2 or of the nominal voltage at
from 2 to 1 and also from port 3 to 4 or 60 °C ambient temperature
from 4 to 3. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
448
through 360 ° and
WK08Z – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
HNBR-rubber cap. 24 = 24 V DC
torque 4+2 Nm
115 = 115 V AC
without man.
230 = 230 V AC
override

Standard models
thick
Code Part No.
WK08Z-01-C-N-24DG 3022108
WK08Z-01-C-N-230AG 3044097
millimeter (inch)

Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate

E 5.916.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
449
WK10Z-01
32 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-4
Coil only 0.23 kg
Electrical data:
1.13 A at 24 V DC
In the de-energized mode the valve Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
E 5.960.2/01.13
blocks flow in all directions. Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the
When energised, the valve allows flow
temperature
from port 3 to 4 or port 3 to 4 and from
port 2 and 1 or port 1 to 2. Coil type: Coil…-50-1836
450
hex. 1", torque 4+2 Nm
DIMENSIONS After loosening knurled nut, MODEL CODE WK10Z - 01 M - C - N - 24 DG
360 ° and removed.
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
25.5 (1") hex. AB4 = G1/2 ports, aluminium body
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
Manual override, Option 'M' Other voltages on request
nut, manual operation is DC: DG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803
possible by twisting button DK = KOSTAL threaded connection M27x1
anticlockwise. DL = 2 flying leads, 457 mm long, 0.75 mm²
torque AC: AG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803

4+2 Nm Other connectors on request
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK10Z-01-C-N-24DG 3094511
WK10Z-01-C-N-230AG 3094512

thick
Seal kits
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
FC10-4
Pressure drop
Flow rate
OPERATING LIMITS
Operating pressure
Flow rate

E 5.960.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
subject to technical modifications Subject to technical modifications. E-Mail: flutec@hydac.com
451
WKM08140EB-01
Up to 25 l/min
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
blocks
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to 120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 08140
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
0.8 A at 24 V DC
When the solenoid coil is de-energized, Coil duty rating: Continuous up to
all ports are closed. max. 115% of the nominal voltage at
E 5.981.1/01.13
When the solenoid coil is energized, 50 °C ambient temperature

there is free flow through the valve from Response time: Energized: approx. 40 ms
port 3 to 2 or from 2 to 3 and also from De-energized: approx. 30 ms
452
DIMENSIONS Manual override with
MODEL CODE
HNBR rubber cap WKM08140EB – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
the coil can be rotated through 360° Basic model
and removed. Directional spool valve, metric
torque 4+2 Nm
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
hex. SW 24
24 = 24 V DC
torque 25+5 Nm
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
millimeter
Operating pressure
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WKM08140EB-01-C-N-24DG 3117855
WKM08140EB-01-C-N-230AG 3117854

Flow rate
CAVITY
08140 Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
fitting depth
fitting depth
fitting depth
Pressure drop
Flow rate

E 5.981.1/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
453
WK08K-01
15 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal flow: max. 15 l/min (consult HYDAC for flow
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-4
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
In the de-energized mode, the valve 0.8 A at 24 V DC
allows flow from port 3 to 4 & port 4 to 3,
and from port 1 to 2 & port 2 to 1. When
E 5.904.3/01.13
the solenoid coil is energized, the valve Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the
allows flow in both directions between nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient
temperature
ports 3 and 1, while blocking flow at
ports 2 and 4. Coil type: Coil...-40-1836
454
MODEL CODE
be rotated through 360 WK08K-01 M – C – N – 24 DG
° and removed.
Basic model
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
hex. 7/8" torque N = NBR (standard)
25+5 Nm V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
HNBR-rubber cap. Coil connectors (type 40-1836)
torque
4+2 Nm
without manual

override
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK08K-01-C-N-24DG 3021093
WK08K-01-C-N-230AG 3043933

thick
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate

E 5.904.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
455
WK10K-01
32 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
Material Valve body: high tensile steel
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-4
Coil only 0.23 kg
Electrical data:
When de-energized, the valve allows Current draw at 20 °C: 2.22 A at 12 V DC
flow in both directions between ports 3 1.13 A at 24 V DC
and 4 and in both directions between
E 5.966.2/01.13
ports 1 and 2. When energized, the Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
valve allows flow in both directions Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the
between ports 3 and 1, while blocking nominal voltage at 60 °C ambient
flow at ports 2 and 4. temperature
456
DIMENSIONS MODEL CODE WK10K-01 M - C - N - 24 DG
torque
4+2 Nm
Basic model
After loosening Directional spool valve, UNF
be rotated through 360 Manual override
° and removed.
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
hex. 1" N = NBR (standard)
torque 45+10 Nm
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
Manual override, Other voltages on request
Option 'M'
nut, manual operation DC: DG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803
button anticlockwise. DK = KOSTAL-threaded connection M27x1
4+2 Nm
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK10K-01-C-N-24DG 3105400
WK10K-01-C-N-230AG 3105046
thick
Seal kits
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
FC10-4 Measured at n = 34 mm²/s, Toil = 46 °C
psi bar
PRESSURE DROP
200 14
175 12
Pressure drop
1 => 3
150
10 1 =>2
3 =>1 / 2=>1
125
8 3 <=> 4
100
6
75
4
50
25 2
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 l/min
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 US gpm
Flow rate
OPERATING LIMITS
Pressure
Flow rate

Note
E 5.966.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
457
WK10N-01
32 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Internal leakage: max. 140 cm³/min
at 250 bar and 34 mm²/s
cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to 120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-4
Coil only: 0.23 kg
Electrical data:
1.13 A at 24 V DC
flow from port 3 to 1 or from 1 to 3, while Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
E 5.974.2/01.13
blocking flow at ports 2 and 4. Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the
temperature
458
DIMENSIONS MODEL CODE WK10N - 01 M - C - N - 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
hex. 1"
Seals
torque 45+10 Nm
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
24 = 24 V AC
HNBR-rubber cap
After loosening the
mounting nut, Coil connectors (type 50-1836)
360° and removed DK = KOSTAL threaded connection M27x1
torque 4+2 Nm
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK10N-01-C-N-24DG 3109892
WK10N-01-C-N-230AG 3109893
Seal kits
millimeter (inch)
subject to technical modifications FS104-N SEAL KIT NBR 3051912
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
PRESSURE DROP
Pressure drop
Flow rate
OPERATING LIMITS
Operating pressure
Flow rate

E 5.974.2/01.13

Tool Part No. operating conditions and applications described. D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
459
WK08P-01
15 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
Closing elements: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-4
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data
When the solenoid coil is de-energized, Current draw at 20 °C: 1.5 A at 12 V DC
there is flow through the valve from port 0.8 A at 24 V DC
4 to port 1. Ports 2 and 3 are closed.
E 5.909.3/01.13

port 3 to 4 or from 4 to 3 and also from
460
After loosening
DIMENSIONS mounting nut, coil can MODEL CODE
be rotated through
360° and removed. WK08P – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Termination Manual override
M = manual override
hex. 7/8"
torque 25+5 Nm Body and Ports*
C = Cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
nut, manual operation 12 = 12 V DC
button anticlockwise. 24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
torque 4+2 Nm
230 = 230 V AC
without man.

override

Standard models
Code Part No.
thick
WK08P-01-C-N-24DG 3021285
WK08P-01-C-N-230AG 3043980
millimeter (inch)
CAVITY
FC08-4
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate

NOTE
E 5.909.3/01.13
461
WK10P-01
32 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Ambient temperature range: min. -20 °C to + max. 60 °C
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-4
Coil only 0.23 kg
Electrical data:
1.13 A at 24 V DC
flow from port 4 to 1, while blocking flow Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
E 5.972.2/01.13
at ports 2 and 3. Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the

temperature
462
DIMENSIONS hex. 1" MODEL CODE WK10P-01 M - C - N - 24 DG
torque
5+2 Nm Basic model
After loosening the
mounting nut, the Manual override
coil can be rotated
through 360 ° and no details = without manual override
removed. M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
hex. 1" torque
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
45+10 Nm
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
After removing mounting DC: DG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803
anticlockwise. DL = 2 flying leads, 457 mm long, 0.75 mm²
without man.
torque 4+2 Nm AC: AG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803

override
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK10P-01-C-N-24DG 3098533
WK10P-01-C-N-230AG 3098534
Seal kits
millimeter (inch)
Other seal kits on request
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
PRESSURE DROP
Pressure drop
Flow rate
OPERATING LIMITS
Pressure
Flow rate

E 5.972.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
463
WK08R-01
19 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC08-4
Coil only: 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
0.8 A at 24 V DC
flow from port 3 to 4 or from 4 to 3 and
E 5.973.2/01.13
from port 1 to 2 or 2 to 1. Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115% of the

When energized, the valve allows flow temperature
from port 1 to 4 or from port 4 to 1, while
blocking flow at ports 3 and 2. Coil type: Coil…-40-4836
464
DIMENSIONS After loosening the
MODEL CODE WK08R - 01 M - C - N - 24 DG
be rotated through 360 ° Basic model
and removed.
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
hex. 7/8"
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
HNBR-rubber cap Other voltages on request

torque 4+2 Nm DK = Kostal threaded connection M27 x 1
DN = Deutsch connector, 2-pole
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK08R-01-C-N-12DG 3110609
WK08R-01-C-N-24DG 3038912
WK08R-01-C-N-230AGWK08R-01-C-N-230AG 3108340
thick *Standard in-line bodies

millimeter (inch) FH084-AB3 3011407 Aluminium, anodized G3/8 210 bar
Seal kits
Seal kit FS084-N NBR 3071272
FC08-4
Seal kit FS084-V FKM 3071273
PERFORMANCE
PRESSURE DROP
Pressure drop
Flow rate
OPERATING LIMITS
Operating pressure
Flow rate

E 5.973.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
465
WK10R-01
32 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-4
Coil only 0.23 kg
Electrical data:
1.13 A at 24 V DC
E 5.962.2/01.13

and 4 and between ports 1 and 2. When
energized, the valve allows flow in both
temperature
directions between ports 4 and 1, while
blocking flow at ports 2 and 3. Coil type: Coil…-50-1836
466
DIMENSIONS MODEL CODE WK10R – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
hex. 1"
torque 45 +10 Nm
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
24 = 24 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
Manual override, with Other voltages on request
HNBR-rubber cap
After loosening the mounting nut, DK = KOSTAL threaded connection M27x1
the coil can be rotated through 360° DL = 2 flying leads, 457 mm long, 0.75 mm²
and removed. DN = Deutsch connector, 2-pole, axial

Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK10R-01-C-N-24DG 3097259
WK10R-01-C-N-230AG 3097260
*Standard line body

thick FH104-AB4 3038097 Aluminium, anodized G1/2 210 bar
Seal kits
millimeter (inch)
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate
OPERATING LIMITS
Operating pressure
Flow rate

E 5.962.2/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
467
WK10G-01
23 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
ratings
above 207 bar)
cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-4
Coil only: 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
When de-energized, the valve allows using a bridge rectifier built into the coil
flow from port 3 to 1, while blocking flow Current draw at 20 °C: 1.5 A at 12 V DC
at ports 2 and 4. When solenoid coil S1 0.8 A at 24 V DC
is energized, there is free flow through Voltage tolerance: ± 15 % of nominal voltage
the valve from port 3 to 2 and from
E 5.938.3/01.13
port 4 to 1. When solenoid coil S2 is Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
energized, there is free flow through the
valve from port 3 to 4 and from
port 2 to 1. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836 (2 pieces)
468
WK10G – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
torque 4+2 Nm 115 = 115 V AC
After loosening knurled 230 = 230 V AC
through 360 ° and Other voltages on request
removed.
hex. 1" DN = Deutsch connector, 2-pole, axial
38+7 Nm
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK10G-01-C-N-12DG 3044464
WK10G-01-C-N-24DG 3038913
WK10G-01-C-N-230AG 3044482
thick
CAVITY Other models on request
FC10-4
Seal kits
Seal kit FS104-N FKM 3071275
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate

E 5.938.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
469
Closed Center,
23 l/min WK10E-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
(Consult HYDAC for flow ratings
above 207 bar)
cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
Seals: N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional, media
temperature range
-20 °C to 120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-4
Coil only: 0.19 kg
(2 pieces are required)
Electrical data:
all ports are closed. When the solenoid 0.8 A at 24 V DC
coil S1 is energized, there is free flow
E 5.937.3/01.13
through the valve from port 3 to port 4

and from port 2 to port 1. When solenoid Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
coil S2 is energized, there is free flow of nominal voltage at
through the valve from port 3 to 2 and
from port 4 to 1. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836 (2 pieces)
470
Manual override WK10E – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Option M Option A
Basic model
without detent with detent
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
torque 4+2 Nm
115 = 115 V AC
230 = 230 V AC
removed.
DL = 2 flying leads, 0.75 mm²
hex. 1"
torque DN = Deutsch connector, 2-pole
38+7 Nm DT = AMP Junior Timer, 2-pole, radial
Standard models
Code Part No.
WK10E-01-C-N-12DG 3044407
thick WK10E-01-C-N-24DG 3044428
WK10E-01-C-N-230AG 3044426
millimeter (inch)
subject to technical modifications Other models on request

FC10-4 FH104-AB4 3038097 Aluminium, anodized G1/2 210 bar
Seal kits
Seal kit FS104-N 3051912 NBR
Seal kit FS104-N 3071275 FKM
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate

E 5.937.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
471
WK10H-01
23 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
(Consult HYDAC for flow ratings
above 207 bar)
Internal leakage: max. 160 cm3/min
at 207 bar and 34 mm2/s
Material: Valve body: Steel
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-4
Coil only: 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
When de-energized, there is free flow using a bridge rectifier built into the coil
through the valve from ports 2 and 4 to Current draw at 20 °C: 1.5 A at 12 V DC
ports 3 and 1. When the solenoid coil S1 0.8 A at 24 V DC
is energized, there is free flow through Voltage tolerance: ± 15 % of nominal voltage
the valve from port 3 to port 4 and from
E 5.936.3/01.13
port 2 to port 1. When solenoid coil S2 is Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
energized, there is free flow through the
valve from port 3 to 2 and from
port 4 to 1. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836 (2 pieces)
472
Types of manual override WK10H – 01 M – C – N – 24 DG
Type M Type A Basic model
without detent with detent
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
A = manual override, lockable
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
torque 4+2 Nm 115 = 115 V AC
After loosening knurled 230 = 230 V AC
removed.
hex. 1" DL = 2 flying leads, 457 mm long, 0.75 mm²
torque 38+7 Nm DN = Deutsch connector, 2-pole, axial
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK10H-01-C-N-12DG 3044518
thick
WK10H-01-C-N-24DG 3038914
millimeter (inch) WK10H-01-C-N-230AG 3044526

FC10-4
Seal kits
Seal kit FS104-N FKM 3071275
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate

E 5.936.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
473
WK10J-01
23 l/min
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
ratings above 207 bar)
cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-4
Coil only 0.19 kg
Electrical data:
When de-energized, the valve allows using a bridge rectifier built into the coil
flow from ports 2 and 4 to port 1, while Current draw at 20 °C: 1.5 A at 12 V DC
blocking flow at port 3. When solenoid 0.8 A at 24 V DC
coil S1 is energized, there is free flow Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of the nominal voltage
through the valve from port 3 to 4 and
E 5.939.3/01.13

from port 2 to 1. When solenoid coil S2
is energized, there is free flow through
temperature
the valve from port 3 to 2 and from port
4 to 1. Coil type: Coil…-40-1836 (2 pieces)
474
WK10J – 01 – C – N – 24 DG
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Coil voltage
DC voltages
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
torque 4+2 Nm 115 = 115 V AC
After loosening mounting nut, 230 = 230 V AC
coil can be rotated through Other voltages on request
360° and removed.
hex. SW 1" DN = Deutsch connector, 2-pole, axial
Torque 38+7 Nm DT = AMP Junior Timer, 2-pole, radial
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WK10J-01-C-N-24DG 3045614
thick
WK10J-01-C-N-230AG 3051523
millimeter (inch)
Seal kits
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate

E 5.939.3/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
475
3/2 Directional Spool Valve
Direct Acting
15 l/min WKH05330
250 bar
FEATURES
FUNCTION
life
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
The WKH05330 is a hydraulically for valves" in brochure 5.300)
operated, 3/2 directional valve. Pump Installation: No orientation restrictions
port 1 is closed in the normal position. Material: Valve body: free-cutting steel
There is free flow through the valve from Spool: hardened and
port 2 (consumer) to port 3 (tank) below ground steel
E 5.995.1.1/01.13
the spring pressure. Seals: FKM

With an increase in pressure at port 1 Back-up rings: PTFE
against the spring force, the valve opens
Cavity 05330 metric
from pump port 1 to port 2. The tank port
3 is then closed. Weight: approx. 0.065 kg
476
DIMENSIONS TYPENSCHLÜSSEL
WKH05330 – 10 X
Basic model
Directional valve, hydraulically operated
Type "10" and "11" Type

10 = 2.5 bar spring pressure
11 = 5 bar spring pressure
20 = 20 bar spring pressure
Type "20"
Series
hex. SW 22
torque
24+4 Nm
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WKH05330-10X 710273
WKH05330-11X 710272
WKH05330-20X 3341739
Seal kits
Code Part No.
millimeter
subject to technical modifications Seal kit WKH05330-XXXFKM 3006592
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
Metric 05330 Measured at ν = 34 mm²/s,Toil = 46 °C
fitting depth
Pressure drop
fitting depth
Flow rate
E 5.995.1.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
477
Direct-Acting
WKH10C
Up to 10 l/min
Up to 250 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Internal leakage: max. 120 cm³/min at 250 bar
and 36 mm²/s
cleaner
The WKH10C is a hydraulically operated Spool: hardened and ground steel
3/2 directional valve. Normally closed at Seals: NBR (standard)
the pump port 2, oil can flow from port FKM (optional, media
3 (consumer) to port 4 (tank) below the temperature range
E 5.995.4.1/01.13
spring pressure. -20 °C to +120 °C)

With an application of pressure at port 1 Back-up rings: PTFE
against the spring force, the valve opens Cavity: FC10-4
from pump port 2 to port 3. The tank port 4
is then closed. Weight: approx. 0.15 kg
478
WKH 10 C – 01 – C – N – 26
Basic model
Directional valve, hydraulically operated
Cavity
Symbol
Type
01 = standard
(negative overlap)
Body and ports
C = cartridge only
Versions with bodies on request*
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Switch pressure
26 = 1.8 bar (26 PSI) up to 3.6 bar (52 PSI)
Others on request
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WKH10C-01-C-N-26 3036366

FH104-AB4 3038097 Aluminium, anodized 1/2 BSP 210 bar
Seal kits
Millimeter FS104-N SEAL KIT NBR 3051912
Subject to technical modifications. FS104-V SEAL KIT FKM 3071275
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
UNF 10-4 measured at n = 33 mm²/s, Toil = 46 °C,
Pressure drop [bar]
Flow rate [l/min]

E 5.995.4.1/01.13
Form tools
Countersink 176174 Tel: 0 68 97 / 509-01
Millimeter (inch)
Reamer 176175 Subject to technical modifications. the relevant technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 / 509-598
479
3/3 Directional Valve
Hydraulically Operated,
Direct Acting
Up to 45 l/min
WKH10DC
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zzPrincipal application is as a flushing valve for hydrostatic drives
zzVersions available with various switch pressures
SPECIFICATIONS
Internal leakage: Max. 400 cm³/min at 350 bar
and 36 mm²/s
Viscosity: min. 10mm²/s to max. 420mm²/s
The WKH10DC is a hydraulically cleaner
operated 3/3 directional valve in a 4-way MTTFd: 150 years (see "Conditions and
cavity. In the spring-centred normal instructions for valves" in brochure 5.300)
position, all ports are closed. Installation: No orientation restrictions
When there is an increase in pressure at Materials: Valve body: steel
port 2 against the spring force, the valve Spool: hardened and ground
opens between port 3 and port 4. Oil can steel
flow through the valve in both directions. Seals: NBR (standard)
E 5.955.3.1/01.13
Alternatively, when there is an increase FKM (optional)

in pressure at port 4 against the spring Back-up ring: PTFE
force, the valve opens between port
Cavity FC10-4 (port 1 not used)
2 and port 3. Oil can flow through the
valve in both directions. Weight: approx. 0.115 kg
480
SW 1", torque 35 Nm +5 WKH 10 DC / 24 – 01 – C – N – 050
Basic model
3/3 directional valve,
Cavity
UNF, nominal size 10
Function symbol
Internal pressure tap
24 = at port 2 and port 4
Type
01 = standard, negative overlap in centre position
14 = positive overlap in centre position
81 = def. leakage 2-3 l/min at 9 bar in centre position
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Switch pressure
thick 050 = 3.5 bar (50 PSI)
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WKH10DC/24-14-C-N-050 3481315
WKH10DC/24-81-C-N-050 3543256
Seal kits
millimeter (inch)
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
UNF FC10-4 Measured at ν = 46 mm²/s
Toil = 40 °C
20
16
2→3
12
Dp [bar]
4→3
4
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Q [l/min]
E 5.955.3.1/01.13

Countersink 176174 Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
subject to technical modifications the relevant technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
481
Hydraulically-Operated
Direct-Acting
Normally Open
Up to 350 bar
WKH10V/14
FEATURES
FUNCTION
SPECIFICATIONS
Media operating temperature range: min. -30 °C to +100 °C
Viscosity: min. 7.4mm²/s to max. 420mm²/s
cleaner
The WKH10V is a hydraulically- FKM (optional, media
operated, 2/2 directional valve. Valve temperature range
is normally open, i.e. free flow between -20 °C to +120 °C)
E 5.995.6.0/01.13
ports 3 and 2 in both directions.

Back-up PTFE
When there is an increase in pressure at ring:
port 1 against the spring force, the valve
Cavity: FC10-4
closes in both directions. Any pressure
at port 4 is additive to the spring value. Weight: approx. 0.192 kg
482
WKH 10 V / 14 – 01 – C – NS – 070
Basic model
Directional valve,
Cavity
Symbol
V = normally open
Internal pressure pilot
14 = port 1 and port 4
Type
01 = standard
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
NS = NBR standard with additional O-ring on control spool
V = FKM (optional)
VS = FKM standard with additional O-ring on control spool
Switch pressure
70 = 4.8 bar ( 70 PSI)
hex. SW 1" 90 = 6.2 bar ( 90 PSI)
torque 30 = 9 bar (130 PSI)
180 = 12.4 bar (180 PSI)
40+5 Nm
Higher switch pressures on version with O-ring on control spool!
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WKH10V/14-01-C-N-070 3633166
WKH10V/14-01-C-N-090 3633167
WKH10V/14-01-C-N-130 3633168
WKH10V/14-01-C-N-180 3633170

millimeter (inch)
CAVITY Seal kits

PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate
E 5.995.6.0/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
483
Hydraulically Operated,
Direct-Acting
Normally Closed
Up to 350 bar
WKH10W/14
FEATURES
FUNCTION
SPECIFICATIONS
cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
The WKH10W is a hydraulically- Seals: NBR (standard)
operated, 2/2 directional valve. Ports 3 FKM (optional, media
and 2 are closed in the normal position. temperature range
When there is an increase in pressure at -20 °C to +120 °C)
E 5.995.5.0/01.13
port 1 against the spring force, the valve Back-up PTFE

opens between port 3 and port 2. Oil can ring:
flow through the valve in both directions.
Cavity: FC10-4
spring value. Weight: approx. 0.192 kg
484
WKH 10 W / 14 – 01 – C – NS – 070
Basic model
Directional valve,
Cavity
Symbol
W = normally closed
Internal pressure pilot
14 = port 1 and port 4
Type
01 = standard
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
NS = NBR standard with additional O-ring on control spool
V = FKM (optional)
VS = FKM standard with additional O-ring on control spool
Switch pressure
70 = 4.8 bar ( 70 PSI)
hex. SW 1" 90 = 6.2 bar ( 90 PSI)
torque 30 = 9 bar (130 PSI)
180 = 12.4 bar (180 PSI)
40+5 Nm
Higher switch pressures on version with O-ring on control spool!
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WKH10W/14-01-C-N-070 3633171
WKH10W/14-01-C-N-090 3633172
WKH10W/14-01-C-N-130 3633173
WKH10W/14-01-C-N-180 3633174

millimeter (inch)
CAVITY Seal kits

PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop
Flow rate
E 5.995.5.0/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
485
2/2 Directional Poppet Valve
Manually Operated
Normally Closed
Up to 20 l/min
WS08W…M
Up to 250 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz For use in systems to be controlled manually
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating force: Thumb pressure (approx. 40 - 70 N)
cleaner
ground steel
The directional valve WS08W...M is a FKM (optional, media
normally closed, manually operated temperature range
E 5.924.1.1/01.13
poppet valve. -20 °C to +120 °C)

The valve is operated manually and, Back-up rings: PTFE
as long as the mechanical plunger is
Cavity: FC08-2
pressed, allows flow between port 1 and
port 2 in both directions. Weight: 0.09 kg
486
Manual operation by WS08W – 01 – C – N – M
pressing rubber cap
Designation
Directional poppet valve, manually operated
Type
01 = standard
hex. 7/8"
C = cartridge only
25 - 30 Nm
SB3 = G3/8 port, steel housing

AB3 = G3/8 port, aluminium housing
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Type of operation
M = manual
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WS08WM-01-C-N 3054918

thick
Seal kits
millimeter (inch)
Cavity PERFORMANCE
UNF FC08-2

Pressure drop
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.924.1.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
487
2/2 Directional Poppet Valve
Manually Operated,
Normally Closed
Up to 20 l/min WSM06020W...M
Up to 250 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz For use in systems to be controlled manually
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure max. 250 bar
Operating force: Thumb pressure (approx. 40 - 70 N)
cleaner
steel
The directional valve WSM06020W...M FKM (optional, media
is a normally closed, manually operated temperature range
E 5.949.2.1/01.13
poppet valve. -20 °C to +120 °C)

The valve is operated manually and, Back-up rings: PTFE
as long as the mechanical plunger is
pressed, allows flow between port 1 and
port 2 in both directions. Weight: 0.09 kg
488
WSM06020W – 01 – C – N – M
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
manual operation by
pressing rubber cap Body and ports
C = cartridge
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FPM
Type of operation
M = manual
hex. SW 24
Torque 25+5 Nm
Standard models
Model code Part No.
WSM06020W-01-C-N-M 3059183

Seal kits
Code Part No.
millimeter SEAL KIT 06020-NBR 3119017
SEAL KIT 06020-FKM 3262477
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
fitting depth
Pressure drop [bar]
Flow rate Q [l/min]
Form tools
E 5.949.2.1/01.13

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Reamer MK2 1000768 millimeter
489
3-Way Proportional
Pressure
Reducing Valve
12 l/min
350 bar PDR08-01
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure: max. 350 bar at port 2
Operating pressure ranges: up to 14 bar up to 48 bar
up to 20 bar up to 75 bar
up to 35 bar up to 138 bar
Filtration: Class 18/16/13 to 19/17/14 to ISO 4406 or
cleaner
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
The proportional pressure reducing Back-up rings: PTFE
valve PDR08-01 is a direct-acting 3-way Coil: Steel / Polyamide
spool-type valve, with relief included. Cavity: FC08-3
Its function is to maintain a constant Weight: Valve complete 0.364 kg
pressure at the consumer. When de- Coil only 0.19 kg
energized, port 2 is closed and port 1 Electronic data:
(consumer) is connected to port 3 (tank). Control current: 1050 mA, 8.8 Ohm (24 Volt)
When the control current increases, 2100 mA, 2.2 Ohm (12 Volt)
the solenoid coil exerts a force on the Internal leakage: < 50 ml/min at 350 bar
control spool which is proportional to the Dither frequency: approx. 140 Hz - 250 Hz
control current and thereby defines the Response time: energized: approx. 40 ms
regulated pressure at port 2. This setting de-energized: approx. 30 ms
is proportional to the control current. Hysteresis with dither: 2-4% of Inom
In addition the valve has a pressure Repeatability: ≤ 2% of Inom
relieving function: If the pressure across Hysteresis: ≤ 2% of Inom
consumer port 1 rises above the control Response sensitivity: ≤ 1 % of Inom
pressure due to external force, the
E 5.990.2.1/01.13

control piston is pushed further against The PDR08 can also be supplied with an emergency pressure adjustment
the spring and relieves the consumer to (version -01M). This allows a manual pressure adjustment of the valve if the electrical
tank port 3. signal is interrupted. This adjustment should be used only in the case of electrical failure
Any pressure at port 3 is additive to the since the manual setting would be additive to the electrical setting and the system could
pre-set control pressure. be damaged when power is restored.
490
PDR08–01 M - C - N - 110 - 24 PG - 8.8 Measured at ν = 34 mm²/s,Toil = 46 °C
Basic model
reducing valve, UNF
Manual override
M = manual override
Pressure drop
Cartridge and body
Body and ports*
2→1
C = cartridge only Cartridge
only
Seals Body only
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Pressure range
20 = up to 14 bar ( 200 PSI) Flow rate
30 = up to 20 bar ( 300 PSI)
50 = up to 35 bar ( 500 PSI)
110 = up to 75 bar (1100 PSI)
200 = up to 138 bar (2000 PSI)
Coil voltage
12 = 12 V DC (2.2 Ohm)
regulating pressure
24 = 24 V DC (8.8 Ohm)
% of max.
DC: PG = DIN connector to EN175301-803
PU = AMP Junior Timer, 2-pole, axial
PL = 2 flying leads, 457 mm long; 0.75 mm²
PN = Deutsch connector, 2-pole, axial, DT04-22P-EF 04
Coil resistance
2.2 = 2.2 Ohm (12 V)
% of max. control current
8.8 = 8.8 Ohm (24 V)
Standard models
Model code Part No.
PDR08-01-C-N-20-12PG-2.2 3111707
PDR08-01-C-N-110-12PG-2.2 3111705
PDR08-01-C-N-200-12PG-2.2 3111728
PDR08-01-C-N-20-24PG-2.2 3109439
Regulating pressure
PDR08-01-C-N-110-24PG-2.2 3111706
100% of max. control current
PDR08-01-C-N-200-24PG-2.2 3111729
*Standard in-line bodies 75% of max. control current

50% of max. control current
without control current
Seal kits Flow rate

E 5.990.2.1/01.13
491
DIMENSIONS Cavity:
FC08-3
Emergency pressure bleed screw
adjustment
torque 10+1 Nm torque
2.5+0.5 Nm
pressure adjustment
without emergency
torque
4+2 Nm

pressure adjustment
without emergency
through 360 ° and

removed.
hex. 7/8"
torque
25+5 Nm
Form tools
thick Tool Part No.
millimeter (inch)
E 5.990.2.1/01.13

department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
492
E 5.990.2.1/01.13
493
3-Way Proportional
PDR08-02
Up to 17 l/min
Up to 138 bar
Function FEATURES
zz Main application is in accumulator charging circuits and as a pilot control for directional valves
zz Particularly low pressure step when transferring from pressure reducing to pressure relief function
zz Hardened and ground internal valve components to ensure minimal wear and extended service life
zz Fine adjustment available as an option
zz Differences between PDR08-02 and PDR08-01: In contrast to the PDR08-01, the PDR08-02
is designed asymmetrically, i.e. the valve is rated from P to A (pressure reducing function) up to
17 l/min and from A to T (pressure relief function) up to 10 l/min. Moreover the valve has zero
overlap which has the effect of reducing the hysteresis and leakage.
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure: At port 2: max. 350 bar
Control pressure: At port 1: max. 138 bar
Tank pressure: At port 3: max. 300 bar
Pressure ranges: 14 / 20 / 35 / 38 / 49 / 75 / 138 bar
Nominal flow: max. 10 l/min A →T / max. 17 l/min P→A
Internal leakage from 2 to 1: Less than 50 cm3/min at 350 bar,
at port 2 (0 mA)
(T) Media operating temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. +100 °C
(P) Viscosity range: min. 7.4 mm²/s to max. 420 mm²/s
Filtration: Class 19/17/14 according to ISO 4406 or cleaner
(A) Installation: No orientation restrictions
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
The proportional pressure reducing valve Cavity: FC08-3 UNF
PDR08-02 is a direct-acting 3-way spool- Weight: Valve only: 0.5 kg, Coil: 0.22 kg
type valve, with relief included. In the Electronic data:
normal position (no current signal), the Type of voltage: 1050 mA, 8.8 Ohm (24 V)
valve is closed on the inlet side (port 2) 2100 mA, 2.2 Ohm (12 V)
and the outlet side (port 1) is connected to Voltage tolerance: ± 15% of nominal
tank (port 3). If the solenoid is energized, Dither frequency: 140 – 250 Hz
pressure is applied to the control piston in Hysteresis with dither: 2 – 4 % of the max. control current
proportion to the electrical current. Repeatability: ≤ 1 % of the max. pressure
The control piston therefore moves and Hysteresis: ≤ 1 % of the max. control current
allows flow from port 2 to port 1. Any Response sensitivity: ≤ 1 % of the max. control current
pressure at tank port 3 is additive to the Coil type: Coil (12 or 24) P ...40-1836
pre-set control pressure. If, as a result of Note:
E 5.990.3.1/01.13
external factors, the pressure at port 1 The PDR08 can also be supplied with an emergency pressure adjustment (version -02M).
rises above the set pressure, the valve This allows a manual pressure adjustment of the valve if the electrical signal is interrupted.
This adjustment should be used only in the case of electrical failure since the manual setting would
opens from port 1 to tank port 3. To be additive to the electrical setting and the system could be damaged when power is restored.
function correctly, the inlet pressure must In order to achieve optimal function, any trapped air should be vented using the venting screw on
be greater than the control pressure. the face of the pole tube (not fitted to version -02M).
494
PDR08-02 M – C – N – 50 – 12 PG – 2.2 Toil = 46 °C, n = 34 mm²/s
Basic model
reducing valve, UNF
Type
Pressure reduction [bar]

02 = standard Cartridge and body
Options
No details = no option
M = manual override
T = tolerance compensation
Cartridge only
(on request, with fine adjustment)
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Body only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional) Flow rate [l/min]
Pressure range
20 = up to 14 bar outlet pressure (200 PSI ÷10)
% of maximum control pressure

(model T only)
200 = up to 138 bar outlet pressure (2000PSI ÷10)
Coil voltage
12 = 12 V (2.2 Ohm)
24 = 24 V (8.8 Ohm)
Coil connectors ... 40-1836
PG = DIN connector to EN175301-803
PN = Deutsch connector, 2-pole, axial
PU = AMP Junior Timer, 2-pole, axial % of maximum current
Coil resistance
2.2 = 2.2 Ohm (12 V)
8.8 = 8.8 Ohm (24 V)
100 % of maximum current

Control pressure [bar]
Standard models
Model code Part No.
PDR08-02-C-N-20-12PG-2.2 3437006
PDR08-02-C-N-30-12PG-2.2 3437007 50 % of maximum current
PDR08-02-C-N-50-12PG-2.2 3436994 no current pressure reduction 2 to 1

PDR08-02-C-N-70-12PG-2.2 3437008
PDR08-02-C-N-110-12PG-2.2 3437009 Flow rate [l/min]
PDR08-02-C-N-200-12PG-2.2 3437010
PDR08-02-C-N-20-24PG-8.8 3437011
PDR08-02-C-N-30-24PG-8.8 3437012
PDR08-02-C-N-50-24PG-8.8 3437005
PDR08-02-C-N-70-24PG-8.8 3437013
PDR08-02-C-N-110-24PG-8.8 3437014
PDR08-02-C-N-200-24PG-8.8 3437015
PDR08-02T-C-N-55-24PU-8.8 3386613
Code Part No. Material Ports Max.
pressure
FH083-SB3 560922 Steel, zinc-plated G 3/8 420 bar
FH083-AB3 3011427 Aluminium, clear anodized G 3/8 210 bar
Seal kits
E 5.990.3.1/01.13

FS083-N SEAL KIT 3054795 NBR
FS083-V SEAL KIT 2591059 FKM
495
DIMENSIONS CAVITY
FC08-3
Emergency pressure
adjustment
torque 10 +1 Nm torque
2.5 ± 0.5 Nm
pressure adjustment)
(without emergency
torque Form tools

4 +2 Nm
Tool Part No.
After loosening the mm (inch)
Reamer FC08-3 175645 Subject to technical modifications.

(without emergency
can be rotated through

360° and removed
7/8" hex
torque
25 + 5 Nm
30 thick
NOTE
E 5.990.3.1/01.13

mm (inch)
Subject to technical modifications. the relevant technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 / 509-598
496
E 5.990.3.1/01.13
497
3-Way Proportional
Slip-In Valve – 60 bar
PDMC04S30D
Up to 4 l/min
Up to 60 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Compact design
zz Excellent curve characteristics, also when there is inadequate primary pressure
zz Hardened and ground valve components to ensure minimal wear and extended service life
zz Main applications: pilot valve for directional spool valves and other main-stage valves,
accumulator charging circuits, slewing angle adjustment on pumps, clutches
zz Excellent small signal characteristics
SPECIFICATIONS
Primary pressure at port 2: max. 60 bar
Control pressure at port 1: max. 32 bar
Tank pressure at port 3: max. 10 bar
Pressure ranges: 0 – 25 bar, 0 – 32 bar
Pressure drop: 7 bar from 2 → 1 at 4 l/min
8.5 bar from 2 → 1 with strainer
(values given are based on clean strainer)
7 bar from 1 → 3 at 4 l/min (PWM-f = 130 Hz)
Leakage: Energized: < 0.03 l/min
De-energized: < 0.01 l/min
(at 60 bar pump pressure, PWM 130 Hz
Media operating temperature range: min. -30 °C to max. +100 °C (only for NBR)
Ambient temperature range: min. -30 °C to max. +80 °C *(see note on
thermal load capacity of the coil)
cleaner
The proportional pressure reducing valve Installation: No orientation restrictions
PDMC04S30D is a direct-acting 3-way spool- Materials: Valve body: steel
type valve. When de-energized, port 2 is closed Spool: hardened and
and port 1 (consumer) is connected to port 3 ground steel
(tank). When the inlet pressure fluctuates it Seals: NBR, others on request
provides an almost constant outlet pressure - U-Polyurethane
depending on the energization of the coil. When (only for Type 03)
the control current increases, the solenoid coil Cavity: 04S30
exerts a force on the control spool Weight: 0.28 kg
which is proportional to the control current and Electronic data:
thereby defines the regulated pressure at port Duty cycle: 100 % duty rating * (see note on thermal load
1. This setting is proportional to the control capacity of the coil)
current. Any pressure at tank port 3 is additive Control currents: 0 – 750 mA, 21.2 Ω (24 V)
to the pre-set control pressure. If, as a result 0 – 1,500 mA, 5.2 Ω (12 V)
of external factors, the pressure at port 1 rises Response time: On: < 50 ms, Off: < 30 ms
above the pre-set pressure, the valve opens Dither frequency: 130 Hz recommended (110 – 160 Hz)
E 5.978.5.1/01.13
from port 1 to tank port 3. The valve has been Hysteresis with dither: 2 % of the max. control current
specially developed for pilot applications. For Repeatability: ≤ 1 % of the max. pressure range
these applications, the requirement is primarily Hysteresis: ≤ 1 % of the max. control current
for high dynamic performance and low pressure
Response sensitivity: ≤ 1 % of the max. control current
drop, in order to ensure rapid oil filling and fast
draining of the consumer. Insulation material class: H to VDE0580, 180 °C
498
PDMC 04S30 D – 01 – C – N – 25 – 12 PU01 – 5.2 Measured at n = 34 mm²/s, Toil = 46 °C
Basic model Pressure range 32 bar

Proportional
40.0
pressure reducing
valve, compact
Cavity 30.0

04S30 = slip-in
Design 20.0
D = direct-acting
Type
01 = standard 10.0
02 = increased primary pressure,

de-energized
pressure drop 2 to 1
polyurethane O-rings
03 = with strainer in port 2
0.0
-4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4
(w = 150 μm)*
Flow rate [l/min]
Body and ports
C = slip-in only Pressure range 25 bar
Seals
N = NBR (standard) 30.0
U = polyurethane (only in type 03) 100 % of maximum current
Pressure range

25 = 0 to 25 bar 20.0
32 = 0 to 32 bar
Coil voltage
12 = 12 Volt (5.2 Ω) 10.0
24 = 24 Volt (21.2 Ω)
Coil connectors de-energized pressure drop 2 to 1
PN = Deutsch connector DT04, 2-pole, axial
0.0
PU = AMP Junior Timer, 2-pole, axial -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4
Coil resistance Flow rate [l/min]

5.2 = 5.2 Ω (12 V)
21.2 = 21.2 Ω (24 V)
125.0
*w = mesh size
100.0
Standard models 75.0
Model code Part No.

PDMC04S30D-01-C-N-25-12PU-5.2 3451383 50.0
PDMC04S30D-01-C-N-25-24PU-21.2 3371734
PDMC04S30D-01-C-N-32-12PU-5.2 3456387 25.0
PDMC04S30D-01-C-N-32-24PU-21.2 3396178
PDMC04S30D-03-C-N-25-12PU-5.2 3486396 0.0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
PDMC04S30D-03-C-N-25-24PU-21.2 3486397
PDMC04S30D-03-C-N-25-12PN-5.2 3491096 % of maximum current
PDMC04S30D-03-C-N-25-24PN-21.2 3567187

Dual housing: A, B = G ¼
3482029 Aluminium
B-BM 2X PDMC04S30D P, T = G⅜
*Thermal load capacity of the coil:

100% duty cycle at TA, max = 80 °C
Please note: The data is based on the complete valve,
mounted in a line body (block temperature: 105 °C,
E 5.978.5.1/01.13
aluminium or steel; dimensions 40 x 60 x 56 mm),

flanged to a base block (block temperature 105 °C, steel,
dimensions 200 x 150 x 100 mm). The air in the climatic test
cabinet is circulated by the cabinet ventilator.
499
DIMENSIONS CAVITY
3-Way
04S30
fitting depth
78 Deutsch connector
68.9 AMP connector
fitting depth
fitting depth
M5-8.8
torque
M = 4.5 ± 0.2 Nm
Form tools
Tool Part No.
Countersink 179126
mm mm
Reamer 179200 subject to technical modifications
E 5.978.5.1/01.13

the relevant technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 / 509-598
500
E 5.978.5.1/01.13
501
3-Way Proportional
Spool Type,
With Area-Ratio Advantage
Up to 12 l/min
Up to 60 bar PDMC05S30A-11
FUNCTION FEATURES
zzCompact design
zzExcellent small signal characteristics
SPECIFICATIONS
Tank pressure at port 3: max. 10 bar
(Should be piped separately to tank, i.e not connected to the working hydraulics)
Leakage: Energized: <0.1 l/min
De-energized: <0.02 l/min
cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
The proportional pressure reducing valve Seals: NBR (standard)
PDMC05S30A is a direct-acting spool-type FKM (optional, media
valve. When de-energized, port 2 is closed temperature range
-20 °C to +210 °C)
and port 1 (consumer) is connected to port
Cavity: 05S30
3 (tank). When the inlet pressure fluctuates
it provides an almost constant outlet Weight: 0.27 kg
pressure - depending on the energization Electronic data:
of the coil. When the control current Coil duty rating: 100% duty cycle (continuous)
increases, the solenoid coil exerts a force Control currents: 0 – 950 mA, 10.5 Ω (24 V)
on the control spool which is proportional 0 – 2000 mA, 5.2 Ω (12 V)
to the control current and thereby defines *(see note on thermal load capacity of the coil)
the regulated pressure at port 1. This Response time: On: < 40 ms, Off: < 30 ms
setting is proportional to the control Dither frequency: 110 Hz recommended
E 5.978.2.1/01.13
current. Any pressure at tank port 3 is Hysteresis with dither: 2 – 4 % of the max. control current
additive to the pre-set control pressure. If, Repeatability: ≤ 1 % of the max. pressure range
as a result of external factors, the pressure Hysteresis: ≤ 1 % of the max. control current
at port 1 rises above the preset pressure, Response sensitivity: ≤ 1 % of the max. control current
the valve opens from port 1 to tank port 3. Insulation material class: H to VDE0580, 180 °C
502
PDMC 05S30 A – 11 – C – N – 35 – 24 PU01 – 10.5 Measured at n = 34 mm²/s , Toil = 46 °C
Basic model
Proportional PSI bar
pressure reducing 50.0
valve, compact 100 % of maximum current

600
40.0
Cavity
05S30 = slip-in 30.0 80 % of maximum current
400
Design
A = with area-ratio advantage 20.0
200
Type 10.0
11 = standard de-energized pressure reduction 2 to 1
0 0.0
Body and ports* -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 l/min
C = slip-in only
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 US gpm
Seals
N = NBR Flow rate [l/min]
Others on request
Pressure range
25 = 0 to 25 bar 120.0
35 = 0 to 35 bar

Coil voltage 100.0
12 = 12 Volt (2.65 Ω)
24 = 24 Volt (10.5 Ω) 80.0
Coil connectors 60.0

PU = AMP Junior Timer, 2-pole, axial 40.0
Coil resistance
5.2 = 5.2 Ω (12 V) 20.0
10.5 = 10.5 Ω (24 V)

0.0
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
% of maximum current
Standard models
Model code Part No.
PDMC05S30A-11-C-N-25-12PU-5.2 3497963
PDMC05S30A-11-C-N-25-24PU-10.5 3508509
PDMC05S30A-11-C-N-35-12PU-5.2 3364455 *Thermal load capacity of the coil:
PDMC05S30A-11-C-N-35-24PU-10.5 3270226 100% duty cycle at TA, max = 80 °C
PDMC05S30A-11-C-N-35-24PN-10.5 3509704 Please note: The data is based on the complete valve,
Other models on request mounted in a line body (block temperature: 105 °C,
aluminium or steel; dimensions 40 x 60 x 56 mm),
*Standard in-line bodies flanged to a base block (block temperature 105 °C, steel,
Code Part No. Material Ports Pressure dimensions 200 x 150 x 100 mm). The air in the climatic test
R05S30-010-01 3364559 Alu G 3/8 60 bar cabinet is circulated by the cabinet ventilator.
E 5.978.2.1/01.13
503
DIMENSIONS CAVITY
05530
3-Way
68.9 AMP connector
fitting depth
M5 -8.8
torque
fitting depth
M = 4.5 ± 0.2 Nm
fitting depth
Form tools
Tool Part No.
Countersink 178202
millimeter
subject to technical modifications Reamer 178203 millimeter
E 5.978.2.1/01.13

The information in this brochure relates to Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
504
E 5.978.2.1/01.13
505
3-Way Proportional
Spool Type,
With Area-Ratio Advantage
Up to 20 l/min
Up to 60 bar PDMC05S30A-50
FUNCTION FEATURES
zzCompact design
zzExcellent small signal characteristics
SPECIFICATIONS
Tank pressure at port 1: max. 10 bar dynamic, 30 bar static
Pressure ranges: 0 - 20 bar
Pressure drop: 2.5 bar from 2 to 1 at 19 l/min
7 bar from 3 to 2 at 19 l/min
Leakage: Energized: <0.05 l/min
De-energized: <0.03 l/min
Viscosity range: min. 7.4 mm²/s to max. 2,000 mm²/s
cleaner
The proportional pressure reducing valve Materials: Valve body: tempered free-cutting steel
PDMC05S30A-50 is a direct-acting spool- Spool: hardened and ground steel
type valve. When de-energized, the spring Seals: NBR (standard)
pushes the control spool towards the solenoid FKM (optional, media
system. There is flow through the valve from temperature range
port 2 (consumer) to the tank port 1. When the -20 °C to +210 °C)
inlet pressure fluctuates it provides an almost Cavity: 05S30 compact
constant outlet pressure - depending on the
energization of the coil. When the control Weight: 0.27 kg
current increases, the coil exerts a force on the Electronic data:
control spool and connects port 2 (consumer) Duty cycle: 100 % duty rating * (see note on thermal load
with pump port 3. This compresses the reset capacity of the coil)
spring of the control spool. The pressure at Control currents: 0 – 950 mA, 10.5 Ω (24 V)
port 2 acts against the solenoid force over a 0 – 2,000 mA, 2.65 Ω (12 V)
circular ring area and when the pre-set value Dither frequency: 130 Hz recommended (100 – 150 Hz)
is reached, the pressure plus spring force and
Hysteresis with dither: 2 % of the max. control current
E 5.978.4.1/01.13
solenoid force are in balance. The connection

between pump and consumer ports is thus Repeatability: ≤ 1 % of the max. pressure range
restricted. Any pressure at tank port 1 is additive Hysteresis: ≤ 1 % of the max. control current
to the pre-set control pressure. The valves have Response sensitivity: ≤ 1 % of the max. control current
been developed specifically for high dynamic
performance and low pressure drops. Insulation material class: H to VDE0580, 180 °C
506
Measured at:
PDMC 05S30 A – 50 – C – N – 25 – 24 PU – 10.5 n = 34 mm²/s
Basic model Toil = 46 °C
Proportional
pressure reducing p/I
valve, compact Supply pressure
Cavity p = 19 bar / 275 psi
100.0
05S30 = slip-in valve
Design
% of max. control pressure

A = with area-ratio advantage
80.0
Type 60.0
50 = standard
Body and ports* 40.0
C = slip-in only
Seals 20.0
N = NBR
V = FKM (optional) 0.0
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Pressure range
20 = 0 to 20 bar % of maximum current
Coil voltage
12 = 12 Volt (2.65 Ω)
24 = 24 Volt (10.5 Ω)
Dp/Q
Coil connectors
PN = Deutsch connector DT04, 2-pole, axial PSI bar
PU = AMP Junior Timer, 2-pole, axial 12.0
160
Coil resistance 10.0
Differential pressure
2.65 = 2.65 Ω (12 V)

140
10.5 = 10.5 Ω (24 V)

120
8.0
100 Pressure drop 3→2

6.0
80
Pressure drop 2→1
60 4.0
40
Standard models 20
2.0
Model code Part No. 0 0.0

-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 l/min
PDMC05S30A-50-C-N-20-12PU-2.65 3587264
PDMC05S30A-50-C-N-20-24PN-10.5 3587285 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 US gpm
Other models on request Flow rate

R05S30-010-01 3364559 Aluminium G 3/8 60 bar p/Q
Supply pressure
p = 19 bar / 275 psi
PSI bar
20.0
270
18.0
240
16.0
Control pressure
210 100% max. control current

14.0
180 12.0
150 10.0
120 80% max. control current
8.0
90 6.0
60 4.0
50% max. control current
30 2.0
0 0.0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 l/min
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 US gpm
Flow rate

E 5.978.4.1/01.13
mounted in a line body (block temperature: 105 °C, aluminium

or steel; dimensions 40 x 60 x 56 mm), flanged to a base block
(block temperature 105 °C, steel, dimensions 200 x 150 x 100 mm).
The air in the climatic test cabinet is circulated by the cabinet
ventilator.
507
DIMENSIONS CAVITY
3-Way
05S30
68.9 AMP connector
fitting depth
M5 -8.8
fitting depth
torque
M = 4.5 ± 0.2 Nm
fitting depth
Form tools
Tool Part No.
Countersink 178202
subject to technical modifications Reamer 178203 subject to technical modifications
E 5.978.4.1/01.13

508
E 5.978.4.1/01.13
509
3-Way Proportional
Pressure
Reducing Valve
60 l/min
350 bar PDR08P-01
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
up to 230 bar
up to 350 bar
Filtration: Class 18/16/13 to class 19/17/14 to ISO 4406
or cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
The proportional pressure reducing Coil: steel / polyamide
valve PDR08P is a pilot-operated 3-way Cavity: FC08-3
spool-type valve, with relief included. Weight: Valve complete 0.45 kg
If the pressure exceeds the setting Coil only 0.23 kg
defined by the electrical signal, the pilot- Electronic data:
stage opens and oil flows from behind Control currents: 1050 mA, 8.8 Ω (24 Volt)
2100 mA, 2.2 Ω (12 Volt)
resulting pressure differential causes
Dither frequency: approx. 160 Hz - 250 Hz
the main spool to move against the
reset-spring and allows oil to flow from Response time: energized: approx. 60 ms
port 2 to port 1. This continues until the Hysteresis with dither: 2-4% of Inom
system pressure is equal to the adjusted Repeatability: 2-4% of Inom
tension and the valve goes in control
Hysteresis: ≤ 2% of Inom
positionagain.
Response sensitivity: ≤ 1 % of Inom
If the pressure at port 1 suddenly
E 5.990.1.1/01.13

rises due to external force the valve
The PDR08P can also be supplied with an emergency pressure adjustment (version –01M).
is relieved to tank port 3 (maximum This allows a manual pressure adjustment of the valve if the electrical signal is interrupted.
pressure relief). This adjustment should be used only in the case of electrical failure since the manual setting
Any pressure at port 3 is additive to the would be additive to the electrical setting and the system could be damaged when power is
valve pressure setting. restored.
510
Emergency pressure PDR08P–01 M - C - N - 330 - 24 PG - 8.8
adjustment Basic model
torque 10+1 Nm Directional spool valve, UNF
bleed screw
torque Manual override
2.5+0.5 Nm no details = without manual override
M = manual override
(without emergency Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Pressure range
87 = up to 60 bar ( 870 PSI)
330 = up to 230 bar (3300 PSI)
500 = up to 350 bar (5000 PSI)
Coil voltage
12 = 12 V DC
24 = 24 V DC
torque
Coil resistance
4+2 Nm 2.2 = 2.2 Ω (12 V)
8.8 = 8.8 Ω (24 V)
through 360 ° and
removed.
(without emergency
Standard models
Model code Part No.
PDR08P-01-C-N-87-12PG-2.2 3147475
hex. 7/8" PDR08P-01-C-N-330-12PG-2.2 3147476
torque PDR08P-01-C-N-500-12PG-2.2 3147477
25+5 Nm
PDR08P-01-C-N-87-24PG-8.8 3147488
PDR08P-01-C-N-330-24PG-8.8 3147489
PDR08P-01-C-N-500-24PG-8.8 3147490

Seal kits
Cavity: PERFORMANCE
regulating pressure
% of max.
100 % Max. control current

Regulating
pressure
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.990.1.1/01.13

department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
511
3-Way Proportional
Up to 100 l/min PDR10P-01
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Setting pressure range: up to 60 bar
up to 180 bar
up to 230 bar
up to 350 bar
or cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC10-3
Coil only 0.23 kg
Electronic data:
The proportional pressure reducing Control current range: 1050 mA, 8.8 Ohm (24 Volt)
valve PDR10P is a pilot-operated, 2100 mA, 2.2 Ohm (12 Volt)
3-way spool-type valve. Its function Dither frequency: approx. 160 Hz - 250 Hz
is to maintain a constant pressure at Response time: Energized: approx. 50 ms
consumer port 1. As a function of the De-energized: approx. 30 ms
electrical control signal the regulated Hysteresis with dither: 2 - 4% of Inom
pressure can be changed steplessly - Repeatability: ≤ 1.5 % of Inom
irrespective of the pump pressure. Hysteresis: ≤ 2 % of Inom
If the pressure at port 1 rises above the Response sensitivity: ≤ 1 % of Inom
E 5.990.2/01.13
setting, the pilot stage opens and oil Coil type: Coil...-40-1836
flows from behind the main spool to tank The PDR10P can also be supplied with an emergency pressure adjustment (version –01M).
port 3 to maintain the set pressure. This allows a manual pressure adjustment of the valve if the electrical signal is interrupted. This
Any pressure at tank port 3 is additive to adjustment should be used only in the case of electrical failure since the manual setting would be
the pre-set control pressure! additive to the electrical setting and the system could be damaged when power is restored.
512
emergency pressure
adjustment PDR10P–01 M - C - N - 330 - 24 PG - 8.8
torque 10+1 Nm
Basic model
Proportional pressure reducing valve, UNF
air bleed screw
Torque Manual override
pressure adjustment) 2.5+0.5 Nm no details = without manual override
(without emergency
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Pressure range
87 = up to 60 bar (870 PSI)
260 = up to 180 bar (2600 PSI)
330 = up to 230 bar (3300 PSI)
500 = up to 350 bar (5000 PSI)
Coil voltage
12 = 12 V DC (2.2 Ohm)
24 = 24 V DC (8.8 Ohm)
torque 4+2 Nm PL = 2 flying leads, 457 mm long; 0.75 mm²
the coil can be rotated through Coil resistance
pressure adjustment
360° and removed

2.2 = 2.2 Ohm (12 V)
without emergency
8.8 = 8.8 Ohm (24 V)
Standard models
Model code Part No.
PDR10P-01-C-N-87-12PG-2.2 3124431
PDR10P-01-C-N-260-12PG-2.2 3124432
hex. SW 25.4
torque
PDR10P-01-C-N-330-12PG-2.2 3124433
45+10 Nm PDR10P-01-C-N-330-12PG-2.2 3124433
PDR10P-01-C-N-500-12PG-2.2 3124434

thick
Seal kits
Cavity: PERFORMANCE
Measured at ν = 34 mm²/s, T oil
= 46 °C
FC10-3
Cartridge and body
Pressure drop
Cartridge only
2 to 1
Body only
Flow rate
regulating pressure
% of max.

Regulating
pressure
Flow rate

NOTE
E 5.990.2/01.13
513
3-Way Proportional
PDMC10S30P
Up to 40 l/min
Up to 60 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zzCompact design
zzControl pressure reduction is possible right down to 0 bar.
zzExcellent curve characteristics, also when there is inadequate primary pressure
(the max. control pressure is 1.3 bar below the primary pressure)
zzHardened and ground valve components to ensure minimal wear and extended service life
zzApplication example: clutch control
zzScreen filter protects the pilot from contamination
SPECIFICATIONS
Tank pressure at port 3: Max. 10 bar dynamic (30 bar static)
(Should be piped separately to tank, i.e not connected to the working hydraulics)
Pressure drop: approx. 8 bar at 40 l/min (from 2 → 1, 1 → 3)
Leakage: Energized: < 0.4 l/min
De-energized: < 0.8 l/min
(at 60 bar pump pressure)
Ambient temperature range: min. -20 °C to max. +80 °C *
(see note on thermal load capacity of the coil)
cleaner
Spool: hardened and
The proportional pressure reducing valve ground steel
PDMC10S30P is a pilot-operated, 3-way Seals: NBR (standard)
spool-type valve. When de-energized, port 1 FKM (optional, media
(consumer) is vented via tank port 3. Pump temperature range
port 2 provides a constant small flow of pilot -20 °C to +120 °C)
oil to tank port 3. When the inlet pressure and Back-up rings: PTFE
the volume required fluctuates, it provides an
Cavity: 10S30 compact
almost constant outlet pressure - depending on
the energization of the coil. When the control Weight: 0.28 kg
current increases, the solenoid coil exerts a Electronic data:
force via the pilot line on the pilot spool and Coil duty rating: 100 % duty cycle * (see note on thermal load
thereby connects port 2 (consumer) with pump capacity of the coil)
port 3. This compresses the reset spring of Control currents: 0 – 950 mA, 10.5 Ω (24 V)
the control spool. If, as a result of external 0 – 2,000 mA, 2.65 Ω (12 V)
factors, the pressure at port 1 rises above the Dither frequency: 130 Hz recommended (110 – 200 Hz)
E 5.978.3.1/01.13
preset pressure, the valve opens from port 1 Hysteresis with dither: 2 % of the max. control current
(consumer) to tank port 3. This reduces the flow Repeatability: ≤ 1 % of the max. pressure range
from pump port 2 to port 1 (consumer) until the Hysteresis: ≤ 1 % of the max. control current
pressure across port 1 is equal to the pre-set
Response sensitivity: ≤ 1 % of the max. control current
pressure value. Any pressure at tank port 3 is
additive to the pre-set control pressure. Insulation material class: H to VDE0580, 180 °C
514
Measured at
PDMC10S30 P – 01 – C – N – 25 – 12 PU – 10.5 n = 34 mm²/s
Proportional
pressure reducing
valve, compact
Cavity p/I
10S30
125.0
Design
P = pilot-operated
% of max. control pressure

100.0
Type
01 = standard
03 = strainer at port 2 75.0
Body and ports

C = slip-in only 50.0
Seals
V = FKM (optional)
Pressure range 0.0
25 = 0 to 25 bar 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
35 = 0 to 35 bar
% of maximum current
Coil voltage
12 = 12 Volt (2.65 Ω)
24 = 24 Volt (10.5 Ω)
Coil connectors
PU = AMP Junior Timer, 2-pole, axial Dp/Q
Coil resistance PSI bar
2.65 = 2.65 Ω (12 V) 10.0
10.5 = 10.5 Ω (24 V)
140
9.0
120
Differential pressure
8.0
100 7.0
6.0
80
5.0
Standard models 60 Pressure drop 2→1
4.0
Pressure drop 1→3
Model code Part No. 40 3.0
PDMC10S30P-01-C-N-25-12PU-5.2 3450702 20
2.0
PDMC10S30P-01-C-N-25-24PU-21.2 3396732
1.0
0 0.0
} Offset of the pilot
PDMC10S30P-01-C-N-35-12PU-5.2 3450703 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 l/min
PDMC10S30P-01-C-N-35-24PU-21.2 3422416 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 US gpm
Other models on request Flow rate

R10S30-010-01 3426652 Steel G3/8 60 bar
p/Q
PSI bar
50.0
600
40.0
Control pressure

30.0
400
20.0
200
10.0

0 0.0
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 l/min
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 US gpm
Flow rate

mounted in a line body (block temperature: 105 °C, aluminium
E 5.978.3.1/01.13
or steel; dimensions 40 x 60 x 56 mm), flanged to a base block

(block temperature 105 °C, steel, dimensions 200 x 150 x 100
mm). The air in the climatic test cabinet is circulated by the
cabinet ventilator.
515
DIMENSIONS CAVITY
3-Way
fitting depth
68.9 AMP connector
fitting depth
M5-8.8
torque
fitting depth
M = 4.5 ± 0.2 Nm
Form tools
Tool Part No.
Countersink 179197
subject to technical modifications Reamer 179199 subject to technical modifications
E 5.978.3.1/01.13

department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
516
E 5.978.3.1/01.13
517
Proportional Pressure
Relief Valve
Poppet Type, Direct-Acting,
Up to 10 l/min PDBM06020
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
service life
zz Patented design for guided poppet
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal flow: Pressure range 070 bar...max.10 l/min
Pressure range 210 bar...max. 6 l/min
Pressure range 350 bar...max. 4 l/min
Internal leakage: < 0.1 cm³/min at 80% nominal pressure
Filtration: Class19/17/14 according to ISO 4406 or
cleaner
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Coil only: 0.22 kg
Electronic data:
Control currents: 850 mA; 18 Ohm (24V)
1750 mA; 4.1 Ohm (12V)
PWM frequency: 160 - 250 Hz
Hysteresis with dither: 2-4% of Imax
Repeatability: ≤ 1.5% of max. pressure range
Hysteresis: ≤ 2-4 % of Imax
The PDBM06020 is a direct-acting,
Response sensitivity: ≤ 1% of Imax
poppet type proportional pressure relief
Coil type: Coil...-50-1836
valve.
Note:
If the pressure at port 1 exceeds the The PDBM06020 can also be supplied with an emergency pressure adjustment (version
E 5.978.1.1/01.13
setting defined by the electrical signal, -02M). This allows a manual pressure adjustment of the valve if the electrical signal is
the valve opens and allows flow from interrupted. This adjustment should be used only in the case of electrical failure since the
port 1 to tank port 2. As a function of the manual setting would be additive to the electrical setting and the system could be damaged
electrical signal, the relief pressure at when power is restored. In order to achieve optimal function, any trapped air should be vented
port 1 can be changed steplessly. using the venting screw on the face of the pole tube (not fitted to version -02M).
518
Venting screw PDBM06020 - 01 - C - N - 350 - 24 PG - 18.0
torque 2.5 +0.5 Nm
Basic model
Proportional
Type
01 = standard
Body and ports*

C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Pressure range
070 = up to 70 bar
210 = up to 210 bar
torque 4+2 Nm 350 = up to 350 bar
After loosening the mounting Coil voltage

through 360° and removed 12 = 12 V (4.1 Ohm)
24 = 24 V (18 Ohm)

hex. SW24 PG = DIN connector to EN175301-803
torque: 25+5 Nm PL = 2 flying leads, 457 mm long; 0.75 mm²
Coil resistance
thick
4.1 = 4.1 Ohm (12 V)
through
18.0 = 18.0 Ohm (24 V)
millimeter
Standard models
CAVITY Model code Part No.
06020 PDBM06020-01-C-N-070-12PG-4.1 3362793
PDBM06020-01-C-N-070-24PG-18.0 3362790
PDBM06020-01-C-N-210-12PG-4.1 3362794
PDBM06020-01-C-N-210-24PG-18.0 3362791
PDBM06020-01-C-N-350-12PG-4.1 3362825
PDBM06020-01-C-N-350-24PG-18.0 3258051
fitting depth

Seal kits
Form tools
Tool Part No.
E 5.978.1.1/01.13
Countersink (shank MK3) 170033

Reamer (shank MK2) 1000768
Tap 1002648
519
PERFORMANCE
∆p-Q curve p-Q curve, Pressure range 210 bar

Measured at ν = 34 mm2/s, Toil = 46 °C Measured at ν = 34 mm2/s, Toil = 46 °C
Pressure stage Pressure stage

max. control current
350 bar 210 bar

Pressure drop l = 0 mA

Pressure stage
70 bar
coil de-energized
Flow rate Flow rate
p-I curve, Pressure range 70 bar p-I curve, Pressure range 350 bar

Q curve, Pressure range 70 bar p-Q curve, Pressure range 350 bar
Measured at ν = 34 mm2/s, Toil = 46 °C Measured at ν = 34 mm2/s, Toil = 46 °C
max. control current max. control current



coil de-energized coil de-energized
Flow rate Flow rate
p-I curve, Pressure range 210 bar

E 5.978.1.1/01.13

% of max. control current described, please contact the relevant technical Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
520
E 5.978.1.1/01.13
521
Proportional
60 l/min PDB08P-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Hydrodynamic damping available as an option
SPECIFICATIONS
up to 230 bar
up to 350 bar
Filtration: Class 18/16/13 to class 19/17/14 to ISO
4406 or cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Cavity: FC08-2
Coil only: 0.23 kg
Electronic data:
Control current range: 1050 mA, 8.8 Ohm (24 Volt)
2100 mA, 2.2 Ohm (12 Volt)
Dither frequency: 180 – 250 Hz
The PDB08P is a pilot-operated, spool
Hysteresis with dither: 2 – 4 % of the max. control current
type proportional pressure relief valve. If
Repeatability: 1.5 % of max. pressure range
pressure at port 1 exceeds the setting
Hysteresis: ≤ 2% of Inom
defined by the electrical signal, the pilot
poppet opens and oil flows from behind Response sensitivity: ≤ 1 % of Inom
the main spool to tank port 2. The Coil type: Coil…40-1836
resulting pressure differential causes the The PDB08P can also be supplied with an emergency pressure adjustment (version –01M).
This allows a manual pressure adjustment of the valve if the electrical signal is
E 5.991.1.1/01.13
main spool to lift against the return interrupted. This adjustment should be used only in the case of electrical failure since the
spring and allows flow from port 1 to port manual setting would be additive to the electrical setting and the system could be
2. As a function of the electrical signal damaged when power is restored.
the relief pressure at port 1 can be In order to achieve optimal function, any trapped air should be vented using the air bleed
changed steplessly. screw on the face of the pole tube (not fitted to version -02M).
522
DIMENSIONS air bleed screw
MODEL CODE
torque
Emergency pressure 2.5+0.5 Nm PDB08P–01 M - C - N - 330 - 24 PG - 8.8
adjustment
torque 10+1 Nm Basic model
Proportional pressure relief valve UNF
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
(without emergency

Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Pressure range
87 = to 60 bar
330 = to 230 bar
500 = to 350 bar
Coil voltage
12 = 12 V DC (2.2 Ohm)
24 = 24 V DC (8.8 Ohm)
torque
4+2 Nm Coil resistance
2.2 = 2.2 Ω (12 V)
8.8 = 8.8 Ω (24 V)
360 ° and removed. Standard models
(without emergency
Model code Part No.

PDB08P-01-C-N-87-12PG-2.2 3144426
PDB08P-01-C-N-330-12PG-2.2 3144427
PDB08P-01-C-N-500-12PG-2.2 3144458
hex. 7/8"
PDB08P-01-C-N-87-24PG-8.8 3144459
torque
25+5 Nm PDB08P-01-C-N-330-24PG-8.8 3144460
PDB08P-01-C-N-500-24PG-8.8 3144461

thick
Seal kits
millimeter (inch) FH082-N SEAL KIT NBR 3033920
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
max. relieving pressure
% of

100 % max. control current
Relieving pressure
Flow rate
E 5.991.1.1/01.13

Countersink FC08-2 For applications or operating conditions not
175473 described, please contact the relevant technical Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
523
Relief Valve
Normally Open
Up to 120 l/min
Up to 350 bar PDBM10120AP
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Quick response
SPECIFICATIONS
up to 230 bar
up to 350 bar
Filtration: Class 18/16/13 to 19/17/14 according to
ISO 4406 or cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: 10120A
Weight: Valve complete0.47 kg
Coil only 0.23 kg
Electronic data:
Control current range: 1050 mA, 8.8 Ohm (24 Volt)
2100 mA , 2.2 Ω
The PDBM10120AP is a pilot-operated, Dither frequency: approx. 160 Hz - 250 Hz
spool-type proportional pressure relief Response time: Energized: approx. 50 ms
valve. If the pressure at port 1 exceeds De-energized: approx. 30 ms
the setting defined by the electrical Hysteresis with dither: 2-4% of Inom
signal, the pilot-stage opens and oil flows Repeatability: ≤ 1.5% of Inom
from behind the main spool to the tank Sensitivity: ≤ 1 % of lnom
port 2. The resulting pressure differential Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
causes the main spool to move against
E 5.978.1/01.13
The PDBM10120AP can also be supplied with an emergency pressure adjustment

the reset-spring and allows oil to flow (version -02M). This allows a manual pressure adjustment of the valve if the electrical
from port 1 to port 2. As a function of the signal is interrupted. This adjustment should be used only in the case of electrical failure
electrical signal, the relief pressure at port since the manual setting would be additive to the electrical setting and the system could
1 can be changed steplessly. be damaged when power is restored.
524
PDBM10120AP - 01 M - C - N - 350 - 24 PG - 8.8
emergency press. adj.
torque bleed screw Basic model
10+1 Nm torque Proportional
2.5+0.5 Nm pressure relief valve
Type
(without emergency
01 = standard
Emergency pressure adjustment
no details = without emergency press. adj.
M = emergency pressure adjustment
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
60 = to 60 bar
250 = to 250 bar
350 = to 350 bar
Coil voltage
12 = 12 Volt DC (2.2 Ω)
24 = 24 Volt DC (8.8 Ω)
torque DC: PG = DIN connector to EN175301-803
4+2 Nm
PT = AMP Junior Timer, 2-pole, radial
After loosening the mounting PL = 2 flying leads, 457 mm long; 0.75 mm²
(without emergency
through 360° and removed

Coil resistance
2.2 = 2.2 Ohm (12 V)
hex. SW 27
torque 45+10 Nm
8.8 = 8.8 Ohm (24 V)
Standard models
Model code Part No.
PDBM10120AP-01-C-N-60-12PG-2.2 3122655
PDBM10120AP-01-C-N-230-12PG-2.2 3122656
PDBM10120AP-01-C-N-350-12PG-2.2 3122657
PDBM10120AP-01-C-N-60-24PG-8.8 3122622
through
PDBM10120AP-01-C-N-230-24PG-8.8 3122621
PDBM10120AP-01-C-N-350-24PG-8.8 3105357
thick
R10120A-01X-01 395232 Steel, zinc-plated G1/2 420 bar
Seal kits
10120A SEAL KIT DB10120A...NBR NBR 3085499
SEAL KIT DB10120A...FKM FKM 560222
PERFORMANCE
fitting depth
% of max. relieving
pressure
% of max. flow rate
100% max. solenoid current

Pressure
75% max. solenoid current
coil de-energized
Form tools
Flow rate
Tool Part No.
Countersink 166284 NOTE HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
E 5.978.1/01.13
Reamer 166285 The information in this brochure relates to the

Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
525
Proportional
Up to 120 l/min PDB10P-01
Up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Hydrodynamic damping available as an option
SPECIFICATIONS
up to 230 bar
up to 350 bar
or cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity FC10-2
Coil only 0.23 kg
Electronic data:
Control currents: 1050 mA, 8.8 Ohm (24 Volt)
2100 mA, 2.2 Ohm (12 Volt)
type proportional pressure relief valve.
If pressure at port 1 exceeds the setting De-energized: approx. 30 ms
defined by the electrical signal, the pilot Hysteresis with dither: 2 - 4% of Inom
poppet opens and oil flows from behind Repeatability: ≤ 1.5 % of lnom
the main spool to tank port 2. The Hysteresis: ≤ 2 % of lnom
resulting pressure differential causes Response sensitivity: ≤ 1 % of lnom
E 5.991.0/01.13
the main spool to lift against the return Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
spring and allows flow from port 1 to port The PDR08 can also be supplied with an emergency pressure adjustment (version -02M).
2. As a function of the electrical signal, This allows a manual pressure adjustment of the valve if the electrical signal is interrupted. This
the relief pressure at port 1 can be adjustment should be used only in the case of electrical failure since the manual setting would be
changed steplessly. additive to the electrical setting and the system could be damaged when power is restored.
526
+2
torque 4 Nm air bleed screw PDB10P–01 M - C - N - 330 - 24 PG - 8.8
torque 2.5+0.5 Nm Basic model
Proportional pressure relief valve, UNF
Manual override
pressure adjustment
without emergency through 360 ° and removed.
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
hex. 1" V = FKM
torque 45+10 Nm Setting pressure range
87 = up to 60 bar (870 PSI)
330 = up to 230 bar (3300 PSI)
500 = up to 350 bar (5000 PSI)
Coil voltage
12 = 12 V DC (2.2 Ohm)
24 = 24 V DC (8.8 Ohm)
emergency pressure
adjustment Coil resistance
torque 10+1 Nm 2.2 = 2.2 Ohm (12 V)
8.8 = 8.8 Ohm (24 V)
Standard models
Model code Part No.
PDB10P-01-C-N-87-12PG-2.2 3122867
PDB10P-01-C-N-330-12PG-2.2 3122958
PDB10P-01-C-N-500-12PG-2.2 3122959
PDB10P-01-C-N-87-24PG-8.8 3122964
PDB10P-01-C-N-330-24PG-8.8 3122965
PDB10P-01-C-N-500-24PG-8.8 3122966
thick
Seal kits
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
%
% of max. pressure range
%

Pressure
Flow rate

NOTE
E 5.991.0/01.13
527
Proportional
200 l/min PDB12P-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
up to 230 bar
up to 350 bar
or cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC12-2
Coil only 0.23 kg
Electronic data:
2100 mA, 2.2 Ohm (12 Volt)
If pressure at port 1 exceeds the setting De-energized: approx. 30 ms
defined by the electrical signal, the pilot Hysteresis with dither: 2 - 4% of Inom
poppet opens and oil flows from behind Repeatability: ≤ 1.5 % of Inom
the main spool to tank port 2. The Hysteresis: ≤ 2 % of Inom
resulting pressure differential causes Response sensitivity: ≤ 1 % of Inom
E 5.991.2.1/01.13
the main spool to lift against the return Coil type: Coil…-40-1836
spring and allows flow from port 1 to port The PDB12P can also be supplied with an emergency pressure adjustment (version –01M).
528
emergency pressure
adjustment PDB12P-01 M - C - N - 330 - 24 PG - 8.8
torque 10+1 Nm air bleed screw Basic model
torque 2.5+0.5 Nm Proportional pressure relief valve, UNF
Manual override
(without emergency
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR
V = FKM
Pressure range
87 = up to 60 bar ( 870 PSI)
330 = up to 230 bar (3300 PSI)
500 = up to 350 bar (5000 PSI)
Coil voltage
12 = 12 V DC (2.2 Ohm)
24 = 24 V DC (8.8 Ohm)
torque Coil resistance
4+2 Nm 2.2 = 2.2 Ohm (12V)
After loosening the 8.8 = 8.8 Ohm (24V)
(without emergency

and removed.
Standard models
Model code Part No.
PDB12P-01-C-N-87-12PG-2.2 3144462
hex. 1 1/4" PDB12P-01-C-N-330-12PG-2.2 3144463
torque
50+10 Nm PDB12P-01-C-N-500-12PG-2.2 3144464
PDB12P-01-C-N-87-24PG-8.8 3144465
PDB12P-01-C-N-330-24PG-8.8 3144466
PDB12P-01-C-N-500-24PG-8.8 3144467

thick
Seal kits
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
% of

Relieving pressure
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.991.2.1/01.13

529
Proportional
300 l/min PDB16P-01
350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
up to 230 bar
up to 350 bar
or cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
Cavity: FC16-2
Coil only 0.23 kg
Electronic data:
2100 mA, 2.2 Ohm (12 Volt)
The PDB16P is a pilot-operated, spool Internal leakage: < 1 l/min at 350 bar
type proportional pressure relief valve. Dither frequency: approx. 160 Hz - 250 Hz
If pressure at port 1 exceeds the setting Response time: Energized: approx. 70 ms
defined by the electrical signal, the pilot De-energized: approx. 40 ms
poppet opens and oil flows from behind Hysteresis with dither: 2 - 4% of Inom
the main spool to tank port 2. The Repeatability: ≤ 1.5 % of Inom
resulting pressure differential causes Hysteresis: ≤ 2 % of Inom
E 5.991.3.1/01.13
the main spool to lift against the return Response sensitivity: ≤ 1 % of Inom
spring and allows flow from port 1 to port
The PDB16P can also be supplied with an emergency pressure adjustment (version –01M).
530
Emergency pressure
adjustment PDB16P-01 M - C - N - 330 - 24 PG - 8.8
torque 10+1 Nm air bleed screw Basic model
torque 2.5+0.5 Nm Proportional pressure relief valve, UNF
Manual override
(without emergency
M = manual override
Body and Ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Pressure range
87 = up to 60 bar ( 870 PSI)
330 = up to 230 bar (2300 PSI)
500 = up to 350 bar (5000 PSI)
Coil voltage
12 = 12 V DC (2.2 Ohm)
24 = 24 V DC (8.8 Ohm)
torque 4+2 Nm
Coil resistance
After loosening the 2.2 = 2.2 Ω (12 V)
mounting nut, the coil can 8.8 = 8.8 Ω (24 V)

(without emergency
and removed.
Standard models
Model code Part No.
hex. 1 1/2" PDB16P-01-C-N-87-12PG-2.2 3144468
torque 130-180 Nm
PDB16P-01-C-N-330-12PG-2.2 3144469
PDB16P-01-C-N-500-12PG-2.2 3144470
PDB16P-01-C-N-87-24PG-8.8 3144471
PDB16P-01-C-N-330-24PG-8.8 3144472
PDB16P-01-C-N-500-24PG-8.8 3144473

thick
Seal kits
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
% of
Relieving pressure
Flow rate
Form tools
E 5.991.3.1/01.13

531
Proportional
Inversely Controlled
60 l/min
350 bar PDB08PZ-08
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Reduces cavitation
zz Available in different versions with hydropneumatic damping and reduced overlap
for the reduction of pressure peaks
SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure ranges: 4 to 60, 230, 350 bar
Internal leakage: < 0.5 l/min at 80% of pnom
4406 or cleaner
steel
The PDB08PZ is a pilot-operated, spool temperature range
type proportional pressure relief valve. -20 °C to 120 °C)
If pressure at port 1 exceeds the setting Back-up rings: PTFE
defined by the electrical signal, the pilot Coil: steel / polyamide
poppet opens and oil flows from behind Cavity: FC08-2
the main spool to tank port 2. The
resulting pressure differential causes
the main spool to lift against the return Coil only 0.22 kg
spring and allows flow from port 1 to port Electronic data:
2. As a function of the electrical signal Control currents: 1050 mA, 8.8 Ohm (24 Volt)
the relief pressure at port 1 can be 2100 mA, 2.2 Ohm (12 Volt)
changed steplessly. PWM frequency: 160 - 250 Hz
The valve is inversely controlled: with Hysteresis with dither: 2 - 4% of Inom
decreasing control current the pilot Repeatability: ≤ 2% of Inom
poppet of the valve closes, the main Hysteresis: ≤ 2% of Inom
stage follows the pilot stage and a
E 5.991.5.1/01.13
counter-pressure is created at port 1. Response sensitivity: ≤ 1% of Inom

When de-energized, the pressure is the Coil type: Coil...-40-1836
highest pressure that has been pre- NOTE
set (fail-safe function). The maximum In order to achieve optimal function, any trapped air should be vented using the air bleed
pressure can be pre-set mechanically. screw on the face of the pole tube.
532
PDB08PZ -08 -C -N -330 -V -330- 24 PG - 8.8
Basic model 350
25.0
Proportional
pressure relief valve 300

20.0
Type 250
08 = standard, without damping 15.0
18 = as 08, with 200
hydrodynamic damping
150 10.0
Body and ports* 100

C = cartridge only 5.0
50
Seals
N = NBR (standard) 0 0.0
V = FKM 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 l/min
Pressure range 0 5 10 15 US gpm

087 = 4 - 60 bar (870 PSI) Flow rate
330 = 4 - 228 bar (3300 PSI)
500 = 4 - 345 bar (5000 PSI)
Type of adjustment
V = adjustable using tool Measured at ν = 34 mm2/s, Toil = 46 °C
Setting 300.0
No details = no setting, spring relaxed 4000
330 = 230 bar, specific cracking pressure (3300 PSI) on request 250.0

Coil voltage 3000 200.0
DC voltages: 50 % max. control current
12 = 12 V DC (2.2 Ohm) 150.0
24 = 24 V DC (8.8 Ohm) 2000
100.0
Coil connectors (type 40-1836) 70 % max. control current
DC: DG = DIN connector to EN175301-803 1000
DK = Kostal threaded connection M27 x 1 50.0
DL = 2 flying leads, 457 mm long, 0.75 mm² 100 % max. control current
DN = Deutsch connector, 2-pole, axial 0 0.0
DT = AMP Junior Timer, 2-pole, radial 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 l/min
Coil resistance 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 US gpm

2.2 = 2.2 Ohm (12 V) Flow rate
8.8 = 8.8 Ohm (24 V)
Standard models
Model code Part No.
PDB08PZ-08-C-N-087V087-12PG-2.2 3356340 125.0
PDB08PZ-08-C-N-087V087-24PG-8.8 3356404
PDB08PZ-08-C-N-330V330-12PG-2.2 3356342
PDB08PZ-08-C-N-330V330-24PG-8.8 3356435 100.0
PDB08PZ-08-C-N-500V500-12PG-2.2
3356344
PDB08PZ-08-C-N-500V500-24PG-8.8 3356438
75.0
*Standard in-line bodies 50.0

FH082-SB3 560919 Steel, zinc-plated G3/8 max. 420 bar
FH082-AB3 3011423 Aluminium, anodizedG3/8 max. 210 bar 25.0
Seal kits
0.0
Code Material Part No. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
FS082-N SEAL KIT NBR 3033920 % of max. control current
FS082-V SEAL KIT FKM 3051756 E 5.991.5.1/01.13
533
DIMENSIONS CAVITY
FC08-2
Pressure
adjustment SW 6 air bleed screw
torque 2.5 +0.5 Nm
hex. 1/2"
torque 8+2 Nm
''
Form tools
Tool Part No.
torque 4 Nm
+2

hex. 7/8"
torque 25+5 Nm
thick
E 5.991.5.1/01.13

millimeter (inch)
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
534
E 5.991.5.1/01.13
535
Proportional
Inverse Controlled
120 l/min
350 bar PDB10PZ-08/-09
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure ranges: 4 to 60, 230, 350 bar
4406 or cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
The PDB10PZ is a pilot-operated, spool Cavity: FC10-2
type proportional pressure relief valve. Weight: Valve complete 0.50 kg
If pressure at port 1 exceeds the setting Coil only 0.22 kg
defined by the electrical signal, the pilot Electronic data:
poppet opens and oil flows from behind
the main spool to tank port 2. The Control currents: 1050 mA, 8.8 Ohm (24 Volt)
resulting pressure differential causes 2100 mA, 2.2 Ohm (12 Volt)
the main spool to lift against the return PWM frequency: 200 Hz
spring and allows flow from port 1 to port Hysteresis with dither: 2-4% of lnom
2. As a function of the electrical signal, Repeatability: ≤ 2% of pnom
the relief pressure at port 1 can be
Hysteresis: ≤ 2% of pnom
changed steplessly.
E 5.991.4.1/01.13
Response sensitivity: ≤ 1% of pnom

The valve is inversely controlled: with
decreasing control current the pilot Coil type: Coil (12 or 24) P...-40-1836
poppet closes, the main stage follows NOTE
the pilot stage and a counter-pressure is In order to achieve optimal function, any trapped air should be vented using the air bleed
created at port 1. screw on the face of the pole tube.
536
PDB 10PZ - 08 -C - N - 330 - V - 330 - 24 PG - 8.8 Measured at ν = 34 mm2/s, Toil = 46 °C
Basic model
Proportional
pressure relief valve PSI bar
25.0
350

Type
08 = standard 300
20.0
PDB10PZ-08
09 = flow ∆p 2-2.5 250

PDB10PZ-09
15.0
Body and ports 200
C = cartridge only 150 10.0

Seals 100
V = FKM 50
0 0.0
Pressure range 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 l/min
087 = 4 - 60 bar (870 PSI)

330 = 4 - 228 bar (3300 PSI) 0 10 20 30 US gpm
500 = 4 - 345 bar (5000 PSI) Flow rate

Type of adjustment
Setting
029 = 20 bar, specific cracking pressure (290 PSI)
Coil voltage 125.0
DC voltages:
12 = 12 V DC (2.2 Ohm)
24 = 24 V DC (8.8 Ohm) Relieving Pressure % 100.0
Coil connectors (type 40-1836) 75.0

50.0

25.0
Coil resistance
2.2 = 2.2 Ω (12 V)
8.8 = 8.8 Ω (24 V) 0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

Standard models
Model code Part No.
PDB10PZ-09-C-N-087V087-12PG-2.2 3356441
PDB10PZ-09-C-N-087V087-24PG-8.8 3356455
PDB10PZ-08-C-N-300V300-12PG-2.2 3356442
PDB10PZ-08-C-N-300V300-24PG-8.8 3356456 PSI bar
PDB10PZ-08-C-N-500V500-12PG-2.2 3356444 300.0
PDB10PZ-08-C-N-500V500-24PG-8.8 3356457
4000
250.0
3000 200.0
Standard in-line bodies 150.0

2000
FH102-SB4 3037594 Steel, zinc-plated G1/2 420 bar 100.0 70 % max. control current
FH102-AB4 3037777 Aluminium, anodized G1/2 210 bar 1000
50.0
0 0.0
Seal kits 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 l/min
Code Material Part No. US gpm

0 5 10 15 20 25 30
FS102-N SEAL KIT 3033872
NBR
Flow rate
E 5.991.4.1/01.13
537
DIMENSIONS CAVITY
FC10-2
Pressure air bleed screw
adjustment SW 6 torque 2.5 +0.5 Nm
hex. 1/2"
torque 8+2 Nm
torque
4+2 Nm
After loosening
the mounting nut, the
coil can be rotated
through 360 ° and
removed.
hex. 7/8"
torque 45+10 Nm
thick
Form tools
Tool Part No.
millimeter (inch)
E 5.991.4.1/01.13

department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
538
E 5.991.4.1/01.13
539
Proportional
200 l/min
350 bar PDB12PZ-08/-09
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure: max. 350 bar (port 1) /
50 bar (port 2)
4406 or cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
temperature range
The PDB12PZ is a pilot-operated, spool -20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
If pressure at port 1 exceeds the setting
defined by the electrical signal, the pilot Coil: steel / polyamide
poppet opens and oil flows from behind Cavity FC12-2
the main spool to tank port 2. The Weight: Valve complete 0.58 kg
resulting pressure differential causes Coil only 0.22 kg
the main spool to lift against the return Electronic data:
spring and allows flow from port 1 to port
2. As a function of the electrical signal, 2100 mA, 2.2 Ohm (12 Volt)
the relief pressure at port 1 can be
PWM frequency: 200 Hz
changed steplessly.
Hysteresis with dither: 2 - 4% of lnom
decreasing control current the pilot Repeatability: ≤ 2% of pnom
poppet closes, the main stage follows Hysteresis: ≤ 2 % of Inom
E 5.991.6.1/01.13
the pilot stage and a counter-pressure Response sensitivity: ≤ 1 % of Inom

is created at port 1, e.g. to drive a fan Type of coil: Coil (12 or 24) P ...-40-1836
motor. NOTE
The maximum pressure can be pre-set In order to achieve optimal function, any trapped air should be vented using the air bleed
mechanically. screw on the face of the pole tube.
540
PDB 12PZ - 08 - C - N - 330 - V - 330 - 24 PG - 8.8
Basic model ∆p-Q graph
Proportional
pressure relief valve Measured at ν = 34 mm2/s, Toil = 46 °C
Type
08 = higher basic ∆p:
improved opening and

closing characteristics
(pressure range 330 - 500)
09 = lower basic ∆p:
main application =
fan control
(pressure ranges 087 - 330)
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM
Pressure range
087 = 4 - 60 bar (870 PSI) Flow rate
140 = 4 - 96 bar (1400 PSI)
330 = 4 - 228 bar (3300 PSI)
500 = 4 - 345 bar (5000 PSI) P-I graph
Type of adjustment
V = adjustable using tool Measured at ν = 34 mm2/s, Toil = 46 °C
Setting
330 = 230 bar, specific cracking pressure (3300 PSI)
Coil voltage
DC voltages: Relieving Pressure %
12 = 12 V DC (2.2 Ohm)
24 = 24 V DC (8.8 Ohm)
Coil connectors
Coil resistance
2.2 = 2.2 Ω (12 V)
8.8 = 8.8 Ω (24 V)
Standard models P-Q graph, typical

Model code Part No.
PDB12PZ-09-C-N-087V087-12PG-2.2 3370981
PDB12PZ-09-C-N-087V087-24PG-8.8 3370980
PDB12PZ-08-C-N-330V330-12PG-2.2 3370977 without control current
PDB12PZ-08-C-N-330V330-24PG-8.8 3370978
PDB12PZ-08-C-N-500V500-12PG-2.2 3370953
PDB12PZ-08-C-N-500V500-24PG-8.8 3370976

Code Part No. Material Ports Pressure 100 % max. control current
FH122-SB6 3053782 Steel, zinc-plated G3/4 max. 420 bar

FH122-AB6 3053843 Aluminium, anodized G3/4 max. 210 bar
Flow rate
Seal kits
E 5.991.6.1/01.13
541
DIMENSIONS CAVITY
FC12-2
torque 4+2 Nm
After loosening the

and removed.
Form tools
hex. 1 1/4"
torque 50+10 Nm
Tool Part No.
thick
millimeter (inch)
E 5.991.6.1/01.13

department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
542
E 5.991.6.1/01.13
543
Proportional
300 l/min
365 bar PDB16PZ-08/-09
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Reduced cavitation tendency
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure: max. 365 bar (port 1) / 50 bar (port 2)
4406 or cleaner
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
The PDB16PZ is a pilot-operated, spool Back-up rings: PTFE
type proportional pressure relief valve. If Coil: steel / polyamide
pressure at port 1 exceeds the setting Cavity FC16-2
defined by the electrical signal, the pilot Weight: Valve complete 0.82 kg
poppet opens and oil flows from behind
Coil only 0.22 kg
the main spool to tank port 2. The
resulting pressure differential causes the Electronic data:
main spool to lift against the return Control currents: 1050 mA, 8.8 Ohm (24 Volt)
spring and allows flow from port 1 to port 2100 mA, 2.2 Ohm (12 Volt)
2. As a function of the electrical signal, PWM frequency: 200 Hz
the relief pressure at port 1 can be Hysteresis with dither: 2 - 4% of Inom
changed steplessly.
Repeatability: ≤ 2% of pnom
Hysteresis: ≤ 2 % of Inom
decreasing control current the pilot
E 5.991.7.1/01.13
poppet closes, the main stage follows Response sensitivity: ≤ 1 % of Inom

the pilot stage and a counter-pressure is Type of coil: Coil (12 or 24) P ...-40-1836
created at port 1. NOTE
The maximum pressure can be pre-set In order to achieve optimal function, any trapped air should be vented using the air bleed
mechanically. screw on the face of the pole tube.
544
PDB 16PZ - 08 - C - N - 330 - V - 330 - 24 PG - 8.8 Measured at ν = 34 mm2/s, Toil = 46 °C
Basic model
125.0
Proportional
Type 100.0
08 = standard
Relieving Pressure [bar]

09 = low pressure drop
% of Maximum
(version 87 and 330 only) 75.0
Body and ports*

C = cartridge only 50.0
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM 25.0
Pressure range
087 = 4 - 60 bar ( 870 PSI)
140 = 4 - 96 bar (1400 PSI) 0.0
330 = 4 - 228 bar (3300 PSI) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 %
500 = 4 - 345 bar (5000 PSI) % of max. control current

Type of adjustment
Pressure setting
Value = factory preset relief pressure (value PSI/10)
Coil voltage PSI bar
DC voltages: 300.0
12 = 12 V DC (2.2 Ohm) 4000 without control current
24 = 24 V DC (8.8 Ohm) 250.0

Coil connectors
DC: DG = DIN connector to EN175301-803 3000 200.0
DK = Kostal threaded connection M27 x 1 50 % max. control current
DL = 2 flying leads, 457 mm long, 0.75 mm² 150.0
DN = Deutsch connector, 2-pole, axial 2000
DT = AMP Junior Timer, 2-pole, radial 100.0 70 % max. control current

Coil resistance 1000
2.2 = 2.2 Ω (12 V) 50.0
8.8 = 8.8 Ω (24 V) 100 % max. control current
0 0.0
0 50 100 150 200 l/min
Standard models 0 10 20 30 40 50 US gpm
Model code Part No. Flow rate

PDB16PZ-08-C-N-530V530-12PG-2.2 3370906
PDB16PZ-08-C-N-530V530-24PG-8.8 3370945
PDB16PZ-09-C-N-330V330-12PG-2.2 3370947
PDB16PZ-09-C-N-330V330-24PG-8.8 3370948
PDB16PZ-09-C-N-087V087-12PG-2.2 3370950
PDB16PZ-09-C-N-087V087-24PG-8.8 3370951

FH162-SB8 3032496 Steel, zinc-plated G1 max. 420 bar
FH162-AB8 3037193 Aluminium, anodized G1 max. 210 bar
Seal kits
E 5.991.7.1/01.13
545
DIMENSIONS CAVITY
air bleed screw FC16-2
torque 2.5 +0.5 Nm
hex. 1/2"
torque 8+2 Nm
torque
4+2 Nm
After loosening the

and removed.
hex. 1 1/2"
torque 130+50 Nm
thick
Form tools
Tool Part No.
millimeter (inch)
subject to technical modifications Reamer FC16-2 176219 millimeter (inch)
E 5.991.7.1/01.13

department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
546
E 5.991.7.1/01.13
547
Proportional
Flow Control Valve
Normally Closed
Up to 10 l/min
Up to 350 bar PWK06020W
FUNCTION FEATURES
zzStepless adjustment of the effective oil flow, depending on the coil current.
zzWide variety of connectors available
SPECIFICATIONS
Internal leakage: Max. 0.9 l/min (at 350 bar / 32 mm²/s)
cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
FPM (optional, media
temperature range -20 °C
to +210 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
The PWK06020W is a normally closed, Weight: 0.46 kg
direct-acting, spring-loaded proportional
flow control valve. It is non-compensated Electronic data:
and its function is to control the flow from Control currents: 1750 mA; 4.1 Ohm (12V) /
port 1 to port 2 smoothly. 850 mA; 18 Ohm (24V)
The energization of the coil reduces or Dither frequency: 80 - 100 Hz
increases an orifice cross-section and thus Hysteresis with dither: 4 - 6 % of I nom
controls the flow.
E 5.991.11.1/01.13
Repeatability: < 1 % of I nom

Together with a pressure compensator the
proportional flow control valve can be used Hysteresis: < 1 % of I nom
as a 2-way flow regulator – for example Response sensitivity: < 1 % of I nom
when required to lift/lower variable loads at
Coil type: Coil ... P...-50-1836
the same velocity.
548
PWK06020W - 01 M - C - N - 6 - 24 PG - 4.1
Basic model
Proportional flow control valve
Normally closed
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports*
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Flow rate
6 = 6 l/min
Other flow rates on request
torque
4+2 Nm
Coil voltage
DC: 12 = 12 Volt DC
After loosening the mounting nut, 24 = 24 Volt DC
the coil can be rotated through Other voltages on request
360° and removed.
Coil connector types P...
PT = AMP Junior Timer, 2 pole, radial
PN = Deutsch connector, 2 pole
hex. SW24
torque 40+5 Nm
Coil resistance
4.1 = 4.1 W (1750 mA, 12 Volt)
18.0 = 18.0 W (850 mA, 12 Volt)
Standard models
Model code Part No.
PWK06020W-01-C-N-6 –12 PG-4.1 3579226
PWK06020W-01-C-N-6 –24 PG-18.0 3579225
millimeter
CAVITY
Seal kits
06020
Code Part No.
SEAL KIT 06020-NBR 3119017
SEAL KIT 06020-FKM 3262477
10
PERFORMANCE 9
Toil = 46 °C
8
n = 33 mm²/s
7
Q [l/min]
5
PWM = 80 Hz 4
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
l [%]
10
8
Dp 1-2 [bar]
Toil = 46 °C 6
n = 33 mm²/s 5
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Q [l/min]
Form tools
E 5.991.11.1/01.13

Countersink 170033 described. For applications and operating D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
conditions not described, please contact Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
subject to technical modifications the relevant technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
549
Proportional
Flow Control Valve
Normally Closed
70 l/min
250 bar PWK12120W
FUNCTION FEATURES
zzLow hysteresis
zzDifferent flow rate ranges available
SPECIFICATIONS
Internal leakage: max. 900 ml/min at 250 bar
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +210 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
The PWK12120W is a normally closed, Cavity: Metric 12120
direct-acting, spring-loaded, spool type Weight: Valve complete 0.75 kg
proportional flow control valve. Coil only 0.35 kg
It smoothly controls the flow from port 1 Electronic data:
to port 2. Control currents: 800 mA, 19.2 Ohm (24 Volt)
The energization of the coil reduces or 1600 mA, 5.0 Ohm (12 Volt)
increases an orifice cross-section and Dither frequency: approx. 120 Hz
thus controls the flow. Coil duty rating: 100 %
Hysteresis with dither: ≤ 5 % of I nom
E 5.991.9.1/01.13
Together with a pressure compensator

the proportional flow control valve can Repeatability: ≤ 1 % of I nom
be used as a proportional flow regulator Hysteresis: ≤ 1 % of I nom
– for example when required to lift/lower Response sensitivity: ≤ 1 % of I nom
variable loads at the same velocity. Coil type: Coil...-50-2345
550
MODEL CODE Dp/Q CURVES*
PWK12120 W - 01 M - C - N - 25 - 24 PG - 19.2 Measured at n = 40 mm2/s
Cavity
Flow rate: 20 l
12120 = metric
Function symbol
W = normally closed
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
Q [l/min]
M = manual override
Body and ports*

C = cartridge only
Seals
V = FKM (standard)
N = NBR (optional)
Flow rate code

20 = 20 l/min at 5 bar Dp and lmax Dp [bar]
25 = 25 l/min at 5 bar Dp and lmax
45 = 45 l/min at 5 bar Dp and lmax
Coil voltage
12 = 12 Volt DC (5.0 Ohm)
24 = 24 Volt DC (19.2 Ohm) Flow rate: 25 l

Coil resistance
Q [l/min]
5.0 = 5.0 Ohm (12V)

19.2 = 19.2 Ohm (24V)
Standard models
Model code Part No.
PWK12120W-01-C-V-20-24PG-19.2 3578776
PWK12120W-01-C-V-25-24PG-19.2 3578775
PWK12120W-01-C-V-45-24PG-19.2 3356245
PWK12120W-01M-C-V-20-12PG-5.0 3578798
PWK12120W-01M-C-V-25-12PG-5.0 3578796 Dp [bar]
PWK12120W-01M-C-V-45-12PG-5.0 3354970

Code Part No. Material Ports Pressure Flow rate: 45 l
Seal kits
Code Part No.
SEAL KIT 12120-NBR 3454001
SEAL KIT 12120-FKM 3454002
Q [l/min]
Dp [bar]
E 5.991.9.1/01.13
* Curves are measured without pressure compensator!

By using a pressure compensator with Δp=15 bar please
refer to x-axis.
551
Q/l CURVES* DIMENSIONS
Measured at n = 40 mm2/s
Toil = 42 °C
Flow rate: 20 l, Dp: 5 bar
24
22
20
18
16
14
Q [l/min]
12
10
2 torque
4 +2 Nm
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
l [%] After loosening mounting nut,

and removed.
hex. SW32
torque
70 +10 Nm
30
28
26
24
22
through
20
thick
18
Q [l/min]
16 millimeter (inch)
14
12
10
8 CAVITY
6
Metric 12120
4
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
fitting depth
l [%]
50
45
40
35
30
Q [l/min]
25
20
15
Form tools
10 Tool Part No.
5 Countersink (shank MK3)172880
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
l [%]
NOTE
E 5.991.9.1/01.13

* Curves are measured at Δp=5 bar. described. D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
For applications or operating conditions Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
By using a different pressure compensator with Δp=15 bar not described, please contact the relevant
the valve reaches 70 l/min! technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
552
E 5.991.9.1/01.13
553
Proportional
Flow Control Valve
Normally Closed
200 l/min
280 bar PWK12120WP
FUNCTION FEATURES
zzReliable and cost-effective proportional control of the flow by controlling the position of
the flow control spool using force feedback
zzSmooth opening and closing
zzLow hysteresis
zzExcellent repeatability
zzOptional internal damping of the control spool to dampen vibrations in applications
prone to vibrations such as lifting equipment
zzDifferent flow rate ranges available
SPECIFICATIONS
Permitted pressure differential between max. 50 bar
ports 1 and 2:
steel
NBR (optional, media
The PWK12120WP is a normally closed, temperature range
spool type, pilot-operated proportional -20 °C to +120 °C)
flow control valve. Together with a Back-up rings: PTFE
pressure compensator, which maintains Cavity: Metric 12120
a constant differential between the inlet Weight: Valve complete: 0.33 kg
pressure (port 1) and the outlet pressure Coil only: 0.19 kg
(port 2), it can be used as a proportional Electronic data:
flow regulator.
Control currents: max. 2.1 A; 2.2 Ohm (12V coil)
The energization of the coil reduces or max. 1.05 A; 8.8 Ohm (24V coil)
increases an orifice cross-section via the Dither frequency: approx. 160 Hz
pilot stage and thus controls the effective
Coil duty rating: 100 %
oil flow.
E 5.991.8.1/01.13
The spring fitted between the main and Hysteresis with dither: ≤ 5 % of max. control current (undampened)
≤ 8 % of max. control current (dampened)
pilot spools acts against the solenoid
force - this force feedback ensures that Coil type: Coil P...-40-1836
the flow control spool always maintains NOTE: In order to achieve optimal function, any trapped air should be vented using the
a stable position. air bleed screw on the face of the pole tube.
554
PWK12120 WP - 01 M - C - V - P40 - 24 PG - 8.8
Basic model
Proportional
flow control valve
emergency operation
int. hex. SW3 Function symbol
Normally closed,
Sealing nut hex. SW10 pilot-operated
torque
10±1 Nm Type
To operate valve
01 = with damping
torque 4±2 Nm 02 = without damping
manually and for
venting, remove Manual override
protective cap After loosening the mounting No details = without manual override
and loosen nut, the coil can be rotated
sealing nut. through 360° and removed. M = manual override
For venting, remove nut and Body and ports*
loosen cross-head screw. C = cartridge only
After venting, tighten screw Seals
to 2.5±0.5 Nm.
V = FKM (standard)
N = NBR (optional)
Flow rate range and control characteristics
Types P40, P80, P100, L30, L45, L65, L100
see Q-I graphs
hex. SW32
torque Coil voltage
70±10 Nm 12 = 12 Volt DC (2.2 Ohm)
24 = 24 Volt DC (8.8 Ohm)
Coil resistance
2.2 = 2.2 Ω (12 V)
8.8 = 8.8 Ω (24 V)
Standard models
Model code Part No.
PWK12120WP-01-C-V-P40-24PG-8.8 3398440
PWK12120WP-01-C-V-P80-24PG-8.8 3398441
PWK12120WP-01-C-V-P100-24PG-8.8 3398442
PWK12120WP-02-C-V-L30-24PG-8.8 3653578
PWK12120WP-02-C-V-L45-24PG-8.8 3398444
PWK12120WP-02-C-V-L65-24PG-8.8 3615569
PWK12120WP-02-C-V-L100-24PG-8.8 3398485
millimeter (inch)
Seal kits
Code Part No.
SEAL KIT 12120-NBR 3454001
SEAL KIT 12120-FKM 3454002
CAVITY *Standard in-line bodies
Metric 12120 Code Part No. Material Ports Pressure
PERFORMANCE
Measured at
PWK12120WP-...-P100
n = 34 mm2/s
fitting depth
Toil = 46 °C
and 10 bar PWK12120WP-...-P80
Coil PWK12120WP-...-P40
24P.-8.8,
Control current
PWM 160 Hz
PWK12120WP-...-L100
PWK12120WP-...-L65
PWK12120WP-...-L45
PWK12120WP-...-L30
NOTE
E 5.991.8.1/01.13
Countersink (shank MK3) 172880 For applications or operating conditions
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
555
Proportional
Flow Control Valve
Normally Open
up to 10 l/min
up to 350 bar PWK06020V
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Internal leakage: max. 0.9 l/min (at 350 bar / 32 mm²/s)
cleaner
Spool: hardened and
ground steel
FKM (optional)
Back-up rings: PTFE
The PWK06020V is a normally closed, Weight: 0.46 kg
direct-acting, spring-loaded, spool type
Electronic data:
proportional flow control valve.
Control currents: 1750 mA; 4.1 Ohm (12V) /
It is non-compensated and its function is
850 mA; 17.6 Ohm (24V)
to control the flow from port 1 to port 2
smoothly. The energization of the coil re- Dither frequency: 80 - 100 Hz
duces or increases an orifice cross-section Hysteresis with dither: 4 - 6 % of I nom
and thus controls the flow. Together with
E 5.991.10.1/01.13
Repeatability: < 1 % of I nom

a pressure compensator the proportional
flow control valve can be used as a 2-way Hysteresis: < 1 % of I nom
flow regulator – for example when requi- Response sensitivity: < 1 % of I nom
red to lift/lower variable loads at the same
Coil type: Coil ... P...-4...-50-1836
velocity.
556
PWK 06020V – 01 M – C – N – 6 – 24 PG
Basic model
Function symbol
V = normally open
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Flow rate
torque
4+2NM
6 = 6 l/min
Coil voltage
After loosening the
DC: 12 = 12 Volt DC
can be rotated through 24 = 24 Volt DC
360° and removed. Other voltages on request
Coil connector types 50-1836
hex. SW24 PT = AMP Junior Timer, 2 pole, radial
torque PL = Lead-wires, 457mm long
40+5Nm
PN = Deutsch connector, 2 pole
Standard models
Model code Part No.
PWK06020V-01-C-N-6-0 –12 PG 3526096
PWK06020V-01-C-N-6-0 –24 PG 3526100
Millimeter Standard in-line bodies

Subject to technical modifications. Code Part No. Material Ports Pressure
CAVITY
06020 Seal kits
Code Part No.
SEAL KIT 06020-NBR 3119017
SEAL KIT 06020-FKM 3262477
PERFORMANCE Inlet flow: 8 l/min

Toil = 46 °C
n = 33 mm²/s
Q [l/min]
PWM = 80 Hz
l [%]
dp 1-2 [bar]
Toil = 46 °C
n = 33 mm²/s
Q [l/min]
Form tools
E 5.991.10.1/01.13

Countersink 170033 described. For applications and operating D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
conditions not described, please contact Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Subject to technical modifications. the relevant technical department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
557
Proportional
Flow Controller
Poppet Type, Pilot-Operated,
Normally Closed
55 l/min
350 bar PWS08Z-01
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Stepless adjustment of the flow, depending on the coil current.
zz On request: mechanical adjustment of one point of the curve (Version 01, without
option M)
zz Optional: Soft shift function with extended switching times possible
SPECIFICATIONS
steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
Back-up rings: PTFE
The proportional flow controller PWS08Z Coil: steel, polyamide
is a pilot-operated, normally closed, Cavity: FC08-2
spring-loaded poppet-type flow control
valve. Weight: 0.5 kg
It is non-compensated and its function is Electronic data:
to smoothly control the flow from port 2 Control current: 850 mA, 18.0 Ohm (24 Volt)
to port 1. 1750 mA, 4.1 Ohm (12 Volt)
The energization of the coil opens Dither frequency: 120 Hz – 250 Hz (120 Hz recommended)
the pilot stage and oil flows across an
Hysteresis with dither: 4-6% of Inom
orifice to the back of the main piston.
The resulting pressure differential Repeatability: ≤ 1.5 % of Inom
causes the main piston to follow the pilot Reversal error: ≤ 2 % of Inom
stage. When combined with a pressure Response sensitivity: ≤ 1 % of Inom
compensator the proportional flow
E 5.127.1/01.13
Type of coil: Coil (12 or 24) P...-50-1836

controller can be used as a 2-way flow
regulator – for example when required NOTE
to lift/lower variable loads at the same In order to achieve optimal function, any trapped air should be vented using the bleed
velocity. screw on the face of the pole tube.
558
PWS08Z – 01 M – C – N – 20 – 24 PG 18.0
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Flow rate
20 = 20 l/min
Coil voltage
DC: 12 = 12 Volt DC
24 = 24 Volt DC
After loosening mounting PT = AMP Junior Timer, 2-pole, radial
nut, coil can be rotated PL = 2 flying leads, 457 mm long; 0.75 mm²
through 360° and removed. PN = Deutsch connector, 2-pole, axial
Coil resistance
4.1 = 4.1 Ω (12 V)
18.0 = 18.0 Ω (24 V)
hex. SW 22.22
torque 25+5 Nm
Standard models
Model code Part No.
PWS08Z-01-C-N-20-12PG-4.1 3525174
PWS08Z-01-C-N-20-24PG-18.0 3486507

thick
Millimeter (Inch) Other line bodies on request
Seal kits
CAVITY FS082-N SEAL KIT

FS082-V SEAL KIT
NBR
FKM
3033920
3051756
FC08-2
PERFORMANCE
Measured at
ν = 34 mm2/s,
Toil = 46 °C
Dp 2 -1 [bar]
Q [l/min]
Dp = 20 bar
Dp = 5 bar
Q [l/min]
Can be set at the

factory
I [%]

E 5.127.1/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Reamer 175474 Millimeter (Inch)
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
559
Proportional
Flow Controller
Normally Closed
100 l/min
350 bar PWS10Z-11
FUNCTION FEATURES
zzStepless adjustment of the flow, depending on the coil current.
service life
zzOn request: mechanical adjustment of one point of the curve (Version 11, without
option M)
zzOptional: Soft shift function with extended switching times possible
SPECIFICATIONS
ground steel
temperature range
-20 °C to +120 °C)
The proportional flow controller Back-up rings: PTFE
PWS10Z-11 is a pilot-operated, normally Coil: steel, polyamide
closed, spring-loaded poppet-type flow Cavity: FC10-2
control valve. Weight: 0.5 kg
It is non-compensated and its function is
to smoothly control the flow from port 2 Electronic data:
to port 1. Control current: 850 mA, 18.0 Ohm (24 Volt)
The energization of the coil opens 1750 mA, 4.1 Ohm (12 Volt)
the pilot stage and oil flows across an Dither frequency: 120 Hz recommended (120 – 250 Hz)
orifice to the back of the main piston. Hysteresis with dither: 4-6% of lnom
The resulting pressure differential Repeatability: ≤ 1.5 % of Inom
causes the main piston to follow the pilot Reversal error: ≤ 2 % of Inom
stage. When combined with a pressure Response sensitivity: ≤ 1 % of Inom
compensator the proportional flow
E 5.126.1/01.13
controller can be used as a 2-way flow Type of coil: Coil (12 or 24) P ...50-1836
regulator – for example when required NOTE
to lift/lower variable loads at the same In order to achieve optimal function, any trapped air should be vented using the
velocity. bleed screw on the face of the pole tube.
560
PWS10Z - 11 M - C - N - 40 - 24 PG - 18.0
Basic model
Type
11 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Flow rate
40 = 40 l/min
Coil voltage
DC: 12 = 12 Volt DC
24 = 24 Volt DC
torque 4+2 Nm DC: PG = DIN connector to EN175301-803
After loosening mounting nut, PL = 2 flying leads, 457 mm long; 0.75 mm²
coil can be rotated through PN = Deutsch connector, 2-pole, axial
360° and removed. Other connectors on request
Coil resistance
4.1 = 4.1 Ω (12 V)
18.0 = 18.0 Ω (24 V)
hex. SW 28.58
torque 45+10Nm
Standard models
Model code Part No.
PWS10Z-11-C-N-40-12PG-4.1 3525207
PWS10Z-11-C-N-40-24PG-18.0 3525205

thick
Millimeter (Inch) Other line bodies on request
Seal kits
CAVITY FS102-N SEAL KIT

FS102-V SEAL KIT
NBR
FKM
3033872
3051757
FC10-2
PERFORMANCE
Measured at ν =
34 mm²/s
Toil = 46 °C
Dp 2 -1 [bar]
Q [l/min]
Q [l/min]
Can be set at the factory
I [%]

E 5.126.1/01.13
Code Part No. The information in this brochure relates to the Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
561
Proportional
Flow Controller
Normally Closed
200 l/min
350 bar PWS16Z-01
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Stepless adjustment of the flow, depending on the coil current.
service life
zz Optional: Soft shift function with extended switching times possible
SPECIFICATIONS
Piston: Hardened and ground
steel
The proportional flow controller PWS16Z temperature range
is a pilot-operated, normally closed, -20 °C to +120 °C)
spring-loaded poppet-type flow control Back-up rings: PTFE
valve. Coil: steel, polyamide
It is non-compensated and its function is Cavity: FC16-2
to smoothly control the flow from port 2
The energization of the coil opens Electronic data:
the pilot stage and oil flows across an Control currents: 800 mA, 19.2 Ohm (24 Volt)
orifice to the back of the main piston. 1600 mA, 5 Ohm (12 Volt)
The resulting pressure differential Dither frequency: 120 Hz – 250 Hz (120 Hz recommended)
causes the main piston to follow the pilot
stage. When combined with a pressure Hysteresis with dither: 6-8% of Inom
compensator the proportional flow Repeatability: ≤ 2 % of Inom
E 5.125.1/01.13
controller can be used as a 2-way flow Reversal error: ≤ 2 % of Inom

regulator – for example when required Response sensitivity: ≤ 1 % of Inom
to lift/lower variable loads at the same
velocity. Type of coil: Coil (12 or 24) P...-50-2345
562
PWS16Z - 01 M - C - N - 80 - 24 PG 19.2
Basic model
Type
01 = standard
Manual override
M = manual override
Body and ports
C = Cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Flow rate
80 = 80 l/min
Coil voltage
DC: 12 = 12 Volt DC
24 = 24 Volt DC
After loosening mounting PL = 2 flying leads, 457 mm long; 0.75 mm²
nut, coil can be rotated PN = Deutsch connector, 2-pole, axial
through 360 ° and Other connectors on request
removed.
Coil resistance
hex. SW38.1 5.0 = 5.0 Ω (12 V)
torque 19.2 = 19.2 Ω (24 V)
140+30 Nm
Standard models
Model code Part No.
PWS16Z-01-C-N-80-12PG-5 3525225
PWS16Z-01-C-N-80-24PG-19.2 3525213
thick FH162-SB8 3032496 Steel, zinc-plated G1 420 bar
Millimeter (Inch)
Subject to technical modifications Seal kits
CAVITY FS162-V SEAL KIT FKM 3051758
FC16-2
PERFORMANCE
Measured at ν =
34 mm²/s
Toil = 46 °C
Dp 2 -1 [bar]
Q [l/min]
Q [l/min]
I [%]

NOTE
E 5.125.1/01.13
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
563
Hand Pump
Manual Operation
MP10
Up to 7.5 cm³/stroke
Up to 207 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
zz Robust design for high loads
zz Built-in check valves on inlet and outlet
zz Handle can be turned through 360°
zz Type 02 has fixing lugs to secure the lever assembly
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal flow: max. 7.5 cm³/stroke
(max. 0.35 cm³/min at nominal pressure)
cleaner
Piston: steel
temperature range
The hand pump MP10 is a hand pump with -20 °C to +210 °C)
E 5.199.6.1/01.13
built-in check valves on the inlet and outlet. Back-up rings:

When the lever is raised, fluid is drawn PTFE
from port 1 into the space created; when Cavity: FC10-2
the lever is pressed down, the check valve
closes and the fluid is discharged at port 2. Weight: 0.65 kg
564
MP10 – 01
Basic model
Hand pump
Cavity
FC10-2 = UNF cavity 2-way
Type
01 = without fixing lugs
02 = with fixing lugs
Standard models
Model code Part No.
MP10-01 HAND PUMP 2610181
MP10-02 HAND PUMP 2610196

Seal kits
Type 02
inch [mm]
Subject to technical modifications. FS102-V SEAL KIT FKM 3051757
CAVITY PERFORMANCE
Toil = 46 °C
FC10-2 n = 33 mm²/s
Pressure [bar]
Hand lever torque [Nm]

E 5.199.6.1/01.13

Pre-forming tool 176379 For applications or operating conditions not
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
mm (inch)
Reamer 165706 Subject to technical modifications.
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
565
Solenoid Coils
for Directional Valves
(Solenoid Operated)
Types 40-1836 50-1836
For the following WSM06020 Y, YR, Z, ZR, V, W … WS10 W …
valves: WSM10120 Y, YR, Z, ZR, W … WSM08130 C, D …
WSM12120 Y, YR, Z, ZR, V, W … WS08 C, D …
WS08 C, Y, YR, Z, ZR, V, W … WK10 A, C, D, K, L, N, P …
WS10 Y, YR, Z, ZR, W … WK10 R, V, W, X, Y, Z …
WS12 Y, YR, Z, ZR …
WS16 Y, YR, Z, ZR …
WKM08140 X, EB, Y …
(50)
WK08 (07) (081) A, C, D, K, L, P, R, V, W, X, Z …

WK10 E, F, G, H, J, S, (2x) …
WSM20121 W …
Connector type G
DIN connector to EN175-301-803 FEATURES
zz Maximum power for minimum space requirement
Coil is layer-wound which ensures maximum copper fill for minimum space
requirement. This prevents damage to the wire insulation.
(Prevents failure due to short circuit)
(50)
zz Fully encapsulated coil

Internal coil seal prevents moisture from penetrating and therefore
prevents short circuits in the winding
Connector type T zz Designed for 100% duty cycle
AMP Junior Timer, 2-pole At Imax and ambient temperatures of -20° to +60°C
zz Low energy consumption
Optimum power/energy ratio
zz High mechanical resistance
Zinc-plated steel casing
zz High thermal load capacity
(50)
Insulation material class H (180°C, VDE 0580)

zz 5 different types of electrical connection
as standard, with protection classes IP65, IP67 and IP6K9K
DIN/EN connector (G) IP65, Junior Timer (T) IP65/IP67
Connector type K Kostal connector (K) IP67, Lead-wires (L) IP65/IP67,
Kostal connector, 2-pole Deutsch connector (N) IP65/IP67/IP6K9K and others on request
zz Mounting direction optional
Symmetrical coil construction
zz Coil dimensions = type code
Type 40-1836 = 40 mm high (18 mm internal Ø, 36 mm external Ø)
(50)
SPECIFICATIONS
Connector type L Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max. 115%
Lead-wires, 457 mm of the nominal voltage at
max. 60 °C ambient temperature
Max. permitted coil temperature: 180 °C
Power consumption: 40 type coil 18 - 20 Watt at nominal voltage and
20 °C coil temperature
(50)
50 type coil 25 - 27.2 Watt at nominal voltage and

20 °C coil temperature
E 5.207.1/01.13
Coil wire: Insulation material class H

Coil casing: Steel, zinc-plated
Connector type N Connector socket: Polyamide, black
Deutsch connector, 2-pole (all specifications relate to coil when fitted on a valve)
566
DESCRIPTION MODEL CODE
The solenoid coil is manufactured as a DC
coil as standard. Coil 12 DG01 - 40-1836
On request, solenoid coils can be fitted with Basic model
an integrated reverse polarity protected diode
Coil voltage
for reducing the switch-off induction voltage,
12 V DC
to protect against voltage surges. Solenoid
24 V DC
coils for connection to alternating current
115 V AC (AG termination only)
have an integrated bridge rectifier.
230 V AC (AG termination only)
For coils with a DIN connector to Other voltages on request
EN 175301-803 a corresponding connecting
socket (Part No. 394287) can be supplied Type of voltage
separately. D = DC, control valve
A = AC, control valve
As a general rule, special coils can be
manufactured to customer specification. Type of connector
Please consult your sales partner. G = Connector to EN 175301-803, protection class IP65
For the various connector electronics for T = Junior Timer 2-pole, radial, protection class IP65/IP67
coils, please see the relevant valve brochure. K = Kostal threaded connection, M 27x1, 2-pole, protection class IP65/IP67
L = 2 lead-wires, 0.75mm², 457 mm (18") long,
protection class IP65/IP67
N = Deutsch connector 2-pole, protection class IP65/IP67/IP6K9K
Version (depending on connector)
No details = standard
01, 02... = e.g. protection diodes, different cable lengths...
Type code
40-1836 = principal dimensions (height, internal diameter, external diameter)
The model code is for information only. For the types available, see table below:
BASIC MODEL AND RELEVANT PART NUMBERS

Nominal Coil Coil Nominal Nom. Part numbers for type of connector
voltage length power resistance current
DIN Junior Timer Kostal Lead-wires Deutsch
[Volt] [mm] [Watt] [Ohm] [Amp.] (G) (T) (K) (L) (N)
12 V DC 40 18.00 8.00 1.50 3000489 3008275 3003133 3002244 3012600
12DG-40-1836 12DT-40-1836 12DK-40-1836 12DL-40-1836 12-DN-40-1836
50 26.70 5.40 2.20 915151 3001033 3091679 3091633 3091665
12DG-50-1836 12DT-50-1836 12DK-50-1836 12DL-50-1836 12-DN-50-1836
24 V DC 40 19.00 30.00 0.80 3000249 3008279 3003138 3003119 3012599
24DG-40-1836 24DT-40-1836 24DK-40-1836 24DL-40-1836 24DN-40-1836
50 26.70 21.20 1.10 915142 3001503 3091681 3112951 3091667
24DG-50-1836 24DT-50-1836 24DK-50-1836 24DL-50-1836 24DN-50-1836
115 V AC 40 20.00 500.00 0.20 3003156 – – – –
115AG-40-1836
110 V AC 50 25.00 383.00 0.26 3019735 – – – –
110AG-50-1836
230 V AC 40 20.00 2137.00 0.10 3002594 – – – –
230AG-40-1836
50 25.00 1680.00 0.12 3019736 – – – –
230AG-50-1836
NOTE
The information in this brochure relates to the
E 5.207.1/01.13

For applications or operating conditions not descri- Justus-von-Liebig-Str.
bed, please contact the relevant D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
technical department.
Subject to technical modifications. Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
567
Solenoid Coils
for Proportional Valves
(Solenoid Operated)
Types 40-1836 50-1836
For the following valves PDR08 P (-01)(-02)… PDR08-11(-20)(-50)…
(amongst others): PDR10 P (PZ)v PWKM06020 V (W)…
PDB08 P (PZ)… PWKM10120 V (W)…
PDB10 P (PZ) (SPE)… PWKM12120 V (W)…
PDB12 P (PZ)… PDBM06020…
PDB16 P (PZ)… PWS08…
PDBM10120 AP(APZ)… PWS10…
(50)
PDB12121 PE (PF)…
PDB16221 PE…
PWKM10120 WP…
Connector type G
(DIN connector to EN175-301-803)
FEATURES
zz Maximum power for minimum space requirement
Coil is layer-wound which ensures maximum copper fill for minimum space
requirement. This prevents damage to the wire insulation.
(50)
(Prevents failure due to short circuit)

zz Fully encapsulated coil
Internal coil seal prevents moisture from penetrating and therefore
prevents short circuits in the winding
Connector type T zz Designed for 100% duty cycle
AMP Junior Timer, 2-pole At Imax and ambient temperatures of -20° to +60°C
zz Low energy consumption
Optimum power/energy ratio
zz High mechanical resistance
Zinc-plated steel casing
(50)
zz High thermal load capacity

Insulation material class H (180 °C, VDE 0580)
zz 4 different types of electrical connection
as standard, with protection classes IP65, IP67 and IP6K9K
Connector type L DIN/EN connector (G) IP65, Junior Timer (T) IP65/IP67
Lead-wires, 457 mm Lead-wires (L) IP65/IP67, Deutsch connector (N) IP65/IP67/IP6K9K
and others on request
zz Mounting direction optional
Symmetrical coil construction
zz Coil dimensions = type code
(50)

Connector type N
Deutsch connector, 2-pole
SPECIFICATIONS
Coil duty rating: Continuous up to max.
control current at max. 60 °C
ambient temperature
Max. permitted coil temperature: 180 °C
E 5.215.1/01.13
Coil wire: Insulation material class H

Coil casing: Steel, zinc-plated
Connector socket: Polyamide, black
(all specifications relate to coil when fitted on a valve)
568
DESCRIPTION MODEL CODE
For coils with a DIN connector to
EN 175301-803 a corresponding connecting Coil 12 PG01 - 2.2 - 40-1836
socket (Part No. 394287) can be supplied Basic model
separately.
Coil voltage
As a general rule, special coils can be
12 V DC
manufactured to customer specification.
24 V DC
Please consult your sales partner.
For the various connector electronics for
coils, please see the relevant valve brochure. Type of valve
P = Proportional valve
Type of connector
G = Connector to EN 175301-803, protection class IP65
T = Junior Timer 2-pole, radial, protection class IP65/IP67
L = 2 lead-wires, 0.75mm², protection type IP65/IP67
N = Deutsch connector, protection class IP65/IP67/IP6K9K
Version (depending on connector)
No details = standard
Resistance (dependent on voltage and type)
Type 40-1836 = 2.2 Ohm (12 V)
Type 50-1836 = 4.1 Ohm (12 V)
Type 40-1836 = 8.8 Ohm (24 V)
Type 50-1836 = 17.6 Ohm (24 V)
(see table)
Type code
40-1836 = principal dimensions (height, internal diameter, external diameter)
The model code is for information only. For the types available, see table below:
BASIC MODEL AND RELEVANT PART NUMBERS

Coil length PWM Nominal Nominal Part numbers for type of connector
Base resistance current DIN Junior timer Lead-wires Deutsch
voltage [Ohm] [Amp.]
[mm] [Volt] (G) (T) (L) (N)
3109230 3162388 3109947 3110056
12 V DC 2.2 2.10
12PG-2.2-40-1836 12PT-2.2-40-1836 12PL-2.2-40-1836 12PN-2.2-40-1836
40
3109229 3162390 3110048 3110057
24 V DC 8.8 1.05
24PG-8.8-40-1836 24PT-8.8-40-1836 24PL-8.8-40-1836 24PN-8.8-40-1836
3179976 3120939 3179980 3179990
12 V DC 4.1 1.75
12PG-4.1-50-1836 12PT-4.1-50-1836 12PL-4.1-50-1836 12PN-4.1-50-1836
50
3179953 3120938 3179985 3179991
24 V DC 17.6 0.85
24PG-18-50-1836 24PT-18-50-1836 24PL-18-50-1836 24PN-18-50-1836
NOTE
The information in this brochure relates to the
department.

E 5.215.1/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
569
E 5.252.6/01.13
570
Connection Housings
for Cartridge Valves
Standard Inline Bodies
Sandwich Bodies
Subplate Bodies
E 5.252.6/01.13
571
INDEX 1. DESCRIPTION 2. TECHNICAL
HOUSING BROCHURE 1.1. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
The wide range of HYDAC valve 2.1. GENERAL
connection housings provides
1. DESCRIPTION highly flexible solutions to oil
Hydraulic and technical details as
per relevant valve literature.
1.1. GENERAL hydraulic control functions.
2.1.1 Type of construction
1.2. RECOMMENDATIONS Different valve functions in the
Standard inline body
same housing are possible by
ISO/metric
having standardised threaded
Type R …
2. TECHNICAL ports for cartridge valves of the
Type A …
SPECIFICATIONS same size and interface.
Type X …
The user therefore has a wide
2.1. GENERAL Standard inline body UNF
range of housings available.
Type FH …
2.1.1 Type of construction Depending on the control function
2.1.2 Type of mounting required, pressure control, flow Sandwich body
2.1.3 Installation control, shut off, directional and Type Z …
2.1.4 Weights special valves are used. Subplate body
2.1.5 Materials The following types are available Type D …
2.1.6 Surface treatment as standard: 2.1.2 Type of mounting
– standard inline body Depending on the housing type,
ISO/metric, see point 4 with pipes, through-holes or tie
3. DIMENSIONS rods.
– standard inline body
3.1. GENERAL UNF, see point 5 2.1.3 Installation
– sandwich body with Please note restrictions regarding
cartridge valves.
4. STANDARD standard interface, see point 6
Ensure correct installation of
– subplate body with standard
LINE BODIES interface, see point 7 sandwich and subplate
ISO/metric 1.2. RECOMMENDATIONS
bodies.
4.1. MODEL CODE 2.1.4 Weights
To ensure correct and safe See points 4 - 7.
4.2. DIMENSIONS operation the following points
must be taken into account: 2.1.5 Materials
Free-cutting steel
– installation dimensions of
5. STANDARD cartridge valve and housing must For sandwich body type
LINE BODIES correspond ZAB08021-02X, aluminium
UNF – port configuration of cartridge For UNF standard inline bodies,
valve and housing must free-cutting steel and aluminium
5.1. MODEL CODE
correspond 2.1.6 Surface treatment
5.2. DIMENSIONS – connection according to valve Standard inline body
function used ISO/metric
Type R…
6. SANDWICH PLATE – torque of cartridge valve in
Type A…
accordance with technical details
HOUSINGS in the corresponding valve
Type X…
Zinc-plated and yellow-chromed
6.1. MODEL CODE literature - the wrong torque can
coating EN 12329-Fe//Zn5-8//C/
6.2. CONNECTION DIMENSIONS cause malfunctions
T4
– connection threads are largely to
6.3. DIMENSIONS Standard inline body
DIN 3852, page 1 or 2, form X
Type FH ...
– interfaces to DIN 24340 and Zinc-plated and blue-chromed
7. SUBPLATE BODIES Cetop R 35 coating EN 12329-Fe//Zn5-8//B/
Installation height to Cetop T4
7.1. MODEL CODE RP99H
7.2. CONNECTION DIMENSIONS Sandwich body
Type Z…
7.3. DIMENSIONS Phosphate-plated
7.4. HYDRAULIC DETAILS coating EN 12476-Fe//Znph/r/3/
SUBPLATE BODY T4
TYPE D (not for type ZAB08021-02X)
7.4.1. Orifice insert Subplate body
7.4.1.1 Pressure drop curves Type D…
Phosphate-plated
7.4.2. Check valve insert
coating EN 12476-Fe//Znph/r/3/
7.4.2.1 Pressure drop curves T4
8. DESIGN
RECOMMENDATIONS
E 5.252.6/01.13
9. NOTES
572
3. DIMENSIONS Example:
3.1. GENERAL
In order to determine the overall
dimensions (valve and housing)
please refer to the appropriate
valve brochures.
see Valve brochure
overall length
 
see points 4 - 6

4. STANDARD 4.1. MODEL CODE R 06020 – 01 X – 01

LINE BODIES
ISO/metric R: Standard inline body
A: Cylinder connection housing
X: Internal valve housing
Cartridge valve cavity

see valve brochure
Type
(describes individual condition;
e. g. surface, dimensions,
functional properties ...)
Series
Housing connection thread

see point 4.2
E 5.252.6/01.13
573
4.2. DIMENSIONS
Part No. Model Code Thread Dimensions Cartridge valve

Size
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet No.
277440 R03230-01X-01  G 1/4 WSE 3 5.203
 G 1/4
 G 1/4


Weight: 0.67 kg
275266 R06020-01X-01  G 3/8 DB4E 5.161

 G 3/8
DSR5E 393400

DZ5E 5.166
PDB 06020 5.164
DV5E 5.113

SR5E 5.117
Weight: 0.45 kg RV5E 5.175
WSM06020Z 5.943
276842 R06020-10X-01  G 3/8
 G 3/8
 WSM06020ZR 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
 WSM06020W 5.949
WSM06020V
Weight: 0.44 kg
275033 R08021-01X-01  G 3/8 ERVE-R 1/2 5.172

Plug Port 3 when
using ERVM-G1/2
 G 3/8
 G 1/4 SBVE-R 1/2 5.177
RPR08021-01 396487
 
ERVM-G1/2 283843

Weight: 0.77 kg
283841 R08021-10X-01  G 3/8 ERVE-R 1/2 5.172

Plug Port 3 when
using ERVM-G1/2
 G 3/8
SBVE-R 1/2 5.177
 G 1/4
RPR08021-01 396487
ERVM-G1/2 283843
E 5.252.6/01.13
Weight: 0.76 kg
574
Size
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
283025 R08030-01X-01  G 3/8 DMVE-G ½ 5.162

 G 3/8
 G 3/8
 
Weight: 0.74 kg
394488 R08130-01X-01  G 3/8 PDM08130 5.168

 G 3/8
WSEC08130 5.935
 G 3/8
WSED08130 5.934
  WKM08130C 5.976
WKM08130D 5.977

394378 R08130-01X-02  M 14x1.5 WKM08130L
 M 14x1.5 WSM08130D
 M 14x1.5
Weight: 0.70 kg
394473 R08140-01X-01  G 3/8 WKM08140Y 5.942

 G 3/8
WKM08140X 5.985
 G 3/8
 G 3/8 WKM08140A
 WKM08140Z

 WKM08140K
393535 R08140-01X-02  M 14x1.5  WKM08140P

 M 14x1.5 WKM08140EB 5.981
 M 14x1.5
 M 14x1.5
Weight: 0.86 kg
395232 R10120A-01X-01  G 1/2 DB10120A 5.167
 G 1/2
DB10-13X 3122049
PDBM10120AP 5.978
395233 R10120A-01X-02  M 22x1.5

 M 22x1.5

E 5.252.6/01.13
Weight: 1.04 kg
575
Size
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
395234 R10120-01X-01  G 1/2 RV10120 5.179

 G 1/2
SD10120 5.114
WSE10120 5.206
RVM10120
395235 R10120-01X-02  M 22x1.5

 M 22x1.5

Weight: 1.04 kg
395236 R10121-01X-01  G 1/2 RP 10121 284115

 G 1/2
RPL 10121 395294
 G 1/4

395237 R10121-01X-02  M 22x1.5
 M 22x1.5 
 M 14x1.5

Weight: 1.45 kg
395238 R10130-01X-01  G 1/2 DM 10130 284475
 G 1/2
SRA10130 284857
 G 1/2
PDM10130
WKM10130C
WKM10130D
 WKM10130L
395239 R10130-01X-02  M 22x1.5

 M 22x1.5 
 M 22x1.5

E 5.252.6/01.13
Weight: 1.48 kg
576
Size
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
396489 R12120A-01X-01  G 3/4 DB 12120 A 5.169

 G 3/4
Weight: 1.40 kg
396708 R12120-10X-01  G 3/4 WSM12120 396324

 G 3/4
396707 R12120-10X-02  M 27x2

 M 27x2 
Weight: 1.39 kg
3130704 R12121-01X-01  G 3/4 DB12121PE 5.996

 G 3/4
DB12121PF 5.997
 G 3/8
PDB12121PE
PDB12121PF
E 5.252.6/01.13
Weight: 1.89 kg
577
Size
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
560705 R12230-01X-01  G 1/2 ST12230 560637

 G 3/4
 G 1/2
Weight: 2.40 kg
277051 R16021-01X-01 G1 ERVE16021 5.172

G1
SBVE-R1 5.177
 G 1/4
Weight: 2.52 kg
275276 R20021-01X-01  G 11/4 ERVE-20021 5.172

 G 11/4
 G 1/4

E 5.252.6/01.13
Weight: 4.60 kg
578
Size
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
562795 A06020-04X-01  G 3/8 WSM06020Z 5.943

 G 3/8
seal ring WSM06020ZR 5.946
banjo bolt
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020W 5.949
WSM06020V
Weight: 0.56 kg
396774 A06020-14X-01  G 1/2 WSM06020Z 5.943

 G 1/2
seal ring WSM06020ZR 5.946
banjo bolt
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020W 5.949
WSM06020V
Weight: 0.92 kg
E 5.252.6/01.13
579
Size
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
393224 XX05520-01X G 1/4 SRE 1 5.118
RBE-R ¼ 5.174
on request M 14x1.5
Weight: 0.09 kg
393226 XX08520-01X G 3/8 SRE 2 5.118
RBE-R 3/8 5.174
on request M 18x1.5
Weight: 0.15 kg
393228 XX10520-01X G 1/2 SRE 3 5.118
RBE-R ½ 5.174
on request M 22x1.5
Weight: 0.19 kg
395063 XX12520-01X G 3/4 SRE 4 5.118
RBE-R ¾ 5.174
on request M 27x2
E 5.252.6/01.13
Weight: 0.44 kg
580
Size
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
393215 XB05520-01X G 1/4 SRE 1 5.118
RBE-R ¼ 5.174
on request M 14x1.5
Weight: 0.09 kg
393217 XB08520-01X G 3/8 SRE 2 5.118
RBE-R 3/8 5.174
on request M 18x1.5
Weight: 0.14 kg
393219 XB10520-01X G 1/2 SRE 3 5.118
RBE-R ½ 5.174
on request M 22x1.5
Weight: 0.20 kg
395061 XB12520-01X G 3/4 SRE 4 5.118
RBE-R ¾ 5.174
on request M 27x2
E 5.252.6/01.13
Weight: 0.43 kg
581
5. STANDARD INLINE BODY 5.1. MODEL CODE FH 082 – S – S6
UNF
Standard inline body

see valve brochure
Housing material
S = free-cutting steel
A = aluminium
Housing connection thread

S6 = SAE 6 N3 = 3/8" NPTF B3 = 3/8" BSP
S8 = SAE 8 N4 = 1/2" NPTF B4 = 1/2" BSP
S12 = SAE 12 N8 = 1" NPTF B6 = 3/4" BSP
S16 = SAE16 B8 = 1" BSP
Others on request
E 5.252.6/01.13
582
5.2. DIMENSIONS

Size
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet No.
3067477 FH0812-AB3  3/8"BSP WKM081W-01 5.956
 3/8"BSP WS081Z-01 5.980
3067468 FH0812-SB3
3067619 FH0812-AN3  3/8"NPTF WS081ZR-01 5.979
3067472 FH0812-SN3  3/8"NPTF WS081Y-01 5.987
3067518 FH0812-AS6 WS081YR-01 5.986

 SAE6
3076471 FH0812-SS6  SAE6
Weight:
Al: 0.15 kg
St: 0.42 kg
3011423 FH082-AB3  3/8"BSP WS08ZR-01J 5.984
DB08A 5.922
 3/8"BSP DB08P 5.922.1
560919 FH082-SB3
RV08A 5.912
3011411 FH082-AN3  3/8"NPTF SD08-01 5.928
SR08-01 5.930
560918 FH082-SN3  3/8"NPTF WS08Z-01 5.907
WS08ZR-01 5.911
3011409 FH082-AS6 WS08Y-01 5.917
 SAE6 WS08YR-01 5.908
560917 FH082-SS6  SAE6 WS08W-01 5.924
WK08W-01 5.925
WK08V-01 5.918
WS08WM-01
WS08WL-01
WS08Z-01J 5.983
Weight: PDB08P-01 5.991.1
Al: 0.15 kg WS08Z-30 5.993
WS08Y-30 5.992
St: 0.42 kg WS08W-30 5.994
3011427 FH083-AB3  3/8"BSP DR08-01 5.920
 3/8"BSP RP08A 5.923
560922 FH083-SB3  3/8"BSP RS08-01 5.933
SRP08-01 5.929
3011425 FH083-AN3  3/8"NPTF WK08L-01 5.913
 3/8"NPTF WK08C-01 5.906
560921 FH083-SN3  3/8"NPTF WK08D-01 5.915
WS08D-01
3011424 FH083-AS6  SAE6 DR08P-01 5.920.1
 SAE6 PDR08P-01 5.990.1
560920 FH083-SS6  SAE6 PDR08-01
PDR08-10
3116230 FH083-SM14F  M14x1.5 PDR08-20
 M14x1.5
 M14x1.5
Weight:
Al: 0.25 kg
St: 0.70 kg
3011407 FH084-AB3  3/8"BSP WK08Y-01 5.905
 3/8"BSP
 3/8"BSP WK08X-01 5.919
563383 FH084-SB3
 3/8"BSP WK08A-01 5.910
3011406 FH084-AN3  3/8"NPTF
 3/8"NPTF WK08Z-01 5.916
 3/8"NPTF WK08K-01 5.904
563382 FH084-SN3  3/8"NPTF
WK08P-01 5.909
3011404 FH084-AS6  SAE6
 SAE6
 SAE6
563381 FH084-SS6
E 5.252.6/01.13
 SAE6
Weight:
Al: 0.31 kg
St: 0.86 kg
583
Size
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
3037777 FH102-AB4  1/2"BSP DP10P-01 5.954

 1/2"BSP RV10A-01 5.953
3037594 FH102-SB4
SR10-01 5.958
3037779 FH102-AN4  1/2"NPTF
 1/2"NPTF WS10Z-01 5.926
3037599 FH102-SN4
WS10ZR-01 5.927
3037778 FH102-AS8  SAE8 WS10Y-01 5.914
3037612 FH102-SS8  SAE8 WS10YR-01 5.921
WK10W-01
WK10V-01
SDR10A-01 5.988
Weight:
PDB10P-01 5.991
Al: 0.20 kg
St: 0.54 kg SD10-01 5.989
3038092 FH103-AB4  1/2"BSP DR10-01 5.950

 1/2"BSP
RP10A-01 5.932
3037697 FH103-SB4  1/2"BSP
3038093 FH103-AN4  1/2"NPTF WK10L-01 5.957
 1/2"NPTF WK10C-01 5.963
3037743 FH103-SN4  1/2"NPTF
WK10D-01 5.964
3038095 FH103-AS8  SAE8
 SAE8 WS10C-01
3037704 FH103-SS8  SAE8 WS10D-01
DR10P-01 5.982
PDR10P-01 5.990
Weight: WK10C-40 5.995
Al: 0.26 kg
St: 0.72 kg
3038097 FH104-AB4  1/2"BSP WK10G-01 5.938
 1/2"BSP WK10E-01 5.937
 1/2"BSP WK10H-01 5.936
3037784 FH104-SB4 WK10J-01 5.939
 1/2"BSP WK10Y-01 5.971
 1/2"NPTF WK10X-01 5.961
3038109 FH104-AN4 WK10A-01 5.968
 1/2"NPTF WK10Z-01 5.960
 1/2"NPTF WK10K-01 5.966
3037932 FH104-SN4  1/2"NPTF WK10P-01 5.972
WKH10C-01
3038110 FH104-AS8  SAE8 ST10-01 5.967
 SAE8 WK10R-01 5.962
WK10F-01
 SAE8
3037868 FH104-SS8
 SAE8
Weight:
Al: 0.32 kg
St: 0.88 kg
3053843 FH122-AB6  3/4"BSP RV12A-01 5.952

 3/4"BSP WS12Z-01 5.998
3053782 FH122-SB6
3053845 FH122-AS12  SAE12 WS12ZR-01 5.998.1
 SAE12 WS12Y-01 5.998.2
3053772 FH122-SS12
WS12YR-01 5.998.3
DP12P-01 5.922.2
PDB12P-01 5.991.2
E 5.252.6/01.13
Weight:
Al:
St:
584
Size
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
3053872 FH123-AB6  3/4"BSP

 3/4"BSP
3053908 FH123-SB6  3/4"BSP
3053897 FH123-AS12  SAE12
 SAE12
3053909 FH123-SS12  SAE12
Weight:
Al:
St:
3054099 FH124-AB6  3/4"BSP

 3/4"BSP
 3/4"BSP
3054097 FH124-SB6  3/4"BSP
3054208 FH124-AS12  SAE12

 SAE12
 SAE12
3054206 FH124-SS12
 SAE12
Weight:
Al:
St:
3037193 FH162-AB8  1"BSP RV16A-01 5.951

 1"BSP
3032496 FH162-SB8 WS16Z-01 5.945
3037207 FH162-AN8  1"NPTF WS16ZR-01 5.841

 1"NPTF
3032660 FH162-SN8 WS16Y-01 5.840
3037195 FH162-AS16  SAE16 WS16YR-01 5.844
3032655 FH162-SS16  SAE16 DB16P-01 5.822.3

Weight: PDB16P-01 5.991.3
Al: 0.56 kg
St: 1.55 kg
3037208 FH163-AB8  1BSP RP16A-01 5.931

 1BSP
3036257 FH163-SB8  1BSP
3037212 FH163-AN8  1NPTF
 1NPTF
3036312 FH163-SN8  1NPTF
3037210 FH163-AS16  SAE16
 SAE16
3036285 FH163-SS16  SAE16
Weight:
Al: 1.10 kg
St: 3.05 kg
3037213 FH164-AB8  1"BSP ST16-01

 1"BSP
 1"BSP
3032902 FH164-SB8  1"BSP
3037216 FH164-AN8  1"NPTF

 1"NPTF
 1"NPTF
3035700 FH164-SN8  1"NPTF
E 5.252.6/01.13
3037214 FH164-AS16  SAE16 Weight:

 SAE16
Al: 1.43 kg
 SAE16
3036672 FH164-SS16 St: 3.95 kg
 SAE16
585
6. SANDWICH PLATE 6.1. MODEL CODE Z AB 06020 – 01 X
HOUSINGS
Sandwich body
with interface A6 DIN 24340
Function of each working line

see symbol point 6.3

see valve brochure
Type
(describes individual condition;
e. g. surface, dimensions,
functional properties ...)
Series
6.2. CONNECTION DIMENSIONS

Interface A6 DIN 24340 and CETOP R 35 H-4.2-4-03
Installation height to CETOP RP 99H-4-03
(view onto connection plate)
deep
required surface finish

of mounting plate
E 5.252.6/01.13
586
6.3. DIMENSIONS
Part No. Model Code Dimensions Cartridge valve Symbol

Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
395252 ZA06020-01X DSR5E 393400
Cartridge valve
in line A
1
DZ5E 5.166
2
sealing plate
DV5E 5.113
O-ring 9.25 x 1.78
SR5E 5.117
RV5E 5.175
WSM06020Z 5.943
WSM06020ZR 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020W 5.949
Weight: 0.92 kg WSM06020V
395611 ZA06020-10X DSR5E 393400
Cartridge valve
in line A
2
DZ5E 5.166
1
sealing plate
SR5E 5.117
O-ring 9.25 x 1.78
RV5E 5.175
WSM06020Z 5.943
WSM06020ZR 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020W 5.949
WSM06020V
E 5.252.6/01.13
Weight: 0.92 kg
587
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
395253 ZB06020-01X DSR5E 393400
Cartridge valve
in line B
1
DZ5E 5.166
2
sealing plate DV5E 5.113
O-ring 9.25 x 1.78
SR5E 5.117
RV5E 5.175
WSM06020Z 5.943
WSM06020ZR 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020W 5.949
Weight: 0.92 kg
WSM06020V
395612 ZB06020-10X DSR5E 393400
Cartridge valve
in line B
2
DZ5E 5.166
1
sealing plate
O-ring 9.25 x 1.78

SR5E 5.117
RV5E 5.175
WSM06020Z 5.943
WSM06020ZR 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020W 5.949
WSM06020V
E 5.252.6/01.13
Weight: 0.92 kg
588
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
395254 ZAB06020-01X DSR5E 393400
Cartridge valve
in lines
A and B
1 DZ5E 5.166
2
sealing plate
DV5E 5.113
O-ring 9.25 x 1.78
SR5E 5.117
RV5E 5.175
WSM06020Z 5.943
WSM06020ZR 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020W 5.949
Weight: 0.87 kg
WSM06020V
395613 ZAB06020-10X DSR5E 393400
Cartridge valve
in lines
A and B
2
DZ5E 5.166
1
sealing plate
O-ring 9.25 x 1.78

SR5E 5.117
RV5E 5.175
WSM06020Z 5.943
WSM06020ZR 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020W 5.949
WSM06020V
E 5.252.6/01.13
Weight: 0.87 kg
589
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
3041122 ZAB08021-02X Material: aluminium ERVE08021 5.172
Cartridge valve max. pressure: pmax = 210 bar
in lines
A and B
SBVE-R½ 5.177
sealing plate O-ring 9.25 x 1.78
Weight: 0.69 kg
395263 ZP06020-01X SR5E 5.117

Cartridge valve
2
in line P
RV5E 5.175
1 sealing plate
O-ring 9.25 x 1.78
Weight: 0.91 kg
395255 ZP06020-10X DV5E 5.113
Cartridge valve
in line P
WSM06020Z 5.943
WSM06020ZR 5.946
O-ring 7.65 x 1.78
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020W 5.949
WSM06020V
E 5.252.6/01.13
Weight: 0.91 kg
590
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
395265 ZT06020-01X RV5E 5.175
Cartridge valve 1
in line T
2
sealing plate
O-ring 9.25 x 1.78
Weight: 0.91 kg
395256 ZPT06020-01X DV5E 5.113

Cartridge valve
between
lines P and T
RV5E 5.175
sealing plate
O-ring 9.25 x 1.78
WSM06020Z 5.943
WSM06020ZR 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020W 5.949
WSM06020V
Weight: 0.91 kg
395264 ZPT06020-10X DB4E 5.161

Cartridge valve
between
lines P and T
PDB06020 5.164
O-ring 7.65 x 1.78
SR5E 5.117
E 5.252.6/01.13
Weight: 0.91 kg
591
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
395260 ZAP06020-01X torque WSM06020W 5.949
Cartridge valve WSM06020V
between
lines A and P
sealing plate
O-ring 9.25 x 1.78
Weight: 1.08 kg
395261 ZAPBT06020-01X WSM06020W 5.949

Cartridge valve WSM06020V
between
lines A and P
and lines
B and T sealing plate
O-ring 9.25 x 1.78
Weight: 1.01 kg
395257 ZAT06020-01X DB4E 5.161

Cartridge valve
between
lines A and T
torque
PDB06020 5.164
sealing plate
O-ring 9.25 x 1.78 DV5E 5.113
SR5E 5.117
WSM06020W 5.949
E 5.252.6/01.13
WSM06020V
Weight: 1.04 kg
592
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
395258 ZBT06020-01X DB4E 5.161
Cartridge valve
between
lines B and T
torque
PDB06020 5.164
sealing plate
DV5E 5.113
O-ring 9.25 x 1.78
SR5E 5.117
WSM06020W 5.949
WSM06020V
Weight: 1.04 kg
395259 ZABT06020-01X DB4E 5.161

Cartridge valve
between
lines A and T and
lines B and T
PDB06020 5.164
sealing plate
O-ring 9.25 x 1.78
DV5E 5.113
SR5E 5.117
WSM06020W 5.949
WSM06020V
E 5.252.6/01.13
Weight: 0.99 kg
593
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
3065992 ZABT06020-02X WSM06020Z 5.943
WSM06020ZR 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020W 5.949
WSM06020V
sealing plate
O-ring 9.25 x 1.78
Weight: 0.98 kg
3578184 ZP10121 DMM10121 5.169.9
not
supplied
E 5.252.6/01.13
594
7. SUBPLATE BODIES 7.1. MODEL CODE D AB 06020 01 X
Subplate body
with interface A6 DIN 24340
Function of each working line

see symbol under point 7.3

see valve brochure
Type
(describes individual condition; e. g. surface,
dimensions, functional properties ...)
11 = orifice dia. 1.1 

12 = orifice dia. 1.2 
13 = orifice dia. 1.3  in line P
15 = orifice dia. 1.5 
30 = check valve insert 
Series
7.2. CONNECTION DIMENSION

Interface A6 DIN 24340 and CETOP R 35 H-4.2-4-03
Installation height to CETOP RP 99H-4-03
(view onto connection plate)
deep
required surface finish

of mounting plate
E 5.252.6/01.13
595
7.3. DIMENSIONS

Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
395420 D03230-01X WSE 3 5.203
O-ring 7.65 x 1.78
Weight: 0.89 kg
395614 D03230-11X WSE 3 5.203
395621 D03230-12X
395622 D03230-13X
395623 D03230-15X
O-ring 7.65 x 1.78
For model code

see point 7.1
For curves
see point 7.4 Orifice insert
Weight: 0.89 kg
395615 D03230-30X WSE 3 5.203
O-ring 7.65 x 1.78

E 5.252.6/01.13
For curves
see point 7.4 Check valve insert
(not to use for sandwich plates)
Weight: 0.90 kg
596
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
555528 D08130-01X PDM08130 5.168
WSEC08130 5.935
WSED08130 5.934
WKM08130C 5.976
WKM08130D 5.977
WKM08130L
WSM08130D
O-ring 7.65 x 1.78
Weight: 1.00 kg
555529 D08130-11X PDM08130 5.168

WSEC08130 5.935
WSED08130 5.934
555530 D08130-12X WKM08130C 5.976
WKM08130D 5.977
WKM08130L
555531 D08130-13X WSM08130D
555532 D08130-15X
O-ring 7.65 x 1.78
For model code

see point 7.1
For curves Orifice insert
see point 7.4 Weight: 1.00 kg
555533 D08130-30X PDM08130 5.168
WSEC08130 5.935
WSED08130 5.934
WKM08130C 5.976
WKM08130D 5.977
WKM08130L
WSM08130D
O-ring 7.65 x 1.78

E 5.252.6/01.13
For curves
see point 7.4 Check valve insert
(not to use for sandwich plates)
Weight: 1.01 kg
597
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
395266 DA06020-01X WSM06020Z 5.943
Cartridge valve WSM06020ZR 5.946
between A and T WSM06020Y 5.947
with check valve WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020W 5.949
in line P
WSM06020V
test connection M G 1/4
O-ring 7.65 x 1.78
Weight: 0.98 kg
395267 DB06020-01X WSM06020Z 5.943

between B and T WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
with check valve
WSM06020W 5.949
in line P WSM06020V
test connection M G 1/4
O-ring 7.65 x 1.78
Weight: 0.98 kg
E 5.252.6/01.13
598
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
395269 DAB06020-01X DB4E 5.161
Cartridge valve
between A and B
DSR5E 393400
DZ5E 5.166
PDB06020 5.164
O-ring 7.65 x 1.78
DV5E 5.113
SR5E 5.117
RV5E 5.175
WSM06020Z 5.943
WSM06020ZR 5.946
WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020W 5.949
WSM06020V
E 5.252.6/01.13
Weight: 0.69 kg
599
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
558020 DPT06020-01X DB4E 5.161
Cartridge valve
between P and T
5.164
PDB06020 5.117
SR5E
O-ring 7.65 x 1.78
Weight: 0.90 kg
395270 DPAT06020-01X WSM06020Z 5.943

between P and A WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
and between
WSM06020W 5.949
A and T WSM06020V
between
A and T
only symbol
V and W
O-ring 7.65 x 1.78
Weight: 1.10 kg
395271 DPRAT06020-01X WSM06020Z 5.943

between P and A WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
and between
WSM06020W 5.949
A and T with check WSM06020V
valve in port P
between
A and T
only symbol
V and W
O-ring 7.65 x 1.78

E 5.252.6/01.13
Check valve insert

Weight: 1.11 kg
600
Type Brochure /
Data Sheet
No.
395389 DAT06020-01X WSM06020Z 5.943
between A and T WSM06020Y 5.947
WSM06020YR 5.948
WSM06020W 5.949
WSM06020V
torque
O-ring 7.65 x 1.78
Weight: 1.17 kg
7.4. HYDRAULIC DETAILS D03230–… with WSE30C… D03230–… with WSE3E0C…

Subplate body type D
Either orifices or a check valve
can be fitted into port P as an with RVS3
additional function. Both at the

same time is not possible.
∆p [bar]
∆p [bar]
7.4.1. Orifice insert

An orifice is used when
unacceptably high flow rates can without
orifice
overload the valve. This is the
case for example with Q [l/min]
Q [l/min]
accumulator
operation or when used as a D08130–… with WSEC08130–…
D08130–… with WSEC08130–…
valve
for internal pilot oil control.
Irrespective of the maximum
pressure, the orifice diameter with RVS3
∆p [bar]
must
be selected so that the
∆p [bar]
permissible
flow rate of the cartridge valve
used
is not exceeded. without orifice Q [l/min]
7.4.1.1 Pressure drop curves

Dependent on flow rate, Q [l/min] 9. NOTES
measured The information in this brochure
at n = 34 mm²/s and toil = 46 °C 8. DESIGN relates to the operating conditions
7.4.2. Check valve insert RECOMMENDATIONS and applications described.
The check valve allows free flow For applications and operating
Sandwich bodies and subplate conditions not described, please
in only one direction and shuts off bodies with two inlet ports contact the relevant technical
the other direction leak-free. This for cartridge valves can also department.
prevents an uncontrolled return be provided with different valve Subject to technical modifications.
flow or a pressure return into the functions.
P-line. Thus it prevents mutual
interference of valves connected
in parallel.
7.4.2.1 Pressure drop curves
Dependent on flow rate,
measured at n = 34 mm²/s and toil
= 46 °C

E 5.252.6/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
601
E 51.400.0/12.10
602
Compact Hydraulics
Minivalves
E 51.400.1 /01.13
603
Content
Qmax Pmax
Pressure valves Symbol Type
l/min) (bar)
Cavity Brochure no.
Pressure relief valve 2 DB06A-01 15 350 U FC06-2 5.140.0

direct acting
1 DB06C-01 20 350 U FC06-2 5.141.0
Qmax Pmax
Flow valves Symbol Type
(l/min) (bar)
Cavity Brochure no.
1 2
2-way flow control valve SR06-01 15 350 U FC06-2 5.142.0
Qmax Pmax
Check valves Symbol Type
l/min) (bar)
Cavity Brochure no.
Check valve RV06A-01 20 350 U FC06-2 5.143.0
Check valve with

integrated pressure RV06B-01 15 350 U FC06-3 5.144.0
relief
RV06C-01 20 350 U FC06-3 5.145.0
Directional Symbol Type

Qmax Pmax
Cavity Brochure no.
(l/min) (bar)
poppet valves
2/2-poppet valve Z
2 WS06Z-01 20 350 U FC06-2 5.146.0
normally closed
2/2-poppet valve Y
2 WS06Y-01 20 350 U FC06-2 5.147.0
normally open
2/2-poppet valve ZR
WS06ZR-01 20 350 U FC06-2 cf
normally closed
Part no.
2610333
2/2-poppet valve YR
WS06YR-01 20 350 U FC06-2 cf
normally open
Part no.
2610394
E 51.400.1 /01.13
2
604
Qmax
Directional Symbol Type
pmax
cavity Brochure no.
(l/min (bar)
spool valves )
2/2-spool valve, W
2 WK06W-01 10 350 U FC06-2 5.148.0
normally closed
2/2-spool valve, V
2 WK06V-01 15 350 U FC06-2 5.156.0
normally open
3/2-spool valve C WK06C-01 10 350 U FC06-3 5.149.0
4/2-spool valve Y WK06Y-01 10 350 U FC06-4 5.150.0

2 4
3 1
4/3-spool valve E WK06E-01 11 350 U FC06-4 5.151.0
S1 S2
2 4 G
4/3-spool valve WK06G-01 7 350 U FC06-4 5.152.0
3 1
S1 S2
4/3-spool valve H WK06H-01 9 350 U FC06-4 5.153.0
S1 S2
4/3-spool valve 2 4
J WK06J-01 11 350 U FC06-4 5.154.0
S1 3 1 S2
Coils for Type (Part No.)

Nominal
Electrical connection Brochure No.
voltage
Minivalves
Plug Type G 2610160 12 VDC Plug to EN 175301-803 5.155.0
Form B, DIN 43650B
2610161 24 VDC
2610156 105 VDC

Plug for DC coils
Part No. 2600570
2610159 205 VDC
*Plug with rectifier 2610156 + 2600582* 115 VAC Plug with integrated
rectifier for AC coils
(see right side) 2610159 + 2600582* 230 VAC Part No. 2600582
Plug Type N 2610149 12 VDC 5.155.0

Deutsch plug, axial
2610150 24 VDC
E 51.400.1 /01.13
Plug Type L 2610151 12 VDC 5.155.0

Coil with 2 leadwires
0,75mm², 450 mm long
2610162 24 VDC
3
605
SYMBOL
Pressure Relief Valve UNF
Ball type, direct acting
Cartridge-Minivalve – 350 bar
DB06A-01
up to 15 l/min
up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
- All exposed surfaces corrosion-proof
- All valve parts made of high-strength steel with hardened and ground components
to ensure minimal wear and extend service life
- Quick response
- Adjustable under full system pressure
- Adjustable across the entire pressure range
- Various pressure ranges up to 350 bar
- Foreseen for the maximal pressure protection of the system
SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure ranges: 0 up to 125 bar
0 up to 210 bar
35 up to 350 bar
Leakage: leakage-free, < max. 0,35 cm³/min at 75%
nominal pressure
Temperature range of operating fluid: Min. – 30°C up to max. +100° C
Ambient temperature range: Min. – 30°C up to max. + 60° C
The Pressure relief valve DB06A is a Fluid: Hydraulic fluid to DIN 51524 T1 + T2
direct acting, spring loaded ball valve. Its Viscosity range: min. 7,4 mm²/s up to max. 420 mm²/s
job is to limit the pressure in the system. Filtration: Class 21 / 19 /16 according
The spring acts with a certain force on the to ISO 4406 or cleaner
ball and presses it on the valve seat. On Installation: no orientation restrictions
the opposite side the system pressure Materials: Valve body: steel with hardened work
works at port 1. If the hydraulic force is surfaces
lower than the spring pressure the valve
Ball: hardened steel
remains closed. Only if the force is higher,
the valve opens and the flow will be let to Seals: NBR (Standard)
port 2 (tank). If the system pressure is FKM (optional, temperature
equal to the spring pressure the valve range -20°C up to +120°C)
closes again. Back-up rings: TPE-E
Attention: Pressure at port 2 increases the Cavity: FC06-2
opening pressure! If ports are Weight: 0,068 kg
E 5.140.1 /01.13
interchanged or the pressure adjustment

is higher than the operating pressure, the
function of the valve is invalid.
4
606
DB06A – 01 – C – N – 300 V 100
Basic model
Pressure relief valve, direct acting
Type
01 = Standard
Body & ports

C = cartridge only
*versions in line bodies on request
Seals
N = NBR (Standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Pressure range
180 = 0 up to 125 bar (1800PSI)
300 = 0 up to 210 bar (3000PSI)
500 = 35 up to 350 bar (5000PSI)
Adjustment option
V = adjustable by tool
Setting
omission = 50% of max. Pressure
100 = factory preset, pressure in PSI (/10)
Other pressures on request
Standard models
Name Part No.
DB06A-01-C-N-180V 2610428
DB06A-01-C-N-330V 2610235
DB06A-01-C-N-500V 2610155
*Line bodies
All dimensions in inch (mm)
Subject to technical modification FH062-SB2 3740528 steel, zinc plated G1/4 420 bar
FH062-AB2 3741297 Alu, anodized G1/4 245 bar
CAVITY other line bodies on request
FC06-2 Seal kits
Code Part No.
Seal kit-NBR 2610184
Seal kit-FKM 2610185
PERFORMANCE
Measured at 28 mm²/s and T oil = 38°C
Annotation
The technical information in this
All dimensions in mm (Inch) brochure are relating to the operating
Subject to technical modification conditions and applications. HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
At deviant applications and/or Justus-von-Liebig-Str. 5
Tools operating conditions please contact 66280 Sulzbach / Saar
Code Part No. the technical dept. Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Twist drill 2582046 Technical information are Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
Countersink 2582047 subject to technical modifications. Email: flutec@hydac.com
5
607
SYMBOL
Pressure Relief Valve UNF
Poppet type, direct acting
DB06C-01
up to 20 l/min
up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
- Fast response
- Adjustable under full system pressure
- Adjustable over the u.m. pressure range
- Various pressure ranges up to 350 bar
- Poppet type valve with damped characteristics
SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure ranges: 0 up to 125 bar
0 up to 210 bar
35 up to 350 bar
Leakage: leakage-free, < max. 0,35 cm³/min at 75%
nominal pressure
The Pressure relief valve DB06C is a Fluid: Hydraulic fluid to DIN 51524 T1 + T2
direct acting, spring loaded valve with Viscosity range: min. 7,4 mm²/s up to max. 420 mm²/s
damped characteristics. Its job is to limit Filtration: Class 21 / 19 /16 according
the pressure in the system. The spring to ISO 4406 or cleaner
acts with a certain force on the piston and MTTFd: 150 years
presses it on the valve seat. On the Installation: no orientation restrictions
opposite side the system pressure works Materials: Valve body: steel with hardened work
at port 1. If the hydraulic force is lower surfaces
than the spring pressure the valve
remains closed. Only if the force is higher,
the valve opens and the flow will be let to Seals: NBR (Standard)
port 2 (tank). If the system pressure is FKM (optional, temperature
equal to the spring pressure the valve range -20°C up to +120°C)
closes again. Back-up rings: TPE-E
Attention: Pressure at port 2 increases the Cavity: FC06-2
E 5.141.1 /01.13
opening pressure! If ports are Weight: 0,068 kg

interchanged or the pressure adjustment
is higher than the operating pressure, the
function of the valve is invalid.
6
608
DB06C – 01 – C – N – 400 V 300
Basic model
Pressure relief valve, direct acting
Type
01 = Standard
Body & ports

C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (Standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Pressure range
180 = 0 up to 125 bar (1800PSI)
300 = 0 up to 210 bar (3000PSI)
500 = 35 up to 350 bar (5000PSI)
Adjustment option
Setting
omission = 50% of max. Pressure
300 = factory preset pressure in PSI (/10)
Other pressures on request
Standard models
Name Part No.
DB06C-01-C-N-180V 2610322
DB06C-01-C-N-300V 2610324
DB06C-01-C-N-500V 2610342
*Line bodies
Cavity other line bodies on request
FC06-2 Seal kits

Code Part No.
PERFORMANCE
Annotation
7
609
SYMBOL
Flow Regulator UNF
Spool type, direct acting
1
2
SR06-01
up to 15 l/min
up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
- Pressure compensated flow control of consumers
- Superior stability throughout the entire flow range
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure: max. 350 bar at port 1 (pump)
max. 210 bar at port 2 (consumer)
Flow ranges: 0,25 up to 1,00 l/min
1,00 up to 3,80 l/min
3,80 up to 15,0 l/min
Fluid: Hydraulic fluid to DIN 51524 T1 + T2
Viscosity range: min. 7,4 mm²/s up to max. 420 mm²/s
Filtration: Class 21 / 19 /16 according
The SR06 is a 2 way directional flow to ISO 4406 or cleaner
control-valve, which keeps the nominal MTTFd: 150 years
flow constant by means of a control Installation: no orientation restrictions
function. The nominal flow is almost Materials: Valve body: steel with hardened work
independent of the pressure and the surfaces
viscosity. The valve is equipped with fixed Piston: hardened and ground steel
orifice and integrated pressure Seals: NBR (Standard)
compensator. The measuring orifice FKM (optional, temperature
determines the nominal flow-adjustment
range -20°C up to +120°C)
range which is adjustable within a small
range. If there is flow from port 1 to 2, a Back-up rings: TPE-E
pressure differential is created at the Cavity: FC06-2
measuring orifice. If the pressure Weight: 0,023 kg
compensator is in regulating position
there is a balance of pressure differential
at control piston surface on the one side
E 5.142.1 /01.13
and spring force on the other side. With

rising flow (higher pressure differential)
the cross-section of the regluating oricifice
will be controlled that there is a balance of
forces. Hereby a constant outlet flow will
be reached.
8
610
SR06 – 01 – C – N – 0.3 V 0.1
Basic model
flow control valve, direct acting
Type
01 = Standard
Body & ports

C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (Standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Nominal flow range

0.3 = 0.25 up to 1,00 l/min (0.3 gpm)
1.0 = 1.00 up to 3,80 l/min (1.0 gpm)
4.0 = 3.80 up to 15,0 l/min (4.0 gpm)
Adjustment option
Setting
none = 50% of maximal Nominal flow
0.1 = 0.23 l/min – optional pre-adjustment on request
Standard models
Name Part No.
SR06-01-C-N-0.3V 2610213
SR06-01-C-N-1.0V 2610194
SR06-01-C-N-4.0V 2610214
*Line bodies
All dimensions in inch (mm) FH062-SB2 3740528 steel, zinc plated G1/4 420 bar
Subject to technical modification FH062-AB2 3741297 Alu, anodized G1/4 245 bar
other line bodies on request
Cavity
FC06-2 Seal kits
Code Part No.
PERFORMANCE
Annotation
All dimensions in mm (Inch)
brochure are relating to the operating
Subject to technical modification
conditions and applications. HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
9
611
SYMBOL
Check Valve UNF
Ball type
RV06A-01
up to 20 l/min
up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
- Superior stability throughout the entire flow range
SPECIFICATIONS
Cracking pressures: 0,35 bar
2,10 bar
Leakage: leakage-free, < max. 0,35 cm³/min at
nominal pressure
to ISO 4406 or cleaner
The check valve RV06A is a direct Materials: Valve body: steel with hardened work
acting, spring loaded ball valve. surfaces
In the valve the spring holds the ball Ball: hardened steel
in closed position and blocks Seals: NBR (Standard)
therefore from port 2 to 1. The valve FKM (optional, temperature
opens, if the pressure at port 1 is range -20°C up to +120°C)
higher than the pressure at port 2 Back-up rings: TPE-E
including the spring force. Cavity: FC06-2
Weight: 0,045 kg
E 5.143.1 /01.13
10
612
RV06A – 01 – C – N – 30
Basic model
Check valve
Type
01 = Standard
Body & ports

C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (Standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Setting
5 = 0.35 bar (5 PSI)
15 = 1.0 bar (15 PSI)
Optional 30 = 2.1 bar (30 PSI)
Piston for pilot–to-open 70 = 4.8 bar (70 PSI)
Single side
Part No. 2610216
Double side
Part No. 2610217 Standard models
Name Part No.
RV06A-01-C-N-05 2610212
RV06A-01-C-N-30 2610154
*Line bodies
FH062-SB2 3740528 steel, zinc plated G1/4 420 bar
All dimensions in inch (mm) FH062-AB2 3741297 Alu, anodized G1/4 245 bar
Subject to technical modification other line bodies on request
Cavity Seal kits

FC06-2 Code Part No.
PERFORMANCE
Annotation
All dimensions in mm (Inch) The technical information in this
Subject to technical modification brochure are relating to the operating
11
613
SYMBOL
3 Check Valve UNF
Ball type
1 with pressure relief function
up to 15 l/min
up to 350 bar
RV06B-01
FUNCTION FEATURES
- Combination of two functions in one valve
- Pressure ranges up to 350 bar
- adjustable under full pressure
- fast closing
- protecting the system and the pump before pressure peaks
SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure ranges (DB): 0 up to 125 bar
0 up to 210 bar
0 up to 350 bar
Cracking pressure (Che ckfunction): 0,35 bar
75% nominal pressure
Materials: Valve body: steel with hardened work
surfaces
The check valve RV06B is a direct acting, Ball: hardened steel
spring loaded ball valve with integrated Seals: NBR (Standard)
pressure relief valve.
FKM (optional, temperature
If there is no flow the spring holds the ball
in closed position and blocks therefore range -20°C up to +120°C)
flow from port 1 to 2. The check valve Back-up rings: TPE-E
opens, if the pressure at port 2 is higher Cavity: FC06-3
than the pressure at port 1 including the Weight: 0,027 kg
spring force. If the pressures rises in the
inlet pipe over the pre-adjusted pressure
the relief valve opens to tank. Any
pressure at port 3 is additive to the relief
E 5.144.1 /01.13
pressure setting.
12
614
RV06B – 01 – C – N – 300 V 100
Basic model
Check valve, direct acting
Type
01 = Standard
Body & ports

C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (Standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Pressure ranges
180 = 0 up to 125 bar (3000 PSI)
300 = 0 up to 210 bar (3000 PSI)
500 = 0 up to 350 bar (5000 PSI)
Adjustment option
Setting
none = 50% of max. Pressure
100 = 69 bar (1000 PSI) – factory preset pressure
Standard models
Name Part No.
RV06B-01-C-N-300V 2610236
RV06B-01-C-N-500V 2610164
*Line bodies
All dimensions in inch (mm) other line bodies on request
Seal kits
Cavity Code Part No.
FC06-3 Seal kit-NBR 2610186
PERFORMANCE
Pressure relief

Δp of
Justus-von-Liebig-Str. 5
check function
Tools 66280 Sulzbach / Saar
Code Part No. Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Twist drill 2582050 Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
Countersink 2582051 Email: flutec@hydac.com
13
615
SYMBOL
3 Check Valve UNF
Ball type
1 with pressure relief function
up to 20 l/min
up to 350 bar
RV06C-01
FUNCTION FEATURES
- Combination of two functions in one valve
- Pressure ranges up to 350 bar
- adjustable under full pressure
- fast closing
- protecting the system and the pump before pressure peaks
- Pressure relief with damped piston making the valve less prone to vibrations
SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure ranges (DB): 0 up to 125 bar
0 up to 210 bar
35 up to 350 bar
Cracking pressure (check function): 0,35 bar
75% nominal pressure
MTTFd: 150 years
The check valve RV06C is a direct Materials: Valve body: steel with hardened work
acting, spring loaded ball valve with surfaces
integrated pressure relief valve. Piston: hardened and ground steel
If there is no flow the spring holds the Seals: NBR (Standard)
ball in closed position and blocks FKM (optional, temperature
therefore flow from port 1 to 2. The range -20°C up to +120°C)
check valve opens, if the pressure at Back-up rings: TPE-E
port 2 is higher than the pressure at Cavity: FC06-3
port 1 including the spring force. If the Weight: 0,027 kg
pressures rises in the inlet pipe over
the pre-adjusted pressure the relief
E 5.145.1 /01.13
valve opens to tank. Any pressure at

port 3 is additive to the relief pressure
setting.
14
616
RV06C – 01 – C – N – 180 V 100
Basic model
Check valve, direct acting
Type
01 = Standard
Body & ports

C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (Standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Pressure range
180 = 0 up to 125 bar (1800 PSI)
300 = 0 up to 210 bar (3000 PSI)
500 = 35 up to 350 bar (5000 PSI)
Adjustment option
Setting
none = 50% of max. Pressure
100 = 69 bar (1000 PSI) – factory preset pressure
Standard models
Name Part No.
RV06C-01-C-N-180V 2610323
RV06C-01-C-N-300V 2610325
RV06C-01-C-N-400V 2610343
*Line bodies
All dimensions in inch (mm) FH063-AB2 3741286 Alu, anodized G1/4 245 bar
Subject to technical modification other line bodies on request
Cavity Seal kits

FC06-3 Code Part No.
PERFORMANCE
Pressure relief

HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH Δp of

check function
Code Part No. Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Twist drill 2582050 Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
15
617
SYMBOL 2/2 Solenoid Directional Valve UNF
Poppet type, pilot operated,
normally closed
up to 20 l/min WS06Z-01
up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
to ensure minimal wear and extended service life
- Coil seals protect the solenoid system
- Coil easy to exchange and pivotable
SPECIFICATIONS
nominal pressure
MTTFd: 150 years
In de-energized mode the valve Seals: NBR (Standard)
blocks flow from port 2 to 1. FKM (optional, temperature
In the opposite direction the valve range -20°C up to +120°C)
piston opens at a pressure differential Back-up rings: TPE-E
from approx. 1,8 bar (Check function). Cavity: FC06-2
If energized, there is flow from port 2 Weight: Complete valve: 0,165 kg
to 1. A backflow from port 1 to 2 is Coil only: 0,088 kg
severely restricted. Electrical data
Type of voltage: DC coil, AC voltage is rectified by a rectifier
built-in the plug
Nominal current at 20°C: 984 mA at 12 V DC
492 mA at 24 V DC
Voltage tolerance: +/- 15% of Coil voltage
Coil duty rating: 100% continuous up to max.
115% of Coil voltage at 60°C
ambient temperature
E 5.146.1 /01.13

16
618
WS06Z – 01M – C – N – 24 DN
Basic model
Directional poppet valve, pilot operated
Type
01 = Standard
01M = manual override
30 = with protection strainer around port 2
Body & ports
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (Standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage
0 = without coil (with nut and Seals)
DC: 12 = 12 Volt DC voltage
24 = 24 Volt DC voltage
AC: 115 = 105 Volt DC voltage
230 = 205 Volt DC voltage (at AC voltage plug with
suppressor diode necessary Mat. 2600582)
Coil connector (Coil... 32-1329)

DC: DG = DIN Plug to EN175301-803 Form B
DL = 2 leadwires, 450mm long
DN = Deutsch Plug, axial (Type DT04-2P)
Standard models
Code Part No.
WS06Z-01-C-N-0 without coil 2610237
(coil please choose from brochure D 5.155.0 )
*Line bodies
Cavity
FC06-2 Seal kits
Code Part No.
PERFORMANCE
Annotation
17
619
Poppet type, pilot operated,
normally open
up to 20 l/min WS06Y-01
up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
nominal pressure
MTTFd: 150 years
Seals: NBR (Standard)
In de-energized mode there is flow
from port 2 to 1.
Back-up rings: TPE-E
If energized, the valve blocks flow
Cavity: FC06-2
from port 2 to 1.
Weight: Complete valve: 0,165 kg
In the opposite direction it opens if the
Coil only: 0,088 kg
pressure force on den piston is higher
Electrical data
than the magnet force (approx. 9 up
Type of voltage: DC coil, AC voltage is rectified by a
to 20 bar).
rectifier built-in the plug
492 mA at 24 V DC
ambient temperature
E 5.147.1 /01.13
18
620
WS06Y – 01M – C – N – 24 DN
Basic model
directionalpoppet valve, pilot operated
Type
01 = Standard
30 = with protection strainer around port 2
Body & ports
C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (Standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage

Standard models
Code Part No.
WS06Y-01-C-N-0 without coil 2610209
*Line bodies
Cavity
FC06-2 Seal kits
Code Part No.
PERFORMANCE
Annotation
19
621
Spool type, direct acting,
WK06W-01
up to 10 l/min
up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Leakage: < max. 90 cm³/min at 207 bar
and 28 mm²/s
MTTFd: 150 years
surfaces
In de-energized mode the valve is FKM (optional, temperature
blocked in both directions. range -20°C up to +120°C)
If energized, the valve opens and Back-up rings: TPE-E
allows the flow in both directions. Cavity: FC06-2
Coil only: 0,088 kg
Electrical data
built-in the plug
492 mA at 24 V DC
ambient temperature
E 5.148.1 /01.13
20
622
WK06W – 01M – C – N – 24 DN
Basic model
Directional Spool type, direct acting
Type
01 = Standard
Body & ports

C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (Standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage

Standard models
Code Part No.
WK06W-01-C-N-0 without coil 2610182
*Line bodies
Cavity
FC06-2 Seal kits
Code Part No.
PERFORMANCE


Code Part No. Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Twist drill 2582046 Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
21
623
SYMBOL 2/2 Solenoid Directional valve UNF
Spool type, direct acting,
WK06V-01
up to 15 l/min
up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Leakage: < max. 90 cm³/min at 207 bar
and 28 mm²/s
MTTFd: 150 years
surfaces
In de-energized mode the valve is range -20°C up to +120°C)
open in both directions. Back-up rings: TPE-E
If energized, the valve closes and Cavity: FC06-2
blocks the flow in both directions. Weight: Complete valve: 0,170 kg
Coil only: 0,088 kg
Electrical data
built-in the plug
492 mA at 24 V DC
ambient temperature
E 5.156.1 /01.13

22
624
WK06V – 01M – C – N – 24 DN
Basic model
Type
01 = Standard
Body & ports

C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (Standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage

Standard models
Code Part No.
WK06V-01-C-N-0 without coil 2610222
*Line bodies
Cavity
FC06-2 Seal kits
Code Part No.
PERFORMANCE


Code Part No. Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Twist drill 2582046 Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
23
625
SYMBOL
3/2 Solenoid Directional Valve UNF
WK06C-01
up to 10 l/min
up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Leakage: < max. 90 cm³/min at 207 bar and
28 mm²/s
MTTFd: 150 years
surfaces
In de-energized mode there is free Cavity: FC06-3
flow from port 1 to 2 and in the Weight: Complete valve: 0,175 kg
opposite direction. Port 3 is closed. Coil only: 0,088 kg
If energized, the valve allows flow Electrical data
from port 2 to 3 and in the opposite Type of voltage: DC coil, AC voltage is rectified by a
direction. Port 1 is closed. rectifier built-in the plug
492 mA at 24 V DC
ambient temperature
E 5.149.1 /01.13

24
626
WK06C – 01M – C – N – 24 DN
Basic model
Type
01 = Standard
Body & ports

C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (Standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage

Standard models
Code Part No.
WK06C-01-C-N-0 without coil 2610183
*Line bodies
Cavity
FC06-3 Seal kits
Code Part No.
PERFORMANCE


Code Part No. Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Twist drill 2582050 Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
25
627
WK06Y-01
up to 10 l/min
up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
28 mm²/s
MTTFd: 150 years
surfaces
Cavity: FC06-4
In de-energized mode, the valve Weight: Complete valve: 0,190 kg
allows flow from port 1 to 2 and from 3 Coil only: 0,088 kg
to 4 and also in the opposite direction. Electrical data
If energized, the valve allows flow Type of voltage: DC coil, AC voltage is rectified by a rectifier
from port 1 to 4 and from 3 to 2 and built-in the plug
also in the opposite direction. Nominal current at 20°C: 984 mA at 12 V DC
492 mA at 24 V DC
ambient temperature
E 5.150.1 /01.13

26
628
WK06Y – 01M – C – N – 24 DN
Basic model
Type
01 = Standard
Body & ports

C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (Standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage

Standard models
Code Part No.
WK06Y-01-C-N-0 without coil 2610203
*Line bodies
Cavity
FC06-4 Seal kits
Code Part No.
PERFORMANCE


Code Part No. Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Twist drill 2582057 Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
27
629
SYMBOL
S1 S2
WK06E-01
up to 11 l/min
up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
- Coils easy to exchange and pivotable
SPECIFICATIONS
max. 210 bar at Tank (port 1)
28 mm²/s
MTTFd: 150 years
surfaces
In de-energized mode all ports are
blocked.
Cavity: FC06-4
If the coil S1 is energized, there is
free flow from port 3 to 4 and from 2
Coil only: 0,088 kg (2x)
to 1.
Electrical data
flow from port 3 to 2 and from 4 to 1.
built-in the plug
492 mA at 24 V DC
E 5.151.1 /01.13
ambient temperature
28
630
WK06E – 01M – C – N – 24 DN
Basic model
Type
01 = Standard
01A = lockable manual override
Body & ports

C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (Standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage

Standard models
Code Part No.
WK06E-01-C-N-0 without coil 2610190
(coils please choose from brochure D 5.155.0 )
*Line bodies
All dimensions in inch (mm) Code Part No. Material Ports Pressure
FC06-4 Seal kits
Code Part No.
PERFORMANCE


Code Part No. Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Twist drill 2582057 Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
29
631
S1 S2
WK06G-01
up to 7 l/min
up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
28 mm²/s
MTTFd: 150 years
surfaces
In de-energized mode the ports 2 and
4 are blocked – whereas there is flow
Cavity: FC06-4
from port 3 to 1 and in opposite
direction.
Electrical data
flow from port 3 to 2 and from 4 to 1 .
built-in the plug
492 mA at 24 V DC
E 5.152.1 /01.13
ambient temperature
30
632
WK06G – 01M – C – N – 24 DN
Basic model
Type
01 = Standard
Body & ports

C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (Standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage

Standard models
Code Part No.
WK06G-01-C-N-0 without coil 2610192
*Line bodies
FC06-4 Seal kits
Code Part No.
PERFORMANCE


Code Part No. Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Twist drill 2582057 Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
31
633
SYMBOL
S1 S2
WK06H-01
up to 9 l/min
up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
28 mm²/s
MTTFd: 150 years
surfaces
In de-energized mode all ports are
connected.
Cavity: FC06-4
Electrical data
built-in the plug
492 mA at 24 V DC
E 5.153.1 /01.13
ambient temperature
32
634
WK06H – 01M – C – N – 24 DN
Basic model
Type
01 = Standard
Body & ports

C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (Standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage

Standard models
Code Part No.
WK06H-01-C-N-0 without coil 2610193
*Line bodies
FC06-4 Seal kits
Code Part No.
PERFORMANCE


Code Part No. Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Twist drill 2582057 Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
33
635
SYMBOL
WK06J-01
up to 11 l/min
up to 350 bar
FUNCTION FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
34 mm²/s
MTTFd: 150 years
surfaces
In de-energized mode the ports 2, 4
and 1 are connected, while port 3 is
Cavity: FC06-4
blocked.
flow through the valve from port 3 to 4
Electrical data
and from 2 to 1.
built-in the plug
flow from port 3 to 2 and from 4 to 1.
492 mA at 24 V DC
E 5.154.1 /01.13
ambient temperature
34
636
WK06J – 01M – C – N – 24 DN
Basic model
Type
01 = Standard
Body & ports

C = cartridge only
Seals
N = NBR (Standard)
V = FKM (optional)
Coil voltage
230 = 205 Volt DC voltage (at AC voltage
plug with suppressor diode necessary Mat. 2600582)

Standard models
Code Part No.
WK06J-01-C-N-0 without coil 2610191
*Line bodies
FC06-4 Seal kits
Code Part No.
PERFORMANCE


Code Part No. Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Twist drill 2582057 Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
35
637
Coils for Minivalves
(for solenoid operated directional valves)
Type 32-1329
for following valves: WS06Z WS06Y
WK06W WK06C
WK06Y WK06E
WK06G WK06H
WK06J
Connector type G FEATURES-

DIN Plug to EN175-301-803 - Maximal force at minimal space requirement,
Form B by perfect wound coil - maximal copper : avoids damages of the insulation of the
wires (breakdown by short-circuits)
- Fully closed coil

internal coil sealing avoids humidity and short-circuits in the winding
- Designed for 100% coil duty rating

at Imax and ambient temperatures from –20° up to +60°C
- Small energy consumption

by optimal design of force – energy ratio
- High mechanical resistance,

by zinc plated steel cover
Connector type L
2 leadwires, 450mm long - High thermal stability,
to U.L. class N (180°C)
- Standardized 3 different electrical connectors

with IP ratings IP65, IP67 and IP6K9K
DIN/EN Plug (G) IP65 Form B, leadwires (L) IP65/IP67//IP6K9K,
Deutsch Plug (N) IP65/IP67/IP6K9K
others on request
- Mounting direction optional,

by symmetrical coil design
- Coil dimension = typification

Connector type N Type 32-1329 = 32mm high (13 mm inside Ø, 29 mm outside Ø)
Deutsch Plug, 2-poles (Type DT04-2P)
- Class UL 583 permitted coils available on demand
SPECIFICATIONS
115% of Coil voltage at max. 60° C
ambient temperature
Max. permitted temperature at coil: 160° C
Power intake: 12 W at Imax and 20° C
coil temperature
Windings: to U.L. class N (180°C)
E 5.155.1 /01.13
Outer shell: steel, zinc plated

Plug socket: Polyamide, black
(All data are valid for a coil mounted on valve)
36
638
Description MODEL CODE
In general the coil is produced as DC coil. Coil 12 DG01 – 32 -1329
Basic model
Coil voltage
12 V DC
24 V DC
105 V DC (Only Connector type DG)
205 V DC (Only Connector type DG) (at AC voltage
Plug with suppressor diode necessary Mat. 2600582)
Type of voltage
D = DC voltage DC, directional valve
Coil connectors
G = Plug to EN175301-803 Form B, IP rating IP65
L = 2 leadwires, 0.75mm², 450mm (18“) long
IP rating IP65 /IP67/IP6K9K
N = Deutsch Plug, 2-poles, (DT04-2P) IP rating IP65/IP67/IP6K9K
Other coil connectors on request
Variation (depending on connector)

omission = Standard
01, 02... = e. g. suppressor diode, different cable lengths, etc...
others on request
DIN plug according to EN 175-803 Typification

Form B for: 32-1329 = main measures (Height, inner diameter, outer diameter)
Connection to DC power
Part. No. 2600570 The model code only serves for your information, available products see chart.
Connection to AC power
Part. No. 2600582
with integrated rectifier
Codes and corresponding Part No's.

Nominal Coil Resis- Nominal Part No's for connector
voltage power tance current DIN leadwires Deutsch
(Volt) (Watt) (Ohm) (Amp.) (G) (L) (N)
2610160 2610151 2610149
12 V DC 12 12,2 0,98
with suppressor diode 2610268 2610267 2610210
2610161 2610162 3012599
24 V DC 12 48,7 0,49
with suppressor diode 2610269 2610266 2610265
2610156* -- --
115 V AC* 12 980 0,11
2610159* -- --
230 V AC* 12 3700 0,06
•If using AC voltage a plug (Part no. 2600582) with rectifier is necessary
Other connectors on request.
Annotation
brochure are relating to the
operating conditions and
applications. HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
At deviant applications and/or Juistus-von-Liebig-Str.
operating conditions please D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
contact Tel. 06897 / 509-01
the technical dept. Fax 06897 / 509 598
Technical information are E-Mail: flutec@hydac.com
subject to technical modifications.
37
639
E 5.101.3/01.13
640
Prospekt: Kühlsysteme DEF 5.700 Prospekt: Elektronik DEF 18.000 Prospekt: Accessories DEF 6.100 Pro.: Compact-Hydraulik DEF 5.300 Prospekt: Filter Systems DEF 7.929 Pro.: Verfahrenstechnik DEF 7.700 Prospekt: Filtertechnik DEF 7.000 Pro.: Speichertechnik DEF 3.000
HYDAC Companies
HYDAC Heaqdquarters
GMBH
HYDAC International
HYDAC Distributors and Service Partners
Fax:
Germany
Telephone:
Industriegebiet
+49 6897 509-01
+49 6897 509-577

66280 Sulzbach/Saar
E-Mail: info@hydac.com
Internet: www.hydac.com
www.hydac.com
Global Presence.
Local Competence.
1
D 2.902.0/08.09
E X.XXX.0/01.09
X.XX
X .XXX.0
.X
.XX
XXX.0
X.0
0/0
/01
0 .0
.09
09
0
E 5.101.1/ 07.10
HYDAC Fluidtechnik: Industrial Valves

HYDAC Fluidtechnik:
Industrial Valves
E 5.101.2/ 08.11
641
Content
Directional spool valves, plate mounted
4WE 6 4/2- and 4/3-Directional spool valves NW6

5 D
7 D-OF
9 E
11 EA
13 G
15 GA
17 H
19 HA
21 J
23 JA
25 M
27 Q
29 QA
4WE 10 4/2- and 4/3-Directional spool valves NW10

31 D
33 D-OF
35 E
37 EA
39 G
41 GA
43 H
45 HA
47 J
49 JA
51 Q
53 QA
Directional valves, lever operated, plate mounted
55 4WMH 6 Directional valve lever operated NW6
57 4WMH 10 Directional valve lever operated NW10
Directional control valves, plate mounted
59 4WHE 10 4/3-Directional spool valve – main stage NW10
Directional control valves with electro-hydraulic pilot control
75 4WEHI 10 4/3-Directional spool valve – main stage/pilot NW10
642
Content
Pressure, Flow, Check valves, sandwich plates
91 ZW-DB06 Pressure relief valve, pilot operated NW6
93 ZW-DM06 Pressure reducing valve NW6
95 ZW-DW06 Pressure Compensator NW6
99 ZW-SDR06 Non-return check valve NW6
101 ZW-2SR06 Flow control valve with check function NW6
103 ZW-RV06 Check valve NW6
105 ZW-RP06 Check valve, pilot-to-open NW6
107 ZW-DB10 Pressure relief valve, pilot operated NW10
109 ZW-DM10 Pressure reducing valve NW10
111 ZW-DW10 Pressure Compensator NW10
113 ZW-SDR10 Non-return check valve NW10
115 ZW-2SR10 Flow control valve with check function NW10
117 ZW-RV10 Check valve NW10
119 ZW-RP10 Check valve, pilot-to-open NW10
Pressure, Flow, Check valves, plate mounted
121 VP-DRP6 Pressure reducing valve NW6
123 VP-2SR6 Flow control valve NW6
125 VP-RP6 Check valve NW6
127 VP-DBP 10 Pressure relief valve, pilot operated NW10
129 VP-DRP 10 Pressure reducing valve, pilot operated NW10
131 VP-2SR 10 Flow control valve NW10
133 VP-RP 10 Pilot-to-open check valve NW10
643
Content
Proportional pressure, flow, directional valves, plate mounted
135 VP-PDB6 Proportional pressure relief valve NW6
139 VP-PDRP6 Proportional pressure reducing valve, pilot operated NW6
143 VP-P2SRE6 Proportional flow control valve NW6
147 VP-P2SRR6 Proportional flow control valve with transducer NW6
151 VP-PDBP 10 Proportional pressure relief valve, pilot operated NW10
155 P4WE 6 4/3-Proportional directional spool valve NW6
159 P4WR 6 4/3-Proportional directional spool valve with WA NW6
163 P4WEE 6 4/3-Proportional directional spool valve with OBE NW6
169 P4WRE 6 4/3-Proportional directional valve with WA and OBE NW6
175 P4WE 10 4/3-Proportional directional spool valve NW10
179 P4WEE 10 4/3-Proportional directional spool valve with OBE NW10
185 P4WRE 10 4/3-Proportional directional valve with WA and OBE NW10
Electronics (for Proportional valves) (see pages Seite 1053 ff.)
191 PEK SRA Electronics for VP-P2SRR (1 Quadrant, controlled)
195 PEK WAR Electronics for P4WE (2 Quadrants, actuated)
199 PEM XD Dig. Electronics for VP-PDB (1 Quadrant, actuated)
205 PES XD-D Digital plug amplifier
2-port slip-in cartridge valves, NW 16 - 63
209 L-CEE.B6A Slip-in valve with pressure function, without damping
211 L-CEE.B6B Slip-in valve with directional function, without damping
213 L-CEE.B6C Slip-in valve with directional function, with damping
2-port slip-in cartridge covers
215 LD-CCE.D61D Cover 1D
217 LD-CCE.D61H Cover 1H
219 LD-CCE.D61RM Cover 1RM
221 LD-CCE.D61W Cover 4W
223 LD-CCE.D61WR Cover 2WR
225 LD-CCE.D61DR Cover 2DR
Accessories for industrial valves
227 Seal kits, plugs, plates, screws, pins, etc.

644
E 5.101.3/01.13
645
4/2- directional spool valve
Solenoid-operated, direct acting
4 WE 6 D
SYMBOL FEATURES
- Direct-acting, solenoid-operated valve NW 6
A B
- Economical and reliable due to simple design
- Oil- immersed solenoid armature for long life and low noise operation
P T - Solenoid coils can be replaced with no possibility of oil leakage
- Interface to DIN 24340 Form A6, ISO 4401

up to 80 l/min
up to 320 bar - Manual override
FUNCTION -SPECIFICATIONS
HYDAC 4/2 directional spool valves Operating pressure: port A,B,P: pmax= 320 bar
in the series 4WE 6 D are directional port T: pmax= 210 bar
valves for oil- hydraulic systems, Nominal Flow: max. 80 l/min
which serve to open and close flow Media operating temp. range: min. –20°C up to max. +80°C
paths. In the de- energised mode the Ambient temperature range: min. –20°C up to max. +55°C
control spool is held in the rest Fluids: hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part1 and 2
position by the return spring. The Viscosity range: 10 mm²/s up to 500 mm²/s is recommended
actuation of the control spool occurs Filtration: Class 20/18/15 according to
via an oil- immersed solenoid. The ISO 4406 or cleaner
solenoid pushes the control spool Max. switching frequency: 15.000/h
from its rest position to its final MTTFd: 150 years
position. This opens the required flow Installation: no orientation restrictions
paths according to the symbol. When Manual override: up to approx. 50 bar tank pressure possible
the solenoid is de- energised, the Seal materials: Standard FKM
control spool is pushed back to the Weight: 1,5 kg
rest position by the return spring. A
manual override permits the valve to Electrics
be switched without energizing the Type of voltage: DC voltage
solenoid. Voltage tolerance: ±10%
Nominal power: 30W (12V / 2,5A) resp. 32W (24V / 1,33A)
Switching time: Switch-on time (coil): 20 ms up to 70 ms
Switch-off time (spring): 10 ms up to 60 ms
Coil duty rating: 100%
Electrical connection: plug to DIN 43650
IP rating: IP 65 to EN 60529; DIN 40050 provided
the connector is fitted correctly
E 5.213.0 /01.13
646
4WE 6 D S01 - 12DG / V
Name
4/2-directional spool valve
Nominal size
6 = Nominal size 6
Symbol
Series
Determined by manufacturer
Nominal voltage
96 and 205 Volt DC voltage on request (only type DG)
DG: DIN plug to EN 175301-803
DO: M12x1 plug
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
Electric Supply voltage Nominal voltage Nominal power
wiring +/- 10% of the DC-coil of the DC-coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 32 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 33 W
by using a female connector with integrated rectifier
Standard models
INTERFACE Name Part No.
to DIN 24340-A6 / ISO 4401 4WE 6 D S01-12DG /V 6063112
4WE 6 D S01-24DG /V 6063118
other models on request
Pressure drop
Measured at  = 36 mm²/s and toil = 45 °C
20
15
P-A B-T
in initial position
dp [bar]
10
A-T P-B
5
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Mounting screws: M5 x 30 DIN 912-10.9 Q [l/min]
Torque: 6 + 1 Nm Operating limits
Female connector and mounting screws (4 pcs.) must be 350
ordered separately. 300
250
Crossover 200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
NOTE
The information in this brochure The operating limits were determined using coils at operating
relates to the operating conditions temperature and 10% under voltage. The operating limits given are for
HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH and applications described. applications with two flow directions. For flow in only one direction, the
Justus-von-Liebig-Str. 5 For applications or operating operating limits can be lower.
66280 Sulzbach / Saar conditions not described, please For operation with G96/G205 coils max. permitted flow rate shown in the
Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0 contact the relevant technical graph must be reduced by 10%. The switch-on times will increase.
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
Email: flutec@hydac.com Subject to technical modifications. 647
4/2- directional- spool valve
4 WE 6 D-OF
SYMBOL FEATURES
A B

up to 80 l/min
FUNCTION SPECIFICATIONS
HYDAC 4/2 directional spool Operating pressure: port A,B,P: pmax= 320 bar
valves in the series 4WE 6 D-OF port T: pmax= 210 bar
are directional valves for oil- Nominal Flow: max. 80 l/min
hydraulic systems, which serve to Media operating temp. range: min. –20°C up to max. +80°C
open and close flow paths. The Ambient temperature range: min. –20°C up to max. +55°C
4WE 6 D-OF is a directional valve Fluids: hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part1 and 2
with two spool positions, two Viscosity range: 10 mm²/s up to 500 mm²/s is recommended
solenoids and one detent. It Filtration: Class 20/18/15 according to
alternately locks the two spools in ISO 4406 or cleaner
position. Therefore the solenoid class 20/18/15
needs not to be permanently Max. switching frequency: 15.000/h
energized. MTTFd: 150 years
Manual override: up to approx. 50 bar tank pressure possible
Seal materials: Standard FKM
Weight: 2,0 kg
Electrics
Type of voltage: DC voltage
Voltage tolerance: ±10%
E 5.216.0 /01.13
648
4WE 6 D -OF S01 - 12DG /V
Name
Nominal size
6 = Nominal size 6
Symbol
OF = with detent
Series
Nominal voltage
DG: DIN plug to EN 175301-803 DO: M12x1 plug
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 32 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 33 W
Standard models
to DIN 24340-A6 / ISO 4401 4WE 6 D-OF S01–24DG /V with detent 6070560
Pressure drop
20
15
P-A B-T
in initial position
dp [bar]
10
A-T P-B
5
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
250
Crossover 200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 6 E
SYMBOL FEATURES
A B
up to 80 l/min - Interface to DIN 24340 Form A6, ISO 4401

valves in the series 4WE 6 E are port T: pmax= 210 bar
directional valves for oil- hydraulic Nominal Flow: max. 80 l/min
systems, which serve to open and Media operating temp. range: min. –20°C up to max. +80°C
close flow paths. In the de- Ambient temperature range: min. –20°C up to max. +55°C
energised mode the control spool Fluids: hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part1 and 2
is held in the rest position by the Viscosity range: 10 mm²/s up to 500 mm²/s is recommended
return spring. The actuation of the Filtration: Class 20/18/15 according to
control spool occurs via an oil- ISO 4406 or cleaner
immersed solenoid. The solenoid Max. switching frequency: 15.000/h
pushes the control spool from its MTTFd: 150 years
rest position to its final position. Installation: no orientation restrictions
This opens the required flow paths Manual override: up to approx. 50 bar tank pressure possible
according to the symbol. When the Seal materials: Standard FKM
solenoid is de- energised, the Weight: 2,0 kg
control spool is pushed back to the
rest position by the return spring. Electrics
A manual override permits the Type of voltage: DC voltage
valve to be switched without Voltage tolerance: ±10%
energizing the solenoid. Nominal power: 30W (12V / 2,5A) resp. 32W (24V / 1,33A)
E 5.212.0 /01.13
650
4WE 6 E S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
6 = Nominal size 6
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
DO: M12x1 plug
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 32 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 33 W
Standard models
to DIN 24340-A6 / ISO 4401 4WE 6 E S01-12DG /V 6063114
4WE 6 E S01-24DG /V 6063120
Pressure drop
15
10
A-T
dp [bar]
B-T
P-A
5 P-B
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

250
Crossover 200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 6 EA
SYMBOL FEATURES
A B

up to 80 l/min
in the series 4WE 6 EA are port T: pmax= 210 bar
close flow paths. In the de- energised Ambient temperature range: min. –20°C up to max. +55°C
mode the control spool is held in the Fluids: hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part1 and 2
rest position by the return spring. The Viscosity range: 10 mm²/s up to 500 mm²/s is recommended
E 5.214.0 /01.13
652
4WE 6 EA S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
6 = Nominal size 6
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
DO: M12x1 plug
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 32 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 33 W
Standard models
to DIN 24340-A6 / ISO 4401 4WE 6 EA S01-12DG /V 6063113
4WE 6 EA S01-24DG /V 6063119
Pressure drop
15
10
dp [bar]
A-T
P-B
5
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
Mounting screws: M5 x 30 DIN 912-10.9
250
Crossover 200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 6 G
SYMBOL FEATURES
A B

valves in the series 4WE 6 G are port T: pmax= 210 bar
E 5.209.0 /01.13
654
4WE 6 G S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
6 = Nominal size 6
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
DO: M12x1 plug
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 32 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 33 W
Standard models
to DIN 24340-A6 / ISO 4401 4WE 6 G S01-12DG /V 6063115
4WE 6 G S01-24DG /V 6063143
Pressure drop
25
20
P-A A-T
15
dp [bar]
P-B B-T
10
P-T
5
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
250
Crossover 200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 6 GA
SYMBOL FEATURES
A B

up to 60 l/min
in the series 4WE 6 GA are port T: pmax= 210 bar
E 5.09.1 /01.13
656
4WE 6 GA S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
6 = Nominal size 6
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
DO: M12x1 plug
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 32 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 33 W
Standard models
to DIN 24340-A6 / ISO 4401 4WE 6 GA S01-24DG /V 6080326
Pressure drop
25
20
P-A B-T
15
dp [bar]
10
P-T
5
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
measured at  = 36 mm²/s and t = 45°C
250
Crossover 200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 6 H
SYMBOL FEATURES
A B
P T
- Solenoid coils can be replaced with no possibility of oil leakage

valves in the series 4WE 6 H are port T: pmax= 210 bar
E 5.210.0 /01.13
658
4WE 6 H S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
6 = Nominal size 6
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
DO: M12x1 plug
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 32 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 33 W
Standard models
to DIN 24340-A6 / ISO 4401 4WE 6 H S01-12DG /V 6063116
4WE 6 H S01-24DG /V 6063145
Pressure drop
20
15 A-T
A-T
d p [b a r]
B-T
10 in Zero
position
P-A
5 P-A P-B
P-B
in Zero position
P-T
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
250
Crossover 200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 6 HA
SYMBOL FEATURES
A B

up to 80 l/min
in the series 4WE 6 HA are port T: pmax= 210 bar
E 5.240.0 /01.13
660
4WE 6 HA S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
6 = Nominal size 6
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
DO: M12x1 plug
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 32 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 33 W
Standard models
to DIN 24340-A6 / ISO 4401 4WE 6 HA S01-24DG /V 6074343
Pressure drop
20
A-T
15
A-T
B-T
d p [b a r]
10 in Zero
position
P-B
5 P-A
P-B
in Zero position
0 P-T
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

250
Crossover 200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 6 J
SYMBOL FEATURES
A B - Economical and reliable due to simple design

valves in the series 4WE 6 J are port T: pmax= 210 bar
E 5.211.0 /01.13
662
4WE 6 J S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
6 = Nominal size 6
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
DO: M12x1 plug
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 32 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 33 W
Standard models
to DIN 24340-A6 / ISO 4401 4WE 6 J S01-12DG /V 6063117
4WE 6 J S01-24DG /V 6063148
Pressure drop
20
A-T
B-T
15 in Zero position
dp [bar]
10
A-T
B-T
5
P-A
P-B
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
250
Crossover 200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 6 JA
SYMBOL FEATURES
A B

up to 60 l/min
in the series 4WE 6 JA are port T: pmax= 210 bar
E 5.211.0 /01.13
664
4WE 6 JA S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
6 = Nominal size 6
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
DO: M12x1 plug
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 32 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 33 W
Standard models
to DIN 24340-A6 / ISO 4401 4WE 6 JA S01-24DG /V 6086723
Pressure drop
Measured
20
at  = 36 mm²/s and toil = 45 °C
A-T
B-T
15 in Zero position
dp [bar]
10
A-T
5 P-B
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
250
Crossover 200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 6 JB
SYMBOL FEATURES

up to 60 l/min
in the series 4WE 6 JB are port T: pmax= 210 bar
E 5.240.1 /01.13
666
4WE 6 JB S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
6 = Nominal size 6
Free space for dismantling the plug)

Symbol

Series
Nominal voltage
DO: M12x1 plug
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 32 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 33 W
Standard models
to DIN 24340-A6 / ISO 4401 4WE 6 JB S01-12DG /V 6069331
4 WE 6 JB S01-24DG /V 6083680
Pressure drop
20
A-T
15 B-T
in zero possition
dp [bar]
10
A-T
B-T
5
P-A
P-B
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
250
200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 6 M
SYMBOL FEATURES

up to 80 l/min
in the series 4WE 6 M are directional port T: pmax= 210 bar
E 5.218.0 /01.13
668
4WE 6 M S01 - 24DG / V
Name
Nominal size
6 = Nominal size 6
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
DO: M12x1 plug
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 32 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 33 W
Standard models
to DIN 24340-A6 / ISO 4401 4WE 6 M S01-24DG /V 6086724
Pressure drop
25
20 P-A
P-B
in Zero position
15
dp [bar]
10
5 P-A
P-B
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

250
Crossover 200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 6 Q
SYMBOL FEATURES
A B

valves in the series 4WE 6 Q are port T: pmax= 210 bar
E 5.239.0 /01.13
670
4WE 6 Q S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
6 = Nominal size 6
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
DO: M12x1 plug
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 32 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 33 W
Standard models
to DIN 24340-A6 / ISO 4401 4WE 6 Q S01-24DG /V 6086725
Pressure drop
Flow cross-section in 0-Position

15 6% of nominal cross-section
dp [bar]
A-T
10 B-T
P-A
5 P-B
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
250
Crossover 200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 6 QA
SYMBOL FEATURES
A B

up to 60 l/min
in the series 4WE 6 QA are port T: pmax= 210 bar
E 5.239.1.0 /01.13
672
4WE 6 QA S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
6 = Nominal size 6
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
DO: M12x1 plug
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 32 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 33 W
Standard models
to DIN 24340-A6 / ISO 4401 4WE 6 QA S01-24DG /V 6086726
Pressure drop
Flow cross-section in 0-Position

15
6% of nominal cross-section
dp [bar]
A-T
10 B-T
P-B
5
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
250
Crossover 200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 6 Y
SYMBOL FEATURES

up to 80 l/min
FUNCTION -SPECIFICATIONS
in the series 4WE 6 Y are directional port T: pmax= 210 bar
E 5.240.2 /01.13
674
4WE 6 Y S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
6 = Nominal size 6

Symbol

Series
Nominal voltage
DO: M12x1 plug
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 32 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 33 W
Standard models
to DIN 24340-A6 / ISO 4401 4WE 6 Y S01-24DG /V 6078157
Pressure drop
20
15
P-A B-T
dp [bar]
in de-energized position
10
A-T P-B
5
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
250
200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 10 D
SYMBOL FEATURES

P T
up to 120 l/min - Manual override
up to 320 bar
in the series 4WE 10 D are port T: pmax= 210 bar
energised mode the control spool is Fluids: hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part1 and 2
held in the rest position by the return Viscosity range: 10 mm²/s up to 500 mm²/s is recommended
spring. The actuation of the control Filtration: Class 20/18/15 according to
spool occurs via an oil- immersed ISO 4406 or cleaner
solenoid. The solenoid pushes the Max. switching frequency: 15.000/h
control spool from is rest position to MTTFd: 150 years
is final position. This opens the Installation: no orientation restrictions
required flow paths according to the Manual override: up to approx. 50 bar tank pressure possible
symbol. When the solenoid is de- Seal materials: Standard FKM
energised, the control spool is Weight: 4,3 kg
pushed back to the rest position by
the return spring. A manual override Electrics
permits the valve to be switched Type of voltage: DC voltage
without energizing the solenoid. Voltage tolerance: ±10%
Nominal power: 42W (12V / 2,9A) or 48W (24V / 2,0A)
Switching time: Switch-on time (coil): 80ms up to 120ms
Switch-off time (spring): 70ms up to110ms
Switch-on time (coil with rectifier):
90 ms up to 130 ms
Switch-off time (spring):160ms up to 200ms
E 5.219.0 /01.13
676
4WE 10 D S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
10 = Nominal size 10
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 42 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 42 W
INTERFACE Standard models

to DIN 24340-A10 / ISO 4401 / ISO4401
Name Part No.
A-side B-side 4WE 10 D S01–12DG /V 6063149
4WE 10 D S01–24DG /V 6063155
Pressure drop
20
Additional 15
Tankport -
if needed.
dp [bar]
10
P- A A-T
P- B B-T
5
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
Torque: 10 + 1 Nm
Operating limits
Female connector and mounting screws (4 pcs.) must be Measured at  = 36 mm²/s and toil = 45 °C
350
ordered separately.
300
Crossover 250
200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 10 D-OF
SYMBOL FEATURES
A B

up to 120 l/min
- Manual override
up to 320 bar
in the series 4WE 10 D-OF are port T: pmax= 210 bar
close flow paths. The 4WE 6 D-OF Ambient temperature range: min. –20°C up to max. +55°C
is a directional valve with two spool Fluids: hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part1 and 2
positions, two solenoids and one Viscosity range: 10 mm²/s up to 500 mm²/s is recommended
detent. It alternately locks the two Filtration: Class 20/18/15 according to
spools in position. Therefore the ISO 4406 or cleaner
solenoid needs not to be Max. switching frequency: 15.000/h
permanently energized. MTTFd: 150 years
Manual override: up to approx. 50 bar tank pressure possible
Seal materials: Standard FKM
Weight: 5,8 kg
Electrics
90 ms up to 130 ms
E 5.243.0 /01.13
678
4WE 10 D-OF S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
Symbol
(-OF = Special type with detent)
Series
Nominal voltage
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 42 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 42 W

to DIN 24340-A10 / ISO 4401 / ISO4401
Name Part No.
A-side B-side 4WE 10 D-OF S01–24DG /V 6083734
Pressure drop
20
Additional
15
Tankport -
if needed.
dp [bar]
10
P-B
5
A-T
B-T
0
Mounting screws: M6 x 40 DIN 912-10.9 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
Torque: 10 + 1 Nm
Operating limits
350
ordered separately.
300
Crossover 250
200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 10 E
SYMBOL FEATURES

HYDAC 4/3 directional spool valves in Operating pressure: port A,B,P: pmax= 320 bar
the series 4WE 10 E are directional port T: pmax= 210 bar
valves for oil- hydraulic systems, which Nominal Flow: max. 120 l/min
serve to open and close flow paths. In Media operating temp. range: min. –20°C up to max. +80°C
the de- energised mode the control Ambient temperature range: min. –20°C up to max. +55°C
spool is held in the rest position by the Fluids: hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part1 and 2
return spring. The actuation of the Viscosity range: 10 mm²/s up to 500 mm²/s is recommended
control spool occurs via an oil- Filtration: Class 20/18/15 according to
immersed solenoid. The solenoid ISO 4406 or cleaner
pushes the control spool from is rest Max. switching frequency: 15.000/h
position to is final position. This opens MTTFd: 150 years
the required flow paths according to the Installation: no orientation restrictions
symbol. When the solenoid is de- Manual override: up to approx. 50 bar tank pressure possible
energised, the control spool is pushed Seal materials: Standard FKM
back to the rest position by the return Weight: 5,8 kg
spring. A manual override permits the
valve to be switched without energizing Electrics
the solenoid. Type of voltage: DC voltage
90 ms up to 130 ms
Switch-off time (spring): 160ms up to 200ms
E 5.220.0 /01.13
680
4WE 10 E S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 42 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 42 W

to DIN 24340-A10 / ISO 4401 / ISO4401
Name Part No.
A-side B-side 4WE 10 E S01–12DG /V 6063151
4WE 10 E S01–24DG /V 6063157
Pressure drop
20
Additional 15
Tankport -
dp [bar]
if needed. P- A
10 P- B
5
A-T
B-T
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
Torque: 10 + 1 Nm
Operating limits
350
ordered separately.
300
Crossover 250
200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 10 EA
SYMBOL FEATURES

P T
up to 320 bar
in the series 4WE 10 EA are port T: pmax= 210 bar
90 ms up to 130 ms
E 5.221.0 /01.13
682
4WE 10 EA S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 42 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 42 W

to DIN 24340-A10 / ISO 4401 / ISO4401
Name Part No.
A-side B-side 4WE 10 EA S01–12DG /V 6063150
4WE 10 EA S01–24DG /V 6063156
Pressure drop
20
Additional 15
Tankport -
if needed.
dp [bar]
10 A-T
P-B
5
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
Torque: 10 + 1 Nm
Operating limits
350
ordered separately.
300
Crossover 250
200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 10 G
SYMBOL FEATURES

the series 4WE 10 G are directional port T: pmax= 210 bar
90 ms up to 130 ms
E 5.222.0 /01.13
684
4WE 10 G S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 42 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 42 W

to DIN 24340-A10 / ISO 4401 / ISO4401
Name Part No.
A-side B-side
4WE 10 G S01–12DG /V 6063152
4WE 10 G S01–24DG /V 6063158
Pressure drop
20
Additional 15
Tankport -
B -T
if needed.
dp [bar]
P -T
10
5 P- A
P- B
A- T
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
Torque: 10 + 1 Nm
Operating limits
350
ordered separately.
300
Crossover 250
200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 10 GA
SYMBOL FEATURES
A B

up to 320 bar
in the series 4WE 10 GA are port T: pmax= 210 bar
90 ms up to 130 ms
Switch-off time (spring):160ms up to 200 ms
E 5.244.0 /01.13
686
4WE 10 GA S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 42 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 42 W
INTERFACE Standard Models

to DIN 24340-A10 / ISO 4401 / ISO4401
Name Part No.
A-side B-side 4WE 10 GA S01–24DG /N 6082086
Pressure drop
20
Additional 15
Tankport - B-T
if needed.
dp [bar]
P -T
10
5 P- A
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
Torque: 10 + 1 Nm
Operating limits
300
Crossover 250
200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 10 H
SYMBOL FEATURES

the series 4WE 10 H are directional port T: pmax= 210 bar
90 ms up to 130 ms
E 5.223.0 /01.13
688
4WE 10 H S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 42 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 42 W

to DIN 24340-A10 / ISO 4401 / ISO4401
Name Part No.
A-side B-side 4WE 10 H S01–12DG /V 6063153
4WE 10 H S01–24DG /V 6063161
Pressure drop
20
P- T
Additional
15 A- T
Tankport -
if needed. B- T
dp [bar]
10 P- A
P- B
in Zero
position
5
P- A
P- B
0
Q [l/min]
Torque: 10 + 1 Nm
Operating limits
300
Crossover 250
200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 10 HA
SYMBOL FEATURES

P T
up to 320 bar
in the series 4WE 10 HA are port T: pmax= 210 bar
90 ms up to 130 ms
E 5.242.0 /01.13
690
4WE 10 HA S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 42 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 42 W

to DIN 24340-A10 / ISO 4401 / ISO4401
Name Part No.
A-side B-side 4WE 10 HA S01–24DG /V 6071730
Pressure drop
20
P- T
Additional 15 A- T
Tankport - B- T
if needed.
dp [bar]
10 P- A
P- B
in Zero
position
5
P- A
0 P- B

Q [l/min]
Torque: 10 + 1 Nm
Operating limits
300
Crossover 250
200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 10 J
SYMBOL FEATURES
A B

the series 4WE 10 J are directional port T: pmax= 210 bar
90 ms up to 130 ms
E 5.224.0 /01.13
692
4WE 10 J S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 42 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 42 W

to DIN 24340-A10 / ISO 4401 / ISO4401
Name Part No.
A-side B-side 4WE 10 J S01–12DG /V 6063154
4WE 10 J S01–24DG /V 6063163
Pressure drop
20
P- A
Additional 15 P- B
Tankport -
if needed. A- T
dp [bar]
10 B- T
in Zero
position
5
A- T
B- T
0
Q [l/min]
Torque: 10 + 1 Nm
Operating limits
300
Crossover 250
200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 10 JA
SYMBOL FEATURES

P T
up to 320 bar
in the series 4WE 10 JA are port T: pmax= 210 bar
90 ms up to 130 ms
E 5.224.1.0 /01.13
694
4WE 10 JA S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 42 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 42 W

to DIN 24340-A10 / ISO 4401 / ISO4401
Name Part No.
A-side B-side
4WE 10 JA S01-24DG/V 6080115
Pressure drop
20
P- A
Additional 15 P- B
Tankport -
if needed. A- T
dp [bar]
B- T
10 in Zero
position
5
A- T
B- T
0
Q [l/min]
Torque: 10 + 1 Nm
Operating limits
300
Crossover 250
200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 10 JB
SYMBOL FEATURES

up to 320 bar
in the series 4WE 10 JB are port T: pmax= 210 bar
90 ms up to 130 ms
E 5.244.1 /01.13
696
4WE 10 JB S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 42 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 42 W

to DIN 24340-A10 / ISO 4401 / ISO4401
Name Part No.
A-side B-side
4WE 10 JB S01-24DG/V 6083490
Pressure drop
20
P- A
Additional 15 P- B
Tankport -
if needed.
dp [bar]
A- T
10 B- T
in de-energized
mode
5
A- T
B- T
0
Q [l/min]
Torque: 10 + 1 Nm
Operating limits
300
250
200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 10 Q
SYMBOL FEATURES

up to 120 l/min
- Manual override
up to 320 bar
the series 4WE 10 Q are directional port T: pmax= 210 bar
90 ms up to 130 ms
E 5.241.0 /01.13
698
4WE 10 Q S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 42 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 42 W

to DIN 24340-A10 / ISO 4401 / ISO4401
Name Part No.
A-side B-side 4WE 10 Q S01–24DG /V 6086727
Pressure drop
20
Additional 15
Tankport -
dp [bar]
if needed.
P- A
10
P- B
5
A-T
B-T
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
Torque: 10 + 1 Nm
Operating limits
300
Crossover 250
200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 10 QA
SYMBOL FEATURES

up to 320 bar
in the series 4WE 10 QA are port T: pmax= 210 bar
90 ms up to 130 ms
E 5.241.0 /01.13
700
4WE 10 QA S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 42 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 42 W

to DIN 24340-A10 / ISO 4401 / ISO4401
Name Part No.
A-side B-side 4WE 10 QA S01–24DG /V 6086728
Pressure drop
20
Additional 15
Tankport -
if needed.
dp [bar]
10
P-B
5
A-T
B-T
0
Q [l/min]
Torque: 10 + 1 Nm
Operating limits
300
Crossover 250
200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4 WE 10 Y
SYMBOL FEATURES

up to 320 bar
in the series 4WE 10 Y are port T: pmax= 210 bar
90 ms up to 130 ms
E 5.244.2 /01.13
702
4WE 10 Y S01 - 12DG / V
Name
Nominal size
Symbol
Series
Nominal voltage
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
M12 coil
110 V – 50/60 Hz 96 V 42 W
230 V – 50/60 Hz 205 V 42 W

to DIN 24340-A10 / ISO 4401 / ISO4401
Name Part No.
A-side B-side 4WE 10 Y S01–12DG /V 6063149
4WE 10 Y S01–24DG /V 6063155
Pressure drop
20
Additional 15
Tankport -
if needed.
dp [bar]
10
P- A A-T
P- B B-T
5
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
Torque: 10 + 1 Nm
Operating limits
300
250
200
p [bar]
150
100
50
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Q [l/min]
NOTE
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
Directional valve lever operated
4/2 and 4/3
plate mounted
4WMH 6
SYMBOL FEATURES
4/3 with spring / with detent - INTERFACE to ISO 4401-03, NW 6
- Types with different piston types
E - Types with two or three positions, with retaining spring or
mechanical detent
H - Casted-iron valve body with high stability and low pressure drop
- Position of the lever could be adapted to different applications
J by turning through 180°
- hand lever position left = P-B-A-T, lever position right = P-A-B-T
G
(more symbols see next page)
SPECIFICATIONS
4/2 with spring / with detent: Operating pressure at P, A, B: max. 350 bar
Operating pressure at T: max. 210 bar
Nominal Flow: max. 75 l/min
EA Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part 1 and 2
Temperature range of operating fluid: -20°C up to max. +80°C
Ambient temperature range: -20°C up to max. +50°C
D Viscosity range: 10 – 400 mm²/s is recommended
ISO4406 or cleaner
Weight: 2,1kg
up to 75 l/min
up to 350 bar
FUNCTION
E 5.227.4.0 /01.13
704
Standard Models Part No. MODEL CODE
4WMH 6 E 01/V 3659975 4WMH 6 D –F 01 / V
4WMH 6 J 01/V 3591057
4WMH 6 H 01/V 3661283 Name and NW
4WMH 6 E-F 01/V 3587851 Directional valve lever operated NW 6
4WMH 6 J-F 01/V 3587852
Control function
D = Symbol
DIMENSIONS
Type
Omission = spring detent
F = without spring, with detent
Series
01 = Standard
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop Δp/Q
P→A P→B A→T B→T
Symbole DIAGRAMMKENNLINIEN
E 4/3 2 2 3 3
Attention: the 4/3 directional valve
H 4/3 1 1 3 3
Is on the picture: the lever of the
4/2 valve only does half stroke! J 4/3 3 3 1 1
1) Fixing plate with O-rings: G 4/3 5 5 5 5
4x O-Ring 9,25 x 1,78 FKM EA 4/2 2 2 2 2
90 Shore D 4/2 2 2 2 2
2) Hand lever, 180° turnable
Fixing screws:
4 p.hexagon nut M5x30-12.9
Torque: up to 8 Nm + 0,5
All measures in mm.
Fixing elements are not in
the scope of supply. P-A P-B
E 4/3 1 1
H 4/3 1 1
J 4/3 2 2
Fixing plate to ISO 4401-03-02-0-05 G 4/3 3 3
EA 4/2 1 1
D 4/2 1 1
NOTE
The information in this brochure
relates to the operating conditions
HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH and applications described.
Justus-von-Liebig-Str. 5 For applications or operating
66280 Sulzbach / Saar conditions not described, please
Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0 contact the relevant technical
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
Directional valve lever operated
4/2 and 4/3
plate mounted
4WMH 10
SYMBOL FEATURES
4/3 with spring / with detent - INTERFACE to ISO 4401-05, NW 10
- Types with different piston types
E - Types with two or three positions, with retaining spring or
mechanical detent
H - Casted-iron valve body with high stability and low pressure drop
- external leakage line Y serial mounted (has to be used
J if the pressure in the backline T is higher than 25 bar)
- hand lever position left = P-B-A-T, lever position right = P-A-B-T
G
(more symbols see next page,
with explanation)
4/2 with spring / with detent: SPECIFICATIONS

Operating pressure at P, A, B: max. 320 bar
Operating pressure at T: max. 25 bar
EA (operating pressure at T with external
leakage line Y max. 320 bar)
D Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part 1 and
2Temperature range of operating fluid: - 20°C up to max. +80°C
up to 150 l/min Viscosity range: 10 – 400 mm²/s is recommended
up to 320 bar Filtration: Class 20/18/15 according to
ISO4406 or cleaner
Weight: 4,2 kg
FUNCTION
E 5.227.5.0 /01.13
706
Standard Models Part No. MODEL CODE
4WMH 10 E 01/V nn 4WMH 10 D –F 01 / V
4WMH 10 J 01/V 3571988
4WMH 10 E-F 01/V 3613643 Name and NW
Directional valve lever operated NW 6
Control function
D = Symbol
DIMENSIONS
Type
Omission = spring detent
F = without spring, with detent
Series
01 = Standard
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop Δp/Q
Attention: 4/3 directional valve is on Measured at  = 36 mm²/s and toil = 50 °C
the picture: the lever of the 4/2 valve
only does half stroke!
1) Fixing plate with O-rings: P→A P→B A→T B→T
5x O-Ring 12,42 x 1,78 FKM Symbole DIAGRAMMKENNLINIEN
90 Shore E 4/3 2 2 1 1
1x O-Ring 9,25 x 1,78 FKM H 4/3 3 3 1 1
90 Shore J 4/3 3 3 2 2
2) Hand lever
G 4/3 1 1 2 2
Fixing screws:4 p. hexagon nut EA 4/2 3 3 2 2
M6x40-12.9 D 4/2 3 3 2 2
Torque: up to 14 Nm + 0,5
All measures in mm.

Fixing elements are not in
the scope of supply.
P-A P-B
E 4/3 1 1
H 4/3 1 1
Fixing plate to ISO 4401-05-02-0-05 J 4/3 3 3
G 4/3 2 2
EA 4/2 1 1
D 4/2 1 1
Port „Y“ for

External
leakage line
(facultative)
Port „T“
(facultative)
To be used
if P(T) > 25
bar
NOTE
HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH and applications described.
Justus-von-Liebig-Str. 5 For applications or operating
66280 Sulzbach / Saar conditions not described, please
Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0 contact the relevant technical
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598 department.
4/3-Directional control valve
Hydraulically operated
Optional with diversion plate,
or pilot valve
4WH E 10
SYMBOL FEATURES
A B - Electro-hydraulically operated with pilot valve NW6
E or hydraulically operated with diversion plate
ax by
P T
- Flows up to 150l/min
A B - Internal or external ported pilot supply and drain line selectable
by internal plug setting
ax by
H P T
- Attention: Pilot valve, diversion plate and fixing screws are not in the
A B scope of delivery
J ax by
P T
SPECIFICATIONS
G Operating pressure: max. 320 bar
Flow rate symbols E, H, J: max. 150 l/min at 210 bar
(120 l/min at 320 bar)
Symbol G: max. 120 l/min at 210 bar
up to 150 l/min (100 l/min at 320 bar)
max. 150 l/min
up to 320 bar Pilot pressure: min. 5 up to max. 210 bar
Pressure on T line: max. 140 bar
(with internal drain)
FUNCTION Pressure on T line: max. 250 bar
(with external drain)
Fluids: Hydraulic oil according to
DIN 51524 part 1 and 2
Media operating temp. range: -20°C up to max. +80°C
Ambient temp. range: -20°C up to max. +50°C
Viscosity range: 10 – 400 mm²/s is recommended
Weight: 6,6 kg without pilot valve and short-circuit
subplate
E 5.249.12.0 /01.13
708
Example for assembled PERFORMANCE
pilot valve Measured at  = 33 mm²/s and Toil = 46° C
4/2 directional valve

with spring offset Type 4WEH 10, 16
A B
ax by Main
stage
P T
A B Pilot D
(rotated
a b
assembly)
P P T T
A B
Main
a b Valve
plus pilot
X P T Y
X = extern Y = extern
4/3 directional valve Curves

spring centered Type 4WEH 10, 16 Symbol Piston position Ports
P -> A P -> B A -> T B -> T P -> T
A B E not operated
operated 1 1 2 3
Main H not operated *6
ax
0 by stage operated 5 5 2 4
P T
J not operated 1 1
operated 1 1 1 4
A B Pilot J G not operated 6
(rotated operated 6 6 3 5
a b
assembly) Q not operated
P P T T operated 1 1 2 2
EA not operated
operated - 1 2 -
Main
HA not operated *6
Valve
operated - 5 2 -
plus pilot JA not operated 1 1
operated - 1 1 -
GA not operated 6
X = extern Y = extern operated 6 - - 5
QA not operated
operated - 1 2 -
4/2 directional valve D not operated 1 - - 3
with spring offset Type 4WEH 10, 16 operated - 1 4 -
D/OF operated 1 1 4 3
A B
* A-B blocked B blocked A blocked
Main
ax by
0 stage
Sectional View
P T
(plugs M5 x 6 placed)
Pilot JA
A B Valve type Plug setting
(rotated
X Y
a b
assembly) Internal pilot supply and no plug plug
external drain
P P T T
A B Main I Internal pilot supply and no plug no plug

Valve drain
a 0 b plus pilot
external pilot supply and plug plug
drain
X P T Y
X = extern Y = extern EI external pilot supply and plug no plug
internal drain
P 709
Standard models Part-no. MODEL CODE
4 WHE 10 E S01/V 3492056 4WH E 10 E S01 / V /U
4 WHE 10 J S01/V 3492059 Name
4/3 directional control valve
4 WHE 10 G S01/V 3492060
4 WHE 10 H S01/V 3492061 Pilot supply and drain
E = External Pilot supply and drain
4 WHE 10 E S01/N 3492062
4 WHE 10 J S01/N 3492063
Nominal size
4 WHE 10 G S01/N 3492064 10 = NW 10
4 WHE 10 H S01/N 3492065
Other models on request Symbol for main stage
Available symbols: E, J, G, H (others on request)
Diversion plates (see accessory equipment)
Type
UP-6-PATB-S01/1/V 3581661
S01 = Standard
UP-6-PBTA-S01/1/V 3581663 S02 = ISO 4401 pattern (on request)
Seals
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
DIMENSIONS Option
(with diversion plate) no option = without diversion plate (Standard)
U = with diversion plate PATB, fixing screws included
Fixing screws:
4 pcs. M6 x 50 DIN 912
Torque 14 + 1 Nm for 12.9
or 8 Nm for 8.8.
Hole pattern and seals:
5 pcs. O-Ring 12,42 x 1,78 - 90Sh
2 pcs. O-Ring 9,25 x 1,78 - 90Sh
Plugs and fastening screws are not in
the scope of supply.
Hole pattern CETOP 4.2-4 P05-320 Hole pattern according ISO 4401-05-04-0-05 (S02)
72 min.
Ø11,2 max. M6
6,3±0,2
11±0,2
8±0,1
Ø6,3
21,4±0,2
32,5±0,2
X P Y
58 min.
46 ±0,1
A B Annotation
T T brochure are relating to the operating
conditions and applications.
At deviant applications and/or
3,2±0,2 operating conditions please contact
16,7±0,2 the technical dept.
27±0,2
Technical information are
37,3±0,2
50,8±0,2
54±0,1
62±0,1 66280 Sulzbach / Saar
Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
710 Email: flutec@hydac.com
711
or pilot valve
4WH E 16
SYMBOL FEATURES
A B - Pattern according to DIN 24340, ISO 4401
E ax by - Hydraulically operated directional valve
P T - Electro-hydraulically operated by pilot valve NW6
A B or hydraulically operated with diversion plate
ax by - Flows up to 300l/min
H P T - Internal or external ported pilot supply and drain line selectable
A B by internal plug setting
J ax by
- Attention: Pilot valve, diversion plate and fixing screws are not in the
P T scope of delivery
G
SPECIFICATIONS
Flow rate symbols E, H, J: max. 300 l/min at 320 bar
up to 320 bar Symbol G: max. 150 l/min at 320 bar
up to 300 l/min Pilot pressure: min. 12 up to max. 280 bar
FUNCTION (with internal drain)
Weight: 6,6 kg without pilot valve and diversion plate
E 5.225.0 /01.13
712

A B
ax by Main
stage Piston type / Curves
P T
A B Pilot D
(rotated
a b
assembly)
P P T T
A B
Main
a b Valve
plus pilot
X P T Y
X =external Y =external

spring centered Type 4WEH 10, 16
A B
Main
ax
0 by stage
P T
A B Pilot J
(rotated
a b
assembly)
P P T T
Main
Valve
plus pilot

with spring offset Type 4WEH 10, 16 Q (l/min)
A B
Main
ax by
0 stage Piston
P T
Pilot JA
A B
(rotated
assembly) Valve type Plug setting
a b Sectional View
X Y (plugs M6 x 8 placed)
P P T T Internal pilot supply and no plug plug
A B Main external drain
Valve
a 0 b plus pilot
I Internal pilot supply and no plug no plug
drain

X P T Y
X =external Y =external drain
EI external pilot supply and plug no plug

internal drain 713
4WH E 16 E S01 /V 6079049 4WH E 16 E S01 / V /U
4WH E 16 H S01 /V 3571991 Name
4/3-directional control valve
4WH E 16 J S01 /V 6079050
4WH E 16 G S01 /V 6083975 Pilot supply and drain
Other models on request E = Control fluid inlet and outlet external
Nominal size
16 = NW 16
Symbol for main stage

Available symbols: E, J, G, H
Type
UP-6-PATB-S01/1/V 3581661
S01 = Standard
UP-6-PBTA-S01/1/V 3581663
Seals
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
Option
DIMENSIONS (with diversion plate) U = with diversion plate PATB and Mounting screws
Omission = without diversion plate (Standard)
Mounting Screws: 4x M10 x 60 DIN 912

2x M6 x 50 DIN 912
Torque: M10 x 60: 67 + 3 Nm for 12.9 or 40 Nm for 8.8
M6 x 50: 14 + 2 Nm for 12.9 or 8 Nm for 8.8
Seals: 4x 22,22 x 2,62 – 90 Sh
2x 10,82 x 1,78 – 90 Sh

Plugs and fastening screws are not in the scope of supply.
HOLE Pattern according to ISO 4401-07
Do not design port

L for standard
valves, no sealing
on valve side!
Annotation
operating conditions please contact
the technical dept.

66280 Sulzbach / Saar
Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
715
or pilot valve
4WH E 25
SYMBOL FEATURES
A B - Pattern according ISO 4401
E ax by
- Hydraulically operated directional valve
P T - Electro-hydraulically operated with pilot valve NW6
H - Flow up to 600l/min
ax by
P T
- Internal or external ported pilot supply and drain line selectable
J - Attention: Pilot valve, diversion plate and fixing screws are not in the
ax by
P T
scope of delivery
G
SPECIFICATIONS
up to 320 bar Symbols E, H, J max. 600 l/min at 210 bar
up to 600 l/min (500 l/min at 320 bar)
Symbol G: max. 500 l/min at 210 bar
FUNCTION Pilot pressure: min. 5 up to max. 210 bar
Weight: 13,6 kg without pilot valve and short-circuit
subplate
E 5.226.0 /01.13
716

NW25
Main
stage
Pilot D
A B
Main
b a Valve
plus Pilot
X P T Y

spring centered Type 4WEH 25 , 32
Main
stage
Pilot J
A B
b 0 a Main
Valve
X P T Y plus Pilot

Sectional view
Valve type Plug setting
(Plugs M6 x 8 placed)
X Y
Internal pilot supply and no plug plug
Main external drain
stage
drain
Pilot JA external pilot supply and plug plug

drain
A B EI external pilot supply and plug no plug

internal drain
b 0 a
Main
Valve
plus Pilot
X P T Y
717
4WH E 25 E S01 /V 6079051 4WH E 25 E S01 / V /U
4WH E 25 H S01 /V 3641081 Name
4WH E 25 J S01 /V 6079052
Nominal size
25 = NW 25

Available Symbols: E, J, G, H
Type
UP-6-PATB-S01/1/V 3581661
S01 = Standard
UP-6-PBTA-S01/1/V 3581663
Seals
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
DIMENSIONS Option
(with diversion plate) U = with diversion plate PATB and Mounting screws
Mounting Screws: 6x M12 x 60 DIN 912

Torque: 115 + 5 Nm for 12.9 or 64 Nm for 8.8
Seals: 4x O-Ring 29,82 x 2,62 – 90 Sh
2x O-Ring 20,24 x 2,62 – 90 Sh

Hole pattern according to ISO 4401-08

Do not design port
L for standard
valves, no sealing
on valve side!
Annotation
the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
719
or pilot valve
4WH E 32
SYMBOL FEATURES
A B - Pattern according DIN 24340, ISO 4401
E - Hydraulically operated directional valve
ax by
- Electro-hydraulically operated with pilot valve NW6
P T
H - Flow up to 1100l/min
ax by
- Internal or external ported pilot supply and drain line selectable
P T
J - Attention: Pilot valve, diversion plate and fixing screws are not in the
ax by scope of delivery
P T
G
SPECIFICATIONS
up to 350 bar Operating pressure: max. 350 bar
up to 1100 l/min Flow rate: max. 1100 l/min
Control pressure: min. 12 up to max. 280 bar
FUNCTION (with internal drain)
Weight: 48 kg without pilot valve and short-circuit
subplate
E 5.227.0 /01.13
720

Main
stage
Pilot D
A B
Main
b a Valve
plus Pilot
X P T Y

spring centered Type 4WEH 25 , 32
Main
stage
Pilot J
A B
b 0 a Main
Valve
X P T Y plus Pilot

Valve type Plug setting Sectional view
X Y (Plugs M 6 x 8 placed)
Internal pilot supply and no plug plug
Main external drain
stage
drain

Pilot JA
drain
A B EI external pilot supply and plug no plug

internal drain
b 0 a
Main
Valve
plus Pilot
X P T Y
721
4WH E 32 E S01 /V 6079053 4WH E 32 E S01 / V /U
4WH E 32 H S01 /V 3641337 Name
4WH E 32 J S01 /V 6079054
Nominal size
32 = NW 32

Available symbols: E, J, G, H
Type
UP-6-PATB-S01/1/V 3581661
S01 = Standard
UP-6-PBTA-S01/1/V 3581663
Seals
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
DIMENSIONS Option
(with diversion plate) U = with diversion plate PATB and Mounting screws
Fixing screws: 6x M20 x 70 DIN 912

Torque: 560 + 20 Nm for 12.9 or 330 Nm for 8.8
Seals: 4x O-Ring 37,59 x 3,53 – 90 Sh
2x O-Ring 20.24 x 2,62 – 90 Sh
Hole pattern according ISO 4401-10-09-0-05
Annotation
the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
723
electro-hydraulically operated
4WEH I 10 / 4WEH EI 10
SYMBOL FEATURES
- Electro-hydraulically operated by pilot valve NW6
- Flows up to 150l/min
E a b
- Internal or external pilot supply and drain line selectable
H a b
A B
SPECIFICATIONS
J a b
Nominal pressure: max. 320 bar
P T Flow-rate:
Symbols E, H, J, EA, max. 150 l/min at 210 bar
Q, D, D-OF (120 l/min at 320 bar)
G a b Symbol G: max. 120 l/min at 210 bar
Pressure in line T: max. 140 bar
EA a (with internal drain)
D a Fluids: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part 1 and 2
D-OF a b Filtration: ISO 4406 class 20/18/15
or better
up to 150 l/min
up to 320 bar Weight: 8,6 kg incl. pilot valve with 2 coils
8,1 kg incl. pilot vlave with 1 coil
Electrics
FUNCTION Type of voltage: DC
Nominal power: 30W (12V / 2,5A) resp. 32W (24V /1,33A)
Switch-on time: Main stage: 50 ms up to 60 ms
Switch-off time: Main stage: 40 ms up to 50 ms
(Control pressure 100bar)
Electrical connection: plug according to DIN 43650
IP rating: IP 65 nach EN 60529; DIN 40050
with correctly fitted connector
E 5.249.13.0 /01.13
724
Example for the assembly PERFORMANCE
with pilot valve (optional) Measured at  = 33 mm²/s and Toil = 46° C

A B
ax by Main
stage
P T
A B Pilot D
(rotated
a b
assembly)
P P T T
A B
Main
a b Valve
plus pilot
X P T Y
4/3 directional valve Symbol Piston position Ports

spring centered Type 4WEH 10, 16 P -> A P -> B A -> T B -> T P -> T
E not operated
A B operated 1 1 2 3
ax operated 5 5 2 4
0 by stage
P T
operated 1 1 1 4
G not operated 6
A B Pilot J operated 6 6 3 5
(rotated Q not operated
a b
assembly) operated 1 1 2 2
P P T T EA not operated
operated - 1 2 -
Main HA not operated *6
Valve operated - 5 2 -
JA not operated 1 1
plus pilot
operated - 1 1 -
GA not operated 6
operated 6 - - 5
X =external Y =external QA not operated
operated - 1 2 -
4/2 directional valve D not operated 1 - - 3
operated - 1 4 -
* A-B blocked B blocked A blocked
A B
Main
ax by
0 stage
P T
Pilot JA
Valve type Plug setting Cross section for plug setting
A B X Y
(rotated
assembly) IE Internal pilot supply and no plug plug
a b external drain
P P T T
A B Main drain
Valve
a 0 b plus pilot E External pilot supply and plug plug
drain
X P T Y EI External pilot supply and plug no plug

X =external Y =external internal drain
(plug M5x6)
725
Models on request Part no. MODEL CODE
4WEH I 10 E S01-24DG/V 3604886 4WEH I 10 E S01 –24DG / V
Name
4WEH I 10 J S01-24DG/V 3604887
4/2- resp. 4/3-directional spool valve
4WEH I 10 G S01-24DG/V 3604890 with pilot spool valve
4WEH I 10 H S01-24DG/V 3604888
4WEH I 10 D S01-24DG/V 3604892 Pilot supply and drain
4WEH I 10 EA S01-24DG/V 3604893 I = internal pilot supply and drain
EI = external pilot supply, internal drain
4WEH I 10 D-OF S01-24DG/V 3604894
E = external pilot supply and drain
Other types on request IE = internal pilot supply, external drain
Nominal size
10 = NW 10
Symbol
Available Symbols: E, J, G, H, Q, D, EA, D-OF
Types
S01 = Standard
So2 = Hole pattern 4401 (on request)
Nominal voltage and plug

12 = 12 Volt DC
24 = 24 Volt DC
DG: DIN plug according to EN 175301-803
DO: M12x1 plug
Seals
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
Electro-hydraulic pilot control
FUNCTION
HYDAC 4/2 und 4/3 directional valves for oil hydraulic

systems are to open and close flow paths. In de-energized
mode the main piston will be retained by a spring in the initial
position. An under oil switching magnet pushes the pilot piston
in its end position whereby the main piston – hydraulically
operated – moves to his end position.
Hereby the chosen flow paths will be enabled according to the
symbol of the valve. After switching-off the solenoid the pilot
piston will be pushed back in its initial position by the spring. A
manual override allow the switching of the pilot valve without
erection of the solenoid.
726
DIMENSIONS
4
3
2
1
Hole pattern
1) Manual override
2) Space for mounting the coil
3) Space for mounting the plugs
4) DIN plug (optional)
5) Mounting plate with O-rings
5x O-Ring 12,42 x 1,78 – 90 Sh
2x O-Ring 9,25 x 1,78 – 90 Sh
Fixing screws: 4x M6 x 35 DIN 912
Torque 14 +1 Nm for 12.9 or 8 Nm for 8.8

Fixing elements are not in the scope of supply .
Hole pattern to CETOP 4.2.4 P05-320 (So1) Hole pattern to ISO 4401-05-04-0-05 (S02)
72 min.
Ø11,2 max. M6
6,3±0,2
11±0,2
8±0,1
Ø6,3
21,4±0,2
32,5±0,2
X P Y
58 min.
46 ±0,1
A B Annotation
T T brochure are relating to the operating
3,2±0,2 operating conditions please contact
16,7±0,2 the technical dept.
27±0,2
37,3±0,2
50,8±0,2
54±0,1
62±0,1 66280 Sulzbach / Saar
Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
Email: flutec@hydac.com 727
SYMBOL FEATURES
E - Flows up to 300l/min
a b
H a b
A B
SPECIFICATIONS
J a b
P T Flow-rate: max. 300 l/min (P nach A, B, T)
G a b (with internal drain)
EA a
D a Filtration: ISO 4406 class 20/18/15
or better
Weight: 8,6 kg incl. pilot valve with 2 coils
8,1 kg with pilot valve with 1 coil
D-OF a b
Electrics
up to 300 l/min Type of voltage: DC
up to 320 bar Voltage tolerance: ±10%
Switch-off time: Main stage: 30 ms up to 60 ms
FUNCTION (Control pressure 100bar)
E 5.227.1.0 /01.13
728

A B
ax by Main
stage
P T
A B Pilot D
(rotated
a b
assembly)
P P T T
A B
Main
a b Valve
plus pilot
X P T Y

Symbol piston position Ports
spring centered Type 4WEH 10, 16
P -> A P -> B A -> T B -> T
E not operated
A B
operated 1 1 3 4
Main H not operated
ax
0 by stage operated 1 1 4 4
P T J not operated
operated 1 1 4 4
A B Pilot J G not operated
operated 2 2 4 5
(rotated
a b Q not operated
assembly)
operated 1 1 3 4
P P T T
EA not operated
operated - 1 3 -
Main HA not operated
plus pilot JA not operated
operated - 1 4 -
GA not operated
X =external Y =external operated 2 - - 5
D not operated
operated 1 1 3 4
4/2 directional valve D/OF operated 1 1 3 4
A B
Main
ax by
stage Valve type Plug setting Cross section for plug setting
0
X Y
P T
IE Internal pilot supply and no plug plug
Pilot JA external drain
A B
(rotated
a b
assembly)
drain
P P T T
E External pilot supply and plug plug
A B Main drain
Valve
a 0 b plus pilot EI External pilot supply and plug no plug
internal drain
(X: plug M6x8 for external controls
X P T Y Y: plug M6x8 for external drain)

729
Standard models Part no. MODEL CODE
4WEH I 16 D S01 - 24DG/V 3640299 4WEH I 16 E S01 – 24DG / V
4WEH I 16 E S01 - 24DG/V 3640284 Name
4WEH I 16 G S01 - 24DG/V 3640274 with pilot spool valve
4WEH I 16 H S01 - 24DG/V 3640273
4WEH I 16 J S01 - 24DG/V 3640295 Pilot supply and drain
Other types on request I = internal pilot supply and drain
IE = internal pilot supply, external drain
Nominal size
16 = NW 16
Range
Symbol
Available Symbols: E, J, G, H, Q, QA, HA, GA,
JA, D, EA, D-OF
Types
S01 = Standard

12 = 12 Volt DC
24 = 24 Volt DC
DO: M12x1 plug
Seals
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR

Symbol PA PB
E 1 1 FUNCTION
H 1 1
HYDAC 4/2 und 4/3 directional valves for oil hydraulic systems
J 1 1 are to open and close flow paths. In de-energized mode the
G 2 2 main piston will be retained by a spring in the initial position.
Q 1 1 An under oil switching magnet pushes the pilot piston in its
D 1 1 end position whereby the main piston – hydraulically operated
– moves to his end position.
Flow loss of the valve in central position
Direction of flow
Curves
730
DIMENSIONS
5
4
3
2

2) Manual override
Fixing screws
4x M10 x 60 DIN 912
2x M6 x 50 DIN 912
O-rings hole pattern
4x O-Ring 22,22 x 2,62 – 90 Sh
2x O-Ring 10,82 x 1,78 – 90 Sh

Fixing elements are not in the scope of
supply .
Hole pattern to ISO 4401-07-06-0-05
Do not design port

L for standard
valves, no sealing
on valve side!
Annotation
the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
SYMBOL FEATURES
E - Flows up to 600l/min
SPECIFICATIONS
J Nominal pressure: max. 320 bar
Flow-rate:
Symbols E, H, J, EA, max. 600 l/min at 210 bar
Q, D, D-OF (500 l/min at 320 bar)
G Symbol G: max. 500 l/min at 210 bar
EA
D Fluids: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part 1 and 2
D-OF Filtration: ISO 4406 class 20/18/15
or better
Q Weight: 15,6 kg incl. pilot valve with 2 coils

15,1 kg incl. pilot valve with 1 coil
up to 600 l/min
Electrics
up to 320 bar Type of voltage: DC
FUNKTION Nominal power: 30W (12V / 2,5A) resp. 32W (24V /1,33A)
Main stage 40 ms up to 80 ms
(Control pressure 100bar)
E 5.227.2.0 /01.13
732

Main
stage
Pilot D
A B
Main
b a Valve
plus Pilot
X P T Y

spring centered Type 4WEH 25 , 32 Diagrams
P -> A P -> B A -> T B -> T P -> T
E not operated
operated 1 1 2 3
stage operated 2 2 1 2
operated 1 1 1 4
G not operated 5
Pilot J operated 6 6 3 4
Q not operated
operated 1 1 2 3
A B
EA not operated
b 0 operated - 1 2 -
a Main D/OF operated 1 1 4 3
Valve * A-B blocked B blocked A blocked
X P T Y plus Pilot

Valve type Plug setting Cross section for plug setting

Main X Y
stage
external drain

Pilot JA drain

A B drain
b 0 a
Main
Valve EI External pilot supply and plug no plug
internal drain
plus Pilot
X P T Y
(plug M6x8)
733
4WEH I 25 D S01-24DG/V 3640249 4WEH I 25 E S01 –24DG / V
Name
4WEH I 25 E S01-24DG/V 3640233
4WEH I 25 H S01-24DG/V 3640247
4WEH I 25 J S01-24DG/V 3640234 Pilot supply and drain
Nominal size
25 = NW 25
Symbol
Available Symbols:E, J, G, H, Q, D, EA, D-OF
Types
S01 = Standard

12 = 12 Volt DC
24 = 24 Volt DC
DO: M12x1 plug
Seals
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
FUNCTION
HYDAC 4/2 und 4/3 directional valves for oil hydraulic systems
are to open and close flow paths. In de-energized mode the
main piston will be retained by a spring in the initial position.
An under oil switching magnet pushes the pilot piston in its
end position whereby the main piston – hydraulically operated
– moves to his end position.
734
DIMENSIONS
4 3
2
1
5
1) Manual override
5x O-Ring 29,82 x 2,62 – 90 Sh
2x O-Ring 20,24 x 2,62 – 90 Sh
Fixing screws
6x M12 x 60 DIN 912

Fixing elements are not in the scope of supply.
Hole pattern to ISO4401-08-07-0-05

(CETOP 4.2-4-08-320)
Do not design port L

for standard valves, no
sealing on valve side!
Annotation
the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
SYMBOL FEATURES
E - Flows up to 1100 l/min
SPECIFICATIONS
J Nominal pressure: max. 320 bar
SYMBOL E, H, J, EA, HA, JA max. 1100 l/min at 100 bar
D, D-OF (700 l/min at 350 bar)
Symbol G, GA: max. 900 l/min at 100 bar
G (600 l/min at 350 bar)
EA Pressure in line T: max. 210 bar
D Media operating temp. range: -20°C up to max. +80°C
Filtration: ISO 4406 class 20/18/15
D-OF or better
Weight: 50 kg incl. pilot valve with 2 coils

up to 1100 l/min 49,5 kg incl. pilot valve with 1 coil
up to 320 bar
Electrics
Type of voltage: DC
FUNKTION
(Control pressure 100bar) Main stage: 40 ms up to 50 ms
E 5.227.3.0 /01.13
736

Main
stage
Pilot D
A B
Main
b a Valve
plus Pilot
X P T Y

spring centered Type 4WEH 25 , 32 Diagrams
P -> A P -> B A -> T B -> T
E not operated
operated 1 1 1 1
Main H not operated
stage operated 2 2 2 2
J not operated
operated 1 1 4 4
G not operated
Pilot J operated 2 2 2 2
EA not operated
operated - 1 1 -
A B
HA not operated
b 0 operated - 2 2 -
a Main JA not operated
X P T Y plus Pilot GA not operated
operated 2 - - 2
X =external Y =external D not operated
operated 1 1 1 1
Piston Curve
Main
stage
Pilot JA
A B
b 0 a
Main
Valve
plus Pilot
X P T Y
737
4WEH I 32 D S01-24DG/V 3640199 4WEH I 32 E S01 –24DG / V
4WEH I 32 E S01-24DG/V 3640183 Name
4WEH I 32 H S01-24DG/V 3640187
4WEH I 32 J S01-24DG/V 3640186 Pilot supply and drain
Nominal size
32 = NW 32
Symbol
Available Symbols:E, J, G, H, HA, GA, JA, D,
EA, D-OF
Types
S01 = Standard

12 = 12 Volt DC
24 = 24 Volt DC
DO: M12x1 plug
Seals
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
Cross section for plug setting Electro-hydraulic pilot control
FUNCTION
HYDAC 4/2 und 4/3 directional valves for oil hydraulic

systems are to open and close flow paths. In de-energized
mode the main piston will be retained by a spring in the initial
position. An under oil switching magnet pushes the pilot piston
in its end position whereby the main piston – hydraulically
operated – moves to his end position.
(plug M6 x 8)
Valve type Plug setting

X Y
external drain

drain

drain
EI External pilot supply and plug no plug

internal drain
738
DIMENSIONS
3
2

2) Manual override
Fixing screws
6x M20 x 70 DIN 912
O-rings Hole pattern
4x O-Ring 37,59 x 3,53 – 90 Sh
2x O-Ring 20,24 x 2,62 – 90 Sh

Fixing elements are not in the scope of supply.
Annotation
the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
pilot operated
Sandwich plate type
ZW-DB06
Pmax = 350 bar
Qmax = 75 l/min
SYMBOL FEATURES
ZW-DB06 PT ZW-DB06 AT - Hole pattern according to DIN 24340 Form A6, ISO 4401-03, nominal
size 06
- Pressure relief valve sandwich plate type with
single side relief function and drain to tank
- easy to assemble under body mounted spool valves according to DIN
24340 Form A6, ISO 4401 (use longer screws)
- type according to ISO 7790
ZW-DB06 BT - adjustable by tool
Types
- type PT: Pressure relief in P, Drain T
- type AT: Pressure relief in A, Drain T
- type BT: Pressure relief in B, Drain T
ZW-DB06 ABT - type ABT: Pressure relief in A-B (double), Drain T
- type AB: Pressure relief in B, Drain and relief in A, Drain in B
SPECIFICATIONS
ZW-DB06 AB Adjusting pressure ranges: up to 70, 140, 210, 350 bar
P1 T1 A1 B1
Fluids: hydraulic oil according to DIN 51524
Part 1 and 2
P2 T2 A2 B2 Ambient temperature range: -20°C up to max. +50°C
Function Viscosity range: 10 – 400 mm²/s is recommended
P1 T1
Weight: 1,4 kg incl. valve (AB, ABT = 2,1 kg)
PERFORMANCE
measured at  = 32mm²/s and Toil = 50° C
P2 T2
Pressure drop p-Q
Regulation 1 - controlled ports
(Types PT, AT, BT)
2 - controlled ports
(only AB, ABT)
3 - free ports
E 5.169.4 /01.13
740 ( Index 1 = valve side / Index 2 = sub plate side)

Standard models Part No. MODEL CODE
ZW-DB06-01-PT 350V-V 6074657 ZW-DB06 – 01 - PT – 140V – V
ZW-DB06-01-AT 350V-V 6074661 Name and nominal size
Pilot operated pressure relief valve
ZW-DB06-01-BT 350V-V 6074664 Sandwich plate type NW6
ZW-DB06-01-AB 350V-V 6074667
ZW-DB06-01-ABT 350V-V 6074670 Series
Other types on request 01 = Standard, phosphated
Types
- type ABT: Pressure relief in A-B (double), Drain T
- type AB: Pressure relief in A-B (double), Drain B/A
Pressure ranges
70 = 70 bar
140 = 140 bar
210 = 210 bar
350 = 350 bar
Seals
V = FKM (Standard)
Dimensions N = NBR
1 - Hex size 17
2 - Allen tool size 5
3 - O-Ring 9,25 x 1,78-90Sh FKM (4 pcs.)

Fixing elements are not in scope of
delivery.
Mounting plate according to ISO 4401-03
Annotation
and applications described.
For applications or operating
conditions not described, please
contact the relevant technical
department.

D - 66280 Sulzbach / Saar
Tel. 06897 / 509 -01
Fax 06897 / 509 -598
Email flutec@hydac.com 741
direct acting
Sandwich plate type
ZW-DM06
Pmax = 350 bar
Qmax = 50 l/min
SYMBOL FEATURES
ZW-DM06 PT - Hole pattern according to DIN 24340 Form A6, ISO 4401-03, nominal
size 06
P1 T1 A1 B1
- Pressure reducing valve sandwich plate type, normally open,
with pressure reducing function to the consumer
- adjustable by tool
P2 T2 A2 B2
ZW-DM06 PA
Types
P1 T1 A1 B1 - type PT: Pressure regulation in line P
- type PA: Pressure regulation in line A (Highest pressure in line B)
- type PB: Pressure regulation in line B (Highest pressure in line A)
P2 T2 A2 B2 SPECIFICATIONS
ZW-DM06 PB Pressure ranges: 3 – 35 bar, 10 – 70 bar
30 – 140 bar, 60 – 280 bar
P1 T1 A1 B1
Nominal flow: max. 50 l/min (in controlled lines)
max. 75 l/min (in free lines)
Fluids: hydraulic oil according to DIN 51524 Part 1 / 2
P2 T2 A2 B2
Function
P1 Weight: 1,4 kg incl. valve
PERFORMANCE
P2 Pressure drop p-Q
Pressure Differential p-Q P T P2  P1

P2  P1
A2  A1
B2  B1
E 5.169.3 /01.13
T2  T1

ZW-DM06-01-PT 280V- V 6074683 ZW-DM06 – 01 – PT – 280V - V
ZW-DM06-01-PA 280V- V 6074686 Name and nominal size
ZW-DM06-01-PB 280V- V 6074689 Sandwich plate type NW6
Series
01 = Standard, phosphated
Types
PT = Pressure regulation in line P
PA = Pressure regulation in line A
PB = Pressure regulation in line B
Pressure ranges
35 = 35 bar
70 = 70 bar
140 = 140 bar
280 = 280 bar
Adjustment option
Dimensions
Seals
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
1 - O-Ring 9,25 x 1,78-90Sh FKM (4 pcs.)

2 - Port for pressure gauge 1/4“ BSP
3 - Fixing screw, hex size 17

Fixing elements are not in scope of delivery.
Annotation
department.

Tel. 06897 / 509 -01
Fax 06897 / 509 -598
direct acting
Sandwich plate type
ZW-DW06
up to 350 bar
up to 40 l/min
SYMBOL FEATURES
PAB 33V - Hole pattern according to DIN 24340 Form A6, ISO 4401-03, NW 06
- 2-way upstream pressure compensator or 3-way pressure compensator
sandwich plate type
- keeping the pressure differential between port P and ports A and B constant
-combination in general with proportional directional valves
to achieve a flow regulation independent of pressure changes
- a built-in change-over valve controls the choice of the
control pressure in line A and B
PAB 4 und 8 - three versions available: Δp = 4 bar, Δp = 8 bar and adjustable Δp = 7-33 bar
4401
Types
- Type PAB: 2- way, adjustable
2- way, fixed
PTAB 33V - Type PTAB: 3- way, adjustable
3- way, fixed
SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure differential: Δp = 4 bar, Δp = 8 bar (fixed)
Δp = 7-33 bar adjustable
PTAB 4 und 8
Flow rate: max. 40 l/min
Hydraulic fluids: Hydraulic oil according to DIN 51524 Part 1
and 2
Weight: 1,5 kg incl. valves
FUNCTION
E 5.3199.7.0 /01.13
744
PERFORMANCE
2-way Pressure compensator upstream Pressure drop p =f (Q)
(measured at  = 36mm²/s and Toil = 50° C)
3-way Pressure compensator
Pressure drop p =f (Q)

(measured at  = 36mm²/s and Toil = 50° C)
Application example with proportional directional valve (flow control)
745
Standard Models Mat.-Nr. MODEL CODE
Types on request ZW-DW06 – 01 – PAB – 4 - V
Name
sandwich plate type NG6
Model range
01 = Standard
Types
PAB = 2-way upstream-Pressure Compensator
PTAB = 3-Wege Pressure Compensator
Pressure differential
4 = 4 bar
8 = 8 bar
33V = 7 - 33 bar adjustable
Seal material
DIMENSIONS V = FPM (Standard)
N = NBR
1) Mounting plate with O-ring

4x 9.25 x 1.78 90 Shore
2) Fixing nut: SW 17
3) Hex: SW 5
By turning clockwise pressure raise
1 – O-Ring 9,25 x 1,78-90Sh FPM (4 St.)

2 – Gauge connection 1/4“ BSP
3 – Einstellschraube SW 17
Alle Maße in mm.

Befestigungselemente sind nicht im Lieferumfang enthalten.
Annotation
department.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
747
Needle Valve
with reverse flow check
Sandwich plate type
Pmax = 350 bar
ZW-SDR06
Qmax = 50 l/min
SYMBOL FEATURES
ZW-SDR06 AA ZW-SDR06 AB - Hole pattern according to DIN 24340 Form A6, ISO 4401-03, nominal
P1 T1 A1 B1 P1 T1 A1 B1 size 06
- adjustable needle valves with reverse flow check sandwich plate type for
throttled flow in one direction and full flow in the opposite direction
P2 T2 A2 B2 P2 T2 A2 B2 - type according to ISO 7790
ZW-SDR06 AAB ZW-SDR06 ZAB

P1 T1 A1 B1 P1 T1 A1 B1 Types
- type AA: Drain in line A
- type AB: Drain in line B
- type AAB: Drain in line A, B
- type ZAB: Inlet in line A, B
P2 T2 A2 B2 P2 T2 A2 B2
SPECIFICATIONS
FUNCTION Operating pressure: max. 350 bar
Cracking pressure: 0,5 bar
A1 B1 max. 75 l/min (in free lines)
Fluids: hydraulic oil according to DIN 51524 Part 1 / 2
A2 B2
PERFORMANCE
Throttle curve Pressure drop p-Q

A1 A2
B1 B2
Only AB,
AA
A2 A1 (nur AB)

B2 B1 (nur AA)
E 5.123.0 /01.13
P2 P1
TT1
T2 T1
Turns

ZW-SDR06-01-AA-V 6074186 ZW-SDR06 – 01-AA – V
ZW-SDR06-01-AB-V 6074187 Name and nominal size
Flow valve non return
ZW-SDR06-01-AAB-V 6074188 Sandwich plate type NW6
ZW-SDR06-01-ZAB-V 6074189
Other types on request Series
Types
AA = drain control in line A
AB = drain control in line B
AAB = drain control in line A and B
ZAB = inlet control in line A and B
Seals
V = FKM (Standard)
Dimensions N = NBR
4x O-Ring
1 - O-Ring 9,25 x 1,78-90Sh FKM(4 pcs.)

2 - Adjustment screw with fixing nut, hex diameter 13.
By turning counter clockwise the nominal flow is
increasing.

AA
AB
AAB
Annotation
department.

Tel. 06897 / 509 -01
Fax 06897 / 509 -598
Flow Regulator
pressure-compensated,
Sandwich plate type
up to 250 bar
ZW-2SR06
up to 30 l/min
SYMBOL FEATURES
ZW-2SR06 AA - Hole pattern to DIN 24340 Form A6, ISO 4401-03, nominal size 06
- Flow regulator with reverse flow check sandwich plate type for flow control in
P1 T1 A1 B1
one direction, free backflow in opposite direction
- easy to assemble under body mounted spool valves to DIN 24340
Form A6, ISO 4401 (use longer screws)
- type to ISO 7790
- adjustable per turning knob
P2 T2 A2 B2
ZW-2SR06 AB Types
P1 T1 A1 B1 - type AA: flow control in line A
- type AB: flow control in line B
- type AAB: flow control in line A and B
P2 T2 A2 B2
SPECIFICATIONS
ZW-2SR06 AAB Adjustable flow rates: max. 1 / 4 / 10 / 16 / 22 / 30 l/min
P1 T1 A1 B1 Nominal flow: max. 40 l/min (in controled lines)
Fluids: Hydraulic fluid to DIN 51524 part1 and 2
P2 T2 A2 B2 Filtration: Class 20/18/15 to ISO 4406
Function or cleaner
A1 B1 Weight: 3 kg incl. valve (AAB 4,1 kg)
PERFORMANCE
A2 B2 Pressure drop dP / Q
1 - Pressure drop free lines
2 - Pressure drop through check valve
3 - optional
E 5.249.9 /01.13
Turns
(Index 1 = device side) (Index 2 = plate side)

750
Standard models Part-No. MODEL CODE
ZW-2SR06-01- AA -01- V 3535596 ZW-2SR06 – 01 – AA – 01 - V
ZW-2SR06-01- AA -04- V 3535600 Name and nominal size
Flow control valve
ZW-2SR06-01- AA -10- V 3535603
Sandwich plate type NW6
ZW-2SR06-01- AA -16- V 3535636
ZW-2SR06-01- AA -22- V 3535638 Series
ZW-2SR06-01- AA -30- V 3535641 01 = Standard, phosphated
Types
ZW-2SR06-01- AB -01- V 3535648
AA = flow control in line A
ZW-2SR06-01- AB -04- V 3535650 AB = flow control in line B
ZW-2SR06-01- AB -10- V 3535651 AAB = flow control in line A and B
ZW-2SR06-01- AB -16- V 3535653
ZW-2SR06-01- AB -22- V 3535654 Flow ranges
01 = 1 l/min
ZW-2SR06-01- AB -30- V 3535657
04 = 4 l/min
10 = 10 l/min
ZW-2SR06-01- AAB -01- V 3535659 16 = 16 l/min
ZW-2SR06-01- AAB -04- V 3535660 22 = 22 l/min
ZW-2SR06-01- AAB -10- V 3535661 30 = 30 l/min
ZW-2SR06-01- AAB -16- V 3535663
Seal material
ZW-2SR06-01- AAB -22- V 3535664 V = FKM (Standard)
ZW-2SR06-01- AAB -30- V 3535668 N = NBR
other types on request
DIMENSIONS Mounting plate to ISO 4401-03
AAB
AA 1 - O-Ring plate with O-Rings:

8.73 x 1.78 FKM (Mat. 613691)
2 - Short circuit plate
3 - optional Annotation
4 - Cover The information in this brochure
Fastening elements are not in the conditions not described, please
scope of supply. contact the relevant technical
department.
AB Subject to technical modifications.

Tel. 06897 / 509 -01
Fax 06897 / 509 -598
Check Valve
Sandwich plate type
ZW-RV06
Up to 350 bar
Up to 50 l/min
SYMBOL FEATURES
- Hole pattern according to DIN 24340 Form A6, ISO 4401-03, nominal
ZW-RV06 P ZW-RV06 A size 06
P1 T1 A1 B1 P1 T1 A1 B1 - Check valve sandwich plate type witch check function
in one direction, full flow in opposite direction
- according to DIN 24340 Form A6, ISO 4401 (use longer screws)
P2 T2 A2 B2 P2 T2 A2 B2
Types.
ZW-RV06 T ZW-RV06 B
- type A: check valve in line A
P1 T1 A1 B1 P1 T1 A1 B1
- type B: check valve in line B
- type P: check valve in line P
- type T: check valve in line T
- type PT: check valve in line P and T
P2 T2 A2 B2 P2 T2 A2 B2
ZW-RV06 PT SPECIFICATIONS
P1 T1 A1 B1 Operating pressure: max. 350 bar
Cracking pressure: 0,5 bar, on request 3,5 bar and 5,2 bar
Fluids: hydraulic oil according to DIN 51524
P2 T2 A2 B2 Part 1 and 2
Function Weight: 1,0 kg
T1 P1
PERFORMANCE
1 - pressure drop
Pressure drop p-Q free check line
2 - pressure drop
free line
(The cracking pressure of
the check valve has to be
added to curve 1)
E 5.198.0 /01.13
T2 P2

ZW-RV06-01-A-0,5-V 6074180 ZW-RV06 – 01- A 0,5 – V
Name and nominal size
ZW-RV06-01-B-0,5-V 6074181
Check valve sandwich plate type
ZW-RV06-01-P-0,5-V 6074182
ZW-RV06-01-T-0,5-V 6074183 Series
ZW-RV06-01-PT-0,5-V 6074184 01 = Standard, phosphated
Types
A = check valve in line A
B = check valve in line B
P = check valve in line P
T = check valve in line T
PT = check valve in line P and T
Cracking pressure
0,5 = 0,5 bar
on request: 3,5 = 3,5 bar
5,1 = 5,1 bar
Seals
V = FKM (Standard)
Dimensions N = NBR
1- O-Ring 9,25 x 1,78-90Sh FKM (4 pcs.)

Annotation
department.

Tel. 06897 / 509 -01
Fax 06897 / 509 -598
Check Valve
pilot to open
Sandwich plate type
ZW-RP06
up to 350 bar
up to 75 l/min
SYMBOL FEATURES
ZW-RP06 AA ZW-RP06 AB - Hole pattern according to DIN 24340 Form A6, ISO 4401-03, nominal
P1 T1 A1 B1 P1 T1 A1 B1 size 06
- Pilot to open check valve sandwich plate type with
check function in one direction, full flow in opposite direction – after
unblocking also in the other direction
P2 T2 A2 B2 P2 T2 A2 B2 24340 Form A6, ISO 4401 (use longer screws)
ZW-RP06 AAB
P1 T1 A1 B1
Types
2 - type AA: Check in line A
- type AB: Check in line B
- type AAB: Check in line A and B
P2 T2 A2 B2
A1 B1 Opening pressure: 3 bar
Pilot ratio: 3,4 : 1
Fluids: hydraulic oil according to DIN 51524 Part 1
and 2
A2 B2 Filtration: Class 20/18/15 to ISO 4406 or cleaner
Weight: 1,3 kg incl. Valves
PERFORMANCE
A1  A2 A2  A1 Pressure drop p-Q
B1  B2 B2  B1
P2  P1
E 5.199.0 /01.13
T2  T1
A2  A1 (only AB)
B2  B1 (only AA)

ZW-RP06-01-AA-V 6074190 ZW-RP06 – 01- AA – V
ZW-RP06-01-AB-V 6074191
Pilot to open check valve
ZW-RP06-01-AAB-V 6074192 Sandwich plate type NW6
Series
Types
AA = Blocking in line A
AB = Blocking in line B
AAB = Blocking in both lines
Seals
V = FKM (Standard)
Dimensions N = NBR
1 - O-Ring 9,25 x 1,78-90Sh FKM (4 pcs.)

Annotation
department.

Tel. 06897 / 509 -01
Fax 06897 / 509 -598
pilot operated
Sandwich plate type
ZW-DB10
up to 350 bar
up to 100 l/min
SYMBOL FEATURES
- Hole pattern to DIN 24340, ISO 4401-05, nominal size 10
ZW-DB10 PT ZW-DB10 AT - Pressure relief valve sandwich plate type with
T P1B A1 T1B
1A 1
single sided relief function and output to the tank

- easy to assemble under body mounted spool valves to DIN 24340,
ISO 4401 (use longer screws)
T2A P2 A2 B2 T2B
ZW-DB10 BT
types
SPECIFICATIONS
Function Nominal pressure: max. 350 bar
Pressure ranges: up to 315 bar
Fluids: Hydraulic fluid to DIN 51524 part 1 and 2
or cleaner
1 – Housing 7 - Adjust spindle ISO 4410 Class 20/18/15 to ISO 4406
2 - Cartridge valve 8 - Bore hole Weight: 2,6 kg incl. valve
3 - Main valve 9 - Seat pilot
4 - Spring main piston 10 - Main piston
5 – Pilot 11 - Spring detent
6 - Spring for pilot 12 - Counter nut PERFORMANCE

Pressure drop (bar)
Pressure drop (bar)
E 5.169.5 /01.13
Smallest adjusted pressure
Flow (l/min) Flow (l/min)

756 ( Index 1 = device side / Index 2= plate side)
ZW-DB10-01-PT 315V- V 6078915 ZW-DB10 – 01 - PT – 315V -V
ZW-DB10-01-AT 315V- V 6078916
Pilot operated pressure relief valve
ZW-DB10-01-BT 315V- V 6078917 Sandwich plate type
Series
Type
- type PT: Pressure relief in P, output T
- type AT: Pressure relief in A, output T
- type BT: Pressure relief in B, output T
Pressure ranges
315 = 315 bar
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
Dimensions N = NBR
13 - O- Ring 12 x 2 FKM
14 - Type plate
ZW-DB10 PT ZW-DB10 AT ZW-DB10 BT
Mounting plate to ISO 4401-05-04-0-94
Annotation
department.

Optional D - 66280 Sulzbach / Saar
T port Tel. 06897 / 509 -01
Fax 06897 / 509 -598
pilot operated
Sandwich plate type
ZW-DM10
up to 320 bar
up to 100 l/min
SYMBOL FEATURES
ZW-DM10 PT - Hole pattern to DIN 24340 Form A10, ISO 4401-05, nominal size 10
- pressure reducing valve sandwich plate type, normal open, with
pressure reducing function to the consumer
-easy to assemble under body mounted spool valves to DIN 24340
Form A10, to ISO 4401-05 (use longer screws)
ZW-DM10 PA Types
T1A P1 A1 B1 T1B - type PT: Pressure reducing in line P
- type PA: Pressure reducing in line A (Highest pressure in line B)
M - type PB: Pressure reducing in line B (Highest pressure in line A)
SPECIFICATIONS
T2A P2 A2 B2 T2B
Pressure ranges: 5 – 70 bar, 8 – 140 bar,
ZW-DM10 PB 10 – 210 bar, 15 – 320 bar
T1A P1 A1 B1 T1B Nominal flow: max. 80 l/min (in controlled lines)
M
T2A P2 A2 B2 T2B or cleaner
Function Weight: 2,7 kg incl. valve
P1 T 1
PERFORMANCE

P2 T2
P-Q Diagram
Controlled pressure 1 – curve P2  P1
2 – curve for free
lines, e.g. A  A1
E 5.199.5.0 /01.13
758
ZW-DM10-01-PA 70V- V 3504888 ZW-DM10 – 01 – PT – 070 V - V
ZW-DM10-01-PA 140V- V 3504889 Name and nominal size
ZW-DM10-01-PA 210V- V 3504890 Sandwich plate type
ZW-DM10-01-PA 320V- V 3504891
Series
ZW-DM10-01-PB 70V- V 3504892 01 = Standard, phosphated
ZW-DM10-01-PB 140 V- V 3504893
Type
ZW-DM10-01-PB 210V- V 3504894 PT = Pressure reducing in line P
ZW-DM10-01-PB 320V- V 3504896 PA = Pressure reducing in line A
PB = Pressure reducing in line B
ZW-DM10-01-PT 70V- V 3504864
ZW-DM10-01-PT 140V- V 3504885 Pressure ranges
70 = 5 - 70 bar
ZW-DM10-01-PT 210V- V 3504886 140 = 8 - 140 bar
ZW-DM10-01-PT 320V- V 3504887 210 = 10 - 210 bar
other types on request 320 = 15 - 320 bar
Adjustment option
Dimensions
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
1 - Fastening nut hex size 17

2 - Allen tool size 5
By Turning clockwise the flow is
rising.
3 - Mounting plate with seal ring:
12.42 x 1.78 FKM
4 - Pressure gauge connection 1/4” BSP.

Fastening elements are not in the
scope of supply.
Annotation
department.

Optional
Tel. 06897 / 509 -01
T port
Fax 06897 / 509 -598
direct acting
Sandwich plate type
ZW-DW10
up to 320 bar
up to 100 l/min
SYMBOL FEATURES
- Hole pattern according to DIN 24340 Form A10, ISO 4401-05, NW 10
- 2-way upstream pressure compensator sandwich plate type
- keeping the pressure differential between port P and ports A and B constant
- combination in general with proportional directional valve
to achieve a flow regulation independent of pressure changes
- a built-in change-over valve controls the choice of the
control pressure in line A and B
- two versions available: Δp = 4 bar, Δp = 8 bar
to ISO 4401 (use longer screws)
Types
- Type PAB: 2- way
Function SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure differential: Δp = 4 bar, Δp = 8 bar (fixed)
Hydraulic fluids: Hydraulic oil according to DIN 51524 Part 1
and 2
Filtration: Class 20/18/15 to
ISO 4406 or cleaner
PERFORMANCE
Pressure drop p =f (Q)
PAB 8
PAB 8
PAB 4
E 5.199.8.0 /01.13
PAB 4
760
Standard Models Mat.-Nr. MODEL CODE
Types on request ZW-DW10 – 01 – PAB – 4 - V
Name
Application example with proportional directional Pressure Compensator
valve (flow control) sandwich plate type NG6
Model range
01 = Standard
Types
PAB = 2-way upstream-Pressure Compensator
Pressure differential
4 = 4 bar fixed
8 = 8 bar “
Seal material
V = FPM (Standard)
N = NBR
DIMENSIONS
1 - Mounting plate with O-ring

5x 12,42 x 1.78 90 Shore
2 - Gauge connection 1/4”BSP
Annotation
department.

Port on choice Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
Needle Valve
Sandwich plate type
ZW-SDR10
up to 350 bar
up to 100 l/min
SYMBOL FEATURES
ZW-SDR10 AAB - Hole pattern to DIN 24340, ISO 4401, nominal size 10
- Adjustable needle valve with reverse flow check as sandwich plate
housing to throttle in one direction and free backflow in the
opposite direction
ISO 4401 (use longer screws)
- type to ISO 7790
Types
ZW-SDR10 ZAB - type AAB / ZAB:
The sandwich plate valve can be changed from downstream throttle to
upstream throttle by turning through 180° (s. dimensions).
SPECIFICATIONS
Function Fluids: Hydraulic fluid to DIN 51524 part 1 and 2
or cleaner
2 P 2 Weight: 3,3 kg incl. valve
PERFORMANCE
1 V 1 Pressure drop p-Q
2  1 (P->V)
throttle fully
Pressure drop (bar)
opened
1  2 (V->P)
through check
valve
E 5.124.0 /01.13
Flow (l/min)
762
ZW-SDR10-01-AAB-V 6078911 ZW - SDR10–01-AAB – V
ZW-SDR10-01-ZAB-V 6078909 Flow control valve non return valve
other types on request Sandwich plate type NW 10
Series
Types
AAB = 2 Flow control valve non return valve in A and B,
downstream throttle
ZAB = 2 Flow control valve non return valve in A and B,
upstream throttle
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
Dimensions N = NBR
1 - Type plate
2 - Throttle screw (Turning
clockwise reduces the
Flow rate)
3 - O-Ring plate
4 - O-Ring 12,42 x 1,78 FKM
5 - Bore holes for fixing screws M6

scope of supply.
Annotation
department.
Option HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH

al Justus-von-Liebig-Str. 5
T port D - 66280 Sulzbach / Saar
Tel. 06897 / 509 -01
Fax 06897 / 509 -598
Flow Regulator
pressure-compensated,
Sandwich plate type
up to 250 bar
ZW-2SR10
up to 30 l/min
SYMBOL FEATURES
ZW-2SR10 AA - Hole pattern to DIN 24340 Form A10, ISO 4401-05, nominal size 10
P1 T1 A1 B1 - Adjustable flow regulator pressure-compensated sandwich plate type for
the flow control in one direction and free backflow in
the opposite direction
- easy to assemble under body mounted spool valves to DIN 24340
Form A10, to ISO 4401-05 (use longer screws)
P2 T2 A2 B2 - adjustable by turning knob
ZW-2SR10 AB
P1 T1 A1 B1 TYPES
- type AA: Flow control function from A2 to A1
- type AB: Flow control function from B2 to B1
- type AAB: Flow control function from A2 to A1 and B2 to B1
P2 T2 A2 B2
SPECIFICATIONS
ZW-2SR10 AAB Nominal pressure: max. 250 bar
P1 T1 A1 B1 Nominal flow: max. 100 l/min in free lines
max. 1 /4 /10 /16 /22 /30 l/min
in controlled lines
max. 40 l/min in opposite direction
P2 T2 A2 B2 Media operating temp. range: -20°C up to max. +80°C
A2 B2
or cleaner
Weight: 4,3 kg incl. valve (AAB = 5,6 kg)
PERFORMANCE
A1 B1 measured at  = 32mm²/s and Toil = 50° C
Pressure drop dP / Q
1 - Pressure drop free lines
2 - Pressure drop through check valve
3 - optional
E 5.199.4 /01.13
Turns
764 (Index 1 = device side) (Index 2 = plate side)

ZW-2SR10-01- AA -01- V 3535364 ZW -2SR10 –01 - AB -10 - V
ZW-2SR10-01- AA -04- V 3535377
ZW-2SR10-01- AA -10- V 3535380 Name and nominal size
ZW-2SR10-01- AA -16- V 3535383 Flow control valve
ZW-2SR10-01- AA -22- V 3535405 Sandwich plate type
ZW-2SR10-01- AA -30- V 3535406
Type
ZW-2SR10-01- AAB -01- V 3535421 01 = Standard, phosphated
ZW-2SR10-01- AAB -04- V 3535422
ZW-2SR10-01- AAB -10- V 3535424 Function
ZW-2SR10-01- AAB -16- V 3535445 AA: Flow control function from A2 to A1
ZW-2SR10-01- AAB -22- V 3535446 AB: Flow control function from B2 to B1
ZW-2SR10-01- AAB -30- V 3535447 AAB: Flow control function from A2 to A1 and B2 to B1
ZW-2SR10-01- AB -01- V 3535407 Flow ranges

ZW-2SR10-01- AB -04- V 3535408 01 = 1 l/min
ZW-2SR10-01- AB -10- V 3535412 04 = 4 l/min
ZW-2SR10-01- AB -16- V 3535413 10 = 10 l/min
ZW-2SR10-01- AB -22- V 3535414 16 = 16 l/min
ZW-2SR10-01- AB -30- V 3535416 22 = 22 l/min
other types on request 30 = 30 l/min
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
Dimensions N = NBR
1 - Mounting plate with seal ring:

12.42 x 1.78 FKM
2 -Regulating knob. Turn left for
rising the flow
3 - optional
4 - Side short circuit plate

Fastening elements are not in the scope of supply.
Annotation
department.

T port Tel. 06897 / 509 -01
Fax 06897 / 509 -598
Check valve
Sandwich plate type
ZW-RV10
up to 350 bar
up to 100 l/min
SYMBOL FEATURES
- Hole pattern to DIN 24340, ISO 4401, nominal size 10
ZW-RV10 A ZW-RV10 B - Check valve sandwich plate type with
T1A P1 A1 B1 T1B check function in one direction, free backflow in the
opposite direction
- type to ISO ISO 7790
T2A P2 A2 B2 T2B
ZW-RV10 P ZW-RV10 T Types

T1A P1 A1 B1 T1B - type A: Check valve in line A
- type B: Check valve in line B
- type P: Check valve in line P
- type T: Check valve in line T
T2A P2 A2 B2 T2B
SPECIFICATIONS
A1
or cleaner
ISO 4410 Class 20/18/15 to ISO 4406
Weight: 2,77 kg
PERFORMANCE
A2
1 - Housing
2 - RV insert
Pressure drop (bar)
3 - Spring
E 5.199.1 /01.13
766 ( Index 1 = valve side / Index 2= sub plate side)

ZW-RV10-01-A-0,4-V 6078903 ZW-RV10 – 01 - A 0,4 - V
ZW-RV10-01-B-0,4-V 6078904
ZW-RV10-01-P-0,4-V 6078905 check valve
ZW-RV10-01-T-0,4-V 6078906 Sandwich plate type NW6
Series
Type
A = check valve in line A
B = check valve in line B
P = check valve in line P
T = check valve in line T
Cracking pressure
0,4 = 0,4 bar
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
Dimensions N = NBR

5 - O-Ring 12,42 x 1,78 FKM
6 - Type plate
7 - O-Ring plate

Fastening elements are not in the scope
of supply.
Annotation
department.

T port Tel. 06897 / 509 -01
Fax 06897 / 509 -598
Check Valve
pilot to open
Sandwich plate type
up to 350 bar
ZW-RP10
up to 100 l/min
SYMBOL FEATURES
ZW-RP10 AA - Hole pattern to DIN 24340, ISO 4401, nominal size 10
T1A P1 A1 B1 T1B - Pilot top open check valve sandwich plate type with
check function in one direction, free backflow in the
opposite direction – to open also in the opposite direction
T2A P2 A2 B2 T2B
ZW-RP10 AB
T1A P1 A1 B1 T1B Types
- type AA: check in line A
- type AB: check in line B
- type AAB: check in line A and B
T2A P2 A2 B2 T2B SPECIFICATIONS

ZW-RP10 AAB
Ratio: 3,6 : 1
Function Filtration: Class 20/18/15 to ISO 4406
or cleaner
ISO 4410 Class 20/18/15 to ISO 4406
Weight: 3,5 kg incl. valve
2 P 2
PERFORMANCE
measured at  = 32mm²/s and Toil = 50° C Pressure drop p-Q
P  V (1-2)
1 V 1 Against spring
pressure
Pressure drop (bar)
V  P (2-1)
Pilot open
E 5.199.2 /01.13
768 ( Index 1 = valve side / Index 2= sub plate side)

ZW-RP10-01-AA-V 6078912 ZW-RP10 – 01- AA - V
ZW-RP10-01-AB-V 6078913 Name and nominal size
Pilot to open check valve
ZW-RP10-01-AAB-V 6078914 Sandwich plate type NW10
Series
Type
AA = check in line A
AB = check in line B
AAB = check in both lines
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
Dimensions N = NBR
1 - Type plate
2 - O-Ring 12,42 x 1,78 FKM

Fastening elements are not in the scope of supply.
Annotation
department.

T port Tel. 06897 / 509 -01
Fax 06897 / 509 -598
pilot operated
Subplate to ISO 24340
VP-DRP6
SYMBOL FEATURES
- Hole pattern to ISO 24340, Nominal size 6
- Pilot operated pressure reducing valve
- Full backflow in the opposite direction by built-in
check valve (cracking pressure 0,5 bar)
SPECIFICATIONS
Leakage (internal): < 0,5 l/min
up to 350 bar Temp. range of the operating fluid: -20°C up to max. +80°C
up to 60 l/min Ambient temperature range: -20°C up to max. +50°C
Viscosity range: 7,4 – 400 mm²/s is recommended
Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to ISO4406
Hole pattern: ISO 24340 Form A6
Weight: 1,2 kg
PERFORMANCE
measured at = 36 mm²/s and Toil = 50° C
Pressure Drop Δp /Q
measured at: 33mm²/s, T oil = 46°C; bar

measured at: 33mm²/s, T oil = 46°C
bar
450 50
400 45
Pressure Range
Regulating pressure
350 500 40
300 35
pressure drop
250 30
330
200 25
P -> A
150 20
100 15
50 090
10
E 5.249.15 /01.13
A -> P
0
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 l/min 5
Flow rate 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 l/min
Flow rate
770
Models on request Part No. MODEL CODE
VP-DRP6 090VR S01/N 3497267 VP-DRP6 090 VR S01/V
VP-DRP6 330VR S01/N 3497268
Name and size
VP-DRP6 500VR S01/N 3497269 Pressure reducing valve pilot operated NW 6
Pressure ranges
090 = up to 60 bar
330 = up to 230 bar
500 = up to 350 bar
Adjustment
Check valve
R (cracking pressure 0,5 bar)
Type
S01 = Standard
Seals
DIMENSIONS V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
1) Mounting plate with O-rings: 4x O-Ring 9,25 x 1,78 FKM

2) Pressure reducing valve adjustable by tool
3) Check valve
Fastening screws: 4x Allen key M5 x 50 10.9

Torque: 5 Nm + 0,5 Nm
All dimensions in mm. Fastening elements are not in the scope of delivery.
Mounting plate to ISO 24340 Form A6
Annotation
the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
Flow Regulator
pressure-compensated
Subplate to ISO6263
VP-2SR6
SYMBOL FEATURES
- Hole pattern to ISO 6263-03, Nominal size 6
- Adjustable flow control valve subplate mounting for
flow control in one direction and full backflow in the opposite direction
- Independent from pressure by integrated pressure compensator
- Adjustable by turning knob
SPECIFICATIONS
Minimal pressure difference: max. 10 bar between A and B
Up to 250 bar Flow rate: max. 0,5 /1 /4 /10 /16 /22 /30 l/min
Up to 30 l/min max. 40 l/min by the check valve
(cracking pressure 0,5 bar)
FUNCTION Minimal adjustable Flow rate: 0,025 l/min
Operating fluid: hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part 1 and 2
Operating fluid temp. range: -20°C up to max. +80°C
ISO 4406
Weight: 1,3 kg
PERFORMANCE
B -> A
Pressure drop
Knob turns
Flow regulation
E 5.249.9.0 /01.13
772 Knob turns

VP-2SR6 D05SR S01/V 3541093 VP-2SR6 D 05 S R S01 / V
VP-2SR6 D1SR S01/V 3541094
VP-2SR6 D4SR S01/V 3541166 Name and size
2-way flow control valve nominal size 6
VP-2SR6 D10SR S01/V 3541169
VP-2SR6 D16SR S01/V 3541172 Curve
VP-2SR6 D22SR S01/V 3541173 D = degressive
VP-2SR6 D30SR S01/V 3541175
Other models on request Flow rate code
05 = 0,5 l/min
1 = 1 l/min
4 = 4 l/min
10 = 10 l/min
16 = 16 l/min
22 = 22 l/min
30 = 30 l/min
Turning knob with scale
Check valve
Type
S01 = Standard
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
DIMENSIONS N = NBR
1) Mounting plate with O-rings:

2x 14 x 2 FKM
2) Turning knob (3 turns) by
turning clockwise the flow is rising
3) Regulation steps of the turning knob
4) Fastening screw of the
turning knob
Fastening screws:
4x Allen key M5x75 10.9

Fastening elements are not in the scope
of delivery.
Mounting plate to ISO 6263-03-03-*-97
Annotation
the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
Check Valve
Hydraulically pilot to open
VP-RP6
SYMBOL FEATURES
- Hole pattern to DIN 24340, Nominal size 6
- Pilot to open check valve
SPECIFICATIONS
Leakage (internal): 0,1 cc/min
Pilot ratio: 3,1 : 1
up to 350 bar Cracking pressure: 1 bar
up to 60 l/min Fluids: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part 1 and 2
Temp. range of the operating fluid: -20°C up to max. +80°C
Viscosity range: 7,4– 400 mm²/s is recommended
Hole pattern: ISO24340 Form A6
Weight: 1,0 kg
PERFORMANCE
bar
20
18
16
Pressure drop
14
12
10
4 B -> A
E 5.249.16 /01.13
2 A -> B
A -> B: Pilot open
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 l/min
Flow rate
774
VP-RP6 15 S01/N 3497270 VP-RP6 15 S01 /V
Name and size

Check valve pilot to open NW 6
Cracking pressure
15 = 1 bar
Type
S01 = Standard
Seals
V = FKM (Standard)
N = NBR
DIMENSIONS

4x O-Ring 9,25 x 1,78 FKM
2) Check valve pilot to open
Fastening screws: 4x Allen key M5 x 50 10.9


Fastening elements are not in the scope of delivery.
Annotation
the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
pilot operated
VP-DBP10
SYMBOL FEATURES
- pilot operated pressure relief valve
- low flow loss by maximum size bore holes
- Remote control over port X possible
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating fluid temperature range: -20°C up to max. +80°C
up to 350 bar Ambient temperature range: -20°C up to max. +50°C
up to 400 l/min Viscosity range: 7,4 – 400 mm²/s is recommended
ISO 4406
Installation: no orientation restriction
FUNCTION Hole pattern: ISO 6264-08
Weight: 4,3 kg
PERFORMANCE
Pressure differential Δp/Q

10
400
350
8
300
250 6
P [bar]
P [bar]
200
4
150
E 5.249.7.0 /01.13
100
2
50
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 0 100 200 300 400
Q [l/min] Q [l/min]
776
VP-DBP10 070V S01/V 3541089 VP-DBP10 070V S01 /V
VP-DBP10 210V S01/V 3541090
Name and size
VP-DBP10 350V S01/V 3541091
Pressure relief valve pilot operated NW 10
Pressure ranges
070 = up to 70 bar
210 = up to 210 bar
350 = up to 350 bar
Adjustability
V = adjustable with tool
Type
S01 = Standard
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
DIMENSIONS N = NBR

2x O-Ring 29,82 x 2.62 90 Shore FKM
1x O-Ring 9,13 x 2.62 90 Shore FKM
2) Allen screw: size 13
by turning clockwise the pressure is rising
3) Port for measuring gauge Y 3/8” BSP
Fastening screws: 4x Allen key M12x40 10.9

Torque: 70 Nm + 5 Nm

Fastening elements are not in scope of delivery.
Annotation
the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
pilot operated
VP-DRP10
SYMBOL FEATURES
- pilot operated pressure reducing valve
- free flow in opposite direction by built-in
check valve (cracking pressure 0,5 bar)
SPECIFICATIONS
Leakage: < 0,8 l/min
A Y B Operating fluid: hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part 1 and 2
up to 250 bar Operating fluid temp. range: -20°C up to max. +80°C
FUNCTION Filtration: Class 20/18/15 according to
ISO 4406
Hole pattern: to ISO 5781-08
Weight: 6,1 kg
PERFORMANCE
B measured at = 36 mm²/s and Toil = 50° C
P-Q diagram Pressure drop ΔP/Q

E 5.249.8.0 /01.13
778
VP-DRP10 210VR S01/V 3541092 VP-DRP10 210 V R S01 /V
Name and size
Pressure reducing valve pilot operated NW 10
Pressure ranges
210 = 5 up to 210 bar
Adjustability
V = adjustable by turning knob
Check valve
Type
S01 = Standard
Seal material
N = NBR
1) SICBLOC turning knob (push and turn at same time)

2) Inlet port
2x O-Ring 25,07 x 2,62 90 Shore FKM
3) Outlet port
2x O-Ring 5,28 x 1,78 FKM
4) Leakage port
5) Port for measuring gauge 1/4” NPT)
6) Leakoil secondary port for line 1/4” BSP
Mounting plate to ISO 5781-06-07-*-00 Fastening elements are not in scope of delivery.
Annotation
A brochure are relating to the operating
the technical dept.
B Technical information are

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
Flow Regulator
pressure-compensated
Subplate to ISO6263
VP-2SR10
SYMBOL FEATURES
- Adjustable flow control valve subplate mounting for
flow control in one direction and full backflow in the opposite direction
- Independent from pressure by integrated pressure compensator
- Adjustable by turning knob
SPECIFICATIONS
Minimal pressure difference: max. 10 bar between A and B
Up to 320 bar Flow rate: max. /22 /38 / 70 l/min
Up to 70 l/min Minimal adjustable Flow rate: 0,05 l/min
FUNCTION Operating fluid temp. range: -20°C up to max. +80°C
ISO 4406 or cleaner
Weight: 3,6 kg
Cracking pressure of check: 0,5 bar
PERFORMANCE
Flow control (measured at 36 mm²/s and 50°C) Pressure drop

B -> A
E 5.249.9.0 /01.13
Knob turns
780
VP-2SR10 D22SR S01/V 3541177 VP-2SR10 D 22 S R S01 / V
VP-2SR10 D38SR S01/V 3541179
VP-2SR10 D70SR S01/V 3541182 Name and size
2-way flow control valve nominal size 10
Curve
D = degressive
Flow rate code

22 = 22 l/min
30 = 30 l/min
70 = 70 l/min
Turning knob with scale
Check valve
Type
S01 = Standard
Seal material
N = NBR
1) Turning knob (6 turns) by turning

clockwise the flow is rising
2x 15,06 x 2,62 FKM
3) Display
5) Fastening screw of the
turning knob
Fastening screws:
4x allen key M8x60 10.9

scope of delivery.
Annotation
A the technical dept.
B HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
Check Valve
Hydraulically pilot to open
VP-RP10
SYMBOL FEATURES
- pilot to open check valve
SPECIFICATIONS
Pilot ration: 3,4 : 1
up to 320 bar Operating fluid temp. range: -20°C up to max. +80°C
FUNCTION ISO 4406
Hole pattern: according to ISO5781-08
Weight: 3,7 kg
PERFORMANCE
The data in the diagram are valid for the flow from B→A and A→B with an open
valve.
For the flow from ports A→B, with a closed valve please add the cracking pressure
to the data in the diagram.
E 5.249.11.0 /01.13
782
VP-RP10 35 S01/V 3541184 VP-RP10 35 S01 /V
VP-RP10 50 S01/V 3541188
Name and size
Other models on request Check valve pilot to open NW 10
Cracking pressure
35 = 3,5 bar
50 = 5,0 bar
Type
S01 = Standard
Seal material
V = FKM (Standard)
DIMENSIONS N = NBR
1) External leakage line Y 2) Control port X

3) Outlet port B 4) Inlet port A
5) Mounting plate with O-rings, 2x O-Ring 17,13 x 2,62 FKM
2x O-Ring 5,28 x 1,78 FKM 6) Type plate
Fastening screws: 4x Allen key M10x70 10.9, Torque: 40 Nm + 4 Nm

All dimensions in mm. Fastening elements are not in the scope of delivery.
Annotation
the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
Relief Valve
direct acting
VP-PDB6
SYMBOL FEATURES
 Hole pattern to ISO 4401-03, Nominal size 6
 Proportional pressure relief valve
 Pressures at port T are added to the adjusted value
 Electronic control by PEM-XD see brochure 5.249.2.0
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure: max. 350 bar an port P
max. 2 bar an port T
up to 350 bar Hysteresis <5%
up to 5 l/min Repeatability: < +/- 1,5 %
ISO 4406 class 18/16/13
Switching time: On: 80 ms Off: 40 ms
Nominal current: 0,86 A at 24V DC
Resistance at 20°C: 17,6 Ohm at 24V
Coil duty rating: 100% (Continuous)
FUNCTION Electro magnetic
suitability: (EMC) Emissions to EN 50081-1
suitability to EN 50082-2
to Norm 89/336 CEE
IP rating: IP65 (if plug is mounted correctly)
Note: Bleed system and valve before
setting in motion
Hole pattern: according to ISO4401-03-02-0-94
Weight: 1,4 kg
E 5.249.5.0 /01.13
784
PERFORMANCE
Pressure reducing diagram p=f (I)
Minimal regulated pressure pmin=f (Q) Pressure changes pmax = f (Q)
785
VP-PDB6 070 D01-24PG/V 3541046 VP-PDB6 070 D01- 24PG /V
VP-PDB6 140 D01-24PG/V 3541047
Name and size
VP-PDB6 210 D01-24PG/V 3541048 Proportional pressure relief valve NW 6
VP-PDB6 350 D01-24PG/V 3541050
Other models on request Pressure ranges
070 = 0,7 – 70 bar
140 = 1,1 – 140 bar
210 = 1,8 – 210 bar
350 = 2,8 – 350 bar
Type
D01 = Standard
Nominal voltage
24 = DC voltage 24 Volt
Plug type
PG = DIN plug to EN155301-803
Seal material
V = FkM (Standard)
DIMENSIONS N = NBR
1) Mounting plate with O-rings: 4x 9,25 x 1,78 FkM

2) Free space for mounting the coil
3) Bleeding (key 2)
4) Sealed by the producer
5) DIN plug to EN175301-803 (in scope of delivery)
6) Free space for mounting the plugs


Annotation
the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
787
Reducing Valve
pilot operated
VP-PDRP6
SYMBOL FEATURES
 Hole pattern to ISO 24340, Nominal size 6
 Proportional pressure reducing valve
 Pressures at port T are added to the adjusted value
SPECIFICATIONS
Hysteresis < 2-4 %
Repeatability: +/- 1,5 %
up to 350 bar Fluids: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part 1 and 2
up to 60 l/min Temp. range of the operating fluid: -20°C up to max. +80°C
ISO 4406 class 18/16/13 up to 19/17/14
Voltage: DC
Nominal current: 2,1 A at 12V DC 1,05 A at 24V DC
Resistance at 20°C: 2,2 Ohm at 12V 8,8 Ohm at 24V
Switch-on time: 100% (Continuous)
Dither frequency: 160 – 250 Hz

Annotation: bleed system and valve before
setting in motion
Hole pattern: ISO24340 Form A6
Weight: 1,25 kg
E 5.249.14 /01.13
788
PERFORMANCE
measured at: 33 cSt; T oil = 46°C

bar
450
Regulating pressure 400

Druckstufe/
Pressure Range
350
500
300
250
330
200
150
100
50 087
0
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 l/min
Flow rate
bar measured at: 33 cSt; T oil = 46°C

ar
400
Druckstufe/
Regulating pressure
Pressure range
350
500
300
250
330
200
150
100
087
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 %
% max. control current
Pressure Drop Δp /Q
measured at: 33 cSt; T oil = 46°C

bar
50
45
40
Regulating pressure
35
30
25
P -> A
20
15
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 l/min
Flow rate
789
VP-PDRP6 087 D01-24PG/N 3497252 VP-PDRP6 087 D01- 24PG/V
VP-PDRP6 330 D01-24PG/N 3497254
Name and size
VP-PDRP6 500 D01-24PG/N 3497266
Proportional Pressure reducing valve NW 6
Pressure ranges
087 = up to 60 bar
330 = up to 230 bar
500 = up to 350 bar
Type
D01 = Standard
Nominal voltage
24 = DC 24 Volt
12 = DC 12 Volt
Plug
PG = DIN plug according to EN155301-803
Seals
V = FkM (Standard)
N = NBR
DIMENSIONS

4x O-Ring 9,25 x 1,78 FkM
2) Proportional pressure reducing
valve with coil
3) Blanking plug
4) DIN plug to EN175301-803
6) Free space for mounting the plug
Fastening screws:
4x Allen key M5 x 50 10.9

scope of delivery.
Annotation
the technical dept.
Port B should be closed!
Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
791
Proportional Flow Regulator
pressure compensated, direct
acting, with reverse flow check
Subplate to ISO6263
VP- P2SRE 6
SYMBOL FEATURES
 High flow by optimized casted housing
 Small hysteresis by superfinish of moving parts
 Long life by magnet switching under oil
 Minimal wear by hardened and ground valve piston
 Simple exchangeability by international standardized hole pattern to ISO 6263
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure: Ports A,B max. 250 bar
Flow rate: max. 1,5 / 4 / 8 / 16 / 25 l/min
up to 25 l/min max. 40 l/min in the opposite direction
up to 250 bar Hysteresis: (in % of Qmax): < 6 %
Repeatability: (in % of Qmax) < +/- 2,5 %
Switching time: (0-100%) 60 ms (25-75%) 50 ms
Switching time: (100-0%) 80 ms (75-25%) 70 ms
FUNCTION Operating fluid temp. range: -20°C up to +80°C
Ambient temperature range: -20°C up to +50°C
Operating fluid: hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part 1 a.2
Viscosity range: 10 - 400mm2/s is recommended
Filtration: class 18/16/13 (17/15/12) to ISO4406
Flows <0,5l/min)
Resistance at 20°C: 17,6 Ohm at 24V DC
The VP-P2SRE 6 is a direct acting 2-
way flow control valve.
Electro magnetic
Flows from port A to B are controlled
suitability: (EMC)Emissions to EN 50081-1
independently of the pressure. In the
opposite direction there is free flow
to Norm 2004/108/CE
trough the check valve. The
controlled flow rate is proportional to
the electrical input signal at the coil.
Analogue to his size the coil creates a
setting in motion
force which pushes the piston against
Hole pattern: According to ISO6263-03-03-0-97
the spring. Hereby opening diameters
Weight: 1,5 kg
are opened which determine the size
of the flow independent from the
A built-in pressure compensator
E 5.249.1.0 /01.13
enables the regulation independent

from pressure changes from port A to
B.
For the electronical control there are
electronic controls available (see
separate brochures).
792
PERFORMANCE
Flow control Q = f (I)
PERFORMANCE for the Flow control A → B

1-4-8-16-25 l/min
Pressure differential Δp /Q
Pressure differential with free flow B → A through the check valve.
793
VP-P2SRE 6 L01R D01-24PG/V 3541010 VP-P2SRE6 L 16 R D01 - 24PG /V
VP-P2SRE 6 L04R D01-24PG/V 3541013
Name an size
VP-P2SRE 6 L08R D01-24PG/V 3541014
Proportional Flow control valve size 6
VP-P2SRE 6 L16R D01-24PG/V 3541026
VP-P2SRE 6 L25R D01-24PG/V 3541029 Curve
Other models on request L = linear
Flow rate
01 =1,5 l/min
04 = 4 l/min
08 = 8 l/min (at Δp=10 bar A-B)
16 = 16 l/min
25 = 25 l/min
Check valve
Type
D01 = Standard type with manual override
Nominal voltage
24= 24 V DC
Coil connector
PG= DIN plug to EN175301-803
Seal material
V= FPM (Standard)
DIMENSIONS N= NBR (optional)

2x O-Ring 14 x 2 FkM
(Z4 plug Mat. 394287)
3) Manual override
4) Free space for mounting the
coil
5) Free space for mounting the
DIN plugs
Fastening screws:
4x Allen key M5 x 70 10.9

Fastening elements are not in
the scope of delivery.
Hole pattern
Annotation
the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
795
Proportional Flow Regulator
pressure compensated, direct
acting, with transducer
Subplate to ISO6263
VP- P2SRR 6
SYMBOL FEATURES
 High flow by optimized casted housing
 Small hysteresis by superfinish of moving parts
 Long life by magnet switching under oil
 Simple exchangeability by international standardized hole pattern ISO 6263
 Electronic control by PEK-SRA see brochure 5.249.4.0
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure: Ports A, B max. 250 bar
Flow rate: max. 1,5 / 4 / 8 / 16 / l/min
up to 16 l/min max. 40 l/min in the opposite direction
up to 250 bar Hysteresis: (in % of Qmax): < 2,5 %
Repeatability: (in % of Qmax) < +/- 1,0 %
Switching time: ON (0-100 %) 180 ms (25-100 %) 150 ms
FUNCTION Switching time: OFF (100-0 %) 150 ms (100-25 %) 120 ms
Temp. range of the operating fluid: -20°C up to +80°C
Operating fluid: hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part 1 a. 2
Viscosity range: 7,4 -10 – 400 mm2/s is recommended
Filtration: Class 18/16/13 (17/15/12) to ISO4406
for flow rates <0,5l/min)
The P2SRR6 is a direct acting 2-way Resistance at 20°C: 17,6 Ohm at 24V DC
flow control valve. Coil duty rating: 100% (Continuous)
Flows from port A to B are controlled Electro magnetic
independently of the pressure. In the suitability: (EMC) Emissions to EN 50081-1
opposite direction there is free flow suitability to EN 50082-2
trough the check valve. The controlled to Norm 89/336 CEE
flow rate is proportional to the IP rating: IP65 (if plug is mounted correctly)
electrical input signal at the coil. Installation: no orientation restrictions
Analogue to his size the coil creates a Note: Bleed system and valve before
force which pushes the piston against setting in motion
the spring. Hereby opening diameters Hole pattern: ISO 6263-03-03-0-97
are opened which determine the size Weight: 2,2 kg
of the flow independent from the
A built-in pressure compensator
enables the regulation independent
E 5.249.3.0 /01.13
from pressure changes from port A to

B.
For the electronical control there are
electronic controls available (see
separate brochures).
796
PERFORMANCE
Flow control Q = f (I)
Setpoint signal
Pressure differential Δp /Q
transducer – electrical connection
Pin 1 Supply 18 ÷ 36 V Pin 8c

Pin 2 Output 2 ÷ 10 V Pin 24a
Pin 3 0V Pin 22c
797
VP-P2SRR 6 L01R D01-24PG/V 3541032 VP-P2SRR6 L 16 R D01- 24PG /V
VP-P2SRR 6 L04R D01-24PG/V 3541033
Name and size
VP-P2SRR 6 L08R D01-24PG/V 3541034 Proportional flow control valve, size 6
VP-P2SRR 6 L16R D01-24PG/V 3541045
Other models on request Curve
L = linear
Flow rate
01 =1,5 l/min
04 = 4 l/min (at Δp=10 bar A-B)
08 = 8 l/min
16 = 16 l/min
Hole pattern to nach ISO6263-03-0-97
Check valve
Type
Nominal voltage
24= 24 V DC
Coil connector
Seal material
V= FPM (Standard)
N= NBR (optional)
DIMENSIONS
1) Mounting plate with seals:

2x O-Ring 14 x 2 FkM
2) Proportional coil
3) Transducer
for Prop. coil
Annotation
5) DIN plug 4 Pin M12 - IP67
PG7 for Transducer brochure are relating to the operating
6) Free space f. mounting the conditions and applications.
Transducer At deviant applications and/or
7) Free space for mounting operating conditions please contact
the DIN plug the technical dept.
Fastening screws: (incl.) Technical information are
Allen key 4x M5 x 65 10.9 subject to technical modifications.
All dimensions in mm. Justus-von-Liebig-Str. 5
Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
scope of delivery. Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
799
Relief Valve
pilot operated
Subplate to ISO6264
VP-PDBP10
SYMBOL FEATURES
 Hole pattern to ISO 6264-06, Nominal size 10
 Pilot operated pressure relief valve with Proportional coil
SPECIFICATIONS
Hysteresis <5%
Repeatability: < +/- 1,5 %
up to 350 bar Operating fluid: hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part 1 and 2
ISO 4406 class 18/16/13
FUNCTION Type of voltage: DC voltage
Nominal current: 0,86 A at 24V DC (12 V on request)
Resistance at 20°C: 17,6 Ohm at 24V DC (12V on request)
Electro magnetic
suitability: (EMC) Emissions to EN 50081-1
to Norm 89/336 CEE
Installation: see installation hints below
setting in motion
Hole pattern: according to ISO 6264-06
Weight: 5,0 kg
Installation:
We recommend to install the valve horizontally or vertically with coil at the lower
end. If installed vertically upwards please consider changes of minimal regulated
pressure! Pay attention that no air is in the system. In some applications the coil-
support has to be bleed by the screw at the support. Line T has to be connected
directly to tank. Every counter-pressure on line T has to be added to the regulated
pressure. Maximal permitted counter-pressure at T: 2 bar.
The fixation of the valve will be done by screws or tension rods on a plane surface
E 5.249.6.0 /01.13
which surface finish is equal or higher than the valves finish. If the surface finish is
not as specified above, leakages may occur.
800
PERFORMANCE
Pressure reducing diagram p=f (I)
Minimal regulated pressure pmin=f (Q) Pressure changes pmax = f (Q)
801
VP-PDBP10 070 D01-24PG/V 3541051 VP-PDBP10 070 D01 – 24PG /V
VP-PDBP10 140 D01-24PG/V 3541085
Name and size
VP-PDBP10 210 D01-24PG/V 3541086
Proportional pressure relief valve NW 10
VP-PDBP10 350 D01-24PG/V 3541088
Other models on request Pressure ranges
070 = up to 70 bar
140 = up to 140 bar
210 = up to 210 bar
350 = up to 350 bar
Type
D01 = Standard
Nominal voltage
24 = DC voltage 24 Volt
Plug type
PG = DIN plug to EN155301-803
Seal material
DIMENSIONS V = FkM (Standard)
N = NBR

2x O-Ring 17,86 x 2,62 FkM
1x O-Ring 9,19 x 2,62 FkM
2) DIN plug to EN175301-803 (in scope of delivery)
3) Free space for mounting the plugs
5) Adjustment sealed
6) Bleeding screw
7) Pressure relief valve

Mounting plate to ISO 6264-06-09-01-97 Torque: 70 Nm + 5 Nm

Fastening elements are not in scope of delivery.
Annotation
the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
803
4/3- Proportional Solenoid Valve
direct acting
Subplate to ISO4401
P4WE 06
SYMBOL FEATURES
 High flow rate due to optimized casted housing
E  Small hysteresis by super finish of moving parts
 Long life cycle times by armature switching under oil
 Simple exchangeability by international standardized hole pattern
to ISO 4401
J
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating pressure: ports P,A,B max. 350 bar
up to 40 l/min port T max. 140 bar
up to 350 bar Nominal flow: max. 40 l/min
Hysteresis: (in % of Qmax): < 6%
Repeat accuracy: (in % of Qmax) < +/- 1,5%
FUNCTION Switch-on time: (0-100%)50 ms
Switch-off time: (100-0%)40 ms
Media operating temp.range: -20°C up to +80°C
Hydraulic fluid: Hydraulic fluid to DIN 51524 part 1 a. 2
Viscosity range: 10 mm2/s up to 420 mm2/s
Filtration: Class 18/16/13 up to 19/17/14
according to ISO4406
Supply voltage: DC voltage
0,86 A at 24V DC
The P4WE 06 is a direct acting
solenoid valve, which combines
17,6 Ohm at 24V DC
the directional control with the
Coil duty rating: 100% (continuous)
velocity control of the consumer.
IP rating: IP65
The controlled nominal flow is
proportional to the electrical input
Hint: Vent system and valve before
signal at the coil.
setting in motion
Analogue to his size the coil
Hole pattern: ISO4401-03-02-0-05
creates a force and moves the
CETOP 4.2-4-03-350
piston against the spring. Herewith
Weight: 2 kg
the corresponding cross section
diameters are opened which
determines the flow rate in
dependence of the pressure
differential.
E 5.228.0 /01.13
For the electrical control of the

valve there are electronic modules
available (see brochure 5.249.2.0
PEM-XD).
804
PERFORMANCE measured at = 33 mm²/s and Toil = 46° C
(The related Δp is measured between lines P and T of the valve)
Δp P-T (bar)
E04
Δp P-T (bar) E08
E16
Δp P-T (bar)
E26
Δp P-T (bar)
805
PERFORMANCE measured at = 33 mm²/s and Toil = 46° C
(The related Δp is measured between lines P and T of the valve)
J04
Δp P-T (bar)
J08
Δp P-T (bar)
J16
Δp P-T (bar)
J26
Δp P-T (bar)
806
P4WE 06 E04 D01-24PG/V 6078942 P4WE 06 E16 D01 - 24PG
P4WE 06 E08 D01-24PG/V 6078944 /V
P4WE 06 E16 D01-24PG/V 6078946 Name
Proportional solenoid valve
P4WE 06 E26 D01-24PG/V 6078948
Nominal size
P4WE 06 J04 D01-24PG/V 6078950 6
P4WE 06 J08 D01-24PG/V 6078952
P4WE 06 J16 D01-24PG/V 6078954 Symbol
E
P4WE 06 J26 D01-24PG/V 6078956
J

Nominal flow
04= 4 l/min
08= 8 l/min
16= 16 l/min
26= 26 l/min
At Δp=10 bar P-T
Type
D01= Standard type with manual override
Nominal voltage
12= 12 V DC
24= 24 V DC
Coil connector
Seal material
V= FPM (Standard)
N= NBR (optional)
DIMENSIONS
1) Mounting plate with O-

rings 4 x 9.25 x 1.78 NBR
2) Manual override built-in
tube (incl.)
3) Free space for mounting
the coil
4) DIN plug to EN175301- Annotation
803 The technical information in this
5) Free space for mounting brochure are relating to the operating
the plug conditions and applications.
Fastening screws: At deviant applications and/or
4x M5 x 30 10.9 operating conditions please contact
Torque: 5 Nm +0,5 Nm the technical dept.
All dimensions in mm. Technical information are
Fastening elements are not subject to technical modifications.
in the scope of delivery.
Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
4/3- Proportional Solenoid Valve
direct acting,
with position transducer
Subplate to ISO4401
P4WR 06
SYMBOL FEATURES
to ISO 4401
 Electronic control by PEK-WAR see brochure 5.249.0
J  Integrated position transducer
Up to 40 l/min SPECIFICATIONS
Up to 350 bar Operating pressure: ports P,A,B max. 350 bar
port T max. 210 bar
Hysteresis: (in % of Qmax) < 1,5 %
FUNCTION Repeat accuracy: (in % of Qmax) < +/- 1,0 %
Switch-on time: (0-100%) 30 ms
Switch-off time: (100-0%) 25 ms
Hydraulic fluid: Hydraulic fluid to DIN 51524 part 1/ 2
The P4WR 06 is a direct acting according to ISO4406
solenoid valve which combines the Supply voltage: DC voltage
directional control with the velocity Nominal current: 1,88 A at 12V DC
control of the consumer. Resistance at 20°C: 3,66 Ohm at 12V DC
The controlled nominal flow is Coil duty rating: 100% (continuous)
proportional to the electrical input Electromagnetic
signal at the coil. compatibility: (EMC) Emissions to EN 50081-1
Analogue to his size the coil creates compatibility to EN 50082-2
a force and moves the piston to Norm 89/336 CEE
against the spring. Herewith the IP rating: IP65
corresponding cross section Installation: no orientation restrictions
diameters are opened which Hint: Vent system and valve before
determines the flow rate in setting in motion
dependence of the pressure Hole pattern: ISO4401-03-02-0-05
differential. Weight: 2,3 kg
For the electrical control of the
valve there are electronic modules
E 5.245.0 /01.13
available (see brochure 5.249.0

PEK-WAR).
808
PERFORMANCE
measured at = 33 mm²/s and Toil = 46° C (The related Δp is measured between lines P and T of the valve)
E08
Δp P-T (bar)
E16
Δp P-T (bar)
E26
Δp P-T (bar)
809
PERFORMANCE
J08
Δp P-T (bar)
J16
Δp P-T (bar)
J26
Δp P-T (bar)
position transducer – electrical connection
Pin 1 supply 18 ÷ 36 V Pin 8c

Pin 2 output 2 ÷ 10 V Pin 24a
Pin 3 0V Pin 22c
Pin 4 NC NC
810
P4WR 06 E08 D01-12PG/V 3539255 P4WR 06 E 16 D01- 12PG /V
P4WR 06 E16 D01-12PG/V 3539261
P4WR 06 E26 D01-12PG/V 3539264 Name
P4WR 06 J08 D01-12PG/V 3539276 Subplate mounting
P4WR 06 J16 D01-12PG/V 3539280 Nominal size
P4WR 06 J26 D01-12PG/V 3539281 6
Symbol
E
J
Nominal flow
08= 8 l/min
16= 16 l/min
26= 26 l/min
At Δp=10 bar P-T
Type
D01 = Standard type with
manual override
Nominal voltage
12= 12 V DC
Coil connector
Seal material
V= FPM (Standard)
N= NBR (optional)
DIMENSIONS
4 x O-Ring 9.25 x 1.78 NBR
2) Position transducer and free space for mounting the coil
4) Electrical plug 4-poles M12S/10 for position transducer (incl.)
5) Free space for mounting the DIN plug
Fastening screws:
4x Allen screw M5 x 30 10.9, Torque: 5 Nm + 0,5 Nm
Annotation
the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
4/3-Proportional Solenoid Valve
direct acting,
with integrated Electronics
Subplate to ISO4401
P4WEE 06
SYMBOL FEATURES
 Small hysteresis by super finish of moving parts
E
 Simple exchangeability by international standardized hole
pattern ISO 4401
 Integrated digital amplifier
J
up to 40 l/min SPECIFICATIONS
up to 350 bar Operating pressure: ports P, A, B: max. 350 bar
port T: max. 140 bar
FUNCTION Hysteresis (in % of Qmax): < 3%
Repeat accuracy: (in % of Qmax) < +/- 1,0%
Switch-on time (0-100%): 50 ms
Switch-off time (100-0%): 60 ms
Hydraulic fluid: Hydraulic fluid to
Filtration: ISO4406 class 18/16/13
The P4WEE 06 is a direct acting solenoid Hint: Vent system and valve
valve which combines the directional
before setting in motion
control with the velocity control of the
consumer. Hole pattern: ISO4401-03-02-0-05
The controlled nominal flow is proportional CETOP 4.2-4-03-350
to the electrical input signal at the coil. Weight: 2,4 kg
force and moves the piston against the
spring. Herewith the corresponding cross
section diameters are opened which
determines the flow rate in dependence of
the pressure differential.
The integrated digital electronics permits a

better performance of the valve and
function by
- shortened response times
E 5.230.0 /01.13
- reduced hysteresis
- better repeat accuracy
- integration CAN-Open (option)
812
PERFORMANCE
E04
Δp P-T (bar)
E08
Δp P-T (bar)
E16
Δp P-T (bar)
E26
Δp P-T (bar)
813
PERFORMANCE
J04
Δp P-T (bar)
J08
Δp P-T (bar)
J16
Δp P-T (bar)
J26
Δp P-T (bar)
814
1) Mounting plate with O-rings 4 x 9.25 x 1.78 NBR
DIMENSIONS 2) Manual override
4) Main plug
5) Plug 7 pin DIN 43563 – IP65 PG11 EX7/L/10
(not included in delivery Mat. 6080324)
6) Plug for CAN bus (optinal)
7) Plug 5 Pin M12 - IP65 PG7 EC5S/M12L/10
(only for CAN bus)
Fastening screws: 4x M5 x 30 10.9
Torque 5 Nm +0,5 Nm. All dimensions in mm.
Onboard Electronics
Parameter setting
only with CAN bus
Option and CAN PC
USB Connection!
1) Valve with proportional coils

2) Electronic housing
3) Digital amplifier
4) Main connector
Power input: 50 W
Nominal voltage: 24 VDC (19-35VDC, ripple max.3Vpp)
Current draw: 1,88 A max.
Input signal E0: Setpoint-voltage signal +/-10VDC (Impedance Ri >50 kOhm)
Input signal E1: Setpoint-current signal 4-20mA (Impedance Ri =316Ohm)
Alert signals: Overload and overheating of Electronics
Communication: Field Bus Interface CAN-Bus ISO 11898
Electronics port: 7-pin MIL-C-5015-G (DIN43563)
CAN-Bus-port: M12-IEC 60947-5-2 (Option on request)
EMC EN50081-1: Corresponding 89/336 CEE Standard
IP rating: IP65 (CEI EN 60529 Standard)
815
Input signal E0 voltage signal
Function Details
Supply voltage from 19 to 35 VDC (ripple max. 3Vpp)
Supply (0) 0V
Not connected --
Input signal (analogue) Impedance Ri > 50 KOhm (see detail 1)
Differential ground (analogue) --
Analogue output +/- 100% Imax (see detail 2)
Protective earth conductor --
Input signal E1 current signal

Function Details
Supply voltage from 19 to 32 VDC (ripple max. 3Vpp)
Supply (0) 0V
Not connected --
Input signal (analogue) Impedance Ri = 316 Ohm
Differential ground (analogue) --
Analogue output +/- 100% Imax (see detail 2)
Protective earth conductor --
Detail 1: The input signal is a differentia signal (only E0-Version). For solenoid valves with two coils, with positive reference
signal at Pin D, the flow is from P - A and B - T. At reference signal Zero it is in neutral position. For solenoid valves with one
coil, with positive reference signal at Pin D, the flow is from P - B and A - T. The piston stroke is proportional to UD - UE. If
there is only one input signal, Pin B (0V power supply) and Pin E (0V Reference signal) have to be connected together at
protective earth.
Detail 2: setting the test point Pin F in relation to Pin B (0V)
Detail 3: foresee a fuse at Pin A (24 VDC) for the protection of the electronics: 5A/50V fast acting.
CAN Bus Interface (Option /C)

will be needed to parameterize
the Onboard
Electronics
CAN PC/USB Interface

- content:
Parameterize-software
and PC connection cable
between CAN Bus and PC:
On request
(not in the standard scope of delivery
only in connection with OBE
and PC interface)
816
P4WEE 06 E04 D01-24PG E0/V 6078965 P4WEE 06 E 26 D01-24PG E0 /V/C
P4WEE 06 E08 D01-24PG E0/V 6078966 Name
P4WEE 06 E16 D01-24PG E0/V 6078967 Proportional solenoid valve
P4WEE 06 E26 D01-24PG E0/V 6078968 with integrated Electronics
Nominal size
P4WEE 06 J04 D01-24PG E0/V 6078969
6
P4WEE 06 J08 D01-24PG E0/V 6078970
P4WEE 06 J16 D01-24PG E0/V 6078971 Symbol
P4WEE 06 J26 D01-24PG E0/V 6078972 E
P4WEE 06 E04 D01-24PG E1/V 6078977

J
P4WEE 06 E08 D01-24PG E1/V 6078978
P4WEE 06 E16 D01-24PG E1/V 6078979 Nominal flow
P4WEE 06 E26 D01-24PG E1/V 6078980 04= 4 l/min
08= 8 l/min
P4WEE 6 J04 D01-24PG E1/V 6078981 16=16 l/min
26=26 l/min
P4WEE 6 J08 D01-24PG E1/V 6078982 (At Δp=10 bar P-T)
P4WEE 6 J16 D01-24PG E1/V 6078983
P4WEE 6 J26 D01-24PG E1/V 6078984 Type
Other types on request D01 = standard type with
manual override
Nominal voltage
24 = 24 V DC
Coil connector
PG= DIN plug to EN175301-803 (for coil)
Input signal
E0= +/-10 V
E1= 4-20 mA
Seal material
V= FPM (Standard)
N= NBR (optional)
Option
C = CAN-Bus (on request)
Annotation
the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
direct acting, with integrated
Electronics and transducer
Subplate to ISO4401
P4WRE 06
SYMBOL FEATURES
 Integrated digital amplifier and position transducer
J
SPECIFICATIONS
Z port T max. 210 bar
Hysteresis: (in % of Qmax) < 0,2 %
Repeat accuracy: (in % of Qmax) < +/- 0,2 %
Up to 80 l/min Ambient temperature range: -20°C up to +50°C
Up to 350 bar Hydraulic fluid: Hydraulic fluid to DIN 51524 part 1 / 2
FUNCTION Filtration: Class 18/16/13 up to 19/17/14 according
to ISO4406
Supply voltage: DC
Electromagnetic
compatibility: (EMC) Emissions to EN 50081-1
The P4WRE 06 is a direct acting compatibility to EN 50082-2
solenoid valve which combines the to Norm 89/336 CEE
directional control with the velocity IP rating: IP65
control of the consumer. Installation: no orientation restrictions
The controlled nominal flow is Hint: Vent system and valve before
proportional to the electrical input signal setting in motion
at the coil. Hole pattern: ISO4401-03-02-0-05
Weight: 2,7 kg
spring. Herewith the corresponding
cross section diameters are opened
which determines the flow rate in
dependence of the pressure differential.
The integrated digital electronics permits
a better performance of the valve and
E 5.231.2.0 /01.13
function by
818
PERFORMANCE
E, J spool E, J spool
Δp P-T (bar) Δp P-T (bar)
Command signal % Command signal %
Z spool
Z ZZ spool
Z spool
Z
Δp P-T (bar)
Command signal %
Pressure gain
Response time Curve taken at 50% flow

and (P 10 bar P->T)
Command signal % 819

Signal WA
Signal WA
NOTE 1: preview on the Pin A (24 VDC) an external fuse for protecting electronics. Fuse characteristics: 5A/50V type fast.
NOTE 2: preview 24V DC on the PIN C to activate the card power stage.
NOTE 3: The input signal is differential type on E0 version only. For double solenoid valves, with positive reference signal
connected to pin D, the valve opening is P - A and B - T. With zero reference signal the valve is in central position. For “SA”
single solenoid valves, with positive reference to pin D, the valve opening is P-B and A-T. The spool stroke is proportional to
UD - UE. If only one input signal (single-end) is available, the pin B (0V power supply) and the pin E (0V reference signal)
must be connected through a jumper and both connected to GND, electric panel side.
NOTE 4: This value changes, as shown in the table below. When MONITOR function is enabled and the card is enabled, read
the test point pin F in relation to pin B (0V). When detect a failure or error of the sensor LVDT, the drive bring the valve back
in central position and locks it. In this condition the pin F, referring to the pin B, indicates 0V DC output. To reset the fault, the
card must be disabled and re-enable. When the card is disabled, the pin F referred to the pin B shows 2.7V DC output: this
value is given by the voltage of the LIN bus communication and not by the MONITOR value.
820
ELECTRONICS
Position encoder – Electrical connection
Pin 1 supply 18 ÷ 36 V Pin 8c

Pin 2 Output ÷ 10 V Pin 24a
Pin 3 0V Pin 22c
Pin 4 NC NC
Parameterization only over optional LIN bus interface
Power input: 70 W
Input signal E0: voltage signal +/-10VDC (Impedance Ri >50 kOhm)
Input signal E1: current signal 4-20mA (Impedance Ri =500 Ohm)
Alert signals: Overload and overheating of Electronics, LVDT sensor
failure, cable break, power failure <4mA
Communication: LIN Bus Interface (optional on request)
EMC EN61000-6-4: Corresponding 2004/108 CE Standard
Attention: to parameterize the OBE a LIN bus interface is necessary

(not in the standard scope of delivery)
Price on request
821
P4WRE 06 E12 D01-24PG E0/V 3565232 P4WRE 06 E 12 D01- 24PG E0 /V
P4WRE 06 E30 D01-24PG E0/V 3565233
Name
P4WRE 06 J12 D01-24PG E0/V 3565246 subplate with integr. Electronics
P4WRE 06 J30 D01-24PG E0/V 3565247
Other types on request Nominal size
6
Symbol
Hole pattern to ISO 4401-03-02-05 E, J, Z
Nominal flow
4 = 4 l/min (only Z symbol)
12 = 12 l/min (At Δp=10 bar P-T)
30 = 30 l/min
Type
Nominal voltage
12= 12 V DC
Coil connector
Input signal
E0= +/-10 V
E1= 4-20 mA
Seal material
DIMENSIONS V= FPM (Standard)
N= NBR (optional)
Annotation
the technical dept.
1) Mounting plate with O-rings 4x 9.25 x 1.78 NBR 90 Shore Technical information are
2) Free space for mounting the coil subject to technical modifications.
4) Main plug
2) Plug 7 pin DIN 43563 – IP65 PG11 EX7/L/10 HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
(not included in delivery Mat. 6080324) Justus-von-Liebig-Str. 5
Fastening screws: 4x M5 x 30 10.9, Torque 5 Nm +o,5 Nm 66280 Sulzbach / Saar
All dimensions in mm. Fastening elements are not in the scope of delivery. Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
823
direct acting
Subplate to ISO4401
P4WE 10
SYMBOL FEATURES
to ISO 4401
J
SPECIFICATIONS
up to 90 l/min port T max. 210 bar
up to 320 bar Nominal flow: max. 90 l/min
Hysteresis: (in % of Qmax): < 6 %
FUNCTION Switch-on time: (0-100%) 50 ms
Hydraulic fluid: Hydraulic fluid to DIN 51524 part 1 / 2
Supply voltage: DC voltage
The P4WE 10 is a direct acting 1,60 A at 24V DC
solenoid valve which combines the Resistance at 20°C: 3,40 Ohm at 12V DC
directional control with the velocity 8,65 Ohm at 24V DC
control of the consumer. Coil duty rating: 100% (continuous)
The controlled nominal flow is Electromagnetic
proportional to the electrical input compatibility: (EMC) Emissions to EN 50081-1
signal at the coil. compatibility to EN 50082-2
Analogue to his size the coil creates to Norm 89/336 CEE
a force and moves the piston against IP rating: IP65
the spring. Herewith the Installation: no orientation restrictions
corresponding cross section Hint: Vent system and valve before
diameters are opened which setting in motion
determines the flow rate in Hole pattern: ISO4401-05-04-0-05
dependence of the pressure Weight: 5,9 kg
differential.
E 5.229.0 /01.13
For the electrical control of the valve

there are electronic modules
available (see brochure 5.249.2.0
PEM-XD).
824
PERFORMANCE
E30
Δp P-T (bar)
E60
Δp P-T (bar)
J30
Δp P-T (bar)
J60
Δp P-T (bar)
825
P4WE 10 E30 D01-24PG/V 6078958 P4WE10 E 30 D01- 24PG /V
P4WE 10 E60 D01-24PG/V 6078960
P4WE 10 J30 D01-24PG/V 6078962 Name
P4WE 10 J60 D01-24PG/V 6078964 Proportional solenoid valve
Other types on request Subplate mounting
Nominal size
10
Hole pattern to ISO4401 05-04-0-05 Symbol

E
J
Nominal flow
30 = 30 l/min
Type
D01 = standard type with
manual override
Nominal voltage
12= 12 V DC
24= 24 V DC
Coil connector
Seal material
V= FPM (Standard)
N= NBR (optional)
DIMENSIONS
Annotation
1) Mounting plate with O-rings 4x 12,42 x 1,78 The technical information in this
2) Manual override conditions and applications.
3) Free space for mounting the coil operating conditions please contact
4) DIN plug to EN175301-803 the technical dept.
5) Free space for mounting the plug subject to technical modifications.
Fastening screws: 4x M6 x 40 10.9, Torque 8 Nm +0,5 Nm
All dimensions in mm. Fastening elements are not in the scope of delivery. Justus-von-Liebig-Str. 5
Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
827
direct acting,
with integrated Electronics
Subplate to ISO4401
P4WEE 10
SYMBOL FEATURES
to ISO 4401
J  Integrated digital amplifier
up to 90 l/min
up to 320 bar SPECIFICATIONS
port T max. 140 bar
FUNCTION Nominal flow: max. 90 l/min
Hysteresis: (in % of Qmax): < 3,0 %
Switch-on time: (0-100%) 50 ms
Filtration: Class 18/16/13 up to 19/17/14 according
The P4WEE10 is a direct acting to ISO4406
solenoid valve which combines the Coil duty rating: 100% (continuous)
directional control with the velocity Electromagnetic
control of the consumer. compatibility: (EMC) Emissions to EN 50081-1
The controlled nominal flow is compatibility to EN 50082-2
proportional to the electrical input signal to Norm 89/336 CEE
at the coil. IP rating: IP65
Analogue to his size the coil creates a Installation: no orientation restrictions
Hint: Vent system and valve before
spring. Herewith the corresponding
cross section diameters are opened setting in motion
which determines the flow rate in Hole pattern: ISO4401-05-04-0-05
dependence of the pressure differential. Weight: 6,6 kg

function by
E 5.231.0 /01.13
- integration CAN-Open as
an option
828
PERFORMANCE
E30
Δp P-T (bar)
E60
Δp P-T (bar)
J30
Δp P-T (bar)
J60
Δp P-T (bar)
829
DIMENSIONS 1) Mounting plate with O-rings 4p 12,42 x 1,78
2) Manual override
4) Main plug
5) Plug 7 pin DIN 43563 – IP65 PG11 EX7/L/10
6) CAN-Bus (option)
7) Plug 5 Pin M12 - IP65 PG7 EC5S/M12L/10
(only for CAN bus)
Fastening screws: 4x M6 x 40 10.9
Torque 8 Nm +0,5 Nm.
All dimensions in mm. Fastening elements are not
in the scope of delivery.
Onboard Electronics
1) Valve with proportional coils
2) Electronic housing
3) Digital amplifier
4) Main connector
Parameter setting
only with Can bus
option!
Power input: 70 W
Alert signals: Overload and overheating of Electronics
Communication: Field Bus Interface CAN-Bus ISO 11898
CAN-Bus-port: M12-IEC 60947-5-2 (Option on request)
830
CAN Bus Interface (Option /C)

will be needed to parameterize
the Onboard
Electronics
CAN PC/USB Interface

- content:
Parameterize-software
and PC connection cable
between CAN Bus and PC:
On request
(not in the standard scope of delivery
only in connection with OBE
and PC interface)
831
P4WEE 10 E30 D01-24PG E0/V 6078973 P4WEE10 E 30 D01- 24PG E0 /V /C
P4WEE 10 E60 D01-24PG E0/V 6078974
Name
P4WEE 10 J30 D01-24PG E0/V 6078975 Proportional solenoid valve,
P4WEE 10 J60 D01-24PG E0/V 6078976 subplate with integr. Electronics
Nominal size
P4WEE 10 E30 D01-24PG E1/V 6078985 10
P4WEE 10 E60 D01-24PG E1/V 6078986
Symbol
P4WEE 10 J30 D01-24PG E1/V 6078987 E, J
P4WEE 10 J60 D01-24PG E1/V 6078988 Nominal flow
Other types on request 30 = 30 l/min
Type
Nominal voltage
12= 12 V DC
24= 24 V DC
Coil connector
Input signal
E0= +/-10 V
E1= 4-20 mA
Seal material
V= FPM (Standard)
N= NBR (optional)
Option
C = CAN-Bus (on request)
Hole pattern to ISO4401 05-04-0-05
Annotation
the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
833
direct acting, with integrated
Electronics and transducer
Subplate to ISO4401
P4WRE 10
SYMBOL FEATURES
 Integrated digital amplifier and position transducer
J
SPECIFICATIONS
Z port T max. 210 bar
Maximal flow: 180 l/min (P 10 bar P->T)
75 l/min
70/35 = 70 l/min (P-A) 35 l/min (P-B)
Up to 180 l/min Hysteresis: (in % of Qmax) < 0,2 %
Up to 320 bar Repeat accuracy: (in % of Qmax) < +/- 0,1 %
FUNCTION Ambient temperature range: -20°C up to +50°C
Viscosity range: 10 mm2/s up to 400mm2/s
Filtration: Class 18/16/13 up to 19/17/14 according
to ISO4406
Supply voltage: DC
Nominal current: 0,86 A bei 24V DC
Resistance at 20°C: 17,6 Ohm bei 24V DC
The P4WRE10 is a direct acting Electromagnetic
solenoid valve which combines the
compatibility: (EMC) Emissions to EN 50081-1
directional control with the velocity
control of the consumer.
compatibility to EN 50082-2
The controlled nominal flow is to Norm 89/336 CEE
proportional to the electrical input signal IP rating: IP65
at the coil. Installation: no orientation restrictions
Analogue to his size the coil creates a Hint: Vent system and valve before
force and moves the piston against the setting in motion
spring. Herewith the corresponding Hole pattern: ISO4401-05-04-0-05
cross section diameters are opened Weight: 7,1 kg
which determines the flow rate in
dependence of the pressure differential.
E 5.231.1.0 /01.13

function by
834
PERFORMANCE
E, J spool E, J spool
Z spool
Z ΔpP-T
Δp P-T(bar)
(bar) Z spool
Z Δp P-T (bar)
Frequency Response
Pressure gain
Curve taken at 50% flow

and P 10 bar P->T
835
Input signal analogue
Ground analogue
NOTE 1: preview on the Pin A (24 VDC) an external fuse for protecting electronics. Fuse characteristics: 5A/50V type fast.
NOTE 2: preview 24V DC on the PIN C to activate the card power stage.
NOTE 3: The input signal is differential type on E0 version only. For double solenoid valves, with positive reference signal
connected to pin D, the valve opening is P - A and B - T. With zero reference signal the valve is in central position. For “SA”
single solenoid valves, with positive reference to pin D, the valve opening is P-B and A-T. The spool stroke is proportional to
UD - UE. If only one input signal (single-end) is available, the pin B (0V power supply) and the pin E (0V reference signal)
must be connected through a jumper and both connected to GND, electric panel side.
NOTE 4: This value changes, as shown in the table below. When MONITOR function is enabled and the card is enabled, read
the test point pin F in relation to pin B (0V). When detect a failure or error of the sensor LVDT, the drive bring the valve back
in central position and locks it. In this condition the pin F, referring to the pin B, indicates 0V DC output. To reset the fault, the
card must be disabled and re-enable. When the card is disabled, the pin F referred to the pin B shows 2.7V DC output: this
value is given by the voltage of the LIN bus communication and not by the MONITOR value.
836
ELECTRONICS
Position Transducer – Electrical connection
Pin 1 Supply 18 ÷ 36 V Pin 8c

Pin 2 Outlet 0 ÷ 10 V Pin 24a
Pin 3 0V Pin 22c
Pin 4 NC NC
Power input: 70 W
Alert signals: Overload and overheating of Electronics, LVDT sensor
failure, cable break, power failure <4mA
Communication: LIN Bus Interface (optional on request)
Attention: to parameterize the OBE a control box is necessary (not in the

standard scope of delivery)
Price on request
837
on request P4WRE 10 E 50 D01- 24PG E0 /V
Name
subplate with integr. Electronics
Nominal size
10
Hole pattern to ISO4401 05-04-0-05
Symbol
E, J, Z
Nominal flow
50= 50 l/min at Δp= 10
75 = 75 l/min bar P-T
70/35 = 70 l/min (P-A), 35 l/min (P-B)
Type
Nominal voltage
24= 24 V DC
Coil Connector
Input signal
E0= +/-10 V
E1= 4-20 mA
DIMENSIONS Seal material

V= FPM (Standard)
N= NBR (optional)
Annotation
the technical dept.
1) Mounting plate with O-rings 5x 12,42 x 1,78 NBR 90 Shore Technical information are
2) Plug 7 pin DIN 43563 – IP65 PG11 EX7/L/10 subject to technical modifications.
3) Free space for mounting the coil HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
4) Main plug Justus-von-Liebig-Str. 5
Fastening screws: 4x M6 x 40 10.9, Torque 8 Nm +0,5 Nm or quality 12.9 14 Nm 66280 Sulzbach / Saar
All dimensions in mm. Fastening elements are not in the scope of delivery. Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
839
2-port slip-in cartridge valve
pressure function, poppet type
Cone A (1:1)
Type L-CEE
Sizes 16 up to 63
SYMBOL FEATURES:
X - 2-port slip-in cartridge valves according to ISO 7368 with
two operational ports A and B.
- valve cone without damping nose
- hydraulic control by pilot pressure applied to port X
B
FUNCTION:
The main flow from the port A to B is hydraulically operated by a controlling
A pressure at port X. The cartridge valve is normally closed leakagefree A <->
B. It consists of a poppet with sleeve, cone and closing spring. The closing
Q max = 6.000 l/min spring is located in the valve cone and affects the minimum operating
P max = 350 bar pressure. Furthermore it is holding the valve in the unloaded position closed.
The resulting force of the pilot pressure on face Ax and the forces on ports A
and B (pA x AA, pB x AB) affect the opening of the valve.
SPECIFICATIONS:
Media operating temperature range: min. -20°C up to max. +80°C
Ambient temperature range: min. -20°C up to max. +60°C
Mode of Construction: 2- way poppet valve
Fluids: Hydraulic oils according DIN
51524 part 1 and 2
ISO 4406
Viscosity: 2,8 up to 380 mm²/s
Sealing: KM + PU (NBR, FKM on request)
Installation position: optional
Manner of Mounting: Manifold cartridge mounting
Cavity: according to ISO 7368
Ratio: 1:1
E 5.232.0 /01.13
Flow direction: A-->B
840
MODEL CODE L - C E E 16 B 6 A
Basic model
L-CEE = 2-port slip-in cartridge valve standard
Size
Sizes available sizes = NG 16, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63
16 - 32
Series
To be assigned by manufacturer
Model
Cavity to ISO 7368
Cone type
A = step cone 1:1
Sleeve + sleeve cap + cone
Basic versions
Cone A without sealing at cone
Part No. 6061190 6061146 6061205 6061210 6061215 6061221
NW16 NW25 NW32 NW40 NW50 NW63
Sizes stroke mm 5,9 10,6 14,1 15,3 20,4 24,0
40 - 63 AA mm² 201,0 380,0 707,0 1257,0 2376,0 3848,0
AA (Ref) 1,0 1,0 1,0 1,0 1,0 1,0
AB / / / / / /
AX 1,0 1,0 1,0 1,0 1,0 1,0
Control volume (A X ) cm³ 1,19 4,03 9,97 19,23 48,47 92,35
Weight (kg) 0,20 0,40 0,90 1,80 3,20 6,90
Optional springs not in the standard scope of delivery (for versions without sealing at cone only!*)
Cone + sleeve Part No. 0,2 bar 6061191 6061229 6061233 6061237 6061241 6061245
Part No. 0,6 bar 6061204 6061230 6061234 6061238 6061242 6061247
Part No. 1,2 bar 6061227 6061231 6061235 6061239 6061243 6061248
Part No. 2,4 bar 6061228 6061232 6061236 6061240 6061244 6061249
PERFORMANCE
Measured at 35 mm²/s, T-Oil 50°C
p bar
DIMENSIONS
Flow l/min
p bar
Annotation
the technical dept.

Flow l/min 66280 Sulzbach / Saar
Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
directional function, poppet
type Cone B (1: 1,6)
Type L-CEE
Sizes 16 up to 63
SYMBOL FEATURES:
- 2-port slip-in cartridge valves according to ISO
X 7368 with two operational ports A and B.
- valve cone without damping nose
- optional with sealing between cone and sleeve
= leakagefree B <-> X (see MODEL CODE, detail “X”)
B
FUNCTION:
The main flow through the ports A and B is hydraulically operated by a
controlling pressure at port X. The cartridge valve is normally closed
A leakagefree A <-> B. It consists of a poppet with sleeve, cone and closing
spring. The closing spring is located in the valve cone and affects the minimum
operating pressure. Furthermore it is holding the valve in the unloaded position
closed.
Q max = 3.600 l/min The resulting force of the pilot pressure on face Ax and the forces on ports A and
P max = 350 bar B (pA x AA, pB x AB) affect the opening of the valve.
SPECIFICATIONS:
1524 part 1 and 2
ISO 4406
Sealing: FKM + PU (NBR, FKM on request)
Cavity: ccording to ISO 7368
Ratio: 1 : 1,6
Flow direction: A<-->B
E 5.233.0 /01.13
842
MODEL CODE L - C E E 16 B 6 B X
Basic model
Sizes Size
available sizes = NG 16, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63
16 - 32
Series
Model
Cavity to ISO 7368
Sleeve + sleeve cap + cone Cone type

B = step cone 1:1,6
Sealing element at the cone

omission = without sealing between cone and sleeve
X = with sealing between cone and sleeve
(Attention: different springs necessary, call factory!)
Basic versions
Cone B without sealing at cone
Part No. 6061143 6061148 6061207 6061212 6061218 6061224
Cone B with sealing at cone
Part No. 6061144 6061150 6061208 6061213 6061219 6061225
Sizes NW16 NW25 NW32 NW40 NW50 NW63
40 - 63 stroke mm 6,0 12,0 14,0 15,0 20,0 24,0
AA mm² 123,0 227,0 452,0 804,0 1590,0 2642,0
AA (Ref) 1,0 1,0 1,0 1,0 1,0 1,0
AB 0,6 0,6 0,6 0,6 0,6 0,6
AX 1,6 1,6 1,6 1,6 1,6 1,6
Weight (kg) 0,20 0,40 0,90 1,80 3,20 6,90
Cone + sleeve
Optional springs not in the standard scope of delivery (for versions without sealing at cone only!*)
Part No. 0,3 bar 6061191 6061229 6061233 6061237 6061241 6061245
Part No. 1 bar 6061204 6061230 6061234 6061238 6061242 6061247
PERFORMANCE Part No. 2 bar 6061227 6061231 6061235 6061239 6061243 6061248
Part No. 4 bar 6061228 6061232 6061236 6061240 6061244 6061249
(*versions with sealing at cone: call factory!)
p bar
DIMENSIONS
Flow l/min
p bar
Annotation
the technical dept.

Flow l/min 66280 Sulzbach / Saar
Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
directional function, poppet type
Cone C (1:1,6) with damping
Type L-CEE
Sizes 16 up to 63
SYMBOL FEATURES:
X - 2-port slip-in cartridge valve according to ISO 7368 with
two operational ports A and B.
- valve cone with damping nose to avoid pressure surge
FUNCTION:
The main flow through the ports A and B is hydraulically operated by a
B controlling pressure at port X. The cartridge valve is normally closed
leakagefree A <-> B. It consists of a poppet with sleeve, a cone with damping
nose and a closing spring. The closing spring is located in the valve cone and
affects the minimum operating pressure. Furthermore it is holding the valve in
A the unloaded position closed.
The resulting force of the pilot pressure on face Ax and the forces on ports A
and B (pA x AA, pB x AB) affect the opening of the valve.
Q max = 2.700 l/min
p max = 350 bar
SPECIFICATIONS:
51524 part 1 and 2
ISO 4406
Sealing: FKM + PU (NBR,FKM on request)
Cavity: according to ISO 7368
Ratio: 1 : 1,6
Flow direction: A<-->B
E 5.234.0 /01.13
844
MODEL CODE L - C E E 16 B 6 C
Basic model
Size
Sizes available sizes = NG 16, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63
16 - 32
Series
Model
Cavity to ISO 7368
Cone type
Sleeve + sleeve cap + cone C = step cone 1:1,16 with damping
Basic versions
Cone C without sealing at cone
Sizes Part No. 6061145 6061202 6061209 6061214 6061220 6061226
40 - 63 NW16 NW25 NW32 NW40 NW50 NW63
Stroke mm 6,0 12,0 14,0 15,0 20,0 24,0
A A mm² 123,0 227,0 452,0 804,0 1590,0 2642,0
A A (Ref) 1,0 1,0 1,0 1,0 1,0 1,0
AB 0,6 0,6 0,6 0,6 0,6 0,6
AX 1,6 1,6 1,6 1,6 1,6 1,6
Weight (kg) 0,20 0,40 0,90 1,80 3,20 6,90
Optional springs not in the standard scope of delivery

Part No. 0,3 bar 6061191 6061229 6061233 6061237 6061241 6061245
Cone + sleeve Part No. 1 bar 6061204 6061230 6061234 6061238 6061242 6061247
Part No. 2 bar 6061227 6061231 6061235 6061239 6061243 6061248
Part No. 4 bar 6061228 6061232 6061236 6061240 6061244 6061249
PERFORMANCE
p bar DIMENSIONS
Flow l/min
p bar
Annotation
the technical dept.

Flow l/min Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
2/2 slip-in cartridge cover
Function 1D
Series LD-CCE
Size16 up to 63
SYMBOL FEATURES:
- 2/2 slip-in cartridge covers with remote control port
P max = 350 bar according to ISO 7368
- with possibility to built-in a nozzle at port X
Directional FUNCTION:
By using a 1D-cover in combination with a 2/2 slip-in cartridge the port X will
be connected to tank at pressure discharge - so that a directional function is
realized with flow from A -> B or B -> A.
If the control port X of the cover will be charged with the highest system
pressure or with the highest pressure of A or B, the flow from A to B and
inverse is blocked.
Check FUNCTION:
By using a 1D-cover in combination with a 2/2 slip-in cartridge valve a check
function can also be realized, by connecting the control port X with port B.
Then the direction of the flow is blocked A ->B (B ->A).
The 2/2 slip-in cartridge cover 1D can be combined with the cones B and C.
SPECIFICATIONS:
Temp. range of operating fluid: min. -20°C up to max. +80°C
Operating fluid: hydraulic fluid according to DIN 51524
part 1 and 2
Filtration: Class 20/18/15
according to ISO 4406 (C)
Viscosity range: 2,8 up to 380 mm²/s
Seals: FKM + PU (NBR / FKM on request)
E 5.235.0 /01.13
846
Standard models MODEL CODE
Type Part No. LD -C C E 16 D 6 1D
LD-CCE 16 D 6 1D 6071627
LD-CCE 25 D 6 1D 6071628 Name
LD-CCE= 2/2 slip-in cartridge covers,
LD-CCE 32 D 6 1D 6071658 Standard
LD-CCE 40 D 6 1D 6071659
LD-CCE 50 D 6 1D 6071660 Nominal size
LD-CCE 63 D 6 1D 6071671 Size16, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63
Series
Nozzles named by manufacturer
Ports NG16 NG25 NG32 Type

X M5 M6 M6 Threads and control ports according to ISO 7368
NG40 NG50 NG63
Cover code
X M8 M8 M10
1D = functional symbol
Nozzle 0,8 Part No.
Nozzle covers M5x0,8 6071916
Nozzle covers M10x0,8 6071919 DIMENSIONS
Nozzle 1,5 Part No.
Nozzle choice
Nozzle diameter
Δp over nozzle
Flow rate
Annotation
the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
Email: flutec@hydac.com
847
Function 1H
Series LD-CCE
Size16 up to 63
SYMBOL FEATURES:
according to ISO 7368
P max = 350 bar
- with possibility to built-in a nozzle at port X
- with adjustable stroke limitation (needle function)
Needle FUNCTION:
By using a 1H-cover in combination with a 2/2 slip-in cartridge the port X will be
connected to tank at pressure discharge - so that a directional function is realized
with flow from A -> B or B -> A.
If the control port X of the cover will be charged with the highest system pressure
or with the highest pressure of A or B, the flow from A to B and inverse is blocked.
By the adjustable stroke limitation the flow in both directions will be throttled. An
adjustment of the stroke under pressure is limited. The 2/2 slip-in cartridge may
also be closed by the stroke limitation.
The 2/2 slip-in cartridge covers 1H can be combined with A, B and C-cone, but
not in conjunction with cone with sealing between cone and sleeve.
SPECIFICATIONS:
part 1 and 2
Seals: KM + PU (NBR / FKM on request)
E 5.236.0 /01.13
848
Type Part No. LD -C C E 16 D 6 1H 2
LD-CCE 16 D 6 1H 2 6071672
LD-CCE 25 D 6 1H 2 6071674 Name
LD-CCE= 2/2 slip-in cartridge covers,
LD-CCE 32 D 6 1H 2 6071675 Standard
LD-CCE 40 D 6 1H 2 6071676
LD-CCE 50 D 6 1H 2 6071677 Nominal size
LD-CCE 63 D 6 1H 2 6071678 Size 16, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63
Series
named by manufacturer
Nozzles
Type
Ports NG16 NG25 NG32 Threads and control ports according to ISO 7368
X M5 M6 M6
Cover code
NG40 NG50 NG63
X M8 M8 M10 1H = functional symbol
Nozzle 0,8 Part No. Adjustment

Nozzle covers M5x0,8 6071916 2 = Allen screw with counter nut (Standard)
Nozzle covers M6x0,8 6071917 9 = Allen screw with counter nut and protection cap, lead-sealable
Nozzle covers M8x0,8 6071918 (on request)
DIMENSIONS
Nozzle 1,5 Part No.
Nozzle choice
Nozzle diameter
Nozzle diameter
Δp over nozzle
Flow rate
Annotation
the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
849
Function RM
Series LD-CCE
Size16 up to 63
SYMBOL FEATURES:
P max = 350 bar
- with possibility to built-in a nozzle at port P, A, B, T
- with port sheme size 6 and size 10
Pilot operated directional FUNCTION:

By using a RM-cover in combination with a 2/2 slip-in cartridge and a body
mounted spool valve a directional function will be realized if port B is plugged
and the coil is energized - with flow from A -> B or B -> A. This will be realized
by pressure discharge of the springchamber of the 2/2 slip-in cartridges.
If the control port X of the cover will be charged with the highest system
pressure or with the highest pressure of A or B, the flow from A to B and inverse
is blocked if port B is plugged and the coil is de-energized. If port A is plugged
and the coil is energized there will be exactly the inverse function of the a.m. at
energized and d-energized coil.
The 2/2 slip-in cartridge covers RM can be combined with cone B and C. Up to
size 50 the 2/2 slip-in cartridge covers can be combined with 4/2-body mounted
spool valves size 6. For 2/2 slip-in cartridge covers size 63 there may only be
used 4/2 body mounted spool valves size 10.
SPECIFICATIONS:
part 1 and 2
E 5.237.0 /01.13
850
Type Part No. LD -C C E 16 D 6 RM
LD-CCE 16 D 6 RM 6071679
LD-CCE 25 D 6 RM 6071681 Name
LD-CCE 32 D 6 RM 6071682 LD-CCE= 2/2 slip-in cartridge covers,
Standard
LD-CCE 40 D 6 RM 6071683
LD-CCE 50 D 6 RM 6071684 Nominal size
LD-CCE 63 D 6 RM 6071685 Size16, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63
Series
Nozzles

P, A, B, T M6 M6 M6 Threads and control ports according to ISO 7368
NG40 NG50 NG63 Cover code

P, A, B, T M6 M6 M10 RM = functional symbol
Nozzle 0,8 Part No.

Nozzle covers M5x0,8 6071916 DIMENSIONS
Nozzle covers M8x0,8 6071918 (additional measuring port at sizes > 32) (Size 63 nozzle possible in both T ports)
Nozzle 1,5 Part No.

Nozzle choice
Nozzle diameter
Δp over nozzle
Flow rate
Annotation
the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
851
Function 4W
Series LD-CCE
Size16 up to 63
SYMBOL FEATURES:
P max = 350 bar according to ISO 7368
- with possibility to built-in a nozzle at port P, A, B, T, C, Z2
- with port sheme size 6 and size 10
- with parallel check function
Pilot operated directional FUNCTION:

By using a 4W-cover in combination with a 2/2 slip-in cartridge and a body-
mounted spool valve there is the same function as at the RM-cover.
It offers parallel check functions at ports X and Z1. The higher pressure of both
pressures is at port P. This feature is helpful in applications where the risk of a
short-term opening during pilot pressure switch-over should be excluded
completely.
Additional the port Z2 could be used to actuate a second 2/2 slip-in cartridge.
The 2/2 slip-in cartridge covers 4W can be combined with cone B and C. Up
to size 50 the 2/2 slip-in cartridge covers can be combined with 4/2-body
mounted spool valves size 6. For 2/2 slip-in cartridge covers size 63 there may
only be used 4/2 body mounted spool valves size 10.
SPECIFICATIONS:
part 1 and 2
E 5.238.0 /01.13
852
Type Part No. LD -C C E 16 D 6 4W
LD-CCE 16 D 6 4W 6071686
Name
LD-CCE 25 D 6 4W 6071687 LD-CCE= 2/2 slip-in cartridge cover,
LD-CCE 32 D 6 4W 6071688 Standard
LD-CCE 40 D 6 4W 6071689
LD-CCE 50 D 6 4W 6071690 Nominal size
Size16, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63
LD-CCE 63 D 6 4W 6071691
Series
Nozzles
Ports NG16 NG25 NG32

Type
P, A, B, T M6 M6 M6 Threads and control ports according to ISO 7368
C, Z2 M5 M6 M6
Cover code
NG40 NG50 NG63 4W = functional symbol
P, A, B, T M6 M6 M10
C, Z2 M8 M8 M10
DIMENSIONS
Nozzle 0,8 Part No.
Nozzle 1,5 Part No.

Nozzle choice
Nozzle diameter
Δp over nozzle
Annotation Flow rate

the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
853
Function 2WR
Series LD-CCE
Size16 up to 63
SYMBOL FEATURES:
Pmax = 350 bar - 2/2 slip-in cartridge covers with remote control port
- with possibility to built-in a nozzle at port P, A, B, T, X, C
NG16, 25
FUNCTION:
Pilot operated directional valve with shuttle change over function
By using a 2WR-cover in combination with a 2 way directional cartridge valve

NG32, 40, 50 and a check function will be realized in energized mode with flow from port A ->
B. The flow direction from B -> A is always closed. In de-energized mode the
flow direction from A -> B is closed. The control port Z1 of the cover is charged
with the highest system pressure.
The control port Z2 may be used for the actuation of a second cartridge valve.
NG63 SPECIFICATIONS:
part 1 and 2
E 5.249.18 /01.13
854
Type Part No. LD -C C E 16 D 6 2WR
LD-CCE 16 D6 2WR 6083431
LD-CCE 25 D6 2WR 6083432 Name
LD-CCE 32 D6 2WR 6083433 LD-CCE= Control cover for 2/2- cartridge valve,
Standard
LD-CCE 40 D6 2WR 6083434
LD-CCE 50 D6 2WR 6083435 Nominal size
LD-CCE 63 D6 2WR 6083436 NG 16, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63
Series
Nozzles

X, C M5 M6 M6 Threads and control ports according to ISO 7368
P, A, B, T M6 M6 M6
Cover code
NG40 NG50 NG63 2WR = functional symbol
X, C M8 M8 M10
P, A, B, T M6 M6 M10 DIMENSIONS
Size16 – 50 Size 63
Nozzle 0,8 Part No.
Nozzle Control cover M5x0,8 6071916
Nozzle 1,5 Part No.

Nozzle choice
Nozzle diameter
Δp over nozzle
Flow rate
Annotation
the technical dept.

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
855
Function 2DR
Series LD-CCE
Size16 up to 32
SYMBOL FEATURES:
P max = 350 bar
- with possibility to built-in a nozzle at port C, X, Z1,Z2
SPECIFICATIONS:
part 1 and 2
E 5.249.17 /01.13
856
Type Part No. LD -C C E 16 D 6 2DR
LD-CCE 16 D6 2DR 6083395
LD-CCE 25 D6 2DR 6083396 Name
LD-CCE 32 D6 2DR 6083397 LD-CCE= Control cover for 2/2- cartridge valve,
Standard
Nominal size
NG 16, 25, 32
Series
Nozzles

X, C, Z1, Z2 M5 M6 M6 Threads and control ports according to ISO 7368
Cover code
Nozzle 0,8 Part No. 2DR = functional symbol
DIMENSIONS
Nozzle 1,5 Part No.
Nozzle Control cover M5x1,5 6071920 Size 16
Nozzle choice
Nozzle diameter
4x fastening screws
To ISO 4762 M8 x 35 –12.9
Torque: 30 Nm + 3Nm
Not in the scope of supply
Size 25
Δp over nozzle
Plug G3/8
4x fastening screws
To ISO 4762 M12 x 40 –12.9
Torque: 100 Nm + 5Nm
Flow rate
Size 32
Annotation
operating conditions please contact 4x fastening screws
the technical dept. To ISO 4762 M16 x 50 –12.9
Technical information are Torque: 300 Nm + 20Nm

Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
857
Zubehör für Industrieventile
Accessories for industrial valves
1) 4WE Wegeschieberventile, magnetgesteuert
4WE Directional spool valves solenoid operated
Nenngröße / Werkstoff / Anzahl / Mat.-nr. /
Size Material Number Beschreibung / Description Code no.
NBR 4x 9,25 x 1,78 80Sh 3492432
Dichtsätze / Seal kits NG / NW6
FPM 4x 9,25 x 1,78 80Sh 3120269
NBR 5x 12 x 2 80Sh 3492433
NG / NW10
FPM 5x 12 x 2 80Sh 3492434
Befestigungsschrauben / NG / NW6 4x M5x30 3524313
Screws NG / NW10 4x M6x40 3524314
12DG 915050
24DG 3191378
NG / NW6
96DG 3131288
Magnetspulen / Coils 205DG 3131247
12DG 3136538
NG / NW10 24DG 3135636
205DG 3136542
Mutter / Nut
NG / NW6 3524345
Dichtsatz Magnetspule / O-Ring
Seal kit for coil Mutter / Nut
NG / NW10 3524350
O-Ring
Z4 Standard 2-polig o. PE/2 poles w ithout PE 394287
Stecker / Plug
ZW4 inkl. Gleichrichter/incl. bridge rectifier 394293
NG / NW 6 siehe Punkt 8 Anschlussplatten 3565254
Platten / Plates
NG / NW 10 see point 8 Subplates 3565280
NG / NW6 0,8 mm 6087869
1,5 mm 6087870
Düsen / Orifices
NG / NW10 0,8 mm 6092411
1,5 mm 6092412
Sondernothand / Manual Pilznothand / Manual override
override special NG / NW6 mushroom-type 3506914
2) 4WH Wegeschieberventile, hydraulisch vorgesteuert

Directional spool valves hydraulically piloted
Nenngröße / Werkstoff / Anzahl / Anzahl / Beschreibung / Mat.-nr. /
Size Material Number Beschreibung / Description Number Description Code no.
NBR 5x 12,42x1,78 90 Sh 2x 9,25x1,78 90 Sh 3524475
NG / NW10
FPM 5x 12,42x1,78 90 Sh 2x 9,25x1,78 90 Sh 3524523
NBR 4x 22,22x2,62 90 Sh 2x 10,82x1,78 90 Sh 3524553
FPM 4x 22,22x2,62 90 Sh 2x 10,82x1,78 90 Sh 3524634
NBR 4x 29,8x2,62 90Sh 2x 20,24x2,62 90Sh 3524659
NG / NW25
FPM 4x 29,8x2,62 90Sh 2x 20,24x2,62 90Sh 3524660
NBR 4x 37,59x3,53 90Sh 2x 20,24x2,62 90Sh 3524685
NG / NW32
FPM 4x 37,59x3,53 90Sh 2x 20,24x2,62 90Sh 3524690
NG / NW10 4x M6x35 3524691
Befestigungsschrauben / NG / NW16 4x M10x60 2x M6x50 3524695
Screws NG / NW25 6x M12x60 12.9 3524698
NG / NW32 6x M20x70 12.9 3524700
NBR Sperrplatte / Non-return plate 3611576
FPM Sperrplatte / Non-return plate 3611580
NBR Umlenkplatte / Diversion plate PATB 3581660
Platten / Plates NG / NW6
FPM Umlenkplatte / Diversion plate PATB 3581661
NBR Umlenkplatte / Diversion plate PBTA 3581662
D/E 5.249.19 /01.13
FPM Umlenkplatte / Diversion plate PBTA 3581663

NG / NW10 M 5x 6-45H 3524747
Stopfen, Stifte und
NG / NW16 M 6x 8-45H
Düsen / Plugs, pins,
NG / NW25 M 6x 8-45H 3524750
orifices
NG / NW32 M 6x 8-45H
858
3) ZW Zwischenplattenventile
Sandwich plate valves
NBR 4x 9,25x1,78 90 Sh 3524355
FPM 4x 9,25x1,78 90 Sh 3524413
NBR 5x 12,42x1,78 90 Sh 3524438
NG / NW10
FPM 5x 12,42x1,78 90 Sh 3524439
NBR Sperrplatte / Non-return plate 3611576
FPM Sperrplatte / Non-return plate 3611580
NBR Umlenkplatte / Diversion plate PATB 3581660
Platten / Plates NG / NW6
FPM Umlenkplatte / Diversion plate PATB 3581661
NBR Umlenkplatte / Diversion plate PBTA 3581662
FPM Umlenkplatte / Diversion plate PBTA 3581663
4) VP Plattenaufbauventile
Plate mounted valves
Nenngröße / Werkstoff / Anzahl / Beschreibung / Anzahl / Beschreibung / Mat.-nr. /
Size Material Number Description Number Description Code no.
VP-P2SRR6,
NBR 2x 14x2 3526072
VP-2SR6,
VP-P2SRE6 FPM 2x 14x2 3526085
VP-RP6,
VP-DRP6, NBR 4x 9,25x1,78 3526088
Dichtsätze / Seal kits VP-PDB6,
VP-PDRP6 FPM 4x 9,25x1,78 3526091
VP-DBP10, NBR 2x 17,86x2,62 1x 9,19x2,62 3526094
VP-PDBP10 Viton 2x 17,86x2,62 1x 9,19x2,62 3526098
VP-DRP10, NBR 2x 17,13x2,62 2x 5,28x1,78 3526099
VP-RP10 FPM 2x 17,13x2,62 2x 5,28x1,78 3526101
NBR 2x 15x2,5 3526102
VP-2SR10
Viton 2x 15x2,5 3526103
VP-2SR6 4x M5x75 3526116
VP-RP6,
VP-DRP6,
VP-PDRP6, 4x M5x50 3526118
VP-DBP10,
Befestigungsschrauben / VP-PDBP10 4x M12x40 3526122
Screws VP-DRP10,
VP-RP10 4x M10x70 3526126
VP-PDB6 4x M5x30 3526129
VP-P2SRE6 4x M5x70 3526131
VP-P2SRR6 4x M5x65 3526133
VP-2SR10 4x M8x60 3526134
Magnetspulen / Coils auf Anfrage / on request
Dichtsatz Magnetspule /
auf Anfrage / on request
Seal kit for coil
Z4 Standard 2-polig o. PE /2 poles w ithout PE 394287
Stecker / Plug
ZW4 inkl. Gleichrichter incl. bridge rectifier 394293
5) P4WE Proportional Wegeventile

Proportional directional valves
Nenngröße / Werkstoff / Anzahl / Beschreibung / Mat.-nr. /
Size Material Number Description Code no.
NBR 4x 9,25x1,78 90 Sh 3524355
FPM 4x 9,25x1,78 90 Sh 3524413
NBR 5x 12,42x1,78 90 Sh 3524438
NG / NW10
FPM 5x 12,42x1,78 90 Sh 3524439
Befestigungsschrauben / NG / NW6 4x M5x30 3524313
Screws NG / NW10 4x M6x40 3524314
1x 12 Volt 3549725
NG / NW6
1x 24 Volt 3549737
Magnetspulen / Coils
1x 12 Volt 3549738
NG / NW10
1x 24 Volt 3549739
Dichtsatz Magnetspule /
auf Anfrage / on request
Seal kit for coil
Z4 Standard 2-polig o. PE 394287
Stecker / Plug
Stecker für P4WEE OBE 6080324
NG / NW 6 siehe Punkt 8 3565254
Platten / Plates
NG / NW 10 see point 8 3565280
859
6) L-CEE 2-Wege Einbauventile
Cartridge logic valves
Dichtsatz / Seal kit L-CEE 16
NG / NW16 FPM + PU Standard 6088069
Dichtsätze / Seal kits
7) LD-CCE Deckel für L-CEE 2-Wege Einbauventile

Covers for cartridge logic valves
NG / NW16 FPM + PU Dichtsatz / Seal kit LD-CCE 16 1D 6093001

Dichtsätze / Seal kits

NG / NW16 FPM + PU 4x M8x35 3524859
NG / NW25
Stahl /
FPM + PU 4x M12x40 3526065
Befestigungsschrauben / NG / NW32 FPM + PU 4x M16x50 3526067
Screws
Steel
NG / NW40 FPM + PU 4x M20x70
3526069
NG / NW50 FPM + PU 4x M20x70
NG / NW63 FPM + PU 4x M30x90 3526070
NG / NW16 M5x0,8 6071916
NG / NW25/32 M6x0,8 6071917
NG / NW40/50 M8x0,8 6071918
Stopfen, Stifte und
NG / NW63 M10x0,8 6071919
Düsen / Plugs, pins,
NG / NW16 M5x1,5 6071920
orifices
NG / NW25/32 M6x1,5 6071921
NG / NW40/50 M8x1,5 6071922
NG / NW63 M10x1,5 6071923
Weitere Dichtsätze, Deckel auf Anfrage /

Other sealkits and covers on request
860
8) Anschlussplatten / Subplates
Abmessungen / Dimensions
NG / Size 6
NG /
Size 10
AP – 6 – G 3/8 – S01 / 1 / V
Name Standardausführungen / Mat.-Nr.
AP = Anschlussplatte / Subplate Standard models Part No.
UP = Umlenkplatte / Diversion plate
SP = Sperrplatte / Non-Return plate AP-6-G3/8-S01/1 3565254
AP-10-G1/2-S01/1 3565280
Nenngröße / Nominal size
6 = NG 6 / NW 6
10 = NG 10 / NW10
Anschlüsse / Ports oder/ or Funktion /Function
G3/8 = NG 6 / NW6
G1/2 = NG10 / NW10
PATB = Verbindung / Connection PA/TB
PBTA = Verbindung / Connection PB/TA
Ohne = Sperrplatten / Non-return plates
Ausführung / Type
S01 = phosphatiert / phosphated
S02 = verzinkt / zinc plated
Hole pattern
1 = DIN 24340 Form A6 ISO4401 (NG6)
DIN 24340 Form A10 ISO4401 (NG10)
Dichtungswerkstoff / Seals
V = FPM / FKM 861
N = NBR
9) Sperrplatten / Non-return plates
NG / Size 6
9) Umlenkplatten / Diversion plates

NG / Size 6
PATB
PBTA
Anmerkung
Die Angaben in diesem Prospekt beziehen sich auf die beschriebenen
Betriebsbedingungen und Einsatzfälle. Bei abweichenden Einsatzfällen
und/ oder Betriebsbedingungen wenden Sie sich bitte an die
Standardausführungen / Standard models Mat.-Nr. / Part No. entsprechende Fachabteilung. Technische Änderungen sind vorbehalten.
SP-6-S01/1/N 3611576 Annotation
SP-6-S01/1/V 3611580 The technical information in this brochure
are relating to the operating conditions and Justus-von-Liebig-Str. 5
UP-6-PATB-S01/1/N 3581660 66280 Sulzbach / Saar
applications.
UP-6-PATB-S01/1/V 3581661 At deviant applications and/or operating Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
UP-6-PBTA-S01/1/N 3581662 conditions please contact Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
UP-6-PBTA-S01/1/V 3581663 the technical dept. Email: flutec@hydac.com
862 subject to technical modifications.
10) Befestigungselemente für Höhenverkettungen
Klemmlänge der Geräte
NG6 NG10
Wegeventil (4WE)
24 30 Zylinderschraube
(min. 10.9 empfohlen)
 Druckbegrenzungsventil/
Druckminderventil 40 50
(ZW-DB/ ZW-DM)
NG6 NG10
M5 M6
 Druckwaage (ZW-DW) 50 50
a 9mm 10mm
 Drosselrückschlagventil
(ZW-SDR) 40 50 a= Einschraubtiefe
l= Schraubenlänge
 Stromregelventil Anzugsdrehmoment
(ZW-2SR) 70 70 M5 7,5Nm
M6 13Nm
 Rückschlagventil (ZW-RV) 40 50
 Entsperrbares Rückschlagventil
(ZW-RP) 40 50
Anschlussplatte (AP)
Ventilkombinationen NG6 NG10

Klemm- Schrauben- Mat# Klemm- Schrauben- Mat#
länge  länge [l] [1 Stück] länge  länge [l] [1 Stück]
Wegeventil +  64 75 688101 80 90 604214
Wegeventil +  74 85 625084 80 90 604214
Wegeventil +  64 75 688101 80 90 604214
Wegeventil +  94 105 6017490 110 120 612316
Wegeventil +  64 75 688101 80 90 604214
Wegeventil +  64 75 688101 80 90 604214
Wegeventil +  +  104 115 6004218 130 140 625106
Wegeventil +  +  104 115 6004218 130 140 625106
Wegeventil +  +  104 115 6004218 130 140 625106
Wegeventil +  +  104 115 6004218 130 140 625106
Wegeventil +  +  134 145 625098 150 160 nn
Wegeventil +  +  +  144 155 nn 180 190 603210

Anmerkung
 abweichend bei Verwendung von Proportional Ventil Die Angaben in diesem Prospekt beziehen sich auf die beschriebenen
Betriebsbedingungen und Einsatzfälle. Bei abweichenden Einsatzfällen
NG6 +1,5mm oder NG10 +1mm (Klemmlänge) und/ oder Betriebsbedingungen wenden Sie sich bitte an die
entsprechende Fachabteilung. Technische Änderungen sind vorbehalten.
Annotation
The technical information in this brochure HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
are relating to the operating conditions and Justus-von-Liebig-Str. 5
applications. 66280 Sulzbach / Saar
At deviant applications and/or operating Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
conditions please contact the technical dept. Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
Technical information are subject to
863
Lift-lowering manifold
HSB-Z-030 and -040 with
load-dependent speed control
for lift-lowering applications
FEATURES
- Application: for simple, load dependent lift-lowering controls e.g.
scissor lifts, small forklifts and walky stackers
- Load dependent lowering of the lifted load via 2/2 solenoid
poppet valve, combined with adjustable needle valve
- HSB manifolds for the lift-lowering hydraulics are tailored to the
complex and varied demands of the lifting technology sector
- Permitted load is safeguarded by a built-in pressure relief valve
- Built-in check valve prevents uncontrolled lowering
SYMBOL - Flange-mounting onto a subplate is possible
- The 2/2 solenoid poppet valve includes an emergency lowering cable-pull type
A
G3/8 (G1/2) manual override (self-resetting), (optional with plastic knob Part-No. 6019472
for manual operation)
M
G1/4
SPECIFICATIONS
DV WSM
RV 2 Operating pressure: max. 350 bar
1 Nominal Flow: max. 40 l/min
DB 1 2
Fluids: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
Media operating temp. range: -20°C up to +100°C
P T Ambient temperature range: -20°C up to +60°C
G3/8 G3/8 (G1/2)
Qmax = 40 l/min to ISO4406 or cleaner
Pmax = 350 bar Ports 030: A, P, T: G 3/8“
M: G 1/4“
The operating pressure and the Ports 040: A, T: G 1/2“
flow rate are dependent on the M: G 1/4“
built-in solenoid poppet valve:
P: G 3/8“
Symbol Y, Z = 40 l/min / 350 bar
Symbol V = 20 l/min / 350 bar Mounting: 2x M8 10.9, torque 20 Nm
Symbol W = 19 l/min / 250 bar pipe connection or
flange-mounted onto subplate (Part 3510081 NBR)
Material: steel, zinc-plated
INTERFACE Weight: 2.5 kg incl. valves
Electrical data: (solenoid poppet valve)

using a bridge rectifier built-in the coil
Nominal current at 20° C: 0.8A at 24 V DC, 30 Ohm
E 5.255.1/01.13
0.1A at 230 V AC, 2137 Ohm

Voltage tolerance: +/- 15 % of nominal voltage
Response time: 100% ED Continuous up to 115% of
nominal voltage at 60°C ambient temperature
864
HSB-Z-030-350V-24DG 3327182 HSB – Z –030 –250 V 200 – 230 AG – Z4
HSB-Z-040-350V-24DG 3327274
other types on request Symbol solenoid poppet valve (WSM)
Z = normally closed ( s. adjacent chart)
Available solenoid poppet valves: (other symbols V, W, Y s. brochure WSM06020...
2
WSM06020Z-01J Type
See brochure 5.943.3 030 = Standard, Ports A, P, T = 3/8“, M = 1/4“
1 040 = Standard, Ports A, T = 1/2“, P = 3/8“, M = 1/4“
2
WSM06020Y-01M
Pressure range
See brochure 5.947.2 250 = 250 bar (solenoid poppet valve symbol W)
350 = 350 bar (solenoid poppet valve symbols V, Y, Z)
1
other pressure ranges on request
2
WSM06020W-01M Adjustment option for pressure relief valves (DB)
See brochure 5.949.2
1 other adjustment options on request
2
WSM06020V-01M Pressure setting of pressure relief valve (DB)
See brochure 5.949.1 omission = no pressure setting
1 200 = pressure setting on request (currently 210, 240, 250 bar)
Nominal voltage of solenoid poppet valve (WSM)

PERFORMANCE 230 = 230 Volt AC
24 = 24 Volt DC
dp-Q curve from P to A (lifting)
Coil connector
DG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803 (DC)
AG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803 (AC)
Female connector
omission = none
Z4 = Female connector for DIN connector (supplied loose)
DIMENSIONS
dp-Q curves from A to T (lowering) Hand knob Part
no. 6019472 WSM DB DV
Z valve to order
separately
V/ W valve
Ports 030: A, P, T: G3/8“

M: G1/4“
Ports 040: A, T, : G1/2“
M: G1/4“
Y valve P: G3/8“
NOTE
relates to the operating conditions and
applications described. HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
For applications or operating Justus-von-Liebig-Str. 5
conditions not described, please 66280 Sulzbach / Saar
contact the relevant technical Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
department. Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
865
HSB-Z-020 with load independent
speed control and circuit valve
FEATURES
- Application: for load independent lift-lowering controls e.g.
- Load independent lowering of the lifted load via 2/2 solenoid
poppet valve, combined with flow control valve
- Additional valve for switching to unpressurized flow when using
a fixed displacement pump
SYMBOL - HSB manifolds for the lift-lowering hydraulics are tailored to the
A - Permitted load is safeguarded by a built-in pressure relief valve
G3/8
- Built-in check valve prevents uncontrolled lowering
- The 2/2 solenoid poppet valve includes an emergency lowering cable-pull type
DW
M
manual override (self-resetting), (optional with plastic knob Part-No. 6019472
G1/4
DV for manual operation)
2
WSM
RV
1
DB1 2
2 WSM SPECIFICATIONS
1
T1 P T
G1/2 G3/8 G3/8 Nominal Flow: max. 40 l/min
Qmax = 40 l/min Viscosity range: 10 – 400 mm²/s is recommended
Pmax = 350 bar Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to
to ISO4406 or cleaner
The operating pressure and the Ports: A, P, T: G 3/8“
flow rate are dependent on built- M: G 1/4“
in solenoid poppet valve: T1: G 1/2“
Symbol Y, Z = 40 l/min / 350 bar
Mounting: 2x M8 10.9, torque 20 Nm
Symbol V = 20 l/min / 350 bar
Symbol W = 19 l/min / 250 bar pipe connection or
flange-mounted onto subplate (Part 3510081 NBR)
Weight: 3.0 kg incl. valves
INTERFACE
Electrical data: (solenoid poppet valve)
Nominal current at 20° C: 1.5A at 12 V DC
0.8A at 24 V DC, 30 Ohm
E 5.255.1/01.13
0.1A at 230 V AC, 2137 Ohm

Response time: 100% ED Continuous up to 115% of nominal
voltage at 60°C ambient temperature
866
HSB-Z-Y-020-350V-24DG-Z4 3284426 HSB – Z – Y - 020 –250 V 200 – 230 AG –Z4
Symbol solenoid poppet valve (lowering)
Available solenoid poppet valves for lowering: Z = normally closed ( s. adjacent chart)
2
(other symbols V, W, Y s. brochure WSM06020)
WSM06020Z-01J
See brochure 5.943.3 Symbol solenoid poppet valve (circuit)
1 Y = normally open ( s. adjacent chart)
(other symbols V, W, Z s. brochure WSM06020...)
2
WSM06020Y-01M
Type
1 020 = Standard with NBR seals
2 Pressure range
WSM06020W-01M 250 = 250 bar (solenoid poppet valve Symbol W)
See brochure 5.949.2 350 = 350 bar (solenoid poppet valve symbols V, Y, Z)
1
other Pressure ranges on request
2
WSM06020V-01M Adjustment option for pressure relief valves (DB)
See brochure 5.949.1 V = adjustable by tool
1 other adjustment options on request
Available solenoid poppet valves for circuit: Pressure setting of pressure relief valve (DB)
omission = no pressure setting
2
200 = pressure setting on request
WSM06020Z-01J
1 Nominal voltage solenoid poppet valve (WSM)
230 = 230 Volt AC
2 24 = 24 Volt DC
WSM06020Y-01M
See brochure 5.947.2 Coil connector
1
DG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803 (DC)
2 AG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803 (AC)
WSM06020W-01M
See brochure 5.949.2 Female connector
1 omission = none
2
WSM06020V-01M
See brochure 5.949.1 DIMENSIONS
1 Lowering Circuit
Symbol Z - Manual override
Actuation by pulling and holding WSM DB WSM
PERFORMANCE Hand knob
Part no.
DWV
Flow control curve from A to T (lowering) 6019472
to order
separately
45
40
WSM06020Y / Z
35
30
Q (l/min)
25
WSM06020V / W
20
15
10
5
0
DV
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
dp (bar)
dp-Q curve from P to A (lifting)

dp curve P to T1 (circuit)
Ports:
A, P, T: G3/8“
30 M: G1/4“
circuit
25 T1: G1/2“
20
dp (bar)
15 NOTE
10 relates to the operating conditions and
lifting
5 applications described. HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
0 conditions not described, please 66280 Sulzbach / Saar
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 contact the relevant technical Tel.: 06897 / 509 -0
Q (l/min) department. Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
867
HSB-Z-010 with load
independent speed control
FEATURES
- Load independent lowering of the lifted load via 2/2 solenoid
poppet valve, combined with flow control valve
SYMBOL - Permitted load is safeguarded by a built-in pressure relief valve
- Built-in check valve avoids uncontrolled lowering
A
- Flange-mounting onto a subplate is possible
G3/8 - The 2/2 solenoid poppet valve includes an emergency lowering cable-pull type
manual override (self-resetting), (optional with plastic knob Part-No. 6019472
DW for manual operation)
M
G1/4
DV
RV 2 WSM
1
SPECIFICATIONS
DB
1 2
P T
G3/8 G3/8
Qmax = 40 l/min Filtration: Class 21/19/16 according to
Pmax = 350 bar to ISO4406 or cleaner
Ports: A, P, T: G 3/8“
The operating pressure and the M: G 1/4“
flow rate are dependent on built- Mounting: 2x M8 10.9, torque 20 Nm
in solenoid poppet valve: pipe connection or
Symbol Y, Z = 40 l/min / 350 bar flange-mounted onto subplate (Part 3510081 NBR)
Symbol V = 20 l/min / 350 bar Material: steel, zinc-plated
Symbol W = 19 l/min / 250 bar Weight: 3.0 kg incl. valves
INTERFACE Electrical data: (solenoid poppet valve)

Nominal current at 20° C: 1.5A at 12 V DC
0.8A at 24 V DC, 30 Ohm
0.1A at 230 V AC, 2137 Ohm
E 5.255.1/01.13
Response time: 100% ED Continuous up to 115% of nominal

voltage at 60°C ambient temperature
868
HSB-Z-010-250V-230AG-Z4 3355029 HSB – Z –010 –250 V 200 – 230 AG – Z4
HSB-Z-010-250V-24DG-Z4 3355025
HSB-Z-010-350V-230AG-Z4 3355026 Symbol solenoid poppet valve (WSM)
HSB-Z-010-350V-24DG-Z4 3279410 Z = normally closed ( s. adjacent chart)
other types on request (other symbols V, W, Y s. brochure WSM06020...
Type
010 = Standard with NBR seals
Pressure range
250 = 250 bar (solenoid poppet valve Symbol W)
Available solenoid poppet valves: 350 = 350 bar (solenoid poppet valve symbols V, Y, Z)
other Pressure ranges on request
2
WSM06020Z-01J
See brochure 5.943.3 Adjustment option for pressure relief valves (DB)
1 V = adjustable by tool
other adjustment options on request
2
WSM06020Y-01M
Pressure setting of pressure relief valve (DB)
1
omission = no pressure setting
2
WSM06020W-01M Nominal voltage solenoid poppet valve (WSM)
See brochure 5.949.2 230 = 230 Volt AC
1
24 = 24 Volt DC
2
WSM06020V-01M Coil connector
See brochure 5.949.1 DG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803 (DC)
1 AG = DIN connector to EN 175301-803 (AC)
Female connector
omission = none
DIMENSIONS
PERFORMANCE
Symbol Z Manual override
Flow control curve from A to T (lowering) Actuation by pulling and holding
Einsatzgrenzen (höchster, einstellbar Wert am Stromregler) Hand knob
45 Part no.
6019472
40 to order
WSM06020Y / Z separately WSM DB SR
35
30
Q (l/min)
25
WSM06020V / W
20
15 DWV
10
5
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
dp (bar)
Dp-Q curve from P to A (lifting)
5 Ports:
4 A, P, T: G3/8“
dp (bar)
M: G1/4“
3
1
NOTE
0 The information in this brochure
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 relates to the operating conditions and
Q (l/min) applications described. HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
department. Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
869
HSB-P-010 with load
independent, proportional
speed control
FEATURES
- Load independent and sensitive lowering of the lifted load
via proportional flow control valves
SYMBOL - Permitted load is safeguarded by a built-in pressure relief valve
- Built-in check valve avoids uncontrolled lowering
- Flange-mounting onto a subplate is possible
- Emergency lowering integrated in proportional valve Y1
SPECIFICATIONS
Filtration: Class 18/16/13 according
to ISO4406 or cleaner
Ports: A, T: G 1/2“
M: G 1/4“
P: G 3/8“
Qmax = 25 l/min Mounting: pipe connection or
Pmax = 250 bar flange-mounted onto subplate (see interface)
Weight: 2.5 kg incl. valves
Electronics: (Proportional valves)

INTERFACE Nominal voltage: 24 Volt (optional 12 Volt)
Coil resistance R20: 14.2 Ohm +/- 0.71 Ohm
PWM frequency: 150 – 250 Hz
Control current: 0 – 1300 mA (Prop. poppet valve Y1)
0 – 900 mA (Prop. spool valve Y2)
Dead current: approx. 200 mA (Prop. poppet valve Y1)
E 5.255.1/01.13
approx. 100 mA (Prop. spool valve Y2)
870
HSB-P-010-250V-DG24 3026635 HSB – P - 010 – 250 V 200 – 24DG - Z4
Control
P = proportional via PWS06020 (Y1) and
PWKD08130 (Y2)
Type
010 = Standard with NBR seals
Pressure range
250 = max. 250 bar
other pressure ranges on request
PERFORMANCE
Switching performance P to A Adjustment option for pressure relief valves (DB)
other adjustment options on request
300
Pressure setting of pressure relief valve (DB)
250 omission = no pressure setting
200
Nominal voltage proportional valves
P (bar)
150 24 = 24 Volt DC
12 = 12 Volt DC
100
Coil connector
50 G = DIN connector to EN 175301-803 (DC)
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 Female connector
Q (l/min) omission = none
DIMENSIONS
Coil can be rotated through 360°
After loosening mounting nut. Actuation by pin-tool (pushing)
PWS
PWK
Ports:
A, T: G1/2“
M: G1/4“
P: G3/8“
NOTE
relates to the operating conditions and
applications described. HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH
department. Fax: 06897 / 509 -598
871
E 5.256.1/01.13
872
The modular manifold
system for mobile work
machines
E 5.256.1 /01.13
1 873
Introduction
HYDAC herewith presents the modular manifold system for the work hydraulics in
mobile machines. The performance range is depending on the module 0-60(100) L/min.
It is adjusted to the complex and flexible demands of the mobile hydraulics (e.g.
municipal-, agricultural- and construction machines).
The system is based on the existing valve technology of HYDAC. The special demands
of the mobile branch were incorporated: compact, enlargeable, weight-optimized and
service-friendly.
Machine development times at the producers of mobile work machines will be shortened
more and more – as well as the times between project start and production start. Here
the manifold system is an optimal development tool: the machine producer defines a
basic machine (Standard), which may be enlarged with possible options. Exactly
according to this schematic a basic manifold system will be chosen and optional
modules defined. A short delivery time and the flexibility, which allows to integrate
options in an easy way at every time of the process, are securing a fast and successful
project start.
Application competence and reaction promptness are the decisive competitive

advantages which are transferred by the system to the producers of work hydraulics. By
specific accommodation of the system customers demands will be optimal fulfilled.
874
2
System assembly
Inlet module
Main consumer module
Cylinder function
modules
Function module
Pre-selection module
Fittings:
Type of screw: Allen screw, DIN 912

Screw quality: 10.9
Torque: 4 p. M8 = 18 + 2 Nm (for Cylinder function modules)
3 p. M10 = 30 + 3 Nm (for all other modules)
Screw length: 15 – 20mm longer than the clamping length of the
screwed modules
Max. clamping lengths: M10 400mm
M8 300mm
Annotation: the Cylinder function modules are screwed-in the Pre-selection
module. All other modules are screwed-in the Inlet module.
3 875
DG (PG) Nominal voltage / interfaces
Nominal voltage
There are nominal voltages of 12 and 24 Volt at disposal.
The standard-connection types for cartridge valves are:
DIN- plug DG (proportional (PG) (Pict. 1)
For the directional valves as spool valve installation kit:
DIN plug DG (proportional PG) (Pict. 2)
Interfaces
Nominal size 8, Load-Sensing capable: HIF8LS
The hydraulic ports are: Threads and countersinks. (P, TA and TB =

G1/4“ and at LS = G1/8“).
For the system-enlargement there are O-rings in the countersinks. The
last module is foreseen with blanking plugs (VSTI).
Standard HYFLEX-interfaces:
1. LS Interface
O-rings P/T
3x
17,17 x 1,78
NBR-80SH
(Mat. 639852)
At the On/Off Interface the

pressure may be at both ports.
2. On/Off Interface for

cylinder functions
O-rings LS
1 x 12,42 x 1,78-NBR-80SH
(Mat. 609441)
O-rings
2 x 12,42 x 1,78-NBR-80SH
(Mat. 609441)
876
4
Projecting hints
In general
Relief of the LS-line:

In general the relief of the LS-line is realized either over one pressure compensator DWM with LS-relief (Type 01,
02 and 03) or over one corresponding orifice (diameter 0,4 – 0,5mm) between LS- and T-line.
If a LS-relief over the Inlet module is not possible (e.g. at E2P... at the 1.priority), the LS-relief should be done via
a check valve RVP06 with borehole in the cone. This relief has to be realized directly at the function with the
highest possible flow rate and highest possible switch-on time because of the reason that the LS-signal is not
falsified by a leakage.
In the system only one relief in the system makes sense, therefore one has to pay attention that the used LS-
pump has an own relief.
The LS-relief in the Inlet module of the system leads to permanent pressure loss. But this has the advantage that
in different system variations the relief is always realized.
Nozzle equipment at the Load-Sensing (LS)-tap:

The equipment of the LS-tap with orifice falsifies the LS-signal, especially at functions with high flow rate. This
may lead to that the single function is not running at highest speed because the inlet pressure compensator gets
a too low LS-pressure.
Technical specifications of the module:

The named values for operating pressure, flow rate and temperatures in the technical specifications are
consisting of the values for the deployed valves. Conditions: 100% ED, 115% of the nominal voltage and max.
Ambient temperature. If these conditions are not or only partly given, temperatures have to be enlarged.
Operation at deep temperatures:

Minimal stock temperature: -30°C
Operating temperature: at –20°C
- attention should be paid to the viscosity at start. Danger of cavitation at highly viscous media. The listed limits
in viscosity has to be paid attention to and to be kept by corresponding media.
- New components have to be filled at higher temperatures to ensure a sufficient lubrication
- Measure for pumps, filters, cylinders, gears, etc. have to be adjusted with the producers.
Warming up instructions:
- warm-up system to minimal –30°C, start engine
- adjust pumps to neutral position without flow
- use pumps for at least 10 min at idle speed
- afterward swivel pumps slowly or use in pressure-reduced mode (max.50 bar and 50% flow)
- act all system-functions some times without load
- continuous flow through all components to avoid temperature shocks
- maximal temperature difference between media and component max.20°C
- Hydro-motors between flush and leakage port cross sectional (pay attention to permitted housing pressure)
- system if ready for use at temperatures over –20°C
5 877
Projecting hints
Inlet modules:
Influence of the inlet pressure compensator and the individual pressure compensator on the flow:
The size of the used spring in the inlet pressure compensator is responsible for the whole flow in the complete
system. The spring hast to be always bigger than in the following individual pressure compensators. In countless
tests have shown, that the spring rate of the inlet pressure compensator has to be as strong(e.g. 8bar) that the
demanded flow at the biggest consumer is only overrided a little. By this measure the deltaP value of the
unpressurized flow is smaller – lower energy consumption.
The spring rate of the individual pressure compensator is layouted accordingly to the inlet pressure compensator. The
spring pressure should be around 3bar smaller than inlet.(necessary delta P) If the chosen individual pressure
compensator begins with the throttling of the oilflow to early – the chosen spring is too weak.
Function modules:
Position of the modules in the compete system:
The Module (Function module) with the highest flow have to be directly installed at the Inlet module. Smaller
consumers follow. The smallest consumers (e.g. cylinder functions) have to be mounted at the end. By doing this the
best supply is assured.
Modules specifically:
Inlet modules
E1-BD13/200-0/0-O
Could be varied by all other DWM12121Z.... Usage of a closing plug (e.g. #3150400) possible, in this caste the Inlet
module contains only one port for P, T and LS.
E1 P3-ZD8/0-BD6/200-LV
Shown type is used in Open-Center-steering.
By connecting a Closed-Center-steering the orifice between priority valve and CF and the orifice between CF and LS
have to be substituted by set screws. No LS-relief over pressure compensator DWM.
E2 P2-DD8/200-LV
Shown type is used for Open-Center-steerings.
By connecting a Closed-Center-steering the orifice between priority valve and CF and the orifice between CF and LS
have to be substituted by set screws. No LS discharge over pressure compensator DWM.
E2 P2-ZD08/0-DD14/200-O
1.priority in the circuit to be connected at the left side, 2.priority right. In the manifold: 1.priority at the side of the P1-
port, 2.priority at the side of the P2-port.
At 1.priority only 1 T-port is connected !!
At 1.priority no LS-relief.
E2 DB-WS-24DG
Inlet module to connect one LS-pump. No unpressurized flow in the module. LS-report is reported to pump. Pressure
relief valve DB4E prevents pressure peaks. Solenoid poppet valve WSM06020 reports P to LS-signal and forces the
pump to act.
E1 DD10/200-FZ
Good filtration performance but more pressure loss.
Clogging indicator only optically - others possible.
878
6
Projecting hints
Function modules
FS20D-SR-WS
Single acting consumers. Valves only up to 19l/min. Flow control valve SRE1 with different flow rates at disposal.
FS19D-2SR-2RP-2DB
J-function realized by 2x directional valves WK08D. Flow control valve SRE2 with different flow rates flow rates built-
in. Check function by 2x RV08A valves. Pressure control of the consumer by 2x DB4E valves.
FS38J-ID-WS
Flow control function realized by installation kit pressure compensator DWV08 + measuring orifice M10 under
regulating piston. By Variation of the orifice different flow rates could be realized. Maximal flow rate determined by the
solenoid poppet valve WS08Z.
FS70J-BL-O
Inlet flow via orifice, this means different pressure in P-line lead to different flow rates at A or B.
FS70J-ID-O
regulating piston. By variation of the orifice different flow rates could be realized. 80l/min is limit for den installation kit-
spool 4WKK10J. Variations possible by solenoid poppet valve WS08... at ports A and B -> FS40J-S-W-O, as well as
usage EBS 4PWKK10J (then do not mount measuring orifice under EBS DWV08) -> FP35J-I-O-O; FP35J-I-W-O
FS38J-ID-2RP
regulating piston. By variation of the orifice different flow rates could be realized.
FP35J-ID-O
Variations possible by solenoid poppet valve WS08... at ports A and B -> FP35J-I-W-O, as well as usage of the
installation kit-spool 4WKK10J (then do not mount measuring orifice under EBS DWV08) -> FS80J-S-O-O
FP35E-ID-2AK210/210
Anti-cavitation valve (combination DB and feeding) as installation kit. Different pressure relief pressures possible, but
valves not adjustable (preset). Please ask for detailed adjust values. Usage of the installation kit-spools 4WKK10E
possible (then mount measuring orifice under EBS DWV08) -> FS80E-S-O-2
FP35E-ID-2AK210/210
Anti-cavitation valve (combination DB and feeding) as installation kit. Different pressure relief pressures possible, but
valves not adjustable (preset). Please ask for detailed adjust values. Usage of the installation kit-spools 4WKK10E
possible (then mount measuring orifice under EBS DWV08) -> FS80E-S-O-2S
FS38-ID-DL
Accumulator charging valve. At pilot control accumulator pressure adjustable (upper switch point); the lower switch
point is depending in the upper one – different differentials possible.
The pilot control is very fragile against dirt, therefore use filter with10m.
Accumulator charging minimal pressure approx. 30bar.
7 879
Projecting hints
H1-PWK-RD15
Better load pressure reporting if optional orifice D1 is not mounted.
H1-PWK-O
Better load pressure reporting if optional orifice D1 is not mounted.
H2-2PWK-2RD15
Better load pressure reporting if optional orifices D1 and D2 are not mounted. Relief 3.5 is realized in the Inlet module
realized – here omitted.
Pre-selection modules od other Cylinder function modules
WS19D-SR-2WS
J-function realized by 2x directional spool valves WK08D. Flow control valve SRE with different flow rates existing.
Solenoid poppet valve WSM06020 realizes the first cylinder function could also be closed by corresponding plugs.
Throttle with reverse flow check possible in ports A and B (not mounted). LS-relief via check valve with 0,5mm-
borehole at port A.
WS70J-BL-O
Inlet flow via orifice, this means different pressures in P-line lead to different flow rates at A or B.
S02-02-W
Supply of one double-acting consumer or two single acting consumers possible.
S02-02-W
Supply of two single acting consumers possible.
S04-04-W
Supply of two double-acting consumer or four single acting consumers possible.
S05-05-W
End module. Inlet and outlet lines are closed at the end. One additional cylinder function could be built-in before this
module.
S08-07A-W
Supply of three double acting consumers and one single acting consumer or seven single acting consumers possible.
By removal of one plug and equipment with the corresponding valve the possibility is given to act four double acting
consumers or eight single acting consumers.
880
8
Inlet modules
Example: Model code
E1 BD 5/180 – DD 10/200 - LV – 24DG
P1 MP1 T MP2 P2
(G1/2) (G1/4) (G3/4) (G1/4) (G1/2) Name
E1 = Inlet module with flange-mount
possibility at the right side
E2 = Inlet module with flange-mount
2 2
possibility at both sides
Inlet valve 1
1
3
ZD = *Pressure compensator DWM…Z Standard
BD = *Pressure compensator DWM…ZB (lockable by tool)
2 HD = *Pressure compensator DWM…ZH (lockable by hand)
1
1 RD = *Pressure compensator DWM…R
DD = *Pressure compensator DWM…ZD (integr. PR-funct.)
2 1
P2 = Module with 2 priorities
Ta
P3 = Module with 3 priorities
Ta
Tb Tb
DB = pressure relief valve DB4E and circuit valve
LS LS SD = throttle valve DV or SD
P P RV = check valve
WS = solenoid poppet valve WS...
MLS1 MLS2 WK = directional valve WK...
(G1/4) (G1/4)
Pressure compensators choice
*Equipment with pressure compensator is named with bypass
and PR pressure, e.g. 05/200 (s.choice list)
O/O = no pressure compensator
2. Pressure compensator (*s. point inlet valve) 2

O/O = no pressure compensator (with blindfold)
*Equipment with pressure compensator is named with bypass
and PR pressure, e.g. 05/200 (s.choice list)
Module with special functions (not in all manifolds)

FZ = filter in inlet
Choice list for pressure LV = steering supply
WS = solenoid poppet valve
compensators: DS = pressure switch or pressure sensor
Name Brochure No. DU = pressure circuit valve
DWM08130 5.196.0 ZA = additional port
DWM12130 5.191
UN = universal application
DWY08130 5.194.0
DWY12130 5.192
DWR10130 in prep. Coils (sw or prop. possible)
DWR12130 in prep. 12DG = 12 Volt DC, with DIN plug according to EN 175301-803
DWM12121ZD in prep. 24DG = 24 Volt DC, with DIN plug according to EN 175301-803
DWM12121Z-B/H in prep. 12PG = 12 Volt proportional, with DIN plug according to EN 175301-803
DWM12121Z MD in prep. 24PG = 24 Volt proportional, with DIN plug according to EN 175301-803
DWV05830 5.195.0
9 881
Function modules
Example: Model code F S 10 E - ID - ST- WE - 24DG
Name
A B
(G3/8) (G3/8) F = Function module
Type of valves
3 2 S = On/Off
1 3
2 2 P = Proportional
1 1
1 1
2 2 Flow rate l/min
2 4
10 = 10 l/min (up to 70 at On/Off, up to 40 Prop.)
1 S1 3 1 S2
2
1 Main directional-valve equipment 1

3 1
4 E = E - spool installation kit
2 2
1
J = J - spool installation kit
Ta
2
W = W - spool installation kit
Tb
D = WK08D directional spool valve
LS
Inlet side equipment* 2

O = none
BL = orifice
SD = throttle valve DV or SD only On/Off
SR = flow control valve SRE
ID = individual pressure compensator DW08V
RV = check valve
Consumer side equipment (simple)* 3

O = none
RP = check valve RPDR
WS = solenoid poppet valve WS...
Wk = directional valve WK...
ID = individual pressure compensator DW08V (only Prop.)
SD = throttle valve DV or SD
RV = check valve RV:..
ST = flow divider ST...
SB = counter balance valve SBVE... or RS
DL = accumulator charging valve DLHS...
AK = anti-cavitation valve with integrated PR function
(Type-in values for Max. pressure relief)
UV = switch-over valve EBS 6/2-WK10-01
DB = pressure relief valve DB4E
*(Attention: if more than one valve is equipped, the corresponding
valves are named one after the other, if two valves of the same type
are equipped just fill-in the number “2“)
Additional information 4
WE = 4WE spool valve, SS = floating position
CP = plug (cavity plug), LH, DS, HD, MA ....
Coils (on/off or prop. possible)

12DG = 12 Volt DC, with DIN plug according to EN 175301-803
12PG = 12 Volt proportional, with DIN plug according to EN 175301-803
882
10
Example: Model code H 1 – PWP – RD15 - 24PG
Name
MA A
G1/4 G3/8 H = Main consumer module
Number of function axis

1 = 1. major axis
2 = 2. major axis
2
Proportional needle valve 1
PWK = PWK12120W direct acting
(D1)
optional PWP = PWK12120WP pilot operated
(If 2 PWK are equipped, please type in “2“ before the name)
Pressure compensator with circuit pressure 2

1 O = without pressure compensator (with plug)
1
RD15 = pressure compensator DWM12130R (15 bar)
1 RD07 = pressure compensator DWM12130R (7 bar)
2 (Equipped with 2 pressure compensators, just fill-in a “2“)
2
Ta
Tb Coils (only prop. possible)

LS
P
11 883
Pre-selection modules
Example: Model code W S 40 E - BL - RP - SS - 24DG
Name
A1 B1
W = Pre-selection module
(G3/8) (G3/8)
Equipment
2
3 2 S = On/Off
S4 S2
P = Proportional
1 1
Flow rate in l/min

40 = 0 - 40 l/min only Prop. (0 - 80 l/min only On/Off)
1 2
1 2
Directional spool valve equipment 1
1 2 2
O = no directional valve
S3 S1 E = E – spool installation kit
1 3 1 3
J = J – spool installation kit
W = W – spool installation kit
D = WK08D cartridge valve (only On/Off)
2 Inlet side equipment* 2

O = none
BL = orifice
2 1
SD = throttle SD or DV only On/Off
SR = flow control valve SRE...
ID = Individual pressure compensator DW…V (only Prop.)
Consumer side equipment (simple)* 3

O = none
RP = check valve pilot-to-open RPDR...
WS = solenoid poppet valve WS08W...
AK = anti-cavitation valve with values (e.g. 50/150)
*(Attention: if more than one valve is equipped, the corresponding
valves are named one after the other, if two valves of the same type
are equipped just fill-in the number “2“)
Additional information
SS = floating position
Coils (on/off or prop. possible)

884
12
Example: Model code S 02 – 01 - W - 24DG
A B Name
(G 3/8) (G 3/8) S = Cylinder function module
1 2
Max. possible equipment of poppet valves 1
02 = 2 poppet valves
1 08 = 8 poppet valves
A
B Real equipped poppet valves

01 = 1 poppet valve (1 up to 10 St possible) (s. point before)
1 1
Poppet valve symbols for choice
W = normally closed, both sides
V = normally open, both sides
2
Z = normally closed
ZR = normally closed, with backflow
Y = normally open
YR = normally open, with backflow
Coils (only on/off possible)

13 885
Inlet module Standard
E2 O
Mat. 3461934
M P T LS
G1/4 G3/4 G3/4 G1/4
m
h 49m
widt
lamping
c Ta Ta
Tb Tb
Pmax = 250 bar LS
P
LS
Qmax = 100 l/min
The inlet module realizes a direct supply of consumers. By building-in an orifice it

is possible to add a LS discharge optionally. It is possible to flange-on modules
on both sides.
Technical Specifications:
Ambient temperature range: -20°C up to + 60°C
to ISO 4406
Basic equipment valves: none
Ports: P, T: G 3/4”
M, LS: G 1/4”
Fixation:
2x M8 on the bottom of the manifold for the fixation of the system in the machine
3x M10 to flange on Function modules, Main
consumer modules or Pre-selection modules
886
14
Inlet module Standard plus
E2 O/O-O
Mat. 3420487 MP/
P2 P (G3/4) (G3/4) T LS
1.5
1.2
D=0,5
m
h 79m 1.6
dt
pi ng wi
clam
Pmax = 250 bar

Qmax = 100 l/min
The Inlet module realizes a LS-pressure depending supply of consumers. At Pos.

1.2 there is a cavity plug as standard. The module may optionally be equipped
with a pressure compensator at Pos. 1.2 – by the help of this the highest
pressure will always be at disposal. If there are no consumers active there will be
an unpressurized flow corresponding to the pressure compensator. It is possible
to flange-on modules on both sides.
Basic equipment valves: - Standard = Cavity plug without function

For choice: - pressure compensator DWM12121Z
(the pressure compensator could be delivered as standard, with PR, with blocking
and different pressure differentials and adjusted pressures, see brochure DWM12121)
Fixation:
15 887
Inlet module with pressure compensator
E1 BD13/200-O/O-O
Mat. 3366221 P T LS
(G1/2) (G1/2) (G1/4)
1 2
m
h 49m
dt
pi ng wi
clam
Ta
Pmax = 250 bar Tb
LS
Qmax = 100 l/min P
The inlet module with pressure compensator realizes a LS pressure

depending supply of consumers. Herby always the highest pressure required
will be provided. If there are no consumers active there will be an unpressurized
flow corresponding to the pressure compensator. It is possible to flange-on
modules on one side.
Nominal pressure differential: 13 bar
Basic equipment valves

for choice: - pressure compensator
DWM12121ZB-01-C-N-13
(the pressure compensator could be delivered as standard, with PR, with blocking,
LS: G 1/4”
Fixation:
2x M8 on the bottom of the manifold for fixation of the system in the machine
888
16
Inlet module pressure compensator and priority
valve E2 P2DD8/200-LV
MP G1/4 P G1/2 LSG1/4 CF
G3/8 G3/8
LT G1/2 T
Mat. 3279943 (G1/4) (G1/2) (G1/4) (G3/8) (G3/8) (G1/2)
m
103m
h
widt
ping Ta Ta
clam Tb Tb
LS LS
Pmax = 250 bar P
P Z A B X
P
Qmax = 90 l/min MLS 1

(G¼)
The inlet module with priority valve realizes a supply of consumers in the
first and second priority. In the first priority (Port CF) often there is the supply of a
steering (Open- or closed centre) , in the second priority (Port P) a work
hydraulics. If there are no consumers active there will be an unpressurized
modules on both sides, so that it is possible to supply multiple functions.
Nominal pressure differential of the pressure compensator: 8 bar
Nominal pressure differential of priority valves: 11 bar
Basic equipment valves: - Priority valve MPV10-F-10-011

For choice: - Pressure compensator
DWM12121ZD-11-C-V-08-230V200
CF, LT: G 3/8”
LS, MP1, MLS1: G 1/4”
Fixation:
17 889
Inlet module with priority valve and 1 main
consumer E1 P3ZD8/0–BD6/200-LV-XXDG
Mat. 3281289
Mat. 3540152 12 Volt MP P LS CF LT T2 T1 T A T3
Mat. 3540154 24 Volt
1
m
9m
Ta
h 11 Tb
widt
LS
ping
P
clam P Z A B X
MLS1 MLS2
Pmax = 250 bar

Qmax = 90 l/min
The inlet module with priority valve and one integrated main consumer realizes a
supply of consumers in the first, second and third priority. In the first priority there
will be often a steering (Open- or closed centre), in the second a work hydraulics.
This will be supplied by a pressure compensator end protected by a separate PR
valve. In the third priority the possibility is existing to use the integrated consumer
in proportional mode. The supply and protection is done by a pressure
compensator with integrated relief function. If there are no consumers active there
will be an unpressurized flow corresponding to the pressure compensator. It is
possible to flange-on modules on one side.
Nominal pressure differential the pressure compensator: 8 bar
Nominal pressure differential des priority valves: 11 bar
to ISO 4406
Basic equipment valves: - pressure relief valve

DB4E-01X-200V180 (Broch. 5.161)
- priority valve MPV10-F-10-011
For choice: - Prop.directional valve PWK12120W-01M-C-V-45
- pressure compensators DWM12121Z-11-C-V-08
DWM12121ZD-11-C-V-06- 230V200
Ports: P, T: G 3/4“
A, T3: G 1/2”
CF, LT, T1, T2: G 3/8”
LS, MP, MLS1, MLS2: G 1/4”
Fixation:
4x M8 on the bottom of the manifold / 3x M10 to flange on Function modules, Main
890
18
Inlet module for 2 priorities
E2 P2ZD8/O-DD14/200-O
Mat. 3263098 P1 MP1 T MP2 P2
(G1/2) (G1/4) (G3/4) (G1/4) (G1/2)
1
3
2
1
m
9m
Prio 1
Prio 2
2 1
h 11
widt
ping
Ta Ta
c lam Tb Tb
LS LS
Pmax = 250 bar

P P
MLS1 MLS2
Qmax = 120 l/min (G1/4) (G1/4)
The inlet module for two priorities realizes a LS depending supply of consumers.
The consumers (no steering!) could be flanged-on both sides of the module and
are supplied by the corresponding pressure compensator in priority. Therefore the
highest pressure required will be provided. If there are consumers of the first
priority active, only the flow which is not needed in the first priority will be provided
to the consumers in the second priority. The protection is done by a separate
pressure relief valve. If there are no consumers in the first priority active the
complete flow is provided to consumers in the second priority. The supply and
protection is done by a pressure compensator with integrated relief function. If
there are no consumers active there will be an unpressurized flow corresponding
to both pressure compensators. It is possible to flange-on modules on both sides.
Flow rate: max. 60 l/min at P1 and P2
Nominal pressure differential: Prio 1 = 8 bar, Prio 2 = 14 bar
ISO 4406 or cleaner

DB4E-01X-230V200 (Broch. 5.161)
For choice: - pressure compensator DWM12121Z-12-C-V-08
- pressure compensator
DWM12121ZD-11-C-V-14-230V200
Ports: P1, P2: G 1/2”

T: G 3/4”
MLS1, MLS2, MP1 / 2: G 1/4”
Fixation:
4x M8 on the bottom of the manifold / 3x M10 to flange on Function modules, Main
19 891
Inlet module 2 priorities, universal application
E2 P2ZD8/O-DD14/200-UN-XXDG
Mat. 3490327
Mat. 3543195 12 Volt
Mat. 3543196 24 Volt P1 MP1 T MP2 P2
(G1/2) (G1/4) (G3/4) (G1/4) (G1/2)
15
14 bar
10
3
170 bar
30
8 bar
50
m 20 2
90 m
Prio 1
Prio 2
Dü2
40
th
wid
ping
EBR M6
2 1 Dü3
1
clam
2
180 bar
35
Ta 1 Ta
Pmax = 250 bar Tb

Dü1
Tb
LS
LS
Qmax = 120 l/min P

45
P
MLS1 MLS3 MLS2

(G1/4) (G1/4) (G1/4)
The inlet module for two priorities realizes a LS depending supply of consumers in universal
mode. The enlargement “universal” is foreseen for the use of different pump types. The
supply realized via a constant or LS-pump. By using the constant pump the behaviour is like
the one described on page 18. If a load-sensing capable pump is connected, the pressure
compensator on pos. 15 has to be blocked hydraulically. The control signal for this pump
could be taken from MLS3 port. In both usages a pressure relief is foreseen for each priority.
The first priority should have a higher pressure level than the second one. Additionally an
LS-relief could be switched y valve Pos. 35. . It is possible to flange-on modules on both
sides.
Flow rate: max. 60 l/min at P1 and P2
Nominal pressure differential: Prio 1 = 8 bar, Prio 2 = 14 bar
ISO 4406 or cleaner

DB4E-01X-230V200 (Broch. 5.161)
DWM12121ZD-11-C-V-14-230V200
Ports: P1, P2: G 1/2”

T: G 3/4”
MLS1, MLS2, MP1 / 2: G 1/4”
Fixation:
4x M8 on the bottom of the manifold / 3x M10 to flange on further Function modules
892
20
Inlet module with pressure relief - and circulation
valve E2 DB-WS-XXDG
Mat. 3289932
Mat. 3540188 12 Volt
Mat. 3540186 24 Volt M P A T LS
(G1/4) (G1) (G3/8) (G1) (G1/4)
1
D1 D2
(optional) (optional)
m
99 m
2
th
wid
lamping
c
Pmax = 250 bar

Ta Ta
Qmax = 100 l/min Tb

D3
Tb
LS LS
P P
The inlet module for LS-pump supply realizes a constant supply of consumers
with the corresponding flow-rate. The protection is done by a separate pressure
relief valve. If there are no consumers active, the solenoid valve may switch to
unpressurized flow. A built-in solenoid poppet valve supplies one consumer at
port A or may switch to unpressurized flow to warm up the oil (cold start phase).
It is possible to flange-on modules on both sides.
Nominal pressure differential: 13 bar
to ISO 4406

DB4E-01X-350V280 (Broch. 5.161)
For choice: - installation kit check valve RV06- 2/2
- poppet valve WSM06020W-01-C-V...
(Broch. 5.949 - other symbols V, Z, ZR,
Y, YR s. Model code)
Ports: P, T: G 1”
A: G 3/8”
LS, M: G 1/4”
Fixation:
21 893
Inlet module with filter
E1 DD10/200-FZ
Mat. 3442121
MP MT P FT T LS
(G1/4) (G1/4) (G1/2) (M10x1) (G1/2) (G1/4)
1 2
m
h 99m
dt
pi ng wi
clam
Ta
Pmax = 220 bar Tb
LS
Qmax = 100 l/min P
The inlet module realizes a LS pressure depending supply of consumers. The oil
for the consumer is filtered upstream. If there are no consumers active there will
be an unpressurized flow corresponding to the pressure compensator. Optionally
it is possible to built-in a pressure switch beside the filter. It is possible to flange-
on modules on one side.
to ISO 4406
Basic equipment valves: - Filterset DF BN/HC 60 SET 10W1.0

(Broch. 7.200.11)
- check valve RV08A-01-C-N-70
(Broch. 5.912)
For choice: - pressure compensator
DWM12121ZD-02-C-V-10-230V200
Ports: P, T: G 1/2“
MP, LS, MT, FT: G 1/4“
Fixation:
894
22
Inlet module with pressure circulation
switch-over E2 DD14/200-DU-XXDG
Mat. 3432876
Mat. 3540190 12 Volt
Mat. 3540191 24 Volt
79 mm
w i dth
ping
clam
Ta
Tb
Pmax = 250 bar LS
Qmax = 100 l/min

P2 P1 M T
The inlet module realizes a LS pressure depending supply of consumers. For

saving energy an unpressurized flow may be switched via a poppet valve. Two
separate pumps may be connected on ports P1/P2. A screen is built-in for pre-
relieving of load. If there are no consumers active there will be an unpressurized
modules on both sides.
to ISO 4406

DB4E-01X-200V180 (Broch. 5.161)
- installation kit check valve RVP-12-M
For choice: - 2/2 poppet valve WS16Y-01-C-N
(Broch. 5.940)
DWM212121ZD-11-C-V-14-230V 200
Ports: P1, P2, T: G3/4“

M: G1/4“
Fixation:
consumer modules or Pre-selection modules 895
23
Inlet module with preference switch and two
pressure circuits E2 DR-ZD8/0-DU
P in P out LS T
Mat. 3459383 G 3/4" G 3/4" G 1/4" G 1/2"
D1
0,3 mm
175 bar
2
2
3
mm
h 88
Prio 1
Prio 2
widt 100 D2
1
0,8
ping bar
mm
clam
Ta Ta
Tb Tb
LS LS
Pmax = 250 bar P P
Qmax = 100 l/min M

G 1/4"
The Inlet module realizes a LS- preference switch (P-in, P-out)

At port P-out an additional manifold could be flanged-on. The pressure differential
between P-in and P-out is depending on the pressure compensator (here 8 bar). The
hoses could be connected directly or via the flangeplate. Inside the Inlet module
the left side is supplied in priority from 1 to 175 bar. Hereinafter the supply of the
right side follows – the maximal pressure is limited by a pressure reducing valve to
100 bar. It is possible to flange-on modules on both sides.
to ISO 4406

DB4E-01X-200V175 (Broch. 5.161)
- pressure reducing valve
DR10P-01-C-N-180V (Broch. 5.982)
Ports: Pin, Pout: G 3/4“

T: G 1/2“
LS, M: G 1/4“
Fixation:
5x M10 for the fixation of a flangeplate with hosing
896 consumer modules or Pre-selection modules

24
Function module 19L sw with RPDR
FS19D-SR-2WK-2RP-XXDG
Mat. 3459423
A B
Mat. 3540477 12 Volt G3/8" G3/8"
Mat. 3540478 24 Volt

2 2
1 1
1
2 2
3 1 3 1
49 mm
h
widt
lamping
c Ta
Tb
Pmax = 250 bar LS
Qmax = 19 l/min
The Function module 19L realizes an on/off consumer supply (proportional not possible!).
In de-energized mode the consumer ports are closed by pilot-to open check valves
(RPDR). In the place of the standard 4/3 spool valve there are 3/2 spool valves built-in –
a cost saving version for the supply up to max. 19 l/min. The LS-signal will be reported
via check valves. The inlet flow is effected controlled by a flow control valve.
to ISO 4406
Basic equipment valves: - check valve RV08A-01-C-V-15

(Broch. 5.912)
- installation kit check valve RV06
- installation kit check valve RPDR
For choice: - 3/2 directional valve WK08D-01M-C-V...
(Broch. 5.915)
- flow control valve
SRE2-G3/8-01X/5 (5-7,5 l/min)
(Broch. 5.118)
Ports: A, B: G 3/8“
Fixation:
3x ø11 to flange on at Inlet modules, other Function modules, Main
25 897
Function module 19L sw with RPDR and DB
FS19D-SR-2RP-2DB-XXDG
Mat. 3281317
Mat. 3540216 12 Volt
Mat. 3540218 24 Volt A
G3/8
B
G3/8
2 2
2
1 1
1
2 2
68 mm 3 1 3 1
h
widt
lamping
c
Pmax = 250 bar Ta
Qmax = 19 l/min Tb
LS
The Function module 19L sw with DB realizes a consumer supply in on/off mode.
Both sides of the consumer are speed-controlled – with the same control-speed
(adjustment by tool). The control is done by a directional valve. In de-energized
mode the consumer rests on pilot-to-open double check valves. The consumer
ports are protected by corresponding pressure relief valves. The highest
consumer pressure is always reported to the LS-channel.
to ISO 4406

DB4E-01X-200F180 (Broch. 5.161)
For choice: - check valve RV08A-01-C-V-05
(Broch. 5.912)
- 3/2 directional valve WK08D-01M-C-V...
(Broch. 5.915)
- flow control valve SRE2 (5,0 – 7,5 l/min)
(Broch. 5.118)
Ports: A, B: G 3/8”
Fixation:
3x Ø11 to flange-on at Inlet modules, other Function modules, Main
898
26
Function module 20L sw single sided
FS20D-SR-WS-XXDG
Mat. 3309409 A B
Mat. 3540149 12 Volt G1/4 G1/4
Mat. 3540151 24 Volt

2
1 3
opt. opt.
9 mm
1 1
th 4 opt.
wid
l amping 2 2
c Ta
Pmax = 250 bar Tb
LS
Qmax = 20 l/min P
The Function module 20L single sided realizes a supply of consumers in on/off
mode. The consumer-port B is controlled by a flow control valve and an energized
3/2 solenoid poppet valve. The following 2/2-solenoid poppet valve could be
passed through in de-energized mode to the consumer. The backflow is done
over consumer-port A and is throttled downstream by an orifice. This is also
valid for single acting cylinders.
Basic equipment valves: - installation kit check valve RV06…

For choice: - 3/2 directional valve WK08D-01M-C-N...
(Broch. 5.915)
- 2/2 poppet valve WSM06020ZR-01-C-N...
(Broch. 5.946)
- flow control valve SRE1(0,6-8,6 l/min
standard, optional 0,6-15l/min) (Broch. 5.118)
Fixation:
27 899
Function module 38L sw 1xWS-valve
FS38J-ID-WS-XXDG
Mat. 3281320
A B
Mat. 3540220 12 Volt G1/2 G1/2
Mat. 3540222 24 Volt

2
2 4
S1 3 1 S2
m
49 m
1
dth
wi
ping 2
clam Ta
2
Pmax = 250 bar Tb
LS
Qmax = 38 l/min P
The Function module 38L sw with 1 WS valve realizes a consumer supply in

on/off mode via individual pressure compensator. At parallel operation of several
consumers with different pressure the pressure compensator is responsible that
the flow-rate at the consumer remains constant. If consumers are active the
pressure in the LS-channel acts against the opening of the pressure
compensator.The inflow is on both sides via the 4/3 directional spool-valves. In
de-energized mode the consumer on port B rests on the 2/2 solenoid poppet
valve. (Optional also at port A possible.) The shuttle valve always reports the
highest pressure to the LS-channel as well as to the pressure compensator.
Basic equipment valves: - installation kit check valve RV06

- shuttle valve WVE-R1/8-010 (Broch. 5.173)
For choice: - installation kit 4/3 directional valve
4WKK10J-11M...
- installation kit pressure compensator
DW08V-02-08
- solenoid poppet valve WS08Z-01-C-V...
(Broch. 5.907)
Fixation:
900
28
Function module 38L sw + flow control valve + RPDR
J valve FS38J-ID-2RP-XXDG
Mat. 3297659 A B
Mat. 3540260 12 Volt G1/2 G1/2
Mat. 3540261 24 Volt
1
2
2
3 1
2
2 4
S1 3 1 S2
mm
h 49
widt 1
l amping
c 2
Ta
Pmax = 250 bar Tb
Qmax = 38 l/min
LS
The Function module 38L realizes a consumer supply in on/off mode via
individual pressure compensator. At parallel operation of several consumers with
different pressure the pressure compensator is responsible that the flow-rate at
the consumer remains constant. If consumers are active, the pressure in the LS-
channel acts against the opening of the pressure compensator.The inflow is on
both sides via the 4/3 directional spool-valve. In switched-off mode the consumer rests
on pilot-to-open check valves. The inflow is done via a flow control valve
(DWV plus variable orifice). The shuttle valve always reports the highest pressure
to the LS-channel as well as to the pressure compensator.
Basic equipment valves: - check valve RV08A-51-C-N-05

- installation kit check valve RV06 - For
4WKK10J-11M...
DW08V-02-08
Fixation:
29 901
Function module 70L sw
J valve FS70J-BL-O-XXDG
Mat. 3254113
A B
Mat. 3342922 12 Volt G1/2 G1/2
Mat. 3540226 24 Volt
2 4
S1 3 1 S2
m 1
dth 49 m
wi
ping 2
clam
Pmax = 250 bar
Qmax = 70 l/min
The Function module 70L realizes a consumer supply in on/off mode via 4/3
directional spool valve. In de-energized mode both consumer ports are connected
to tank. The inflow is done via an orifice. The shuttle valve always reports the
highest pressure to the LS-channel.
Basic equipment valves: - shuttle valve WVE-R1/8-010 (Broch. 5.173)

4WKK10J-11M...
Fixation:
902
30
Function module 70L sw
E valve FS70E-BL-O-XXDG
Mat. 3357364 A
(G1/2)
B
(G1/2)
Mat. 3378740 12 Volt
Mat. 3540231 24 Volt
2 4
S1 3 1 S2
mm
h 49
widt 3 1
ping 2
clam 1
Pmax = 250 bar Ta
Tb
2
Qmax = 70 l/min LS
The Function module 70L sw realizes an on/off consumer supply for one double-acting
cylinder / motor. In de-energized mode the consumer-ports are spool-tight shut-off from the
tank. The inlet control is done via an orifice which size determines the inlet flow. The shuttle
valve always reports the highest pressure to the LS-channel. A special LS-pick-off in the
spool valve provides for the center position that there is no pressure build-up at the
consumer. (optional also as proportional version available with Qmax 35 l/min).

4WKK10E-21M...
Fixation:
31 903
Function module 70L sw + flow control valve
J valve FS70J-ID-O-XXDG
Mat. 3297658 A B
Mat. 3540233 12 Volt G1/2 G1/2
Mat. 3540230 24 Volt
3 1
2
2 4
S1 3 1 S2
m
dth 49 m
wi 1
ping
clam 2
Pmax = 250 bar Ta
Tb
Qmax = 70 l/min LS
The Function module 70L realizes a consumer supply in on/off mode via
individual pressure compensator. At parallel operation of several consumers with
different pressure the pressure compensator is responsible that the flow-rate at
the consumer remains constant. If consumers are active the pressure in the LS-
channel acts against the opening of the pressure compensator.The inflow is on
both sides via the 4/3 directional spool-valve. In de-energized mode the
consumers are connected to tank. The inflow is done via a flow control valve
(DWV plus variable orifice). The shuttle valve always reports the highest pressure
to the LS-channel as well as to the pressure compensator.

4WKK10J-11M...
DW08V-02-08
Fixation:
904
32
Function module 35L prop
E valve FP35E-ID-O-XXPG
Mat. 3360366 A B
Mat. 3540279 12 Volt G1/2 G1/2
Mat. 3540280 24 Volt
2 4
S1 3 1 S2
mm 3 1
h 49
2
widt
1
ping
clam Ta
2
Tb
Pmax = 250 bar LS
P
Qmax = 35 l/min
The Function module 35L prop realizes a consumer supply in proportional mode via individual
pressure compensator. By the individual pressure compensator the pressure differential via
the spool valve is held constant.
At parallel operation of several consumers with different pressure the pressure compensator
is responsible that the flow-rate at the consumer remains constant. If consumers are active
the pressure in the LS-channel acts against the opening of the pressure compensator.The
inflow is on both sides via the 4/3 proportional spool-valve. The shuttle valve
always reports the highest pressure to the LS-channel as well as to the pressure
compensator. In de-energized mode the consumer ports are separated spool-tight from tank.
A special LS-pick-off the spool valve provides for the center position that there is no pressure
build-up at the consumer.

For choice: - installation kit 4/3 Proportional-directional
valve 4PWKK10E-11M-01-35...
DW08V-02-12
Fixation:
33 905
Function module 35L prop
J valve FP35J-ID-O-XXPG
Mat. 3297655
Mat. 3540256 12 Volt
Mat. 3540257 24 Volt
49 mm
dth
pi ng wi
clam
Pmax = 250 bar
Qmax = 35 l/min
The Function module 35L prop realizes a consumer supply in proportional mode
via individual pressure compensator. By the individual pressure compensator
the pressure differential via the spool valve is held constant. At parallel operation
of several consumers with different pressure the pressure compensator is
responsible that the flow-rate at the consumer remains constant. If consumers
are active the pressure in the LS-channel acts against the opening of the pressure
compensator.The inlet flow is effected on both sides via the 4/3 proportional spool-valve.
The shuttle valve always reports the highest pressure to the LS-channel.
In de-energized mode the consumer ports are connected to tank.

For choice: - installation kit 4/3 Proportional-directional
valve 4PWKK10J-11M-01-35...
DW08V-02-12
Fixation:
906
34
Function module 35L prop +Anticav
E valve FP35E-ID-2AK210/210-XXPG
Mat. 3363833
Mat. 3540416 12 Volt
Mat. 3540418 24 Volt A
(G3/8)
B
(G3/8)
2 2
2 2
1 1
1 1
2 4
S1 3 1 S2
mm
i dth 49
mping w 3
2
1
cla 1
Pmax = 250 bar Ta

2
Qmax = 35 l/min Tb
LS
The Function module 35L prop + Anticav realizes a consumer supply in

proportional mode via individual pressure compensator. By the individual pressure
compensator the pressure differential via the spool valve is held constant.
The consumer ports are equipped with anti-cavitation feeding function. At parallel
operation of several consumers with different pressure the pressure compensator is
responsible that the flow-rate at the consumer remains constant. If consumers are
Active, the pressure in the LS-channel acts against the opening of the pressure
compensator. The shuttle valve always reports the highest pressure to the LS-
channel.
The inlet flow is effected on both sides via the 4/3 proportional spool-valve. In
de-energized mode the consumer ports are “spool-tight” connected to tank. A special LS-
pick-off in the spool valve provides for the center position that there is no pressure build-up
at the consumer.

For choice: - installation kit 4/3 Proportional-directional valve
4PWKK10E-11M-21M-01-30...
DW08V-02-08
- DBV + anti-cavitation valve VMA 1.080.0U-210
Ports: A, B: G 1/2” (optional with G3/8” ports)
Fixation:
35 907
Function module 35L prop +Anticav +floating
position FP35E-ID-2AK210/175-SS-XXPG
Mat. 3335000
Mat. 3540421 12 Volt
Mat. 3540423 24 Volt
mm
i dth 89
mping w
cla
Pmax = 250 bar

Qmax = 35 l/min

proportional mode via individual pressure compensator. The consumer ports are
equipped with anti-cavitation feeding function. At parallel operation of several
consumers with different pressure the pressure compensator is responsible that
the flow-rate at the consumer remains constant. If consumers are active the
compensator.
The inlet flow is effected on both sides via the 4/3 proportional spool-valve. In de-
energized mode the consumer ports are “spool-tight” connected to tank.
Via a 2/2 directional valve the pressure relief valves could be overrided and a
floating position could be realized. A special LS-pick-off in the spool valve provides for
the center position that there is no pressure build-up at the consumer.
to ISO 4406
Basic equipment valves: - shuttle valves WVE-R1/8-010 WVE-R1/4

(Broch. 5.173)
For choice: - installation kit 4/3 Proportional-directional valve
4PWKK10E-21M-02-10...
- installation kit press.compensator DW08V-03-05
- solenoid poppet valve WSM06020W-01-C-V...
(Broch. 5.949)
- DBV + 2x Anticavation valve
VMA 1.080.0U-210 and VMA 1.080.0U-175
Fixation:
908
36 consumer modules or Pre-selection modules
Function module accumulator charging
FS38-ID-DL
Mat. 3281293
5 mm
wi dth 5
ping
clam
Pmax = 250 bar
Qmax = 38 l/min
The Function module accumulator charging serves to charge the accumulator at

port BR. The whole circuit is controlled by fixed switch-pressure differentials. The
pressure differential is depending on the deployed charging valve. There are three
different charging valves (12, 16, 21%). So, the switch-off pressure is the maximal
pressure in the accumulator. By variation of the orifice D1 in combination with the
accumulator charging valve, charging pressures between 50 and 250 bar are possible.
The orifice D2 determines the flow rate of the charging and therefore the
charging-speed. The inflow control is done via an individual pressure compensator ,
so that the needed pressure will be measured and controlled by the Ls-signal.
to ISO 4406
Basic equipment valves: - check valve RV08A-01-C-V-05

(Broch. 5.912)
For choice: - installation kit pressure compensator
DW08V-01-08
- accumulator charging valve DLHS...
(e.g. DLHS-21/250-150)
Ports: BR, DR, DS, BT: G 1/4”
Fixation:
37 909
Function module 25L prop + Anticav
E valve FP25E-ID-2AK150/100-2WS-XXPG
Mat. 3466625
Mat. 3540433 12 Volt
A B
Mat. 3540434 24 Volt (G1/2) (G1/2)
2 2
1 1
1 1
2 2 2 2
1 1
2 4
S1 3 1 S2
m
th 64 m
wid 3 1
lamping 2
1
c
Ta
Pmax = 250 bar Tb
LS
2
Qmax = 25 l/min P

proportional mode via individual pressure compensator. The consumer ports are
equipped with anti-cavitation feeding function. At parallel operation of several
consumers with different pressures the pressure compensator is responsible that
the flow-rate at the consumer remains constant. If consumers are active, the
compensator. The inlet flow is effeted on both sides via the 4/3 proportional spool-valve. In
de-energized mode the consumer ports are “spool-tight” connected to tank. The
shuttle valve always reports the highest pressure to the LS-channel. A special LS-pick-off
in the spool valve provides for the center position that there is no pressure build-up
at the consumer.
to ISO 4406
Basic equipment valves: - DBV + anti-cavitation valve

VMA 1.080.0U.150 and VMA 1.080.0B.100
- shuttle valve WVE-R1/8 (Broch. 5.173)
proportional 4PWKK10E-21M-01-30...
DW08V-03-03
- 2/2 directional-poppet valves
WSM06020ZR (Broch. 5.946)
Ports: A, B: G 3/8“
Fixation: 3x Ø11 to flange-on at Inlet modules, other Function modules, Main

910
38
Function module 32L prop switch-over
J valve FP32J-ID-UV-DB-XXPG
A1 A2 B1 B2
Mat. 3431861 G3/8 G3/8 G3/8 G3/8
Mat. 3540456 12 Volt
Mat. 3540457 24 Volt
3 1
2
2 4
2
S1 3 1 S2
m
79 m
wi dth
mping
cla
Pmax = 250 bar Ta
Tb
Qmax = 32 l/min LS
The Function module realizes a consumer supply in proportional mode. The

consumer ports are equipped with a 6/2 switch-over valve. Therefore two double-
acting cylinders could be controlled one after the other. The driving direction is
protected against over-pressure. In de-energized mode the consumer ports are
connected to tank. The shuttle valve always reports the highest pressure to the
LS-channel. The inflow is done via a pressure compensator.
Basic equipment valves: - 6/2 directional switch-over valve

- pressure relief valve
DB4E-01X-200V190 (Broch. 5.161)
proportional 4PWKK10J-11M-01-35...
DW08V-02-12
Ports: A1, A2, B1, B2 : G3/8“
Fixation:
3x ø11 to flange at Inlet modules, other Function modules, Main
39 911
Function module 10L lift-lowering
J valve FS10J-ID-2SB-XXDG
A B
Mat. 3433118 G3/8 G3/8
Mat. 3540459 12 Volt
Mat. 3540460 24 Volt
3
2
1
3
2
1 3
2
2 4
m
54 m
S1 3 1 S2
th
wid
1
D = 2,5
lamping
c 2
Pmax = 250 bar Ta
Tb
Qmax = 10 l/min LS
The Function module realizes an on/off consumer supply. By varying the orifice
D a supply up to 35 l/min could be established. The consumer ports are foreseen
with counter balance valves for load-holding applications. Therefore it is possible
to precisely control the consumers under load. Upstream control is done by one
pressure compensator.
Flow rate: max. 10 l/min (up to 35 l/min by orifice)
to ISO 4406
Basic equipment valves: - counter balance valveRS08-01-C-V-3-500V

(Broch. 5.933)
- shuttle valve WVE-R1/8 (Broch. 5.173)
For choice: - 4/3 directional valve 4WKK10J-11M..
DW08V-02-08
Ports: A, B: G3/8“
Fixation:
3x ø11 to flange on at Inlet modules, other Function modules, Main
912
40
Main consumer module without pressure
compensator H1 PWK-O-XXPG
Mat. 3327965 MA A
B
G1/4 G3/8
G1/2
Mat. 3540483 12 Volt
Mat. 3540484 24 Volt
(D1)
optional
mm
h 57 1
widt
ping 1
clam 2
Pmax = 250 bar Ta
Tb
2
Qmax = 55 l/min LS
The Main consumer module is used in the first line for hydro-motors, which shall only
be driven in one direction. The supply is done via a proportional throttle valve. The
flow rate at the consumer may rise in parallel motion if some more functions are in usage.
The LS-signal will be reported.
Flow rate: max. 60 l/min,
(80 l/min with valve: PWK12120WP... )
ISO 4406

For choice: - Proportional directional valve
PWK12120W-01M-C-V-45... or
PWK12120WP...
Ports: A: G 1/2”
MA: G 1/4”
Fixation:
3x Ø11 to flange-on at Inlet modules, Function modules, other Main consumer modules or
41 913
Main consumer module with 1 pressure
compensator H1 PWK-RD15-XXPG
Mat. 3345118 MA A
B
Mat. 3540481 12 Volt G1/4 G3/8
G1/2
Mat. 3540482 24 Volt
(D1)
optional
7 mm
1
th 5 1
wid
l amping 2
c Ta
2
Pmax = 250 bar Tb
LS
Qmax = 55 l/min
P
be driven in one direction. The supply is done via a pressure-compensated
proportional flow control valve (Prop.-throttle plus pressure compensator). This alignment
is taking care of a constant flow rate at the consumer even in parallel motion. The LS-signal
will be reported.
Flow rate: max. 60 l/min,
(80 l/min with valve: PWK12120WP... )
to ISO 4406

PWK12120W-01M-C-V-45... or
PWK12120WP...
DWM12130R-01-C-V-15
Ports: A: G 1/2”
MA: G 1/4”
Fixation:
914
42
Main consumer module two-times
H2 2PWK-2RD15-XXPG
Mat. 3263100
Mat. 3540504 12 Volt
Mat. 3540525 24 Volt
MA1 AF BF MA2 AH BH
(G1/4) (G1/2) (G1/2) (G1/4) (G1/2) (G1/2)
2 2
3 3
1 1
1 1
P1 2 P2 2
2 2
m
19 m
1 1
th 1
wid
ping
clam
Ta
Pmax = 250 bar Tb
LS
Qmax = 60 l/min P
be driven in one direction. The supply is done via a pressure-compensated
proportional flow control valve (Prop.-throttle plus pressure compensator). This alignment
is taking care of a constant flow rate at the consumer even in parallel motion. The stronger
LS-Signal of the double consumers will be reported. The A further flange-on of modules is
not foreseen.
Flow rate: max. 2x 60 l/min
ISO 4406

PWK12120W-01M-C-V-45... or
PWK12120WP...
DWM12130R-01-C-V-15
Ports: AF, BF, AH, BH: G 1/2”

MA1, MA2: G 1/4”
Fixation:
43 915
Pre-selection module 19L sw
WS19D-SR-2WS-XXDG
Mat. 3285228 A1 B1
Mat. 3540526 12 Volt (G3/8) (G3/8)
Mat. 3540527 24 Volt

2 2
S4 S2
1 1
1 2
1 2
2 2
S3 S1
1 3 1 3
th 49 mm
wid
l amping
c
Pmax = 250 bar
Qmax = 19 l/min 2 1
The Pre-selection module sw 19L realizes an on/off supply of the Cylinder function
modules which are adapted to this module at one side. The first cylinder function
is already integrated in this module and will be switched by two 2/2-directional-
poppet valves. The inlet flow is effectedcoming via a common flow control valve, this means
that all following Cylinder function modules are used at the same velocity. The 3/2
directional valves are controlling which line A or B, depending on functional site is
the inlet or outlet flow. The needed pressure in all following Function modules is reported as
pressure signal to the LS-line. At parallel motion of cylinder functions together with
main consumers the LS-pressure has an influence on these cylinder functions, too. (velocity,
power).
to ISO 4406

For choice: - 3/2 directional valve WK08D-01M-C-N...
(Broch. 5.915)
- 2/2 poppet valve WSM06020W-01M-C-V...
(Broch. 5.949)
- flow control valve (Broch. 5.118)
SRE2-G3/8-01X/15-19 (15 – 19 l/min)
Ports: A,B: G 3/8”
Fixation:
3x Ø11 mm to flange-on at Function modules or Main consumer modules
4x M8 to flange-on further cylinder function modules
916
44
Pre-selection module 70L sw
WS70J-BL-O-XXDG
Mat. 3254111
Mat. 3541901 12 Volt A G3/8 B G3/8
Mat. 3541902 24 Volt
2 4
S1 3 1 S2
9 mm 1
wi dth 4
ping 2
clam
Pmax = 250 bar
Qmax = 70 l/min
The Pre-selection module sw 70L realizes an on/off supply of the Cylinder function
modules which are adapted to this module at one side. The 3/2 directional valves
are controlling which line A or B, depending on functional site is the inlet or outlet
flow. The needed pressure in all following Function modules is reported as pressure
signal to the LS-line. At parallel motion of cylinder functions together with main
consumers the LS-pressure has an influence on these functions, too. (velocity,
power).
to ISO 4406

4WKK10J-11M...
Fixation:
3x Ø11 mm to flange-on at Function modules or Main consumer modules
4x M8 to flange-on further Cylinder function modules
45 917
Cylinder function module 2-times, special
for 1 double acting cylinder S02 02-W-XXDG
Mat. 3281315 A B
Mat. 3541904 12 Volt (G 3/8) (G 3/8)
Mat. 3541917 24 Volt

2
m
th 40 m 1
wid
ping
clam
2
Pmax = 250 bar

Qmax = 19 l/min
The cylinder function module 2-times special realizes an on/off supply of e.g.
double acting cylinders. By using this module as end-module the ports A and B
will be closed by plugs.
to ISO 4406
Basic equipment valves for choice: - solenoid poppet valve

WSM06020W-01M-C-V... (Broch. 5.949)
(other symbols V, Z, ZR, Y, YR
s. model code)
Fixation:
4x Ø 9mm to flange-on at Pre-selection modules or other Cylinder function modules
918
46
Cylinder function module 2-times single sided for 1
single acting cylinder S02 02-W-XXDG
Mat. 3288915 A B
Mat. 3542074 12 Volt (G 3/8) (G 3/8)
Mat. 3542117 24 Volt

2
m
th 40 m 1
wid
ping
clam
2
Pmax = 250 bar

Qmax = 19 l/min
The cylinder function module 2-times single realizes an on/off supply of single
acting cylinders. Here two single acting cylinders may be controlled which have to
be driven-in by manual force. The inlet and outlet boreholes (A and B) have to be
switched-over in the pre-selection module. By using this module as end-module
the ports A and B will be closed by plugs.
to ISO 4406
Basic equipment valves for choice: - solenoid poppet valve

WSM06020W-01M-C-V... (Broch. 5.949)
s. Model code)
Fixation:
47 919
Cylinder function module 4-times
S04 04-W-XXDG
Mat. 3265296
Mat. 3542147 12 Volt
Mat. 3542148 24 Volt
A B A B
(G 3/8) (G 3/8) (G 3/8) (G 3/8)
2 2
1 1
m
th 80 m
wid
A
ping
clam B
1 1
Pmax = 250 bar 2 2
Qmax = 19 l/min
The cylinder function module 4-times realizes an on/off supply of double acting
cylinders. Here two double acting cylinders may be controlled which could be
driven-in and out. By using this module as end-module the ports A and B will
be closed by plugs.
to ISO 4406

for choice: - solenoid poppet valve
WSM06020W-01M-C-V... (Broch. 5.949)
s. Model code)
Fixation:
920
48
S05 05-W-XXDG
Mat. 3254112
Mat. 3542153 12 Volt
Mat. 3542155 24 Volt
A4 A3 B3 A2 B2
(G3/8) (G3/8) (G3/8) (G3/8) (G3/8)
m
117m 2 2 2
h S9 S8 S6
widt
ping 1 1 1
clam
2 2
S7 S5
1 1
Pmax = 250 bar

Qmax = 19 l/min
cylinders. Here two double acting cylinders may be controlled which could be
driven-in and out. By using this module as end-module the ports A and B will
be closed by plugs.
to ISO 4406
Basic equipment valves For choice: - solenoid poppet valve

WSM06020W-01M-C-V... (Broch. 5.949)
s. Model code)
Fixation:
49 921
S08 07-W-XXDG
Mat. 3542153 12 Volt

Mat. 3542155 24 Volt
A B A B A B A B
(G 3/8) (G 3/8) (G 3/8) (G 3/8) (G 3/8) (G 3/8) (G 3/8) (G 3/8)
2 2 2 2
m
159m 1 1 1 1
h
widt A
ping
clam
B
1 1 1
2 2 2
Pmax = 250 bar

Qmax = 19 l/min
cylinders. Here three double acting cylinders and one single acting cylinder may
be controlled. The free cavity could also be equipped with a directional valve. By
using this module as end-module the ports A and B will
be closed by plugs.
to ISO 4406

for choice: - solenoid poppet valve
WSM06020W-01M-C-V... (Broch. 5.949)
s. Model code)
Fixation:
922
50
E 5.256.1/01.13
923
924
E 5.308.1/01.13
HYDAC
Valve Stacking System
ML
Individually extendable
stacking system with
integrated mounting and
sealing elements.
Pmax = 350 bar
E 5.308.1/01.13
Qmax = 20 l/min
925
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. General
1.1 Description
General
1.2 Function
1.3 Applications
1.4 Basic setup
1.5 Connection of base modules to power units
1.6 Model code
2. Technical specifications
3. Modules

Base modules
3.1 Base modules

3.1.1 - with interface B1
3.1.2 - with interface 20X
3.1.3 - for inline mounting G⅜''
Function modules
3.2 Function modules
3.3 End modules

End modules
4. Accessories
Accessories
4.1 Coil voltage and connectors

4.2 Accessories for mounting onto modules
4.3 Accessories, other modules and adapters
5. Design recommendations
5.1 Manual override
5.2 Order details for pressure valves
E 5.308.1/01.13
926
1. GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
The HYDAC valve stacking system type ML is a control block composed of
individual standard modules for hydraulic systems.
This system is designed chiefly for controlling low-volume consumers and
General
for pressure/force resistance tasks.
Different function modules can be flanged to the base module.
The sequence of modules depends on the control task, as does the
fitting of pressure, flow control, shut-off and directional valves. Additional
modules such as pressure switches, pressure gauges and accumulators
can also be incorporated.
An end module completes the block.
The ML valve stacking system can be built onto HYDAC CA, CO1, DC1
and HP power units using different base modules.
Similarly, the valve stacking system can be built onto any hydraulic system
by using a module for inline mounting.
The system offers individual possibilities for very simple expansion and
exchange.
This modular system ensures:

A high level of flexibility for both designers and builders
Individual solutions for control problems
Small dimensions combined with high performance
No leakage thanks to short, robust connections
Valve stack can be extended at a later date by adding modules
Cost-effective control due to volume production
E 5.308.1/01.13
927
1.2 FUNCTION
Oil is supplied to the valves in the modules through the pressure and return
line in the centre of all modules. It is possible to separate the functions
End module of consumers which are arranged in parallel by using check valves and
special modules. Built-on pressure switches enable simple control of the
pump and pressure monitoring, also on the consumer.
General
Leakage-free directional poppet valves provide secure positioning of the

consumer and maintain pressures over a longer time without repeated oil
supply. Through the use of appropriate modules, the pressure in the central
pressure line can also be shut-off or altered.
2nd function module
1.3 APPLICATIONS
In conjunction with power units, valve stacking systems type ML can be
used as ready-to-install oil supply units. Particularly compact systems
can be built in combination with HYDAC Fluidtechnik HP, CA, DC and CO
power units.
1st function module Valve stacking systems are used mainly in
the following areas:
Hydraulic clamping systems
Machine tool engineering
Press manufacture
Fixture construction
Loaders and feeders
Auxiliary drives
Mobile hydraulics
Customized and other applications ...
Base module
1.4 BASIC SETUP

Base module + Function modules + End module
Technical benefits:
Mounting bolts (captive) and sealing elements
incorporated in the module
Robust control stack possible through the use of short mounting bolts
Easy to extend at a later date
Housing and valves zinc-plated
Compact design
Bolt connection
Module to module
E 5.308.1/01.13
928
1.5 CONNECTION OF BASE MODULES
CO1
TO POWER UNITS
This overview shows the HYDAC compact power units to which
the ML valve stacking system can be mounted.
Depending on the power unit and base module selected,
General
adapters may be required.
In Section 3.1 "BASE MODULES", the types of power unit
possible and the adapters required are indicated for each base module.
Further technical information on the power units is
given in the relevant brochures.
DC1
3-Phase Compact Power Unit up to 250 bar, up to 20 l/min
CO1

CO1 (For
CO1 further technical information, see brochure on CO1,
Brochure No. E 5.306)
CO1
DC Power Unit 12 V/24 V up to 250 bar, up to 18.4 l/min
DC1
DC1 (For further technical information, see brochure on DC1,
DC1
Brochure No. E 5.307)
DC1
CA 3-Phase Compact Power Unit (oil-immersed motor)
CA
CA up to 250 bar, up to 20 l/min
CA (For further technical information, see brochure on CA,
CA Brochure No. E 5.305)
HP
HP
HP High Pressure Power Unit up to 500 bar, up to 5.25 l/min
HP Important: When used in combination with ML, max. permitted
ML pressure is 350 bar
ML
ML (For further technical information, see brochure on HP,
ML Brochure No. E 5.301)
HP
1.6 MODEL CODE
ML + G24 - Z4 + B1/20X + ML -GMS 210 CE + ML -BM + ML -ERZZ + ML-CR + ML-EM
Valve stacking system ML
Electrical voltage,
see Section 4.1
Adapter B1/20X,
see Section 4.3 Accessories, or Brochure on CO1, No.: E 5.306
Base module
1st function module
2nd function module

E 5.308.1/01.13
3rd function module
End module
929
2. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Design: Valve stacking system
Type of mounting: M6 hexagon bolt
(when stack is approx. 500 mm or above in length, use mounting plate
for additional support)
Dimensions: For dimensions and weight, see individual modules
Direction of flow: According to symbol, only permitted in direction of arrow.
Hydraulic specifications
Nominal pressure: PN = 350 bar
Qmax = 12 l/min for consumer port G¼”
Flow rate: Qmax = 20 l/min for consumer ports G⅜”
Pressure-related performance limits of the individual components must be
taken into account!
Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51 524, Part 1 and 2
Temperature range
of operating fluid: min. –20 °C to max. +80 °C
Viscosity range: Min. 10 mm²/s to max. 380 mm²/s
Filtration: Min. cleanliness level of the operating fluid:
ISO 4406 – class 21/19/16 or cleaner
We therefore recommend a filter with a minimum retention rate of β20 ≥ 100
(The fitting of filters and regular replacement of filter elements guarantees
correct function, reduces wear and tear and extends the service life)
Electrical details
Type of actuation: Solenoid-operated by means of pressure-tight
wet-pin single-stroke solenoids to VDE 0580
Coil voltage: DC solenoid,
AC voltage is rectified using a bridge
rectifier built into the coil
Nominal voltage UN: 24 V DC or 230 V AC, other voltages on request
Voltage tolerance: +/- 15%
Power consumption: p20 = 18 – 26 W
Duty: 100 % = continuous
Protection class: Protection class IP 65 to DIN 40050
(if fitted correctly)
Switching frequency: 3,600 per hour
E 5.308.1/01.13
930
3. MODULES
3.1 BASE MODULES
3.1.1 Base module with interface B1

CO1
CO1 Suitable for CO1 power unit without adapter

DC1 Suitable for DC1 power unit without adapter
DC1
CA
B1 / GML Base module
CA
for accumulator connection (GA drg. 3207665)
HP
HP
ML
ML
Base modules
Base module for mounting an accumulator with manually-operated
pressure release and a 3/2 directional poppet valve to control, for
example, a single-acting cylinder.
Protection via a pressure relief valve (CE) required separately.
May be extended using ML function modules or end modules.
Pmax 250 bar
Qmax 12 l/min
Interface B1 / ML
Weight approx. 4.4 kg
Ports A, MA, M1 = G1/4'' B, PS = 3/8''
Model code Â Ã
B1 / GML – C R – XXX
Basic model
B1/GML = Base module
Directional valves
C = WSM08130C
D = WSM08130D
DN = WSM08130D-01M with manual override
0 = with blanking plug instead of directional valve
Check valve
no details = without check valve
R = check valve
Accessories, coil voltage
For accessories such as pressure gauge,
pressure switch, accumulator, etc.
(supplied loose) see Section 4
without details = no accessories
E 5.308.1/01.13
All dimensions are subject to technical modifications.
931

CO1

DC1
CA
B1 / ML Base module without valve (GA drg. 3243460)
CA
HP
HP
ML
ML
Base modules
Base module without additional functionality for extending,

with ML function modules.
May also be extended using end modules.
Pmax 250 bar
Qmax 20 l/min
Interface B1 / ML
Ports B = G⅜''
Model code
B1 / ML – XXX
Basic model
B1/ML = Base mod ul e
Accessories
For accessories such as pressure gauge, pressure switch, etc.
without details = no accessories
E 5.308.1/01.13
932

CO1

DC1
CA
B1 / ML 2xSC Base module
CA
with two 4/3 Directional spool valves (GA drg. 3398242)
HP
HP
ML
ML
Base modules
Base module to actuate two double-acting cylinders
with pilot-operated non-return function.
An orifice for determining the travel speed is possible.
Pmax 250 bar
Qmax 20 l/min
Control ratio 2.8:1
Interface B1 / ML
Weight approx. 6 kg
Ports A, B, A0, B0 = G⅜''
Δp /Qmax 25 bar P → A0 17 bar B → T
Δp /Qmax 27 bar P → B0 18 bar B0 → T
Model code
B1 / ML-2xSC – B0.6 – XXX
Basic model
B1/ML- 2x S C = Base mod ul e
Orifice
no details = without orifices
B0.6 = orifices in A, A0 and B, B0
(available in sizes from 0.6 to 4.0)
no details = without accessories
E 5.308.1/01.13
933

CO1

DC1
CA
B1/ A6 Base module for a directional spool valve
CA
with DIN interface (GA drg. 3191873)
HP
HP
ML
ML
Base modules
Base module for mounting a spool valve with DIN interface

to actuate a double-acting cylinder.
May be extended using extension module 3A6 with DIN interface.
Pmax 250 bar
Qmax 20 l/min
Interface B1 / ML
Ports M, MP = G¼''
A, B = G⅜''
Model code
B1 / A6 – J – XXX
Basic model
B1/A6 (adapter plate with interface A6)
Design of spool valve
J = Spool valve symbol J
(D, J, G, H, E symbols available)
no details = without spool valve
E 5.308.1/01.13
934
3.1.2 Base modules with interface 20X
CO1
CO1
CO1 Suitable for CO1 power unit with adapter block B1 / 20X
CO1 (GA drg. 3243461)
DC1
DC1 Suitable for DC1 power unit with adapter block B1 / 20X
DC1
DC1 (GA drg. 3243461)
CA
CA Suitable for CA power unit without adapter
CA
CA
Suitable for HP power unit with sandwich plate HP 9.5 mm
HP
HP (Part No. 3114749)
HP
HP
ML Base module
ML
ML
for mounting an accumulator (GA drg. 3090671)
ML
Base modules
Base module for mounting an accumulator protected by a pressure relief
valve (CE), with manually-operated pressure release and a 3/2 directional
poppet valve to control, for example, a single-acting cylinder.
Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 12 l/min
Interface 20X / ML
Ports A, M1, M2, MA, P, PS = G¼''
Δp /Qmax 15 bar P → A
Model code
ML – 210CE – C R – XXX
Basic model
ML = Base module
Setting range: 100 V = 100 bar (adjustable)
250 V = 250 bar (adjustable)
210 CE = 210 bar with CE mark
Directional valves
C = WSM08130C
D = WSM08130D
Check valve
R = check valve
E 5.308.1/01.13

935
CO1
CO1
CO1 (GA drg. 3243461)
DC1
DC1
DC1 (GA drg. 3243461)
CA
CA
CA
HP
HP (Part No. 3114749)
HP
HP
ML
ML-GMS Base module
ML
ML
for mounting an accumulator (GA drg. 3227906)
ML
Base modules
Base module for mounting an accumulator

protected by a pressure relief valve (CE),
with manually-operated pressure release valve.
May be extended using ML function modules
or end modules.
Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 12 l/min
Interface 20X / ML
Ports P, M = G¼'' T, PS = G⅜ ''
Δp /Qmax 2 bar T1 → T 6 bar P → PS 6 bar P → P1
Model code Á
ML-GMS – 210CE – XXX
Basic model
ML-GMS = Base module
Pressure relief valve or directional valve
210 CE = 210 bar CE pressure relief valve
V = WSM06020V
W = WSM06020W
WN = WSM06020W-01M with manual override
0 = with blanking plug instead of valve
E 5.308.1/01.13
936
CO1
CO1
CO1 (GA drg. 3243461)
DC1
DC1
DC1 (GA drg. 3243461)
CA
CA
CA
HP
HP (Part No. 3114749)
HP
HP
ML
ML-2BR Base module
ML
ML
with two 3/2 directional poppet valves (GA drg. 3088420)
ML
Base modules
Base module with pressure relief valve and check valve.
With two 3/2 directional poppet valves to control, for example,
two single-acting clamping cylinders.
Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 12 l/min
Interface 20X / ML
Ports A, B, M, P, MA, MB = G¼"
Model code Á ÂÃ ÄÅ
ML-2BR – 250V – C R C R – XXX
Basic model
ML-2BR = Base module
Directional valves
C = WSM08130C
D = WSM08130D
Check valve
R = check valve
E 5.308.1/01.13
937
CO1
CO1
CO1 (GA drg. 3243461)
DC1
DC1
DC1 (GA drg. 3243461)
CA
CA
CA
HP
HP (Part No. 3114749)
HP
HP
ML
ML-2RV Base module with check valve
ML
ML
2 positions selectable (GA drg. 3126482)
ML
Base modules
Base module for pressure relief where the position of the check valve
can be selected (before or after the pressure relief valve).
Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 12 l/min
Interface 20X / ML
Ports P = G¼'' T = G⅜ ''
Model code Á Ã
ML-2RV R 100V – R – XXX
Basic model
ML-2RV = Base module with two positions
for RV check valve
Check valve
R = check valve
Pressure relief valve or directional valve
210 CE = 210 bar CE pressure relief valve
V = WSM06020V
W = WSM06020W
Check valve
R = check valve
E 5.308.1/01.13

938
CO1
CO1

CO1 (GA drg. 3243461)
DC1
DC1
DC1 (GA drg. 3243461)
CA
CA
CA
HP
HP (Part No. 3114749)
HP
HP
ML
Flexi-ML Base module with three 3/2 directional valves
ML
ML
and accumulator port (GA drg. 3304515)
ML
Base modules
Base module for mounting an accumulator protected by a pressure relief
valve (CE), with manually-operated pressure release valve.
With up to three 3/2 directional poppet valves to control, for example,
three single-acting cylinders.
Pmax 250 bar
Qmax 12 l/min
Interface 20X / ML
Ports A, MA, B, MB, C, MC, P1, T, MP P3 = G¼'' P2 = G ⅜ ''
Model code À ÁÂ ÃÄ ÅÆ
Flexi-ML – R / 210CE C R C R C R XXX
Basic model
Flexi-ML = Base module with
3x 3/2 directional valves
Check valve
R = check valve E-R¼
210 CE = 210 bar with CE mark
Directional valves
C = WSM08130C
D = WSM08130D
Check valve
R = check valve
E 5.308.1/01.13

939
HP
3.1.3 Base module for inline mounting G⅜ ”

Base module for inline mounting G⅜ ”

ML for further mounting of function modules
MRL Base module without valve connection port

(GA drg. 3090673)
G ⅜ ''
Base modules
G ⅜ ''
Base module for mounting an ML valve stacking system separately.

Has G⅜ ” inline connection mounting.
Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 20 l/min
Interface G⅜ '' / ML
Ports P, T = G⅜''
Model code
MRL
Basic model
MRL = Base module
E 5.308.1/01.13
940
HP FUNCTION MODULES
3.2

Function module for mounting onto base and function modules

ML of ML valve stacking systems
ML-C/D Function module with a 3/2 directional poppet valve

(GA drg. 3090672)
Function modules
Function module, for example, to control a single-acting cylinder.
Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 12 l/min
Interface ML / ML
Ports A, MA = G¼''
Model code À Á
ML – C R – XXX
Basic model
ML-C/D
Directional valves
C = WSM08130C
D = WSM08130D
Check valve
R = check valve R¼
E 5.308.1/01.13
941
HP

ML Function module for mounting onto base and function modules
of ML valve stacking systems
ML-CTR/DTR Function module

with a 3/2 directional poppet valve (GA drg.
3146872)
Function modules
Function module, for example, to control a single-acting cylinder.

With check valve in the T-line.
This valve prevents draining of the consumer line and prevents back-
pressures from reaching the consumer.
May be extended using additional ML function modules or an end
module.
Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 12 l/min
Interface ML / ML
Ports A, MA = G¼''
Model code À Á Ã
ML – C R TR – XXX
Basic model
ML-CTR/DTR
Directional valves
C = WSM08130C
D = WSM08130D
Check valve
R = check valve
TR = Pre-charge in return line (0.5 bar)
E 5.308.1/01.13
942
HP

ML-E Function module with two 2/2 directional poppet valve

(GA drg. 3101119)
Function modules
Function module, for example, to control a single-acting cylinder which
can be held in any position.
An orifice for determining the travel speed is possible.
Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 12 l/min
Interface ML / ML
Ports A, MA, B, M = G¼''
Δp /Qmax 17 bar P → A 7.5 bar A → T
17.5 bar P → B
Model code À Á Â Ã Ä
ML-E R Z Y B0.8 G – XXX
Basic model
ML-E
Check valve
R = check valve R1/4
Directional valves
Y = WSM06020Y
W = WSM06020Z
WN = WSM06020Z-01M with manual override
Orifice
no details = without orifice
B0.6 = orifice M6 in B ...3.0
(available in sizes 0.6 to 3.0)
G = plugged with threaded pin
E 5.308.1/01.13
943
HP


ML-P Function module with a 2/2 directional poppet valve

(GA drg. 3189815)
Function modules
Function module for fast/slow speed function.

An orifice for determining travel speed is possible in
central pressure line. (Supply speed regulation).
Can also be used to shut off the central pressure
line. May be extended using ML function modules.
Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 12 l/min
Interface ML / ML
Ports M = G¼''
Model code À Á
ML-P Y – B0.8 – XXX
Basic model
ML-P = Function module for central P-line
Directional valves
Y = WSM06020Y
W = WSM06020Z
Orifice
no details = without orifice
B0.8 = orifice M6 0.8 mm
(available in sizes 0.6 to 3.0 mm)
G = plugged with threaded pin
E 5.308.1/01.13
944
HP


ML-T Function module with a 2/2 directional poppet

valve (GA drg. 3358267)
Function modules
Function module for fast/slow speed function.
An orifice for determining travel speed is possible in the central tank line.
(Drain speed regulation).
May be extended using ML function modules.
Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 20 l/min
Interface ML / ML
Ports T = G⅛''
Model code À Á
ML-T Y – B0.8 – XXX
Basic model
ML-P = Function module for central T-line
Directional valves
Y = WSM06020Y
W = WSM06020Z
Orifice
B0.8 = Orifice M6 0.8 mm
E 5.308.1/01.13
945
HP


ML-K Function module with two 3/2 directional poppet valves

(GA drg. 3287660)
Function modules
Function module, for example, to control a double-acting cylinder.

Includes two pilot-operated check valves to hold the cylinder in any
position, leakage-free.
Alternatively with counterbalance valves to prevent overrunning of the load.
Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 20 l/min
Control ratio 4:1 for appropriate check valves
Interface ML / ML
Ports A, B = G⅜'' MA, MB = G¼''
Δp /Qmax 20 bar P → B
Model code ÀÁ Â+Ã

ML-K C / 2xRP08 – XXX
Basic model
ML-K
With 2 directional valves
C = WSM08130C
(standard no details)
D = WSM08130D
Check valve
2xRP08 = Check valves RP08
2xRS08 = Counterbalance valves RS08
E 5.308.1/01.13
946
HP

ML-SC Function module with one 4/3 directional spool valve

(GA drg. 3092486)
Function modules
Includes two pilot-operated check valves to hold the cylinder in any
position.
Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 20 l/min
Control ratio 9.7:1
Interface ML / ML
Ports A, B = G⅜'' MA, MB = G¼''
Δp /Qmax 13 bar P → A 17 bar B → T
Model code
ML-SC – XXX
Basic model
ML-SC
E 5.308.1/01.13
947
HP


ML-2xSC1 Function module

with two 4/3 Directional spool valves (GA drg. 3405025)
* * * *
* optional orifices
Function modules
Function module, for example, to control two double-acting cylinders.

Includes pilot-operated check valves to hold cylinders in any position
leakage-free.
Orifice for determining the travel speed.
Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 20 l/min
Control ratio 2.8:1
Interface ML / ML
Ports A1, B1, A2, B2 = G⅜''
Δp /Qmax 25 bar P → A1 17 bar A1 → T
27 bar P → B1 18 bar B1 → T
Model code
ML-2xSC1 – A1/B0.8 – B1/B0.8 – XXX
Basic model
ML-2xSC1
Orifices
A1/B0.8 = Orifice M8 0.8 mm
in port A1
(ports AX, X, B1, A2, B2 also)
B1/B0.8 = orifice M8 0.8 mm
in port B1
E 5.308.1/01.13
948
HP


ML-U Function module

with a 4/3 or 4/2 directional spool valve (GA drg. 3156612)
Function modules
Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 20 l/min
Interface ML / ML
Ports A, B = G⅜''
Δp /Qmax 7 bar P → A 6 bar B → T (ML-UY)
Model code À Á
ML-U E R – XXX
Basic model
ML-U
Directional valves
E = WK10E spool valve
G = WK10G spool valve
J = WK10J spool valve
Y = WK10Y spool valve
Check valve
R = check valve
E 5.308.1/01.13
949
HP

ML-DM1 Function module with pressure reducing

function and a 2/2 directional poppet valve installed before it
(GA drg. 3385238)
Function modules
Function module to reduce pressure in central pressure line.

Alternatively, proportional pressure reducing valve possible.
A directional poppet valve shuts off the control oil.
Pmax 350 bar (250 bar W valve)
Qmax 15 l/min
Interface: ML / ML
Weight: approx. 2.8 kg
Ports: M = G¼''
Model code À Á
ML-DM1 – Y – R – XXX
Basic model
ML-DM1
Including DR08 pressure reducing valve, direct-acting
Directional valves
Y = WSM06020Y
W = WSM06020W
Check valve
R = check valve
E 5.308.1/01.13
950
HP


ML-DM2 Function module with pressure reducing function

(GA drg. 3153189)
Function modules
Function module to reduce pressure in central pressure line.
Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 12 l/min
Interface: ML / ML
Weight: approx. 1.7 kg
Ports: M = G¼''
Model code À Á
ML-DM2 – S – R – XXX
Basic model
ML-DM2 = Function module DM2
Pressure reducing valves
S = pressure reducing valve, direct-acting DR08
V = pressure reducing valve pilot operated DR08P
P = pressure reducing valve, proportional PDR08
Check valve
R = check valve
E 5.308.1/01.13
951
HP


ML-DM3 Function module with pressure reducing function

(GA drg. 3386760
Function modules
Function module for reducing the pressure to the consumer.

Alternatively, proportional pressure reducing valve possible.
A directional poppet valve shuts off the control oil.
The consumer line is relieved to tank via 2/2 directional poppet valve.
Pmax 350 bar (250 bar W valve)
Qmax 12 l/min
Interface ML / ML
Ports A = G⅜'' MA = G¼''
Model code À Á Â
ML-DM3 – W – R – W – XXX
Basic model
ML-DM3
Directional valves
Y = WSM06020Y
W = WSM06020W
Check valve
R = check valve
E 5.308.1/01.13
952
HP


ML-M Function module for pressure relief (GA drg. 3090675)
Function modules
Function module for example to relieve pressure in the central pressure
line, adjustable mechanically or proportionally.
Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 20 l/min
Interface ML / ML
Ports M = G¼''
Model code À
ML-M – D100V – XXX
Basic model
ML-M = Function module M for pressure relief
Valve
D100V = 100 bar (Allen head)
V = WSM06020V
DV = DV5Z
E 5.308.1/01.13
953
HP


ML-BM Mounting module (GA drg. 3076803)

Function modules
Function module without valves, with P and T port.

With through-bore as additional mounting point
for ML valve stacking systems.
Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 12 l/min
Interface ML / ML
Ports P = G¼'' T = G⅜''
Model code
ML-BM – XXX
Basic model
ML-BM = Mounting module
Accessories
No details = without accessories
E 5.308.1/01.13
954
HP


ML-MA6 Function module for a directional spool valve

with DIN interface (GA drg. 3287303)
Function modules
Function module, for example, to mount a spool valve with DIN interface
to actuate a double-acting cylinder.
Pmax 315 bar
Qmax 20 l/min
Interface ML / ML
Weight approx. 1.9
Ports A, B = G⅜''
Model code
ML-MA6 – J – XXX
Basic model
ML-MA6 = Function module with A6 interface
Directional valves
E = 4WE6E 4/3 spool valve
G = 4WE6G 4/3 spool valve
J = 4WE6J 4/3 spool valve
H = 4WE6H 4/3 spool valve
D = 4WE6D 4/2 spool valve
E 5.308.1/01.13
955
HP END MODULES
3.3

ML
ML-EM End module (GA drg. 3090911)
ML interface
End module to blank off the central P-line and T-line

of the ML valve stacking system.
End modules
Final module (cannot be extended).

Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 0 l/min (not relevant)
Interface ML
Ports none
Model code
ML-EM
Basic model
ML-EM = End module
E 5.308.1/01.13
956
HP

ML
ML-EMS D End module (GA drg. new 3205054, 3090911)
ML interface
End module to blank off the central P-line and T-line

of the ML valve stacking system, with a G⅜'' port for accumulator or
pressure gauge. With through-bore as additional mounting point.
End modules
Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 20 l/min
Interface ML
Ports P = G⅜''
Model code
ML-EMS D – XXX
Basic model
ML-EMS D = End module
Through-bore
No details = no through-bore
D = with through-bore
Accessories
E 5.308.1/01.13
957
HP

ML
ML-EMD Accumulator Safety End Module

(GA drg. 3310364)
Accumulator safety end module for mounting an accumulator

with manually-operated pressure release.
Pressure relief valve (CE)
With through-bore as additional mounting point.
End modules

Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 20 l/min
Interface ML
Ports P = G⅜'' M, M1, M2 = G¼''
Model code
ML-EMD – 210 CE – XXX
Basic model
ML-EMD = End module
210 = pressure range 210 bar (not adjustable)
Accessories
E 5.308.1/01.13
958
4. Accessories
4.1 COIL VOLTAGE 4.3 ACCESSORIES, OTHER MODULES
AND CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS
24DG = 24 Volt DC ML-MRL2 (GA drg. 3061157)
with DIN male connector to EN175301-803 Base module without valve with 20X interface
230DG = 230 Volt AC and for inline mounting
with DIN male connector to EN175301-803
Module for separate mounting of an ML valve stacking system
Other voltages on request with G⅜'' inline port.
Unlike the MRL base module,
Z4 = Female connector Z4 (2-pole)
may only be extended using ML base modules 20X.
for connection to DIN male connection
Pmax 350 bar
Qmax 20 l/min
4.2 ACCESSORIES FOR MOUNTING ONTO Interface G⅜'' / 20X
MODULES Weight approx. 1.3 kg
(supplied loose) Ports P, T = G⅜''
SBO1 = accumulator SBO210-0.16E1 /
112U-210AK80 Model code: ML-MRL2
SBO3 = accumulator SBO210-0.32E1 / Basic model
112U-250AK80 ML-MRL2 = Base module
SBO5 = accumulator SBO210-0.5 E1 /
112U-250AK70
(Please take accumulator pre-charge ML-B1/20x (GA drg. 3243461) Adapter plate
pressure into account!) (For documentation see CO1 brochure, No. E 5.306.)
To convert interface B1 (CO1/DC1) to interface 20X
MA1 = pressure gauge Ø 63mm Pmax 250 bar
incl. threaded connection 160 bar
Qmax 20 l/min
MA2 = pressure gauge Ø 63mm
incl. threaded connection 250 bar Interface B1/ 20X
MA4 = pressure gauge Ø 63mm Ports none
incl. threaded connection 400 bar
Model code: ML-B1/20X
Basic model
DS1 = mechanical pressure switch
ML-B1/20X = Adapter plate
10 - 100 bar
DS2 = mechanical pressure switch

50 - 200 bar S6-C (GA drg. 3054485) Cooler module
Special module as a sandwich plate with interface 20X
DS4 = mechanical pressure switch with oil/air cooler.
100 - 400 bar Also available as unpressurized circulating module without
cooler (Version S6-0).
Accessories
EDS3 = electronic pressure switch Pmax 250 bar
EDS3446-2-250-000
Qmax 20 l/min (pressure and tank line)
EDS8 = electronic pressure switch
EDS8000-2-250 Interface 20X / 20X
Ports none
Cooling capacity 0.8 kW at ΔT 40 °C (see graph)
M = Minimess
Max. permitted
operating pressure
cooler element 16 bar
Nominal voltage
Fan motor 220 - 240 V, 50 / 60 Hz
Power consumption
Fan motor 35 W
Type of
operation S1 (Continuous operation)
Protection
class IP54 to DIN EN 60034-5
Model code: S6-C

Basic model
S6-C = Cooler module
E 5.308.1/01.13
959
ML-3A6 (GA drg. 3096922) Extension module FA25 (GA drg. 3114513) Pressure Filter
to a DIN interface
Cartridge pressure filter in the consumer ports
for connection, for example, to EML / A6 or B1 / A6
Pmax 350 bar
Module for mounting two spool valves onto
DIN-interface. Qmax 12 l/min
May only be extended using 3A6 modules. Interface none
Pmax 350 bar Ports A, B = G¼'' male and female
(Take note of permitted operating pressure
of built-on valve with DIN interface) Model code: FA25
Qmax 20 l/min Basic model
Interface A6 / A6 FA25 = Module with pressure filter
Ports A, B = G⅜'' (filtration rating 25 µm)
Part No. 715896
Type code: ML-3A6 (Replacement filter element = Part No.)
Basic model
ML-3A6 = Adapter plate with 3 interfaces
FP3 (GA drg. 3129987) Pressure filter module

Special module as sandwich plate with interface 20X
with filter in the pressure line and clogging indicator
Pmax 320 bar
Qmax 20 l/min
Interface 20X / 20X
Ports M = G¼''
Model code: FP3 – 20 – B

Basic model
FP3 = Special module with pressure filter
Filtration rating
20 µm = Filtration rating
10 µm = Filtration rating
Clogging indicator
B = visual
C = electrical
(Replacement filter element = Part No.)
Accessories
E 5.308.1/01.13
960
5. DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS
Pulling 5.1 Manual override
action
Pulling action
(Remove mounting nut,
turn knurled screw anti-clockwise.
Remember: Turn back after use – will not function otherwise)
-01M
WS Symbol Z / ZR
WK Symbol /D /L/P /W /X
except:
Pressing (WK08D / WK08L)
action
Pressing action
(Activated by thumb pressure on rubber cap)
-01M
WS Symbol Y /YR /W /X
WK Symbol A /C /K /R /V /Y /Z /EB
+ WK08D +WK08L
5.2 Order details for pressure valves
Pressure relief valves 350 M 315 – 300
Pressure range
100 = 100 bar
200 = 200 bar
350 = 350 bar
630 = 630 bar
Type of adjustment
V = Allen head
M = adjustable, maximum pressure relief
S = scaled knob, maximum pressure relief
P = can be lead-sealed
Maximum pressure setting
315 = 315 bar (as example)
Must be specified for M, SM,
Not required for V, P
Pre-set opening pressure
V M S P no details = valve not set, spring relaxed
300 = 300 bar (for example)
(optional information)
Pressure reducing valves

Adjustable
V = Allen head
H = hand wheel
Accumulators
For further diaphragm accumulators, see Brochure E 3.100,
for further bladder accumulators, see brochure E 3.201
(give full details when ordering)
Please check the mounting compatibility with regard to thread, diameter
and weight of the accumulator!
Modules
The reference axes X and Y given in the dimensions column
allow the installation size of the complete control block to be calculated.
The reference axis X applies only to HP and CA power units!

E 5.308.1/01.13

961
E 5.304.2/01.13
962
Valve Stacking
System L
E 5.304.2/01.13
Up to 500 bar
Up to 12 l/min
963
1. DESCRIPTION 1.2. FUNCTION 2. SPECIFICATIONS
1.1. GENERAL With a central pressure and 2.1. GENERAL
return line, oil can be supplied
The HYDAC valve stacking 2.1.1 Basic model
to or released from several
system, type L, is a control block Valve stacking system in parallel
consumers simultaneously or
composed of individual modules arrangement.
independently. It is possible
for hydraulic systems in parallel 2.1.2 Type of construction
to separate the functions of
arrangement. This system is Control modules in sandwich
consumers which are arranged
designed chiefly for controlling stacking construction with valve
in parallel by using check valves
low-volume consumers and for cartridges and additional devices.
and special modules. Built-on
pressure/force resistance tasks.
pressure switches enable simple 2.1.3 Type of mounting
Function modules with directional control of the pump and pressure 2 screws M6 for HP and CA
poppet valves, pressure and monitoring, also on the consumer. mounting.
shut-off valves and pressure
Leakage-free directional poppet 2 threaded holes M8 in the base
switches can be combined on
valves provide secure positioning block on RL and RLRD and in the
a base module in any order in
of the consumer and maintain end module PF.
accordance with the sequence
pressures over a longer time It is also possible to insert a
of the control tasks. The end is
without repeated oil supply. mounting sandwich plate in the
represented by an end module
with or without additional Through the use of appropriate control (necessary for support
functions. The stack is held modules, the pressure in the when the stack is approx.
together with two tie-bolts. central pressure line can also be 500 mm or above in length).
shut-off or altered. 2.1.4 Weight
Different base modules are
suitable for building onto HYDAC 1.3. APPLICATIONS The total weight of a stack is
HP and CA power units, or onto In conjunction with power units, derived from the sum of the
any hydraulic system by means of valve stacking systems type L weights of the individual modules
an inline base module. can be used as ready-to-install oil (see point 3.2. - 3.4.) and of
supply units. the valves and units fitted
This modular system ensures:
(see point 4).
– A high level of flexibility due to The systems are particularly
compact when combined with 2.1.5 Ambient temperature range
variable module arrangement,
HYDAC HP and CA power units. Min. – 20 °C
– Individual solutions to control Max. + 40 °C
problems Valve stacking systems are used
in the following areas: 2.1.6 Installation
– Small dimensions combined with When building onto HP and CA,
high performance – Hydraulic clamping systems
determined by the unit.
– No leakage – Machine tool engineering As a control strip, optional.
– Cost-effective control due to – Press manufacture 2.1.7 Flow direction
series production of modules. – Fixture construction According to symbol, only
– Loading and feeding apparatus permitted in direction of arrow.
– Auxiliary and parallel drives 2.2. HYDRAULIC DETAILS
– Mobile hydraulics etc. 2.2.1 Nominal pressure
For building onto inline base block
pN = 350 bar
For building onto CA unit
pN = 210 bar
For building onto HP unit
pN = 500 bar
Exceptions:
modules with 2/2 directional
poppet valves, symbol Z, Y, V, W
pN = 350 bar
2.2.2 Flow rate
Qmax = 12 l/min
Pressure-related performance
limits of the individual valves and
units must be taken into
account. See point 4 for design
recommendations.
2.2.3 Operating Fluid
Hydraulic oil to DIN 51 524
Part 1 and 2
E 5.304.2/01.13
964
2.2.4 Temperature range
of operating fluid EXPLODED DIAGRAM OF SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION
Min. – 20 °C
Max. + 80 °C
End module
2.2.5 Viscosity range
Min. 10 mm²/s
Max. 380 mm²/s
2.2.6 Filtration
Max. permitted contamination
level of the operating fluid:
– For operating pressure
up to 350 bar
NAS 1638, class 10.
We recommend a filter with a
minimum retention rate of
β20 ≥ 100
– For operating pressure
up to 500 bar
NAS 1638, class 9.
We recommend a filter with a
minimum retention rate of
β10 ≥ 100.
The fitting of filters and regular
replacement of elements
guarantees correct functioning,
reduces wear and tear and
increases the service life.
2.3. ELECTRICAL DETAILS
2.3.1 Type of actuation
Function modules
Solenoid-operated by means of
pressure-tight, wet-pin single
stroke solenoids to VDE 0580.
2.3.2 Type of voltage
Switching solenoids:
DC solenoid
(code G)
For use with AC, the required DC
is produced by using a bridge
rectifier connector (code W)
Proportional solenoid:
DC solenoid G 24.
2.3.3 Nominal voltage UN
Standard voltages
Voltage type G: 24 V
Voltage type W: 220 V
Other voltages in the range 6 to
240 V are also available on
request.
2.3.4 Voltage tolerance
+ 10 %
– 5%
2.3.5 Power consumption
p20 = 26 W
2.3.6 Duty cycle
100% = continuous operation
2.3.7 Protection class Base module
IP 65 to DIN 40050 provided
connector is fitted correctly.
2.3.8 Switching frequency
3,600 per hour
E 5.304.2/01.13
965
3. SELECTION TABLE, SYMBOL, DIMENSIONS, WEIGHT, TYPE
3.1. MODEL CODE
(also order example) LR/350M315-270 + DR-7 + C + DR-7 + C + PB-77/63-400 + G24 - Z4 - N
Valve stacking base module

(see point 3.2.)
Function modules
(see point 3.3.)
1st function module
2nd function module
3rd function module
4th function module
… further function modules
End modules (see point 3.4.)
Nominal voltage for actuating solenoids

G 24 … DC 24 V
W 220 … AC 220 V-50/60 Hz
other voltages on request
Electrical connection for actuating solenoids

no details … DIN 43650 without connector
Z4 … connector to DIN 43650-AF2-PG11
Z5L … large connector with light
For AC type, connector is automatically
supplied with bridge rectifier insert
Manual override on directional poppet valves

(see point 4.5.)
no details … without manual override
N … pin type operation
NG … thumb pressure operation
(symbols V, W, Y, C, D only)
Circuit diagram corresponding to order example above

E 5.304.2/01.13
966
3.2. BASE MODULES
Base module RL Base module L for flanging Base module L for flanging
for inline mounting to CA power units to HP power units
Name and symbol Dimensions Model code
3.2.1 Base module for inline mounting Ports RL+

P = G 1/4
T = G 3/8
Weight 0.57 kg Base module
for inline mounting
port interface for

valve stacking module
(M8x12)
3.2.2 Base module for inline mounting Ports RL R / 350 V+

M, P = G 1/4 Base module
T = G 3/8
for inline mounting
Weight 0.75 kg
Check valve RV
blanking plug
no details … without
(without DB)
R … with RV
port interface for

Pressure relief valve DB
valve stacking module pressure range and type of
adjustment
see point 4.2.
3.2.3 Base module for flange-mounting Ports L R / 350 M 315 +

P, T = G 1/4 Base module
Weight 0.97 kg for flange-mounting
Check valve
port interface for RV
valve stacking module no details … without
R … with RV
pressure range and type of
E 5.304.2/01.13
adjustment
see point 4.2.
V-type adjustment not possible on this
base module
967
3.3. FUNCTION MODULES
Ports A, B M … G 1/4
3.3.1 2/2 Directional Weight 0.74 kg +Y+
poppet valve module
Dir. poppet valve SV
possible symbols Z, Y, W, V
see point 4.3.
3.3.2 2/2 Directional Weight 0.74 kg +ZA–5+

poppet valve module
see point 4.3.
Module code
Pressure switch DS
5–8 … see point 4.4.
3.3.3 2/2 Directional Weight 0.74 kg + Z P +

poppet valve module
see point 4.3.
Module code
3.3.4 2/2 Directional Weight 0.75 kg + Z T +

poppet valve module
poss. symbols Z, Y, W, V
see point 4.3.
Module code
3.3.5 2/2 Directional Weight 1.45 kg + Z R – 6 / 350 V +

poppet valve combination
possible symbols
Z, Y, W, V
see point 4.3.
Check valve
R … with RV
Pressure switch DS
adjustment
see point 4.2.
E 5.304.2/01.13
968
3.3.6 2/2 Directional Weight 1.45 kg + Z T - 6 / 350 V +

poppet valve combination Dir. poppet valve SV
possible symbols
Z, Y, W, V
see point 4.3.
Module code
Pressure switch DS
adjustment
see point 4.2.
3.3.7 2/2 Directional Weight 1.48 kg +ERZZ -3+

poppet valve combination DS – series 5-8 Module code
Check valve
R … with RV
Dir. poppet valve SV1
possible symbols for
SV1 and SV2: Z, Y, W, V
see point 4.3.
Pressure switch DS
3.3.8 2/2 Directional Weight 1.45 kg + E R Z Z / 350 V +

poppet valve combination Module code
Check valve
R … with RV
possible symbols for
SV1 and SV2: Z, Y, W, V
see point 4.3.
adjustment
see point 4.2.
3.3.9 Pressure relief valve module Weight 0.74 kg +M R P 210 A+

Module code
Check valve RV
R … with RV
P… proportional pressure
relief valve PDB
D… pressure relief valve
DB 4 (not illustrated)
Pressure range
code P:
70 (… 70 bar)
210 (… 210 bar)
350 (… 350 bar)
code D: see point 4.2.
Code
Control amplifier for code P (PDB)
A… Z4, without control amplifier
B… plug amplifier
C… module can be clipped to DIN rails
E 5.304.2/01.13
D… 19" Euro card

For type of adjustment for code D
(DB4) see point 4.2.
969
3.3.10 3/2 Directional Weight 0.71 kg +DR-2+

poppet valve module DS – series 5-8 Direct. poppet valve SV
possible symbols C, D
see point 4.3.
Code
39.5 (without DS)

41 (with DS)
no details …without
additional elements
12.5 (without DS)
18.5 (without DS)

B … orifice / Ø in mm
14 (with DS)
21 (with DS)

R … check valve RV
53.5 (without DS)
60.5 (with DS) Pressure switch DS
135 (without DS)
142 (with DS)
3.3.11 3/2 Directional Weight 1.47 kg + D R - 5 / 350 V +

poppet valve module Dir. poppet valve SV
possible symbols C, D
see point 4.3.
Code
no details …
without additional elements
B … orifice / Ø in mm
R … check valve RV
Pressure switch DS
adjustment
see point 4.2.
3.3.12 4/3 Directional poppet valve module Weight 2.16 kg +K+

Module code
3.3.13 4/3 Directional poppet valve module Weight 2.16 kg +L+

Module code
3.3.14 Check valve module Weight 0.79 kg + R PT +
Module code
Code
Check valve RV
E 5.304.2/01.13
P … RV in P line
T … RV in T line
PT … RV in P and T line
Cracking pressure po = 0.5 bar
970
3.3.15 Pressure reducing module Weight 0.7 kg + RM 140 V 40 R+

Module code
Pressure range
pressure reducing
valve DMV
50 (… 50 bar)
140 (… 140 bar)
Type of adjustment DMV
V … Allen head
H … hand wheel
A … lockable,
type 2H lock
see point 4.6.
Setting pressure DMV

no details … valve not set
(spring
relaxed)
Check valve RV
R … with RV
3.3.16 Pressure reducing module Weight 1.53 kg + H 350 V 290 / 350 V +

Module
code
Pressure range
pressure reducing
valve DSR
100 (… 100 bar)
250 (… 250 bar)
350 (… 350 bar)
Type of adjustment
DSR
V … Allen head
Pre-set closing
pressure
DB pressure range
and type of adjustment
see point 4.2.
3.3.17 Pressure switch module Weight 0.6 kg +G-33+

DS – series 5–8 Module code
Pressure switch DS1
Pressure switch DS2
1–4 … or
If only one figure is given,
DS1 is removed
Combining series 1-4 with 5-8
is not possible.
3.3.18 Mounting sandwich plate Weight 0.23 kg + BP +

Module code
(M8, 12 deep)
E 5.304.2/01.13
971
3.4. END MODULES
3.4.1 Standard end module Weight 0.21 kg + PA

Module code
3.4.2 End module with Weight 0.20 kg + PF

mounting thread Module code
M8; 12 deep
core hole 15
3.4.3 End module with pressure Weight 0.61 kg + PB - 5 5 / 63-100

gauge and pressure switches Module
code
Pressure switch DS1
Pressure switch DS2
DS2 is removed
Pressure gauge Ø 63 mm
Gauge range:
100 bar
160 bar
250 bar
400 bar
600 bar
1000 bar
Note:
Pressure range max. 2/3 of scale range
E 5.304.2/01.13
972
3.4.4 End module with accumulator Weight 0.66 kg + PC - 55 / . . .

and 2 pressure switches Code
Pressure switch DS1
Pressure switch DS2
DS2 is removed
Details for
pressure accumulator SP
please give full details, see point 4.1.2
All pressure accumulators
up to Ø 96 mm can be fitted.
3.4.5 Accumulator safety Weight 1.06 kg + PS 350 P 350 TÜV / . . .

end module Code
Pressure relief
valve DB
Pressure range
see point 4.2.
Pressure relief
valve DB
Type of adjustment
P … can be lead-sealed,
on TÜV version
lead-sealed
Pre-set cracking
connection M
pressure DB
TÜV … with TÜV approval
for DB
no details … no TÜV approval
for DB
Details for
pressure accumulator SP
please give full details, see point 4.1.2
All pressure accumulators
up to Ø 96 mm can be fitted.
E 5.304.2/01.13
973
4. DESIGN 4.2. ORDER DETAILS FOR 4.3. DIRECTIONAL
RECOMMENDATIONS PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE DB poppet valves
4.1. DOCUMENTATION 350 M 315 - 300 Symbols
4.1.1 Valves and units Pressure range
DB – Pressure relief valve DB 4E 100 bar (… 100 bar)
Brochure no. E 5.161 200 bar (… 200 bar)
350 bar (… 350 bar)
– Pressure relief valve DB 4E 630 bar (… 630 bar)
pressure-set and lead-sealed
Brochure no. E 5.163 Type of adjustment
V … Allen head
PDB – Proportional pressure relief M … adjustable, advise
valve pressure setting limit
DMV – Pressure reducing valve SM … scaled knob, advise
DMVE–G 1/2 pressure setting limit
Brochure no. E 5.162 (standard)
P … can be lead-sealed
AV – Flow control valve AV 5E A … lockable,
Brochure no. E 5.113 2H lock
RV – Check valve RVE Max. pressure setting
Brochure no. E 5.176 Must be specified for M and SM
SV – 2/2 directional poppet valve Not required for A, V and P
WSM06020 Pre-set cracking pressure
3/2 directional poppet valve, Optional for M, SM, A, P and V
WSM03230C and D (no details … valve not set,
spring relaxed)
Brochure no. E 5.203
DS – Pressure switch
Series 1–4
Series 5–8
ERV – Pilot-operated check valve
ERVE-R 1/2 Type of adjustment:
DSR – Pressure reducing valve DSR 5E
4.1.2 Hydraulic accumulators
The following hydraulic accumulators
can be fitted (when ordering, please
state type in full):
Diaphragm accumulators,
weld or screw type: SBO
Bladder accumulators type: SB
4.1.3 Modules
The reference axes X and Y given
under the heading Dimensions are for
calculating the installation dimensions
of a complete control. The reference
axis X applies only in conjunction with
HYDAC HP and CA units.
E 5.304.2/01.13
974
4.4. ORDER DETAILS FOR 4.5. MANUAL OVERRIDE FOR
4.6. ORDER DETAILS-
PRESSURE SWITCH DS DIRECTIONAL POPPET VALVES
FOR PRESSURE
Series 5–8 N … Push-pin type operation REDUCING
Order code Pressure range Available for symbols V, W, Y, C, D VALVES DMV
5 50 bar Mechanical operation is only possible Type of adjustment
6 200 bar with a pin. V . . . Allen head
7 350 bar The opening has a diameter of 5 mm. H . . . hand wheel
8 630 bar The pin is countersunk by 2.5 mm. A . . . hand wheel
– With adjustment screw The operating stroke is 1.5 mm lockable,
– Compact construction type 2H lock
The valve is switched as pressure is
applied to the actuating mechanism by
means of an appropriate pin.
N … Pull-and-hold type operation

Available for symbol Z
If solenoid valves with Z4 connectors
are ordered, pressure switches with The valve is switched as the actuating
Z14 connectors are supplied mechanism is pulled out using an
(standard). appropriate tool.
If solenoid valves with Z5L connectors The operating stroke is 1.5 mm.
are ordered, pressure switches with
Z15L connectors are supplied.
NG … thumb pressure operation

(rubber cap)
Available for symbols V, W, Y, C, D
Manual operation is possible without
tool (thumb pressure)

E 5.304.2/01.13
NOTE
For applications or operating conditions not Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
department. Fax: 0 68 97 /509-598
975
E 5.309.0/12.10
976
HYDAC
DC Compact power units
DC MOBILE
Up to 250 bar
Up to 5,6 l/min
According to EN60034-1
suitable for short-term
operation For the control of tail gates
and other rugged mobile applications
- slewable
D 5.309.0 /03.10
977
FEATURES
Mobile applications such as tail lifts are placing growing demands on
the hydraulic drive units.
It should be related to the subject of CO2 reduction, weight reduction
and the integration of as many functions in a confined space. The
lightweight construction of the HYDAC new development was
achieved through the maximum use of plastic components.
Furthermore, this generation of compact power units features some
more advantages against the DC units which are currently on the
market:
The use of specially shaped plastic parts such as tank and cover
provide a visually attractive exterior of the unit and maximum
protection against salt and splash water. In addition to this, the noise
is reduced to a minimum by the low-vibration plastic coating.
As the only engine in its class, it can be mounted in 3 different
positions, without modifications.
The modular design allows performances of 1.2 to 2.2 kW in 12 and
24 volts DC, and 3 different sizes of tanks. Additionally to the optimal
use of materials and the simple mounting methods of the individual
components, the production costs could be reduced radically. This we
can pass as a reasonable price to the customer. Despite its compact
design, the structural design is distinguished by its ease of
maintenance.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Flow-rate: up to 2.5 ... 5.6 l/min
Operating pressure: up to 200 bar
Peak pressure: up to 250 bar
Engine: Pn = 1.2 kW ... 2.2 KW
Voltages: 12 and 24 Volt
IP rating: min. IP 54 according to DIN EN 60034-5
Pump displacement: Vg: 0.8 cm ³ / rev. ... 2.6 cm ³ / rev.
Tank volume: 4,0 - 7,5 l
Usable volume: 2.2 - 6.3 l
Duty ratio: S2 (Short term operation)
S3 (intermittent duty)
Fluid: Mineral oil IAW DIN 51524 Part 2
Fluid temperature: min. -20 ° C to + 80 ° C
Ambient temperature: min. -20 ° C to + 40 ° C
Viscosity range: min. 10 mm²/s - max. 380 mm²/s
Filtration: operating fluid according to ISO4406
class 21/19/16 or better
978
DIMENSIONS
L1
22
9 9 2
1
Main dimensions
in mm Cable penetration
Size L L1
1 398 117
2 423 142
3 463 182
281
L1
979
980
E 5.307.1/05.12
HYDAC
DC Compact
Power Units DC1
up to 250 bar
up to 18.4 l/min
In accordance with EN 60034-1
suitable for short-term operation
E 5.307.1/05.12
981
1.1 GENERAL 1.3 HYDRAULIC DETAILS
–– Very low noise level due to special Flow rate Q up to 18.4 l/min
construction Continuous pressure up to 250 bar
–– S pace-saving design due to small flange Peak pressure up to 300 bar (on request)
–– Possibility of different hydraulic controls in (possible with a reduced number
the same flange due to flexible configuration of cycles depending on pump size!)
of cartridge valves and/or fitting of control Motor 1.7 – 3.0 kW
blocks and serial function modules
Protection class DIN EN 60034-5 min. IP 54
1.2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Pump displacement 1.0 – 8 cm³
Tank volume draw-off/useable volume 1.2 l – 7.8 l
Observance of the safety instructions
is of the utmost importance. Before Duty cycle see point 4
commissioning, the safety instructions must Operating fluid mineral oil to DIN 51524 Part 2
be read and followed without fail – see point Temperature range
8! Failure to observe these instructions will of operating fluid min. –20 °C to max. +80 °C
invalidate the product warranty.
Viscosity range min. 10 mm²/s – max. 380 mm²/s
Filtration operating fluid to ISO 4406
Class 21/19/16 or cleaner
Ambient temperature –20 °C to +40 °C
Return flow rate up to maximum 40 l/min
1.4 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DETAILS

Pressure-compensated external gear pump,
direction of rotation: anti-clockwise
Mechanical characteristics:
Type of mounting:
2 x M10 (min. 8.8) threads on underside of mounting flange,
see point 3.6 Mounting options
Weight of basic unit:
DC1 with 1.7 – 2.2 kW motor approx. 15 kg
(without oil)
DC1 with 3 kW motor approx. 20 kg
(without oil)
Mounting position: horizontal (standard),
vertical possible
Suction line (vertical in mounting position)

Suction strainer 350 µm
Oil drain plug
Return line
(vertical in mounting position)
Clamp
Breather filter
Electrical characteristics:
Plastic oil tank
(see point 3.3, Oil tank) DC motor with starter relay,
in PE, semi-transparent direction of rotation: clockwise
with oil level markings
Output and rpm:
–depending
– on the from 1.7 kW to 3.0 kW, see point 3.4
application, provide as
much support to tank Rpm dependent on load
as possible (see point 3.5) Safety type: IP54 to DIN EN 60034-5
– not expose to direct
–do provided electrical connection is correct
sunlight over long periods
Adapter M20x1.5 / G ¼
Flange enables a variety Adapter block, e.g. ML/GML,
of different hydraulic for connecting function modules from the
controls due to versatile HYDAC valve stacking system ML – for
configuration of cartridge further adapters see point 5
valves – see point 4 for For function modules from the HYDAC
application examples valve stacking system ML, see ML
E 5.307.1/05.12
brochure
For end module, see ML brochure
982
2. model code
Power unit Flange Build-on Valve Adapter
controls controls voltage block
Example DC1 H B05 R - 2.0 - 250 - 2.2 - 24A - TSM - M23-0DV - 250V210 + ML + 24DG – Z4 + B1/ML ...
Type of power unit
Mounting pos., see point 3.1
H = horizontal
V = vertical
Oil tank, see point 3.3
B04 = length 165 mm
B05 = length 220 mm
B08 = length 340 mm
B12 = length 500 mm
Mounting orientation
L = left
R = right
T = top
(not with ML or adapter)
Displacement volume of pump
and maximum pressure, see point 4.
Motor: output and voltage, see point 3.4
1.7 kW 12 V DC
2.2 kW 24 V DC
3.0 kW 24 V DC
Thermoswitch
Flange controls, see point 4
M23-0DV = see overview of flange controls
250V = pressure relief valve DB,
pressure range and type of adjustment
210 = DB pre-set to 210 bar,
no details: not pre-set
Build-on controls
ML = with valve stacking system ML, no details: no stacking system
Valve voltage
24DG = 24 V DC without connector (standard)
230AG = 230 V AC without connector
Z4 = with connector; no details: without connector
Adapter block, see point 5
Required for connecting ML stacking system or control valve NG6
Build-on valves or controls
e.g. valve stacking system ML or control valve NG6 in accordance with DIN 24340 Form A, ISO 4401
3. TECHNICAL DETAILS AND DIMENSIONS

3.1 MOUNTING POSITION OF POWER UNIT
H = horizontal V = vertical
3.2 MOUNTING ORIENTATION OF OIL TANK
L = left T = top R = right

E 5.307.1/05.12
983
3.3 OIL TANK 3.4 FLANGE DIMENSIONS (M23Z-DV-A/M)
Filling volume / draw-off volume [l]**** View from motor in direction of tank
Horizontal Horizontal port B port A port T
Tank Tank length
tank position tank position Vertical
code [mm]
R and L T**
B04*** 1.9/1.5 2.2/2.0 1.8/1.2 165* item 3. item 2.
B05 2.7/2.2 3.0/2.7 3.0/2.4 220*

item 4. item 6.
B08 4.4/3.5 5.1/4.6 5.1/4.5 340*
B12 6.5/5.2 8.4/7.6 8.4/7.8 500*
* where mounted horizontally, support for oil tank must be provided by the
customer – see dimensions
** cannot be selected if adapter blocks are to be fitted (see point 6)
*** can only be used up to pump size 3.75 depending
**** The usable volume given is the maximum value (will be achieved with a clean on valve fitted
suction filter, low to medium flow rate and viscous fluid!) View of mounting option on flange - see point 3.6.
3.5 DIMENSIONS
T
flange
L R
215
130
minimum 25 mm
69 51
support oil tank as much as possible,
e.g. 25 mm x oil tank width
120
L motor 49 tank length ≈4 150 135
L power unit
Motor performance DC [kW] Voltage DC [V] L motor [mm] Thermoswitch 3.8 FLANGE CONTROLS (also see point 5)
1.7 12 approx. 156 TS BASIC CONTROL M00
2.2 24 approx. 156 TS
3 24 approx. 205 TS
3.6 MOUNTING OPTIONS ON FLANGE UNDERSIDE
motor centre axis
motor side
Ports: M00
A = G 1/4 Flange version
B and T = G 3/8 without DB
without RV
3.9 VALVES FOR 06020 CAVITY

tank side
Type 250V DB4E (brochure no. 5.161)
Torque for mounting screws 40 Nm, CE210 DB4E-CE (brochure no. 5.163)
Minimum screw quality 8.8
V WSM 06020 V-01 (brochure no. 5.949.1)
3.7 CAVITIES IN DC1 FLANGE
W WSM 06020 W-01 (brochure no. 5.949.3)
Block connection possible
WN WSM 06020 W-01J (brochure no. 5.949.3)
Y WSM 06020 Y-01 (brochure no. 5.947)
Z WSM 06020 Z-01 (brochure no. 5.943)
ZN WSM 06020 Z-01J (brochure no. 5.949.2)
DV DV5E (brochure no. 5.113)
SR SR5E (brochure no. 5.117)

E 5.307.1/05.12
A3
Adapter M20x1.5 – G¼ for build-on parts
A4
Item  = Cavity for RV mounting kit
0 Long blanking plug (closed)
Item  = Cavity 06020 for valves
Item  = Cavity for blanking plugs 0 Short blanking plug (open)
984
4. PUMP – MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS
4.1 PUMP – MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS: 1.7 kW – 12 V 4.2 PUMP – MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS: 2.2 kW – 24 V
Pump Pressure [bar] Pump Pressure [bar]

displacement displacement
[ccm] [ccm]
50 100 150 200 250 50 100 150 200 250
3.3 l/min 3.2 l/min 2.9 l/min 2.8 l/min 2.7 l/min 3.4 l/min 3.2 l/min 3.0 l/min 2.8 l/min 2.7 l/min
80 A 110 A 130 A 164 A 175 A 35 A 50 A 70 A 77 A 90 A
1.0 10 min 10 min 8 min 6 min 4.5 min
1.0 5.5 min 5.5 min 5 min 4 min 3 min
26 % 26 % 20 % 16 % 13 % 12 % 12 % 11 % 9% 7%
6.5 l/min 6.0 l/min 5.4 l/min 4.9 l/min 4.6 l/min 6.5 l/min 5.9 l/min 5.4 l/min 4.9 l/min
110 A 160 A 220 A 264 A 317 A 55 A 80 A 110 A 130 A
2.0 10 min 6 min 3.5 min 2.5 min 1.7 min
2.0 5.5 min 4 min 2 min 1 min
25 % 16 % 10 % 6% 5% 12 % 8% 5.5 % 4%
8.3 l/min 7.3 l/min 6.6 l/min 6.0 l/min 8.3 l/min 7.3 l/min 6.5 l/min
125 A 200 A 260 A 367 A 65 A 100 A 130 A
2.65 8 min 4 min 2 min 1.5 min
2.65 5.5 min 2.5 min 1 min
21 % 11 % 7% 4% 12 % 6% 4%
10.8 l/min 9.1 l/min 8.2 l/min 10.9 l/min 9.2 l/min
150 A 250 A 340 A 75 A 120 A
3.75 6 min 3 min 1.5 min
3.75 4.5 min 1.5 min
17 % 7.5 % 4% 9% 4.5 %
13 l/min 10.8 l/min 12.9 l/min 10.6 l/min

175 A 280 A 90 A 155 A
4.75 5 min 2 min
4.75 3.5 min 0.8 min
12.5 % 6% 7.5 % 3.5 %
16.4 l/min 16.2 l/min

220 A 110 A
6.3 3 min
6.3 2 min
9% 5.5 %
18.1 l/min Q: [l/min] 18.4 l/min Q: [l/min]

250 A l: A] 125 A l: A]
8.0 3 min S2: [min]
8.0 1.5 min S2: [min]
7.5 % S3: [%] 4.5 % S3: [%]
4.3 PUMP – MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS: 3.0 kW – 24 V
Pump Pressure [bar]

displacement
[ccm]
50 100 150 200 250
40 A 57.5 A 80 A 90 A 92.5 A
1.0 10 min 10 min 9 min 8 min 7 min
34 % 32 % 30 % 25 % 22 %
67.5 A 100 A 137.5 A 170 A 200 A
2.0 9.5 min 8 min 6 min 4.5 min 3.5 min
34 % 24 % 20 % 16 % 12.5 %
10.4 l/min 9.4 l/min 8.7 l/min 7.7 l/min

75 A 120 A 170 A 212.5 A
2.65 9 min 6 min 4.5 min 3 min
30 % 21 % 16 % 12 %
13.4 l/min 11.9 l/min 10.4 l/min

93 A 160 A 215 A
3.75 8 min 5 min 3 min
26 % 17 % 12 %
16 l/min 13.7 l/min Q: [l/min]

110 A 185 A l: A]
4.75 5.5 min 4 min S2: [min]
22 % 14 % S3: [%]
E 5.307.1/05.12
985
5. FLANGE CONTROLS
5.1 BASIC CONTROL M21
M 2 1
Flange version
with pressure relief valve, item 2
with check valve, item 1
For further technical information

on valves see:
Ports:
A = G 1/4 DB4E Brochure no. 5.161../..
B and T = G 3/8 and 5.163../..
DV5E Brochure no. 5.113../..
WSM 06020 Brochure no. 5.949../..
Example: M21-A3 A4 DV-CE210-MA2-EDS3-SBO3

Supplied loose, see page 9
Ports:
A = G 1/4, B and T = G 3/8
A3 and A4 = G 1/4
(Adapter M 20 x 1.5-G 1/4)
ACCUMULATOR CHARGING CONTROL
Example: M 2 1 - A3 A4 DV - CE210 + 24DG

Flange version metric
Item 2 Pressure relief valve DB4E
Item 1 Check valve EBS RV06
Item 3 Blanking plug 0
Port with adapter M20x1.5 / G1/4 A3
Flow control valve DV5E DV
WSM06020W...01M...with M/O* WN
WSM06020V... V
DB4E...CE...type-approved CE210
Pressure setting DB4E e.g. 210 bar For further build-on parts
see point 7.
E 5.307.1/05.12
Valve voltage 24 V DC = 24DG

230 V AC = 230AG
For more detailed information on build-on parts for A3 / A4, see page 9.
986
M 2 3
Flange version

on valves see:
DB4E Brochure no. 5.161../..
Ports: RVM 06020 Brochure no. 5.193../..
A = G 1/4 DV5E Brochure no. 5.113../..
WSM 06020 Brochure no. 5.949../..
B and T = G 3/8
SRE Brochure no. 5.118../..
SR5E Brochure no. 5.117.4../..
Example: M23-ZNDV-250V Example: M23-ZN SR2.5-250V
Ports: Ports:
A = G 1/4 A = G 1/4
B and T = G 3/8 B and T = G 3/8
lift-lower CONTROL
Example: M 2 3 - ZN DV - 250V + 24DG

Item 3 Check valve RVM06020
Adapter M20x1.5 / G1/4 A4
WSM06020Z Z
WSM06020Z...01M...with M/O* (standard) ZN
WSM06020Y Y
WSM06020W...01M...with M/O* (standard) WN
Flow control valve DV5E (standard) DV
Pressure comp. flow control valve SR5E SR
WSM06020V V
WSM06020W W
WSM06020W...01M...with M/O* (standard) WN
E 5.307.1/05.12
Pressure relief valve not pre-set (pmax 250 bar)

For further build-on parts
Valve voltage 24 V DC = 24DG see point 7.
230 V AC = 230AG *M/O = Manual override
987
BASIC CONTROL M61
M 6 1
Flange version

on valves see:
DB4E Brochure no. 5.161../..
Ports: RVM 06020 Brochure no. 5.193../..
A and A4 = G 1/4 DV5E Brochure no. 5.113../..
WSM 06020 Brochure no. 5.949../..
B and T = G 3/8
SRE Brochure no. 5.118../..
SR5E Brochure no. 5.117.4../..
Example: M61-WNZN-A4/S4.0-250V200 Example: M61-WN0-A4/S4.0-250V200

Unpressurized circulation
Ports: Ports:
A and A4= G 1/4 A and A4= G 1/4
B and T = G 3/8 B and T = G 3/8
lift-lower CONTROL
Example: M 6 1 - WNZN - A4/S4,0 - 250V200 + 24DG

Item 2 no details = no control valve 0
WSM06020W... W
WSM06020W...01M...with M/O* WN
WSM06020V... V
Item 3 no details = no control valve 0
WSM06020Z... Z
WSM06020Z...01M...with M/O* ZN
Item 4 no details = no port A4 0
Adapter with flow control valve A4 /
SRE1 (built-on), see point Punkt 7.1 S4.0
E 5.307.1/05.12
Pressure relief valve (pmax 250 bar) 200 bar pre-set

For further build-on parts
Valve voltage 24 V DC = 24DG see point 7.
230 V AC = 230AG *M/O = Manual override
988
6. ADAPTER BLOCKS
Type:
DC1...M61...ML...+ B1/20 +... Function module Base module
ML stacking system ML stacking system
Block for mounting base modules Adapter block Adapter block

B1/20 B1/20
from the HYDAC valve stacking
system ML (see ML brochure)
Basic
control
Type:
DC1...M21...ML...+ B1/GML +... Function module Adapter block
ML stacking system B1/GML
Block for mounting function modules

from the HYDAC valve stacking Adapter block
B1/GML
system ML (see ML brochure),
suitable for optional mounting of an
accumulator, with manually-operated
pressure release (3)
Basic
control
For further technical information on valves see:
DB4E brochure no. 5.161../..
DV5E brochure no. 5.113../..
WSM 06020 brochure no. 5.949../..
SRE brochure no. 5.118../..
Type:
DC1...M61...ML...+ B1/ML +... Function module Adapter block
ML stacking system B1/ML
Block for mounting function modules Adapter block

B1/ML
from the HYDAC valve stacking
system ML (see ML brochure)
Basic
control
Type:
DC1...M61...+ B1/A6 +... Control valve Adapter block
NG6 B1/A6
Block for mounting control valves, Adapter block

B1/A6
nominal size 6 in accordance
with DIN 24340 Form A, ISO
4401. When fitting several control
valves, extension module 3A6 is
required (see ML brochure)
Basic
control
E 5.307.1/05.12
989
7. BUILD-ON PARTS FOR A, A3, A4 (on A3, A4 with adapter M20x1.5 / G1/4)
Example DC1... - A4 / MA4 + ...
7.1 FLOW CONTROL VALVES - supplied fitted - 7.3 PRESSURE GAUGES - supplied loose -
S1.6 Pressure compensated flow control valve SRE1 MA1 Pressure gauge Ø 63 – 160 bar
with pre-set flow rate = 1.6 l/min MA2 Pressure gauge Ø 63 – 250 bar
(Part No. 3055053)
MA4 Pressure gauge Ø 63 – 400 bar
S2.5 Pressure compensated flow control valve SRE1
with pre-set flow rate = 2.5 l/min M Minimess test point
(Part No. 3055131)
7.4 ACCUMULATORS - supplied loose -
with pre-set flow rate = 4.0 l/min
(Part No. 554533) SBO1 Accumulator SBO210-0.16
S5.0 Pressure compensated flow control valve SRE1 SBO3 Accumulator SBO210-0.32
(Part No. 558362) SX Accumulator,
give full details
with pre-set flow rate = 6.0 l/min AS Accumulator adapter
(Part No. 554534) with orifice Ø 2.0 mm
S8.0 Pressure compensated flow control valve SRE1 For further technical details on the SBO,
see brochure no. 3.100.19../..
(Part No. 554535)
(Part No. 554536)
(Part No. 555040)
For further technical details, see brochure no. 5.118../..
7.2 PRESSURE SWITCHES - supplied loose -
DS1 Mechanical pressure switch 10 – 100 bar

EDS3 Electronic pressure switch
EDS3446-2-250-000 up to 250 bar
For further technical details on the EDS 3000, see brochure no. 18.060.0../..
8. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 8.2 REQUIREMENTS AT THE NOTE

INSTALLATION SITE The information in this brochure relates to
AND DOCUMENTATION the operating conditions and applications
described.
–– Permitted ambient temperature For applications or operating conditions
8.1 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS DURING
range -20 °C to +40 °C not described, please contact the relevant
OPERATION technical department.
–– Ensure adequate ventilation for Subject to technical modifications.
–– Ensure that the unit is only used for heat dissipation
its designated purpose
–– Do not mount power unit to moving
–– Do not exceed maximum permitted parts
operating pressure
–– Finish required on mounting surface
–– Do not exceed maximum permitted 0.3 mm over 100 mm length
oil temperature of 80°C
–– To avoid excessive noise, use
–– Power units and build-on parts can flexible mounts and avoid mounting
become hot during operation – risk on resonating surfaces
of injury!
–– To prevent vibration transfer, hoses
must be used wherever possible
when connecting the power unit
E 5.307.1/05.12
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Fax.: 0 68 97 /509-598
990
E 5.307.1/05.12
991
E 5.306.1/01.13
992
HYDAC
(Three-Phase Current)
Compact Power Units
CO1
Up to 250 bar
Up to 20 l/min
In accordance with EN 60034-1
suitable for:
Short-term operation:
S2 = 5 min* (average value)
Intermittent operation:
S3 = 20 %* (average value)
* maximum oil temperature of 80 °C
must not be exceeded
E 5.306.1/01.13
993
1.1 GENERAL 1.3 HYDRAULIC SPECIFICATIONS
Very low noise levels Flow rate Q Up to 20.0 l/min
due to special construction Continuous pressure Up to 250 bar
Space-saving design due to small flange Peak pressure Up to 300 bar (on request)
(possible with a reduced number
Possibility of different hydraulic controls of cycles depending on pump size!)
in the same flange due to flexible Motor 0.37 – 3.0 kW standard
configuration of cartridge valves and / or (4.0 and 5.5 kW on request)
fitting of control blocks and Protection class DIN EN 60034-5 min IP 54
serial function modules Pump displacement 1.0 – 10 cm3
Tank volume Usable volume 1.2 l – 7.8 l
Duty cycle S2 (short-term operation)
1.2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS approx. 5 min
Observance of the safety instructions S3 (intermittent operation)
is of the utmost importance. approx. 20 %
Before commissioning, the safety Operating fluid Mineral oil to DIN 51524 Part 2
instructions must be read and followed Temperature range
of operating fluid min. –20 °C to max. +80 °C
without fail – see point 7!
Viscosity range min. 10 mm²/s – max. 380 mm²/s
Failure to observe these instructions
Filtration Operating fluid to ISO 4406
will invalidate the product warranty. Class 21/19/16 or cleaner
Ambient temperature –20 °C to +40 °C
Return flow rate Up to maximum 40 l/min
1.4 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Pressure-compensated external gear pump,
direction of rotation: anti-clockwise
Mechanical specifications:
Type of mounting:
2 x M10 (min. 8.8) fixings on underside
of mounting flange, see point 3.6 Mounting options
Weight of basic unit:
CO1 with 0.37 – 0.55 kW - motor approx. 12 kg
(dry unit)
CO1 with 0.75 – 1.5 kW - motor approx. 14.5 kg
(dry unit)
CO1 with 2.2 – 3.0 kW - motor approx. 20 kg
(dry unit)
Mounting position: horizontal (standard),
vertical possible
Suction line (for vertical mounting position)
Suction strainer 350 µm
Oil drain plug
Return line (for vertical mounting position)
Clamp
Breather filter Electrical specifications:
Plastic oil tank Three-phase squirrel-cage motor, air-cooled,
(see point 3.3, Oil tank) or single-phase motor, air-cooled, (supplied with
in PE, semi-transparent operating capacitor), direction of rotation: clockwise
with oil level markings Output and rpm:
– depending on the from 0.37 kW to 3.0 kW
application, provide as (4.0 and 5.5 kW on request), see point 3.4
much support to tank n = 1,500 1/min (4-pole), n = 3,000 1/min (2-pole)
as possible Protection class: IP54 to DIN EN 60034-5
(see point 3.5) provided electrical connection is correct
– do not expose to Type of connection: standard terminal strip
direct sunlight over in motor terminal box
long periods
Adapter M20x1.5 / G ¼
Flange enables
a variety of different Adapter block, e.g. ML/GML, for connecting
hydraulic controls function modules from the HYDAC valve stacking
due to versatile system ML – for further adapters see point 5
configuration of For function modules from the HYDAC
E 5.306.1/01.13
cartridge valves – valve stacking system ML, see ML brochure

see point 4 for
For end module, see ML brochure
application examples
994
2. MODEL CODE
Power unit Flange Build-on- Valve Adapter

controls controls voltage block
Example CO1 H B05 R - 2.4 - 250 - 03 - M23-0DV - 250V210 + ML + 24DG – Z4 + B1/ML ...
Type of power unit
Mounting position, see point 3.1
H = horizontal
V = vertical
B04 = length 165 mm
B05 = length 220 mm
B08 = length 340 mm
B12 = length 500 mm
Tank / motor orientation, see point 3.2
L = left
R = right
* T = top
* not if an adapter block is to be fitted
Flow rate, see point 3.4
Maximum pressure, see Point 3.4
Motor code
03 = 3-phase 230 / 400 V – 50 Hz
03 = 3-phase 254 / 460 - 480 V – 60 Hz
63 = single phase 230 V – 50 Hz
Special voltages on request (min. 10 pieces)
Flange control, see point 4
M23-0DV = see overview of flange controls
250V = pressure relief valve DB,
pressure range and type of adjustment
210 = DB pre-set to 210 bar,
no details: not pre-set
Build-on controls ML = with valve stacking system ML, no details: no stacking system
Valve voltage 24DG = 24 V DC without connector (standard)
230AG = 230 V AC without connector
Z4 = with connector, no details: no connector
Adapter block, see point 5
Required for connecting ML stacking system or directional valve NG6
Build-on valves or controls
e.g. valve stacking system ML or directional valve NG6 to DIN 24340 Form A, ISO 4401
3. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND DIMENSIONS

3.1 MOUNTING POSITION OF POWER UNIT
H = horizontal V = vertical
3.2 MOUNTING ORIENTATION OF OIL TANK AND MOTOR TERMINAL BOX
L = left T = top R = right

E 5.306.1/01.13
995
3.3 OIL TANK
Filling volume / usable volume [l]***

Tank Horizontal Horizontal Vertical Tank length
code tank position R and L tank position T** [mm]
B04 1.9 / 1.5 2.2 / 2.0 1.8 / 1.2 165* ± 5
B05 2.7 / 2.2 3.0 / 2.7 3.0 / 2.4 220* ± 5
B08 4.4 / 3.5 5.1 / 4.6 5.1 / 4.5 340* ± 5
B12 6.5 / 5.2 8.4 / 7.6 8.4 / 7.8 500* ± 5
* where mounted horizontally, support for oil tank must be provided by the customer – see dimensions
** cannot be selected if adapter blocks are to be fitted (see point 5)
*** The usable volume given is the maximum value (will be achieved with a clean suction filter,
low to medium flow rate and viscous fluid!)
Subject to modifications.
3.4 FLOW RATE AND PRESSURE
Flow rate

Motor output at 3 ~ 50 Hz 230 / 400 V
Motor also suitable for 3 ~ 60 Hz 257 / 480 V
}
Motor code 03
Motor code 63
1 ~ 50 Hz / 230 V
No. of Pump
50 Hz 60 Hz 0.37 kW 0.55 kW 0.75 kW 1.1 kW 1.5 kW 2.2 kW 3.0 kW 1.5 kW
poles on displ.
[l/min] [l/min] [bar] [bar] [bar] [bar] [bar] [bar] [bar] [bar]
motor [ccm/rev.]
1.3 1.6 4 1.0 215 250 250
2.4 2.9 4 2.0 110 170 235 250 250
3.7 4.4 4 2.65 75 115 155 230 250 230
5.0 6.0 4 3.75 50 85 115 170 230
250 180
6.3* 7.6* 4 4.75* 40 70 90 140 185
250 140
7.4 8.9 2 2.65 230 250
8.6* 10.3* 4 6.3* 30 50 65 100 130 200 100
10.0 12.0 2 3.75 165 230
12.6* 15.1* 2 4.75* 135 185
13.3* 16.0* 4 10.0* 30 40 60 85 120 65
17.3* 20.7* 2 6.3* 95 130
20.0* 2 8.0* 80 110
4-pole motor types are low-noise
* not possible with oil tank B04
3.5 DIMENSIONS
flange T
L R 215
130
minimum 25 mm
Support oil tank as much as possible, 69 51

e.g. 25 mm x oil tank width
approx. 120
L motor 41 tank length 4 150 135
L Power unit
P L Motor ø Motor
No. of poles
[kW] [mm] [mm]
0.37 4 approx. 220 141
0.55 4 approx. 220 141
0.75 4 approx. 220 141
1.1 4 approx. 255 159
1.5 4 approx. 255 159
2.2 2 approx. 255 159
E 5.306.1/01.13
2.2* 4 approx. 280 176

3* 2 approx. 280 176
* On 2.2 and 3 kW motors the flange must have at least 15 mm of support.
996
4. FLANGE CONTROLS
3.6 MOUNTING OPTIONS
ON FLANGE UNDERSIDE 4.1 BASIC CONTROL M00
motor centre axis

motor side
tank side
Torque for fixing screws 40 Nm,

Minimum screw quality 8.8
Ports:
3.7 FLANGE DIMENSIONS A = G 1/4
B and T = G 3/8
View from motor M00
in direction of tank Flange version
Port B Port A Port T
without DB
without RV
Item 3 Item 2
Item 4 Item 6
* depending
on valve fitted
View of mounting option

on flange, see point 3.6
3.8 CAVITIES IN CO1 FLANGE
Block connection possible

E 5.306.1/01.13
Item  = Cavity for RV mounting kit

Item  = Cavity 06020 for valves
Item  = Cavity for blanking plugs
997
M21 Example: M21-A3 A4 DV-CE210-MA2-EDS3-SBO3

Flange version Supplied loose, see point 6.
Accumulator
Emergency
Release
Ports:
A = G 1/4, B and T = G 3/8
Ports: A3 and A4 = G 1/4
A = G 1/4, B and T = G 3/8 (Adapter M 20 x 1.5-G 1/4)
4.3 BASIC CONTROL M23 / M61
M23 Example: M23-ZNDV-250V Example: M23-ZN SR2.5-250V

Flange version
Ports: Ports:
Ports: A = G 1/4 A = G 1/4
A = G 1/4, B and T = G 3/8 B and T = G 3/8 B and T = G 3/8
M61 Example: M61-WNZN-A4/S4.0-250V200 Example: M61-WN0-A4/S4.0-250V200

Flange version Unpressurized circulation
E 5.306.1/01.13
Ports: Ports:
Ports: A and A4 = G 1/4 A and A4 = G 1/4
A and A4 = G 1/4, B and T = G 3/8 B and T = G 3/8 B and T = G 3/8
998
ACCUMULATOR CHARGING CONTROL
Example: M 2 1 - A3 A4 DV - CE210 + 24DG

Flange version
Needle valve DV5E DV
WSM06020W...01M...with manual override WN
WSM06020V... V
DB4E...CE...type-approved CE210
Pressure setting DB4E e.g. 210 bar For further technical details
on valves see:
230 V AC = 230AG DB4E Brochure no. E 5.161
For more detailed information on add-on equipment and 5.163
for A3 / A4, see point 6. DV5E Brochure no. E 5.113
WSM 06020 Brochure no. E 5.949
LIFT/LOWERING CONTROLS
Example: M 2 3 - ZN DV - 250V + 24DG

Flange version
Item 3 Check valve RVM06020
WSM06020Z Z
WSM06020Z...01M...with manual override (standard) ZN
WSM06020Y Y
WSM06020W...01M...with manual override (standard) WN
Needle valve DV5E (standard) DV
Pressure comp. flow control valve SR5E SR
WSM06020V V
WSM06020W W
WSM06020W...01M...with manual override (standard) WN
Pressure relief valve not pre-set (pmax 250 bar) For further technical details
Valve voltage 24 V DC = 24DG on valves see:
230 V AC = 230AG
DB4E Brochure no. E 5.161
RVM 06020 Brochure no. E 5.193
DV5E Brochure no. E 5.113
Example: M 6 1 - WNZN - A4/S4.0 - 250V200 + 24DG WSM 06020 Brochure no. E 5.949
Flange version SRE Brochure no. E 5.118
Item 6 Pressure relief valve DB4E SR5E Brochure no. E 5.117.4
Item 2 No details = no directional valve 0
WSM06020W... W
WSM06020W...01M...with manual override WN
WSM06020V... V
Item 3 No details = no directional valve 0
WSM06020Z... Z
WSM06020Z...01M...with manual override ZN
Item 4 No details = no port A4 0
Adapter with pressure comp. flow control valve A4 /
SRE1 (fitted), see point 6.1 S4.0
E 5.306.1/01.13
Pressure relief valve (pmax 250 bar) 200 bar pre-set

230 V AC = 230AG
999
5. ADAPTER BLOCKS
Type:
CO1...M61...ML...+ B1/20 +... Function module Basic module
ML stacking system ML stacking system
Block for mounting Adapter block Adapter block

basic modules B1/20 B1/20
from the HYDAC
valve stacking system ML
(see ML brochure E 5.308.0)
Basic
control
Type:
CO1...M21...ML...+ B1/GML +... Function module Adapter block
ML stacking system B1/GML
Block for mounting Adapter block

function modules B1/GML
from the HYDAC
Accumulator
suitable for optional Emergency
mounting of an accumulator, Basic Release
with manually-operated control
pressure release
Type:
CO1...M61...ML...+ B1/ML +... Function module Adapter block
ML stacking system B1/ML

B1/ML
function modules
from the HYDAC
Basic
control
Type:
CO1...M61...ML...+ B1/A6 +... Directional valve Adapter block
NG6 B1/A6

B1/A6
directional valves,
nominal size 6
in accordance with
DIN 24340 Form A, ISO 4401.
When fitting
several directional valves, Basic
extension module 3A6 control
is required
E 5.306.1/01.13
1000
6. ADD-ON EQUIPMENT FOR A, B, A3, A4 (on A3, A4 with adapter M20x1.5 / G1/4)
Example CO1... ...SBO3-MA2-EDS3
6.1 FLOW CONTROL VALVES - supplied fitted - (only on A3, A4) 6.3 PRESSURE GAUGES - supplied loose -
S1.6 Pressure compensated flow control valve SRE1 MA1 Pressure gauge
with pre-set flow rate = 1.6 l/min Ø 63 – 160 bar
(Part No. 3055053)
MA2 Pressure gauge
S2.5 Pressure compensated flow control valve SRE1 Ø 63 – 250 bar
MA4 Pressure gauge
(Part No. 3055131)
Ø 63 – 400 bar
M Minimess
- supplied fitted -
(Part No. 554533)
with pre-set flow rate = 5.0 l/min 6.4 ACCUMULATORS - supplied loose -
(Part No. 558362)
SBO1 Accumulator
S6.0 Pressure compensated flow control valve SRE1 SBO210-0.16
(Part No. 554534) SBO3
Accumulator
SBO210-0.32
with pre-set flow rate = 8.0 l/min SBO5 Accumulator
(Part No. 554535) SBO210-0.5
S10.0 Pressure compensated flow control valve SRE1 SX Accumulator,
with pre-set flow rate = 10.0 l/min give full details
(Part No. 554536) AS Accumulator adapter
For further technical details, see brochure no. E 5.118 with orifice Ø 2.0 mm
For further technical details on the SBO
see brochure no. E 3.100
6.2 PRESSURE SWITCHES - supplied loose -

EDS3 Electronic pressure switch
EDS3446-2-250-000 up to 250 bar
For further technical details on the EDS 3000, see brochure no. E 18.060
7. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
AND DOCUMENTATION
7.1 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 7.2 REQUIREMENTS
DURING OPERATION AT THE INSTALLATION SITE
The power unit must only be used Permitted ambient temperature
for its intended purpose range -20 °C to +40 °C
Do not exceed maximum permitted Do not mount power unit onto
operating pressure moving parts
Ensure adequate ventilation for heat Finish required on mounting surface
dissipation 0.3 mm over 100 mm length
The information in this brochure relates to the Do not mount power unit onto To avoid excessive noise, use
operating conditions and applications described. moving parts flexible mounts and avoid mounting
For applications and operating conditions not Power units and add-on equipment on resonating surfaces
department. can get hot during operation – risk To prevent vibration transfer, hoses
of injury must be used wherever possible
Refer also to HYDAC Operating when connecting the power unit
Instructions and drawing
no. 3111722
E 5.306.1/01.13
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Fax.: 0 68 97 /509-598
1001
 
  Compact power units
CO3
with single or 3-phase AC motor
Cooler not
Leakage line
included
from rotary
coupler
40 bar 50 bar
Q2
Q1
up to 250 bar
up to 30 l/min
FEATURES SPECIFICATIONS
Flow rate: 1,3 up to 30 l/min
 very low noise level by special Operating pressure: max. 250 bar
design Motor: 0,55 up to 5,5 KW
IP protection class: DIN EN 60034-5 min IP54
 flexible control of consumers by Pump size: 1,0 – 10,0 cm³
combination with tandem pumps also tandem pump possible
possible Oil tank: 20, 30, 44 and 70 l content
Fluids: Hydraulic oil according to DIN 51524 part 1/ 2
 rigid aluminium-oil tank with up
Temperature range of operating fluid: -20°C up to max. +80°C
to 70 litres content Ambient temperature range: -20°C up to max. +40°C
ISO 4401 or cleaner
E 5.310.0/12.10
Cooling: Air- or water cooler

Weight: from 17 up to 70 kg
Backflow: up to max. 60 l/min
1003
1 1. Oil tank
1. Oil tank
Rigid oil tank made of aluminium with filling volume from 20 l to 70 l.
Rigid oil tank made of aluminium with filling volume from 20 l to 70 l.
The size of the oil tank can be calculated like this: the oil content in the
The size of the oil tank can be calculated like this: the oil content in the
consumers as well as the content in hoses and pipes plus surplus of
consumers as well as the content in hoses and pipes plus surplus of
approx. 25% for a remaining amount in the oil tank.
approx. 25% for a remaining amount in the oil tank.
Type Filling volume Take-out volume Tankdimensions(BxLxH)
Type Filling volume Take-out volume Tankdimensions(BxLxH)
A 20 20 l 17 l 288 x 366 x245 mm
A 20 20 l 17 l 288 x 366 x245 mm
A 30 30 l 25 l 340x 490 x 285 mm
A 30 30 l 25 l 340x 490 x 285 mm
A 44 44 l 36 l 415 x 515 x 315 mm
A 44 44 l 36 l 415 x 515 x 315 mm
A 70 70 l 58 l 465 x 605 x 365 mm
A 70 70 l 58 l 465 x 605 x 365 mm
5
Equipment oil tank:
Equipment oil tank:
1.1
1.1 Oil tank cover
1.1 Oil tank cover
To close the oil tank, made of steel Type e.g. DA 44.1
To close the oil tank, made of steel Type e.g. DA 44.1
1.2 Oil control
1.2 Oil control
Type annotation
1.2 F
Type annotation
with FSA 127 is Standard (Oil content control)
F with FSA 127 is Standard (Oil content control)
Optional:
Optional:
O optical/electrical level indicator FSK
O optical/electrical level indicator FSK
ENS3 electrical level indicator ENS3000
ENS3 electrical level indicator ENS3000
(with temperature display)
(with temperature display)
TS-80
TS-80
Thermal switch opener 80°C; 190 lg; Electrical connect. M12x1
Thermal switch opener 80°C; 190 lg; Electrical connect. M12x1 6
2 2. Motor - pump - group

2. Motor - pump - group
Performances from 0.55 up to 5.5 kW, sizes BG71 - BG100. Choice from
Performances from 0.55 up to 5.5 kW, sizes BG71 - BG100. Choice from
a large number of displacement volumes. Selection of gear pumps and
a large number of displacement volumes. Selection of gear pumps and
gear tandem pumps possible, sizes Bg1 and Bg2..
gear tandem pumps possible, sizes Bg1 and Bg2..
Choice single pump Bg1
Choice single pump Bg1
Motor capacity at 3~ 50 Hz 230/400 V Code Rate code 63
Flow rate
(Motor also suitable for 3~ 60 Hz) 257/480 V 03 **1~ 50 Hz/230V
50 Hz V
60 Hz Pole no. g Pump 0,37 kW 0,55 kW 0,75 kW 1,1 kW 1,5 kW 2,2 kW 3,0 kW 1,5 kW
[l/min] [l/min] Motor [ccm/U] [bar] [bar] [bar] [bar] [bar] [bar] [bar] [bar]
1.3
2.4
1.6
2.9
4
4
1.0
2.0
215
110
250
170 235 250
250
250
1
3.7 4.4 4 2.65 75 115 155 230 250 230
5.0 6.0 4 3.75 50 85 115 170 230 250 180
6.3 7.6 4 4.75 40 70 90 140 185 250 140
7,4 8.9 2 2.65 230 250
8.6 10.3 4 * 6.3 30 50 65 100 130 200 100
10.0 12.0 2 3.75 165 230
12.6 15.1 2 4.75 135 185
13.3 16.0 4 * 10.0 30 40 60 85 120 65
17.3 20.7 2 * 6.3 95 130
20.0 2 * 8.0 80 110
4-pole motor low noise
Tandem pumps for choice Bg1
Tandem pumps for choice Bg1
Flow rate 14 up to 56 l/min, S6
Flow rate 14 up to 56 l/min, S6
Type: Z18.3-40 / Z5.0-100 (Typedefinition: Q1+Q2-p12 / Q2-p2)
Type: Z18.3-40 / Z5.0-100 (Typedefinition: Q1+Q2-p12 / Q2-p2)
Cooler not
Leakage line
included
from rotary
coupler
40 bar 50 bar
E 5.310.0/12.10
Q2
Q1
1004
3. Flange control
3. Flange control
3
Compact control which covers the hydraulic basic functions
Compact control which covers the hydraulic basic functions
4 and the supply of the modular stacking system
and the supply of the modular stacking system
Flange choice single pump Bg1

Flange choice single pump Bg1
See brochure CO1 Nr. 5.306.0
See brochure CO1 Nr. 5.306.0
Flange choice tandem pump Bg 1

2 Flange choice tandem pump Bg 1
Currently 1 flange available
Currently 1 flange available
Type: F1-40-50-V
Type: F1-40-50-V
4. Modular stacking system

4. Modular stacking system
4
Function modules for the enlargement of the flange control –
Function modules for the enlargement of the flange control –
connection via adaptor-manifold to flange.
connection via adaptor-manifold to flange.
1.2 4.1 at single pump Bg1
4.1 at single pump Bg1
Controls see brochure Stacking systems No. 5.308.0
Controls see brochure Stacking systems No. 5.308.0
4.2 at tandem pump Bg1
4.2 at tandem pump Bg1
3 Stacking systems hole pattern ML plus (MLp)
Stacking systems hole pattern ML plus (MLp)
All relevant functions for the turning machine on the basis of the
All relevant functions for the turning machine on the basis of the
ML-stacking system (see brochure stacking system
ML-stacking system (see brochure stacking system
5.308.0)
5.308.0)
Functions: e.g. workpiece clamping,
1.1 Functions: e.g. workpiece clamping,
Option Differential pressure,
Option Differential pressure,
tail stock actuation (with rapid feed),
tail stock actuation (with rapid feed),
steady rest actuation, tailstock- /
steady rest actuation, tailstock- /
spindle clamping, lubrification
spindle clamping, lubrification
5. Return filter
5. Return filter
5
Reliable filtration concept
Reliable filtration concept
for the operating fluid.
for the operating fluid.
Type Annotation
Type Annotation
RF 60-10- B Return filter
RF 60-10- B Return filter
6. Coolers
6. Coolers
6
To guarantee the thermal stability of
To guarantee the thermal stability of
the system.
the system.
The layout of the cooler is done in
The layout of the cooler is done in
dependency of the motor capacity and
dependency of the motor capacity and
the flow rate. In general the water
the flow rate. In general the water
cooler is more powerful and will be
cooler is more powerful and will be
used if cooling water is available at
used if cooling water is available at
place.
place.
Type Annotation Cooling capacity
Type Annotation Cooling capacity
(W / °C)
(W / °C)
ELC0 Aircooler
ELC0 Aircooler
KW 10 Watercooler
KW 10 Watercooler
8. Optional equipment
8. Optional equipment
E.g. oil collecting pan, etc.
E.g. oil collecting pan, etc.
E 5.310.0/12.10
On request
On request
1005
E 5.305.2/01.13
1006
HYDAC
Compact Power Units
CA
Up to 250 bar
Up to 12.6 l/min
Suitable for:
Short-term operation S2
Intermittent operation S3
E 5.305.2/01.13
1007
1. TECHNICAL 1.2 HYDRAULIC SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS Nominal pressure Pn Up to 250 bar
(depending on the flow rate and motor output)
1.1 GENERAL Flow rate Q 1.3 to 12.6 l/min (see table 6.1)
–– For short-term operation S2 or Operating fluid Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 2, HLP
intermittent operation S3 Temperature range -20 °C to +80 °C
–– High performance compact units of operating fluid
–– Motor-pump unit is oil-immersed Viscosity range min.10 mm²/s; max. 380 mm²/s
in the tank, therefore low-noise Filtration Class 21/19/16 according to ISO 4406
levels and compact design or cleaner
–– Standard control blocks
or modular valve stacking 1.3 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
systems are available to create Type of construction Three-phase squirrel-cage motor, oil-cooled,
customized control solutions or single-phase motor, oil-cooled
(supplied with operating capacitor)
–– High leakage resistance and
stability due to deep-drawn steel Output and rpm From 0.55 kW to 3.0 kW,
tank ns = 1500 or 3000 rpm
–– Terminal board on the front face Nominal voltage Standard:
simplifies electrical installation 3-phase 220-240 V/380-420 V, 50 Hz
3-phase 254-277 V/440-460 V, 60 Hz
–– Space-saving design (see table 6.3)
due to small flange single-phase 230 V, 50 Hz
–– Optional thermal switch available (see table 6.1 and 6.3)
for monitoring the oil temperature Tank volume Usable volume 2.5 – 7.2 l
and to prevent overheating (others on request), see chapter 6.2
Duty cycle S3 (short-term operation): approx. 10 %
S2 (short-term operation): 3 min
Safety type IP54 to VDE 0470 = EN 60529
provided electrical connection is correct
Type of connection Standard terminal board in the motor
terminal box
2. MODEL CODE
Power unit Control
CA2 R 05 H 01.3 – 250 – 03 – 1 TS – 99 X + HSDZ + Accessories
Compact power unit series
Tank
R = cylindrical
deep-drawn tank
Tank size
05, 07, 09 see table on tank size,
point 6.2
Installation position
H = horizontal (standard),
(S = standing, V = suspended, on request)
Flow rate
See table on flow rate, point 6.1
Maximum operating pressure
See table on flow rate, point 6.1
Motor supply voltage code
See table on motor supply voltage, point 6.3
Air breather filter
No details = standard air breather filter
1 = BF4, filtration rating 10 μm, see point 5.4
Temperature switch
No details = without (standard)
TS = temperature switch, actuating temperature 80 °C +/- 2.5 K, see point 5.5
Flange type, see 4.1 - 4.4
99 = control with valves in the flange (HS and KK)
20 = for valve stacking connection (ML)
10 = for block connection on front face (VS)
E 5.305.2/01.13
Series, determined by manufacturer

Control, see point 4.1 - 4.4
Additional equipment such as pressure gauge, test point, etc. please give full details
1008
3. TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
3.1 CONTROL HS
Scissor lift
3.2 CONTROL KK
Tilting dock leveller with door seal
3.3 CONTROL ML
Milling machine
3.4 CONTROL VS
Telescopic dock leveller

E 5.305.2/01.13
1009
4. CONTROLS: DIMENSIONS, CONNECTIONS AND SYMBOLS
4.1 CONTROL HS (lift/lower control)
Dimensions Air breather filter Symbol

Oil inlet
Oil drain
Terminal box
approx.
approx.
M10: M10:15 deep
Tank length 15 deep
Total length approx.
Tank length, see table, point 6.2

Port A: G 3/8
Port M, T: G 1/4
Model code + HS D Z + G24 - N

Basic model
HS = lift/lowering control
With needle valve
D = needle valve
With directional valve
Z = directional poppet valve WSM06020Z without coil
Y = directional poppet valve WSM06020Y without coil
Coil voltage
G24 = 24 V DC (without connector)
W230 = 230 V AC (without connector)
Connector G24 / W230 = Part No. 394287
Manual override for directional valve
N = with manual override
4.2 CONTROL KK (tilting dock leveller control)
Dimensions Symbol
Air breather filter

Terminal box Oil inlet
approx.
approx.
M10: 15 deep
Tank length Oil drain
Total length
approx.

Port A, B, M: G 1/4
Model code + KK + G24

Basic model
KK = tilting lock leveller control
Coil voltage
Connector G24/W230 = Part No. 394287
E 5.305.2/01.13
1010
4.3 CONTROL ML (valve stacking control)
Dimensions Air breather filter

Symbol
Oil inlet
Terminal
box
approx.
approx.
approx.
approx.
Oil drain
M10: 15 deep
Tank length
Total length approx.

Port A, M, M1: G 1/4
Model code + ML ... + G24

Basic model
ML = valve stacking control
For model code and dimensions, please see
brochure for Valve Stacking System ML
Coil voltage
4.4 CONTROL VS (telescopic dock leveller control)
Dimensions Air breather filter Symbol

Terminal box Oil inlet
approx.
Oil drain
approx.
approx.
Tank length
Total length

Port A, B, M: G 1/4
Port C: G 3/8
Model code + VS + G24

Basic model
VS = telescopic dock leveller control
Coil voltage
E 5.305.2/01.13
1011
5. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS AND DOCUMENTATION
7.1 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 5.4 BREATHER FILTER
DURING OPERATION
Filtration rating 10 μm, without dipstick, for use in heavily-
–– The power unit must only be contaminated environments (Illustrated under point 4. Dimensions).
used for its intended purpose
–– Do not exceed maximum
permitted operating pressure 5.5 TEMPERATURE SWITCH TS
–– Max. permissible oil temperature (to protect the power unit from overheating)
in the unit of 80 °C must not be Actuating temperature: 80 °C +/- 2.5 K
exceeded
Switch-back hysteresis: approx. 10 to 30 K
–– Power unit and attachments can
get hot during operation Nominal voltage: AC max 250 V / DC max. 60 V
–– Risk of injury! Current capacity with AC: 1.6 A at cos j = 0.6
2.5 A at cos j = 1.0
5.2 REQUIREMENTS AT DC: 60 V = 1.0 A / 42 V = 1.2 A
THE INSTALLATION SITE 6, 12, 24 V = 1.5 A
–– Permitted ambient temperature Type of contact: Normally closed
range -20 °C to +40 °C Connection: Terminal in terminal box
–– Ensure adequate ventilation for
heat dissipation
–– Do not mount power unit onto
moving parts
–– Finish required on mounting
surface 0.3 mm over 100 mm
length
–– To avoid excessive noise, use
anti-vibration mounts and avoid
mounting on resonating surfaces
–– To prevent vibration transfer,
hoses must be used wherever
possible when connecting the
power unit
5.3 HYDRAULIC ACCUMULATORS
The following hydraulic
accumulators can be fitted
(please state clearly when
ordering):
Diaphragm accumulator,
weld-type
Type SBO 210-0.16
and SBO 210-0.32
See brochure E 3.100…
Attention:
Systems fitted with an
accumulator must always include
a safety valve (DB4-CE pressure
relief valve) and a manual
pressure release device.
E 5.305.2/01.13
1012
6. TABLES OF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
6.1 PUMP FLOW RATE
3-phase motor Single-phase motor*
Flow rate Max. operating pressure (bar) Flow rate Max. operating pressure (bar)
l/min for motor output l/min for motor output
50 Hz 60 Hz Pump displ. ccm Poles 0.55 kW 1.1 kW 1.5 kW 2.2 kW 3.0 kW 50 Hz Poles 1.1 kW 1.5 kW
1.3 1.6 1.0 4 250 1.3 4 210
2.4 2.9 2.0 4 170 250 2.4 4 210
3.7 4.4 2.65 4 115 230 3.7 4 180 210
5.0 6.0 3.75 4 85 170 230 5.0 4 140 190
6.3 7.6 4.75 4 70 140 185 250 6.3 4 100 140
7.4 8.9 2.65 2 60 120 155 210 7.4 2 90 120
10.0 12.0 3.75 2 40 80 110 160 230 10.0 2 60 90
12.6 15.1 4.75 2 35 70 90 140 180 12.6 2 50 70
Minor differences in flow rate and nominal rpm are possible depending on the (*motor with 0.55/2.2/3.0 kW on request)
manufacture.
At pmax the pump flow rate can reduce to approx. 90 %.
7. NOTE
6.2 TANK SIZE
Motor output (kW) relates to the operating conditions
Tank size and applications described.
0.55 – 1.1 kW 1.5 – 3* kW
Tank length (mm) V F (I) V E (I) V F (I) V E (I) For applications or operating
R 05 312 4.2 3.0 4.0 2.5 conditions not described, please
R 07 440 6.8 5.4 6.3 4.5
department.
R 09 550 9.0 7.2 8.6 6.3
V F = filling volume
V E = usable volume
* = combination of 2.2 und 3 kW motor not available with Tank 05
6.3 MOTOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE
Code No. of phases Voltage range Frequency

03 3 220 - 240 / 380 - 400 V 50 Hz Standard
254 - 277 / 440 - 460 V 60 Hz Standard
04 3 290 - 300 / 500 - 520 V 50 Hz Special*
330 - 346 / 575 - 600 V 60 Hz Special*
06 3 380 - 400 / 660 - 690 V 50 Hz Special*
63 1 220 - 240 V 50 Hz Standard
80 115 V 60 Hz Special*
82 220 V 60 Hz Special*
* All special voltages: minimum order quantity of 10 pieces, or on request
6.4 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

6.4.1 Electrically-powered external gear pump,
pressure-compensated with oil-immersed electric motor
6.4.2 Type of mounting
Power unit flange must be fixed using screws M10 (min. 8.8)
with torque 40 Nm, see point 4.1-4.4
6.4.3 Weight (excluding oil and control)
CA with 0.55 kW motor = 11 - 13 kg
CA with 1.1 - 1.5 kW motor (2-pole) = 13 - 14.5 kg
CA with 1.5 - 3 kW motor (4 = 15.5 - 19 kg
6.4.4 Direction of rotation of the motor
Connect motor for clockwise rotation, switch on - if the pump
does not deliver any oil: reverse the direction of rotation.
E 5.305.2/01.13
6.4.5 Installation position

Horizontal, air breather filter at the top D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel: 0 68 97 /509-01
Fax.: 0 68 97 /509-598
1013
E 5.301.3/12.10
1014
High Pressure
Power Unit HP
up to 500 bar
up to 5.25 l/min
suitable for:
short--term operation S 2
intermittent operation S 3
E 5.178.4/04.03
E 5.301.3/12.10
E 5.103.3/06.04
1015
1. DESCRIPTION 1.3. APPLICATIONS 2. TECHNICAL
1.1. GENERAL HP type units are particularly SPECIFICATIONS
suitable for:
HYDAC high pressure power 2.1. GENERAL
units, type HP, are high • tensioning, clamping, releasing,
indexing on machine tools, 2.1.1. Designation and symbol
performance hydraulic units of
compact construction. presses and jigs Electro--hydraulic power unit
They are used to supply oil to • operating lifting and swivel
hydraulic systems. The flow of devices
the operating fluid is controlled by • dock levellers and vehicle lifts
an extensive range of build--on
controls. • auxiliary and off--line drives
The special design and the use of • hydraulic tools as a drive unit
a noise--damping cast--iron • pressure controls
housing result in a particularly low • industrial and mobile braking
noise level. systems
• cutting and shearing operations
1.2. FUNCTION
• weight compensation
Three valve--controlled radial
piston pump elements are • valve drives
operated, independent of the Not suitable for long--term
direction of rotation, by a cam, operation! 2.1.2. Type of construction
which is driven by an Valve--controlled hydraulic pump,
oil--immersed motor. Note! radial piston type, with a constant
The HP power unit owes its do not use unit in applications for displacement volume, driven by
special stability to the steel oil which it is not intended an oil--immersed electric motor.
tank. unit produces high pressure 2.1.3. Type of mounting
The four fixing holes in the foot do not exceed max. permissible Mounting holes on the foot
bracket make for cost--saving, pressure bracket for 4 screws
simple installation. The terminal M 6 ... HP 0
box in the cover plate (HP 1 and tank can become hot during
M 8 ... HP 1, HP 2
HP 2) simplifies the electrical operation -- risk of injury
installation. Required surface finish
HP type units must only be used of the mounting area:
for short--term or intermittent
operation because of their
compact design, and the high
specific performance due to the
thermal load.
The switch--on time, dependent
on the output and the operating
and ambient conditions, must be
selected to ensure that the max. or use flexible mounting elements.
permissible operating Also see point 2.1.15.
temperature (oil temperature in
the unit) of 80 5C is not
exceeded. 2.1.4. Weights (dry units)
A temperature switch can be
supplied for independent HP 0 . . . . 7.2 kg
monitoring of the operating HP 1 . . . . 16.5 kg
temperature. HP 1 H . . . . 18.3 kg
HP 2 . . . . 21.5 kg
HP 2 H. . . . 25.7 kg
2.1.5. Ambient temperature

-- 20 °C to + 40 °C
2.1.6. Direction of rotation (motor)
Optional
2.1.7. Mounting position
Vertical, air breather and terminal
box on the top.
E 5.103.3/06.04
E 5.301.3/12.10
2
1016
CONSTRUCTION OF THE HP POWER UNIT
Air breather
HP 0 with dipstick
with approx. 3 m optionally BF 4 --10 μm
flying leads, incl.
tension--free PG
gland
HP 1, HP 2
built--in terminal box
with terminal strip
for motor and
temperature switch
Tank
inherently stable
various tank sizes
steel
Oil--immersed
motor
squirrel--cage motor
low--noise
oil--cooled
Triple cylinder radial piston pump

valve--controlled
independent of direction of rotation
for high pressure
narrow flow rate gradation
Pump bearing
friction bearing
low--noise
Unit flange
spherical cast iron
inherently stable
noise--damping
through bores for simple mounting Connection flange
5.103.3/06.04
E E5.301.3/12.10
for build--on controls
3 3
1017
2.1.8. Model code
(also order example) Addit. Suppl.
Power unit Build--on control
units details
HP 1 H F Z5L -- 0.82 - 05 - X 1 TS T + . . . . . . + . . . . +G24 - Z4 - N + . . . . . . .
High pressure power unit
Size
For selection criteria see point 2.1.9. and 2.1.11.
0
1
2
Tank size
no details ... standard tank
H ... tall tank
for usable volume see point 2.1.11.
Fluid level gauge
no details ... no fluid level gauge
F ... FSA
0 ... FSK, N/C contact
00 ... FSK, 2 off, at different heights
(HP 1, HP 2)
(see point 2.1.11. and 2.1.12.)
Electrical connection for FSK

no details ... small connector (standard)
Z5L ... large connector with light
Flow rate code
see point 2.1.9.
Motor code
see point 2.1.10.
Modification number
Air breather
no details ... standard air breather
1 ... BF4, filtration rating 10 μm (see point 2.1.13.)
Temperature switch
no details ... no temperature switch
TS ... temperature switch, actuating temperature
80 °C ±2.5 K (see point 2.1.14.)
Carrying handle
no details ... no carrying handle
T ... carrying handle (see point 4.)
Additional units
(see point 3.1.)
no details ... no additional units
Build-- on control
(see point 5.)
(only for build--on control)
G 24 ... 24 V DC
W 230 ... 230 V 50/60 Hz AC
other voltages on request
Electrical connection for actuating solenoid
no details ... socket to DIN 43650 without connector
Z4 ... connector to DIN 43650--AF2--PG11
Z5L ... large connector with light
For AC voltage the connector is supplied with a bridge rectifier insert.
Emergency manual override on directional seat valves
(see point 6.2.)
no details ... no emergency manual override
N ... pin type operation
NG ... thumb pressure operation
5.103.3/06.04
for symbols V, W, Y, YR, only

EE5.301.3/12.10
Supplementary details
Please quote supplementary details in full
4 3
1018
2.1.9. Flow rate code table
2.1.11. Oil volume (l)
Three phase (3~) motor Single phase motor (1~)
Flow rate Nom. Motor output Nom. Motor output
code press. P (kW) press. P (kW) max. filling height
for given filling volume
50 Hz 60 Hz (bar) 50 Hz 60 Hz (bar) 50 Hz 60 Hz
0.30 0.36 500 0.28 0.33 500 0.24 0.28
0.52 0.62 390 0.28 0.33 330 0.24 0.28
0.82 0.95 240 0.28 0.33 210 0.24 0.28
1.05 -- 230 0.33 -- 200 0.28 --
switching point
switching point
HP 0 1.25 1.50 160 0.28 0.33 135 0.24 0.28
1.65 -- 150 0.33 -- 125 0.28 --
1.70 1.95 120 0.28 0.33 100 0.24 0.28
2.50 -- 100 0.33 -- 80 0.28 --
3.35 -- 75 0.33 -- 60 0.28 --
0.49 0.60 500 0.7 0.8 500 0.6 0.7
0.82 1.00 500 0.7 0.8 450 0.6 0.7
1.00 1.20 500 1.05 1.2 500 0.9 1.05
1.25 1.50 380 0.7 0.8 300 0.6 0.7
Fluid level gauge 00
1.70 -- 420 1.05 -- 350 0.9 --
HP 1 Fluid level gauge F/0/00
1.95 2.40 250 0.7 0.8 190 0.6 0.7
2.55 -- 270 1.05 -- 220 0.9 --
2.60 3.15 180 0.7 0.8 130 0.6 0.7
4.00 -- 170 1.05 -- 140 0.9 --
5.25 -- 120 1.05 -- 100 0.9 -- Approximate values, component--related
0.49 0.60 500 0.95 1.1 500 0.95 1.1 deviations are possible.
0.82 1.00 500 0.95 1.1 500 0.95 1.1
1.00 1.20 500 1.60 1.85 500 1.40 1.6
Filling Usable volume (l)
1.25 1.50 450 0.95 1.1 450 0.95 1.1
volume (l) Vmax V1 V2
HP 0 1.1 0.7 -- --
1.70 -- 500 1.60 -- 500 1.40 --
HP 2 HP 1 2.4 1.6 1.15 1.3
1.95 2.40 350 0.95 1.1 300 0.95 1.1
HP 1 H 4.0 3.2 2.75 2.9
2.55 -- 450 1.60 -- 340 1.40 --
HP 2 4.0 2.8 2.0 2.2
2.60 3.15 250 0.95 1.1 230 0.95 1.1
HP 2 H 7.0 5.8 4.6 4.7
4.00 -- 300 1.60 -- 220 1.40 --
5.25 -- 200 1.60 -- 150 1.40 --
S1: early warning point
(on model 00 = 2 x FSK)
Note! The nominal pressure of the build--on control must be S2: min. switching point
taken into account.
The flow rate code is approximately equivalent to the flow
rate (l/min) at nominal rpm.
At nominal pressure the flow rate is 0.8 to 0.92 x flow rate
code.
Model recommended due to its particularly low noise level.
2.1.10. Motor code table
HP 0 HP1/HP2
05...3--phase 400 V -- 50 Hz 230/400 V -- 50 Hz
06...3--phase 415 V -- 50 Hz 240/415 V -- 50 Hz
08...3--phase 500 V -- 50 Hz 290/500 V -- 50 Hz
09...3--phase 660 V -- 50 Hz 380/660 V -- 50 Hz
34...3--phase 400 V -- 60 Hz 230/400 V -- 60 Hz
36...3--phase 460 V -- 60 Hz 266/460 V -- 60 Hz
HP 0 / HP 1 / HP 2
61...single phase 230 V -- 50 Hz
5.103.3/06.04
E E5.301.3/12.10
5
1019
2.1.12. Fluid level gauge 2.2. HYDRAULIC DETAILS 2.3. ELECTRICAL DETAILS
FSA ... 2.2.1. Nominal pressure 2.3.1. Type of construction
visual fluid level gauge pN = 500 bar max. Three--phase squirrel--cage motor
FSK ... see point 2.1.9. or single phase motor (supplied
visual fluid level gauge When using build--on controls, with continuous operation
with additional electrical contact the nominal pressure of these condenser), oil--cooled.
before the minimum fluid level is units must be taken into account.
reached 2.3.2. Nominal voltage
2.2.2. Flow rate 3 � 230 / 400 V -- 50 Hz
Electrical function FSK Q = 0.30 to 5.25 l/min Standard model
see point 2.1.9. other voltages available on
0 = N/C contact request (see point 2.1.10.)
2.2.3. Operating fluid
Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 part 2 2.3.3. Type of operation
2.2.4. Fluid temperature range Short--term operation S 2
Intermittent operation S 3
Min. -- 20 °C to VDE 0530
Max. + 80 °C The switch--on time, dependent
2.2.5. Viscosity range on the output, the operating and
Min. 10 mm2/s ambient conditions, must be
Contact load: max. 8 W Max. 380 mm2/s selected to ensure that the
Switching voltage: Optimum viscosity range 12 to maximum permissible operating
max. 50 V AC/DC 200 mm2/s. temperature (that of the oil in the
Switching current: max. 0.2 A Max. initial viscosity 800 mm2/s unit) of 80 °C is not exceeded.
Terminal 3 not connected 2.2.6. Filtration If necessary, fit a temperature
Electrical connection: switch (see point 2.1.14.)
Max. permissible contamination
small connector (standard) level of the operating fluid 2.3.4. Safety type
Z5L ... large connector with light DIN 40050 -- IP 54 for a
(24--50 V AC/DC) At operating pressure up to
350 bar completely assembled unit with
2.1.13.Air breather BF4 to NAS 1638, class 10. correct electrical connection.
Filtration rating 10 μm, We recommend a filter with a 2.3.5. Type of connection
without dipstick, minimum retention rate of HP 1 / HP 2 ...
for use in highly contaminated b20 ≥100. Terminal box with terminal strip
environments. At operating pressure up to HP 0 ...
2.1.14.Temperature switch TS 500 bar approx. 3 m long flying leads
To protect the unit from to NAS 1638, class 9.
overheating. We recommend a filter with a
Actuating temperature: minimum retention rate of
80 °C ±2.5 K b10 ≥100.
Switch--back hysteresis: The fitting of filters and regular
approx. 10 K -- 30 K replacement of elements
Nominal voltage: guarantees correct functioning,
AC max. 250 V reduces wear and tear and
DC max. 60 V increases the service life.
Current capacity with AC: Only filtered oil must be used!
1.6 A at cos ϕ = 0.6 Filtration and filling can be carried
2.5 A at cos ϕ = 1.0 out simply and quickly in one
DC: operation using a filtration unit,
60 V = 1.0 A the OF type for example. If the
42 V = 1.2 A unit is used in a highly
6/12/24 V = 1.5 A contaminated environment, the
Type of contact: N/C use of an air breather, type BF 4,
Connection: terminal in terminal is recommended.
box (HP1 and HP2), flying leads,
approx. 400 mm long (HP0)
2.1.15.Noise generation
Due to their design, HP power
units are extremely quiet. The
noise generation is determined
mainly by the installation site and
the type of mounting. We
recommend that the unit is
mounted on vibration mounts and
that pressure hoses are used.
Noise levels:
44--70 dBA for those units in table
2.1.9. which are designated as
being especially low--noise.
Max. 80 dBA for all other units.
E 5.103.3/06.04
E 5.301.3/12.10
6
1020
3. ADDITIONAL UNITS Model code
3.1. RETURN LINE FILTER MODULE F T R 20 B . X
Filter module
Filter in the T line
Bypass valve RV
no details . . . no bypass
R . . with bypass valve
po = 4.5 bar
Filtration rating
20 . . . 20 mm (standard)
10 . . . 10 mm
build--on control
HP power unit 5 . . . 5 mm
Clogging indicator
B visual indicator
filter module
C electrical indicator
clogging indicator D 24 comb. vis./elec. indicator
D 24 ( 15 -- 30 V DC/AC)
build--on control reference axis ”Z” D 48 ( 30 -- 60 V DC/AC)
D 110 (100 -- 130 V DC/AC)
D 230 (150 -- 230 V DC/AC)
For further details, see the Clogging
Indicators for Filters brochure,
no. E 7.050
Modification number
Return line filter module between

HP power unit and build--on
control including check valve
(prevents the tank from emptying
when the filter element is
changed).
E 5.103.3/06.04
E 5.301.3/12.10
7
1021
4.
2.1.8. DIMENSIONS
Typenschlüssel
(gleichzeitig Bestellbeispiel)
Power unit
The axes X, Y and Z are reference axes for calculating the installation dimensions when adding modules
as per point 5. (Build--on controls).
HP 0 HP 1/HP 2
air breather BF 4
carrying
handle
FSA or
FSK
reference axis ”X”
reference axis ”X”

interface for control block
reference axis ”Y”

reference axis ”Y”
oil drain plug G 1/4
terminal box
with terminal strip
M20x1.5
oil drain plug G 3/8
reference axis ”Z” reference axis ”Z”
Type A B C D E F G H h
HP 1 164 125 85 40 107 115 143 315 281
HP 2 190 156 98 50 117 125 153 350 316
HP 1 H 164 125 85 40 107 115 143 424 390
HP 2 H 190 156 98 50 117 125 153 484 450
E...clearance for FSA

5.103.3/06.04
EE5.301.3/12.10
F... clearance for FSK, small connector

G...clearance for FSK, Z5L -- large connector with lamp
All measurements in mm. For dimensions of build--on controls, see point 5.

8 3
1022
5. BUILD--ON CONTROLS
5.1. OVERVIEW
Build--on controls and high pressure power units, type HP, combine to make a unit ready for installation.
The build--on controls can be arranged to suit individual applications.
Three types of build--on control systems are available.
Build--on modules Modular valve stacking system Valve stacking modules for
(see brochure no. E5.304.) valves with A6 interface to
(see point 5.2.) DIN 24340 (see point 5.3.)
Build--on control module Valve stacking system L Valve stacking modules CL

Build--on modules are flanged Modules with directional seat Up to six horizontal stacking
directly onto the connection valves, pressure and check modules can be mounted onto a
flange of the HP unit. They valves as well as pressure base module. A vertical stacking
consist of various different types switches can be combined on a system consisting of directional
of valves as well as all base module in any order, valves or sandwich plate valves
connections necessary for depending on the control task. with A6 interface to DIN 24340 is
operation. It is always finished off with an fitted onto the valve stacking
end module. modules. It is always finished off
For model codes and dimensions, with an end module.
see brochure no. E5.304.
”Valve stacking system L”.
Note:
Build--on module controls and modules of control types L and CL cannot be combined.
Special controls:
For control tasks which cannot be solved with standard controls, special control blocks can be fitted to the unit
according to customers’ specifications.
E 5.103.3/06.04

E53000 1-01-13 Compact Hydraulik WWW

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

E53000 1-01-13 Compact Hydraulik WWW

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalogue: Cooling Systems 5.700 Catalogue: Electronics 180.000 Catalogue: Accessories 61.000 Catalogue: Compact Hydraulics 53.

HYDAC Head Office

+49 (0)6897 - 509-01

Compact Hydraulics. Product Catalogue.

HYDAC COMPACT HYDRAULICS

2.2. Flow control valves 164

2.3. Check valves 220

2.4. Directional valves 292

2.5. Proportional valves 490

2.6. Hand pump 564

2.7. Solenoid coils 566

2.8. Connection housings for cartridge valves 571

4.1. Directional spool valves – plate-mounted, direct-acting 646

4.2. Main stages – plate-mounted, hydraulically pilot-operated 708

4.4. Pressure, flow control & check valves – plate-mounted 770

4.5. Proportional valves – plate-mounted 784

4.6. 2-port slip-in cartridge valves and covers 840

4.7 Accessories for industrial valves 858

5. SERIAL Manifolds - VALVE COMBINATIONS 864

HYDAC Fluidtechnik GmbH

Inhaltsverzeichnis Produktübersicht / Table of contents for product

Bezeichnung Symbol Typ Einbauraum Prospekt Nr.

ventil direkt gesteuert DB06A-01 15 350 U FC06-2 5.140.0 606

DB06C-01 20 350 U FC06-2 5.141.0 608

2 DB4E-CE 28 360 M 06020 5.163 78

Pressure relief valve DB4E 30 630 M 06020 5.161 82

direct acting 1 DB4E-25X 30 350 M 06020 5.161.1 86

DB08A-01 38 420 U FC08-2 5.922 90

Limiteur de pression DB10-01 60 350 U FC10-2 cf -

à pilotage direct DB10120A-13X 60 48 M 10120A 5.922.4 92

DB12120A 120 420 M 12120A 5.169.1 94

DB12120A-CE 110 400 M 12120A 5.169 98

2 DB16P-01 300 350 U FC16-2 5.922.3 108

DB10120A 100 350 M 10120A 5.167 110

Druckbegrenzungs-ventil 1 DB10SPE 120 350 U FC10-S3 5.994.1 114

Pressure relief valve pilot 2

Limiteur de pression piloté

Produkte mit kursiven hydraulischen Daten befinden sich in Vorbereitung

valve direct operated 2 3 DR08-01 15 420 (207) U FC08-3 5.920 126

Régulateur de pression DR10-01 60 420 (131) U FC10-3 5.950 128

Druckzuschaltventil DZ5E 20 350 (350) M 06020 5.166 140

Zulauf Druckwaage DW05830V-01 10 250 M 5830 5.195 156

Pressure compensator DWM12130Z 90 250 M 12130 5.191.0 160

Pressure compensator 2 DWM10130R 60 250 M 10130 cf -

Produkte mit kursiven hydraulischen Daten befinden sich in Vorbereitung

Flow divider ST16-01 150 350 U FC16-4 5.967.1 166

Diviseur de débit ST12230-01 60 350 M 12230 5.122 168

SD08-01 60 420 U FC08-2 5.928 170

Drosselventile SD10-01 160 420 U FC10-2 5.989 172

Limiteur de débit DVE08920 50 350 M 08920

2 DVE10920 80 350 M 10920

Produkte mit kursiven hydraulischen Daten befinden sich in Vorbereitung

SDR10A-11 100 350 U FC10-2 5.988.1 200

unidirectionnel DRVP-06 20 350

Stromregelventil SR10-01 38 350 U FC10-2 5.958 204

Flow regulator 2-way SR5E 20 350 M 06020 5.117 206

2 voies compensé SRE3 48 350 I 10520

SRE4 97 350 I 12520

SRE1-12 12 350 I 05520 cf -

SRE2-12 20 350 I 08520 cf -

2-Wege- SRVR-08 12 210

Stromregelventil A B SRVR-10 22 210 Rohrleitungsmontage

SRVR-12 55 210 Inline mounting 5.116 214